Massey Fergusdn: MF35/50 MF135/150

MF35/50
MF135/150
Workshop Manual
1448811Ml MF35/50 .
1448813Ml MF135/150
MASSEY FERGUSDN®
ML
INDEX
MF 351 sa TRACTOR SERVICE MANUAL
DESCRIPTION PART
Front Axle and Steering .................................................................... "............ 1
Continental Z-134 Gas En9Îne ••••••••••••••••••••••• ,•••••• . ..................... . 2
Perkins A3~ 152 Diesel Engine ..................................................................... " • .. .. .. .. .. 3
Perlcins AD3.'152 Diesel Engine ........................... '" ................................... if .. • .. .. .. .. .. • 4
Clutches .................................. .- ......................................................... " • • .. .. • .. • 5
Standard Transmission ................................... " ............................... 4' .. " .. .. .. .. • • .. .. • 6
Mu-lti·,'Power TransmÎssion • .. .. ...... ... • .... • • •• ...... .... ... .... • •• •• •• ....... .. ... • ....... 7
DiRerentiol, Pinion and Rear Axle ........................................................... 8
PTO and Selt Pulley ................ III • • ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., • • • • • • • • • • • • • .. • 9
Internai HydrauJic; System., ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• fi • • • • • • • • • • _. 6.-• • • • • • - . 10
{,
. . . ." MI
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 1
PART 1. SERVICING THE FRONT AXLE
AND SUPPORT ASSEMBL y
MF AND' TO 35 TRACTOR
INDEX
Page
Removing the Front Axle . . l

Disassembling the Front Axle l
Inspecting the Front Axle. . 3
Servicing the Front Axle . . 3
Assembling and Installing the Front Axle 3
Adjusting the Toe-In . . . . . . • . . 4
There are two front a.xle assemblies available 5. The a.xle pivot pin retaining screw (No. 19)
for the 35 tractor. The utility front a.xle as- and withdraw the pivot pin (No. 18) from the
sembly is simply a "Heavy Duty" version of axle support.
the standard 3 5 front a.xle and should be used
where extreme working conditions require the 6. Slide the remainder of the front axle as-
heavier front a.xle assembly. Whenever order- sembly out the other side of the tractor.
ing parts, keep in mind that the parts fit only NOTE: To make the separated front axle as-
the R.H. or L.H. side. sembly Iighter (for handling purposes) the front
wheel and tire assemblies may be removed.
REMOVING THE FRONT AXLE
To remove the front a.xle and support assem-
bly, support the tractor with a floor jack and
remove (see Fig. 1):
1. The hood assembly. See Group IV, Sec- DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT AXLE
tion C, Part 1.
1. Refer to Fig. 1 and remove the following:
2. Radius rods (No. 11) from each side of
the transmission case. a. Drag link tie rad and assemblies
NOTE: Place the baIl cap shims aside so that (No. 3) from the spindle arms (No. 7) by re-
they may be reinstalled in their original position. moving the nut; striking the arm a sharp blow
with a hammer. Strike the arm close ta the tie
3. Drag links (No. 3) from the steering pit- rad end.
man arms.
b. The radius rods (No. 11) from the
4. Two bolts (on either side) securing one axle extensions (No. 14).
a.xle extension (No. 14) and the a.xle main mem-
ber (No. 13) together. Slide the a.xle extension c. The remaining axle extension from
out the side of the tractor. the a.xle main center member (No. 13).
PIUNTED IN U. S.A. 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 1
CD
\). CD
@--
-0
\\~
®
~---~
Fig. 1 • MF and TO 35 Front Axle Assembly Nomenc:loture
1. Oust Covers 5. Grease Reta iners 9. Oust Seots 13. Front Axle Main Member 17. Ax le Support Assembly
2. Rear Roc! End Assemblies 6. Oust Covers 10. Spindle Bushin9s 14. Axle Extension Assemblies 18. Axle Pivot Pin
3. Steering links 7. Spindle Steering Arms 11. Radius Rods 15. Thrust 8earings 19. Pivot Pin Rotai"ar Boit
4. Front Rad End Assemblies 8. Woodruff Key. 12. Front Pivot Bushi"gs 16. Spindle Assomblies
d. The spindle arms (No. 7) by remov- f. Spindle thrust bearing (No. 15) from
ing the clamp boit and working the arm off the the spindle. shaft.
spindle shaft. Remove the dust seals (No. 9).
NOTE: Do not damage keyway. Remove Wood- NOTE: The tie rod end assemblies (Nos. 2 and
key (No. 8) once aTm has been removed.
TUff 4) may be removed irom the steering Iink as-
semblies (No. 3) by loosening the clamp boIts
e. Slide the spindle assembly (No. 16) and unscrewing them.
out of the axle extension assembly (No. 14).
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 1 MF, TO 35 FRONT AXLE & SUPPORT
2. Clean and inspect: f. Tie rad end assemblies (Nos. 2 and

4) into drag links (No. 3).
a. The extension assembly bushing (No.
10). If clearance is greater than 0.0035 ta g. One extension assembly (No. 14) ta
0.005 inch, replace the bushing. the axle main center member (No. 13).
b. The pivot bushing (No. 12). If the 2. Slide the axle center member in from the
diameter is greater than 1.790 inch, replace. side of the tractor and install the pivot pin (No.
18) and retainer cap screw (No. 19).
c. The pivot pin (No. 18). If the pin
diameter is less than 1.700 inch, it must be re- 3. Continue assembly and installation by in-
placed. stalling:
NOTE: The pivot pin and bushing do not re-
quire greasing. If a squeak should develop at a. Other extension assembly ta axle
this point, lubricate with dry graphite. center member.
INSPECTING THE FRONT AXLE
b. Grease retainers (No. 5) and dust
Clean all the parts thoroughly and inspect covers (No. 6) ta the front tie rad end assem-
them for wear and damage. blies (No. 4).
Check the bushings and pin for wear as out- c. Front tie rad end assemblies ta the
lined in Step 2 of "Disassembling the Front spindle arms and tighten the nut.
Axle" .
d. Radius rads (No. 11) ta the extension
SERVICING THE FRONT AXLE arms (No. 14).
If new spindle bushings (No. 10) are installe d,
they must be reamed after installation ta an in- e. Ball ends of the radius rads into the
side diameter of 1.249 inch ta 1.250 inch. When ball sockets.
shaft is slightly worn, ream bushings ta provide NOTE: Replace the original shirn pack during
a 0.0035 ta 0.005 clearance. See Fig. 1. installation. If the rod balls fit loose in the
sockets, rernove sorne of the shirn pack.
If a new pivot bushing (No. 12) is installed, it
must be reamed after installation ta an inside
diameter of 1.7615 inch ta 1.7675 inch. See f. Dust caver (No. 1) ta rear tie rad
Fig. 1. end assemblies (No. 2).
NOTE: Install the bushing so that the split
side is up. g. Rear tie rad end assemblies into
steering pitman arms. Tighten the castellated
ASSEMBLING AN D IN STALLING nut and install the cotter pin.
THE FRON T AXLE 4. Adjust the toe-in and lubricate the axle
1. Ta assemble the front axle, install the assembly.
following (see Fig. 1):
a. Thrust bearings (No. 15) onto the

spindle shafts (No. 16).
b. Spindle shafts into the extension as-

semblies (No. 14). Lubricate shafts and bush-
ings before installation.
c. Dust seals (No. 9) onto the spindle

shafts.
d. Woodruff keys (No. 8) into the spin-

dIe shafts.
e. Spindle steering arms (No. 7) onto

the spindle shafts. Install and tighten clamp
boUs. Fig. 2 - Adjusting the Toe-In
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
F'RONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 1
ADJUSTING THE TOE-IN
Loosen the clamp boU on each end of the

drag links (No. 3) as shown in Fig. 1. Rotate
the drag link until the desired toe-in of 0 to 1/4
inch is obtained and retighten the clamp boUs.
The toe-in is measured between the center

tire ribs (at hub height) at both front and rear.
Proper toe-in is obtained when the distance
across the front is 0 to 1/4 inch less than the
distance across the rear. See Fig. 3. Fig. 3 - Measuring the Toe-In
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART 2. FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLIES

MF 50 AND 65 TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
Servicing the Wide Front Axle Assemblies .••••••• 1
Servicing the Single Wheel Front Axle .•••••.••• 7
Servicing the Twin Wheel Front Axle ••••••••••• 8
SERVICING MF 50 & 65 MULTI-PUR 5. Front axle assembly by rolling the unit

forward and out from tractor (a floor jack
POSE, STANDARD, HI-ARCH, AND supporting the front axle center member facili-
tates easy handling when following this pro-
UTILITY FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLIES
cedure). See Fig. 5.
Similiarities between front rude assemblies
of the Multi-Purpose, Standard, Hi-Arch and Install the assembly as a unit by reversing
Utility description permit servicing procedures the procedures for removing.
of these assemblies to be combined and dis-
cussed as one. REMOVING FRONT AXLE TO DISASSEMBLE
. '
Single wheel front rude assemblies and twin When front axles of this description are to
wheel front axle assemblies each deserve sepa- be completely disassembled, remove the as-
rate discussions of servicing procedures. The semblies as follows:
procedures concerning axles of this type will
1. Slightly loosen the wheel lug nuts.
includë servicing the front pedestal and support
assemblies. 2. Support tractor with front wheels clearing
the ground.
Consult the Parts Book for information re- 3. Remove:
garding the inter-change features of parts.
a. Front whee ls.
REMOVING FRONT AXLE AS A UNIT b. Lower grill panel.
Front axle assemblies of this description c. Grease fittings.

are removed as a unit when complete dis- d. Tie rods ends, Nos. 1 and 9, from
assembly is not necessary. spindle steering arms, Nos. 10 and 27. Fig. 1.
Support the tractor with front wheel slightly e. Tie rods end No. 6, from main steer-
touching the ground, refer to Fig. 1, and remove: ing arm, No. 3.
1. Lower grill panel. f. Main steering arm from pedestal shaft.
2. Lower steering arm, No. 3, from pedestal g. Both R.H. and L.H. axle extension as-
/~. shaft. semblies, Nos. 15 and 25, Fig. 1, (if sa equip-
ped).
3. Thrust plate, No. 20, and shims from end
of front pivot pin. h. Pivot thrust plate, No. 20, and shims,
No. 21.
4. Front pivot support. NOTE: Save the shims.
1
PRINTED IN U. S.A.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
',---/
Fig. 1 - MF 50 Utility and MF 65 Standard Front Axle Assembly Nomenclature
1. Rad Assembly 8. Tube Assembly 15. Extension Assembly 22. Bushing 29. Oust Seol (Felt)
2. Tube Assembly 9. Rod Assembly 16. Spindle Bushing 23. Pivot Support Assembly 30. Spindle Bushing
3. Steering Arm 10. Spindle Steering Arm 17. Thrust Beoring 24. Front Axle Assembly 31. Spindle Bushing
4. Nut 11. Nut 18. Woodruff Key 25. Extension Assembly 32. Thrust Beoring
5. Oust Seol 12. Oust Seol 19. Spindle Assembly 26. Nut 33. Woodruff Key
6. Tie Rad End 13. Oust Seol (Fel!) 20. Thrust Plote 27. Spindle Steering Arm ~4. Spindle Assembly
7. Oust Seol 14. Spindle Bushing 21. Shim Pock 28. Oust Seol
i. Front pivot bracket, No. 23, from front Remove: (Refer to Fig. 1)
rude support.
1. Spindie steering arm, Nos. 10 and 27 from
j. Axie center member, No .. 24, by moving spindIe, Nos. 19 and 34, by Ioosening clamp and
member forward and out of rear pivot pin removing Woodruff keys, Nos. 18 and 33.
bore. 2. Dust seals, Nos. 13 and 29, from spindie.
DISASSEMBLING THE AXLE 3. Spindle shaft from axle extension spindie
shaft tubes, Nos. 15 and 25.
Before disassembling, notice that the steering 4. Spindle thrust bearings, Nos. 17 and 32,
arms, the spindIes, the rude extensions, and from spindle shafts.
the tie rods are designed for the R.H. or L.H.
sides. 5. Spindle bushings, Nos. 14,16,30 and 31.
NOTE: The mention ofaxle extensions 6. Pivot bushing, No. 22, from front pivot
does not apply to utility axles. bracket.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2 Mf 50 & 65 fRONT AXLE & STEERING
INSPECTING 4. Front pivot pin --- 1.999 - 2.001 inch - out-

side diameter.
Clean an parts thoroughly and inspect the
component parts for damage and wear. The
5. Spindle bushings -- sized after installation
dimensions for new parts are listed as follows:
- 0.0035-0.005 inch clearance recommended
1. Rear pivot bushing --- 1.877 - 1.879 inch- between spindle and inside diameter of bushing.
inside diameter - pre-sized.
NOTE: Inspect the rear pivot bushing
2. Front pivot bushings -- 2.002 - 2.004 inch -
inside diameter - pre-sized.
bore located in the front axle support.
If a correction has not been made to
3. Rear pivot pin --- 1.874 - 1.876 inch - out- prevent the pivot bushing from working
side diameter - pre-sized. out of Place, use a long 7/32" drill,
Fig. 2 - MF 50 and MF 65 'Hi.Arc:h Front Axle Assembly Nomenc:lature.

1. Oust Seal 8. Oust Seal 15. Spindle Bushing 22. Shim Pack
2. Rod Assembly 9. Tube Assembly 16. Extension Assembly 23. Bushing 29. Spindle Bushing
3. Tube Assembly 10. Rod Assembly 17. Spindle Bushing 24. Pivot Support Assembly 30. Extension Assembly
4. Steering Arm 11. Oust Seal 18. Thrust Bearing 25. Front Axle Assembl y 31. Spindle Bushing
5. Nut 12. Nut 19. Woodruff Key 26. Nut 32. Thrust Bearing
6. Oust Seal 13. Spindle Steering Arm 20. Spindle Assembly 27. Spindle Steering Arm 33. Woodruff Key
7. Tie Rod End 14. Fel: Oust Seal 21. Thrust Plate 28. Fel! Oust Seal 34. Spindle Assembly
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 3 - MF 6S Utility Front Axle Assembly Nomenclature.

1. Tie Rod End 7. Woodrulf Key 13. Main Steering Arm 19. Spindle Steering A,m 25. Woodruff Key
2. Spindle Steering Arm 8. Spindle Assembly 14. Oust Seol 20. Oust Seol 26. Spindle Assembly
3. Felt Oust Seol 9. Tie Rod Assembly 15. Nut 21. Felt Oust Seol 27. Pivot Support Assembly
4. Spindle Bushing 10. Nut 16. Oust Seol 22. Spindle Bushing 28. Pivot Bushing
5. Spindle Bushing 11 • Oust Seol 17. Tie Rod Assembly 23. Spindle Bushing 29. Shim Pack
6. Thrust Beoring 12. Front Axle Assembly 18. Nut 24. Thrust Beoring 30. Thrust Plate
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2 MF 50 & 65 FRONT AXLE & STEERING
-0
~t-- _ _ _,22
FlI\------j 23
Fig. '" - MF 50 MuIti.Purpose Front Axle Assembly Nomenclature

1. Tie Rod End la. Oust Seal 19. Nut 28. Spindle Assembly
2. Tie Rod Assembly 11. Oust Seal 20. Spindle Steering Arm 29. Thrust Plate
3. Main Steering Arm 12. Spindle Bushing 21. Oust Seal 30. Shim Pack
4. Oust Seol 13. Greose Fitting 22. Du.t Seal 31. Pivot Bushing
5. Nut 14. Spindle Bushing 23. Spindle Bushing 32. Grease Fitting
6. Oust Seal 15. Thrust Beoring 24. Greose Fitting 33. Axle Support Assembly
7. Tie Rod Assembly 16. Wood ru fi Key 25. Spindle Bushing
8. Spindle Steering Arm 17. Spindle Assémbly 26. Thrust Beoring
9. Nut 18. Front Axle 27. Woodrufl Key
entering thYough grease [itting hole, to Replacement pivot bushings are pre-sized
drill a spot in the bore 1/64" deep. and do not require reaming when installed
When instalUng the bushing, Une up the carefully with the proper tool.
grease holes and insert a long punch to Spindle bu!,hings are renewable but require
stake bushing into drill spot. sizing after installation.
5
MASSEY-FERGUSON
FRONT AXL E & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2
c. Steering arm, No. 3, onto pedestal shaft

and tighten clamp.
d. Front pivot bushing, No. 22, in front
pivot bracket, No. 23.
e. Front pivot bracket to front pivot pin
and attach to support casting.
f. Tie rods, No. 6, to main steering arm,
No. 3.
g. Axle extensions, Nos. 15 and 25, to main
center-member.
h. Tie rods Nos. 1 and 9, to spindle steering
arms Nos. 10 and 27.
i. Shims, No. 21, (which are available in
0.002,0.005 and 0.010 inch thickness) to the end
of front pivot pin and secure with thrust plate,
No. 20.
NOTE: End-Play should be 0.002-0.008
Fig. 5 - Removing Wide Front Axle.Assembly inch between pivot bracket and center-
member.
Tie rod ends are not adjustable for wear. j. Wheels.
Recommended toe-in adjustment is 0-1/4 inch.
k. Lower grill panel.
End-play adjustment is 0.002-0.008 inch be- 1. Grease fittings.
tween support housing front face and front
2. Lubricate aU grease fittings.
pivot bracket rear face.
3. Adjust toe-in 0-1/4 inch.
ASSEMBLING THE AXLE
1. Install: (Refer to Fig. 1).
a. Bearing, No. 17, to spindle, No. 19.

b. Spindle bushings, Nos. 14 & 16, and ream
to size.
c. Spindle throughaxle spindle tube, No. 15.
d. Dust seal, No. 13.
e. Woodruff key, No. 18, to spindle.
f. Spindle steering arm, No.10, to spindle.
g. Tighten spindle, boit arm clamp.
h. Repeat procedure for spindle assembly
on other side.
INSTALLING THE AXLE

Fig. 6 - Adjusting Toe-In
1. Install: (Refer to Fig. 1).
ADJUSTING THE TOE-IN
a. Rear pivot bushing, making certain
To adjust the toe-in of aIl wide front axle
grease holes are in alignment.
models, loosen the right tie rod set screw at
b. Axle main center-member, No. 24, by the outer end and the clamp boit at the inner end.
carefuUy inserting the rear pivot pin of center- Turn the tube assembly, No. 2, Fig. 1, in (or
member into support casting pivot pin bore. out) to obtain the desired toe-in. See Fig. 6.
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
The toe-in is measured between the center 3. Your purpose may o.r may not require
tire ribs (at hub height) at both front and rear. removal of wheel; if it should be required, then
Proper toe-in is obtained when the distance do so as the first step of removal, refer to
across the front is 0 to 1/4 inch less than the Group IV, Section B, Part 4 for instructions on
distance across the back. See Fig. 7. removing wheel.
4. Remove the front axle support, No. 6, by

removing the six cap screws.
Fig. 7 - Measuring Toe.ln
SERVICING THE ROW CROP

SINGLE WHEEL FRONT AXLE
REMOVING
To remove the single wheel fork axle as-
sembly, proceed according to the foHowing
instructions, and refer to Fig. 8.
1. Support the tractor 50 that front wheel Fig. 8 - Single Front Wheel Axle Nomenclature
barely touches the ground, and then remove:
,. Oust Cap 13. Yoke Assembly
a. Lower grill panel. 2. Thrust Plate 14. Costelloted Nut
3. Shim Pack 15. Eccentric Wosher
4. Needle Beoring 16. Cotter Pin
b. Sheet metal dust cap, No 1. 5. Oil Seol 17. Front Axle Shah
6. Front Support Assembly 18. Eccentric Wosher
c. Thrust plate, No. 2, by removing the 7. Oil Seol 19. Costelloted Nut
8. Needle Beoring 20. Cotter Pin
cap screws. 9. Upper Beoring Roce 21. Arm Link Assembly
10. Thrust Beoring 22. Oust Seo Is
d. Shims, No. 3. 11. Lower Beoring Roce 23. Spindle Arm
12. Oil Seol 24. Main Steering Arm
e. Steering arm, No. 24, byworkingthrough
opening in support casting, and loosening clamp DISASSEMBLING
boU retainingihe arm to wheel fork.
Remove: (Refer to Fig. 8).
2. Carefully raise front end of tractor, while
at the same time, withdrawing the wheel fork 1. The upper needle bearing, No. 4, from
from below. See Fig. 9. support casting No. 6.
NOTE: Do not permit wheel fork shafi 2: Oil seal, No. 5, from support casting.
to become cocked out of line while
removing. 3. Oil seal, No. 7, from support casting.
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
fRONT AXLE & STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2
4. Lower needle bearing, No. 8, from fork

shaft, No. 13.
5. Bearing race, No. 9, from fork shaft.
6. Needle thrust bearing, No. 10, from fork

shaft.
7. Bearing race, No. 11, from fork shaft.
8. Oïl Seal, No. 12.
Fig. 10 - Twin Front Wheel Axle Nomencloture
1. Cap Screw 12. Upper Bearing Cup

2. Lip Wasner 13. Pedestal Housing
3. Flat Washer 14. Lower Bearing Cup
4. Spindle Arm 15. Lower Bearing Cone
5. Arm Link Assembly 16. Oil Seal
6. Oust Seals 17. Spindle Sn ait
7. Steering Arm 18. Snalt Key
8. Nut 19. Front Spindle Assembly
9. Front Support Assembly 20. Castellated Nut
10. Oil Seal 21. Cotter Pin
11. Upper Bearing Cane
Fig. 9 - Removing Single Front Wheel Axle Assembly
4. Lubricate the assembly thoroughly.
INSPECTING
NOTE: Always press or drive a needle
Clean all parts thoroughly; examine needle
bearing from the lettered side of bear-
bearings and the needle thrust bearing. Replace
ing.
new parts and oil seais if necessary.
ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING SERVICING ROW CROP TWIN

1. To assemble and install the wheel fork, WHEEL FRONT AXLES
simply reverse the steps of the disassembly REMOVING
procedure. A blind spline on the wheel fork
To remove the twin wheel axle, proceed as
and the steering arm will facilitate correct
follows:
alignment of the two parts.
1. Support the tractor with front wheels
2. Adjust the up and down end-play of the wheel touching the ground (complete disassembly is
forkto 0.002-0.008 inch measuring clearance be- more easily accomplished when wheels are
tween lower face of support casting and upper removed).
face of whee 1 fork. Shims provide for this
adjustment. 2. Remove: (Refer to Fig. 10).
a. Lower grill panel.
3. Adjust the front wheel (which has a taper
roller bearing) to have a slight rotationai b. Cap screw, No. 1, after uniocking lip
drag. washer, No. 2.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
c. Flat washer, No. 3. 2. Upper and lower bearing cones, Nos.ll and
15, from pedestal.
d. Steering arm, No. 7, working through
support casting.
3. Upper and lower bearing cups, Nos. 12 and
3. Carefully raise tractor, and at the same 14, from pedestal.
time, withdraw from below, the spindle shaft,
No. 17, axle ,No. 19,andwheelsas an assembly.
4. Cotter pin and castellated nut, No. 20, from
(See Fig. 11).
spindle shaft, No. 17.
4. Remove:
a. Lower pedestal assembly, No. 13, from 5. Axle, No. 19 andkey, No. 18, from spindle
support casting, No. 9. shaft.
b. Front axle support, No. 9.
INSPECTION
Clean aH parts thoroughly and examine for
wear. Replace new parts and oil seals if nec es-
sary.
ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING
1. Reverse the disassembly procedures and

tighten cap screw No. 1, Fig. 10 until all end-
play is removed from spindle, leaving a slight
drag on the bearings.
2. Blind splines on the lower spindle shaft

in the steering arm provide for a correct
installation.
See Group IV, Section B, Part 4 for wheel

and hub information.
Fig. 11 - Removing Twin Front Wheel Axle Assembly NOTE: When assembling, install new
ail seals, and lightly grease the sealing
DISASSEMBLING surfaces. Rotate the shaft as it passes
Remove: (Refer to Fig. 10) through seals.
1. Oil seals, Nos. 10 and 16, from pedestal,
No. 13. 3. Lubricate the assembly thoroughly.
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV . SECTION A . PART 4
PART 4-MANUAL AND POWER STEERING

GEAR HOUSING-MF AND TO 35 TRACTORS
INDEX
PAGE
Removing Manual Steering Housing l
Disassemble Manual Steering 2
Reassemble Manual Steering 2
Adjusting Manual Steering 4
Removing Power Steering Housing 4
Disassemble Power Steering 4
Reassemble Power Steering 5
Adjusting Power Steering 7
Trouble- Shooting . • . . . 8
DESCRIPTION
.~ The 35 Tractor uses a.screw and recircu-
lating ball-nut type steering gear with two pin-
ion shafts which control the steering linkage.
The nut is supported on the groove steering
shait by recirculating baIl bearings which moves
the nut, vertically when the shait is turned.
Teeth are eut in the upper side of the nut and is
engaged in the left pinion shait gear, which in
turn is engaged with the right pinion shait gear.
See Fig. 1.
REMOVING MANUAL
STEERING HOUSING
The steering gear housing and instrument
panel can be removed as an assembly by the
following procedures:
1. Tip the hood assembly forward and drain Fig. l - 35 Manual Steering Gear Assembly
the cooling system.
2. Disconnect heat sending unit, wires and 5. Remove mounting boIts at rear of fuel
starter motor cable. tank and block-up between tank and rocker arm
coyer.
3. Disconnect tractormeter cable, choke rod
and oil gauge line. (On Diesel m::Jdels, dis con- 6. Remove battery and disconnect drag links
nect tractormeter cable, fuel shut-off rod and from steering arms.
throttle control rod. )
7. Remove boit securing housing to trans-
4. Remove air cleaner hose, shut off fuel mission case also boit at rear of engine block
and remove fuel line. and lift steering housing assembly from tractor.
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE AND STEERING GROUP IV . SECTION A . PART 4
0-~
Fig. 2 - Description and Sequence of Parts

l. Left Side Cover 4. Steering Shaft Assembly 7. Right Pitman Arm 10. Adiusting Screw
2. "O"_Ring 5. Lower Pin ion Shoh 8. "O"-Ring 11. Housing
3. Upper Pin ion Shah 6. Righi Side Cover 9. Shim 12. Left Pi tman Arm
,
The steering gear assembly can be disas- 6. Remove steering shaft with recirculating
sembled and assembled without removing from ball-nut and bearings as an assembly.
the tractor, if desired.
NOTE: Do not disassemble the ball nul
and shaft assembly, No. 2, Fig. 3, as
component rePlacement parts are not
DISASSEMBLE MANUAL STEERING available. If any of these parts are
~ damaged, replace the complete shaft
1. Remove right and left pitman arms and assembly.
remove nut and capscrew securing side cover,
No. 1, Fig. 2, to left side of steering housing.
2. Remove upper pinion shaft, No. 3, Fig. 2, REASSEMBLE MANUAL STEERING

by tapping lightly on threaded end with a plastic
hammer. Clean and inspect all parts and reassemble,
as follows. Shims, No. 9, Fig. 2, are avail-
3. Remove nut and capscrew securing side able in thicknesses of .063, .065, .067 and
cover, No. 6, Fig. 2, to right side of housing. .069 inches. When assembled, use the proper
amount of shims to maintain a snug fit of ad-
4. Remove lower pinion shaft, No. 5, from justing screw, No. 10, Fig. 2, to pinion shafts,
housing. Nos. 3 and 5.
5. Remove steering wheel and steering shaft 1. Install steering shaft and housing with
housing. shims, No. 3, Fig. 3. Adjust pre-Ioad on the
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 4 MF & TO 35 STEERING GEAR HOUSING
2. Turn the steering shaft until the lower

tooth on the ball nut, No. 1, Fig. 4, is visible
through the right opening in the housing.
3. Install the Iower pinion shaft, No. 2, Fig.

4, and cover assembly with the blank portion of
the teeth down, and the lower tooth on steering
nut meshed with the groove next to this blank
portion.
4. Turn steering shaft until center tooth on

top side of Iower pinion shaft is in line with
opening in left side of housing.
Fig. 3 - Steering Shah and Hausing

1. Steering Shaft Housing 2. Steering Shaft and Boil Nut Assembly
3. Shims
bearings by adding or removing these shims. A

pre-load of 1/2 to 1-1/2 pounds pull at the rim
of the steering wheel should be obtained through Fig. 5 - Installing Upper Pinion Shaft
the midpoint of turning radius.
5. Install upper pllllOn shaft with center

groove mating with this center tooth. Refer to
Fig. 5.
NOTE: When aU gears are matclzed

corre ctly , the steering u;heel will ro-
tate 3 -1/2 turns froJJl one side to the
otlzer. On some lIlodels, the pinion
teeth are marked with a dot.
6. Install "O"-ring, No. 8, Fig. 2, washer
and nut on each adjusting screw, No. 10. (Do
not tighten the nut. )
7. Install pitman arms (long one on the right

side). When arms are installed correctly and
the wheel is in the center of its travel range,
the arms will be directly above the radius rod
baIl joints. The oil in the steering gear does
Fig. 4 - Installi"g Lower Pinion Shaft not require periodic changes. Capacity is ap-
1. Lower Tooth (Boil Nut) 2. Lower Pin ion Shaft proximately 1 quart SAE 90.
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE AND STEERING GROUP IV . SECTION A . PART 4
ADJUSTING MANUAL STEERING from the pump. (The return hose is the upper
hose.) Start the engine and drain the system
To adjust the manual steering gear, proceed, (allow the engine to run idle only long enough to
as follows: pump the oil out; further operation may damage
the pump).
1. Remove steering tie rods at rear end.
1. Remove the two hoses and the three ex-
2. Loosen the adjusting nuts and back off ternallines from the steering assembly.
both adjusting screws two full turns.
2. Remove the steering wheel and pitman
3. Remove or add shims between steering arms. The power steering assembly can be
shaft housing and steering gear case to obtain a disassembled without removing from the trac-
rolling pre-Ioad on shaft bearings of 1/2 to 1- tor, if desired.
1/2 pounds pull at rim of steering wheel.
3. Remove the four allen-head screws from
4. With the pitman arms parallel to each the power rack guide cover, and remove the
other, turn the adjusting screw for the left pit- cover and shims. These shims are used to ad-
man arm (the adjusting screw on right side of just clearance and are available in . 003, . 005,
unit) in until a pull of 1-3/4 to 3 pounds on the and.010".
rim of the steering wheel is obtained.
4. Remove capscrews holding side cover for
5. Adjust the screw for the right steering upper pitman shaft and with a plastic hammer
arm in the same manner until a pull on the drive shaft out of housing. Note the extra set of
wheel is 3-1/4 to 5 pounds. Tighten locknuts. gear teeth eut on the upper side of this shaft
Refer to Fig. 6 for procedure of checking pre- which mesh with the teeth on the power rack.
load on steering gear. Remove the lower pitman shaft in the same
manner.
Fig. 7 - Removing or Installing Power Cylinder
Fig. 6 - Checking Pre-Load on Steering Gear 5. Remove the capscrews atlaching the pow-
er cylinder to the steering housing, and re-
REMOVING POWER move the cylinder and power rack assembly.
STEERING HOUSING See Fig. 7. Remove the gasket and holding the
To remove the power steering housing as- power rack; use a plastic hammer and care-
sembly, remove the pressure and return hose fully drive the cylinder off the end plate and
from the control valve and refer to paragraph piston. See Fig. 8. The end plate is sealed in
''Removing manual steering housing". the cylinder with two "O"-rings and the piston
has two cast iron rings. See Fig. 9.
6. When removing the piston from the piston

DISASSEMBLE POWER STEERING rod, refer to Fig. 9 for sequence of parts. Note
Before starting to disassemble the power in this Figure the drilled passage between the
steering assembly, disconnect the return hose two "O"-rings on the end plate, which bleeds
4
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 4 MF & TO 35 STEERING GEAR HOUSING
Fig. 10 - Removing Control Valve and Shaft Assembly
nut. The steering shaft and ball-nut are ser-

viced as an assembly only, so it is not neces-
Fig. 8 - Disassembling Power Cylinder sary to disassemble. See Fig. 11. Note the oil
seal and needle bearing in the adaptor housing.
The needle bearing for the lower end of the
the area on the pressure side of the ail seal, steering shaft remains in the bottom of the
and returns any ail that leaks by the piston rad. steering hous ing.
7. Remove the three caps crews at base of

steering column and remove column. Remove
the four caps crews holding the valve adapter REASSEMBLE POWER STEERING
body to the steering housing and remove the
valve body, adaptor body, pinion shaft and bal!- 1. Inspect al! parts and seaIs and replace, if
nut from steering housing. See Fig. 10. damaged; also, instal! new "OlT-rings.
8. Clamp the steering shaft in a vise andre- 2. Refer to Fig. 11 and install valve adaptor
move the locknut. Al! parts on the shaft can housing on the steering shaft. Do not slide
then be removed with the exception of the ball- housing down too far on the shaft and get it off
o
~
Fig. 9 - Piston and Piston Rad Description and Sequence of Parts
1. Nut 2. Washer 3. Piston 4. Wasner 5. Adapter 6. Seal 7. Rack Stop Plate 8. Piston Rad 9. Power Rock
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXI.E AND STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 4
••
J
Fig. 11 - Installing Adaptar ta Steering Shaft Description

and Sequeil ce of Parts Fig_ 12 - Control Valve Descriptio n and
1. Steering Shah Assembly 3. Bearing 5. Adaptor Sequence of Pa rts
2. Thrustwasher 4. Thrustwasher 6. Needle Bearing 1. Nut 5. Plunger and Spring Assembly
2. Spring Washer 6. Thrustwcsher
3. Thrustwasher 7. Volve Body
4. Beoring 8. Val ve Spool
the seal area or it may be damaged when brought
back into position. Install thrustwasher, No.
4, Fig. 11, with bearing groove up, bearing, Serial No. 231862. Part No. of tlzis
No. 3, and thrustwasher, No. 2, with groove kit 841 524 M91.
down.
3. Refer ta Fig. 12 and install control valve 4. Install bearing thrust washer, No. 6, Fig.
spool, No. 8, in valve body, No. 7, sa that the 12, with groove up, bearing, No. 4, thrust-
identifying groove in the inside diameter of the washer, No. 3, with groove down, belleville
spool is toward the same side of the body as the spring washer, No. 2, and nut, No. 1. Be sure
ports marked "PR" and ''RT''. Then install the bearings are in place and torque nut, No. 1, 20
valve body assembly on the shaft withtheseport to 30 ft.-lbs., then back off 1/4 turn, and stake
markings up. Install plungers and springs, No. in place.
5, in the five openings in the outer rim of the
control valve body - one spring between two 5. Place shaft and valve assembly in steer-
plungers in each opening. ing housing. Turn the adaptor housing sa that
the bleed outlet is toward the front. Install and
NOTE: A service repair kit replacing tighten the four caps crews.
tlzese plungers and springs is available
ta aid in front wlzeel shimmy, and is 6. Turn the valve assembly sa that the "PR"
standard equiPment on models after and ''RT'' ports are ta the left. Install the
6
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 4 MF & TO 35 STEER'NG GEAR HOUS'NG
steering column with the flat side ta the rear

and secure with three capscrews.
7. Refer ta Fig. 9 and install on the piston

rad, No. 8, the power cylinder end plate, No. 5,
with the seal, No. 6, and stop washer, No. 7,
toward the power rack, No. 9. Install washer,
No. 4, piston, No. 3 (with the milled surface
toward the nut), washer, No. 2, and nut, No. 1.
Tighten nut securely.
8. Carefully place the piston in the cylinder

with the aid of a short ring compressor. Use
a plastic hammer and drive the end plate into
the cy linder .
9. Refer ta Fig. 7 and position a new gasket

and install the cylinder and power rack assem-
bly with the outlets up and to the left.
Fig. 14 - Installing Upper Pitman Shaft

1. Power Rack 3. Adjusting Screw
2. Upper Pitman Shaft 4. Lower Shaft
The power rack, No. 1, must be positioned

so that it has full engagement inbothdirections.
Check by turning the steering wheel in bath di-
rections. Install the side caver assembly and
tighten bolts. Install "O"-ring, washer and nut
on adjusting screw. Leave locknut loose.
12. Fill steering housingwithSAE 90 straight

mineraI oil through the power rack guide open-
ing in top of housing. The capacity of the steer-
ing housing is approximately 1 U. S. quart. Fill
to level in opening of side caver assembly.
Fig. 13 - Installing Lowe. Pitman Shaft
10. Temporarily install the steering wheel

and rotate the steering shaft until the ball-nut ADJUSTING POWER STEERING
raises to a position where the lower tooth can
be seen. Refer to Fig. 13 and hold the lower 1. The pre-Ioad on the steering shaft is ad-
pitman shaft with the blank portion of the teeth justed by the nut on top of the control valve.
down and install so that the lower tooth on the Tighten nut 20 to 30 ft.-Ibs. and back off 1/4
ball-nut meshes with the groove next to this turn. (Refer to No. 4 under heading "Assemble
blank portion. Power Steering". )
11. To install the upper pitman shaft, refer 2. Back the adjusting screws out at leasttwo
to Fig. 14. Remove the side cover assembly by turns from a tight position. With the steering
turning out the adjusting screw, No. 3. This wheel in the center of its travel, turn in the ad-
makes it possible to see the timing of all the justing screw on the lower pitman shaft until a
gears. Install the upper pitman shaft in such a pull of 1-1/4 ta 1-3/4 pounds is obtained at rim
manner to mesh with the lower mating teeth and of steering wheel. Tighten the adjusting screw
the teeth on the power rack. locknut.
NOTE: Some of the pitman gears are 3. Adjust the upper pitman shaft in the same
marked with a dot on the tee th. manner until a pull of 2 ta 2-1/2 pounds is ob-
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE AND STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 4
4. Install the power rack guide caver and

shims and tighten the allen-head retaining
screws. Adjust the pre-load on this cover by ~/
the use of shims until an additional 1/8 to 1/4
pounds pull is added to the previous reading at
the rim of the steering wheel. Shims are avail-
able for this adjustment in .003, .005 and .010"
thick. See Fig. 15. After aIl adjustments are
made, the total pull to turn the wheeI through a
3-inch arc at the center range shouid be 2-1/8
to 2-3/4 pounds.
5. Connect alllines and fil! power steering

Fig. 15 - Installing Power Rack Guide reservoir with type "A" automatictransmission
1. Power Rack Guide 2. Shims fluid 1/4" above filter. Start tractor and oper-
ate the steering in each direction to bleed aU
tained at the rim of steering wheel. Tighten ad- air out of the system, then recheck oil level in
justing screw locknut. reservoir.
TROUBLE-SHOOTING
Problem - Loss of power assistance
Possible Cause Correction
a. Insufficient fluid in reservoir. Fil! reservoir 1/4" above fiUer.
b. Low pump pressure. Check pump relief valve set pressure 1100 psi.
c. Faulty control valve, plungers and springs. Check plunger and springs. Install new, if
damaged or worn.
d. Damaged or restricted hose or tubing. Check and replace, if necessary.
e. Oïl by-passing piston in cylinder. If the steering gear housing fiIls up and the
pump reservoir lowers, oil may be passing by
piston in cylinder. Check and replace worn
parts.
f. Steering linkage binding. Remove steering drag links and check by mov-
ing steering mechanism by hand. shouid turn
easily with front of tractor raised.
Problem - Erratic power steering
a. Sticking or binding control valve spool. Remove control valve assembly; clean an parts
in solvent and lubricate with type "A"automatic
oil. If this does not correct, replace with a new
valve only and spool assembly.
b. Improperly tightened thrust nut, No. 1, Fig. Torque nut 20-30 ft.-Ibs., then back off 1/4turn
12, at top of control valve. and stake.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A . PART 4 MF & TO 35 STEER'NG GEAR HOUS'NG
c. Wrong fluid in system. Use type "A" automatic transmission oil.
d. Improper gear adjustment. Adjust steering gears; refer to paragraph "Ad-

justing Power Steering".
Problem - Front Wheel Shimn'ly
a. Improper gear adjustment. Adjust steering gears; refer to paragraph "Ad-

justing Power Steering".
b. Worn steering linkage. Check the rod ends, spindle bushings andradius
rod ball joints. Replace, if worn.
If adjusting and tightening the steering mechan-

ism doesn't correct the problem, a kit is avail-
able, Part No. 841524 M91, which replaces the
plungers and springs in the control valve body.
This kit will aid in correcting the shimmy.
(This part is original equipment on tractors af-
ter SeriaI No. 231862.)
Problem - Fluid foaming out of reservoir
a. Wrong type of fluid. Use type "A" fluid only.
b. Pressure relief valve not seating. Check pressure relief valve and set pressureto
1100 psi.
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART 5-POWER STEERING PUMPS-MF 35, 50

AND 65 TRACTORS
INDEX
Page Page
Description .•......................•......... l Reassemble Cessna Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3
Servicing Pump (Gas Tractors) .................. l Servicing Pump (Diesel Tractors) ............... 4
Removing Pump From Tractor .................... 2 Servicing Separate Reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5
Disassemble Bornes Pump ................••...• 2 Disassemble Wooster Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5
Reassemble Bames Pump ....................... 2 Reassemble Wooster Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6
Checking Pump Pressure ....................... 3 Disassemble and Reassemble
Disassemble Cessna Pump ....................... 3 Cess na Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7
DESCRIPTION
The power steering pump is constant running, gear type and is driven by the cam-
shaft gear train. The pump delivers a volume of ail ta the system with a regulated
pressure of 1100 ta 1200 psi, except on the MF 65 Diesel with the direct inj ection
engine, tractor SeriaI No. 685 996 and up, which has a regulated pressure of 1500
psi. A relief valve is located in the pump ta maintain this pressure.
Fig. 1 - Bornes Power Steering Pump

1. Mounting Boit 2. Retum line 3.· Name Plate 4. Pressure line
SERVICING PUMP (Gas Tractors)

The power steering pumps listed in this sec-
tion are used on MF and TO 35, 40 and 50 Trac-
tors, also MF 65 Tractors. The early model
35, 40, 50 and 65 Gas Tractors use the Barnes Fig. 2 - Cessno Power Steering Pump
pump, which can be identified by a tag on the
housing; see Fig. 1. This pump can be replaced NOTE: The pu,mp drive gear used on
for service by a Cessna pump which is also the 35, 40 and 50 gasoline mode! trac-
used on late model gas tractors. See Fig. 2 tors is different jrom that used on the
for identification of this pump. 65 gasoline tractors.
Printed in U.S.A. 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
fRONT AXLE AND STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 5
REMOVING PUMP FROM TRACTOR 1. Remove reservoir retaining stud, No. 4,

Fig. 3, and capscrew, No. 5, and remove
1. Disconnect pressure and return 1 in e s reservoir.
from pump.
2. Remove adjusting screw and pressure
2. Remove the three mounting boUs hold- relief valve assembIy, No. 6.
ing pump to engine block and remove pump
as se mbly. 3. Remove the 8 screws securing the pump
bodies together.
DISASSEMBLE BARNES PUMP 4. Remove nut securing drive gear, No. 19,
and remove gear, key and spacer from shaft.
The Barnes Power steering pump can be
identified by the Barnes tag located on the pump 5. Remove snap ring, No. 17, from housing
housing; see Fig. 1. This pump is driven by and remove shaft, No. 15, and bearing, No. 16,
the timing gear train and delivers approximately from housing.
4 gallons per minute at an engine speed of 2000
rpm. Ji has a relief valve pressure of 1100 to 6. Remove seal, No. 13.
1200 psi.
The Barnes power steering pump can be re-

paired as far as replacing the internal parts REASSEMBLE BARN ES PUMP
such as shaft, gears, bearings, or seals. If
the housing is damaged, the complete unit will Inspect aU parts for wear or damage. If
have to be replaced. The pump bodies, Nos. 8 housing, No. 8 or No. 12, Fig. 3, is damaged,
and 12, Fig. 3, are not available through parts. replace the complete pump assembly. (These
If the complete pump is to be replaced, it can housings are not av ail able in parts.) The
be replaced by the Cessna pump shown in Fig. 2. Barnes pump can be replaced with the Cessna
pump shown in Fig. 2.
To disassemble the pump, proceed, as fol-
lows, and refer to Fig. 3 for description of 1. Install new seal, No. 13, Fig. 3.
parts.
2. Install bearing, No. 16, on shaft, No. 15,
against snap ring, No. 14.
3. Lubricate seal, No. 13, and insert shaft

with bearing into housing and seal.
4. Secure shaft and bearing in housing with

snap ring, No. 17.
5. Install pump drive gear, No. 19, with

spacer, No. 18, and secure with nut, No. 20.
6. Place pump gears in place, as shown in
Fig. 3; lubricate with light oil and place pump
bodies together and sec ure with 8 screws.
NOTE: A gasket between the pump

bodies is avaiZable, Part No. 1019977
Ml.
7. Install relief valve as sem b 1y, No. 6.

Turn adjusting screw in about 3 turns (this will
Fig. 3 - Bornes Power Steering Pump - Description have to be adjusted when the pump pressure is
and Sequence of Parts
set). Refer to heading "Checking Pump
1. Cover 8. Pump Body 14. Snap Ring
2. Gasket 9. Dowel Pin 15. Shah Pressure".
3. Filter la. Needle Beoring 16. Bearing
4. Retoining Stud 11. Shear Pin 17. Snap Ring
5. Copscre w 12JF ront Plate 18. Spocer 8. Place new "O"-rings, No. 7, in place and
6. Relief Valve Assembly 13. Oil Seol 19. Geor
7. "O"-Rings 20. Nut install oil reservoir.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER STEERING
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 5 PUMPS-MF 35, 50 & 65 TRACTORS
l''ig. 4 - Diagram Illustration of Installed Pressure Gauge
9. Install pump on engine block and attach

pressure and return lines.
10. Fill oil reservoir with type Il Ali trans-

mission oil. Fig. 5 - Cessna Power Steering Pump - Identification
1. Copscrew 8. Idler Geor 14. Back·Up Gasket
2. Re servo i r 9. Filter 15. Ga sket Protector
3. "O".Ring 10. Reservai r Sect Core 16. Diaphragm Seal
CHECKING PUMP PRESSURE 4. Spring
5. Boil
11. Geor and Shah Assembly
12. Key
17. Front Plate
18. Seol
6. Pump Housing 13. Diophragm 19. Gear
1. Install a pressure gauge in series with 7. Relief Volve 20. Nut
the pump pressure line, as shown in Fig. 4.
1. Remove cover and fiUer element from
2. Run engine at low idle until oil in system reservoir.
is warm.
2. Remove the reservoir seat core, No. 10,
3. Advance engine speed to 2000 rpm and capscrew, No. 1, and remove reservoir. Note
turn steering in either direction against stop to the check ball, No. 5, and spring which can be
obtain a reading on the gauge. removed at this time.
Pressure reading should be 1100 to 1200 psi. 3. Remove nut, No. 20, securing drive gear
To increase pressure, turn adjusting screw on to the pump shaft and pull gear and key from
relief valve in, to decrease, turn out. shaft.
NOTE: One turn of "the adjus ting 4. Remove the four bolts securing pump
s crew will change the pressure ap- housings together.
proximately 300 psi.
5. Separate housings and remove gears and
If the relief valve adjustment will not correct shafts.
the pressure, the possible cause may be in the
pump. 6. Remove relief valve, No. 7, and remove
relief valve assembly.
DISASSEMBLE CESS NA PUMP

The Cessna power steering pump can be iden- REASSEMBLE CESS~IA PUMP
tified by an M- F part number on the outside
portion of the mounting base; also, it has a Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Re-
deeper reservoir than the Barnes pump with place worn or damaged parts. If gear or hous-
the name FULL on the side; see Fig. 2. ing is worn or damaged, in most cases, the
mating part will also be damaged and replacing
To disassemble, refer to Fig. 5, andproceed, the complete pump will be profitable. In cases
as follows: where "O"-rings or seals have failed, the as-
Printed in U.S.A. 3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE AND STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 5
sembly af the pump is as fallaws; refer ta Fig.

5 for description and sequence of parts.
1. . Install seal, No. 18, with lip toward in-

side of pump.
2. Place diaphragm seal, No. 16, in groove

in front plate, No. 17. (Work seal all the way
into this groove. )
3. Place gasket protector, No. 15, firmly

into diaphragm seal and next to this protector,
the back-up gasket, No. 14.
4.· Place metal diaphragm, No. 13, against

back-up gasket with bronze side toward gears
and oil grooves toward the two mounting holes
Fig. 7 - Cessna Pump Identification
in the front plate assembly.
5. Lubricate seal in front plate and place

shaft and gear assembly, No. 11, in place.
6. Install key, No. 12, and gear, No. 19, on

shaft and sec ure with nut.
7. Place idler gear and shaft, No. 8, into

front plate assembly with unpainted end of shaft
toward front plate.
8. Place pump housing over gears and se-

cure with 4 bolts.
9. Inspect relief valve and install in pump
housing.
10. Install check valve baIl, No. 5, with

spring, place "O"-ring, No. 3, in place and
install reservoir.
Fig.8 - Bornes Pump Used on Early MF 65 Diesel Tractors
SERVICING PUMP (Diesel Tractars)

The power steering pumps listed in this sec-
Fig. 6 - Bornes Pump Identification
tion of the manual are used on MF 35, 50 and 65
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER STEER'NG
Fig. 10 - Wooster Pump Used on Lote MF 65

Diesel T ractors
Fig.9 - Hobourn-caton Pump Used on Early MF 65

Diesel T ractors
Diesel Tractors. Early models of MF 35 and

50 Diesel Tractors use a Barnes pump, which
can be identified by the tag on the pump hous- , ______l
1
~
ing; see Fig. 6. For service, this pump can be
replaced by the same Cessna pump used on the Fig. 11 - Reservoir Assembly - Identification
later models. This Cessna pump can be iden- and Sequence of Parts
tified by the name "Cessna" stamped on the 1. Cover S. ·Reinforcement Plate
2. Filter 6. Reservai r
upper side of the front cover; see Fig. 7. 3. Retoining Stud 7. "O"·Rings
These two pumps look similar, but can be iden- 4. Fil!er Element Support 8. "O"·Ring Retoin;;!rs
9. Reservoir Bose
tified by the manufacturer's name on the front
cover, as shown in Figs. 6 and 7.
repair the power steering pump, the reservoir
Early MF 65 Diesel Tractors prior to SeriaI should be checked and the fiUer e lem e nt
No. 685 996 used a separate reservoir and changed. After cleaning reservoir and replac-
pump. Two types of pumps were used. A ing element, fill with type "A" auto matie trans-
Barnes pump, shown in Fig. 8, and a Hobourn- mission oil to full mark on gauge assembly.
Eaton pump, shown in Fig. 9.
For servicing of Barnes pump, refer to par- The MF 65 Diesel Tractors after SeriaI No.
agraph "Disassemble Barnes Pump", g a s 685 996 uses a Wooster power steering pump,
tractors. shown in Fig. 10.
SERVICING SEPARATE RESERVOIR DISASSEMBLE WOOSTER PUMP

For servicing the separate reservoir used on Refer to Fig. 12 and proceed, as follows:
the early MF 65 Diesel Tractors prior to SeriaI
No. 685 996, refer to Fig. 11 for description 1. Remove nut, No. 16, and special seaI
and sequence of parts. If it is necessary to washer, No. 15.
Printed in U.S.A. 5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
fRONT AXLE AND STEERING GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 5
14
~
RETURN -:"",
PORT --,
12 ~(/
Fig. 12 - Wooster Power Steering Pump - Identification and Sequence of Parts

1. Oil Seal 3. Seal 5. Drive Gear and Shaft 7. Seal 9. Seal 11. Reservoir Retainer ·13. Filter 15. Seal
2. Front Body 4. Beoring 6. Driven Gear and Shaft 8. Center Body 10. Rear Body 12. Relief Valve Assembly 14. Reservoir 16. Nut
2. Remove reservoir and filter assembly. 2. Install reservoir retainer, No. 11, on
rear pump housing, No. 10, and clamp in vise
with return port in housing, to left side.
3. Remove the 4 capscrews securing the
pump bodies together. The shafts, gear and
bearings, Nos. 4, 5 and 6, will remain in the 3. Place seal ring, No. 9, and two "O"-rings
center body, No. 8. in place on rear housing.
4. Renrove pump drive gear and key from 4. Install 2 bearings, No. 4, in center hous-
shaft, No. 5. ing, No. 8, on oil passage side with grooves in
bearings toward pump gears.
5. Bump end of shaft, No. 5, on wood block

to remove bearings, No. 4, and gears out of 5. Place center housing, No. 8, with the oil
center body, No. 8. passages down and the pressure port 900 coun-
terclockwise from the return port, as shown in
Fig. 12.
REASSEMBLE WOOSTER PUMP

6. Place two retaining bolts in the center
If the gears or bearings are damaged, check housing to hold in· place while making this
the center housing, No. 8, Fig. 12, which will assembly.
probably be damaged. If this is the case, it
will be necessary to replace the complete
pump, because the center housing is not avail- 7. Install long shaft, No. 5, in center hous-
able in parts. ing on right side and short shaft, No. 6, on left
side with the identification marks on the shaft
down.
To assemble the Wooster pump, inspect aIl
parts for wear or damage; refer to Fig. 12 and
proceed, as follows: 8. Place the 2 remaining bearings on the
shafts and in the housing with grooves toward
the pump gears.
1. If removed, apply a coat of sealing com-
pound to the outer surface of seal, No. 1, and 9. Place se al, No. 3, in groove in front
place in housing, No. 2 pump housing, No. 2.
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER STEERING
10. Remove the 2 boUs previously installed DISASSEMBLE AND

to hold center housing in place, lubricate oil seal,
No. 1, and carefully slide over shaft, No. 5. REASSEMBLE CESSNA PUMP
11. Install 4 boUs to secure housings to- To disassemble the Cessna Pump on Diesel
gether and torque 28 to 32 ft.-Ibs. model tractors, refer to paragraph "Disassem-
ble Cessna Pump", in the gas tractor section,
12. Install fiUer, spring, center stud and which is similar; also refer to this section for
reservoir. reassembly procedures.
Printed in U.S.A.
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MANUAL AND POWER STEERING GEAR HOUSING

MF 50 AND MF 65 TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
Servicing the Steering

Gear Housing •••••••••.•.•••••.•.•••••• 1
Servicing the Steering

Gear Mechanism •••••••.•••••••••••••••• 5
Adjusting the Steering

Mechanism •••••.•.•.•••••.•.••••••••• 7
The power and manua1 steering gear housing

are exactly the same. There are slight varia-
tions between the 50 (MF and MH) (Utility,
Multi:'Purpose, Hi-Arch Ax1e) mode1s, the MF 65
(Standard and Hi-Arch Ax1e) mode1s and the
50 (MF and MH) and MF 65 Row Crop mode1s.
As this difference is slight, servicing instruc-
tions will be given on1y once.
NOTE: Be sure to note the type of
axle and model of tractor and the
tractor serial number before ordering
parts.
SERVICING THE STEERING GEAR
HOUSING ,;
REMOVING AND DISASSEMBLING
THE STEERI NG GEAR HOUSING
If repair of the steering mechanism on1y is
inv01ved, it is desirab1e to 1eave the steering Fig. 1 - Steering Gear Housing
gear housing attached to the top of the trans-
mission. Remove the instrument panel and
battery carrier as a unit as outlined in Group If it is deemed necessary to remove the
IV, Section C, Part 3. This comp1etely exposes steering gear housing from the transmission,
the steering gear housing (see Fig. 1). however, simp1y remove the attaching cap
PRINTEO IN U. S. A. 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
screws and lift off the steering gear housing. 2. Separate the steeringgear housingfrom the
top of the transmission.
NOTE: Be sure to lift the steering
gem" housing straight up fm" enough
tO,disengage the gear shift levers from 3. Collapse the spring (No. 23) and remove
the shift forks. the retaining collar (No. 24, Fig. 2) and the
To disassemble the steering gear housing, spring from the gear selection shift lever.
proceed as follows:
1. Remove the steering mechanism as out- 4. Raise up the rubber boot (No. 27) and
lined in "Removing and Disassembling the drift out the gear selection shift lever pin
Steering Mechanism". (No. 21, Fig. 2).
Fig. 2 - Steering Gear Housing Nomenclature

1. Dame Nut 13. Shim Pack 25. Knob 37. Lock Nut
2. Steel Wcsher 14. Snap Ring 26. Shift Lever 38. Side Cover
3. Steering Wheel 15. Retainer Cup 27. Rubber Boot 39. Leversholt
4. Felt Oust Sea 1 16. Loose Boil Beorings 28. Knob 40. Pin Bearing Assembly
5. Chrome Cap 17. Steering Shoft 29. Plonetorr Shift Lever 41. Gosket
6. Rubber Oust Seal 18. Loose Boil Beorings 30. Rubber Boot 42. Gasket
7. Spring 19. Retainer Cup 31. Shift Lever Pin 43. Housing
8. Sncp Ring 20. Snop Ring 32. Shilt Lever Cup 44. Bush ings
9. Shcft Top Support Becring 21. Shift Lever Pin 33. Steering Wheel Assembly 45. Oil Seal
10. Woodruff Key 22. Shilt Lever Cup 34. Fiber Wcsher 46. Pitman Arm
11. Cover Tube 23. Spring 35. Leversholt Assembly* 47. Lock Washer
12. "0" Ring 24. Spring Retoiner Cup 36. Adjusting Screw 48. Nut
*Used on row crop (narrow Iront axle) models only. See Text.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 6 NIF 50 & 65 NlANUAL & POWER STEERING
5. Raise the rubber boot (No. 30) and tap Gear Selection Shift lever Cup
the planetary shift lever cup (No. 32) down
until the shift lever pin (No. 31, Fig. 2) is Under sorne circumstances, there may be
below the bottom of the steering gear housing. sorne lifting of the gear selection shift lever
cup experienced. When lifted far enough, the
NOTE: Support the housing with a shift lever may lock in gear.
cylindrical sleeve so that the housing
is not distorted. This problem may be easily corrected by:
1. Lift the rubber boot and remove the shift

6. Drift out the planetary shift lever pin. lever pin and engage the shift lever back into
the fork.
7. The shift lever cups may be tapped down
through the housing or pulled from the bottom NOTE: By pullingup against the spring
side. mounted on the bottom of the shijt
lever, more freedom of movement may
NOTE: Support the housing with a be obtained.
cylindrical sleeve so that the housing
is not distorted. 2. Tap the shift lever cup back into position
shown in Fig. 5.
SERVICING THE STEERI NG GEAR HOUSING
3. Stake the cup and housing at several points
Oil leaks at the Planetary Shift lever around the circumference of the cup.
Under sorne conditions there may be sorne 4. Install the gear selection shift lever and
transmission oil seep out of the planetary pin.
shift lever cup on the MF 65 Tractor. This
is due to a splash effect and not to the trans- 5. Replace the rubber boot to its original
mission breathing. position.
This leakage can easily be corrected in the

following manner:
1. Remove the rubber boot from the shift

lever.
2. Clean the shift lever ball and cup with a

suitable cleaner.
3. With the shift lever in neutral, place an

"0" ring (Part No. 851 145 Ml) over the
shift lever ball.
CAUTION: Do not force the HO" ring

down against the ball.
4. Cement the outside of the "0" ring to the

housing with a suitable cement similar to 3M
Sealer Compound, EC 750 (the Minnesota Mining
Co.). Use the cement sparingly. The purpose
of cementing is not to seal but to hold the "0"
ring in position.
5. Allow a suitable time for the cement to

dry before operating the tractor.
6. Install the rubber boot. Fig. 3 - Installing Shift Lever Cups
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 5 - Shift Lever Cups Installee!

Fig. 4 - Shift Lever Cup - Old Type
1. Bottom Edge of Groove 2. "0" Ring 3. Install the steering mechanism into the
housing as outlined in "Assembling and Install-
ASSEMBLING THE STEERING GEAR HOUSING ing the Steering Mechanism".
1. Mount the housing in a press as shown in INSTALLING THE STEERING GEAR HOUSING
Fig. 3 and press in the shift lever cups.
1. Attach the steering gear housing to the
NOTE: Support the housing around the top of the transmission. Use a new gasket.
cup opening with a cylindrical sleeve
to prevent distorting the housing. Press NOTE: Make sure detent springs are
the cups in until the bottom edge of in place. Lower the steering housing
the groove (No. l, Fig. 4) is even with carefully into position, engaging the
thé top of the housing as shown in shift levers into the shift forks.
Fig. 5. Make sure that the pin openings.
(No. 2, Fig. 6) are 900 to the direction
of operation of the shift levers.
2. Install the following:
a. Shift levers and pins.
b. Spring assembly on bottom of gear se-

lection shift lever.
c. "0" ring on top of planetary shiftlever

cup, as shown in Fig. 4. See "Servicing the
Steering Gear Housing" , Page 3. In newer
model tractors, the shift lever cup has been
modified, adding the shoulder (No. 1, Fig. 6)
so that the "0" ring may be positioned in the
cup and then the planetary shift lever installed.
d. Rubber boots over top of shift levers.

Fig. 6 - Shi ft Lever Cup - New Type
e. Threaded knobs to top of shift levers. 1. Shoulder 2. Pin Openings
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 6 MF 50 & 65 MANUAL & POWER STEERING
2. Install the instrument panel and baUery

carrier as a unit.
3. Install the steering wheel.
SERVICING THE STEERING GEAR

MECHANISM
REMOVING THE STEERING WHEEL
1. Remove the dome nùt (No. 1), fiberwasher
(No. 34), and steel washer (No. 2, Fig. 2).
NOTE: Fibre washer is not used in

MF 65 models.
2. Using a puller, remove the steering wheel

from the steering shaft.
3. Complete removal by lifting the Woodruff
key (No. 10), the dust washer (No. 4), the
chrome cap (No. 5), the rubber dust seal
(No. 6) and the bearing spring (No. 7, Fig. 2)
off the steering shaft assembly. Fig. 7 - Steering Shaft Caver Tube
1. Shaft Top Support Bearing
REMOVING AND DISASSEMBLING 2. Vent Hale
3. Lubricant Filler and Qil Level Plug
THE STEERING MECHANISM
2. Lay the steering shaft in a shallow pan
1. Remove the following: and release the snap rings (Nos. 14 and 20,
Fig. 2).
a. The drag link from the pitman arm.
NOTE: The 28 balls (14 in each race)
will fall into the pan. See Fig. 8 .
b. The pitman arm (No. 46) from the
levershaft assembly (No. 39, Fig. 2). 3. Remove the ball retaining cups (Nos. 15
and 19, Fig. 2) from the steering shaft.
c. The gear housing side cover (No. 38,
Fig. 2). 4. Using a step plate and driver, drive out
the oil seal (No. 45) and the two bushings (No.
d. The levershaft and stud assembly. 44, Fig. 2).
e. The cap screws aUaching the column INSPECTING AN D SERVICING

cover to the gear housing and remove the THE STEERING MECHANISM
column housing (No. 11, Fig. 2).
1. Thoroughly clean aU of the parts and
NOTE: Not~ce the shim pack (No. 13) examine them for excessive wear and damage.
and carefully remove it and the sealing
"0" ring (No. 12, Fig. 2) [rom the
steering shaft cover. '
f. The steering shait assembly (No. 17,

Fig. 2) from the gear housing.
NOTE: Carefully work the steering

shaft thrust bearings, out through the
opening in the steering gear housing.
g. Tap out the cover tube bearing assembly
(No. 9) from the steering shaft cover as shown
in No. 1, Fig. 7. Fig. 8 - Removing the Shaft Thrust Bearings
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
2. After installation of the levershaft bush- 4. Attempt ta pull up and push down on the
ings, they must be reamed to give a clearance steering wheel ta check for steering shaft
of 0.0005 ta 0.003 inch between the levershaft end-play.
and the bushings.
NOTE: If end-Play is present, remove
3. Always replace the sealing gaskets, ail sufficient thickness of shims ta Place
seai and "0" ring. a slight drag on the shaft as it is
turned. Shims o:re available in thick-
4. Examine the stud bearing assembly on wide nesses of 0.002, 0.003 and 0.010 inch.
a.xIe models. It must not show signs of damage
or flat spots on the rollers. The proper bearing 5. Remove the steering wheel and cover tube.
Ioad is when it requires a slight drag (6-8 in.-
lbs.) to turn the stud in its rollers. 6. Position a lubricated "0" ring into the
groove in the caver tube. Install the caver
NOTE: If beo:ring load must be ad- tube and the adjusted shim pack onto the
justed, release the locking tabs and housing, being carefui not to damage the "0"
tighten (or loosen) the nut ta adjust ring. Install the cover tube so that the vent
the la ad. Install a new locking tab hole (No. 2, Fig. 7) is towards the front of the
washer before adjusting. Lock the tractor.
nut into position when the adjustment
is completed. 7. Lubricate the levershaft and install it
through the bushings and lubricated oil seai.
CA UTION: Whenever converting a wide
axle model tractor ta a narrow axle NOTE: Use co:re not to cut or damage
mode l, be sure to rePlace the lever- the ail seal while installing the lever-
shaft assembly (No. 39, Fig. 2) with shaft.
the solid pin levershaft assembly (No.
35, Fig. 2). 8. Back the adjusting screw (No. 36, Fig. 2)
out of the side cover a few turns and install
ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING the side caver. Use a new gasket.
THE STEERING MECHANISM
9. Install the pitman arm on the levershaft.
1. Install the following:
NOTE: Master splines must be a-
ligned for proper timing.
a. Levershaft bushings. Ream the bushings
to provide a 0.0005 to 0.003 inch clearance.
10. Fill the gear housing ta the correct level
Clean thoroughly after reaming the bushings.
with recommended lubricant.
b. Levershaft assembly ail seai. Lubri- 11. Adjust the steering mechanism as outlined
cate the oil seal with brake fluide in "Adjusting the Steering Mechanism".
INSTALLING THE STEERING WHEEL

c. Ball retaining cups, balls (14) and snap
rings. Install the following onto the steering shaft:
d. The cover tube bearing assembly into 1. Bearing spring.

the steering shaft cover tube.
2. Rubber dust seai.
2. Insert the steering shaft into the housing.
Using the original shim pack, install the caver 3. Chrome cap.
tube with the vent hole (No. 2, Fig. 7) ta the
front. Do not install an "0" ring on the caver 4. FeU dust washer.
tube at this time.
5. Woodruff key.
3. Install the Woodruff key, steering wheel, 6. Steering wheel.
washer(s) and dome nut.
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 6 MF 50 & 65 MANUAL & POWER STEERING
7. Steel washer. adjusting screw until there is a slight drag

8. Fiber washer (used only in MF 50 models). (felt at the rün of the steering wheel) as the
steering mechanism passes through its center
9. Dome nut. orstraight-ahead position. See Fig. 9. Tighten
the lock nut.
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
MECHANISM
1. Adjust the steering shait end-play as out-
lined in Steps 2 through 6 of "Assembling and
Installing the Steering Mechanism". If the
mechanism has .not been disassembled, remove
the drag link from the pitman arm and back the
adjusting screw out ofthe side cover afew turns;
check the steering shait for end-play. Adjust
the thickness of the shim pack according to the
amount of end-play discovered.
NOTE: The use of a dial indicator

would be helpful in determining ap-
proximately how much to alter the
shim pack. The steering shafl operates
under a slight preload.
2. After the steering shaft preload has been

adjusted, place the steering mechanism in its Fig. 9 - Adjusting the Steering Mechanism
center or straight-ahead position. Turn hl the 1. Adjusting Screw
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
SERVICING THE MANUAL STEERING PEDESTAL

AND DRAG LINK ASSEMBLy
MF 50 & 65 TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
Removing the Pedestal • _ • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . •• 1

Disassembl ing the Pedestal ••••.•••••••.•.••• 2
1nspecting the Pedestal ••••.••••.•••.•••••• 2
Assembling the Pedestal • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • . • . .• 2
Installing the Pedestal • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • •• 3
The manual steering pedestal and drag link

assembly information found in this part of the
Shop Manual, concerns the assembly required
by axles of the wide type. Pedestal assemblies
for Row Crop Single and Twin Front Axles are
discussed in Group IV, Section A, Part 2.
Certain preparations must be made before
this assembly can be completely removed and
disassembled. Refer to Group IV, Section C,
Part 6, and remove the grill, hood and side
panels, and lower grill panel. Refer to Group
IV, Section C, Part 6, and remove fan shroud
and radiator assembly. Refer to Group IV,
Section A, Part 2, and remove the front axle
assembly from the front axle support (remove
front axle as a unit, incluc}ing wheels). Figs. 2,
3 and 4 show cut-away views of the pedestal,
drag link and steering for the various front
axle assemblies.
REMOVING THE PEDESTAL

Suport the tractor at the rear of the front
Fig. l - Pedestal and Drag Link Assembly Nomenclature
axle support casting. Refer to Fig. 1, and 1.. Grease Fitting 11. Lower Dust Seal
proceed to remove: 2. Nut 12. Axle Support Assembly
3. Lock Washer 13. Nut
1. Drag link, No. 15, from upper arm, No. 5. 4. Flat Washer 14. Dust Seol
2. Upper pedestal assembly, No. 9, pedestal 5. Upper Arm 15. Drag Link
6. Pedesto 1 Shaft 16. Nut
shaft, No. 6, and upper arm as a unit by re- 7. Upper Dust Seol 17. Oust Seol
moving the cap screws securing the unit to 8.
9.
Upper Bushing
Pedestal "Housing
18.
19.
Tie Rod End
Lock Nut
front axle support, No. 12. 10. Lower Bushing
PRINTED IN U. S.A. 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
VIEWA
Fig. 4 - Single Wheel Front End and Steering Mec:hanism
5. Greasefittingfrom the front axle support,

Fig. 2 - Four Wheel Front End and Steering Mec:hanism
No. 5, Fig. 5.
3. Front axie support from tractor by re- 6. Rear pivot pin bushing No. 4, Fig. 5, from
moving the attaching bolts. the pivot pin hole located in the support casting.
7. R.K and L.H. spacers.
NOTE: The location and position of the
R.H. and L.H. spacers should be in- INSPECTING THE PEDESTAL
stalled in same order as removed. Clean aU parts thoroughly and inspect for
wear and damage.
DISASSEMBLING THE PEDESTAL Pedestal shaft should have a 0.0005-0.002
inch clearance in the bushings.
Refer to Fig. 1, and remove:
New pedestal shaft bushings should be reamed
1. Upper arm, No. 5, from the pedestai shaft,
to 1.5005-1.5015 inch after being instaUed in the
No. 6, by removing the grease fitting, nut, Iock
upper pedestal asse~bly.
washer, and flat washer.
2. Pedestai shaft by pulling it through pedestai NOTE: Inspect the rear Pivot bushing
assembIy, No. 9, from Iower end. bore located in the front axle suPPort.
3. Upper and lower dust seals, Nos. 7 and 11, If a correction has not been made to
from their seats in the upper pedestal assembIy. prevent pivot bushing trom working out
. 4. Upper and Iowerbushings Nos. 8 and 10, of Place, use a long 7/32" drill, enter-
from pedestai assembly (remove only when ing through the grease fitting (No. 5,
necessary). Fig. 5) hole, to drill a 1/64" deep spot
in the bore. When installing the bush-
ing, Une up the grease holes,1 and with
a long punch inserted through grease
hole, stake the bushing into the drill
spot.
ASSEMBLING THE PEDESTAL
Refer to Fig. 1, and install:
1. Upper and lower pedestal bushings, Nos.
8 and 10, into the pedestal assembly, No. 9.
Press them into place evenly and ream to size.
2. Upper and lower du st seals, Nos. 7 & 11,
into their respective seats in the pedestal
assembly. Use new dust seais whenever poss-
ible.
3. Pedestal shaft, No. 6, into the pedestal
assembly. Lightly grease the shaft and start
Fig. 3 - Twin Wheel Front End and Steering Mec:hanism it through lower base of pedestal assembly.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 7 MF 50 & 65 MANUAL STEERING PEDESTAL
Fig. 5 - Front Axle Support Assembly

1. Topped Holes for 4·Wheel Models 3. Pedestol Shoh
2. Topped Hales for Tricycle Models 4. Reor Pivot Pin Bushing
5~ Greose Fitting
4. Upper arm, No. 5, to the upper end of b. Place the R.H. and L.H. spacers in posi-
pedestal shaft; a blind spline provides for pro- tion on the boUs now protruding from rear side
per alignment. Secure with flat washer, lock of support assembly.
washer and nut. c. Line up the holes in the support with
5. Pivot bushing, No. 4, Fig. 5, into the bore holes in the tractor and tighten the bolts.
in front axle support as described in note. (See 2. Upper pedestal assembly, No. 9, pedestal
"Inspecting" ). shaft, and upper arm as one unit. Position the
unit to its proper location on front axle support
and secure with cap screws.
INSTALLING THE PEDESTAL 3. Front axle assembly, referring to Group
IV, Section A, Part 2 for instructions.
Refer to Fig. 1, and install: 4. Drag llnk, No. 15, after aligningfront wheels
1. Front axle support assembly, No. 12, to in a straight line position and centering steering
tractor as follows: wheel.
a. Insert attaching boUs through the holes 5. Lubricate an grease points thoroughly.
provided in the front axle support.
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART 8. SERVICING THE POWER STEERING

PEDESTAL, CYLINDERS AND VALVES
MF 50 & 65 TRACTORS
1 ND EX
Page
Servicing the Power Steering Valves . . 1
Servicing the Power Steering Cylinders . 5
Servicing the Power Steering Pedestal 9
Adjusting the Power Steering System • . 11
Both manual and power steering utilize many common parts such as the steering
housing, gears, etc.; however, the power steering requires an altered pedestal assem-
bly and upper arm and the addition of a pump, power cylinder, control valve, conne ct-
lng linkage and hoses.
The power cylinder and control valve mounted next to the pedestal are the external
type; that is, they are not integral with the steering housing. By opening the R.H. or
L.H. grills, the adjustments on the power steering mechanism may he readily made.
The control valve, atop the power cylinder, regulates the flow of oil to and from the
cylinder while the power cylinder provides the force to rotate the front wheels. The
piston end of the power cylinder is aUached to a bracket on the top of the main front
support casting and barrel end of the cylinder is secured to the splined arm on the
pedestal shaft. The control valve is connected to the same arm that the drag link is
fastened to. This arm is not splined to the pedestal shaft and is free to turn. The
only connection between the valve arm and the cylinder arm is a valve adjusting pin.
This pin secured to the valve arm extends into the cylinder arm in a loose fitting
socket.
SERVICING THE POWER 4. Disconnect the linkage to the pedestal at

STEERING VALVES pin (No. 1, Fig. 2) and lift away the valve.
DISASSEMBLlNGTHE VALVE
Thefollowingprocedure isfor valves on MF 50 tractors
prior to Serial Number 516 788 and on MF 65 tractors 1. Drive out the roll pin attaching the ad just-
prior to Serial Number 650 369. This valve may be ing linkage (No. 2) to the link (No. 3, Fig. 2).
further identified as being the one which sets on top of
the cylinder and is not a part of the cylinder end cap. Fig. NOTE: Make sure that the slotted end of the
1 shows the oil jlow for a right and left turn. valve end rod assembly (No. 13, Fig. 3) is not
collapsed while driving the roll pin in or out.
REMOVING THE VALVE
2. Pierce with a sharp center punch and pry
out the dust seal retainer (No. 17) and take out
1. Drain the power steering system. the dust seal (No. 16, Fig. 3).
2. Open the R.H. grill door and disconnect 3. Remove the snap ring (No. 15) and remove
the hoses to the valve. the spool from the valve body (No. 4, Fig. 3).
3. Remove the boUs securing the valve to the 4. Slide the thrust washer (No. 14) from the
cylinder. valve link (No. 13, Fig. 3).
PRINTED IN U.S.A. 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Oll FLOW FOR RIGHT TURN. Oll FLOW FOR lEFT TURN.
-+I~f--.040
Fig. 1. . Power Steering Oil Flow
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8 MF 50 & 65 POWER STEERING
8. Remove the snap ring (No. 1) and withdraw

the end plug (No. 2) and "0" ring (No. 3, Fig. 3)
from the valve body.
REMOVING AND DISASSEMB LING

THE VALVE
The foUowing procedure is for valves on MF 50 tract ors

after Seriai Number 516788 and on MF 65 tractors after
Seriai Number 650 369. This valve may be further identi-
fied as being the one which is an integral part of the
cylinder end cap.
1. Remove the following (refer to Fig. 4):
a. Cylinder from the tractor as outlined

in "Removing the Cylinder".
Fig. 2 - Power Steering Valve Linkage
1. Connecting Pin Assembly
2. Adiusting Link b. Allen head screws (No. 5) from the
3. Valve End Rod Assembly valve body. Locate a hole in the
spool by pulling the valve spool
5. Mount the valve spool (No. 5, Fig. 3) in a againstthe spring pressure and ro-
soft jawed vise and unscrew the valve link from tating it at the same time. Once 10-
the spool. cated, install a small punch through
the Allen head screw opening into the
6. Slide the valve guide (No. 11), thrust hole in the valve spool.
washer (No. 9) and spring (No. 8, Fig. 3) from
the spool end. c. Valve end (No. 14) by unscrewing it
from the valve spool (No. 8). Remove
7. Tip the spool on end and allow the inner the punch.
spool (No. 7) and spring (No. 6, Fig. 3) to fall
out of the spool. d. Oil seal (No. 17) from valve body
(No. 6). 1
N OTE: If the spool requires replacement, the

entire valve must be replaced as the inner e. Screw nails (No. 1) securing end cap
spool, main spool and valve body are a (No. 2) to valve body. Remove end
"matched" set. cap (No. 2) and felt dust seai (No. 3).
Fig. 3 - Power Steering Valve - Old Type

1. Snap Ring 4. Valve Body 7. Inner Spool 10. "0" Ring 13. Vo Ive End Rod 16. Oust Seal
2. End Plug 5. Valve Outer Spool 8. Spring 11. Valve Guide 14. Th,ust Wosher 17. Oust Seo! Retainer
3. "0" Ring 6. Spring 9. Thrust Washer 12. "0" Ring 15. Snap Ring
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 4 • Power Steering Valve . New Type

1. Screw Noi 1 4. "0" Ring 7. Spool Assembly 10. Retoining Wosher 13. "a .. Ring 16. Spirol Snop Ring
2. Body Cap 5. Allen Head Screws 8. VO Ive Spool 11. $pring 14. Volve End Rod 17.0i1Seal
3. Oust Seol 6. Valve Body and Cylinder End 9. ICO" Ring 12. Retoining Washer 15. Roll Pin
2. Push the valve spool out the end of the cap slightly, mark, and drill the housing. Al-
valve body. ways clean the valve body after drilling and use
new nails during assembly.
3. Remove the spiral snap ring (No. 16) from
the valve body and allow the washer (No. 12) the
spring (No. 11) and the washer (No. 10) to faU ASSEM8L1NG AND INSTALLING
from the valve body. THE VALVE
4. Remove the following "0" rings: The following procedure is for assembling and installing
valves on MF 50 tractors prior to Seriai Number 516 788
a. Inner valve "0" ring (No. 4) from and on MF 65 tractors prior to Seriai Number 650 369.
valve body (No. 6). See Fig. 3.
b. Outer valve "0" ring (No. 9) from 1. Slide the spring (No. 6) and inner spool
valve spool (No. 8). (No. 7) into the valve main spool (No. 5).
c. Passage tube "0" ring (No. 13) from N 0 TE: Slide the inner spool in so that the
valve end rod (No. 14). solid end (without drilled opening) enters the
spool first.
INSPECTING AND SERVIC'NG THE
STEERING VALVES-AU MODELS
2. Position spring (No. 8) spring thrust
Clean aU parts thoroughly and renew any washer (No. 9) valve guide (No. 11) (with lubri-
which show signs of wear and damage. Always cated "0" rings (Nos. 10 and 12) in position)
use new "0" rings and gaskets. onto the valve.
During removal of the end cap, the screw NOTE: Install the spring thrust washer so
nails may break. If this should happen, drill that the chamferred inside diameter is towards
the nails out of the housing or rotate the end the spool. Install the valve guide so that the
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
wider land is next to the end rod. Securely NOTE: Whenever servicing the valve spool,
tighten the valve end rod (No. 13). never turn it in a counterclockwise direction
because it may unscrew at this point..
CA UT/ON: Whenever servicing the power
steering valve, never turn the valve rod end in 7. Install the two Allen head screws (No. 5).
a counterclockwise direction as it may unscrew
at this point. 8. Reconnect linkage and install the cylinder
in the tractor. See "Installing the Cylinder".
3. Place a lubricated "0" ring (No. 3) on the 9. Fill, bleed and adjust the system as out-
shoulder in the valve body (No. 4) and install lined in "Adjusting the System".
the end plug (No. 2) and snap ring (No. 1).
4. Slide the spool into the valve body follow-

ed by the guide thrust washer (No. 14) snap
ring (No. 15) dust seal (No. 16) and dust cap SERVICI NG THE POWER
(No. 17). STEERING CYLINDERS
NOTE: Tap the dust cap in until approxi-
mately \16 inch protrudes past the end of the
valve body. REMOVING THE CYUNDER-ALL MODELS
5. Install new "0" rings between the valve 1. Remove the grill screens, grill bottom
body and the cylinder and bolt the valve to the plate assembly and left side panel as outlined
cylinder. Tighten the bolts down evenly to a in Group IV, Section C, Part 3.
torque of 10 to 12 ft.-Ibs.
2. Disconnect the hoses at the pump and re-
6. Reconnect the linkage and install the servoir and turn the steering wheel in both di-
cylinder in the tractor. See "Installing the rections to drain the oil from the cylinder.
Cylinder" .
3. Turn the steering wheel to the extreme
7. Fill, bleed and adjust the system as out- left position and leave it there.
lined in "Adjusting the System".
4. Remove the following (See Fig. 5):
a. Cap screws holding the end bracket

The following procedure is for assembling valves on (No. 2) in position.
MF 50 tractors after Seriai Number 516 788 and on
MF 65 tractors after Seriai Number 650 369. See Fig. 4.
1. Replace all "0" rings with new. Lubri-

cate the "0" rings before installing.
2. Lubricate the valve spool and body and

install the valve spool from the spring end of
the valve body.
3. Position the felt dust seal and install the

valve body end cap (No. 2).
4. Position the valve spool so that a punch

may be installed through the Allen head screw
hole and into the spool.
5. Install washer (No. 10), spring (No. 11),

washer (No. 12) and spiral snap ring (No. 16) Fig. 5 - Removing the Cylinder
inta the valve body.
1. Cylinder to Support Pin
2. Support Bracket
6. Screw the valve end rod (No. 14) into the 3.
4.
End ta Arm Pin Assembly
Cylinder to Arm Pin
valve spaal. 5. Clamping Balts
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 6 - Cylinder Nomenclature - Old Type

1. Piston Rod 4. Spi,al Snap Ring 7. "0" Ring 10. Back-Up Washer 13. Piston
2. Spiral Snap Ring 5. Wiper 8. Tube Head 11. "0" Ring 14. Lock Nut
3. Space, 6. Back-Up Washe, 9. "0" Ring 12. Back-Up Washer 15. Cylinder Tube Assembly
b. Cotter pin, washer and link conne ct- 3. Push the tube head (No_ 8) in .
. ing pin assembly (No. 3).
4. Remove the spacer (No. 3) and spiral snap
c. Cap screws (No. 5) clamping around ring (No. 4).
pin (No. 4).
5. Withdraw the piston and tube he ad from
5. Drive out the pin (No. 4) connecting the the tube.
cylinder to the pedestal.
6. Remove the following:
NOTE: The pin (No. 4) will not clear the
a. Tube head from the pistonrod (No. 1).
front support assembly unless the wheels are in
the extreme left position.
b. "0" rings (Nos. 7, 9 and 11), back-up
washers (Nos. 6, 10 and 12) and wiper
6. Support the cylinder and bracket and re- (No. 5) from the piston and tube head.
move pin (No. 1).
c. Nut (No. 14) securing piston head
(No. 13) to the rod and unscrew the
piston head from the rod.
DISASSEMBLING THE CYLINDER
The following procedure is for cylinders on MF 50 The following procedure is for cylinders on MF 50
tractors prior to Seriai Number 516 788 and on MF 65 tractors after tractor Seriai Number 516 788 and on
tractors prior to Seriai Number 650 369_ See Fig. 6. MF 65 tractors after tractor Seriai Number 650 369
See Fig. 7. .
1. Remove the boUs attaching the valve to
the cylinder. 1. Mount the cylinder tube end cap (No. 20)
in a vise and remove the four boUs drawil].g the
2. Remove the spiral snap ring (No. 2). cylinder ends together.
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
2. Withdraw the hydraulic valve body and 'NSPECTING AND SERVICING THE
cylinder end (No. 1) from the tube and remove CYUNDERS-ALL MODELS
the oil tube (No. 5).
Clean all parts thoroughly and renew any
which are damaged or show signs of wear.
NOTE: Make sure that the spring (No. 2)
behind the oil tube (No. 5) is not lost. Remove any paint present on the piston rod
before assembling and installing the piston rod.
3. Pull the piston out of the cylinder. To re- ASSEMBLING THE CYLINDER
move the piston head from the rod, remove the
lock nut (No. 14) and press the rod out of the The following procedure is for cylinders on MF 50
piston. tractors prior to Seriai Number 516 788 and on MF 65
tractors prior to Seriai Number 650 369. See Fig. 6.
4. Remove the tube (No. 17) from the cylinder 1. Screw the piston head onto the piston rod
end cap (No. 20). until it is tight against the tapered seat .
. 2. Tighten the lock nut against the piston

5. Remove the following: head and stake with a center punch.
a. "0" ring and four back-up washers 3. Install a lubricated back-up washer (No.
from piston head and internaI groove 10), "0" ring (No. 11) and back-up washer (No.
in valve body and end cap (No. 1). 12) onto the piston head.
b. "0" ring and back-up washer from 4. Position a lubricated back-up washer and
the tube (No. 17), cylinder end cap (No. "0" ring in the internaI groove of the tube head
20) and each end of oil tube (No. 5). and a lubricated "0" ring in the external groove
of the tube head. The back-up washer in the
c. Wiper (No. 8) from recess in end of internaI groove goes on the wiper side of the
valve body and end cap. groove.
Fig. 7 • Cylinder Nomenc;loture • New Type

1. Valve Body and Cy linder End 5. Oil Passage Tube 9. HO" Ring 13. Piston 17. Cy linder Tube
2. Spring 6. Back·Up Washer 10. Clamping Bolts 14. Lock Nut 18. "0" Ring
3. "0" Ring 7. "0" Ring 11. Pi ston Rod 15. "0" Ring 19. Back·Up Wosher
4. Back·Up Washer 8. Wiper 12. "0" Ring 16. Back·Up Washer 20. Cylinder End Cop
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
FRONT AXLE & STEER'NG GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8
5. Install the wiper (No. 5) in the recess in e. "0" ring and back-up washer on cyl-
the end of the tube head. The double lipped edge inder tube (No. 17). Install back-up
of the wiper enters the recess first. The taper- washer towards the center of the tube.
ed surface of the wiper goes against the rear
tapered surface of the recess. f. Wiper (No. 8) in the recess in the
end of the valve body end cap. The
6. Insert the piston into the cylinder. double lipped edge of the wiper enters
the recess first. The tapered sur-
NOTE: Lubricate the piston and cylinder well face of the wiper goes against the
before installation so that the "0" ring is not rear tapered surface of the recess.
cut as il passes the snap ring groove in the
cylinder. 2. Press the piston head (No. 13) onto the
piston rad (No. 11).
7. Lubricate the inside and outside diameters
of the tube head and install the tube head onto NOTE: The piston rod enters the chamferred
the lubricated piston rad. side of the piston head first.
NOTE: Use care during installation so that 3. Tighten the nut securing the piston head
"0" rings and wiper is not damaged. on the rod securely and stake at four places.
8. Install the heavy, large diameter spiral 4. Mount the end cap (No. 20) in a vise and
snap ring (No. 4) into the groove in the cylinder. lubricate the "0" ring sealing area of the end
cap and the side of the chamferred end of the
9. Pull on the piston rad until piston head cylinder tube (No. 17).
forces the tube head against the snap ring.
5. Insert the lubricated piston into the cham-
10. Install split spacer (No. 3) and second ferred end of the cylinder tube (piston rad en-
spiral snap ring (No. 2). te ring first) and then install the cylinder tube
onto the end cap.
6. Lubricate the oil tube ends, the sealing

area of the oil tube openings, the "0" ring on
The following procedure is for cylinders on MF 50 the cylinder tube and, the sealing area in the
tractors after tractor Seria! Number 516 788 and on valve body end cap.
MF 65 tractors after tractor Seria! Number 650 369.
See Fig. 7. 7. Position the ail tube (No. 5) into the end
cap (No. 20).
1. Lubricate and install the following:
8. Holding the ail tube spring (No. 2) in place,
a. "0" ring and back-up washer on cyl- slide the valve body and end cap (No. 1) in ta
inder end cap (No. 20). Install "0" position.
ring on tube side of back-up washer.
9. Install the four boUs and tighten them
b. "0" rings and back-up washers on evenly to a torque of 15 ta 20 ft.-Ibs.
each end of ail tube (No. 5). Install
the "0" rings ta the outside and the 'NSTALLING THE CYL'NDER-ALL MODELS
back-up washers ta the center of the
tube. 1. Attach the bracket ta the front support.
Tighten the boUs ta a torque of 47 ta 53 ft.-lbs.
c. "0" ring and four back-up washers
in the internaI groove in the valve 2. Position the cylinder and drive the pin
body and end cap (No. 1). Install two (No. 1, Fig. 8) in from the lower side. Install
back-up washers on each side of the the clamping cap screws and tighten to a torque
"0" ring. Separate the gaps by 1800 . of 47 ta 53 ft.-lbs.
NOTE: The front whee!s must be in the
d. "0" ring and four back-up washers
extreme left position.
on the piston head (No. 13). Install
two back-up washers on each side of 3. Swing the cylinder into position and con-
the "0" ring. Separate the gaps by nect the piston rad ta the bracket with pin (No.
1800 . 1, Fig. 5) driven in from the top.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 8 MF 50 65 POWER STEERING
Fig. 8 - Installing the Cylinder

1. Cylinder ta Arm Pin
4. Reconnect the linkage and hoses.

Fig. 9 Pedestal Nomenclature
1. Bushing 10. Grea se Fitting
5. Fill, bleed and adjust the power steering 2. Lock Nut 11. Pedestol Shalt
system as outlined in "Adjusting the System". 3.
4.
Adiusting Pin
Pedestal ta Valve Arm
12. Greose Fitting
13. Bushing
5. Bushing 14. Pedestal Housing
6. Bushing 15. Bushing
6. Install the front grill panels, grill bottom 7. Grease Fitting 16. Oust Seal
plate assembly and left side panel as outlined 8.
9.
Pedestol ta Cylinder Arm
Snap Ring
17. Steering Arm
in Group IV, Section C, Part 3.
SERVICING THE POWER housing (No. 14) and valve connecting arm (No.
4) be marked as shown in Fig. 10, so that they
STEERING PEDEST AL may be properly "timed" during installation.
Bottom the adjusting pin (No. 3) into the cylin-
REMOVING THE PEDESTAL der connecting arm (No. 8) before marking.
Remove the following: Refer to Fig. 9.
1. Cylinder as outlined in "Removing the

Cylinder" .
2. Left hand radiator seal assembly. See

Group IV, Section C, Part 3.
3. Drag link at the pedestal. The tapered

bolt may be loosened in its bore by bac king the
nut off until it is flush with the end of the taper-
ed boU; strike the bolt and nut a sharp blow
with a hammer; finish removing nut and lift out
drag link.
4. Bolts attaching pedestal to front support

assembly.
5. Bolt clamping steering arm (No. 17, Fig.

9) to lower spline on pedestal shaft.
DISASSEMBLING THE PEDESTAL
Before disassembling the pedestal, it is im-

portant that the pedestal shaft (No. 11), pedestal Fig. la - Preparing the Pedestal for Disassembly
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
1. Remove the dust seal (No. 16), snap ring ished diameter is 1.5005 inch to
(No. 9) and grease fitting (No. 10) from the 1.5015 inch.
pedestal shaft.
ASSEMBLING THE POWER
2. Mount the pedestal in a press and press the STEERING PEDESTAL
shaft out of the bottom of the pedestal housing. 1. Install and ream bushings as outlined in
NOTE: Use a press sleeve of sufficient size "Inspecting and Servicing the Power Steering
that the threads for the grease fitting are not Pedestal" .
damaged.
2. If the adjusting screwpin (No. 2, Fig. 9)
3. Once the shaft has been removed, the has been removed, replace it at this Ume.
bushings in the pedestal housing (Nos. 13 and
15), cylinder connecting arm (No. 8) and valve 3. Position the cylinder and valve connecting
connecting arm (No. 4) may be inspected and arms together so that the adjusting screw is
removed if necessary with step plate and driver. aligned in its opening and place them in the
pedestal housing.
4. To be removed, the adjusting pin (No. 3)
must be screwed through and out of the bottom 4. Align the punch marks and install the
of the valve connecting arm (No. 4). pedestal shaft with a press.
NOTE: Remove the grease fitting (No. 12,

INSPECTING AND SERVICING THE
Fig. 9) before pressing against the shaft.
POWER STEERING PEDESTAL
5. InstaU the dust se al (No. 16) snap ring
1. Clean aU parts thoroughly and inspect (No. 9) and the two grease fittings (Nos. 10 and
them for wear and damage. 12, Fig. 9).
2. When replacing bushings, press in and INSTALLING THE POWER

line ream as foUows: (See Fig. 9) STEERING PEDESTAL
a. Bushing (No. 13) press in until flush 1. Align the master spline of the pedestal
with both faces of the upper end of shaft with the mas ter spline of the steering
the pedestal. Bushing (No. 15) press arm. See Fig. 11.
in until flush with the recessed bot-
tom of the pedestal. Line ream these NOTE: Depending upon the application, the
two bushings at 900 to bottom mount- steering arm may look difJerent. Check the
ing surface. Ream the lower bush- Tractor Parts Book.
ing to a diameter of 1.8755 inch to
1.8765 inch and the upper bushing to
a diameter of 1.5005 inch to 1.5015
inch.
b. Bushing (No. 6) in the cylinder con-

necting arm (No. 8) must be pressed
in until flush with bath faces.
NOTE: Make sure hole in bushing is aligned
with grease fitting opening.
Line Ream the bushing to a diameter

of 0.7505 to 0.7508 diameter and at
900 to the top and bottom (as installed)
faces of the connecting arm.
c. Bushings (Nos. 1 and 5) in the valve

connecting arm (No. 4) are to be
pressed in flush to the top and bot-
tom (as installed) faces. Once in-
stalled the bushings must be line
reamed at 900 to these faces. Fin- Fig. 11 - Pedestal Shaft Master Spline
10
MASSEY-FERGUSON
2. Slide the housing into position on the front

support, entering into the steering arm at the
same time as shown in Fig. 12.
NOTE: Tighten the bolts ta a torque of 47 ta

53 ft.-lbs.
3. Lift the steering arm up tight to the

pedestal bottom and tighten the clamping boit to
a torque of 33 to 38 ft. -lbs.
4. Attach the drag link to the valve conne ct-

ing arm.
5. Install the left radiator se al assembly.

See Group IV, Section C, Part 3.
6. Install the cylinder as outlined in "Instal-

ling the Cylinder".
ADJUSTING THE POWER

STEERING
Fig. 12 - Installing the Pedestal Assembly
1. Check the oil level in the reservoir. Use
only automatic transmission oil, type A, to raise
the oil level to the full (F) mark 1/2 inch over
the fiIter element (the entire system has a ca- 5. Adjust control valve linkage (No. 2, Fig. 2)
pacity of approximately 3-1/3 U.S. pints). so that pin (No. 1, Fig. 2) can he inserted freely.
N OTE: If the system has been drained, fill

6. Back off adjusting pin (No. 2, Fig. 9) seven
turns and try to turn the steering wheel.
the reservoir; start the engine and turn the
front wheels in bath directions; stop the engine
7. Continue adjusting the control valve link-
and recheck the ail level.
age (No. 2, Fig. 2) until the wheel can be turned
with the same amount of effort, in both direc-
2. Check and adjust steering gear if neces- tions and the relief valve canbe forced to op-
sary, as outlined in Group IV, Section A, Part 6. erate at each extreme position. Tighten lock
nut on adjusting pin (No. 2, Fig. 2).
3. Place wheels in straight forward position.
NOTE: If more ease of steering is desired,
4. With the engine running at 1500 RPM, back out the adjusting pin an additional 3 or
tighten the valve adjusting pin (No. 2, Fig. 9) 4 turns. Do not back out the adjusting pin
until it bottoms. more th an 12 full turns.
11
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION 8 - PART 4
FRONT WHEEL AND HUB ASSEMBLIES

35, 50 & 65 (MF & TO) TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
Servicing the Wheel and Hub Assemblies

for Twin and Wide Front Axle Models •••.•.••••...••• 2
Servicing the Wheel and Hub Assembly
for Single Front Wheel Axle Models •••.•••...•.•..•• 3
Similarities exist between various wheel and Hub assemblies may also be interchanged
hub assemblies that allow the servicing pro- within another group of combinations which are
cedures involving several assemblies to be listed as follows:
discussed as one group. 1. The MF 50 tractor equipped with Row
Crop Single Wheel Front Axle.
Front wheel and hub assemblies have inter- 2. The MF 65 tractor equipped with Row Crop
change features that permit some exchange of Single Wheel Front Axle.
parts and assemblies between the 35, 50 and 65
(MF & TO) tractors as weIl as permitting an No interchangeable features are provided for
exchange between several front axle assemblies.
hub assemblies required for the combinations
However, the interchange features are limited listed within the group as follows:
to the combinations as discussed in this text. 1. The MF 50 tractor equipped with a Multi-
Hub assemblies for the following combinations Purpose Front Axle.
2. The MF 65 tractor equipped with a Utility
are interchangeable within this group inclusively:
1. The 35 (MF & TO) tractor front axle. Front Axle.
2. The MF 50 tractor equipped with Utility,
Hi-Arch, or Row Crop Twin Front Axle. Wheel assemblies may be interchanged within
3. The MF 65 tractor equipped withStandard, certain limitations. Refer to the Tractor Parts
Hi-Arch, or Row Crop Twin Front Axle. Book.
PRINTED IN U. S.À. 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
BRAKE & WHEEL ASSEMBLIES GROUP IV - SECTION B - PART 4
Fig. 1 _ MF & TC 35 (Front Axle); MF 50 (Utility, Hi.Arch, Row Crop Twin Front Axle); MF 65 (Standard, Hi.Arch, Row Crop Twin
Front Axle) Front Wheel and Hub Assembly Nomenclature
1. Dust Seal 4. Hub 7. Retainer Wosher 10. Hub Cap
2. Inner Beoring Cone 5. Outer Bearing Cup 8. Cotter Pin 11. Wheel
3. Inner Bearing Cup 6. Outer Bearing Cone 9. Castellated Nut
SERVICING THE FRONT WHEEL INSPECTING

AND HUB ASSEMBLIES Clean aU parts thoroughly and inspect for wear
35 (MF & TC) front axle; MF 50 Utility, Multi.Purpose, Hi·Arch or damage.
or Row Crop Twin; MF 65 Utility, Standard, Hi.Arch or Row Crop
Twin Front Axles.
ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING
REMOVING AND DISASSEMBLING INSTALL:
Slightly loosen lug nuts, and hub cap, then 1. Bearing cups, Nos. 3 and 5 (if they have
raise the tractor until front wheels clear the
been removed from hub) to the hub by pressing
ground.
carefuUy with a suHable press.
NOTE: Front axZes having a center Thoroughly lubricatE( the bearings and bear-
member may be stabilized by pZacing ing cups with a good grade of wheel bearing
wedges between center member and grease.
support casting.
NOTE: It is important to pack the area
REMOVE: (Refer to Fig. 1) between the inner bearing and the seaZ
1. Lug nuts. with grease.
2 Wheel, No. 11.
3. Hub cap, No. 10
4. Cotter pin, and casteUated nut, No. 9. 2. Inner bearing, No. 2, into Hs respective
5. Bearing retainer washer, No. 7, the outer place in the hub, No. 4, and apply more lubri-
bearing cone, No. 6, and the hub, by pulling the cant.
hub off the stub axle. 3. Dust seal, No. 1.
4. Hub, containing the 2 bearing cups and
NOTE: The bearing cups, Nos. 3 and 5, inner bearing, to the stub axle.
are pressed into the hub. 5. Outer bearing, No. 6, to the hub.
6. Bearing retainer washer, No. 7, after the
6. Inner bearing, No. 2, and dust seal, No. 1. bearing.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION B - PART 4 MF 35, 50 & 65 FRONT WHEEL & HUS
Fig. 2 - MF 65 (Utility front Axle) Front Wheel and Hub Assembly Nomenclature
1. Oust Seal 5. Outer Bearing Cup 9. Castellated Nut
2. Inner Bearing Cone 6. Outer Bearing Cane la.Hub Cap
3. Inner Bearing Cup 7. Retainer Washer 11. Wheel
4. Hub 8. Cotter Pin
7. Castellated nut, No 9, to the stub axle. REMOVE: (Refer to Fig. 3)

1. Cotter pin from L.H. side of front axle
NOTE: Exercise care to keep the as- shaft.
sembly free of grit. 2. L.H. castellated nut gradually from the
axle shaft, and working a tool between the
8. Wheel, No. 11, to the hub, using the lug spacers Nos. 2 and 14, and the axle fork to free
nuts. the spacers so the y will be retained with the hub
assembly, as the axle shaft and the wheel is
NOTE: Adjust the wheel bearings by removed.
tightening the castellated nut until the 3. Front axle shaft from RH side, keeping
bearings seat (the wheel will become the wheel in a centered position which will
too tight to turn, thus indicating that allow the shaft to move without damage.
the bearing is seated). Then back off 4. Wheel and hub assembly should roll out
on the nut until there is a slight drag. once the shaft has been removed.
Secure with cotter pin. 5. L.H. & R.H. eccentric washers from the
fork.
Securely tighten the lug nuts and install hub
cap. DISASSEMBLI NG
SERVICING FRONT WHEEL CA UTION: Deflate the tire before at-

AND HUB ASSEMBLIES tempting disassembly of this wheel.
MF 50 and 65 ROW CROP SINGLE FRONT AXLE MODELS Refer to Fig. 3, and disassemble:
1. R.H. & L.H. spacers, Nos. 2 and 14.
REMOVING 2. R.H. & L.H. washer retaining cups, Nos. 5
Support the tractor with front wheel touching and 11, by prying around them evenly from the
the ground, but with weight of tractor relieved hub, No. 8.
from the wheel. 3. Four feU washers, from the retaining cups.
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
SRAKE & WHEEL ASSEMSUES GROUP IV - SECTION B - PART 4
Fig. 3 - MF 50 and MF 65 Single Front Wheel and Hub Assembly Nomenclature

1. Locc!ing Pin 5. Fel! Washer Cup 9. Becring Cup 13. Fel! Wcsher
2. Spccer 6. Bearing Cone 10. Bearina Cone 14. $pccer
3. Fel! Washer 7. Bearing Cup 11. 'Fel! W~sher Cup 15. Rim
4. Fel! Wcsher 8. Hub 12. Fel! Washer
4. R.H. & L.H. bearing canes, Nos. 6 and 10, 4. R.H. & L.H. washer retaining cups, Nos.
from the hub. 5 & 11, ta the hub by pressing evenly aU around
·5. Six boIts securing the rim ta hub. the edges.
6. Tire after separating the rim, No. 15from
5. Four feIt washers into the reatining cups.
hub, No. 8.
(2 washers in each cup).
6. R.H. & L.H. spacers, Nos. 2 & 14, ta the
INSPECTION retaining cups.
Clean aIl parts thoroughly and inspect for INSTALLING

wear or damage.
Position the wheel ta line up with hales in
fork, and position spacer line-up pins, No. 1,
ASSEMBLING Fig. 3, ta align with pin hales in fork, then
install:
Refer ta Fig. 3, and install:
1. R.H. & L.H. bearing cups; Nos. 7 & 9, ta 1. R.H. eccentric washer in place on fork.
the hub (if the y have been removed). Press in
place with a suitable press. 2. Front axle shaft from R.H. side, through
2. Tire ta the hub side of rim, No. 8, and as- eccentric washer, R.H. side of fork, hub as-
sembling other rim half, No. 15, ta hub with sembly, and L.H. side of fork.
six boIts (The tire can now be inflated.)
3. L.H. -eccentric washer.
NOTE: Pack the bearing and bearing
cups with agood grade of wheel bearing 4. Castellated nut and tighten ta preload the
grease. bearings then back-off until wheel will rotate
with a slight drag.
3. R.H. & L.H. bearing canes, Nos. 6 & 10, ta
the hub - wipe off excess grease. 5. Secure nut with cotter pin.
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART l
SPECI FICATIONS
ENGINE
Number of Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 4
Firing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4-2
Valve Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overhead
Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5/16 Inches
Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7/8 Inches
Piston Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133.6 cu. Inches
Compression Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 to 1 (Standard) and 8.1 .(;
to 1 (Hi-Altitude)
Compression Pressure (At operating temperature withcrankingspeedof 125-150 RPM)
6.6 to 1
Altitude Zero 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

PSI 145 140 136 131 127 122
8.1 to 1
Altitude Zero 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000

PSI 170 152 147 143 138 134 129
Low Idle Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450-500 RPM (PTb Speed of

160-180 RPM)
Rated Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 2000 RPM
High Idle Speed (No Load) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2200-2250 RPM (PTO Speed
of 792-810 RPM)
PISTONS AND SLEEVES (MATCHED SETS)
Sleeve Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 3.3125-3.313 inches

Sleeve Projection above Block (Standout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 0.001-0.004 inch.
Maximum Sleeve Taper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 0.008 inch.
Maximum Sleeve Out-of-Round . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.002 inch.
Piston Fit (0.0025 inch x 1/2 inch wide feeler gauge) . . . . . . " 5-10 pounds pull
New Piston pin bore diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 0.8592-0.8594 inch.
""
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-J34 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 1
PISTON PINS
Pin Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8591-0.8593 inch

Clearance in Rad Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0002-0.0006 inch
Clearance in Piston Pin Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minus O.OOOl-PluS 0.0003 inch
Pin Fit in Piston Bore . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light push at 160 F.
RING SIDE CLEARANCE
New Compression Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.0035-0.005 inch

New Oil Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . .. 0.002-0.0035 inch
Maximum Wear must not exceed 0.0025 in. over new maximum ring side clearance.
RING GAP CLEARANCE
Number One Compression Ring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010-0.020 inch

Number Two and Three Cùmpression Rings . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010-0.017 inch
Number Four Oil Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 0.010-0.018 inch
CONNECTING RODS
Connecting Rad Bushing Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.913-0.914 inch

Inside Bushing Diameter (Finished) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 0.8595-0.8597 inch
Wear Limit-(Maximum Clearance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0016 inch
Connecting Rod Bearing Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0615-2.0620 inches
Bearing Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0003-0.0023 inch
Desired Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 0.0015 inch
Wear Limits-(Maximum Clearance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0033 inch
Side Play . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ". . . . . . . . . 0.005-0.011 inch
CRANKSHAFT
Connecting Rod Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9365-1.9375 inches

Wear Limit-(Minimum Diameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9355 inches
Main Bearing Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.249-2.250 inch es
Wear Limits-(Minimum Diameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.248 inches
End Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.004-0.006 inch
Maximum Taper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001 inch
Maximum out-of-round . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001 inch
TIMING GEARS
New Camshaft Gear to Crankshaft Gear Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001-0.002 inch

Maximum Backlash '" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002 inch
New Oil Pump Gear to Crankshaft Gear Backlash . . . . . . . . . • . . . 0.008-0.010 inch
MAIN BEARINGS
Diameter of Bearing Bore in Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 2.4365-2.4372 inches

Bearing Clearance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0005-0.0027 inch
Desired Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 0.002 inch
Wear Limits-(Maximum Clearance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0037 inch
2
,
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 8 - PART t SPECIFICATIONS
CAMSHAFT (PART NO.-l 750 293 MI)
Front Bearing Journal Diameter • . . . . • . . . . . • . . . • • . • . . 1.808-1.8-09 inches

Center Bearing Journal Diameter . . . • • . • • . . • . . . • • • • . . 1. 7455-1. 7465 inches
Rear Bearing Journal Diameter • • . • . . • . . . . . • . . . . • . . • 1.683-1.684 inches
Wear Limit-(Maximum Clearance) . • . . . • . • • • . . . . . . . . • • 0.009 inch
End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 0.003-0.007 inch
Cam Lift (Intake) . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . • . . • . . . • . . • . . . . 0.212 inch
Cam Lift (Exhaust) . . . . . • . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.212 inch
VALVE TAPPElS
Tappet Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . 0.5615-0.5620 inch

Tappet Bore in Block . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 0.5625-0.5633 inch
Maximum Clearance . . . . . . • . • . . . • . . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . . 0.0028 inch
VALVE GUIDES
Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3157-0.3172 inch

Guide Height Above Valve Spring Seat
Intake Valve Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 3/4 inch
Exhaust Valve Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 7/8 inch
INTAKE VALVES
Stem Diameter 0.3141-0.3149 inch

Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0015 inch
Stem Clearance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0008-0.0031 inch
Desired Stem Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0015 inch
Face Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j~ ............... . 30 degrees
Minimum Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . 1/32 inch
Valve Lash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.013 inch (hot),
0.015 inch (cold)
EXHAUST VALVES
New Stem Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.3124 - 0.3132 inch

Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 0.0015 inch
Stem Clearance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.0025 - 0.0048 inch
Desired Stem Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ 0.0035 inch
Face Angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 44 degrees
Minimum Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 1/32 inch
Valve Lash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.013 inch (hot) 0.015 inch (cold)
INTAKE VALVE SEATS
Intake Seat Angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 30 degrees

Seat Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5/64 inch
• • • • • • • • • • • • ,
Maximum Seat Runout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.002 inch
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL. Z-134 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 1
EXHAUST VALVE SEAT INSERTS
Seat Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 45 degrees

Seat W'idth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5/64 inch
Maximum Seat Runout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.002 inch
Standard Recess Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1.254 inches
Replacement Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010 inch oversize
Cut Recess Diameter To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1.261 inches
Correct Interference Fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.003 inch
VALVE SPRINGS
Free Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-1/16 inches

Length Valve Closed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-45/64 inches
Pounds Pressure @ 1-45/64 in. spring length . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 47 to 53 lbs.
Minimum Pressure @ 1-45/64 in. spring length. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 42 lbs.
Length Valve Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-27/64 inches
Pounds Pressure @ 1-27/64 in. spring length . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 96 to 104 lbs.
Minimum Pressure @ 1-27/64 in. spring length. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 86 lbs.
Dampening Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Installed Toward Head
ROCKER ARM ASSEMBL y
Inside Bushing Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.624-0.625 inch

Wear Limit-(Maximum Bushing Diameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.626 inch
Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.622-0.623 inch
Wear Limit-(Minimum Shaft Diameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.621 inch
TORQUE VALUES {Foot Pounds}
Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-75 ft. lbs.

Rocker Arm Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-25 ft. lbs.
Manifold Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-30 ft. lbs.
Camshaft Nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80 ft. lbs.
Connecting Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ _ . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 35-40 ft. lbs.
Main Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-110 ft. lbs.
Rear Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 10 ft. lbs.
Oil Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-16 ft. lbs.
Flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-75 ft. lbs.
Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-38 ft. lbs.
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2

ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE
INDEX
Pa 9 e Page
Engine • . • . • . • . . • • • . • • • . • • . . • • • • • •. 1 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly . • • • • • •• 9
Engine Removal . " . . • . . • . • . . . . . . • • • .. 2 Crankshaft and Main Bearing . • . . . . . . . . • . 12
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly . • • . . . • • . • • • .• 3 Crankshaft Oil Seals . . • . . . • . • . . • . • • . • • 16
Cylinder Head. • . . • • • . • . . . • . • • • • • . • •. 4 Comshaft . • . . . • . . .• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' 17
Cylinder Block .•••..•.••••.•.••..••. 8 Timing Gears •.••••••.••••.••.•.••••• 19
Sleeves • . • • • . • • . . • . . . • • • • • . . • • . . • • 8 Governor and Timing Gear Coyer .•••.••••• 20
Before starting disassembly of the tractor, make a complete diagnosis of the engine
to be sure that an overhaul is really recessary. If it is determined that an overhaul is
necessary, then inspect the entire engine for any evidence of externalleaks, or defec-
tive parts, that must also be corrected before the tractor is assembled and returned
to the customer.
ENGINE
The model Z-134 engine is a four cylinder, cubic inches for both compression ratios. The
spark ignition, overhead valve type engine, using 6.6 to 1 compression ratio engine in the TO 35
wet sleeves with a bore of 3-5/16 in. and a stroke Tractor developed 34.50 corrected beU horse-
of 3-7/8 in. The engine is manufactured with two power. Maximum engine torque occurs at an
compression ratios: 6.6 to 1 (regular) or 8.10to engine speed of approximately 1200 RPM.
1 (hi-altitude). Piston displacement is 133.6
-
.......
,~
~:', ":""""'~,
Fig.:':"! • Cross Section of Z.l34 Engine

<••:::
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 fNGtNf GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
Fig. 4 • Removing Front End From TO.35 Tractor
6. Disconnect exhaust pipe from manifold.

7. Disconnect heat indicator wire from ther-
Fig. 2· Left Hand View af Z.134 Engine
mostat housing and release clips that secure
indicator wire to manifold.
8. Disconnect positive lead from starting
motor.
9. Disconnect oil gauge line from right hand
side of block.
10. Disconnect wire from coil and generator,
also disconnect tractor-meter drive cable from
generator.
11. Disconnect the choke rod, air cleaner pipe
and gas line from carburetor.
12. Loosen the governor U-boU assembly and
the throttle rod clamp. Then slide the throttle
rod rearward.
13. Remove valve cover, support engine in a
hoist, remove boUs securing engine to trans-
mission case and remove engine from tractor
as shown in Fig. 5.
Fig. 3· Right Hand View af Z·134 Engine
ENGINE REMOVAl
To remove the engine and clutch proceed as
follows:
1. Drain cooling system, also crankcase ifthe
engine is to be disassembled.
2. Disconnect head light wires and remove
hood.
3. Disconnect and remove battery.
4. Shut off the fuel and remove fuel tank.
5. Support the tractor under the transmission
housing and remove front end as an assembly
from tractor, as shown in Fig. 4. Refer to the
individual front end section for re!D0val pro-
cedure. Fig. 5· Removing Engine From Tractor
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2 ENG/NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBl y 3. Remove the plugs from the ends of the
rocker shaft and wash the shaft and parts in a
The cylinder head assembly consists of the solvent, being careful to clean out any sedi-
head complete with the valves, rocker arm shaft ment from inside the shaft, also make sure all
assembly and push rods. oil holes are open.
INSPECTION AND SERVICING
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly
Rocker Arms And Rocker Arm Shaft
REMOVAl
The rocker arm shaft is ground to an outside
diameter of .622 - .623 in. and is made with
To remove rocker arm shaft assembly pro-
lubrication holes and a retaining pin hole.
ceed as follows:
1. Remove hood
Inspect the following parts:
2. Shut-off fuel and remove fuel tank
1. Check the rocker arm bearing surfaces of
3. Remove rocker arm cover
the shaft for scoring. Use a new shaft if serious
scoring is found.
NOTE: Install spring-Ioaded clothes 2. If no scoring is present, use a micrometer
pins onto the push rods before removing and measure the diameter of the shaft at the
the rocker arm assembly. This pro- points where there has been rocker arm bearing
cedure will prevent them from acci- wear, as shown in Fig. 7. Use a new shaft if
dentally falling into the block. diameter is less than .621 in.
4. Remove the four studs securing the rocker

arm assembly and lift entire assembly from en-
gine as shown in Fig. 6.
5. Remove Push Rods and installinanumber-
ed rack.
Fig. 7 - Miking The Rocker Arm Shaft
3. Use a hole gauge and measure the inside

diameter of the rocker arm bushings as shown
in Fig. 8. Discard rocker arms that measure
more than .626 inch.
NOTE: The rocker arms are of stamped
Fig. 6 - Removing Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly and welded construction with a bronze
bushing pressed in place and broached
DISASSEMBl y to a diameter of .624 to .625 in. The
bushing is not serviced separately and
If the rocker arm assembly requires servicing if it is worn or defective, the complete
disassemble as follows: Refer to Fig. 9. rocker arm must be rePlaced.
1. Remove cotter pins from each end of the
shaft. 4. Check the valve stem and push rod contact
2. Remove the arms, supports and springs off surfaces of the rocker arm for wear or pitting.
the shaft. Mark rocker arms so that they can If the contact surfaces are sever ly worn or pitted,
be reinstalled in their original location. replace ~the rocker. arm.
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
NOTE: All of the supports, No. 6, Fig.

9, are interchangeable and have a slot
in the side ta fit the retaining pin. Due
ta this slot the supports can be assem-
bled only in the correct position.
3. Use the locating pin No. 9 Fig. 9 as a start-
ing point and with the pin towards you assemble
from the center towards each end as shown in
Fig. 9. Make sure to install a new plug, No. 3
Fig. 9, in each end of the rocker shaft.
Cylinder Head
IMPORTANT: LPG type engines use a
Fig. 8 - Measuring Inside Diameter af Rocket Arm Bushings
special exhaust valve, valve seat and
valve retainer. Do not interchange
Push Rods these parts.
Inspect the push rods as listed below:
1. Discard push rods that are excessively
REMOVAl (ENGINE IN TRACTOR)
worn or scored.
To remove the cylinder head proceed as
NOTE: If scoring is found on one joint,
follows: Refer to Fig. 10.
it is safe ta assume that its matching
1. Remove hood.
baU or socket is also scored and bath
2. Remove battery, shut off fuel and remove
must be rePlaced.
fuel tank.
2. Discard any bent or damaged push rods.
NOTE: If the valves require servicing,
REASSEMBL y check operation of the rotocaps, No. 5
Fig. 10, at this point. Ta check roto-
To reassemble the rocker arm assembly caps, remove only the hood, fuel tank
follow th'e steps listed: and rocker arm caver and install an
1. Oil aIl rocker arm bushings. auxiliary fuel tank. Wipe the ail from
2. Notice that each rocker arm is stamped the rotocaps and mark them with a pen-
either "7R" or "8L" meaning that is is a right cil. Start engine and observe if aU roto-
or left hand rocker and the rockers are not caps rotate. Rotocaps that do notrotate
interchangeable. must be replaced.
Fig. 9 - Nomenclature and Sequence of Parts

1. Cotter Pin 6. Rocker Arm Support
2. Washer 7. "Sl" Rocker Arm Fig. 10 - Nomenclature
3. Plug 8. Long Spring 1. Thermostot Body 4. Manifold Heat Shield
4. Short Spring 9. Locoting Pin 2. Compensator Spring 5. Rotocap
5. "7R" Rocker Arm 3. Throttle Rod 6. Push Rod
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
3. Drain radiator, then disconnect upper radi-

ator hose and radiator support rod. Disconnect
temperature indicator bulb from thermostat
body. Detach governor compensator spring
No. 2. Fig. 10, from the thermostat body. Re-
move boUs securing the thermostat body, then
slide body forward to separate from throttle
rod, No. 3 Fig. 10 and remove it from head.
4. Remove the spark plugs.
5. Remove the manifold head shield, No. 4
Fig. 10 from engine.
6. Disconnect the exhaust pipe and the carbur-
et or from the manifold.
7. Remove rocker arm cover.
8. Remove the rocker arm assembly and place
push rods in numbered rack.
9. If the valves require servicing remove the
manifold at this point.
10. Remove the head boIts and lift head from
engine as shown in Fig. 11.
Fig. 12. Intake Valve Assembly

1. Intake Valve 5. Intake Valve Spring Retainer
2. Volve Spring 6. Retainer Pin
3. Intake Valve Oil Guard 7. Valve Stem Cap
4. Neoprene Seoi
Intake Valves
Each intake valve is a one-piece steel forging

with . a retainer pin hole drilled through the end
of the stem. The valve, valve spring and re-
taining assembly is shown in Fig. 12.
The intake valve is held in place by the valve
spring, an oil guard and a retainer which in turn
is secured by the retainer pin inserted through
a hole in the stem near the tip. Between the
oil guard and the spring retainer is a neoprene
seal which prevents excessive oil being sucked
into the cylinder through the valve guide. When-
ever the valves are serviced, a new seal should
be installed. The cap is fitted over the top of
1NSPECTI ON AN D DISASSEMBL y the valve stem and it should bb free to rotate
and must not bind on the stem.
1. Discard the head gasket and remove arbon
1
deposits from the combustion chamber, gasket The dimensions and markings of the intake
surfaces and valve heads with a and a valves are listed as follows:
stHf wire brush. Be careful not to. scratch 0
the gasket surface of the head. Clean aIl ru st Face Angle 30
and dirt from the water passages and check the Margin 3/64 inch
head for cracks and warped gasket surfaces. If Stem Dia. .3141-.3149 inch
warpage exceeds .020 inch, the head IIj-ust be Total Length 4 inch
either replaced or reground. Head Marking "IN"
2. Remove the valve retainer locks and re-
move springs and valves.
3. Place valves in a numbered rack.
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
Fig. 14· Exhaust Valve Rotocap
INSPECTION
Fig. 13 - Exhaust Valve Àssembly
1. Exhaust Valve 4. Valve Lock Thoroughly clean all valves and inspect for
2. Valve 5pring 5. Valve Stem Cap defects such as deep burns, necking, scuffing
3. Exhaust Valve Ratocap
and worn keeper grooves. (Refer to general
Exhaust Valves section for detailed information concerning in-
spection). If valves appear to be in good condi-
The exhaust valve is also a one-piece forging tion check with the proper gauges for the
but is made of a special alloy steel. A retainer following:
lock groove is cut in the stem near the tip and 1. Measure thickness of valve margin. If
a 0.130 in. diameter hole to receive the valve thickness is less than 1/32 inch discard the
cap is drilled into the end of the stem. The valve.
valve, valve spring and retaining assembly is 2. Measure the stem diameter. If measure-
shown in Fig. 13. ment is more than 0.0015 in. below that of new
The dimensions and markings of the exhaust valve stem (.314 new intake and .3124 new ex-
valves are listed as follows: haust), it should be discarded.
0 VAL VE SER VICING
Face Angle 44
Margin 3/64 inch o
Intake valves should be refaced to a 30 angle,
Stem Dia. .3124-.3132 inch 0
exhaust valves to 44 , Notice that the exhaust
Total Length 4-1/64 inches 0
valve seat is ground to 45 , leaving an inter-
Head Marking "EX" 0
ference angle of 1 . The intake valve should
not have an interference ange. Discard an
The exhaust valves of aU Z-134 engines, EX-
valves with less than 1/32 inch margin.
CEPT LPGTYPE are equipped with "Rotocaps" ,
see Fig. 14, which increase the life and efficiency
of the valves. The function of the Rotocap is to NOTE: LPG engines only - Use a sofier
positively rotate the valve at a predetermined stone for refacing the stellite faced ex-
rate. haust valves used in LPG engines.
Any time that the valve cover is off, they should
be inspected to see that they are rotating freely. Valve Guides
If for any reason, the Rotocaps appear damaged
or defective, the y should be replaced and the Both the intake and exhaust valve guides have
valve lash reset. The Rotocaps are secured to an inside diameter (new) of 0.3157 in. -.0.3172
the valve by split-type retainers. in.
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
The desired valve stem clearance in the valve

guides is 0.0015 in. (intake) and 0.0035 in. (ex-
haust). Refer to general engine section for ad-
ditional information on inspecting and servicing
the valve guides.
INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and examine guides. Replace
if scored, or if valve guide-to-stem clearance
exceeds 0.0031 inch (intake) or 0.0048 inch
(exhaust).
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Both intake and exhaust valve guides are inter-
changeable, also both are pre-reamed and no Fig. 16· Replacing Wom Valve Guide:
attempt should be made to ream them as it will
destroy the 0.002 in. spiral groove inside. The Valve Seats
intake valve guide should be positioned 3/4 of an The intake valves seat directly in the head.
inch above the valve spring seat. The exhaust Exhaust valves seat into renewable type seat
valve guide should be positioned 7/8 of an inch inserts.
above the valve spring seat.
NOTE: Gas and LPG rePlacement ex-
haust seat inserts are of the same di-
mensions but are made of different
type metals. DO NOT INTER CHANGE
GAS AND LPG SEAT INSERTS. \
Inspect the seats for fine cracks and general

condition. If a seat insert is cracked, loose or
badly burned it must be replaced.
Fig. 15· Special Valve Guide Replacement Toois

1. Long Bushing 2. ShOrt Bushing REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Replacement is made easy by the use of the
special tools, see Fig. 15, which are Massey- Exhaust seat inserts are available in 0.010
Ferguson approved and'have been released by in. oversize and should be installed with 0.003
specialty tool manufacturers. The long bushing in. interference fit. Recut seat recess to 1.261
is used for the exhaust valve guide which has a in. diameter for proper interference fit, see
deep counterbore in the head. The short bushing general engine section for removal, Re-cutting
is used on the intake valve guide. In use, the and installation.
bushing is placed over the top end of the old SERVICING
guide, a combination mandrel and aligner fur- 0
Intake valve seat angle is 30 , with a desired
nished with the bushings is used to center a new
seat width of 5/64 inch. No interference angle
guide placed on top of the old one. An arbor
with valve face.
press must be used as the guide should never 0
Exhaust valve seat angle is 45 , witha desired
be pounded into position. Using the method
seat width of 5/ 64 inc~. 1 interference anfôle
0
illustrated in Fig. 16, the old guide is used to between valve seat (45 ) and valve face (44 ).
properly position the new guide for insertion.
As the new guide is pressed into position it NOTE: LPG engines only - use a softer
forces the 61d guide out. This has the advant- stone for refacing the stellite exhaust
age of combining two operations into one. The seats used in LPG engines.
new guide which must be inserted from the
TOP of the cylinder head, is pressed down until Valve seat runout must not exceed 0.002 in.
the mandrel contacts the top of the bushing. Seats can be narrowed, using 15 and 75 degree
This automatically positions the top of the stones. Contact area must be in the middle
guide the correct distance below the top surface of the valve face. Check with prussian blue
of the head. for width and location of the contact area.
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MOOEL Z-134 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
CYLINDER HEAD REASSEMBl y CYLINDER BLOCK ASSEMBL y

1. Lubricate the valve stems and guides with The cylinder block assembly as referred to
engine oil. herein consists of the engine (removed from
2. Install the valves in their original guides. the tractor) without the cylinder head, oil pan,
3. Install the valve spring and retainer assem- generator, water pump and other exterior
bly over each valve; see Figs. 12 and 13 for assemblies.
proper sequence of parts. Use new retainer
pins and neoprene seals on the intake valves. Cylinder Block
NOTE: Do not use rotocaps in LPG The cylinder block is a one piece casting
engines. with drilled oil passages which eliminate all
external lubrication piping. The oil and coolant
4. Compress springs and install retainer passage openings in the top of the blocIç register
locks. with similar openings in the head, thus joining
the passages in the head with those in the block.
The block is properly machined to accept the
heavy, cast, wet type cylinder sleeves.
INSPECTION
After the cylinder block has been stripped of

all removable parts, the entire casting should
be thoroughly cleaned of all carbon, oil and dirt.
The coolant passages should be cleaned of rust
and mineraI deposits. A rifle brush should be
run through all the drilled oil passages to clean
out any carbon or other foreign matter.
Thoroughly inspect the block for cracks.
These sometimes occur between the cylinders or
Fig. 17 - Cylinder Head Tightening Sequence around the mounting holes. Any broken or
damaged studs should be removed and replaced.
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION Check the top surface of the block with a
straight edge and thickness gauge. If it is
1. Make sure the mating surfaces ofthe block warped .020 in. or more the block must be
and head are clean and are not nicked. Then replaced.
place a new cylinder head gasket on the block:
SIDE MARKED BOTTOM MUST CONTACT THE Sleeves
BLOCK.
2. Install the cylinder head and tighten the The wet type cylinder sleeves, are sealed
cylinder head nuts and boUs in the sequence into the block by two neoprene O-rings which
shown in Fig. 17 to 70-75 ft. lbs. torque. fit in grooves around the bottom of the sleeve.
3. Insert the push rods into their original
location; install the rocker arm assembly and NOTE: These grooves and the 0 ri.,;gs
tighten bolts to 20-25 ft. lbs. torque. ure man:ufactured to very close toler-
4. Make an initial valve clearance ad just- ances and they should be treated with
ment; set clearance at 0.015 in. (cold). care at all times.
5. To complete cylinder head installation, re-
verse steps No. 3 through 5 under cylinder head The top of the sleeves have a rim which fits
removal, then install and conne ct battery. into a recessed diameter in the top ofthe block.
6. Connect an auxiliary fuel tank to carburetor The sleeves are designed so that they will
and run engine 10-15 minutes, then retorque protrude .001 - .004 in. above the top surface
cJlinder head and make final valve clearance of the cylinder block when they are assembled.
adjustment. Set clearance to 0.013 in. (hot) This causes the rim of the sleeve to be forced
7. Install the rocker arm cover with a new down tightly against the bottom of the recessed
gasket and tighten. diameter in the block thus forming a seal when
8. Install gas tank and hood, the cylinder head is bolted down.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2 ENG'NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Each sleeve, including service sleeves, is

fitted with a piston at the factory. The sleeves
and pistons are available only in matched sets.
Sleeves are manufactured with an inside dia-
meter of 3.3125 - 3.313 inches.
INSPECTION AND SERVICING
Inspect the worn sleeves for scoring and mike

sleeves to determine cylinder taper, wear and
out-of-round. Discard worn sleeves if scored
or if inside diameter at any point exceeds
3.321 inches. AIso, if out-of-round more than
0.002 inch.
NOTE: Piston clearance may be check-

ed with a feeler gauge and spring scale
as outlined in the General Engine Sec-
tion. Use a 0.0025 in. x 1/2 in. feeler
gauge; spring scale shouldpull 5-10 lbs.
Fig. 19. Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly Nomenclature
When installing new sleeves make sure the 1. Top Compression Ring 7. Piston Pin
Sealing Rings are not twisted. Refer to general 2. No. 2 Compression Ring 8. Conneeting Rad Bushing
3. No. 3 Compression Ring 9. Conneeting Rod
engine section for ridge removal, deglazing, 4. Oil Control Ring 10. Oil Sproy Hale
sleeve removal and installation procedure. 5. Piston 11. Conneeting Rad Bearing Inserts
6. Piston Pin Retciners 12. Conneeting Rod Cap With Bolts ond Loeks
IMPOR TANT: Before installing new Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
sleeves insert each sleeve into the
block without the seals and use a Fig. 19 shows the parts of the piston and
straight-edge and feeler gauge to check connecting rod assembly.
sleeve projection above block (stand- The pistons are cam ground and cast from
out) aS shown in Fig. 18. Dirt or an aluminum alloy. The piston has four ring
foreign material under the flange will grooves; there are three compression rings and
produce standout in excess of 0.004 in. one oil control ring.
and cause water leakage at the head The high altitude engine pistons are the same
gasket. If sleeve standout is less than as the standard pistons except that the com-
0.001 - 0.004 in. at its lowest point add pression ratio ( 8.1 to 1) is obtained from a fIat
shims to raise the sleeve to meet spec- top piston instead of a di shed top piston.
ifications. The crank ends of the rods are fitted with
interchangeable steel backed bearing inserts.
The piston pin bushings are of rolled bronze
with an oil hole which must align with the oil
hole in the rod.
Removal
Whenever it is necessary to service the
piston and connecting rod they should be removed
as follows: (Assuming cylinder head and ail
pan have already been removed.)
1. Remove ridge from top of cylinder.
CA UTI N: If the piston is forced out

of the cylinder without removing the
ridge t e ring grooves may be spread
and the ring lands bent or broken.
Fig. 18· Checking Sleeve Projection Above Block (Standout)
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
p..~ODH Z-J34 fNGINf GROUP 1 - SECTION 8 - PART 2
2. Rotate the crankshaft until piston is at

bottom of stroke, remove connecting rod cap
and remove piston and rod from top of block.
NOTE: Identify pistons and rods so

that they may be reinstàlled in their
original cylinders.
3. Discard worn piston rings and clean entire
assembly.
PISTONS AND RINGS

If sleeves are serviceable proceed as follows:
Thoroughly inspect the pistons as outlined in
the general engine section.
Check piston fit in sleeve, see Note under
Sleeve Inspection and Servicing.
Recommended ring groove clearance is .0035
- .005 in. (compression) and .002 - .0035 inch
(oil control).
Fig. 21 • Checking Pin Fit in Connecth,g Rad Bushing
Check piston pin fit in piston pin bore. The
piston pin should be fitted to a clearance of
minus 0.0001 in. to plus 0.0003 in. in the piston CONNECTING RODS
pin holes. If the piston bosses appear to be in
good condition and will accept a new pin with a Use a new pin to check the pin bushings in
light press with the heel of the hand as shown the connecting rod for wear. The piston pin
in Fig. 20, (piston heated to 1600 F.) the piston should be fitted in the connecting rod bushing
pin bore may be considered good and will not to a 0.0002 in. - 0.0006 in. clearance.
need to be honed for a larger pin.
Pins are available in standard size or 0.003 NOTE: Fit is considered satisfactory
in. and 0.005 in. oversized. if the pin may be inserted into the
Recommended ring end gap is 0.010 in.- bushing with a thumb press fit as
0.018 in. for the oil ring; 0.010 - 0.020 in. for shown in Fig.21. (At normal 70 degree
the top compression ring, and 0.010 in. - 0.017
temperature).
in. for number two and three compression ring.
Fig. 22· Special Taols For Connecting Rad Bushing Replacement
When replacing connecting rod pin bushings

use the special tools as shown in Fig. 22.
Support the connecting rod in a press and use
the bushing driver "A", Fig. 22, to press out
the worn bushing. To install the new bushing,
position the bushing on the connecting rod; make
sure ol! hole in bushing is in Une with oil hole
in connectingrod, then use bushing driver "B",
Fig. 20 • Checking Pin Fit in Piston Fig. 22, to press the new bushing in place.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 8 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
~ 1 Fit new standard or oversized pins to 0.0002

in. - 0.0006 in. clearance in the rod (or thumb
0
press fit at 70 F. as shown in Fig. 21) and a
minus 0.0001 in. - plus 0.0003 in. clearance in
the piston (or li!f,ht heel of the hand press fit
with piston at 160 F. as shown in Fig. 20).
Install new retainers when replacing pins.
INSTALLATION OF PISTON AND
CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBL y
Refer to Part 4 of the General Engine Section
for additional information and install as follows:
1. Make sure rods are installed into the piston
with the numbers pointing to camshaft side of
Fig. 23 - Reaming Exc:ess Material Fram Bushing
engine, see Fig. 25.
Ream excess material from new bushing with
reamer as shown in Fig. 23. Then finish hone NOTE: Replacement rods are not
bushing as shown in Fig. 24 to give a smooth numbered and must be installed with
finish and the proper pin fit. oil spray hole, No. 10, Fig. 19, toward
Bearing inserts are of the non-adjustable, thrust side of piston (Opposite cam-
shimless type and are available in standard shaft side of engine.)
size or in 0.002 in., 0.010 in., and 0.020 in.
undersize. 2. Install pistons into original sleeves with
arrows on top of the pistons pointing toward
Specifications are as follows:
front of engine as shown in Fig. 26.
3. Install connecting rod caps and make sure
Recommended bearing clearance 0.0015 inch
cap marks are in register.
Replace bearings if clearance
4. Install new locks and tighten connecting
exceeds 0.0033 inch
rod boUs ta 35 - 40 ft. lbs. torque.
Crank pin diameter 1.9365 - 1.9375
inches
Maximum allowable wear of crank
pin (minimum diameter) 1. 93 55 inches
Rod side play 0.005 in-O.011 in.
Fig. 25 - Connecting Rod Numbered For Identification
Fig. 24 - Honing Connec:ting Rod Bushing For Proper Pin Fit
PISTON PINS
Standard size piston pins are 0.8591 in.-

0.8593 in. diameter. Pins are available in
0.003 in. and 0.005 in. oversized. An pins are
full floating and are retained in the piston bosses
by snap rings. Fig. 26 - Pistons Installed With Àrrows Toward Front af Engine
11
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODE! Z-134 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
Fig. 27 - Crankshaft, Main Bearings and Oil Seals

1. Front Oil Seol 3. Packing in Rear Main Bearing Cap
2. Flanged Center Main Bearing 4. Rear Oil Seal
Crankshaft and Main Bearings The loss of oil is prevented by a front oil seal
No. 1, Fig. 27, and a rear oil seal No. 3, Fig. 27.
The crankshaft is a one piece steel forging AIso, the rear main bearing cap is a section
and is heat treated, precision ground and of the engine block and contains packing see
balanced for maximum service. The crank- No. 4, Fig 27, on each side of the fiUer block to
shaft is supported on three precision non- prevent oil leakage into the clutch housing.
adjustable type main bearings. Main bearing inserts are available in standard
New specifications are as foUows: size or 0.002 in., 0.010 in. and 0.020 in. under-
size. New main bearings can be installed from
Crankshaft below without removing the crankshaft.
Main bearing journal Crankshaft end play is controUed by the flanged
diameter 2.249-2.250 inches center main bearing, see No. 2, Fig. 27.
Crank pin journal
diameter 1.9365-1.9375 inches MAIN BEARING INSPECTION AND
End play 0.004-0.006 inch
REPLACEMENT (ENGINE INSTALLED)
Main Bearings
Diameter bearing bore 1. Remove the oil pan.
in block 2.4365-2.4372 inches 2. Disconnect and remove the oil screen and
Bearing Clearance tube.
limits 0.0005-0.0027 inch 3. Remove each main bearing cap, one at a
The oil pump is mounted on the front main time, and inspect the bearing and journal. If
bearing cap, both being secured with the same there is no indication of wear, scoring or
cap screws. flaking out, use plastigage and determine the
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
clearance between the bearing and journal. Refer

to the general engine section for procedure
using plastigage.
NOTE: Tighten main bearing cap screws

to 100-110 ft. lbs. torque. Make sure
to support the crankshaft so that its
weightwill not cause a wrongclearance
reading.
4. If clearance is 0.0037 in. or more, replace

the worn main bearings.
PERFORM STEPS NOS. 5, 6 AND 7 IN

SUCCESSION FOR EACH MAIN BEAR-
ING, UNTIL ALL THREE BEARINGS
HA VE BEEN INSTALLEDAND CHECK- Fig. 29 - Engine With Main Bearing Caps Installed and Locked
ED. 1. Rear Oil Seal Cap Serews
7. Remove the tool from oil hole in crank-

5. Remove the worn, upper-half of the bearing shaft and install the new lower-half ofthe bearing
with the special tool as shown in Fig. 28. The into the bearing cap. Check clearance of the
tool, which is obtainable at most parts houses, new main bearing with plastigage.
should be inserted into the oil hole in the crank- 8. If the clearances of aH main bearings are
shaft. Remove the worn bearing-halfby rotating within specifications, oil aH journals. Then in-
the crankshaft in a clockwise direction (as stall the front cap, oil pump shim (if present)
viewed from the front). and oil pump. Also install the center main
bearing cap. Tighten both main bearings to the
NOTE: Practice extreme cleanliness specified torque. (100-110 ft. lbs.)
when removing and installing new bear-
ings.
CA UTlO'N: If the crankshaft is scored,
tapered, or worn so that the new bear-
ings do not fit with the proper clear-
ance, the crankshaft must be removed
and either replaced, or reground to fit
undersized bearings.
9. Install the rear main bearing cap and

tighten bearing cap screws ONLY FIN GER
TIGHT. InstaH the two cap screws, No. 1,
Fig. 29, into the rear oil seal and tighten 8-10
ft. lbs. torque. Then tighten rear bearing cap
screws to the proper torque and lock all main
bearing cap screws with wire as shown in
Fig. 29.
10. After performing step No. 9, install the
packing into each side of the rear bearing cap
as shown in Fig. 30. Use a brass rod or sorne
other suitable tool and force the packing in by
tapping with a mallet. Continue this packing
Fig. 28 • Remove Upper-Hoff of 6earing with Special Tooi
procedure until the hole is solidly filled. Trim
off the excess packing so that it is flush with
6. Install the new upper half with the use of the surface.
the special tool by rotating the crankshaft in a 11. Complete reassembly by installing the
counter-clockwise direction. oil screen assembly and oil pan.
13
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 30 - Installing Packing Into Rear Main Bearing Cap

Fig. 32 - Engine Nomenclature
1. Cap Screw 4. Oil Pump Shim (If Present)
CRANKSHAFT REMOVAL 2. Oil line 5. Front Main Bearing Cap
3. Oi 1 Pump 6. Crankshalt Timing Gear
Use extreme care when removing and handUng 7. Remove the front main bearing cap screws,
the crankshaft. Use a work stand for efficient also the oil pump No. 3, Fig. 32, oil pump
servicing and to prevent damage to the crank- shim, No. 4, Fig. 32, (if present), and front
shaft and other parts. main bearing cap, No. 5, Fig. 32.
1. Remove engine from tractor see Page 2. 8. Remove crankshaft timing gear, No. 6,
2. Mount engine in engine stand invert engine Fig. 32, by threading two boIts into the gear,
and remove oil pan. and using a suitable puller.
3. Remove the clutch, flywheel and rear oil 9. Disconnect the connecting rod bearing
seaI. caps and mark them if they are not numbered
4. RElmove the crankshaft starter jaw, then so that they can be reinstalled on the same
remove pulley from front end of crankshaft as connecting rad.
shown in Fig. 31.
5. Remove timing gear cover. NOTE: The pistons and connecting
6. Disconnect the oil Une at the oil pump, rods may be left in the sleeves if only
see Fig. 32. Remove the cap screw securing the crankshaft is to be serviced.
the oil screen to the center main cap and re-
move oil screen assembly from engine. 10. Remove the cap screws and bearing caps
from the center and rear main bearings.
Il. Remove the crankshaft and install the
main bearing caps to prevent them from be-
coming damaged.
INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and inspect the crankshaft
as outlined in the general engine section.
Specifications are as follows:
Crankshaft
Main bearing journal diameter
2.249-2.250 inches
Minimum journal diameter - (max. wear)
2.248 inches
End play 0.004-0.006· inch
Crank pin journal diameter
1.9365-1.9375 inches
Minimum crank pin diameter - (max. wear)
Fig. 31 - Removing Pulley From Crankshaft 1.9355 inches
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Main Bearings
Diameter of bearing bore in block NOTE: Make sure that the bearing
2.4365-2.4372 inches inserts and bearing bores are clean
Bearing clearance limits 0.0005-0.0027 inch and that the inserts are of the correct
size.
Desired Clearance 0.002 inch
Wear Limits - (max. clearance) 0.0037 inch
2. Carefully clean aU main bearing caps
and install the new bearing inserts. Make sure
that the packing grooves in the rear main
If any of the main or crank pin journals are
bearing cap are clean.
worn beyond specifications, more than 0.0015
3. Carefully lower the crankshaft into place
inch out-of-round or tapered more than 0.001
and check clearance of each main bearing with
inch, the crankshaft must either be replaced
plastigage. Refer to general engine section
or reground and fitted with undersize bearings.
for use of plastigage. Tighten main bearing
CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION cap screws to 100-110 ft. lbs. torque.
4. If clearances of aU main bearings are
Fig. 33 shows the crankshaft with main within specifications, apply a light coating of
bearing inserts and caps. Notice that the lower- oil to the bearings and journals, install the
half of the rear main bearing inserts No. 5, bearing caps and torque to specifications.
Fig. 33 is made differently and is not inter- 5. Measure and play of crankshaft as shown
changeable with the upper half No. 4, Fig. 33. in Fig. 34. If end play exceeds 0.008 in.,
When installing the crankshaft it is a good install new center main bearing inserts.
practice to instaU new main bearings and oil 6. Loosen the rear main bearing cap screws
seals. and install the new rear oil seal. (Refer to
1. Install the upper main bearing inserts page 16 for procedure on instaUing new rear
into their bores. oil seal.)
Fig_ 33 - Crankshaft With Main Bearing Inserts and Caps

1. Cronkshoft 5. Reor Moin Beoring Insert (Lower-Holl)
2. Front Beoring Inserts 6. Rear Mein Beoring Cop
3. Center Beoring Inserts 7. Center Moin Bearing Cap
4. Reor Moin Beoring Insert (Upper-Holl) 8. Front Moin Beoring Cop
15
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 34. Measuring Crankshaft End Play Fig. 36. Properly Positioned Front Oil Seal
7. Install aIl the oil seal cap screws and
tighten to 8-10 ft., lbs torque. Then retighten INSPECTION
rear bearing cap screws to specified torque
and install packing. Refer to steps No. 9 and Once the timing gear cover is removed the
10 of inspection and replacement of main front seal may be inspected without it being
bearings. pressed from the cover. Examine both seals
8. Complete reassembly by reversing the carefully for damage. If a seal shows any sign
steps under crankshaft removal. of wear, scratches or cuts, it must be replaced.
AIso, examine the surfaces on which the seals
NOTE: Make sure that all of the main make contact. Any scratches or other damage
to these surfaces must be polished out before
bearing cap screws are properly
torqued and locked with wire before reassembly.
installing the oil pan.
NOTE: Examine very carefully the
Crankshaft Oil Seals contact surface on t~e fan drive pulley.
Scratches, or roughness of any kind,
The crankshaft is provided with a front and will eventually damage the front seal
rear oil sea!. The front oil seal is located in and cause an oil leak.
the recess of the timing gear cover, See Fig.
36. The rear oil seal is contained in a one- INSTALLATION
piece retainer held in position at the rear of
the engine block with cap screws, see Fig. 37. Wh en installing the oil seals, always make
Whenever the crankshaft is removed, it is sure that the feathered edge of the seai faces
always good practice to replace the seals. the source of oil.
To install a new front oil seal, the old seal
should be pressed out and the new one pressed
in as shown in Fig. 35. The front seal should
be positioned flush with the rear of the cover
as shown in Fig. 36.
The rear oil seal as shown in Fig. 37, must

be carefully installed on the shaft or it may
become damaged. To install, the rear oil seai
with the rear main bearing cap removed:
1. Lightly coat the shaft with engine oil.
2. Install a new oil seal gasket.
3. CAREFULLY slide the seal onto the shaft.
4. Install the rear main bearing cap and
tighten the cap screws only finger tight.
5. Install the 5 rear oil seal cap screws and
Fig. 35. Installing New Front Oil Seal tighten to 8-10 ft. lbs. torque.
16
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2 PART 2 - ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

1. Governor Shaft and Roce Assembly 4. Comshoft Timing Geer
2. Camshoft Nu! 5. Camshalt Thrus! Plate
3. Governor Driver Assembly 6. Comsholt
Fig. 37 - Engine With Rear Oil Seal Installed
3. Remove the rocker arm assembly and
6. Tighten rear main bearing cap screws to push rods.
100-110 ft. lbs. torque, lock with wire and 4. Remove the distributor.
install packing into main bearing cap as shown 5. Remove the oil pan, oil screen and tube
in Fig. 30. assembly.
6. Remove the timing gear cover.
IMPORTANT: If the rear bearing cap 7. Slide the governor shaft and race assembly ,
is in Place make sure that it is flush No. 1, Fig. 38, out of the end of the camshaft.
with the block before tightening the oil
seal cap screws. NOTE: Set up a dial indicator as
shown in Fig. 39 and pry the camshaft
as far rearward as Possible. Set the
Camshaft indicator at "zero" and pry the cam-
shaft as far forward as Possible. The
The camshaft is supported in the block by
three journals. The journals ride directly in
end play should be between .003-.007in.
bores machined inside the block (without bush-
If the end Play exceeds .007 in., install
a new thrust plate during reassembly.
ings) with a normal operating clearance of
0.0025 - 0.0045 in. Also check the backlash of the timing
as outlined under "Timing
New camshaft journal diameters are as
follows:
Front. 1.808 -1.809 in.
Center 1. 7455 -1. 7465 in.
Rear . . 1. 683 - 1. 684 in.
End play is controlled by a thrust plate No. 5,
Fig. 38, that bolts to the front of the block.
Normal camshaft end play is 0.003-0.007 in.
Camshaft lobe specifications are as follows:
(part No. 1 750 293 Ml)
Cam lift - intake .212 in.
Cam lift - exhaust .212 in.
REMOVAL
To remove the camshaft proceed as follows:

1. Remove engine from tractor, see page
2. Place engine on work stand. Fig. 39 • Measuring Camshaft End Play
17
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean the camshaft with a suitable

solvent. Make sure all oil holes are open and
clean.
The camshaft should be inspected as follows:
1. Visually inspect the camshaft journals
and lobes. If the journals are excessively
scored, nicked or discolored by heat, or if
the lobes are pitted, rough or show wear, the
camshaft should be replaced.
2. Visually inspect the distributor drive gear
for broken or chipped teeth, or any signs of
wear. Discard camshaft if any of these con-
ditions are present.
3. Measure the diameter of the journals for
wear, or out-of-round with a micrometer. If
journal diameters measure less than the follow-
ing specifications, or if more than 0.001 in.
out-of-round, the shaft must be replaced.
Fig. 40. Removing Camshaft Timing Gear Front journal 1.807 in.
Center journal 1. 7445 in.
8. Remove the nut No. 2, Fig. 38, which
Rear journal 1. 682 in.
secures the camshaft timing gear and the
4. Measure the camshaft bores in the blôck
governor driver assembly, No. 3, Fig. 38.
with a hole gauge and micrometer as shown in
Then remove the assembly from the camshaft.
Fig. 42. Then compare each bore diameter to
9. PuU the camshaft gear as shown in Fig. 40.
its mating journal diameter. The block and/or
camshaft is unfit for further use if the clearance
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the exceeds 0.009 inch.
governor shaft bore in the end of the
camshaft.
10. Turn engine upside down so that the

mushroom tappets will faU away from the
camshaft and will not interfere with its removal.
11. Remove the camshaft thrust plate, No. 1,
Fig. 41, and carefully slide camshaft forward
out of the block .
Fig. 42. Measuring Camshaft Bores in Black
CAMSHAFT INSTALLATION
Before installing the camshaft, check the vent

opening see No. 1, Fig. 43. If this opening is
Fig. 41 • Camshaft With Thrust Plate Installed obstructed, the governor will not operate pro-
1. Camshaft Th,ust Plate perly.
18
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2 ENG/NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 43· Vent Opening ln Camshaft

1. Vent Opening
Fig. 44 • Marking on Front of Block
To install the camshaft proceed as follows:
1. Lubricate the journals and lobes with INSPECTION
engine oil, then carefully install the camshaft
in the block. Any time that the engine is disassembled the
2. Install the thrust plate and tighten cap timing gears must be inspected. Inspect the
screws. Check end play as shown in Fig. 39. timing gears as follows:
Refer to the "NOTE" under step No. 7 of 1. Visually inspect the gears. If the teeth
camshaft removal. are broken, chipped or scored the gear or
3. Install the camshaft timing gear; refer to gears must be replaced. Also, replace the
the "CAUTION" under installation of camshaft gears if there is an uneven wear pattern.
timing gear. Make sure that the timing gear 2. Measure the backlash of the gears with a
marks are aligned. thickness gauge or dial indicator as shawn in
4. Install the governor driver assembly and Fig. 45. Install new gears if clearance exceeds
tighten nut to 70-80 ft. lbs. torque. 0.002 in. Excessive backlash will damage the
5. Install the governor shaft and race as· governar driver assembly.
sembly into the end of the camshaft.
Timing Gears
The timing gears used in this engine are

available in different sizes ranging from .002
inch oversize to Standard and from Standard
to .002 inch undersize. These gears are
marked with an S for Standard, and 0 for
~
oversize and a U for undersize. Example:
2 .002 Oversize, ~ .002 inch Undersize.
pon removing the timing gear coyer and
gasket a mark will be found on the front of the
block as shown in Fig. 44. This mark will
show what gears to use. Example: shows
that the combination between the crankshaft
®
gear and camshaft gear must be .002 oversize.
Therefore a crankshaft gear .001 oversize and
a camshaft gear .001 oversize may be used.
Also a Standard crankshaft gear or camshaft
Fig. 45 • Measuring Timing Gear 8acklash
gear and a .002 inch oversize camshaft gear or
crankshaft gear may be used.
19
MASSEY -FERGUSON
REMOVAL 3. Make sure timing marks are in alignment

To remove the timing gears proceed as then drive the crankshaft timing gear onto the
follows: cr ankshaft.
1. Remove the nut that secures the camshaft 4. Check timing gear backlash, (Repeat step
gear and the governor driver assembly, then No. 2 under timing gear inspection). There
remove driver assembly from camshaft gear. must not be more than 0.002 inch backlash.
2. Remove the camshaft timing gear with a 5. Install the governor shaft and race as-
puller as shown in Fig. 40. sembly into the end of the camshaft and re-
3. Install boIts into the two tapped holes in assemble engine.
the crankshaft timing gear and remove gear
with puller. Governor And Timing Geer Cover
INSTALLATION The governor is a centrifugaI, variable speed

Before installing new timing gears make sure control type and is mounted on the camshaft in
that they are of the correct size. front of the camshaft timing gear. The unit has
To install the timing gears proceed as ten evenly spaced ball-weights that are held in
follows: a metal retainer.
1. With the keys in place, drive the camshaft The governor mechanism is enclosed in the
gear onto the camshaft. timing gear coyer and is connected through its
linkage to the throttle and the carburetor butter-
NOTE: Black the camshaft forward sa fly see Fig. 46. The governor is lubricated by
that in driving the gear, the camshaft engine oil metered from the front camshaft
will not damage the expansion plug at bearing.
the rear of the black. Engine speeds from 450 - 2,250 RPM may be
obtained by the hand throttle. The governor
2. Install the governor driver assembly onto will maintain any given speed between 900 -
the camshaft timing gear. Tighten nut to 70-80
2,000 RPM when under varying loads.
ft. lbs. of torque. ~/'
THROTTLE ROD. '

COMPENSATING SPRING.
---T-----~~~~~-
BUMPER
Fig. 46· Governor Controls and Linkage
20
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Governor Action 7. If the desired governor action is still not

Opening the hand throttle increases the obtained check the external governor linkage
governor lever spring tension. This causes for binding and proper adjustment.
the governor linkage to overcome the force of
the ball-weights, thereby, openingthe carburetor NOTE: If surging is experienced, it
throttle butterfly and permitting a greater is, in all probability, the result of
amount of fuel mixture to enter the cylinder mal adjustment binding or wear. Do
which increases the engine speed. The in- not at this point attempt to overcome
crease in speed gives greater force to the surging by turning in the bumper
governor ball-weights, which begin to over- screw as this deadens governor action
come the spring tension and partially closes at law speeds. Determine the cause of
the throttle butterfly. A balance is reached surging and eliminate it.
between the action of the ball-weights and the
spring tension, and is maintained until either
the load or position of the hand throttle is locating Bincling
changed.
When the hand throttle is set for a certain To check the exterior governor linkage for
speed and the load increases, there is a tendency binding, open and close the hand throttle and
to reduce the relative force of the governor note the following pOints: Correct as listed if
ball-weights, thereby, permitting the spring necessary.
tension to open the throttle butterfly, com-
pensating for the increased load. Exactly the
opposite condition occurs if the load is de- 1. GOVERNOR LEVER SPRING AND ENGINE
creased. BLOCK - Move the U-bolt assembly forward on
Proper governor action must be obtained to throttle rod, being careful not to have inter-
have steady and efficient lugging power. Any ference between compensating spring and water
binding or mal ad just ment will result in faulty outlet elbow housing.
or erratic operation.
2. CONTROL ROD AND THE GOVERNOR
To check the Governor Action proceed as
LEVER ASSEMBLY - Place the tractor wrench
follows:
against the bottom of the vertical part of the
1. Start engine and allow it to reach operating
governor lever and bend it outward until bind-
temperature.
ing is eliminated.
NOTE: Make sure that the carburetor 3. GOVERNOR LEVER SHAFT AND FRONT
is properly adjusted. Also, that the COVER HOUSING - Remove governor spring
low and high idle speeds are set pro- from governor rod slot and move lever back
perly. Refer to heading named "Ad- and forth to check for binding. Binding will be
justments". due to dirt or a damaged shaft. The latter will
require removing the front cover to correct.
2. Set the throttle control lever for 1000 RPM.
4. COMPENSATING SPRING OR TOP OF
NOTE: Use an engine RPM test gauge GOVERNOR ROD AND WATER OUT LET
or PTO speed reading for testing or ELBOW HOUSING - Move U-boltassembly back
adjusting the governor. on throttle rod until binding is eliminated. Re-
check Step (1).
3. Set the brake.
4. Shift to high range-third gear and slowly
5. CONTROL ROD CLEVIS PIN AND GOVER-
engage the clutch. NOR LEVER - Loosen lock nut and retighten,
5. Observe the governor lever, See Fig. 46. holding clevis in a position where no binding
The governor action should cause the lever to occurs.
quickly pull the throttle rod forward without
any delay.
6. COTTER PIN ON CARBURETOR END OF
6. If the governor is inoperative at 1000 CONTROL ROD AND THROTTLE LEVER AS-
Engine RPM, the bumper spring screw should SEMBLy - Cotter pin should be installed from
be backed out to make sure that it does not
the top of the throttle rod with the pin wrapped
contact the bumper spring. Then repeat steps
neatly around the rod.
No. (1) through (5).
21
MASSEY -FERGUSON
If no external binding is present, if the

governor linkage is in correct adjustment, and
the governor is still inoperative at 1000 RPM,
the difficulty probably results from the gover-
nor bumper spring extending too far away from
the coyer assembly.
To check proceed as follows:
1. With the engine not running, disconnect
the governor lever spring from the throttle
control plunger and push the governor lever
assembly to the idle position.
2. If, while moving the carburetor control
rod against the idle stop, a springy action is
noted, the governor bumper spring extends out Fig.48-Governor Driver Assembly Installed on Front of Camshaft
too far and must be bent in toward the cover. 1. Camshalt Nul 2. Governor Driver Assembly
This will require removing the front cover. 6. Remove the three front oil pan cap screws
The governor bumper screw should be left and loosen the remaining oil pan cap screws.
out of contact with the bumper spring unless Remove the breather tube from the valve cover,
aU other attempts to correct the surging fail. then remove the timing gear cover, governor
As a last resort, run the engine at full throttle race and shaft No. 1, Fig. 47.
and turn in the bumper screw until the RPM 7. Remove the nut No. 1, Fig. 48 and remove
just starts to increase. Tighten the lock nut the governor driver assembly No. 2, Fig. 48.
to hold this position.
REMOVAL INSPECTION AND SERVICING
To remove the governor mechanism and
The governor shaft and race assembly No. 3,
timing gear coyer proceed as follows: Fig. 49 has a 0.002 inch - 0.004 inch clearance
1. Remove hood and drain radiator. in the camshaft. If the clearance exceeds
2. Disconnect radiator support rod and radia- 0.006 inch or if the race is worn at the baIl
tor hoses. contact surface, it should be replaced.
3. Support tractor under transmission hous-
ing: Disconnect radius rods and unbolt the NOTE: Check the vent opening, No .. 1,
front axle support from engine. Then roll the Fig. 43, in the camshaft. If this vent
front axle, 'Support and radiator (as an assembly) opening is obstructed, it will be im-
away from the tractor. possible to obtain proper operation of
4. Remove the fan blade, fan belt, crankshaft the governor.
starter jaw and pulley.
5. Disconnect the carburetor control rod and
the governor spring from the governor lever.

1. Gavernor Driver Assembly 5. Needle Beoring (2 Sels)
2. Camshalt Nul 6. Oil Seol
Fig. 47 - Engine With Timing Gear Cover Removed 3. Governor Shah and Roce Assembly 7. DuslSeal
1. Govemor Shalt and Roce Assembly 2. lip 4. Govemor Shalt Lever Assembly Wilh Pin
22
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2 ENG/NE OVERHAUl. PROCEDURES
Fig. 50 - Pipe Plug Removed From Timing Gear Cover Fig. 52 - Removing Needle Bearings From Timing Gear Cover
The governor shaft lever assembly, No. 4, After the shaft has been removed the bearings
Fig. 49 is supported in the timing gear cover and seals can be replaced as follows:
by two sets of needle bearings No. 5, Fig. 49. 1. With a suit able tool pry the oil seal out
An oil seal No. 6, Fig. 49 and dust seal No. 7, of the cover.
Fig. 49 are installed in the housing around the 2. With a very small punch drive the short
governor shaft. The shaft is held in position bearing stop pin No. 3, Fig. 51 in until it is
by a pin through the governor lever and shaft. free and remove it from the inside of the bore.
Check the governor shaft for binding or loose- 3. Drive the needle bearings out of the cover
ness in the needle bearings prior to its dis- using a mandrel as shown in Fig. 52.
assembly. If side movement of the shaft or 4. Use the same mandrel and drive the first
rough rolling needles are evident, the bearings set of the new needle bearings, No. 2, Fig. 51
must be replaced. into the cover until it just clears the bearing
To replace the needle bearings, oil seal, stop pin hole, No. 3, Fig. 51. Then install a
dust seal or governor shaft, it is necessary to new pin into the hole.
remove the shaft from the cover. 5. Drive the second set of needle bearings in
To remove the shaft: until it is flush with the bottom of the counter-
1. Remove the pipe plug from front of cover bored ail seal hole.
See Fig. 50. 6. Drive the oH seal into position as shown
2. Drive Pin, No. 1, Fig. 51 out of the in Fig. 53, and install the dust seaI, No. 7,
governor lever and shaft and withdraw shaft Fig. 49.
from cover.
Fig. 51 - Rear View of Timing Gear Cover

1. Governor Shaft Lever Assembly With Pin
2. Needle Becring (Inside Set) 3. Becring Stop Pin Fig. 53 - Installing New Qil Seal Into Timing Gear Caver
23
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEl Z-J34 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 2
7. Insert the governor shaft through the cover low Id/e Speed
and into the lever; Une up the holes in the
shaft and lever, then insert a new pin. Set engine idle speed as foIlows:
8. Install the pipe plug into the front of the 1. Start the engine and move the throttle
timing gear cover and reassemble onto engine. lever to the idle position.
2. Hold the throttle control rod No. 7, Fig.
54, rearward against the idling stop and adjust
the idUng speed to 450-500 RPM (PTO speed
NOTE: When installing the governor
of 160-180 RPM)
race and shaft, position it so that the
lip, No. 2, Fig. 47, is at the 8 o'clock Adiust Control Rod length
position as viewed from the front.
To adjust the control rod, No. 7, Fig. 54,
stop the engine and proceed as follows:
Adjust idle speeds and governor linkage as 1. Move the throttle lever to the wide-open
outlined under governor adjustments. position.
2. Remove the clevis pin, No. 8, Fig. 54 from
the control rod clevis.
GOVERNOR ADJUSTMENT 3. Hold the governor lever, No. 12, Fig. 54
and the control rod aIl the way forward. Then
If the governor or the linkage has been dis- adjust the control rod length so that the clevis
assembled, replaced or is not properly adjusted, must be moved back 1/32 inch to insert the
follow the complete adjustment procedure in clevis pin.
the order that it is given. 4. Lock the clevis and reinstall the clevis
pin.
ç------
Fig. 54. Governor Adjustment

1. Throttle Control Lever 8. Clevis Pin
2. Cork Washer 9. Governor Lever Arm Red
3. Clamp la. Throttle Control Plunger
4. Throttle Rod 11. Governor Lever Spring
5. Compensotin; Spring 12. Gove,"or Lever Assembly
6. Compensating Spring Link 13. Bumper Spring
7. Control Rad 14. Bumper Screw
24
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Ad;ust Governor Lever Arm Roel 4. Reinstall the governor lever spring then
with the throttle still in the idling position,
With the engine not running, proceed as check the top end of the spring to make sure
follows: that it is under a slight tension in the slot. If
1. Place the throttle lever in idling position the spring is not under tension and floats freely
(just short of the forward stop). . in the middle of the slot, the spring is too long
2. Check if the compensating spring link, No. and must be replaced or shortened.
6, Fig. 54 is touching the throttle rod. If it is 5. Start engine and remove throttle lever to
not, loosen the U-bolt and rotate it on the throttle wide open position. Engine high idle speed
rod until the compensating link just touches should be between 2200-2250 RPM. (PTO speed
the throttle rod. Then retighten U-bolt. of 792-810). If the high id le speed is not within
3. Check to see if the governor lever arm this range, loosen the U-Bolt and rotate it on
rod, No. 9, Fig. 54 is long enough so that the the throttle rod,No. 4, Fig. 54, until the correct
throttle control plunger, No. 10, Fig. 54 con- speed is obtained. Retighten U- BoIt.
tacts the horizontal arm of the governor lever To Remove ThroHIe Control Lever "Creep"
No. 12, Fig. 54 and holds the control rod
against the id le stop. If not, remove the gover- . 1. Increase the spring compression on the
nor lever spring, No. 11, Fig. 54 and loosen cork washer under the instrument panel, No. 2,
the lock nut on the governor lever arm rod. Fig. 54, by relocating the clamp, No. 3, Fig. 54.
Adjust the length of the rod until it contacts 2. If step No. 1 does not stop the "creep"
the arm of the governor lever and holds the replace the cork washer.
control rod against the idle stop. 3. Shorten the compensating spring.
25
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 4
LUBRICATION SYSTEM SERVICING

1 NDEX
Page Page
Oil Pan . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 2 Oil Filter . . . . • • • •6
Oil Intake Sere en Assembly . • . . 2 Oil Pressure Gauge . . .6
Oil Pump• . • . • • • . . . . . • . 3 Crankease Ventilation .6
The Z-134 Engine uses a full pressure lubrication system in which oil from the
crankcase is pumped, under pressure, to all ofthe bearing surfaces in the engine.
The essential parts of this system are the crankcase and oil supply, oil pump,
screened oil intake, drilled oil passages, oil filter, relief valve in the oil pump,
pressure gauge and oil level indicator.
In operation, oil is pressure fed to the main bearings, crank pins, camshaft and
rocker shaft. By using a timed hole in the crankshaft, oil is spurt fed to the timing
gears, cylinders and pistons. The tappets, wrist pins and governor are splash fed.
Refer to Figure Nos. 1 & 2.
The capacity of the oil crankcase is 6 U. S. quarts wh en the filter is changed. If
the filter is not changed the capacity is 5 U.S. quarts.
Fig. l - Engine Oiling System (Side View)
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-734 ENGINE GROUP 1- SECTION B - PART 4
Fig. 3 - Oil Intake Sereen Assembly and Oil Pump
3. Using new gaskets and a suitable gasket

sealing compound, replace the oil pan and
secure with proper boUs. Be sure to check
sealing surfaces of the oil pan for external
leaks. Correct any leaks discovered.
Fig. 2 - Engine Oiling System (End View)
OIL INT AKE SCREEN ASSEMBL y
OIL PAN The oil is drawn from the oil sump through
the floating oil· intake by the oil pump, see
Removal Fig. 3. The oil intake assembly partially
fiUers the oil and allows only the upper lev el
1. Drain the crankcase oil to enter the system rather than the oil
2. Support the oil pan with a moveable floor from the bottom of the sump.
jack. Any time that the oil intake assembly is
3. Remove boUs securing the oil pan to the removed it must be installed so that it floats
transmission housing, engine block and timing freely and is not forced to remain below the
gear cover. oil level.
4. Lower the jack and while steadying the
oil pan, roll the jack out from under the engine. Removal and Disassembly
1. Remove boU No. 8, Fig. 4, attaching

Inspection screen to cent~ main bearing cap.
2. Loosen brass fitting No. 4, Fig. 4, and
1. Thoroughly inspect areas showing external remove screen and tubing as an assembly.
leaks to determine if the oil pan is cracked. 3. To further disassemble the oil intake
If cracked it must be replaced.
screen assembly, remove cotter pin No. 6,
Fig. 4, from clamp and slide short elbow
tubing section and screen away from the main
Installation tube assembly.
Inspection
1. Thoroughly clean and desludge the oil
pan. 1. Inspect the float body for punctures.
2. Remove aIl old gasket material from the 2. Inspect the float screen for clogging.
mating surfaces of the oil pan, timing gear 3. Check the tubing and make sure that it
cover, engine block and transmission housing. is not plugged.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 4 tUBRICATION SYSTEM SERVleiNG
,Fig. 4 - Nomenclature Fig. 5 - Oil Pump With Shims

1. Oil Pump Shim 5. Oil Screen Tube Assembly 1. Front Main Bearing Cap
2. Oil Pump 6. Cotter Pin 2. Oil Pump Shim
3. Inlet E Ibow 7. Oil Screen 3. Oil Pump
4. Brass Nut 8. Boit 4. Cover Plote
Oisassembly
Reassembly and Installation
1. Reassemble the screen and tubing and 1. Remove the screws retaining the caver
insert cotter pin. plate, see No. 4, Fig. 5.
2. Secure brass fitting ta intake side of
ail pump. NOTE: When removing the cover
3. Secure tubing ta center main. plate notice the location of the re-
lieved portion on the inside of the
, Oll PUMP cover plate, see Fig. 6.
The ail pump is a positive displacement,
single-stage gear-type pump driven by the crank-
shaft timing gear and boUed ta the bottom of
the front main bearing cap.
Normal ail pressure at 1500 RPM is 20 ta
30 PSI and may be checked by tapping into the
ail pressure Une. The accuracy of the ail
pressure gauge, on the tractor instrument
panel may also be checked by this means.
Removal
1. Drain the ail and remove the ail pan.

2. Remove the ail intake tube and screen
assembly.
3. Remove the boUs securing the ail pump
ta the front main bearing cap.
NOTE: When removing the pump,

observe the number of shims, No. 2,
Fig. 5, present between the pump and
the front main bearing cap.
Fig. 6 - Relieved Portion of Cover Plate
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 7 - Exploded View of Oil Pump Fig. 9 - Installing Bushings

1. Set Screw 9. Plug
2. Oil Pump Driven Geer 10. Idler Geer Stud
3. Oi 1 Pump Body 11. Jdler Geer Inspection
4. Relief Velve 12. Cover Plate
5. Pres~ure Regulating Spring 13. Gesket, "Lead"
6. Regulating Spring Retainer 14. Lead Gear and Shaft Assembly
7. Pressure Adjusting Washer 15. Bushing 1. Inspect the pump gears and shafts for
8. Cotter Pin scuffing, scoring, or any other abnormal wear
2. Lift out the ail pump idler gear, No. 11, patterns. Replace those parts showing ex-
Fig. 7. cessive wear.
3. Remove set screw, No. 1, Fig. 7, from
ail pump driven gear, No. 2, Fig. 7. Reossembly
4. Set the pump in a press and using a
suitable sized mandrel, press out the shaft 1. Align the tapped hale in the driven gear
from the driven gear and housing. with the one in the shaft and, supporting the
5. The bushings may be removed with an gear shaft from underneath, press the drive
arbor press, or as shawn in Fig. 8. gear onto the shaft. Press the gear onto the
6. New pre-sized bushings are available for shaft just far enough sa that there is no end-
service and can be pressed into the pump play and the gears will turn freely. Replace
housing using a bushing driver as shawn in the set screw holding the drive gear on the
Fig. 9. shaft.
2. Replace the pump idler gear in the pump
and check movement of the gears.
3. Using a dial indicator, as shawn in Fig.
10, check the backlash in the pump gears.
The backlash should not exceed 0.007 inch.
4. Using feeler gauge, as shawn in Fig. 11,
check the clearance between the pump body
and the outside diameter of the pump gears.
This clearance should be 0.003 ta 0.004 inch.
If the clearance exceeds 0.005 inch, with a
new drive gear and shaft in place, a new
pre-sized bushing must be pressed into the
housing body as shawn in Fig. 9.
NOTE: . Excessive clearance between

the pump body and gears may be a
factor causing low oïl pressure.
Fig. 8 - Removing Bushings.
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 4 LUBRICATION SYSTEM SERVICING
Fig. 10 - Measuring Gear Backlash Fig. 12 - Measuring Gear Backlash
Installat; on
1. BoIt the pump and front main bearing cap

r ' ... in position with the shims installed between
the pump housing and the bearing cap. Torque
the cap screws to 100 to 110 ft. lbs.
2. Using a dial indicator as shown in Fig. 12,
check the backlash between the pump drive
gear and the crankshaft timing gear.
This backlash should be 0.005 to 0.010 inch ..
If the backlash exceeds 0.010 inch, remove
enough shims from between the pump housing
and the bearing cap to proper ly adjust the
backlash. If the drive gear has less than
0.005 inch backlash, it will be neeessary to
add shims.
NOTE: Make sure that the front main

bearing cap screws are tightened ta
Fig. 11 - Measuring Pump Bady T 0 Gear Clearance the proper torque. If they are not
tightened properly false readings will
be shawn on the dial indicator.
5. Use a new lead gasket, No. 13, Fig. 7,
between the pump housing and the cover plate
to maintain the proper side clearance for the 3. Secure front main bearing cap screws with
pump gears. wire.
NOTE: RePlace the caver plate with OIL PUMP RELIEF VALVE
the relieved portion of the plate ta the Removal
exhaust side of the ail pump.
1. Remove the eotter pin, retainer, spring
and valve, see Fig. 7.
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Inspection
2. Place the new gaskets into position and
The relief valve spring should have a free then install the fiUer housing onto the engine
length of 2 inches and when tested in a spring block and tighten the center bolt. See Fig. 14
tester, should check 8-1/4 pounds at a working for proper sequence of parts.
length of 1-3/8 inch. If the spring is slightly 3. Be sure to check for external leaks around
below specifications or if the engine oil pres- the filter housing once servicing of the lubri-
sure is low and it is suspected that the relief cation system has been completed.
valve is relieving at a lower pressure, spacers
may be placed under the spring to increase
the pressure at which the relief valve will
open.
New valve springs are available and must
be installed when the oId spring is defective
or too far below the spring-test specifications.
Installation
1. Install the relief valve in the sequence
shown in Fig. 7, and install the cotter pin
through the oil pump body. The relief valve
should open at 30 pounds per square inch.
OIL FILTER Fig. 14 - Oil Filter With Sequence of Parts

1. Qil Filter Cover Screw 6, Gasket (Filter Element Kit)
The oil filter housing on .the Z-134 engine 2. Cover Screw Gasket 7. Qil Filter Element
is bolted to a boss on the right rear side of 3.
4.
Filter Cover
Filter Cover Spring
8.
9.
Gasket (Filter Element Kit)
Gasket (Filter Element Kit)
the engine block. 5. Spring Retoiner
The oil is delivered to the fiUer through

the center main bearing and is returned to OIL PRESS URE GAUGE
the crankcase through drillings in the end of The oil pressure gauge is located on the
the fiUer housing center bolt, see Fig. 13. instrument panel. The gauge is connected to
The oil enters the fiUer housing around the the main oil galley by an oil pressure tube
outside of the fiUer element and passes through and fitting threaded into the right rear side
the element into the center. of the engine block.
Never operate the engine without an oil
pressure gauge or with a gauge that is not
operating properly. Replace any gauge that is
defective. Insufficient oil pressure will result
in serious damage to the engine.
The operation and accuracy of the oil pres-
sure gauge may be checked by tapping into
the oil pressure Une.
CRANKCASE VENTILATION
The engine crankcase is vented through the
Fig. 13 - Flow of Oil Through Filter vent tube in the valve cover. The vent tube
allows the engine to "breathe" during opera-
Removal tion and prevents a build up of pressure in
the crankcase. Improper crankcase ventilation,
1. Remove fiUer housing center boit, caver prevents the condensation from vaporizing and
and element as a unit. escaping to the atmosphere. This condition
2. Remove the filter from the fiUer housing. will result in oil dilution which creates sludge
and in time will cause extensive damage to
Reassembly and Installation engine parts. A plugged vent tube can be the
cause of excessive ail consumption.
1. Place the filter element into the housing Whenever the tractor is serviced, the vent
sa that the ring, attached ta the filter, is tube should be checked and if necessary re-
exposed. moved and cleaned.
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 SECTION B PART 5

COOLING SYSTEMSERVICING
INDEX
Page
Radiator ••• • •• 2
Water Pump. • • 2
Thermostat. • •• 5
Fan Belt ••• . .. 6
The cooling system for the Z-134 engine consists of a pressure type radiator and
cap, fan, water pump, thermostat, hoses and the circulation passages. Radiator
capacity is 10 U.S. quarts.
The coolant in the system is drawn into the pump through the lower radlator hose
and is circulated around the wet sleeves, through the passage-ways, into the head as
shown in Fig. 1. The coolant then circulates through the engine head and passes out
through the outlet elbow, through the hose and thermostat and into the top of the
radiator where it moves downward and is cooled. When the engine Is cold and the
thermostat is closed, the coolant cannot move through the upper hose and into the
radiator. Therefore, a passage has been drilled from the head through the block and
into the water pump housing. Before the thermostat opens, the warm water from the
head returns through this passage to the pump and is pumped into the block. This
recirculation gives a uniform warm-up without hot or cold spots. When the block is
uniformly warm, the thermostat opens and allows sufficient flow through the radiator
to give the necessary cooling.
Fig. 1 - Engine Cooling System
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
RADIATOR Servicing
The radiator is a copper tube and fin type in

which the coolant enters at the top, passes down To obtain minor radiator servicing informa-
through the tubes and is returned to the water tion refer to the General Engine Section Part 5,
pump from the bottom hose outlet. The radiator Section A, Group 1. If the radiator is damaged
cap is a spring-loaded pressure type cap which or the cores require cleaning, consult a com-
causes the cooling system of the Z-134 engine petent radiator repair shop.
to operate at a pressure of six to eight pounds Installation
per square inch. At this pressure, water must
be heated to approximately 2450 F. before it To install the radiator on the tractor, reverse
will boil. This feature permits the engine to the steps listed under "Removing the Radiator" .
operate at a higher, more efficient temperature. Be sure to inspect the hoses for signs of
By ·raising the boiling temperature of alcohol deterioration and install a good grade of rust-
or other coolant, the pressure system reduces inhibitor in the cooling system to prevent the
evaporation losses. formation of deposits in the water jacket.
Removal WATER PUMP
1. Drain the cooling system and remove the Removal
hood.
1. Drain the cooling System.
2. Disconnect the upper and Iower radiator
hose connections and remove the radiator tie 2. Remove the fan beIt and fan assembly.
rod.
3. Remove the three nuts retaining the pump
3. Loosen the cap screws retaining the radia- drive support, No. 6, Fig. 2, to the pump body,
tor to the front axie support and remove the No. 2, Fig. 2, and remove the support assembly.
radiator.
Fig. 2 - Water Pump Nomenclature and Sequence of Parts

1. Gaske! 5. Gaske! 9. Shah Re!cining Sncp Ring
2. Wc!er Pump Body 6. Waler Pump Support 10. Pulley Shroud
3. Impeller 7. Wc!er Slinger 11. Wc!er Pump Pulley
4. Wc!er Pump Seal 8. Shah end Beorings
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 8 - PART 5 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICING
Fig. 3 - Removing Pulley From Shaft Fig. 5 - Removing Shaft From Impeller and Housing
Disassembly 4. Support the drive support assembly in a

bearing puller attachment and, using a suitable
1. Remove the pulley shroud, No. 10, Fig. 2. mandrel, press the shaft and bearing assembly
TOW ARD THE FRONT, out of the impeller and
2. Position a sheave puller attachment in the support, as shown in Fig. 5.
beU groove of the pulley, and supporting the
puller attachment in a press, use a suitable 5. Invert the support in the press lnd, using
mandrel to press the shaft from the pulley as a suitable step plate and mandrel, press the old
shown in Fig. 3. If a sheave puller attachment
seal asse,mbly, No. 4, Fig. 2, out of the support
is not readily available, a bearing puller at-
housing.
tachment may be used in the same manner.
Inspection
3. Remove the snap ring from the front of
the drive support assembly as shown in Fig. 4.
1. Always assume that the water pump seal
is defective, once the pump has been completely
disassembled. Never replace a used seal in the
pump.
2. Rotate the shaft, No. 8, Fig. 2, in the

bearings by hand. If the bearings are smooth
and free the assembly is serviceable and may
be reinstalled. If the bearings are rough, a new
shaft and bearing assembly must be installed.
3. Check to make sure that the slinger, No. 7,

Fig. 2, is not damaged and fits tightly on the
shaft.
4. Carefully check the machined sealing face

of the impeller, No. 3, Fig. 2. If this face is
worn, rough or pitted a new impeller must be
installed.
5. Clean an parts thoroughly before reas-

Fig. 4 - Removing Snap Ring sembly.
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-134 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION 8 - PART 5
·1·
1
}
f
1
Fig. 6 - Installing Seal Assembly Fig. 8 - Pressing On Impeller

3. Invert the drive support housing in the press
Reassembly
and position the shaft and bearing assembly on
1. Carefully place a small amount· of non- the housing with the slinger toward the seaI.
hardening permatex, or other suitable water Carefully press the shaft assembly in until it
cement, in the bottom and sides of the machined bottoms in the housing, as shown in Fig. 7 and
recess for the seal in the drive support housing, install the snap ring.
to insure a water-tight seal between the support 4. Note the chamfer on the impeller end of
and the outside of the seal assembly. the shaft and bearing assembly. The shaft is
chamferred for a length of 5/64 inch. Support
2. Support the drive support housing in a the pulley end of the shaft in the press, and
press, position the seal assemblyand using a using a suitable bushing driver, to clear the
step plate as shown in Fig. 6, press the seal in shaft, press the impeller on the shaft as shown
until it bottoms in the drive support housing. in Fig. 8. Press the impeller on until the shaft
extends through the impeller 5/64 inch, or the
length of the chamfer. as shown in Fig. 9.
Fig. 7 - Installing Shaft Assembly Fig. 9 - Locating Impeller On Shaft
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION B - PART 5 COOLING SYSTEM SERVIC/NG
Fig. 11 - Thermostat Body and Location Of Thermostat

1. Thermostat Body (gos)
2. Thermostat
3. Woter Outlet Elbow (gos)
Removal
1. Drain the cooling system.
Fig. 10 - Positioning Pulley Assembly 2. Remove the upper radiator hose.

5. Support the impeller end of the shaft as- 3. Remove the water outlet elbow from the
sembly on a step plate small enough to clear the thermostat body and lift out the thermostat.
impeller fins, and press the pulley assembly
onto the shaft. The pulley should be pressed Inspection
onto the shaft until the center-line of the pulley
is 1 11/16 inches from the gasket surface of 1. Inspect the thermostat; Check for a broken
the drive support housing, measured as shown spring, broken frame, or ruptured bellows.
in Fig. 10.
2. Check the thermostat operation as outlined
6. Replace the pulley shroud, then using a new in the General Engine Section, Part 5, Section
gasket, install the drive support housing onto A, Group I. Opening temperatures for thermo-
the pump body. Install the fan beU and fan. stats used in the Z-134 engine should be 157 to
Position the generator to obtain 1/2 in. fan 163 0 F. The thermostat should be fully open at
beU deflection, then tighten the generator secur- 1750 to 1850 F.
ing boUs and fill the cooling system with the
proper coolant. NOTE: Do not attempt to adjust the
temperature range of a thermostat.
THERMOSTAT
The thermostat is located in the thermostat Installation
body attached to the front of the cylinder head, 1. Clean the old gasket material from the
with the expansion bellows toward the body as mating surfaces of the thermostat housing and
shown in Fig. 11. !ts purpose is to keep the the water outlet elbow.
engine outlet closed and cause the co.olant to
recirculate through the engine until warm. A NOTE: Be careful that none of the old
sufficient tempe rature rise of the circulating gasket material is allowed to faZZ into
coolant will cause the bellows of the thermostat the water passages.
to elongate and open the passage tothe radiator.
Si milarly , a decrease in temperature will cause 2. Using a new gasket, install the thermostat
a shortening of the bellows and close the passage by reversing the removal steps. Make sure that
to the radiator. aIl connections are tight.
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
FAN BELl
After final assembly of the cooling system
components, the tension on the fan beU must be
checked and adjusted. This is done by de-
pressing the fan beU midway between the fan
pulley and the generator pulley and measuring
the distance from the top of the depressed beU
to the bottom of a straight edge laid across the
beU where it passes over the pulleys as shown
in Fig. 12. The proper beU deflection is 1/2
inch.
Fig. 12 - Measuring Fan Belt Deflection
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1
PART l-A3.152 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Bore . . . . . . . 3.6"
Stroke . . . . . . . 5"
Number of Cylinders . . . 3
Piston Displacement . 152.7 cubic inches
Compression Ratio . . . . . . . . 17.4 to 1
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Maximum Torque. . . 115 ft.-lbs. @ 1250 rpm
Maximum PTO Horsepower . 38. 3 - Nebraska Test No. 807
Combustion System. . . . Combination direct and indirect fuel injection
Low J.cUe Speed . . . . . . · . 675-725 rpm
Rated Engine Speed. . . . · . . . 2000 rpm
High Idle Speed (No Load) · 2135-2185 rpm
Tappet Setting . . . . . . · O. 010" - "Hot"
O. 012" - "Cold"
TORQUE TENSIONS
Cylinder Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 - 60 ft.-Ibs.

Connecting Rods . . . . 45 - 50 ft.-Ibs. - Cadmium-plated
65 - 70 - plain self-locking (early mOdels)
Main Bearings . . . . 110 - 120 ft.-Ibs. (early models)
90 - 95 where slip washers are fitted
Flywheel . . . . · . . 75 ft.-lbs.
Injector Hold-Down Nuts . · 10 - 12 ft.-Ibs.
Balance Weight Capscrews · 50 - 55 ft.-lbs.
Injector Nozzle Cap Nut . . 50 ft.-Ibs.
Idler Gear Hub . . . . . . . 50 ft.-lbs.
Oil Pump Cover Capscrews 18 ft.-Ibs.
ENGINE REBUILDING SPECIFICA TlONS
Pistons
Piston Diameter (Measured at Right Angle from Piston Pin Holes):
Top Piston Skirt Diameter:
Engines with Chrome Liners . 3. 5936" - 3.5946"
Engines with Cast Iron Liners 3.5919" - 3. 5929"
Botiom Piston Skirt Diameter .. 3. 5955" - 3. 5965"
Piston Pin Bore Diameter:
Engines with Chrome Liners . 1. 2495" - 1. 250"
Engines with Cast Iron Liners 1. 24975" - 1. 250"
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS A3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1
Cylinder Liners
Chrome-Plated Cylinder Liners: (A3. 152 Engines Prior to SeriaI No. 1935854)
Inside Diameter of Liner . 3.6015" - 3.6025"
Outside Diameter of Liner . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6875" - 3.6885"
Cylinder Block Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6875" - 3.6885"
Location of Liner Flange Below Top Face of Block . . . . . , .. 0.001" - 0.009"
Cast Iron Cylinder Liners: (A3. 152 Engines SeriaI No. 1935854, and Up)
Inside Diameter of Liner . 3.6015" - 3. 6025"
Cylinder Block Bore. . . . 3. 6875" - 3. 6885"
Outside Diameter of Liner:
Service Liners. . . 3. 6875" - 3. 6885"
Production Liners . ,. 3. 6895" - 3.6905"
Cylinder Liner Fit:
Service Liners. . . . From minus O. 001" to plus O. 001" clearance
Production Liners . From minus O. 001" to minus O. 003" interference
LOcation of Cylinder Liner Flange
Below Top Face of Block . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . Flush to 0.004" below
Piston Pins
Pin Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 24975" - 1. 250"

Clearance in Connecting Rod Bushing . O. 0005" - O. 00175"
Clearance in Piston Pin Bore:
Engines with Chrome Liners . . Minus 0.0005" to plus 0.00025"
Engines with Cast Iron Liners Minus O. 00025" to plus 0.00025"
Piston Rings
Ring Side Clearance (One-Piece Rings):

Compression Rings. . . . . . . . . . . 0.0019" - 0.0039"
Oil Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O. 002" - O. 004"
Ring End Gap (One-Piece Rings) . . . . · 0.009" - 0.013"
(Ring Gap Measured in a 3. 600" Bore)
Connecfing Rods
Inside Bushing Diameter (Finished) . . . . . 1. 2505" - 1. 2515"
Connecting Rod Bore Diameter ... . . . . . 2.3950" - 2.3955"
Rad Bearing Inside Diameter (Standard Size) 2.2515" - 2. 2525"
Crankpin Journal Diameter 2. 2485" - 2. 249"
Bearing Clearance . 0.0025" - 0.004"
Rad Side- Play . . . . . . . 0.0095" - O. 0133"
Crankshaft and Main Bearings
Crankpin Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . · 2. 2485" - 2. 249"

Main Bearing Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . .2.7485" - 2.749"
Main Bearing Inside Diameter (Standard Size) 2. 7520" - 2. 7535"
Bearing Clearance . . 0.003" - 0.005"
Crankshaft End- Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . · 0.002" - 0.014"
2
i
l
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART t SPECIFICA TlONS
Valves
Valve Head Diameter:
Intake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 532" - 1. 536"
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.313" - 1. 317"
stem Diameter (Intake and Exhaust) .. 0.311" - 0.312"
Stem Clearance Limits (Intake and Exhaust) . . . . . . O. 002" - O. 0045"
Face Angle (Intake and Exhaust). . . . Production 450 - 440 service
Valve Interference Angle -
Service (Intake and Exhaust) . . . . . .1 degree (valve face 440 and valve seat 45 0 )
Minimum Margin (Intake and Exhaust) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/32"
Tappet Setting (Intake and Exhaust) . . . . . . . . . . . O. 010" (hot), O. 012" (cold)
Valve Head Clearance Below Face of Cylinder Head
Clearance Limits (Intake and Exhaust) . . . . . . . O. 070" - O. 140" below face
Valve Seats
0
Valve Seat Angle . Production 460 service 45
-
Seat Contact Width 1/16" to 3/32"
Maximum Seat Hun-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"
Valve Guides
Location Above Top Face of Cylinder Head · O. 584" - O. 594"
Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . 0.314" - 0.3155"
Clearance Limits (Stem-to-Guide) . . . . · 0.002" - 0.0045"
Valve Springs
Inner Springs:
Approximate Free Length · . 1-3/8"
Spring Length Valve Closed 1-3/16"
Spring Pressure @ 1-3/16" Length
· . ·
7 - 9 lbs .
·
Spring Length Valve Open
Spring Pressure @ 27/32" Length
·. . . · 27/32"
21 - 25 lbs.
·
Outer Springs:
Approximate Free Length 1-25/32"
Spring Length Valve Closed · 1-1/2"
Spring Pressure @ 1-1/2" Length . 21 - 25 lbs .
Spring Length Valve Open . · . · · .1-5/32"
Spring Pressure @ 1-5/32" Length · 48 - 52 lbs.
Tappets
Stem Diameter . . . · · . O. 62225" - O. 62375"
Tappet Bore in Head . . · · O. 6245" - O. 62575"
Clearance Limits 0.00075" - 0.0035"
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS A3. J 52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1

Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter . . . . . O. 6225" - O. 62375"
Inside Bushing Diameter. . . . . . . O. 6245" - O. 62575"
Clearance Limits (Shaft-to- Bushing) O. 00075" - 0.0035"
Valve Timing (Crankshaft Degrees)

Intake Valve Opens . . 13 0 B. T. D. C.
Intake Valve Closes . 43 0 A. T. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Opens. 460 B. B. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Closes 100 A. T. D. C.
Timing Gears
Timing Gear Backlash . 0.003" - O. 006"
Idler Gear and Hub:
Hub Diameter . . . 2. 123" - 2. 1238"
Idler Gear Bore Diameter . 2. 125" - 2. 1266"
Clearance Limits . . O. 0012" - O. 0036"
Idler Gear End-Play. . 0.005" - 0.015"
Camshaft
Cam Lobe Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3085" - 0.3165"
Camshaft End- Play. Controlled by spring on rear of timing gear cover
Front Bearing:
Front Journal Diameter . 1. 869" - 1. 870"
Front Bearing Bore Diameter . 1. 874" - 1. 877"
Clearance Limits . . . . O. 004" - O. 008"
Center Bearing:
Center Journal Diameter 1. 859" - 1. 860"
Center Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 864" - 1. 867"
Clearance Limits . . . O. 004" - O. 008"
Rear Bearing:
Rear Journal Diameter 1. 839" - 1. 840"
Rear Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 844" - 1. 847"
Clearance Limits . . . . . . O. 004" - O. 008"
FUEL SYSTEM
Diesel Fuel Oil (American Society of Testing Material Specifications)
LlMITING REQUIREMENTS FOR DIESEL FUEL OILS

ASTM Designation: D 975-59 T
Carbon
Wote, Reai-
and due on 90% Viscolity
Sedi- 10 pe'- Disfil- at 100· f.
l'IMnt, cent lation Kin.matie,
Grade of Diesel Fuel Oil Flash Pour pe,. Resid- Ash, Temper. Cantiltok., Coppe'
Point, Point, cent uum, percent atur•• (a, Suybalt Sulfu" 5trip
deg. deg. by yol-. po,. .by cleg • Uni'lersal percent Cor ..... Cetane
Fahr. Fah,. ume cent weight Fahr. soc.) by Woight sion Number
Min. Max. Max. Max. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Max. Max. Min.
No. 1-0 100 Trace 0.15 O.ol 550 1.4 2.5 0.50 No. 3 40
Winter Operation or (34.4)
legol
No. 2-D 125 0.10 0.35 0.02 540 675 2.0 5.8 1.0 No. 3 40
Summer Operation or (32.6) (45)
legal
For cold weather operation the pour point should be specified 10 F. below the ambient temperature at which the
engine is to be operated.
low-atmospheric temperatures as weil as engine operation at high altitudes may require use of fuels with higher
cetane ratings.
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1 SPECIFICATIONS
Fuel Lift Pump
Make . . A. C. Delco - No. 7950540

Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . 6 - 10 psi
Injection Pump
Type and Model Nos .. . . . . CAV Distributor type with mech-

anical governor - Model Nos. 3232038,
3232048, 3232158, 3232178, 3232398,
3232718, 3230010, also 3232788A
Injection Timing - Static . . . . . . . . . 200 B. T. D. C.
Timing Letter on Injection Pump Rotor
for Start of Injection to No. 1 Cylinder ....... E
Low Idle Speed Setting . . . . . . 675 - 725 rpm
High Idle Speed Setting (No Load) . . . . 2135 - 2185 rpm
Fue' Injectors
Nonle Holder Assy. Nozzle Assy. Service Spe.cifications
Part No. Part No.
ln je ctor Assy.
(Perkins Leak.Off System Pressure
Code Letter Setting (PSI)
Part No.) C.A.V. Pe 1S C.A.V. Perkins Hale Size
New Used {lnches}
2646152* Side F BK B32SD5085 2646410 BDL 110S6133 31990 1980 1760 0.0137
2646151* Side with Adaptor F BKB32SD5127 2646411 BDL 110S6133 31990 1980 1760 0.0137
2645568* Side with Adapter DA BKB32S5127 2646412 BDL 110S6133 31990 1835 1760 0.0137
2645569** Side with Adapter DB BKB32S5127 2646412 BDL 11056267 35504 1835 1760 0.0157
* Interchangeable in a/l Engines Prior to Seriai No. 1961449.

**Not Interchangeable - Used in Conjunction w ith CAV No. 3232788A Injection Pump Engine Seriai No. 1961449, and Up.
Fue' Fi'ters
Change Interval:
Primary . . Every 500 hours of operation
Secondary . . Every 1000 hours of operation
LUSR'CATION SYSTEM SPECIF'CA TlONS
Type of Oi' 1
API Service Class "JG" (heavy-duty, high detergent)
Viscosity
Above 900 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAE 30
From 320 F. to 900 F. SAE 20 or 20/20W
From 10° F. to 32° F. . . . . . SAE 10W
From -10<> F. to + 100 F. SAE 5Wor 5W/20
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS A3.152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1
Crankcase Capacity
Without Filter Change . . . . . · 6 U. S. quarts
With Installation of New Filter 6. 5 U. S. quarts
Oi' Change Period
Change Oil at Regular Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Every 100 hours
Oi' Pump
Capacity . . Approximately 5 U. S. gallons per
minute at engine speed of 2000 rpm
Idler Gear Bushing (Inside Diameter) · . O. 6562" - O. 6572"
Idler Shaft Diameter . • O. 65475" - 0.65535"
Bushing Clearance . . . . . . . · 0.00085" - 0.00245"
Idler End-Playon Hub . . . . . · O. 004" - O. 012"
Pump Gears Backlash . . . . . · . O. 012 - O. 018"
Inner to Outer Rotor Clearance 0.006" maximum
Outer Rotor to Pump Body Clearance 0.010" maximum
Top of Rotors to Face of Pump Body Clearance 0.003" maximum
Oïl Pressure Re'ief Valve
Relief Valve Setting · . . . 50 - 65 psi

Relief Valve Spring:
Free Length . . . . . . · . . . . . 1-1/2"
Lbs. Pressure @ 1-1/4". . 5-1/4 - 7-1/4 lbs.
Lbs. Pressure @ 1" . . . 11-1/2 - 13-1/2 lbs.
Oi' Fi'ter
Change Period Every other oil change (200 hours)
By- Pass Valve Opens . 13 - 17 psi (differential pressure)
Engine Oïl Pressure

Operating Oil Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60 psi at normal operating speeds
COOUNG SYSTEM
Radiator Pressure Cap. . . . . . · . . . . . 7 psi
Fan Belt Deflection. . . . . . . . · . . . . . 1/2"
Water Pump Impeller Clearance. O. 010" - O. 020"
Thermostat Opening Temperature . · 1680 to 1760 F.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1 SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
BaHery
Make M- F Part No. 832 709 Ml, 17 plates per cell

Volts . . . . 12
Ampere Hours . . . . 96
Battery Ground . Negative
Generator
Make and Model No's. Used . . . . . . . . . Delco Remy 1100437, 1100383, 1100424
DR-1100437:
Rotàtion Viewing Drive End Clockwise
Circuit . . . . . . . . . .,. A
Brush Spring Tension . 28 oz.
Field Current (80 0 F.):
Amps. . . . . . . . . 1. 58 - 1. 67
Volts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .12
Cold Output @ Approximately 3040 rpm:
Amps . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.0
DR-1100383 and DR-1100424:

Rotation Viewing Drive End Clockwise
Circuit . . . . . . . . . ... A
Brush Spring Tension . 28 oz.
Amps . . . . . . . . . .1. 58 - 1. 67
Volts. . . . . . . . . . . .12
Cold Output @ Approximately 2300:
Amps. .20
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.0
Starling Motor
Make and Model Nos. Used. . . . . . . . . Delco Remy 1107512, 1107503 and 1108662
DR-1107512:
Pinion Clearance. . . . . . . . . 0.010" to O. 140"
Rotation Viewing Drive End . . Clockwise
Minimum Brush Tension (Oz.) . . 35
No Load Test:
Volts . . . . . . . 10.6
Minimum Amps.. 75 (includes solenoid)
Maximum Amps. 95 (includes solenoid)
Minimum RPM 6450
Maximum RPM 8750
Resistance Test:
Volts . . . . . . .. 5
Minimum Amps. 720 (includes solenoid)
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS A3. J 52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION K - PART 1
Starting Motor (Continued)

DR-1107503:
Pinion Clearance. . . . . . . . · O. 010" to O. 140"
Minimum Brush Tension (Oz.) · . . . . . . . 24
No Load Test:
Volts . . . . . . . · . . . . . . 11. 8
Minimum RPM 6300
Maximum RPM 8700
Resistance Test:
Volts . . . . . . . 5
Minimum Amps. 700
Maximum Amps. 825
DR-I108662:
Pinion Clearance . . . . . . . . O. 010" - O. 140"
Minimum Brush Tension (Oz. ) 24
No Load Test:
Volts . . . . . . . 11. 8
Minimum Amps. 40
Maximum Amps. 70
MinimumRPM 6800
Maximum RPM . 9200
Lock Test:
Amps. . . . . . . 615
Minimum Torque (Ft. - Lbs. ) 29
Approx. Volts . . . . . . . . 5.9
Generator Regulator
Make . . . . . Delco Remy, No. 1118981

Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap . . . . . . . . 0.075"
Allowable Voltage Range. .13.6 - 14.5
Adjust to . . . 14
Cut-Out Relay:
Air Gap . . . . 0.020"
Point Opening 0.020"
Adjust to Close At . 12.8 volts
Allowable Closing Range 11. 8 - 14.0 volts
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
PART 2 - ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE

INDEX
Page Page
Engine • • • • • • • • • • • 2 Cylinder Head Installation • • • . • • 11
Engine Removal . . • • • • 2 Adjusting Valve Clearance . . • . • • • 12
Engine Installation • • • • • 4 Cyl inder Block • • • • • • • • • • • • · 13
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly • 4 Piston and Connecting Rad Assembly . · 13
Cylinder Head 6 Cylinder Slèeves • • • • • • • 17
Valves •••• 7 Timing Gear Cover and
Valve Guides 8 Front Crankshaft Oil Seal • 18
Valve Seats • 9 Timing Gears • • • • • . . • .20
Valve Springs la Camshaft • • • • • • • . . • .24
Tappets • • • • • • • • • • la Timing Gear Housing • • . • • 26
Combustion Chamber Caps 11 Crankshaft and Main Bearings .27
Cylinder Head Reassembly 11 Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal ••• .33
Before starting disassembly of the tractor, make a complete diagnosis of the en-
gine to be sure that an overhaul is really necessary. If an overhaul is necessary,
inspect the entire engine for any evidence of external leaks, or defective parts, that
must also be corrected before the tractor is assembled and returned to the customer.
Thoroughly steam clean the engine before disassembling it or removing any com-
panent parts of the fuel system. Also, make sure to cap or otherwise cover all fuel
openings as soon as they are exposed to prevent dirt from entering the fuel system.
CLEANLINE88 18 VERY IMPORTANT AND CANNOT BE OVEREMPHAS1ZED.
Fig. 1 • Front Left-Hond View of 3A·152 Engine
1
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-152 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Where the right and left-hand sides are mentioned in this Part, it refers to the
tractor or engine as viewed from the rear. Direction of engine rotation, however, is
viewed from the front of the engine.
Fig.2 • Rear Right-Hand View of 3A·152 Engine
ENGINE
The 3A-152 Diesel engine, as shown in Fig.'s
1 and 2, is a three cylinder engine using dry
sleeves with a bore of 3.6 inches and a stroke
of 5 inches. The engine has a piston displace-
ment of 152. 7 cu. in. and a compression ratio
of 17.4 to 1. The combustion system utilizes
both direct and indirect fuel injection. Maxi-
mum engine torque is approximately 115ft.-Ibs.
occurring at an engine speed of 1250 RPM.
Engine Removal
To remove the engine and clutch, refer to,
Figs. 3 & 4, and proceed as follows:
1. Drain cooling system, also crankcase if

engine is to be disassembled.
Fig. 3 • Nomenclature
2. Disconnect the headlights if so equipped, 1. Fuel Tank 6. Fuel Line (Hase) • Fuel
and remove hood. 2. Fuel Line • Reserve Tank to Tank ta Fuel Pump
Fuel Tank 7. Tractormeter Cable
3. Starting Aid Reserve Tank 8. Fuel Line • Fuel Pump ta
3. Shut off fuel and remove fuel tank. To re- 4. Fuel Line • Reserve Tank to Tee
5. Fuel Line • Reserve Tank to
Primary Fi Iter
9. Intake Manifold Heater
move fuel tank, proceed as follows: Starting Aid (Thermostart) (Thermostart)
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 4 - Nomenclature
1. Radiator Supporl Tie Rod 5. Fuel Line - Secondary Filler 8. Secondary Fuel Filler 13. Oi 1 Pressure Gouge Line
2. Temperature Indicator Wire to Injection Pump 9. Primary Fuel Fi 11er 14. Transmission Housing
3. Fuel Line - ln je clion Pump 6. Fuel leak-off Line • No. 3 10. Pitman Arm Ado pter PlaIe
to Secondary Filler Cylinder to Tee 11. Steering link (Tie Rod) 15. Rodius Rod
4. Thro"le Rod (left Side) 7. Fuel Shul-off Rod 12. Radius Rod Boil Cap 16. Fronl Ax le Supporl
a. Disconnect main fuel line, No. 6, NOTE: Cap or otherwise cover aU open fuel
Fig. 3, from tank to fuel pump. fines and connections to prevent dirt from
entering into the fuel system. Cleanliness can-
b. Disconnect fuel line, No. 2, Fig. 3, not be overemphasized.
from reservoir tank to fuel tank at
the fuel tank end. 4. Support tractor under transmission hous-
ing and remove front end as an assembly from
c. Disconnect fuel line, No. 4, Fig. 3, tractor. To remove front end as an assembly,
from leak-off tee to reservoir tank proceed as follows:
at the tee end.
a. Disconnect radiator support rod, No.
d. Disconnect fuel line, No. 5, Fig. 3, 1, Fig. 4, and radiator hoses.
from reservoir tank to intake mani-
fold heater (thermostart), at thermo- b. Disconnect tie rods, No. 11, Fig. 4, at
start end. the pitman arm, No. 10, Fig. 4, end.
e. Remove boit securing the reservoir c. Release the radius rods, No. 15, Fig.
tank, No. 3, Fig. 3, and carefully 4, at their ball ends by removing the
remove reservoir with fuel Hnes ball caps, No. 12, Fig. 4.
aUached to it.
d. Unbolt the front axle support, No.
f. Remove nuts, washers and springs 16, Fig. 4, from the ail pan and with
from bolts securing fuel tank, then the engine supported, carefully roll
remove fuel tank. the front end away from tractor.
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A- J52 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
5. Disconnect the battery and disconnect elec-

trical wires from generator, intake manifold
heater (thermostart), No. 9, Fig. 3, and starter,
then remove starter.
6. Disconnect tractormeter, No. 7, Fig. 3,

and pipe from air cleaner to intake manifold.
7. Disconnect and remove the following lines:
a. Fuel line, No. 8, Fig. 3, from fuel

pump to primary fuel filter.
b. Leak-off line; No. 6, Fig. 4, from

No. 3 injector to leak-off tee. Fig. 5 - Rocker Arm Shoft Assembly
1. Rocker Shaft Oi 1 Line 4. Rocker Shaft Braoket
c. Injection pump fuel supply line, No. 2. Left-Hand Rocker Arms (Support)
5, Fig. 4, and return line, No. 3, 3. Right-Hand Rocker Arms 5. Breather Pipe Hase
Fig. 4.
d. Oil pressure gauge line, No. 13,
Fig. 4. REMOVAL
8. Disconnect the temperature indicator To remove the rocker arm shaft assembly,
wire, No. 2, Fig. 4, and exhaust pipe. refer to Fig. 5, and proceed as follows:
9. Disconnect and remove the throttle rod,

No. 4, Fig. 4, from injection pump and cross 1. Remove hood and fuel tank.
shaft.
2. Disconnect the breather pipe hose, No. 5,
10. Disconnect fuel shut-off, rod, No. 7, Fig. Fig. 5, then remove nuts securing rocker arm
4, from injection pump, then remove the spring coyer and remove coyer from engine.
return clip and slide rod rearward.
3. Disconnect oilline, No. 1, Fig. 5, to rock-
11. With tractor supported under front of er arm shaft at cylinder head end.
transmission housing, attach a chain to the en-
gine lift brackets and support weight of engine 4. Work from the center to both ends and
in a hoist. Remove all cap screws and nuts gradually loosen the nuts securing the rocker
securing the engine and transmission housing shaft supports, No. 4, Fig. 5.
adapter plate, No. 14, Fig. 4, to the transmission
housing and battery platform, then carefully re- 5. After loosening the nuts, remove them
move engine. and lift the rocker arm shaft assembly from
cylinder head.
Engine Installàtion
To install the engine reverse the steps listed DISASSEM8L y
under heading "Engine Removal".
Before disassembling the rocker arm shaft
NOTE: Wh en joining the engine to the trans- assembly, observe that the rocker arms are
mission housing, turn the crankshaft and/or right-hand and left-hand assemblies and cannot
P. T. O. to line up the transmission shafts with be interchanged, refer to Nos. 2 & 3, Fig. 5.
the clutch plate splines. Observe also that there is a slot, No. 2, Fig. 6,
in the front-end of the rocker shaft and that it
is aligned with a punch mark, No. 1, Fig. 6, on
CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLy the front support bracket. The amount of ail
circulating to the rocker assembly can be ad-
The cylinder head assembly as referred to in justed by positioning this slot. The punch mark
this part consists of the cylinder head complete on the front support bracket (stamped 30 de-
with the valves, tappets, and rocker arm shaft grees from vertical position) show.s where the
assembly. slot must normally be set.
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2 ENG/NE OVERHAUL. PROCEDURES
Todisassemble the rocker arm shaft assem-

bly, refer to Fig. 7, and proceed as follows:
1. Remove the retaining snap ring from each

end of the rocker shaft.
2. Remove the support brackets, rocker

arms, spacer springs, spacers and rocker shaft
oil line from rocker shaft. Lay aH parts in
order, so they may be installed in their same
location.
3. Remove the plugs from the rocker shaft

so that the shaft may be thoroughly cleaned.
INSPECTION
Clean aH parts in a suitable solve nt; make

sure aU oil holes are open and proceed as
Fig. 6 • Front Support Marked to Shaw Correc:t
follows:
Positioning of Siot
1. Punch Mark on Front Support 2. Rocker Shah Siot Correctly Positioned 1. Inspect the rocker arm bearing surfaces
of the shaft for scoring. Replace shaft if
scored.
NOTE: Only in the event ofinadequate, or
excessive rocker arm lubrication should the 2. Inspect for and replace any rocker arms
slot be repositioned. Minimum oi/ jlow occurs that have seized and have 100 se bushings. Aiso
with the slot in the vertical position. discard rocker arms with worn or pitted con-
tact surfaces.
NOTE: Rocker arms and bushings are not

serviced separately and if either is worn or
defective, new rocker arms are avai/able with
bushings installed and reamed to proper size.
3. Measure diameter of bearing surfaces on

rocker shaft and inside diameter of rocker arm
bushings. Proper clearance between rocker
arm bushings and shaft is 0.0008 - 0.0035 inch.
Replace shaft and/or rocker arms if clearance
exceeds 0.0035 inch.
REASSEMBL. y
To reassemble the rocker arm assembly,

proceed as follows:
1. Install aIl parts in their correct sequence

Fig. 7 • Nomenc:lature and Sequenc:e of Parts as shown in Figs. 7 & 8. Make sure that the
1. Rocker Shaft 6. Rocker Shah Spocer slot in the front end of the rocker shaft is
2.
3.
Racker Shalt End Plug
Snap Ring
7. Rocker Shalt Spring (Center) matched and lined up with the punch mark on
8. Rocker Shah Qi 1 Line
4. Rocker Shaft Bracke! 9. Rocker Shaft Spring (Front the front support bracket, also that the stud
(Support) and Rear)
5. Rocker Shaft Spring (Frant 10. Right·Hand Racker Arms
holes in the support brackets are toward the in-
and Rear) 11. Left-Hand Rocker Arms take manifold side of engine. Rocker arms are
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A- J52 ENGINE GROUP - SECTION D - PART 2
Cylinder Head
REMOVAL (ENGINE INSTALLED IN TRACTOR)
To remove the cylinder head thoroughly clean

the engine and proceed as follows:
1. Remove hood and drain cooling system.
2. Disconnect the battery.
3. Shut off fuel and remove fuel tank. To re-

move the fuel tank refer to step No. 3, under
heading "Engine Removal".
4. Disconnect the following parts:

Fig. 8 • Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly Correctly Assembled
a. Electrical wire from the intake mani-
right-handed and left-handed and must be posi- fold heater (thermostart).
tioned as shown in Figs. 7 & 8.
b. Air cleaner pipe at intake manifold.
2. Complete reassembly by installing a new
snap ring and plug at each end of the rocker c. Radiator support rod at the water
shaft. outlet connection.
1. Radiator Support Ti. Rod 4. Fuel Leak-off lines 6. Upper Lubrication Pipe 9. Thermostat Body
2. Temperature Indicctor Wire 5. Fuel Leak-off line (Oil line) 10. Water By·Pass Hase
3. Injection Nozzi. Assembly Assembly (No. 3 Cylinder 7. Breather Pipe Hose 11. Fuel Injection lines
(In je ct or) ta Tee) 8. Water Outlet Connection (High Pressure)
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
d. Upper end of by-pass hose, No. 10, IMPORTANT: Ifit is necessary to plane the
Fig. 9, from thermostat body. head, make certain when assembling it, that
the valves are within the specified distance
e. Breather pipe hose, No. 7, Fig. 9, below the face of the cylinder head.
from rocker arm cover.
Examine the water jacket plugs on the cy-
f. Exhaust pipe from exhaust manifold. linder head and all of the cylinder block studs
for looseness, damaged or stripped threads.
g. Temperature indicator, No. 2, Fig. Replace aU damaged or defective parts.
9, from thermostat body.
Volves
5. Remove the following parts: The valves are retained in the head by caps
and split-type cap retainers. Intake and exhaust
a. Top radiator hose from water out- valves are not interchangeable. Both valves
let connection to radiator. are manufactured with 45 degree angle faces
and have stem diameters of 0.311 - 0.312 inch.
b. Rocker arm cover and rocker arm The valves, valve springs and retaining assem-
shaft assembly from engine. blies are shown in Fig. 10.
c. Fuel leak-off line, No. 5, Fig. 9,

from No. 3 in je ctor to leak-off Une
tee.
d. Injector leak-off lines, No. 4, Fig.
9, from in je ctors. Remove liIies as
one assembly.
e. High pressure fuel injection lines,
No. 11, Fig. 9, from injection pump
to in je ctors.
f. Fuel in je ctors, No. 3, Fig. 9, from
cylinder head.
g. Oilline, No 6, Fig. 9, from cylinder
block to cylinder head.
IMPORTANT: Cover al/fuelline openings to
prevent dirt Jrom entering the fuel system.
Cleanliness is very important and cannot be Fig. 10 - Intake and Exhaust Valve Assemblies
overemphasized.
1. Exhaust Va Ive 4. Inner Valve Springs
2. Intake Valve 5. Outer Valve Springs
6. Loosen the cylinder head nuts in A RE- 3. Lower Valve Spring 6. Upper Valve Spring Caps
Retainers 7. Cap Retainers (Keepers)
VERSE ORDER to the tightening sequence shown
in Fig. 17, then carefully remove the cylinder New valve specifications are as follows:
head. Remove manifolds,. water outlet connec-
tion, thermostat and thermostat body from cy-
linder head. Intake Valves
INSPECTION
Face Angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 45 degrees
Stem Diameter ............ 0.311 - 0.312 inch
Disassemble the cylinder head and thoroughly Total.Length ................... 4.5 inches
clean it and other connecting parts. Make sure Head Diameter .......... 1. 532 - 1. 536 inches
all sealing surfaces are clean and not damaged.
Clean all scale from the water passages in the
cylinder head and inspect head for cracks. Use
a straight edge and determine if cylinder head
is warped. If necessary the cylinder head may Exhaust Valves
be planed up to 0.020 inch; however, UNDER Face Angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. 45 degrees
NO CIRCUMSTANCES MUST ITS TffiCKNESS Stem Diameter ........... 0.311 - 0.312 inch
BE REDUCED BELOW 2.980 INCHES. (3 inch Total Length. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 inches
thickness new). Head Diameter ......... 1.313 - 1.317 inches
7
-MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A- J52 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 11 - Using a Valve Spring Compresl!0r to Remove Valves
REMOVAL AND INSPECTION
To remove the valves use a valve spring Fig. 12 - Shouldered-Type Valve Guide
compressor as shown in Fig. 11. Place valves
1. Shoulder
in a numbered rack so that if they are to be re-
used they may be installed into their original
valve guides. The original valves are numbered
consecutively from the front of the engine. INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and inspect all valves. If Thoroughly clean and examine guides. Re-
valves appear to be in good condition, measure place guides that are scored, or otherwise
the following: damaged. Measure the inside diameter of the
valve guides and replace guides if diameter is
1. Thickness of valve margin -- discard more than 0.3155 incb, or if valve guide-to-
valves with margins less than 1/32 inch. stem clearance exceeds 0.0045 inch.
2. Stem diameter -- discard valves that have

a stem diameter of 0.310 inch or less.
REPLACEMENT
SERVICING Remove valve guides by pressing them out
Reface new and old serviceable valves with a the TOP of the cylinder head. To install new
44 degree face angle, (one degree interference valve guides use a piloted drift 0.002 inch
angle used). Discard any valves that are bent smaUer than the inside diameter of the guides
or have a margin thickness of 1/32 inch or less and PRESS (do not drive) them into position
after refacing. Replacement valves should be from the TOP of the cylinder head. The guides
numbered prior to installation. are correctly positioned when the shoulder of
the guide SEATSagainst the top of the cylinder
head. MAKE SURE THAT THE SHOULDER 1S
Valve Guides FULLY SEATED AGAINST THE HEAD. AIso,
The 'shouldered-type valve guides used in the when new valve guides are installed, reface the
engine are shown in Fig. 12. valve seats to insure concentricity of the seat
to the guide.
1ntake and exhaust valve guides are inter-
changeable. 1nside diameter of valve guides is NOTE: New shaulderless type valve
0.314 - 0.3155 inch. The desired clearance guides, as shawn in Fig. 13, are avail-
between the guide and valve stem is 0.002 - able and have been installed in engines
0.0045 inch for both intake and exhaust valves. with the fallowing serial numbers:
Replacement valve guides are pre-sized and do 1832543 -1833200
not require reaming. 1846220 and up
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLEAN UP AND TRUE THE FACE OF THE

SEAT.
TOP
IMPORTANT: The head of the intake and
- exhaust valves when instal/ed in the cylinder
head, must be between 0.066-0.140 inch be-
low the cylinder headface. DO NOT reface
the valve seat or valve to the point that the
valve depth exceeds the amount specified
After refacing the valve seats, use 20 and 70

degree stones to narrow the seat contact area
. to 1/16 - 3/32 inch. Install valve and check
with prussian blue for width and location of con-
tact area. Contact are a must be in the middle
- 20° C HAMF ER
of the valve face.
\l---JI
V
INSTALLING VALVE SEAT INSERTS
Valve seat inserts are not installed in pro-
duction engines. It is possible in most cases,
however, to install inserts to service engines
Fig. 13 - New Shoulderless-Type Valve Guide if the existing valve seat is worn or damaged to
the point where refacing would place the rela-
The shoulderless guide (Part No. 732 445 Ml) tionship of the valve head to the cylinder head
is fully interchangeable with the shouldered face beyond the service limits of 0.066 - 0.140
type, but must ALWAYS be accompanied by the inch. This dimension applies to both the intake
new lower valve spring retainer (Part No. 731 and exhaust valves.
959 Ml) in place of the previous retainer (Part
No. 731 333 Ml) as used with the shouldered To install valve seat inserts proceed as
type guides. follows:
When installing the shoulderless guides, in- 1. Remove old valve guide and thoroughly
sert the 20 degree chamferred end (bath ends clean the valve guide bore in the cylinder head.
are chamferred, but with dtiferent angles) from
,the TOP of the cylinder head. PRESS THE 2. Press new valve guide into position.
VALVE GUIDE INTO THE HEAD UNTIL THE
TOP END (45 DEGREE CHAMFERRED END) 3. Install a pilot into the new valve guide and
EXTENDS 0.584-0.594 INCH ABOVE THE TOP machine the recess in the cylinder head face to
FACE OF THE HEAD. the dimensions shown in Fig. 14.
Valve Seats 4. Remove ALL cuttings and thoroughly clean
Bath the intake and exhaust valves seat di- the insert recess, make sure that ALL burrs
rectly in the cylinder head, with no seat inserts are removed and that the recess is completely
being used. clean.
INSPECTION 5. Shrink the new seat insert by packing it in
Thoroughly inspect each valve seatfor pitting, dry ice.
burning or other evidence of leakage. If any of
these conditions exist or if new valve guides 6. Select the correct sized driver extensions
have been installe d, the valve seats must be re- (slightly smaller th an the diameter of the re-
faced. cess) and using a pilot and driver PRESS THE
INSERT INTO POSITION. Do not use lubricant.
SERVICING
Select the proper diameter stones (1-5/8 inch 7. Make sure that the insert has been pressed
diameter for intake valve seats, 1-3/8 inch in squarely and that it completely contacts the
diameter for exhaust valve seats) and reface bottom of the recess.
the intake and exhaust valve seats to a 45 de-
gree angle, (one degree interference angle 8. Reface the valve seat insert as in normal
used). REMOVE ONLY ENOUGH METAL TO procedure.
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A- J52 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
Inner SprÎng
r:=. Approximate free length . . . . . . . 1-3/8 inches

( Spring length valve closed . . . . 1-3/16 inches
Spring pressure at 1-3/16 inches. ., 7-9 lbs.
(\ ~
Spring length valve open. . . . . 27/32 inch
Spring pressure at 27/32 inch. .. 21-25 lbs.
1
- Tappets
'---" ....... The tappets are of the mushroom-type and
~_\.
-- .. -
... _---
,\ operate directly in the cylinder head. Fig. 15
shows a tappet removed from the cylinder head.
0.248 - 0.250 INCH (DEPTH) 0.040
0.050 INCH RADII
REMOVAL
lNTAKE VALVE
1.874 - 1.875 INCH To remove the tappets proceed as follows:
EXHAUST VALVE
1 .624 - 1 .625 INCH
Fig. 14 - Machining Dimensions for Valve Seat Inserts
NOTE: When refacing the insert, work as

close as possible to the minimum figure of
0.066 inch in order to permit further refacing
during subsequent overhauls.
Valve Springs
The valve springs, caps and split-type retain-
ers are interchangeable for the intake and ex-
haust valves. Two valve springs are used for
each vàlve. Neither one of the springs have
damper coils and may be installed with either
end up.
INSPECTION
Discard any valve springs that do not have
square ends, also those that are discolored, Fig. 15 - Tappet Nomenclature
damaged or otherwise defective. If springs ap- 1. Teppet Foce 3. Adjusting Screw Lock NUI
pear to be in good condition, check in a spring 2. Teppet 4. Teppet Adjusting Screw
tester and compare readings with the following

specifications: 1. Remove the cylinder head.
2. Remove tappet adjusting screw and lock-

nut.
Outer SprÎng
Approximate free length ....... 1-25/32 inches 3. Remove tappets and number them so that
Spring length valve closed ....... 1-1/2 inches they may be installed into their original bores.
Spring pressure at 1-1/2 inch length ......... .
21 - 25 lbs.
Spring length valve open ......... 1-5/32 inches INSPECTION
Spring pressure at 1-5/32 inch length ........ . Thoroughly clean the tappets and inspect them
48 - 52 lb. as follows:
10
'MASSEY -FERGUSON
1. Make sure tappets are free to rotate and 2. Using a valve spring compressor install
that they will slide into their bores under their the valves into their proper guides. Refer to
own weight. Fig. 10, for proper sequence of parts.
2. Inspect the tappet face. If the face of the 3. Replace combustion chamber caps if they
tappet is worn or damaged, the tappet must be have been removed. Use new copper gaskets.
replaced.
4. Replace thermostat body and water outlet
connection if they have been removed. Use new
N.OTE: Do not regrind the face of the tappet.
gaskets and a suitable sealing compound.
3. Measure the tappet bore and the tappet

stem diameter. Clearance between bore and Cylinder Head Installation
stem must be between 0.00075 - 0.0035 inch.
InstaU new tappets if clearance exceeds 0.0035 1. Make sure the mating surfaces of the cy-
inch. linder block and head are clean, then lightly
coat both sides of the cylinder head gasket with
a suitable sealing compound.
2. Note that the head gasket is marked "Top

Front" and install it onto the block in this posi-
tion.
3. Install the cylinder head and tighten the

cylinder head nuts in the sequence shown in
Fig. 17, to 55-60 ft.-lbs. torque.
NOTE: Install a washer under the nut on the
cylinder head stud, shown by No. 15 in Fig.
17. This stud is shouldered and is used to pre-
vent the installation of another head gasket
which is similar and could be accidentally
installed.
4. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly and
connect rocker shaft oil line to cylinder head.
Make sure that the slotted end of the rocker
shaft is towards the front of engine and that the
slot is aligned with the punch mark on the front
Fig. 16 - Nomenclature support.
1. Combustion Chambers and 2. Copper Gasket
Throat Passages 3. Combustion Chamber Caps
5. Set valve clearance to 0.012 inch "cold".
Combustion Chamber Caps 6. Connect oil Une between cyUnder head

and block.
Whenever the engine is torn down for a major
overhaul, the combustion chamber caps, No". 3, 7. Install in je ctors , USING NEW WASHERS
Fig. 16, should be removed and the caps and and tighten nuts to 21 - 24 ft.-lbs. torque. Make
the throat passages, No. 1, Fig. 16 inside of the Sure to install only one washer under each
cylinder head thoroughly cleaned. When in- in je ctor.
stalling the caps always use new copper gas-
kets, then tighten nuts evenly until they are 8. Connect the thermostat body connection
securely tightened. to the thermostat body, using a new gasket and
a suitable sealing compound.
Cylinder Head Reassembly
9. Install the rocker cover using a new gas-
Make sure aU parts are clean and service- ket.
able, then proceed as follows:
1. Lubricate the valve stems and guides Complete reassembly by reversing the steps
with engine oil. listed under cyUnder head "Removal". ~~ke
11
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 17 • Cylinder Head Tightening Sequence
sure to use new gaskets when assembling the 4. Check and adjust clearances for valve
engine and DO NOT BEND FUEL LINES. Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 5, see Fig. 18.
NOTE: After al! parts and sheet metal have 5. Rotate the crankshaft one more revolution
been instal!ed, turn the fuel "on" and bleed (360 degrees) with the T.D.C. mark on the fly-
the fuel system before attempting to starf the
engine.
Adjusting Valve Clearance

The design of the three cylinder crankshaft
(three thrbws - 120 degrees apart) makes it
necessary to use a slightly different procedure
for adjusting the valve clearances. Both the in-
take and exhaust valve clearances should be set
at 0.010 inch "Hot", or at 0.012 inch "Cold".
To adjust the clearance "Cold n proceed as
follows:
1. Remove the fuel tank and rocker cover.
2. Remove the plug from the inspection hole Fig. 18 • Adjusting Valve Clearance
in the left front side of the transmission hous-
ing adapter plate.
wheel positioned in the middle of the inspection
3. Rotate the crankshaft in normal direction hole, then adjust the clearances for valves Nos.
of engine rotation so that No. 1 piston is coming 4 and 6.
up on compression stroke, then continue turning
until the T.D.C. mark on flywheel is positioned 6. Replace plug in inspection hole and com-
in the middle of the inspection hole. plete reassembly of tractor.
12
MASSEY-FERGUSON
CYLINDER BLOCK ASSEMBL y

The cylinder block assembly as referred to
in this part consists of the engine (removed
from the tractor) without the cylinder head, oil
pan, generator, water pump and other exterior
assemblies.
Cylinder Block (Stripped)

The cylinder block as shown in Fig. 19, is a
one piece casting made of heavy duty cast iron
alloy and is properly machined to accept the
chrome plated dry-type cylinder sleeves.
Fig. 20 - Cylinder Block and Main Bearing Caps are Marked

for Proper Identification
1. Block Seriai Number
Inspection
Mter the cylinder block has been stripped of

aU removeable parts, the entire casting includ-
ing the oil and coolant passages must be thor-
oughly cleaned and the black inspected as
foUows:
Front
1. Inspect for and replace expansion plugs

showing signs of leakage.
2. Inspect for and replace studs and cap-

screws that are stripped, stretched, or other-
-@ wise damaged. Make sure that aU studs are
screwed tightly in the block.
3. Use a straight edge and a feeler gauge and

Fig. 19 - Nomenclature inspect the face of the black for warping. If the
1. Plugs (Coolant) 6. Boit (Bearing Cap) block is warped it must be replaced.
2. Plug (Oil) 7·. lock (Beoring Cop Boit)
3. Dowels 8. locating Dowel (Main Bearing Cap)
4. Cylinder Block 9.
10.
Plug (Oil)
Stud (Cylinder Head)
4. Thoroughly inspect the black for cracks,
5. Moin Bearing Caps
see Section A, Part 5 in this group for method
of detecting cracks.
The main bearing bores in the cylinder block
and main bearing caps are machined with the Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
caps in place. For this reason the bearing caps
are not replaceable and cannot be interchanged Fig. 21 shows the parts of the piston and con-
between cylinder blocks, or located in different necting rod assembly. The pistons are cam
positions. For identification purposes the main ground, and are made of a special light alumi-
bearing caps are numbered from the front of num alloy. Five piston rings are installed to
the engine and bath the cylinder block and main each piston; three compression rings and one
bearing caps are marked with a seriaI number. oil ring above the piston pin ànd one ail ring
The caps must always be installed in their ori- below the pin.
ginal location with their seriaI number toward
the seriaI number on the block, see No. 1, Fig. The pistons are numbered from the front of
20. the engine as shown in Fig. 22.
13
_ _ _ _ -...J
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-J52 ENGINE GROUP - SECTION D - PART 2
Fig.21 - Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly Nomenclature Fig.23 - Connecting Rods are Numbered and Graded by Weight
1. Top Compression Ring 8. Piston Pin Retainers 1. Weight Number 2. Cylinder Lacating Number
2. No. 2 Compression Ring 9. Connecting Rad Bushing
3. No.3 Compression Rin~ 10. Connecting Rad
4.
5.
No.4 Ring (Oil Control)
No. 5 Ring (Oi 1 Control)
11.
12.
Connecting Rad Bearing Inserts
Cannecting Rad Boit and Self
Numbers Rod Weight (includes bear-
6. Piston Locking Nut ing cap, piston
7. Piston Pin 13. Connecting Rad Cap
pin bushing,
also nuts and
bolts.)
No. 9 .......... 3 lbs. 0 ozs. - 3 lbs. 2 ozs.

No. 10 .......... 3 lbs. 2 ozs. - 3 lbs. 4 ozs.
No. 11. ......... 3 lbs. 4 ozs. - 3 lbs. 6 ozs.
No. 12 .......... 3 lbs. 6 ozs. - 3 lbs. 8ozs.
No. 13 .......... 3 lbs. 8 ozs. - 3 lbs. 10 ozs.
No. 14 .......... 3 lbs. 10 ozs. - 3 lbs. 12 ozs.
The full floating-type piston pins are retain-

ed by snap rings and are available in standard
size only.
Removal
Fig. 22 - Pistons Numbered from Front of Engine Whenever it is necessary to service the pis-
ton and connecting rod assemblies they should
The connecting rods are fitted with replace- be removed as follows:
able piston pin bushings. The crank end of the
rods are fitted with interchangeable precision 1. Drain oil, also coolant from radiator and
type bearing inserts. Replacement bearing in- cylinder block.
serts are available in standard size and 0.010
inch, 0.020 inch and 0.030 inch undersize. The 2. Remove hood, main fuel tank, rocker cov-
connecting rods and bearing caps are numbered er, rocker assembly and cylinder head.
from the front of the engine as shown by No. 2,
in Fig. 23, with the numbers opposite the cam- 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to Part 4 in this
shaft side of the engine. Connecting rods are section for removal procedure.
graded for weight and are also numbered as
shown by No. 1, Fig. 23, to indicate their weight. 4. Unscrew the self-locking nuts from the
The rod weight numbers and their respective rod bearing caps and remove caps and bearing
weights are as follows: inserts.
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
5. Remove any carbon accumulation that may that are scored or otherwise damaged. If pis-
be present around the top of the cylinder and tons appear serviceable proceed as follows:
very carefully feel the upper piston ring travel
area to detect if there is a slight cylinder ridge
present. 1. Measure the bottom piston skirt diameter
at a right angle to the piston pin.
IMPORTANT: If ANY cylinder ridge is NOTE: The piston is cam ground and is
present in the chrome lined sleeves, remove the slightly tapered (0.001-0.002 inch) being larger
ridge to a/low removal of the pistons, then at the bottom than at the top. New bottom
insta/l new sleeves before reassembling the piston skirt diameter is 3.5955-3.5965 inches.
engine. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RIDGE Discard pistons that are co/lapsed or worn.
REAM, OR HONE THE OLD SLEEVES
AND REUSE THEM. Refer to heading
"Cylinder Sleeves" on Page 17 for additional
information.
6. Remove piston and rod assemblies from 2. Install new rings as outlined on Page 16
top of block. and inspect for worn ring grooves. Piston ring
groove clearance specifications are as follows:
NOTE: Identify and lay ail parts out in their
order of removal so that if serviceable they
may be reinsta/led in their original cylinders. No. 1 compression ring ... 0.0019 - 0.0039 inch
No. 2 compression ring. .0.0019 - 0.0039 inch
7. Discard worn piston rings and clean en- No. 3 compression ring. .0.0019 - 0.0039 inch
tire assembly. No. 4 oil ring. . . ... .. .0.002 - 0.004 inch
No. 5 oil ring. . . . .. .. .0.002 - 0.004 inch
Removing Piston from Conneding Rod Discard pistons that have worn ring grooves or
bent lands.
To separate the piston from the connecting
rod, first mark the piston to indicate the front
of the engine and remove the snap ring from
each end of the piston pin. Heat piston in oil or
water to 140 - 160 degrees F., and slip piston
pin out of the piston.
3. Inspect the piston pin bores for wear.
Discard pistons with bores that measure more
PISTONS AND RINGS than 1.250 inches or those that when fitted with
a new piston pin require less than a light press
Pistons
fit at 1600 F. Correct clearance between pis-
Thoroughly inspect the pistons as outlined in ton pin and piston pin bore is from minus 0.0005
the general engine section. Discard pistons inch to plus 0.00025 inch.
Piston Rings
NEVER INSTALL USED RINGS ONTO A NEW OR USED PISTON
Before installing the piston rings, check the ring end gap in the lower unworn por-
tion of the cylinder sleeve .. Proper ring end gap in a new sleeve is 0.009 - 0.013 inch.
NOTE: The number three compression rings (third one down from top of piston) in engines up to
seriai No. 1829891 were ail one piece type rings. Engines afier this seriai number arefitted with a
three piece segmented type ring in the number three compression ring groove. When installing new
rings use the three piece laminated type ring for more positive oil control.
When installing the piston rings, use a piston ring tool for aIl of the rings except
the later type 3 piece segmented ring used in the third ring groove. Install the lowest
groove ring first, then the next lowest, etc., with the top groove ring installed last.
Proper ring installation is shown in Fig. 24. Description of rings and their correct
placement is as follows:
15
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Description antl Placement of Piston Rings
No. 1 Compression Ring . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . Parallel faced cast iron ring and may
be installed either side up.
No. 2 Compression Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Taper faced cast iron ring and MUST
be installed in second groove with side
marked "Top" towards top of piston.
No. 3 Compression Ring
A. One pie ce ring installed prior to Taper faced cast iron and MUST be in-
Engine SeriaI No. 1829891 stalled with side marked "Top" towards
top of piston.
B. Segmented ring installed in engines Three piece segmented type and each
with SeriaI Nos. 1829891 and up piece must be carefully spiraled onto the
piston by hand as follows:
1. Place one of the segments (aU 3 are

identical) horizontally in the palm of the
hand and radiaUy compress it. Notice
that when the ring is compressed the ring
ends either point up or down, depending
upon which side of the segment is turned
up.
2. Fit the first segment onto the pis-

ton so that when held and radially com-
pressed the ring ends point downward.
Position this ring at the bottom of the
groove with the gap over the piston pin
bore.
3. Fit the second segment on top of the

first so that when held and compressed
as described above, the ring ends point
upward. Position the gap at 180 degrees
ta the first segment gap.
4. Fit the third segment on top of the

second sa that when held and compressed
as described, the ring ends point upward.
Position the gap directly over that of the
first segment. Fig. 24 shows the seg-
Fig. 24 - Piston Rings Installed Correctly onto Piston ments correctly installed.
No. 4 Oïl Control Ring . Cast iron scraper and may be installed
(above piston pin) either side up.
No. 5 Oïl Control Ring . Cast iron scraper and may be installed
(below piston pin) either side up.
16
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CONNECTING RODS Install NEW snap rings when installing piston

pins.
Check connecting rods for proper alignment.
Discard or straighten any rods that are mis-
aligned. INSTALLA TION OF PISTON AND
CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBL y
NOTE: REPLACE ALL UNSERVICE-
ABLE RODS WITH NEW ONES OF 1. If the original pistons are serviceable and
THE SAME WEIGHT. Replacement rods are to he installed, make sure that the piston
are not numbered as to the correct cylinder and connecting rod are assembled together with
location and should be marked prior to in- the original thrust face of the piston opposite
stallation. the connecting rod numbers.
Install a new piston pin bushing if inside bush- NOTE: New pistons may be installed with
ing diameter exceeds 1.2515 inches. either side being the thrust face.
Connecting rod bearing inserts are available 2. Stagger the ring gaps, then install the
in standard size or in 0.010 inch, 0.020 inch pistons into their original cylinders with THE
and 0.030 inch undersize. CONNECTING ROD NUMBERS OPPOSITE THE
CAMSHAFT.
New specifications are as follows:
3. If the old bearing inserts are to be used,
Crankpin diameter. . . . 2.2485 - 2.249 inches install them into their original locations and
Recommended bearing install the bearing caps. Make sure cap marks
clearance .. 0.002 - 0.0035 inch are in register and torque connecting rod caps
Rod side play . . . . . . . 0.0095 - 0.013 inch evenly to 70 - 80 ft.-Ibs.
NOTE: Always use NEW self-locking nuts.
Bushing Replacement
When replacing piston pin bushings support Cylinder Sleeves
the connecting rod in a press and press out the
worn bushings. To install the new bushing, The thin steel dry-type sleeves are chrome
position the bushing on the connecting rod; make plated on the inside. Sleeves are manufactured
sure oil ho le in bushing is in line with oil hole with an inside diameter of 3.6015 - 3.6025
in connecting rod, then use a bushing driver to inches.
press the new bushing into place. Ream the ex-
cess mate rial from the bushing and then finish The top of the sleeves are flanged and when
hone the bushing to an inside diameter of installed must extend a specified distance below
1.2505 - 1.2515 inches. Proper clearance be- the face of the cylinder block. Sleeves fit into
tween the piston pin and the piston pin bushing the cylinder bores from 0.001 inch loose to
is 0.0005 - 0.00175 inch. 0.001 inch tight.
PISTON PINS
Piston pins are 1.24975 - 1.250 inches in
diameter and are available only in standard Inspection
size. The full f~oating type piston pins are re-
tained in the piston by snap rings. Thoroughly clean the sleeves and inspect
them for scoring or other damage.
New pins fit from minus 0.0005 inch to plus
0.00025 inch clearance in the piston (thumb
press fit in piston at 160 degrees F.). NOTE: The chrome plating inside the cylin-
der sleeves is only 0.0015 inch thick, but is so
Fit new pins in connecting rod bushings to extremely hard that it provides the sleeves
0.0005 - 0.00175 inch clearance. with an exceptionally long life.
17
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-152 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
If the sleeve is worn to the point where any

slight ridge can be detected, or if the plating
appears to be worn and the inside diameter of
the sleeve exceeds 3.6045 inches, the sleeve
must be replaced.
Replacement
To replace the cylinder sleeves proceed as
foUows: (Assuming piston and connecting rods
already removed)
1. Remove the studs from the face of the

cylinder block.
2. Use a press with a suitable adapter or a

sleeve puller, as shown in Fig. 25 and remove
Fig. 26 - Cylinder Sleeve Instolled Correc:tly
IMPORTANT: MAKE SURE THE BORE

AND THE SLEEVE ARE CLEAN. A Iso,
care must be used in the handling of sleeves,
as the slightest damage or burr can cause con-
siderable distortion ta the sleeve when installed.
4. Chill the sleeves, then install by pressing

. them into the block. When correctly installed,
the top face of the flange must be 0.001 - 0.009
inch below the top face of the cylinder block as
shawn in Fig. 26.
~. Make sure the sleeves are fully seated,

then allow a period of time for the sleeves to
"settle in" and measure the inside diameter in
two directions (at right angles) at the top, cen-
ter and bottom of sleeve. Sleeves must be con-
centric and measure from 3.6015 - 3.6025
inches in diameter.
Fig. 25 • Removing Sleeve from Cylinder Bloc:k

Timing Gear Coyer and Front
the sleeve from the top of the cylinder block. Crankshaft Oil Seal
The diameter of the cylinder block bore is
3.6875 - 3.6885 inches. The timing gear coyer is manufactured with
facings for mounting the water pump and oil
3. After removing the sleeve THOROUGHL y fiUer coyer. The oil filler coyer, No. 3, Fig.
clean the cylinder block bore, with particular 27, is conveniently located directly in front of
attention given to the top recess for the flange the injection pump drive gear ta facilitate re-
of the sleeve. moval of the injection pump.
18
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 27 - Nomenclature Fig. 28 Nomenclature

1. Breather Pipe 3. Water Pump
1. Camshalt Thrust $pring 3. Oi 1 Fi 11er Cover 2. Generctor Mounting 4. Crankshaft Pulley
2. Timing Geer Coyer 4. Front Crank.halt Oil Seal Brockets 5. Storter Jaw
The front crankshaft oil seal, No. 4, Fig. 27, 7. Remove the bolts securing the generator
is of the spring loaded type and is contained in brackets and remove brackets from engine.
the timing gear cover. The camshaft thrust
spring, No. 1, Fig. 27, is riveted to the coyer 8. Remove the set screws securing the tim-
and controls camshaft end play. ing gear coyer and carefully remove the coyer
to prevent damaging the front oil seal.
NOTE: Observe that the bottom set screw

Remova' below the front oil seal has a copper washer.
To remove the timing gear coyer refer to
Fig. 28 and proceed as follows:
1. Remove hood and support the tractor under

oil pan then remove the front axle and radiator Rep'acing the Front Oil Sea'
as one assembly. Refer to step No. 4 under
"Engine Removal" for procedure on removing To replace the front oil seal proceed as
front end from tractor. follows:
2. Remove fan be lt and generator. 1. Remove the old seal by pressing it OUT
THE FRONT OF THE COVER.
3. Disconnect hoses from water pump and
remove water pump from engine. 2. Thoroughly clean the oil seal recess in
the coyer.
4. Remove the air breather pipe.
3. Oil the outside of the seal lightly and with
5. Remove the starter jaw and washer from the lip of the new oil seal facing TOWARD the
front end of crankshaft. engine, carefully align and press the seal into
its recess from the front of the cover. Apply
NOTE: The starter jaw has a normal right pressure to the flat steel face and position the
hand thread
seal 3/32 of an inch BELOW the front face of
6. Remove the crankshaft pulley. the coyer.
19
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEl 3-A- J52 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
Installation
To install the timing gear cover proceed as
follows:
1. Thoroughly clean aU gasket surfaces.
2. Using a new gasket, carefully position the

cover in place and support it with 2 or 3 cap-
screws. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE CAP SCREWS
AT THIS TIME.
3. InstaU the crankshaft puUey and shift the

position of the cover as necessary so that the
seal is evenly contacting the crankshaft puUey
and is not bearing heavily on any one side.
4. Tighten the 2 or 3 cap screws at this time

to hold the cover in correct position.
5. Install and tighten the remaining cap

screws.
6. To complete cover installation, reverse

the steps listed under heading "Removal".
Fig. 29 - Timing Gear Marks Properly Aligned
1. Timing Marks
Timing Gears
The timing gear train as shown in Fig. 29 con-
sists of the crankshaft gear, idler gear, cam-
shaft gear and injection pump drive gear. The 1. Remove the timing gear cover as outlined
crankshaft gear drives the camshaft and the on Page 19.
injection pump through the large idler gear.
2. Check the backlash between the timing
The idler gear is mounted on a hub bolted to gears with a dial indicator or feeler gauge as
the front of the cylinder block and also drives shown in Fig. 30. The backlash between any
the hydraulic pump when the tractor is equipped two gears in the timing gear train must be be-
with power steering. tween 0.003 - 0.006 inch.
AU of the timing gears are marked during

production and when reassembling the engine
aU marks must align when No. 1 piston is at
T.D.C. on compression stroke, see No. 1, Fig.
29. All replacement timing gears are marked
and are available in standard size only.
N 0 TE: Due to the odd number of teeth in

the idler gear the complete set of timing marks
will align only once every 18 crankshaft revo-
lutions.
CHECKING TIMING GEAR BACKLASH
To check timing gear backlash proceed as

follows: Fig. 30 - Measuring Timing Gear Backlash
20
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig.31 - Measuring Backlash of Oil Pump Gears
NOTE: Aiso check the backlash between the

crankshaft gear and the oil pump idler gear, Fig. 32 Nomenclature
see Fig. 31. Correct clearance between these 1. Cepsc,ew (Boit) 4. Idle, Gee,
two gears is 0.012-0.018 inch. 2. Reteine, Lock
3. Idle, Gee, Reteine,
5. Idle, Gee, Hub
6. Hub Loceting Pin
7. Timing Geer Housing
3. If the backlash of the timing gears is not

within these limits, the gears must be replaced. 1, Fig. 32, retainer lock, and retainer, No. 3,
Replacement gears are available only in stan- Fig. 32.
dard size and are marked for correct installa-
tion and retiming of the engine. 4. Remove the idler gear from its hub as
shawn in Fig. 33.
IDLER GEAR AND HUS
Removal
To remove the idler gear and hub proceed
as follows:
1. Remove the timing gear coyer as outlined

on Page 19. Also, remove the fuel tank, rocker
arm coyer and rocker arm shaft assembly.
2. Rotate the crankshaft sa that aIl timing

gear marks align as shawn in Fig. 29, (No. 1
piston at T.D.C. on compression stroke)
NOTE: Before attempting to remove any

of the timing gears, make sure that the rocker
arm shaft assembly is removed, to avoid the
possibility of damage to the pistons or valve
train if either the camshaft or crankshaft
should be turned independently of the other.
Fig. 33 - Removing the Idler Gear
1. Localing Hole lor Relainer Lack and Lacaling Pin 2. Oil Hale
3. Bend back the tab on the retainer lock, 5. Remove the idler gear hub as shawn in
No. 2, Fig. 32, and remove the cap screw, No. Fig. 34.
21
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A- J52 ENG/NE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
1. Make sure that the idler gear hub and its

recess in the cylinder block are clean, then
align the dowel pin hole (same drilling as the
location hole for the retainer lock, see No. 1,
Fig. 32) with the dowel pin and CAREFULLY
install the hub.
N 0 TE: When correctly installed, the jlange

should be jlush with the front of the timing
gear housing.
2. Turn the crankshaft until the keyway and

timing mark on the crankshaft gear are straight
up. (No. 1 piston at T.D.C.)
3. With the rocker arm shaft assembly re-

moved, rotate the camshaft gear and the injec-
tion pump drive gear until their timing marks
are approximately aligned with the center line
of the idler gear hub.
Fig. 34 • Removing the Idler Cear Hub
1. Locating Pin 2. ail Holes 4. Install the idler gear so that its three
timing marks align with those on the crankshaft
N 0 TE: The idler gear hub is positioned by gear, injection pump drive gear and camshaft
a locating pin, No. 1, Fig. 34, and has a light gear.
press fit in the timing gear housing and cylin-
der block. For this reason il may be necessary, 5. Make sure that aIl timing marks are
when removing il, to carefully pry il out. aligned as shown in Fig. 29, then install the
idler gear retainer, retainer lock and cap
Inspection screw. Tighten the cap screw to 50 ft.-Ibs.
torque and lock it in place.
CarefuIly clean and inspect aIl parts. Make
sure that the oil holes in the idler gear, hub
NOTE: Check idler gear end playon hub..
and cylinder block (No. 2, Fig. 33, and No. 2, Proper end play is 0.005-0.015 inch. Make
Fig. 34) are open and clean. New specifications sure ta install a new retainer if the old one is
are as follows: worn or damaged.
Idler Gear 6. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly and

Bore Diameter . 2.125 - 2.1266 inches complete reassembly of tractor.
Gear End Play 0.005 - 0.015 inch
Idler Gear Hub

Hub Diameter. .. 2.123 - 2.1238 inches
Running Clearance CAMSHAFT GEAR
(Gear-to-hub) . . . . . . 0.0012 - 0.0036 inch
Removal
To remove the camshaft gear perform steps
Installation and Retiming the Gears Nos. 1 thru 4 under heading "Removal" of idler
gear and hub, then proceed as follows:
To install the idler gear and hub, and to time
the engine with the camshaft gear, injection 1. Remove the three cap screws and shake
pump drive gear and crankshaft gear installe d, proof washers securing the camshaft gear to
proceed as follows: the camshaft.
22
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENG/NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 35 - Removing the Camshaft Gear Fig. 36 - Removing the Injection Pump Drive Gear
1. Holes Marked "D" Must Align Wh en Instolling Gear 1. Siot in Adapter 2. Gear Locating Pin (Dowel Pin)
2. Remove the camshaft gear as shown in 2. Remove the cap screws securing the in-
Fig. 35. jection pump gear to the injection pump.
Ins fa IIafion 3. Remove the injection pump drive gear,

see Fig. 36.
1. Observe on the hub of the camshaft and
on the front of the camshaft gear the boU holes Insfallation
with the letters "0" stamped next to them, see
No. 1, Fig. 35. 1. Align the dowel, No. 2, Fig. 36, in the gear
with the slot, No. 1, Fig. 36, in the adapter and
2. Install the camshaft gear onto the cam- position the gear in place.
shaft, making sure that the marked holes (with
the letters "0" stamped next to them) are 2. Install the cap screws and washers secur-
aligned. ing the gear.
IMPORTANT: Do not use the s/otted ho/es 3. Install the idler gear as outlined on Page
for attaching the gear to the camshaft.
22, and make sure all timing marks are aligned,
3. Install the idler gear with aIl timing then complete reassembly of tractor.
marks aligne d, then secure the rocker arm
shaft assembly in place and complete reassem- CRANKSHAFT GEAR
bly of tractor.
The crankshaft gear, as shown in Fig. 37, is
keyed in place and is installed onto the crank-
INJECTION PUMP DRIVE GEAR shaft with a minus 0.001 inch to a plus 0.001
inch clearance.
The injection pump drive gear is bolted di-
rectly to the injection pump adapter and is
supported by bearings inside the injection pump.
Removal
1. Remove the idler gear as outlined on

Page 21.
Removal
2. Drain the engine oil and remove the oil
1. Remove the idler gear as outlined on pan, also the bottom half of the timing gear
Page 21. housing.
23
MASSEY -FERGUSON
5. Install the bottom haU of the timing gear

housing, make sure that its front face is flush
with the main part (upper portion) of the housing.
6. Install the oil pan and complete reassem-

bly of the tractor.
CHECKING VALVE TIMING
To check the valve. timing of the .engine pro-

ceed as follows:
1. Make sure the valve clearance of No. 1

cylinder are set exactly at 0.012 inch (normal
cold setting).
2. Turn the crankshaft in the direction of
1. Crankshalt Timing Gear 2. Timing Gear Spacer
3. Pu Iley and Timing Gear Key normal engine rotation (clockwise) until No. 1
piston starts up on the exhaust stroke.
3. Remove the oil pump idler gear. 3. Insert a 0.002 inch feeler gauge in the gap
between the No. 1 cylinder intake valve and
4. Remove the oil supply and delivery pipes tappet, then continue turning the crankshaft
from the oil pump and remove pump from its until the feeler gauge makes a distinct drag
dowelled location on the front main bearing cap. between the tappet and valve. The instant the
feeler gauge drags, stop turning the crankshaft.
5. Use a gear puller and carefully remove
the gear from the crankshaft. 4. The drag on the feeler gauge indicates
the point at which the intake valve has just
started opening. This point of opening should
Installation occur at 13 degrees B.T.D.C., or 1-5/8 inches
before the T.D.C. mark on the rim of the fly-
1. If the timing gear spacer, No. 2, Fig. 37, wheel as viewed through the inspection hole.
behind the crankshaft gear has been removed,
install it with the chamfer towards the front NOTE: The valve timing may be considered
main bearing journal on the crankshaft. satisfactory if the start of intake valve opening
is 11 ta 16-112 degrees B. T.D. C. or 1-13/32
2. With the timing mark on the crankshaft ta 2-118 inches before the T.D.C. mark on the
flywheel.
gear facing towards the front, carefully align
the gear so that its slot is in Une with the key,
then press the gear onto the crankshaft.
Camshaft
N 0 TE: Wh en pressing the gear in place make
sure that the key does not ride out of the key- The camshaft is made of a special cast iron
way in the crankshaft. alloy and is mounted high on the right-hand side
of the cylinder block in such a position that the
engine does not require the use of push rods.
3. Install the idler gear with aH timing gear The camshaft is driven by the idler gear and is
marks aligned as outlined on Page 20. supported by three bearings which are machined
directly into the cylinder block. Camshaft end
4. Install the oil pump, then install the oil play is controlled by a thrust spring which is
pump idler gear and oil pump supply and de- riveted onto the back side of the timing gear
livery pipes. cover.
?4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP - SECTION D - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
REMOVAL are excessively scored, nicked or discolored

by heat, or if the lobes are pitted, or rough, the
camshaft must be replaced.
To remove the camshaft proceed as follows:
2. Measure the diameter of the bearing
1. Remove the timing gear cover and fuel journals for wear and out-of-round with a mi-
tank. crometer. If journal diameters are worn, or
out-of-round, or if the camshaft lobes are worn,
2. Rotate the crankshaft until No. 1, piston the camshaft must be replaced.
is at T.D.C. on compression stroke and aH tim-
ing gear marks are aligned.
New camshaft specifications are as follows:

NOTE: Due to the odd number of teeth in the
idler gear the complete set of timing gear Front Bearing Journal ..
marks will align only once every 18 crankshaft
1.869 - 1.870 inches
revolutions. Center Bearing Journal. 1.859 - 1.860 inches
Rear Bearing Journal 1.839 - 1.840 inches
Cam Lobe Lift
3. Remove the rocker arm shaft assembly (Intake & Exhaust) . 0.3085- 0.3165 inch
and fuel pump. Also, dis conne ct the tractor-
meter cable from the rear end of the camshaft.
3. Measure the camshaft bearing bores in
4. Lift the tappets and secure them in their the block with a hole gauge and micrometer,
raised position. then compare each bore diameter to its mating
journal diameter. Correct clearance between
the camshaft bearing journals and the camshaft
bores is 0.004 - 0.008 inch.
INSTALLATION
To install the camshaft in the engine pro-

ceed as follows:
N 0 TE: If the camshaft gear has been re-

moved from the camshaft, make sure to install
the gear to the camshaft with the letters "D"
in alignment. Refer to Page 23 for additional
information on installing the camshaft gear.
Fig. 38 - Removing the Camshaft 1. With the tappets supported in their raised
position and the timing gear marks aligned,
5. Remove the camshaft (with or without its carefully install the camshaft into the cylinder
gear) from the cylinder block as shown in Fig. block. MAKE SURE THAT THE ENGINE IS
38. Be careful, when removing it, not to dam- PROPERLY TIMED.
age the bearing journals, cam lobes, or the
tappets.
INSPECTION 2. Install the rocker arm shaftassembly, and

adjust the valves to the proper clearance.
Carefully clean and inspect the camshaft as
follows:
3. Install the fuel pump, rocker arm cover,
1. Inspect the camshaft bearing journals and timing gear cover and complete reassembly of
cam lobes for wear or damage. If the journals tractor.
25
MASSEY - FER G USON
Timing Gear Housing 12. Remove the set screws and shakeproof
washers securing the timing gear housing to the
cylinder block, then by tapping the housing
REM o VAL lightly remove it from the block.
To remove the timing gear housing proceed

as follows:
INSTALLATION
Before installing the timing gear housing

1. Remove the hood and fuel tank. carefully clean and inspectallparts. REPLACE
ANY PARTS THAT ARE WORN OR DAMAGED.
2. Support the tractor under the transmission
housing and remove the front end from the trac-
tor. (Roll the front axle, axle support and ra- NOTE: The front face of the cylinder block
diator away as one assembly). contains two plugs. The upper one is a large
expansion plug closing the water jacket. The
3. Remove the timing gear cover as outlined lower plug is a smail one blocking the front
opening of the engine oil gallery. Make sure
on Page 19. to inspect the plugs and replace them if they
show signs of leakage.
4. Remove the rocker arm cover and rocker
arm shaft assembly.
5. Remove the oil pan. Refer to Part 4 in To install the Timing Gear Housing proceed
this section for removal procedure. as follows:
6. Remove the set screw securing the idler

gear in place, then remove the retainer lock, NOTE: To assure correct location of the tim-
idler gear retainer and idler gear. ing gear housing it is advisable to remove the
idler gear hub from the housing and install the
7. Remove the fuel pump. hub onto the front of the block.
8. Lift the tappets and secure them in their If the lower half of the housing (housing cover)
raised position, then remove the camshaft. has been' removed, make sure that il is in-
stalled flush with the upper half, see Fig. 46.
9. Remove the set screws securing the in-
jection pump drive gear and remove it from the
injection pump.
1. Install a new gasket onto the front of the
10. Disconnect at both ends and remove aIl block, then carefully install and boU the housing
fuel Unes from the injection pump. Aiso dis- in place.
conne ct the throttle and fuel shut-off control
rods from the injection pump. 2. Install the injection pump onto the rear of
the housing as shown in Fig. 39 and with the
timing marks, No. 1, Fig. 39, on the pump and
1 MPORTANT: Cap or otherwise cover ail housing aligned, boU the injection pump in place.
open fuel connections to prevent -dirt from
entering the fuel system.
3. Align the dowel on the injection pump
gear with the slot in the front of the injection
pump, then install the gear and boU it in place.
11. Remove the nuts and washers securing
the injection pump in place and carefully re- 4. With the tappets supported in their raised
move the pump from the engine. position, carefully install the camshaft (with
its gear boUed to it) into the cylinder block.
NOTE: If tractor is equipped with power 5. Make sure that No. 1 piston is at top dead
steering, unbolt and rem ove the power steering center (key on the front of the crankshaft point-
pump from the rear of the housing. ing straight up) with the T .D.C. mark on the
26
MASSEY -FERGUSON
7. Install the idler gear so that its three

timing marks align with the marks on the cam-
shaft, crankshaft and injection pump drive
gears. Tighten the boit securing the idler gear
to 50 ft.-lbs. torque.
8. Install the oïl pan.
9. Install the timing gear cover, refer to

Page 20 for installation procedure.
10. Install the front end of the tractor and

complete reassembly by reversing the steps
listed under the heading "Removal".
Fig. 39 - Installing the Injec:tion Pump

1. Ti ming Marks Crankshaft and Main Bearings
flywheel aligning with the mark on the inspec- The crankshaft is forged from molybdenum
tion hole. steel and has two matched cast iron balance
weights bolted onto it at 180 degrees to each
6. Turn the camshaft and the injection pump other. The crankshaft is statically and dyna-
gears so that their timing marks are approxi- mically balanced and is supported by four pre-
mately aligned with the center of the idler gear cision nonadjustable type main bearings as
hub. shown in Fig. 40.
Fig. 40 - Nomenc:lature
1. Starter Jaw 5. Timing Gear Spacer 8. No. 2 and 3 (Center) Main 11. Pulley and Timing GearKey
2. Starter Jaw Washer 6. Crankshalt Balance Weight Bearing Inserts 12. Front Main Bearing Insert
3. Crankshalt Pulley 7. Front Moin Bearing Insert 9. Rear Main Bearing Insl!:rts (Lower Half)
4. Crankshalt Timing Gear (Upper Half) 10. Upper Thrust Wcshers 13. Lower Thrust Washers
14. Crankshalt Balance Weight
27
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig.41 - Numbered Main Bearing Caps

1. Location Numbers 2. Black Seriai Number
The rear of the crankshaft is machined to rear oil seal is of the rubber core asbestos
provide an oil thrower and a oil return seroU rope-type and is contained in a two-piece seal
formed by a single right-hand helix machined to retainer as shown in Fig. 47.
a depth of 0.004 - 0.008 inch.
The dowe led main bearing caps are numbered

from front to rear as shown by No. l, Fig. 41, CRANKSHAFT END PLA Y
and cannot be interchanged or replaced.
The crankshaft end play is controlled by re-
NOTE: The main bearing bores in the cylin- placeable thrust washers which are installed
der block and bearing caps are machined with in recesses on the sides of the rear main bear-
the caps in place and are stamped with a seriai ing cap and bearing bore in the cylinder block.
number, as shown by No. 2, Fig. 41. If for The lower halves of the thrust washers (which
any reason a main bearing cap becomes dam- fit in the bearing cap) have locating lugs to
aged it will be necessary to replace the cylin- prevent them from turning out of position.
der block complete with main bearing caps.
NOTE: Replacement thrust washers are avaU-
able in standard size or 0.007 inch oversized
Oil seals are provided at the front and rear
ends of the crankshaft. The front oil seal as
shown in Fig. 27 is of the spring loaded-type To determine the amount of crankshaft end
and is installed in the timing gear cover. The play proceed as follows:
28
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUI PROCEDURES
1. Using care not to damage the crankshaft,

force the crankshaft forward as far as it will go.
2. Measure the gap between the machined

shoulder on the crankshaft web and the crank-
shaft thrust washer with a dial indicator or
feeler gauge as shown in Fig. 42.
Fig. 43 - Nomenclature
1. Lower Thrust Washer 2. Upper Thrust Washer
3. Bronze Faces and Vertical Grooves Toward Crankshcft
4. Remove the old lower halves of the thrust

washers from the bearing cap and install the new
ones with the vertical grooves facing outward.
Fig. 42 - Measuring Crankshaft End Play
NOTE: A light coating of grease will assist

3. With the lower half of the rear oil seal rein holding the washers in place. Make sure
tainer removed, force the crankshaft rearward that aU of the thrust washers are instaUed
and measure the end playon the other side of with the vertical grooves outward. (Bronze
faces toward crankshaft)
the rear main bearing.
4. End playon both sides should be identical 5. Using new cap screw locks install the rear
and be within 0.002 - 0.011 inch. INSTALL main bearing cap, then tighten the bearing cap-
NEW THRUST WASHERS IF END PLAY EX- screws to 110 - 120 ft.-Ibs. torque and recheck
CEEDS 0.011 INCH. crankshaft end play.
Replacing Thrust Washers
To replace worn thrust washers with the

CRANKSHAfT REMOVAI
engine installed in the tractor, refer to Fig. 43
and proceed as follows:
1. Remove the engine from the tractor and
1. Remove the rear main bearing cap. mount in a suitable engine stand.
2. Rotate the old upper halves of the thrust 2. Remove the clutch assembly as outlined
washers out of the recesses in the cylinder in Group II, Section A.
block.
3. Remove the flywheel from the engine.
3. Lubricate the new upper halves of the
thrust washers (Those without locating lugs)
and rotate them into place WITH THE VERTI- . NOTE: Use care when removing the flywheel
CAL GROOVES FACING OUTWA"RD. as il is only slightly piloted to the crankshaft.
29
MASSEY -FERGUSON·
v&JEt 3-A-152 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
4. Remove the transmission housing adapter

plate.
5. Remove the water pump, crankshaft

pulley, generator and front timing gear cover.
6. Remove the oil pan and remove the bottom

half of the timing gear housing as shown in
Fig. 44.
Fig. 45 - Removing the Rear Main Bearing Cap
11. Carefully lift the crankshaft from the

cylinder block.
12. Remove the two halves of the rear oil

seal retainer from the cylinder block and rear
main bearing cap. Make sure to install new
crankshaft oil seals before reassembling the
engine.
NOTE: Identify and keep ail parts in order

so that if serviceable they may be installed in
their original location.
Fig. 44 - Removing the Bottom Cover from the

Timing Gear Housing
INSPECTION
7. Remove the oil pump supply and delivery
pipes, then remove the oil pump idler gear and Thoroughly clean and inspect the crankshaft
oil pump from engine. as outlined in Group l, Section A, Part 4. New
specifications are as follows.
8. Remove the two long bolts and self lock-
ing nuts securing the two halves of the rear oil Crankshaft
seal retainer (cover) assembly.
Main bearing
9. Remove the connecting rod caps and bear- journal diameters . .2.7485 - 2.749 inches
ing inserts. Crankshaft end- play. . 0.002 - 0.011 inch
Crankpin journal
diameters . . 2.2485 - 2.249 inches
NOTE: Check crankshaft end play before
removing the crankshaft. If end play exceeds Main Bearings
0.011 inch make sure to install new thrust
washers when reassembling the engine. Diameter of bearing
bore in block and cap. 2.9165 - 2.9175 inches
Bearing oil clearance .. 0.00226- 0.00426 inch
If any of the main or crankpin journals are

10. Bend back the cap screw locks, then re- worn beyond specifica.tions, more than 0.0015
move the cap screws securing the main bearing inch out-of-round, or tapered more than 0.001
caps and carefully remove the bearing caps inch, the crank,shaft must either be replaced or
from the engine, See Fig. 45. reground and fitted with undersize bearings.
30
MASSEY -FERGUSON
REGRINDING THE CRANKSHAFT
To properly regrind the crankshaft follow the information and specifications given below:
1. Measure the main bearing and crankpin journal diameters to determine the next size they can
be ground to and fitted with undersize bearing inserts.
2. Inspect the crankshaft for cracks.
3. If the crankshaft has been magnetized make sure to demagnetize it before it is reground.
4. Mter regrinding the crankshaft remove the sharp corners on the oil holes. Also, the crank-
shaft must again be inspected for cracks, then demagnetized.
The necessary specifications for regrinding the crankshaft journals are as follows:
IMPORTANT: The surface finish on ail bearing surfaces must not exceed 16 micro-inches as
measured by a propilometer. Also, il is very important to maintain the radii quoted on the main
bearing and crankpin journals.
Main Bearing Journal Diameters

Standard size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7485 - 2.749 inches
Undersizes
0.010 inch 2.7385 - 2.739 inches
0.020 inch 2.7285 - 2.729 inches
0.030 inch 2.7185 - 2.719 inches
Rear Main Bearing Journal Width
Standard size . . . . . . . . . l.87425 - l.87725 inches
Maximum permissible width after regrinding 1.89125.. inches
NO. 2 AND NO. 3 MAIN BEARING JOURNAL WIDTHS l.21475 - l.22275 inches
RADIUS ON ALL MAIN BEARING JOURNALS 0.09375 - 0.109375 inch

(Must be Maintained) (3/32 inch ± 1/64 inch)
Crankpin Journal Diameters
Standard size 2.2485 - 2.249 inches
Undersizes
0.010 inch 2.2385 - 2.239 inches
0.020 inch 2.2285 - 2.229 inches
0.030 inch 2.2185 - 2.219 inches
Crankpin Journal Widths
Standard size . . . . . 1.562 - l. 565 inches
Maximum permissible width after regrinding l.5785 inches'
RADIUS ON ALL CRANKPIN JOURNALS 0.1563 - 0.1719 inch

(Must be Maintained) (5/32 inch ± 1/64 inch)
31
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A- J52 ENGINE GROUP 1 - SECTION D - PART 2
CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION 5. Install the lower main bearing inserts in-

to their respective bearing caps and lightly
To install the crankshaft, make sure that the coat them with oil.
crankshaft and the main bearing bores in the
block are clean, then proceed as follows: 6. Coat the lower thrust washers (those with
locating tabs) with grease and position them in
the recesses on the sides of the rear bearing
1. Install the upper halves of the main bear- cap. MAKE SURE THAT THE VERTICAL
ing inserts in their proper positions and lu- GROOVES ARE FACING OUTWARD.
bricate them.
7. USING NEW BOLT LOCKS install the num-
bered main bearing caps in their correct loca-
NOTE: New main bearing inserts are not tions. Make sure that the bearing caps are pro-
completely interchangeable. Refer to the follow- perly located. TORQUE MAIN BEARINGS TO
ing table to determine which inserts are inter- 110 - 120 FT.-LBS. AND LOCK THE BOLTS.
changeable.
8. Using care not to damage the crankshaft
force the crankshaft forward and then rearward
and measure crankshaft end play as outlined
Searing Inserfs No. of Inserfs under heading "Crankshaft End Play". If end
play exceeds 0.011 inch install new thrust
No. 1 Main insert, washers.
upper half only . 1
No. 1 Main insert, 9. Install the rear oil seal retainers com-
lower half only . 1 plete with new oil seals and complete reassem-
No. 2 and No. 3 bly of tractor by reversing the steps listed
Main inserts, under heading "Re moval " .
upper and lower 4
No. 4 Main insert,
upper and lower 2
2. Install the upper halves of the crankshaft

thrust washers (those without locating tabs) on
each side of the rear wall of the cylinder block
housing with the oil grooves outward and the
steel face toward the main bearing cap, refer
to Fig. 43. .
N 0 TE: A light coat of grease will assist in

holding the thrust washers in place until the
crankshaft is installed
3. Make sure that:
a. The main bearing inserts are cor-

rectly installed and lubricated.
b. Oil grooves in upper thrust washers

are facing outward.
c. The ends of the thrust washers are

level with the face of the block.
4. Carefully lower the crankshaft into posi- Fig. 46 • InstaHing the Bottom Caver onto the
tion. Timing Gear Housing
32
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUI. PROCEDURES
NOTE: Wh en installing the lower half of the

timing gear housing (housing cover), make
sure thatit is flush with the front face of the
housing, see Fig. 46.
Both the flywheel and crankshaft flange have

six evenly spaced attaching holes and one un-
evently spaced hole. MAKE SURE TO IN-
STALL THE FLYWHEEL SO THAT THE
UNEVENLY SPACED HOLES ARE IN
ALIGNMENT.
Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal

The rear crankshaft oil seal is a two piece
rubber cored asbestos rope-type seal and is
contained in a two piece retainer as shown in Fig. 48 - Rear Oil Seal Retainer Assembly Correctly Installed
Fig. 47.
2. Remove the clutch assembly and flywheel.

plate from the cylinder block and oil pan.
4. Remove the special self-locking nuts from

the two long clamping boUs that pass through
the oil seal retainer and remove the boIts.
5. Remove the cap screws and shakeproof

washers from each half of the oil seal retainer
and remove the retainers from the cylinder
black and rear main bearing cap.
o
1 011. SEAL REPLACEMENT
Before installing the new ail seals soak them

Fig. 47 - Nomenclature in clean engine oil for at least one hour. Make
1. Qil Seal Retainer Assembly (With Qil Seal Instolledl
2. Capscrew and Shakeproof Washer
sure to carefully clean the seal grooves and old
3. Clamping Boit and Special Self Locking Nut gasket material from the oil seal retainers.
Each half of the oil seal retainer is machined To install the new oil seals place each half of
to accommodate the oil seal. New oil seals can the seal retainer (one at a time) in a vise and
be installed with the crankshaft in position. Fig. proceed as follows:
48 shows the rear oil se al retainers properly
installed in place. 1. Press approximately one inch of the new
asbestos seal into each end of the groove in the
REMOVAI. seal retainer, allowing the seal to project
To remove the rear crankshaft oil seal pro- 0.010 - 0.020 inch BEYOND both ends of the
ceed as follows: joint face. This amount of projection assures
correct contact between the end faces of the
1. Separate the engine from the transmission seals, when the retainer halves are installed
housing. around the crankshaft.
33
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL 3-A-152 ENGINE GROUP . SECTION D . PART 2
IMPORTANT: A projection exeeeding

that quoted must be avoided, because
the excess may not settle in the re-
tainer groove and may be forced over 0.010 - 0.020 INCH
the joint face as the retainer halves ABOVE FACE
are jYulled together. Thus the re-
tainers may be held slightly apart and
cause an oil leak.
Due to the interference between the

seal and its groove, it is possible that
the seal may not fully seat into the
groove, giving the impression that it
is too long. EA CH SEAL IS OF THE
CORRECT LENGTH AND MUST NOT
BE TRIMMED AT ANY TIME.
2. The middle of the oil seal will bulge out

of the groove and must be pushed in with the
fingers, by working from the center, until well
bedded in the groove. Use a round bar of metal
and by rolling and pressing further bed the ail Fig. 49 - Oil Secl Must Extend 0.010-0.020 Inch Beyond Face
seal in place. MAKE SURE THA T THE SEAL
EXTENDS 0.010-0.020 INCH BEYOND BOTH
ENDS OF THE JOINT FACE as shawn in Fig.
49. Any gap at this joint when the seals are
installed will allow ail ta leak past the seal. 6. Assemble the ail seal retainers around
the crankshaft and LOOSELY bolt them together 0
3. Repeat the above steps for the other half

of the seal retainer, then proceed with step 7. Position the seal retainer assembly sa
No. 4. that the hales align, then LOOSEL y bolt it ta
the black and rear bearing cap using shake-
4. Remove all of the old gasket material proof type washers.
from the sealing faces of the cylinder black and
rear main bearing cap, then install new gaskets 8. Fully tighten the two long clamping bolts.
using a suifable sealing compound.
9. Fully tighten the six capscrews securing
5. Lightly coat the joint faces of the ail seal the seal retainer assembly.
retainers with sealing compound and COAT THE
INSIDE SURFACE DIAMETER OF THE OIL 10. Complete reassembly by reversing the
SEAL WITH GRAPHITED GREASE. steps listed under heading "Removal".
34
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MASSEY.FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1
PART l-AD3.152 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Engine Application . . An MF 135, 150, 2135 Series and 2244 Tractors, also MF 203
Tractors, SeriaI No. 659002115, and up, and MF 205 Tractors,
SeriaI No. 659101250, and up, and aU MF 2500 Fork Lifts
Bore . . . . . . . . . 3.6"
Stroke . . . . . . . . 5"
Number of Cylinders . 3
Piston Displacement . 152.7 cubic inches
Compression Ratio . . 18.5 to 1
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Maximum Brake Horsepower - Corrected ~

(mfg. rating with std. accessories):
An Applications Except MF 2244 . (' . . . . . . 42 @ 2000 rpm
MF 2244 Application. . . . . . 44 @ 2250 rpm
Maximum Torque '" 119 ft.-Ibs. @ 1300 rpm
PTO Horsepower (tractors equipped

with PTO shaft). . . . . . . . . . . . 38.5 max., 35 min. @ 2000
engine rpm and 635 PTO rpm
Combustion System .................. . Direct inj ection
Low Idle Speed:

AlI Applications Except MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse). 725-775 rpm
MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse) Applications . . . . . . 620-650 rpm
Rated Engine Speed:
An Applications Except MF 2244 2000 rpm
MF 2244 Application. . . . . . . 2250 rpm
High Idle Speed (no load):

An Applications Except MF 2244 2135-2185 rpm
MF 2244 Application. 2390 rpm
Tappet Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . O. 010" "Hot"
0.012" "Cold"
TORQUE TENSIONS
Cylinder Head 55-60 ft.-lbs.

Connecting Rods 45-50 ft. -lbs.
Main Bearings . 90- 95 ft. -lbs.
Flywheel . . . . . . 75 ft. -lbs.
Idler Gear Hub . . . 50 ft. -lbs.
Balance Weight Capscrews 50-55 ft.-lbs.
Injector RoId-Down Nuts . . 10-12 ft.-lbs.
Injector Nozzle Cap Nut . . 50 ft.-lbs.
Oil Pump Cover Capscrews . . 18 ft.-Ibs.
Rcissoed 12·65 1
MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD 3152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1
ENGINE REBUILDING SPECIFICATIONS
Pistons
Piston Diameter (measured at right angles from piston pin hOles):

Top Piston Skirt Diameter . 3.5919"-3.5929"
Bottom Piston Skirt Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5955"-3.5965"
Piston Pin Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 24975"-1. 250"
Piston Height Relative to Top Face of Cylinder Block. 0.001" below to O. 004" above
Cylinder Liners
Inside Diameter of Liner 3.6015"-3.6025"

Cylinder Block Bore . . . 3.6875"-3.6885"
Service Liners . . 3.6875"-3.6885"
Production Liners 3.6895"-3.6905"
Cylinder Liner Fit:
Service Liners. . From O. 001" interference to 0.001" clearance
Production Liners From O. 001" to 0.003" interference
Location of Cylinder Liner Flange:
Below Top Face of Block . . . . . . . . . . . . Flush to O. 004" below
Piston Pins
Pin Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 24975"-1. 250"

Clearance in Connecting Rod Bushing . . . . . . . . . 0.0005"-0.00175"
Clearance in Piston Pin Bore . . . . . Minus 0.00025" to plus O. 00025"
Piston Rings
Ring Side Clearance (one-piece rings):

Compression Rings . . . . . . . . . . 0.0019"-0.0039"
Oil Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"-0.004"
Ring End Gap (one-piece rings)
(ring gap measured in a 3. 600" bore) 0.009"-0.013"
Conneding Rods
Inside Bushing Diameter (finished) . . . . . . 1. 2505"-1. 2515"

Connecting Rod Bore Diameter. . . . . . . . . 2.3950"-2.3955"
Rod Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size). 2.2515"-2.2525"
Crankpin Journal Diameter 2 .. 2485"-2.249"
Bearing Clearance 0.0025"-0.004"
Rod Side- Play . . . . . . . 0.0095"-0.0148"
2 Rei $Su ed 12-65

MASSEY.FERGUSON
GROUP 0 . SECTION L - PART 1 SPECIFICA TI ONS
Crankpin Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . 2.2485"-2.249"

Main Bearing Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . 2.7485"-2.749"
Main Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size). 2.752"-2.7535"
Bearing Clearance . . 0.003"-0.005"
Crankshaft End-Pla,y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"-0.015"
Valves

Intake . . . . 1. 532"-1. 536"
Exhaust. . . . . . . 1. 313"-1. 317"
Stem Diameter . . . . 0.311"-0.312"
Stem Clearance Limits. 0.002"-0.0045"
Face Angle . . . . . . . . .. Production 45 0 -44 0 service
Valve Interference Angle - Service . 10 (valve face 440 and valve seat 45 0 )
Minimum Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/32"
Tappet Setting . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010" (hot), 0.012" (cold)
Clearance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.060"-0.073"
Valve Seats
0
Valve Seat Angle . Production 46 0 service 45
-
Seat Contact Width . . . 1/16" to 3/32"
Maximum Seat Run-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"
Valve Guides
Location Above Top Face of Cylinder Head · . 0.584"-0.594"

Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . · 0.3145"-0.3155"
Clearance Limits (stem-to-guide) . . . . . · 0.0025"-0.0045"
Valve Springs
lImer Springs: (if so equipped)

Approximate Free Length . . · 1-3/8"
Spring Length Valve Closed . .1-3/16"
Spring Pressure @ 1-3/16" Length · 7-9 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open . . . . . . · 27/32"
Spring Pressure @ 27/32" Length 21-25 lbs.
Outer Springs:
Approximate Free Length . . . . . . . 1-25/32"
Spring Length Valve Closed . . . . . . . 1-1/2"
Spring Pressure @ 1-1/2" Length 21-25 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open . . . . . . 1-5/32"
Spring Pressure @ 1-5/32" Length. 48-52 lbs.
3
MASSEY-FERGUSON
PER KINS AD 3152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1
rappets
Stem Diameter . O. 62225"-0. 62375"

Tappet Bore in Head 0.6245"-0.62575"
Clearance Limits. . . 0.00075"-0.0035"
Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter . . . . . 0.6225"-0.62375"

Inside Bushing Diameter. . . . . . . "
0.6245"-0.62575"
Clearance Limits (shaft-to-bushing) . 0.00075"-0.0035"
Intake Valve Opens. . 13 0 B. T. D. C.

Exhaust Valve Opens . 46 0 B. B. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Closed 100 A. T. D. C.
Timing Gears
Timing Gear Backlash . 0.003"-0.006"

Idler Gear and Hub:
Hub Diameter. . . . ." 2.123"-2.1238"
Idler Gear Bore Diameter . 2.125"-2.1266"
Clearance Limits . . .0.0012"-0.0036"
Id'ler Gear End,... Play. . . . .. 0.005"-0.015"
Camshaft
Cam Lobe Lift • < •••••••••••••••• 0.3093."-0.3183"

Front Bearing:
Front J ourlial Diamater 1. 869" -1. 870"
Front Bearing Bore Diameter . 1. 874"-1. 877"
Clearance Limits . . . . . . . 0.004"-0.008"
Center Bearing:
Center Journal Diameter 1. 859" -1. 360"
Center Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 864"-1. 867"
Real' Bearing:
Real' Journal Diameter. 1. 839"-1. 840"
Real' Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 844"-1. 847"
Clearance Limits . . . . . . 0.004"-0.008"
4 RciSSvcd 12·65
MASSEY.FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPECIFICATIONS
FUEL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Diesel Fuel Oil (American Society of Testing Materials Specifications)
LlMITING REQUIREMENTS FOR DIESEL FUEL OllS

ASTM Designation: D975-59T
Carbon
Wa"r Resi-
and due on 90% Vilcosity
Sedi- 10 pe" Dô.ril- at 100' F.
ment. cent lotion Kin.matie,
Grade of Diesel Fuel Oil Flash Pour p.'" Resid- A.h, Temper_ e.nli.toke, Cappe,
Point. Point, cent uum, percent ature, (0' Saybolt SuHv" 5trip
deg. des· by yol-. p.'" by dog. Universal percent Carro- Cetane
fahr. Fahr. ume cent weight Fahr. soc.) by Weight sion Humber
Min. Max. Max. Max. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Max. Max. Min.
No. 1-0 100 Trace 0.15 0.01 550 1.4 2.5 0.50 No. 3 40
Winter Operation or (34.4) r
legol
No. 2·0 125 0.10 0.35 0.02 540 675 2.0 5.8 1.0 No. 3 40
legal
For cald weather operation the pour point should be specified 10 F. below the ambient temperature at which the
engine is ta be operated.
low.atmospheric temperatures os weil os engine operation at high altitudes may require use of fuels with higher
cetone ratings.
Fuel Lift Pump
Type . . MechanicalIy operated, Diaphragm type

A. C. Delco - No. 7950504
Operating Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 psi
Injection Pump
Make and Model No:
AlI Applications except MF 2244 . . . . CA V distributor type with

mechanical governor. Models
3230060, 3230080 and3230110
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA V distributor type with

mechanical governor. Model No. 3230070
Injection Timing - Static:

AU Applications Èxcept MF 2244. 240 BTDC
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . 26 0 BTDC
Timing Letter on Injection Pump Rotor:

For Start of Injection to No. 1 Cylinder E
Low Idle Speed Setting:

AU Applications Except MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse) . 725-775 rpm
MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse) Applications . . . . . . . 620- 650 rpm
High Idle Speed Setting:

AlI Applications Except MF 2244. 2135-2185 rpm
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . 2390 rpm
Reissued 12·65 5
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fuellniec:tors
Type and Madel No .. . CAY multi-hole, long stem nozzle (CAY

holder No. BKBL67SD5151 - CAY nozzle
No. BDLLI50S6372)
Nozzle Opening Pre:?sure:

Used Injectors (more than 25 hrs. operation) . . 2500 psi
New Injectors or Old Injectors with New Springs 2720 psi
Spray Hole Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0098"
Fuel Filters
Change Interval:
Primary Element. . Every 500 hours of operation
Secondary Element Every 1000 hours of operation
LUBRICA TlON SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Type of Oïl
API Service Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "DG" (heavy-duty, high detergent)
Viscosity
Above 900 F . . . . . . . . .. " SAE 30

From 32 0 F. to 90 0 F. . SAE 20 or 20/20W
From 100 F. to 32 0 F. . . . . . . SAE 10 W
From - 100 F. to + 100 F. SAE 5W or 5W/20
Crankcase Capacity
An Applications Except MF 2244. . . . . . . . . . . . 6 U. S. Quarts - add 1/2 U. S.

quart for filter change
MF 2244 Application .' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 U. S. quarts - add 1/2 U. S.

Oil Change Period
Change Oil at Regular Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . Every 100 hours of operation
Eng;ne Oil Pressure
Normal Operating Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . 30-60 psi at regular operating speeds
6 Reissued 12-65
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Oi' Pump
Capacity. . . . Approximately 5 U. S. gallons per minute at engine speed of 2000 rpm

Idler Gear Bushing (inside diameter) . · 0.6562"-0.6572"
Idler Shaft Diameter. . 0.65475"-0.65535"
Bushing Clearance . . . . . . . 0.00085"-0.00245"
Idler End- Playon Hub . . . . . . 0.005"- 0.018"
Pump Gears Backlash . . . . . 0.012"-0.018"
Inner to Outer Rotor Clearance. O. 006" maximum
Outer Rotor-to-Pump Body Clearance O. 010" maximum
Oi' Pressure Relief Va've
Relief Valve Setting . · . . .. 50-65 psi

Free Length. . . . . . . · . . . . . 1-1/2"
Lbs. Pressure @ 1-1/4" 5-1/4 to 7-1/4 lbs.
Lbs. Pressure @ 1". . . 11-1/2 to 13-1/2 lbs.
Oi' Fi'ter 1
Change Pedod . Every other oil change (200 hours)

By- Pass Valve Opens. . . 13 -17 psi (differential pressure)
COOLING SYSTEM
Radiator Pressure Cap:

An Applications Except MF 2244 and MF 2500 7 psi
MF 2244 and MF 2500 Applications 10 psi
Fan Belt Deflection . . . . . . . . 1/2"-3/4"
Water Pump Impeller Clearance . 0.010"-0.020"
Thermostat Opening Temperature . 175 0 -182 0 F.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Battery
Make Used . . . . . . . . . . MF, Part No. 832709 M2, 17 plates per cell
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . · . . . 12
Ampere Hrs. @ 20 Hr. Rate · . . . 96
Battery Ground . . . . . . . · Negative
Rcissucd 12·65 7
MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD 3152 ENG'NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1
Generafor
Make and Model No's. Used:

AlI Applications Except MF 2244, 2500 and MF 150 . . . ~ . . Delco-Remy 1100437
MF 150 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100438
MF 2244 and 2500 Applications . . . . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100720 (alternator)
DR-1100437 and 1100438:

Circuit . . . . . . . . . .. A
Brush Spring Tension . . . 28 oz.
0
Field Current (80 F. ):
Amps . . . . . . . . . 1. 58-1. 67
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Cold Output @ Approximately 3040 RPM:
Amps. 25
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.0
DR-1100720 (alternator):
Rotation Viewing Drive End Either
Circuit . . . . . . . . B
Filed Current (80 0 F):
Amps . . . . . . . . 2.2 - 2.6
Volts . . . . . . . . 12
Cold Output At Specified Voltage:
Specified Volts 14
Amps. 21
Approx. RPM 2000
Amps. . .30
Approx. RPM 5000
Rated Hot Output .32 amps.
Starfing Motor
Make and Model No's. Used.

AlI Applications Except MF 2244 Delco-Remy 1107512
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1107540
DR-1107512 and 1107540:

Pinion·Clearance . . . . O. 010" to O. HO"
Rotation Viewing Drive End . Clockwise
Minimum Brush Tension (oz.) . 35
No Load Test:
Volts . . . . . . · . . . . . . . 10.6
Minimum Amps. · 75 (includes solenoid)
Maximum Amps. 100 (includes sOlenoid)
Minimum RPM 6450
Maximum RPM 8750
Resistance Test:
Volts . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • .• 5
Maximum Amps. 870 (includes sole no id)
8 Reissued 12-65
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPEC'F'CA TI ONS
Generator Regulator
Make and Model Used:

AU Applications Except MF 2244 and 2500 . Delco-Remy 1118981
MF 2244 and 2500 Applications Delco-Remy 1119513
DR-1118981:
Circuit . A
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap 0.075"
Allowable Voltage Range . 13.6 - 14.5
Adjust to 14
Cut-Out Relay:
Air Gap. 0.020"
Point Opening. . 0.020"
Adjust to Close At. . 12.8 volts
Allowable Closing Range. 0 11. 8-14. 0 volts
DR-1119513:
Circuit B
Po lar ity . . Negative
Field Relay:
Air Gap 0.015 inch
Point Opening. . 0.030 inch
Closing Voltage Range 3.8- 7.2
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap
. . 0.014 inch
*
Point Opening
Voltage . See Temperature - Voltage Chart **
TEMPERATURE- VOL.TAGE CHART
Regulator Ambient
Temperature (Degrees 65 85 105 125 145 165 185
Fahrenheit)
13.9 13.8 13.7 13.5 13.4 13.2 13. 1

Voltage Setting to to to to to to to
15 14.8 14.6 14.4 14.2 14 13.9
*Adjust Air Gap onlywhen necessary to obtain specified difference between voltage
settings of upper and lower contacts. After Benclz Repair Only, set air gap to
approximately 0.067 inch; then, make final air gap adjustment.
**Operation on lower contacts must be 0.05-0.4 volt lower than on upper contacts.
RcisSLCd 12-65 9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART 2-AD3.152 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
INDEX
Page Page
Introduction ............................ . . . . . 1 Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance ............... 11
Engine Description ........................... 2 Cylinder Block (Stripped) ...................... 12
Engine Seriai Number ........................ 3 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly ............. 13
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly .................... 3 Cylinder Liners ............................... 17
Cyl inder Head ............................... 4 Timing Gear Cover and Front
Valves ..................................... 7 Crankshaft Oil Seal ......................... 19
Valve Guides ............................... 7 Timing Gears ................................ 20
Valve Seats ................................. 8 Camshaft .................................... 25
Valve Springs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 Timing Gear Housing .......................... 27
Tappets .................................... 9 Crankshaft and Main Bearings ................... 30
Cylinder Head Reassembly ..................... 10 Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal ....................... 35
Cylinder Head Installation ..................... 10 Flywheel .................................... 35
INTRODUCTION
This part of this manual is concerned with the overhaul procedures for the Perkins
AD3. 152 Diesel Engine. AH of the procedures and service information contained in
this part assume that the engine has been removed from the tractor and pertain only
to the basic engine itself, without regard to any particular application in which the en-
gine may be used.
NOTE: For specifie detailed information concerning the lubricatioJZ

system and the otlzer engine systems of the AD3.152 engine, refer to
the appropria te part within this section of your lilanual.
Before starting disassembly, make a complete diagnosis of the engine to be sure

that an overhaul is really necessary. If the overhaul is necessary, inspect the en-
tire engine for any evidence of external leaks, or defective parts, that must also be
corrected before it is assembled and returned to the customer.
ponent parts of the fuel system. Also, make sure to cap or otherwise coyer aH fuel
openings as soon as they are exposed to prevent dirt from entering the fuel system.
CLEANLINESS IS VERY IMPORTANT AND CANNOT BE OVER-EMPHASIZED.
Where the right and left-hand sides are mentioned in this Part, it refers to the en-
gine as viewed from the rear. Direction of engine rotation, however, is viewed from
the front.
Printcd in U.S.A.
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J 52 ENG/NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 1 - Front Left-Hond View of AD3.152 Engine Fig. 2 - Rear Right-Hand View af AD3.152 Engine
ENGINE DESCRIPTION jected into the chamber by means of a multi-

hole, long stem type of inje ctor •
The AD3.152 Diesel engine, as shown in
Figs. 1 and 2, is a three-cylinder engine using
dry cast iron liners with a bore of 3.6" and a The fuel injection pump is made by C. A. V.
stroke of 5". The engine has a total piston and is of the D. P. A. distritutor type, with a
displacement of 152.7 cubic inches and a com- built-in mechanical governor. The pump is
pression ratio of 18.5 to 1. The AD3.152 en- flang~-mounted to the back of the timing gear
gine has a maximum corrected brake horse- housing and is gear-driven through an idler
power of 42 (subject to official confirmation). gear by the crankshaft gear.
Maximum engine torque is 119 ft,-lbs. occur-
ing at an engine speed of a p pro x i mat e l y
1300 rpm.
The fuel system is of the direct-injection
type, employing a toroidal chamber machined
in the crown of each piston. The fuel is in-
Fig. 4 - Front Support Marked to Show

Correct Positioning of Siot
Fig. 3 - Rocker Arm Shah Assembly 1. Punch Mark on Front Support 2. Rocker Shah Siot Corrcctly Pos:tioncd
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
The valves are vertically located in replace-

able guides in the cylinder he ad and have two
valve springs for each valve. The valves are
operated by tappets in the cylinder hea~ from
the gear-driven camshaft, which is located
high on the right-hand side of the cyl i n der
block.
The crankshaft is supported by four main

bearings and is forged from chrome molybde-
num steel, with induction-hardened main bear-
ing j ournals. Crankshaft end-play is control-
led by replaceable thrust washers installed on
each side of the rear main bearing.
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

Each AD3.152 engine has a seriaI number
stamped on a machined surface located on the
left-hand side of the cylinder block, near the
top.
Fig. 5 - Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly - Identification
The beginning engine seriaI number was 1. Rocker Sho h 6. Rocker Shoft Spocer
2300251. Always mention the engine seriaI 2.
3.
Rocker Shah End Plug
Snop Ring
7.
8.
Rocker Shah Spring ((entet)
Rocker Shah Oi 1 Line
num ber when ordering parts. 4. Rocker Shah Brocket 9. Rocker Shah Spring (Front
(Support) and Reor)
5. Rocker Shah Spring (Front 10. Right·Hond Rocker Arms
and Rear) 11. leh·Hond Rocker Arms
ROCKER ARM SHAFT ASSEMBL y

REMOVAL rocker assembly can be adjusted by position-
ing this slot. The punch mark on the front
Ta remove the rocker arm shaft assembly, support bracket (stamped 30 0 from vertical
refer ta Fig. 3 and proceed, as follows: position) shows where the slot must normally
be set.
1. Disconnect the breather pipe hase, then
remove nuts securing rocker arm cover and NOTE: Only in the event of inadequate,
remove caver from engine. or excessive, rocker arm lubrication
should the slot be repositioned. Mini-
2. Dis conne ct ail line to rocker arm shaft mum oil flow occurs with the s lot in
at cylinder head end. the vertical position.
3. Work from the center ta bath ends and Ta disassemble the rocker arm shaft as-
gradually loosen the nuts securing the rocker sembly, refer ta Fig. 5 andproceed, as follows:
shaft supports.
1. Remove the retaining snapring from each
4. After loosening the nuts, remove them end of the rocker shaft.
and lift the rocker arm shaft assembly from
cy linder head. 2. Remove the support brackets, rocker
a r ms, spacer springs, spacers and rocker
DISASSEMSL y shaft oil line from rocker shaft. Lay aIl parts
in arder sa they may be instaIled intheir
Before disassembling the rocker arm shaft same locations.
assembly, observe that the rocker arms are
right-hand and left-hand assemblies and cannat
be interchanged. Observe aIs a that there is a INSPECTION
slot, No. 2, Fig. 4, in the front end of the
rocker shaft and that it is aligned with a punch Clean aU parts in a suitable solvent; make
mark, No. 1, Fig. 4, on the front support sure aIl ail hales are open and proceed, as
bracket. The amount of ail circulating ta the follows:
Printed in U.S.A. 3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 6 - Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly Correctly Assembled
1. Inspect the rocker arm bearing surfaces

of the shaft for wear or scoring. Replace shaft
if it is badly worn or scored.
2. Inspect for and replace any rocker arms

that have seized and have 100se bushings. Also,
discard rocker arms with worn or pitted con-
tact surfaces. Fig.6A - Cylinder Head - Identification
1. End Plate Cover 8. Cylinder Head
NOTE: Rocker anus and bushings are 2. Volve Guide 9. Thermostat Body
3. Lower Volve Spring Retoiner 10. EnJine lift Brocket
not serviced separately and if either 4. Outer Valve Spring 1l. Tappet
is worn or d a lit age d, new rocker 5. Cap Retainers (Keepers) 12. Intake Valve
6. Upper Valve Spring Cap 13. Exhaust Va Ive
arms are available with bushings in- 7. Inner Velve $pring 14. Exhoust Manifold
stalled and realiled to proper size.
rocker shaft and inside diameter of rocker arm 4. Connect the rocker shaft oil line to the
bushings. Proper clearance between rocker cylinder head.
arm bushings and shaft is 0.0075" - 0.0035".
Replace shaft and/or rocker arms if clearance 5. Adjust the valve tappet clearances "cold",
exceeds O. 0045". as outlined under the heading "Adjusting Valve
Tappet Clearance".
REASSEMBI. y AND INSTAl.l.ATION 6. Install the rocker arm cover, usirtg a

new gasket, and connect the breather pipe hose.
To reassemble and install the rocker arm
assembly, proceed, as follows:
1. Install an parts in their correct sequence,

as shown in Figs. 5 and 6. Make sure that the CYLINDER HEAD
slot in the front end of the rocker shaft is
matched and lined up with the punch mark on The cylinder head is of thevalve-in-headtype
the front support bracket, also, that the stud and is made of high grade cast iron alloy.
holes in the support brackets are toward the
intake manifold side of engine. Rocker arms The tappets are contained in the cylinder head
are right-handed and left-handed and must be and operate directly in the head without the use
positioned as shown in Figs. 3 and 6. of push rods.
2. Complete reassembly by installing a new The valves operate in replaceable cast iron
snapring at each end of the rocker shaft. valve guides installed in the cylinder head and
seat directly in the head without the use of seat
3. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly in inserts.
place and progressively tighten the rocker shaft
support nuts down e~'enl)', until they are sec- Fig. 6A shows the parts contained in the cyl-
urely tightened. inder head and various related attaching parts.
4
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig.7 - Cylinder Head - Identification of Fig. 8 - Cy linder Head - Identification of

Connecting and Related Components Connecting and Related Components
REMOVAL in Fig. 16, then carefully remove the cylinder

head, as shown in Fig. 9.
To remove the cylinder head, THOROUGHLY
CLEAN THE ENGINE and proceed, as follows;
refer to Figs. 7 and 8:
INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the upper end of the by-pass
hose from the thermostat housing. Disassemble the cylinder head, then thor-
oughly clean it and other connecting parts.
2. Disconnect the breather pipe hose from Make sure aIl sealing surfaces are clean and
the rocker arm coyer. not damaged. Clean aIl scale from the water
passages in the cylinder head and inspect head
3. Remove the intake and exhaust manifolds. for possible cracks. Use a straightedge and
determine if cylinder head is warped due to
4. Remove oil line between cylinder block overheating or extreme operation. If neces-
. and cylinder head. This oil line provides oil sary, the cylinder head may be resurfaced up
to the cylinder head for the rocker arm shaft to 0.012"; however, UNDER NO CIRCUM-
assembly.
5. Disconnect and remove the injector leak-

off line assembly from the injectors.
6. Disconnect and remove the three high

pressure fuel lines between the fuel injection
pump and fuel injectors.
IMPOR TANT: Cap or otherwise cover
aU fuel openings to prevent dirt fro1Jl
entering ihefuel system.
7. Remove the fuel injectors.
8. Remove the rocker arm coyer.
9. Disconnect the rocker shaft oil line at the

cylinder head. Work from the center to both
ends and gradually loosen the nuts securing the
rocker arm shaft supports. After loosening,
remove nuts and lift rocker shaft assembly
from cylinder head.
10. Loosen the cylinder head nuts in A RE-

VERSE ORDER to the tightening sequence shown Fig.9 - Removing or Installing the Cylinder Head
Printed in U.S.A. 5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J 52 ENG/NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig. 10 - Va Ive Location Numbers and Va Ive Arrangement
STANCES MUST ITS THICKNESS BE RE-

DUCED BELOW 2.988" (3" thickness new).
IMPORTANT: If it is necessary ta
resurface the Izead, malèe certain,
zvhen asseJJtbling it, that the valves are
within tlze specified distance below the
face of the cy lin der head.
Examine the water- jacket plugs on the cyl-
inder head and an of the cylinder black studs
Replace aU damaged or defective parts.
NOTE: Make a special point ta in-

spect for and reJJlove any old injector
sealing waslzers whiclz may have re-
}JI ained in tlze cy lin der lzead.
Fig. 11 - Intake and Exhaust Valve Assemblies

Tlze Ilozzle r e ces ses in tlze lzead 1. Exhaust Valve J. Inncr Volve $pr;ngs
2. Intokc Valve 5. Outer Volve Springs
Jllltst be carefully cleaned, IlSÙZg a 3. Lowcr Volve $pr;ng Rcto:ncrs 6. Upper Valve Spr:ng Caps
soft suitable tool that will not damage 7. Cop Rctcincrs (Kccpcrs)
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
EXHAUST VALVES:
0
Face Angle ............................ 45
Stem Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.311" - 0.312"
Total Length ......................... , 4. 5"
Head Diameter............... 1. 313" - 1. 317"
To remove the valves, use a valve spring

compressor, as shown in Fig. 12. Place
valves in a numbered rack so that, if they are
to be re-used, they may be installed into their
original valve guides. The original valves are
numbered consecutively from the front of the
engine.
Thoroughly clean and inspect aU valves. If

valves appear to be in good condition, measure
the following:
Fig. 12 - Removing or Installing the Valves
1. Thickness of Valve Margin - Discard
valves with margins less than 1/32".
the sealing surface, to prevent possi- 2. Stem Diameter - Discard valves that
ble leakage. have scored stems or a stem diameter of
0.310", or less.
SERVICING
VALVES
Reface new and old serviceable valves with a
The valves are retained in the cylinder head 440 face angle (one degree interference angle
by caps and split-type cap retainers. Intake used). Discard any valves that are bent or
and exhaust valves are not interchangeable. have a margin thickness of 1/32", or less,
Both the intake and exhaust valves are manu- after refacing.
0
factured with 45 angle faces and have stem
diameters of O. 311" - 0.312".
AH of the valves and the botlom face of the VALVES GUIDES

cylinder head are numbered to show the correct
valve locations. Refer to Fig. 10 showing the Intake and exhaust valve guides are inter-
locating numbers and the arrangement of the changeable. Inside diameter of new valve
intake and exhaust valves. guides is 0.3145" - 0.3155". The desired
clearance between the guide and valve stem is
The valves, valve springs and retaining as- 0.0025" - 0.0045" for both intake and exhaust
semblies are shown in Fig. 11. valves. Replacement valve guides are pre-
sized and do not require reaming.
New valve specifications are, as follows:

INSPECTION
INTAKE VALVES: Thoroughly clean and examine guides. Re-

place guides that are badly worn, scored, or
Face Angle .............................. 45 0 otherwise damaged. Measure the inside dia-
Stem Diameter .............. 0.311" - 0.312" meter of the valve guides and replace guides if
Total Length .......................... .4. 5" diameter is more than 0.3155", or if valve
Head Diameter .............. 1. 532" - 1. 536" guide-to-stem clearance exceeds 0.0045".
Printed in U.S.A. 7
MASSEY-FERGUSON
VALVE HEAD 0.060-0.073 INCH BELOW

'\E 0' Cyl/NDER HEAD
TOP FACE OF
45° CHAMFER
\..------.--
20° CHAMFER
Fig. 13 - Shoulderless Volve Guide Properly Fig. 14 - Intake and Exhaust Volves Must be Located
Insta lied and Located within a Specified Distance Below Foce of Cylinder Head
REPLACEMENT guides have been installed, the valve seats

must be refaced.
Remove valve guides by pressing them out
the top of the cylinder head. To install new
valve guides, use a piloted drift 0.002" smaller
than the inside diameter of the guides. SERVICING
Insert the 20 0 chamferred end (both ends are Reface the intake and exhaust valve seats to
chamferred, but with different angles) from the a 45 0 angle (one degree interference angle
TOP of the cylinder head. PRESS (DO NOT used). REMOVE ONL y ENOUGH METAL TO
DRIVE) THE VALVE GUIDE INTO THE HEAD CLEAN UP AND TRUE THE FACE OF THE
UNTIL THE TOP END (45 0 CHAMFERRED SEAT.
END) EXTENDS 0.584" - 0.594" ABOVE THE
TOP FACE OF THE HEAD, as shown in Fig. 13.
NOTE: The heads of the illtal?e and ex-
IMPORTANT; Malœ sure ta reface the haust valves, when installed in the
valve seats after installillg ne/u valve cylinder lzead, mus t be located between
guides ta insure concentricity of the 0.060" - 0.073" below the cylinder
s eat ta the Ile IV guide. lzead face, as sJwwn in Fig. 14. DO
NOT reface tlze valve seat or valve ta
the point tllat the valve depth exceeds
the amount specified.
VALVE SEATS
The intake and exhaust valves seat directly in
the cylinder head, with no seat inserts being
used. VALVE SPRINGS
The valve springs, caps and split-type re-
INSPECTION tainers are interchangeable for the intakeand
exhaust valves. Two valve springs are used
Thoroughly inspect each valve seat for pit- for each valve. Neither one of the springs
ting, burning or other evidence of leakage. If have damper coils and may be installed with
any of these conditions exist or if new valve either end up.
8
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 15A - Cylinder Head Gasket and Grip

Rings Properly Installed
shows a tappet removed from the cylinder

head.
Fig. 15 - Tappet - Identification and Sequence of Parts
1. Teppet Fece 3. Adjusting Screw Locknut
2. Teppet Stem 4. Teppet Adjusting Screw
REMOVAL
INSPECTION To remove the tappets, proceed, as follows:
Discard any valve springs that do not have 1. Remove the cylinder head.
square ends, also those that are discolored,
damaged or otherwise defective. If springs ap- 2. Remove tappet adjusting screw and lock-
pear to be in good condition, check in a sprlng nut.
specifications: 3. Remove tappets and number them so that
they may be installed into their original bores.
OUTER SPRING:
Approximate Free Length .......... 1-25/32"

Spring Length Valve Closed. . . . . . . . . .. 1-1/2" INSPECTION
Spring Pressure at
1-1/2" Length ................ 21-25 lbs. Thoroughly clean the tappets and inspect
Spring Length Valve Open ........... 1-5/32" the m, as follows:
Spring Pressure at
1-5/32" Length ............... 48-52 lbs. 1. Make sure tappets are free to rotate and
that they will slide into their bores under their
INNER SPRING: own weight.
Approximate Free Length ........... , 1-3/8" 2. Inspect the tappet face. If the face of the
Spring Length Valve Closed .......... 1-3/16" tappet is worn or damaged, the tappet should be
Spring Pressure at 1-3/16" ........ 7-9 lbs. replaced.
Spring Length Valve Open ............ 27/32"
Spring Pressure at 27/32" ....... 21-25 lbs. NOTE: Do not regrind the face of the
tappet.
TAPPETS 3. Measure the tapp'3t bore and the tappet

stem diameter. Clearance between bore and
The tappets are of the mushroom-type and stem should be between 0.00075" - 0.0035".
operate directly in the cylinder head. Fig. 15 Install new tappets if clearal'lce is excessive.
Printed in U.S.A. 9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
- -
INSTAlLALt CYllNDER HEAD NUTS"

WITH LETTERS "R" UT>
Fig. 16 - Cylinder Head Tightening Sequence
CYLINDER HEAD REASSEMBL y 3. Install the two grip rings onto the rear-
most stud near the left-hand side of the engine,
Make sure aIl parts are clean and service- as shown in Fig. 15A.
able, then proceed, as follows:
4. Apply a light coating of non-hardening
1. Lubricate the valve stems and guides with sealing compound around the by-pass connec-
engine oil. tion of the thermostat housing and carefully in-
stal! the cylinder head in place, being careful
2. Using a valve spring compressor, install not to damage the by-pass hose.
the valves into their proper guides. Refer to
Fig. 11 for proper sequence of parts. 5. Tighten the cylinder head nuts, in the se-
quence shown in Fig. 16, to 55-60 ft.-lbs.
3. Replace thermostat body and water outlet torque.
gaskets and a suitable sealing compound. NOTE: lilstall a lcaslzer IlIlder llie Jilll
ail the cylindey head stuc!, SilO/Cil by
No. 15 in Fig. 16. This s lud liS es
grip rillgs ail il ta precenl llie fil-
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION s tallatioll of anotlzey head gas l?el Icllic/i
is sùltilar and could be accidel/laZ!.\'
1. Make sure the mating surfaces of the cyl- ùzstalled.
inder block and head are clean, then lightly
coat both sides of the new cylinder head gasket
with an aviation grade sealing compound (non- 6. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly and
hardening). connect rocker shaft oil line to cylinder head.
2. Note that the head gasket is marked "Top shaft is toward the front of engine and that the
Front" and install it onto the block in this slot is aligned with the punch mark on the front
position. support.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENG/NE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
7. Install the oilline between cylinder head

and block. This oil line supplies the oil for
lubrication of the rocker arni shaft assembly.
8. Adjust the valve tappet clearances to

0.012", "cold", as outlined under the heading
"Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance".
NOTE: The valve tappet clearances

should again be readjusted with the en-
gine "hot" to 0.010" clearance, after
the engine kas been s tarted and the
cylinder head nuts have been re-
tightened.
9. Install injectors, USING NEW COPPER

WASHERS, and tighten the nuts down EVENLY
to 10-12 ft.-Ibs. torque. MAKE SURE TO
INSTALL ONLY ONE WASHER UNDER EACH
INJECTOR.
NOTE: Each injector should slide

freely into place and not bind. Bind- Fig. 16A - Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance
ing or "canting" of the injector will
cause improper injector operation.
THIS IS ESPECIALLY IMPORTANT
FOR THE LONG TYPE INJECTOR To adjust the tappet clearance "cold", pro-
NOZZLES USED IN AD3.152 EN- ceed, as follows:
GINES.
1. Remove the rocker cover.
10. Install the high pressure fuel lines be-
tween the fuel injection pump and injectors.
2. Remove the plug from the inspection hole
NOTE: Be sure both ends of each fuel in the left front side of the transmission hous-
line are connected before fully tight- ing adapter plate.
ening the lines.
11. Install the intake and exhaust manifolds. 3. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal di-
rection of engine rotation (clockwise) so that
12. Using a new gasket, install the rocker No. 1 piston is coming up on compression
arm cover and reconnect the breather pipe stroke, then continue turning until the T. D. C.
hose. mark on flywheel is positioned in the middle of
the inspection hole.
NOTE: Retighten the cylinder head
nuts after the engine has been started
and allowed to reach normal operating 4. Check and adj ust tappet clearances for
temperature. valve Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 5, as shown in Fig. 16A.
Refer to Fig. 10 if in doubt about location of
valves.
ADJUSTING V AL VE
TAPPET CLEARANCE 5. Rotate the crankshaft one more revolution
(clockwise - 3600 ) with the T. D. C. mark on
The design of the three-cylinder crankshaft the flywheel positioned in the middle of the in-
(three throws - 120 0 apart) makes it necessary spection hole, then adjust the tappet clearances
to use a slightly different procedure for adjust- for valve Nos. 4 and 6.
ing the valve tappet clearances. Both the in-
take and exhaust valve tappet clearances should
be set at 0.010", "hot", or at 0.012", "cold". 6. Replace plug in inspection ho le and com-
TI-.è engine firing order is 1-2-3. plete reassembly.
PrinTod in U.S.A. 11
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 17 - Cylinder Block and Main Bearing Caps

Marked far Proper Identification
1. Black Identi!i cation Number
Fig. 16B - Cylinder Block - Identification of

Connecting and Related Components
1. Cylinder Liner 6. Boit Lock thoroughly cleaned and the block inspected, as
2.
3.
Cylinder Head Stud
Cylinder Head·Gasket
7.
8.
Slip Wosher
Main Bearing Cap Boit
follows:
4. Cylinder Black 9. Rear Oil Seol (Only Lower Half Shawn)
5. Main Beoring Cap 10. Reor Oil Seal Caver Assembly
11. Transmission Housing Adopter Plate 1. Inspect for and replace any expansion
plugs showing signs of leakage.
.~.

CYLINDER BLOCK (Stripped) screws that are stripped, stretched, or other-
wise damaged. MAKE SURE THAT ALL STUDS
The cylinder block is a one-piece casting ARE SCREWED TIGHTLY IN THE BLOCK.
made of heavy-duty cast iron alloy and is prop-
erly machined to accept the dry-type cast iron 3. Carefully inspect the cylinder block for
cylinder liners. Fig. 16B shows the parts con- possible cracks due to freezing, severe over-
tained in the cylinder block and other related heating, or damage.
attaching parts.
4. Visually inspect the top face of the cylin-
The main bearing bores in the cylinder block der block for scoring or other damage. Use a
and main bearing caps are machined with the straightedge and feeler gauge and inspect the
caps in place. For this reason, the bearing top face of the cylinder block for possible war-
caps are not replaceable and cannot be inter- page due to extreme overheating or other ab-
changed between cylinder blocks or located in normal operation. The face of the cylinder
düferent positions. block must not be damaged and should be true
within O. 003". If the top face of the cylinder
For identüication pUrposes, the main bearing block is damaged or is not true and exceeds the
caps are numbered from the front of the engine amount specüied, it may be refaced lightly,
and both the cylinder block and main bearing providing the block thickness is not reduced
caps are marked with a seriaI number. The below 13.731" and the piston height (when
caps must always be installed in their original measured at T. D. C.) and sleeve location is
locations, with their seriaI number toward the maintained within their proper limits in rela-
seriaI number on the block; see No. 1, Fig. 17. tion to the face of the cylinder block, after the
refacing operation.
INSPECTION 5. Use a dial indicator and check the parent

cylinder bores in the cylinder block. Measure
Mter the cylinder block has been stripped of the inside diameter in two directions (at right
aIl removeable parts, the entire casting, in- angles) at the top, center and bottom of each
cluding the oil and coolant passages, should be bore. MAKE SURE THE BORES ARE THOR-
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUI. PROCEDURES
Fig. 18 - Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly - Fig. 19 - Pistons Marked with Word "Front"
Identification and Sequence of Parts to Indicate Carrect Pos itioning
1. Pi ston 5. Connecting Rod
2. Pi ston Pin 6. Bearing Inserts
3. Piston Pin RetoÎners 7. Boit ond Self·Locking Nut
4. Connecting Rod Bushing 8. Connecting Rod Cop
Five piston rings are installed to each pis-
ton: three compression rings and one oi! ring
above the piston pin and one oi! ring below the
OUGHLY CLEAN WHEN PERFORMING THIS pin.
CHECK. The cylinder block bores must not be
out-of-round more than O. 001". The connecting rods are fitted with replace-
If the bores are distorted due to overheating rods are fitted with interchangeable, precision
or other abnormal conditions, they can be trued type bearing inserts. Replaceable connecting
up by very lightly honing them to an inside di- rod bearing inserts are available in standard
ameter of 3. 6875" - 3. 6885". size and O. 010", O. 020" and O. 030" undersize.
The connecting rods and bearing caps are num-
Under no circumstances should the bores be bered from the front of the engine, as shown in
honed to the extent that a new cylinder liner, Fig. 20, with the numbers opposite the cam-
which has been carefully cleaned and lubricat-
ed, will slide fully in place under its own
weight.
PISTON AND CONNECTING

ROD ASSEMBL y
Fig. 18 shows the parts of the piston and con-
necting rod assembly. The pistons are cam-
ground and are made of a special light alumi-
num alloy.
An pistons are marked with the word

"Front", as shown in Fig. 19, to indicate tp.e
correct positioning of the piston inside the
Fig. 20 - Connecting Rods Are Humbered from Front of
cylinder. Engine and Are Graded by Weight
Print~d in U.S.A. 13
MASSEY -FERGUSON
shaft side of the engine. Connecting rods are connecting rod boIts and remove the bearing
graded by weight and are also· numbered, as cap AND THE CONNECTING ROD BOLTS.
shown in Fig. 20, to indicate their weight.
9. Remove piston and connecting rod as-
The code numbers and their respective sembly from top of block.
weights are, as follows:
NOTE: Identify and Zay out aU parts
Rod Weight in their arder of reJ/loval sa that, if
(includes bearing cap, piston serviceable, they may be reinstalled
Numbers pin bushing, also nuts and boIts) in their original cy linders •
No. 9 ..... 3 lbs. , o ozs. - 3 lbs. , 2 ozs. 10. DISCARD THE OLD PISTON RINGS and
No. 10 ..... 3 lbs. , 20zs. - 3 lbs. , 40zs. thoroughly clean thf:') entire piston and conne ct-
No. 11 ..... 3 lbs. , 40zs. - 3 lbs. , 60zs. ing rod assembly.
No. 12 ..... 3 lbs. , 60zs. - 3 lbs. , 80zs.
No. 13 ..... 3 lbs. , 80zs. - 3 lbs. , 100zs.
No. 14 ..... 3 lbs. , 100zs. - 3 lbs. , 12 ozs. REMOVING PISTON FROM CONNECT/NG ROD
No. 15 ..... 3 lbs. , 120zs. - 3 lbs. , 14 ozs.
The full floating-type piston pins are retained rod, first, remove the snapring from each end
by snaprings and are available in standard size of the piston pin, then heat piston in oil or
only. water to 1000 - 1200 F., and slip piston pin out
of the piston.
REMOVING THE PISTON AND CONECT/NG RODS

CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBUES
Whenever it is necessary to service the pis- Discard or straightén any rods that are mis-
ton and connecting rod assemblies, they should aligned.
be removed, as follows:
NOTE; REPLACE ALL UNSERVICE-
1. Drain engine oil. ABLE RODS WITH NEW ONES OF
THE SAME WEIGHT. RePlacement
2. Remove rocker arm cover, rocker as- rads are not nurnbered as ta the cor-
sembly and ,cylinder head, as outlined earlier. rect cylinder location and should be
Jltarked prior ta installation.
3. Remove the oil pan.
Install new piston pin bushings whenever· new
4. Turn the crankshaft until the piston to be pistons and pins are installed, or if inside
removed is at the bottom of its stroke. bushing diameter exceeds 1. 2515".
5. Remove the oil pump suction and delivery Connecting rod bearing inserts are available
pipes. in standard size or in 0.010", 0.020" and
0.030" undersize.
6. Carefully remove any carbon that may
have formed at the top of the cylinder liner New specifications are, as follows:
bore.
Crankpin Diameter .......... 2.2485" - 2.249"
7. Very carefully feel the upper piston ring Rod Bearing Inside
travel area to determine if there is any cylin- Diameter ., ............. 2.2515" - 2.2525"
der ridge present inside the cylinder liner. Bearing Clearance .......... O. 0025" - 0.004"
Rod Side- Play ............. O. 0095" - O. 0148"
If there is a cylinder ridge in the cast iron
cylinder liner, then, determine if the cylinder
liner is to be re-used and carefully remove the Rep'acing the Bushings
ridge to allow removal of the piston and con-
necting rod assembly. When replacing piston pin bushings, support
8. Remove the self-locking nuts from the worn bushings. To install the new bushing,
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
position the bushing on the connecting rod; tons that are scored or otherwise damaged. If
makeJsure oil hole in bushing is in line with oil pistons appear serviceable; proceed, as follows:
hole in connecting rod, then, use a bushing
driver to press the new bushing into place.
Ream the excess material from the bushing and 1. Measure the bottom piston skirt diameter
then finish-hone the bushing to an inside diam- at a right angle to the piston pin.
eter of 1. 2505" - 1. 2515". Proper clearance
between the piston pin and the piston pin bush-
ing is 0.0005" - 0.00175". NOTE; The piston is cam-ground and
is slightly tapered (0.003" - O. 004'~,
being larger at the bottom than at the
PISTON PINS top. New bottom piston skirt diameter
is 3.5955" - 3.5965". Discard Pis-
Piston pins are 1. 24975" - 1. 250" in diameter tons that are collapsed or worn.
and are available only in standard size. The
full-floating type piston pins are retained in the
piston by snaprings. 2. Inspect for worn ring grooves. New pis-
ton ring groove clearance specifications are,
New pins fit from minus 0.00025" to plus as follows:
0.00025" clearance in the piston.
No. 1 Compression Ring .... O. 0019" - O. 0039"
Fit new pins in connecting rod bushings to No. 2 Compression Ring .... 0.0019" - 0.0039"
0.0005" - 0.00175" clearance. No. 3 Compression Ring........ Not applicable
No. 4 Oil Ring ................. Not applicable
To install the piston pins, lubricate them No. 5 Oil Ring............... O. 002" - O. 004"
with oil, then, heat the pistons in hot oil or
water to 1000 - 1200 F. and slide the piston Discard pistons that have worn ring grooves
pins in place by hand. or bent lands.
Install NEW snaprings when installing piston

pins. 3. Inspect the piston pin bores for wear.
PISTONS AND RINGS than 1. 250" or those that, when fitted with a
new piston pin, require less than a light hand
Piston Inspection push fit at room temperature, using oil. Cor-
rect clearance between piston pin and piston
Thoroughly inspect the pistons. Discard pis- bore is from minus 0.00025" to plus 0.00025".
Piston Ring Description and Installation
NEVER INSTALL USED RINGS ONTO A NEW OR USED PISTON. Before installing
the piston rings, check the ring end gaps in the lower unworn portion of the cylinder
liner. Proper ring end gap in a new liner is 0.009" - 0.013" for aIl of the one-piece
piston rings.
When installing the piston rings, use a piston ring tool for aIl of the one-piece
rings. Install the lowest groove ring first, then, the next lowest, etc., with the top
groove ring installed last. Description of the piston rings and their correct placement
is, as follows; refer to Fig. 21:
No. 1 Compression Ring Chrome-plated, parallel-faced cast iron ring,
and may be installed either side up.
No. 2 Compression Ring ....................... Parallel-faced, cast iron ring and may be in-
stalled either side up.
No. 3 Compression Ring ....................... Four - piece, segmented - type ring and each
piece must be carefully spiraled onto the piston
by hand, as follows:
lf\
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3.152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
1. Place one of the segments (aIl 4 are identi-

cal) horizontally in the palm of the hand and
(Chrome Plct.,c;i Paroll.,1 Foc.,d)
radially compress it, as shown in Fig. 22.
Notice that, when the ring is compressed, the
ring ends either point up or down, depending
(?IQÎo PatolleJ FQced)
upon which side of the segment is turned up.
2. Fit the first segment onto the piston so that,

when held and radially compressed, the ring
ends point downward. Position this ring at the
bottom of the groove, with the gap over the
piston pin bore.
3. Fit the second segment on top of the first

5TH GR.OOV!:
CIL CONTROl RING
so that, when held and compressed as described
above, the ring ends point upward. Position the
Fig. 21 - Piston Ring Arrangement in AD3.152 Engine
gap at 1800 to the first segment gap.
4. Fit the third segment on top of the second

so that, when held and compressed as des-
~\ \
cribed, the ring ends point downward. Position
the ring with the gap over the piston pin bore
and at 1800 to the second ring gap.
5. Fit the fourth segment on top of the third so

"'. that, when held and compressed as described,
the ring ends point upward. Position the gap
Fig. 22 - Ring Ends Point Either Up or Down, Depending directly over that of the second segment. Fig.
Upon Which Side of the Segment Is Turned Up
21 shows the segments correctly installed.
No. 4 Oil Control Ring (above piston pin) ......... Chrome-plated, duaflex laminated ring,. and
should be installed, as follows:
1. Install the internaI expander in the ring

groove.
2. Spiral two of the chrome-plated rails onto

the piston (one at a time), and locate them at
the bottom of the groove.
3. Install the center spring on top of the two

rails.
4. Spiral the other two rails onto the piston

(one at a time), and locate them in the top of
the groove.
5. Turn the rails so that the gaps are stag-

gered around the piston near the piston pin
holes.
No. 50il Control Ring (below piston pin) ......... Cast iron scraper ring and may be installed
with either side up.
16
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INSTALLING THE PISTON AND

CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLIES
1. Assemble the piston and connecting rod

with the word "Front" on top of the piston
toward the front of the engine, and the connect-
ing rod location numbers opposite the cam-
shaft.
NOTE: If the old cylinder liners are

serviceable and are to be re-used,
they should be deglazed.
2. Make sure aIl parts are clean, then, re-

move the bearing cap and apply a liberal coat-
ing of oil to the cylinder liner bores and the
piston assemblies.
3. Stagger the ring gaps of the one-piece

rings, then, using a piston ring compressor,
start the assembly into the cylinder liner bore.
Make sure that the top of the piston marked
"Front" is installed as indicated, and that the
piston and connecting rod assembly is installed
in the proper cylinder location.
4. Rotate the crankshaft until the approp-

riate crankpinjournal is at B.D.C., then, press
the assembly into the cylinder bore until the Fig. 23 - Removing Cylinder Liner from Cylinder Block
top of piston is slightly below the block face.
5. Carefully clean the bearing bore in the
connecting rod and the bearing insert, and in- When installed, the top of the liners must
staIl the upper insert in place. extend a specified distance below the face of
the cylinder block. Replacement cylinder lin-
6. Lubricate the upper bearing insert and ers fit into the cylinder bores from 0.001"
crankpin journal, then, pull the rod assembly loose to O. 001" tight.
into position onto the crankpin, making sure
that the bearing insert is still correctly located.
INSPECTION
7. Carefully clean the connecting rod cap
and the bottom bearing insert, and assemble it 1. Thoroughly clean the old cylinder liners
into the cap. and inspect them for scoring or other damage.
Replace liners that are scored or show other
8. Lubricate the crankpin journal and the signs of damage.
botiom insert.
9. With the cap lo~ation number opposite the 2. Carefully measure the inside diameter of
camshaft side of the engine, position the cap the cylinder liner at the upper portion of the
in place and install the bolts, using NEW SELF- piston ring travel area.
LOCKING NUTS. Tighten the connecting rod
nuts to 45 - 50 ft. -lbs. torque.
3. If the cylinder liners are worn to the
point that the cylinder taper exceeds O. 008",
CYLINDER LINERS the liners must be replaced. If the amount of
cylinder taper is within specifications and the
The cylinder liners are made of cast iron liner appears serviceable, then, CAREFULLY
and are of the dry type. The cylinder liners remove any cylinder ridge present and deglaze
are manufactured with an inside diameter of the liners before installing the piston and con-
3. 6015" - 3.6025". necting rod assemblies.
Printed in U.S.A 17
MASSEY -FERGUSON
r-
Fig. 24 - Cylinder Liner Insta"ed and Located Correctly
REPLACING THE CYLINDER LINERS
To replace the cylinder liners, proceed, as

follows:
1. Remove the piston and connecting rod as-

semblies, as outlined earlier.
2. Use a sleeve puller with puller plate MFN

8308 special tool and remove the cylinder liner
from the top of the cylinder block, as shown in Fig. 25 - Timing Gear Cover - Identification of Parts
Fig. 23. 1. Camshait Thrus! Spring 3. Qil Filler Co ver
2. Timing Gear Caver 4. Front Cronkshoft Oil Seol

3.6875" - 3.6885". BE CAREFULL NOT TO
DAMAGE THE CYLINDER BLOCK BORE.
cause considerable distortioll to Uze
3. After removing the cylinder liner, THOR- liner after it is illstalled.
OUGHLY clean the cylinder block bore, with
particular attention given to the top recess for 5. Make sure the cylinder block bore and
the shoulder of the liner. the cylinder liners are thoroughly cleaned as
outlined, then, chill the new service liners and
After cleaning the cylinder block bore, check press them fully in place by hand. When cor-
the complete liner contact area in the block to rectly installed, the top of the liner must be
make sure it is free 'from burrs or damage. located flush with the top of the cylinder block
Remove any burrs present. to 0.004" below the face, as shown in Fig. 24.
4. Carefully clean the new cylinder liner. 6. Make sure the cylinder liners are fully
THIS 18 VERY IMPORTANT. If kerosene is seated and allow a period of time for the liners
used to wash the liner, the liner should be to "settle in", then, measure the inside diame-
thoroughly dried before it is installed. ter of the liner ta make sure there is no dis-
tortion present. Use either an inside micro-
meter or a dial indicator and check the inside
lJJPORTANT: MAXE SURE THE diameter in two directions (at right angles) at
BURE AND THE CY LINDER LINER the top, center and bottom of the bore. The
.ARE CLEAN. Also, care lit Ils ! be cylinder liner should be concentric and measure
llscd ùz tlze /zalldlùzg of Uze lillers, as from 3.6015" - 3.6025" in diameter. In the
!lIC stig/Iles! dalllage or burr call event the readings should indicate 0.0025", or
18
MASSEY -FERGUSON
side of the cover and controIs camshaft end-

play.
REMOVAL
To remove the timing gear caver, refer ta

Fig. 26, and proceed, as follows:
1. Remove fan blade assembly, fan beU and

generator.
2. Disconnect and remove the air breather

pipe.
3. Disconnect hases from water pump and

remove water pump from engine.
4. Remove the crankshaft pulley boIt and

washer from front end of crankshaft.
NOTE: The pulley baU has a normal

right-hand threaà.
5. Remove the crankshaft pulley.
6. Remove the long timing gear caver boUs

securing the generator brackets and remove
brackets from engine.
7. Remove the capscrews securing the tim-

ing gear cover and carefully remove the caver
Fig. 26 - Timing Gear Cover - Identification of to prevent damaging the front oil seaI.
1. Woter Pump to Inlet Connection Hose 4. Generator
2. By·Pass Hase 5. B,cathe, Pipe
NOTE: Observe that the bottant cap-
3. Gcnerotor Mounting Brackets 6. Pu!ley screw below the front ail seal has a
copper washer.
more, total distortion of the liner would be REPLACING THE FRONT OIL SEAL
unsuitable for use.
1. Remove the old seal by pressing it out
the front of the caver. Do not attempt to pry
the old ail seai out of the caver. Such a prac-
tice may easily score the surface and cause
TIMING GEAR COVER AND future oilleakage.
FRONT CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
2. Thoroughly clean the oil seal bore in the
The timing gear cover is made of cast alu- cover.
minum and is manufactured with facings for
mounting the water pump and ail filler cover. 3. Using a new gasket, install the cover in
The oil filler cover, No. 3, Fig. 25, is con- place and loosely boU it ta the timing gear
veniently located directly in front of the inj ec- housing, using three or four capscrews. DO
tian pump drive gear ta facilitate removal of NOT FULLY TIGHTEN THE CAPSCREWS AT
the injection pump. THIS TIME.
The front crankshaft oil seaI, No. 4, Fig. 25, 4. Install special tool MFN 747-A onto the
is of the spring-loaded type and is contained in crankshaft and locate it in the bore of the cover
the timing gear caver. The camshaft thrust ta correctly position the caver in relation to
spring, No. 1, Fig. 25, is riveted ta the back the crankshaft.
P,;nted 'n U.S.A. 19

MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig.26A - Timing Gear Coyer With Oil Seal Properly Installed
5. Tighten the capscrews at this time to Fig. 27 - Timing Gears With Marks Properly Aligned
hold the cover in its proper relationship to the 1. Timing Geor Marks
crankshaft.
6. Remove the tool, then lightly coat the

bore in the cover with sealing compound. 2. Using a new gasket, carefully position the
cover in place and install three or four cap-
7. Lubricate the lip of the seal with oil, then screws to hold it in position. 00 NOT FULLY
place the seal onto the short stepped side of TIGHTEN THE CAPSCREWS AT THIS TIME.
MFN 747-A so that the lip will be TOWARD the
engine. 3. Install special tool MFN 747-A onto the
crankshaft and locate it in the bore of the cover
8.· Slide the tool and the seal onto the crank- to correctly position the cover in relation to
shaft, then use the pulley boU and washer to the crankshaft.
push the tool and oil seal into the bore of the
cover. The tool is designed so that, when it 4. Install the remaining capscrews and tight-
fully contacts the front face of the cover, the en them at this time to hold the cover in its
seal will be correctly located 1/4" inside the proper relationship to the crankshaft.
front face of the cover.
NOTE: Observe, as shown in Figs. 26
and 26A, that the bottonz caps crew be-
INSTALLING THE TIMING GEAR COYER low the front oil seal has a special
sealing washer.
To install the timing gear cover with the oil
seal in place, proceed, as follows: 5. Remove the special tool, then complete
reassembly by reversing the disassembly pro-
1. Thoroughly clean all of the gasket sur- cedure.
faces.
NOTE: If the oil slinger was removed TIMING GEARS

earlier, install it onto the front of the
cr a n k s Il a ft, with the outer fl,anged The timing gear train, as shown in Fig. 27,
portion facing forwœrd. consists of the crankshaft gear, idler gear,
20
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 28 - Meesuring Timing Geer Becklesh Fig. 29 - Meesuring Becklesh of Oil Pump Geers
camshaft gear and injection pump drive gear. two gears in the timing gear train must be be-
The crankshaft gear drives the camshaft and tween 0.003" - 0.006".
the injection pump through the large idler gear.
NOTE: Also, check the backlash be-
The idler gear is mounted on a hub bolted to tween the crankshaft geœr and the oil
the front of the cylinder block and also driv~s pump idler gear; see Fig. 29. Correct
the hydraulic pump for applications equipped clearance between these two gears is
with power steering. 0.012" - 0.018".
AlI of the timing gears are marked during 3. If the backlash of the timing gears is not
production and, when reassembling the engine, within these limits, the gears should be re-
aIl marks must align when No. 1 piston is at placed. Replacement gears are available only
T. D. C. on compression stroke; see No. 1, in standard size and are marked for correct
Fig. 27. AlI replacement timing gears are installation and retiming of the engine.
marked and are available in standard size only.
IDLER GEAR AND HUS

NOTE; Due to the odd nunzber of teeth
in the idler geœr, the complete set of Removal
timing marks will align only once ev-
ery 18 crankshaft revolutions. To remove the idler gear and hub, proceed,
as follows:
CHECKING TIMING GEAR SACKLASH 1. Remove the timing gear coyer, as out-
lined. Also, remove the rocker arm coyer and
To check timing gear backlash, proceed, as rocker arm shaft assembly.
follows:
1. Remove the timing gear Coyer as outlined NOTE: efore attempting to rem ove
earlier. any of t e timing gears, make sure
the rocke arm shaft assembly is re-
2. Check the backlash between the timing . moved ta avoid the possibility of dam-
gears with a dial indicator or feeler gauge, as age to th pis tons or valve train if
shown in Fig. 28. The backlash between any either tJ e camshaft or cran ks haft
Pc,ntcd 'n U.S.A. 21

MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 30 - Idler Timing Gear - Identification Fig. 32 - Removing or Installing the Idler Gear Hub
and Sequence of Ports 1. Locating Pin 2. Oil Holes
1. Ccpscrew 4. Idler Geor
2. Reta iner Lock 5. Idler Geor Hub
3. Idler Geer Retoiner 6. Hub Locoting Pin
7. Timing Geor Housing
1, Fig. 30, retainer lock, and retainer, No. 3,
Fig. 30.
should be turned independently of the

other. 3. Remove the idler gear from its hub, as
shown in Fig. 31.
2. Bend back the tab on the retainer lock,
No. 2, Fig. 30, and remove the capscrew, No.
4. If desired, the idler gear hub may be re-
moved, as shown in Fig. 32.
NOTE: The idZer gear hub is posi-

tioned by a 10 cating pin, No. l, Fig.
32, and has a Zight press fit in the
tilltÏng gear hou sin g and cy linder
bloc!? For this reason, it may be
llecessary, when removing it, to care-
fully pry it out.
Inspection
Carefully clean and inspect aU parts. Make

and cylinder block (No. 2, Fig. 31, and No. 2,
Fig. 32) are open and clean. New specifications
are, as fol1ows:
Idler Gear:
Fig. 31 - Removing or Installing the Idle. Gear

Bore Diameter ............. 2. 125" - 2. 1266"
1. Locoting Hale for Rctainer Lock and Locoting P:n 2. Oi! Hole
Gear End-Play .............. 0.005" - 0.015"
22
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Idler Gear Hub:

Hub Diameter .............. 2. 123" - 2.1238"
Running Clearance
(Gear to Hub) ........... 0.0012" - 0.0036"
'dler Gear Installation and Retiming the Engine
To in staIl the idler gear and hub, and to time

the engine with the camshait gear, injection
pump drive gear and crankshait gear instaUed,
proceed, as follows:

align the hub dowel pin hole (same drilling as
the location hole for the retainer lock) with the
dowel pin and CARE FULLy install the hub.
NOTE: When correctly installed, the

flange s hould be fkts h with the front of
Fig. 33 - Removing or Installing the Camshaft Goor
the timing gear housing.
1. Holes Morked "D" Must Align When Instolling Geor
2. Turn the crankshait until the keyway and

up (No. 1 piston at T. D. C. ).
idler timing gear as outlined earlier, then pro-
3. With the rocker arm shait assembly re- ceed, as foUows:
moved, rotate the camshait gear and the in-
j ection pump drive gear until their timing 1. Remove the three capscrews and shake-
marks are approximately aligned with the cen- proof washers securing the camshaft gear to
ter of the idler gear hub. the camshait.
4. InstaU the idler gear so that its three 2. Remove the camshait gear as shown in
timing marks align with those on the crankshait Fig. 33.
gear, injection pump drive gear and camshaft
gear.
Installation
5. Make sure that aIl timing marks are
aligned as shown in Fig. 27, then install the 1. Observe on the hub of the camshaft and
idler gear retainer, retainer lock and cap- on the front of the camshait gear the boIt holes
screw. Tighten the capscrew to 50 ft.-Ibs. with the letters "D" stamped next to them; see
torque and lock it in place. No. 1, Fig. 33.
NOTE: Check idler gear end-playon 2. Install the camshait gear onto the cam-
hub. Proper end-play is 0.005"- shait, making sure that the marked holes (with
0.015". Make sure to install a new the. letters "D" stamped next to them) are
retainer if the old one is worn or aligned.
damaged.
6. Install the rocker arm shait assembly and IMPORTANT: Do not use the slotted
complete reassembly. holes for attaching the gear to the
camshajt.
CAMSHAFT GEAR
3. InstaU the idler gear with aU timing
Removal marks aligned, as outlined earlier, then secure
the rocker arm shait assembly in place and
To remove the camshait gear, remove the complete reassembly.
Printed in U.S.A. 23
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fi g. 35 - Crankshaft Gear - Identification

1. Pulley Capscrew 4. Oil Slinger
2. Wosher 5. Cronkshoft Timing Geor
3. Crankshaft Pulley 6. Timing Ge" Spacer
7. Pulley and Timing Gear Key
CRANKSHAFT GEAR
Fig. 34 - Removing or Instolling the Injection
Pump Drive Geor
The crankshaft gear, as shawn in Fig. 35, is
1. Sio. in Adap.er 2. Geor Loccting Pin keyed in place and is installed onto the crank-
shaft with a minus 0.001" ta a plus 0.001"
clearance.
INJECTION PUMP DRIVE GEAR

Removal
rectly to the injection pump adapter and is sup- 1. Remove the timing gear coyer and idler
ported by the injection pump. gear, as outlined earlier.
2. Remove the ail slinger.

Removal
, 3. Drain the engine ail and remove the oil
1. Remove the idler timing gear as outlined pan, also the bottom half of the timing gear
earlier. housing.
2. Release the locks on the tab washer and 4. Remove the oil pump idler gear.
remove the capscrews securing the injection
pump gear to the injection pump. 5. Remove the oil supply and delivery pipes
from the oil pump, then, disconnect and re-
3. Remove the injection pump drive gear; move pump from its dowelled location on the
refer to Fig. 34. front main bearing cap.

Installation the gear from the crankshaft.
1. Align the dowel, No. 2, Fig. 34, in the

gear with the slot, No. 1, Fig. 34, in the adapt-
er and position the gear in place. Installation
2. Install the capscrews and new tab washer 1. If the timing gear spacer, No. 6, Fig. 35,
in place. Tighten the capscrews securely and behind the crankshaft gear has been removed,
lock them with the tab washer. install it with the chamfer toward the front
main bearing journal on the crankshaft.
3. Install the idler gear, as outlined earlier,
making sure aIl timing marks are aligned, then 2. With the timing mark on the crankshaft
complete reassembly. gear facing toward the front, carefully align the
24
MASSEY -FERGUSON
gear so that its slot is in line with the key, then

press the gear onto the crankshaft.
NOTE: Wh e,n pressing the gear in

place, make sure that the key does
not ride out of the keyway in the
cranks haft.
3. Install the idler timing gear with aIl tim-

ing gear marks aligned, as outlined earlier.
4. Install the oil pump, then install the oil

pump idler gear and oil pump suppl Y and de-
livery pipes.
5. Install the bottom half of the timing gear

housing, making sure that its front face is flush
with the main part (upper portion) of the hous-
Fig. 36 - Removing the Comshoft
ing.
6. Install the oil pan.

2. Remove the rocker arm cover, rocker
7. Install the oil slinger onto the crankshaft, arm shaft assembly and fuel lift pump~
with the outer flanged portion of the slinger
facing forward.
3. Lift the tappets and secure them in their
raised position.
8. Install the timing gear cover, as outlined
earlier.
4. If aIl of the timing gear marks are not
aligned, then remove the idler gear, as out-
lined earlier, to assure correct engine timing
CAMSHAFT during reassembly.
The camshaft is made of a special cast iron

alloy and is mounted high on the right-hand side 5. Remove the camshaft (with or without its
of the cylinder block in su ch a position that the gear) from the cylinder block, as shown in Fig.
engine does not require the use of push rods. 36. Be careful, when removing it, not to dam-
The camshaft is driven by the idler gear and is age the bearing journals, cam lobes, or the
supported by thre.e bearings which are machin- tappets.
ed directly into the cylinder block. Camshaft
end-play is controlled by a thrust spring, which
is riveted onto the back side of the timing gear
cover. INSPECTION
Carefully clean and inspect the camshaft, as
follows:
REMOVAL
To remove the camshaft, proceed, as follows: 1. Inspect the camshaft bearing journals and
cam lobes for wear or damage. If the journals
are excessively scored, nicked or discolored
1. Remove the timing gear caver, as out- by heat, or if the lobes are pitted, or rough,
lined earlier. the camshaft must be replaced.
Pr:ntcd in U.S.A. 25
MASSEY -FERGUSON
2. Measure the diameter of the bearing 4. Install the fuel lift pump, rocker arm
journals for wear and out-of-round with a mi- cover, timing gear cover and complete re-
crometer. If journal diameters are worn, or assembly.
out-of-round, or if the camshaft lobes are
worn, the camshaft must be replaced.
New camshaft specifications are, as follows: To check the valve timing of the AD3. 152 en-
gine, proceed, as follows:
Front Bearing Journal ....... 1. 869" - 1. 870"

Center Bearing Journal ...... 1. 859" - 1. 860" 1. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal di-
Rear Bearing Journal ........ 1. 839" - 1. 840" rection of engine rotation (clockwise) until both
Cam Lobe Lift rocker arms of No. 1 cylinder are "rocking"
(Intake and Exhaust) ...... 0.3093" - 0.3183" (exhaust valve closing and intake valve starting
to open).

the block with a hole gauge and micrometer, NOTE: At this point, No. 1 piston will
then compare each bore diameter to its mating be at approximate ly T. D . C. on the EX-
journal diameter. Correct clearance between HAUST STROKE.
the camshaft bearing j ournals and the camshaft
bores is O. 004" - O. 008".
2. With the crankshaft positioned so that the
rocker arms of No. 1 cylinder are at "rock
point" , then rotate the crankshaft backward
INSTALLATION (counterclockwise) approximately 1/2 turn to
allow the intake valve of No. 1 cylinder to be
To install the camshaft in the engine, pro- adjusted.
ceed, as follows:
3. Adjust the tappet of No. 1 cylinder intake

NOTE: If tlze caillshaft gear Izas been valve (front valve) so there is 0.043" clearance
reilloved frOiit tlze camshaft, JJlake between the valve and rocker arm.
s ure ta ins taU the gear to tlze callt -
shaft with the letters "D" in align-
ment, as outliJled earlier. • 4. Turn the crankshaft in the normal direc-
tion of engine rotation (clockwise) until the
0.043" clearance is taken up. Stop turning the
1. With the tappets supported in their raised crankshaft the instant that the rocker arm con-
position, carefully install the camshaft into the tacts the valve.
cylinder block. If the idler gear was not re-
moved earlier and an of the timing marks were
in alignment, make sure the timing mark on the 5. With the crankshaft positioned as out-
camshaft gear is aligned with the mark on the lined, remove the plug from the inspection
idler geaI' and ALL TIMING GEAR MARKS window in the adapter plate. If the valves. are
ARE IN ALIGNMENT. properly timed and the procedure correctly
followed, the T. D. C. mark on the flywheel
should be aligned with the mark on the side of
2. If the idler geaI' was removed earlier due the inspection window.
to the timing marks not being in alignment,
then install the idler geaI' as outlined under the
heading "Idler Gear Installation and Retiming NOTE: The z;alve timing II/a)' be COIl-
the Engine". MAKE SURE THE ENGINE IS sidered satisfacloYJ' if tlze T. D. C.
PRO PERL y TIMED. }}/ark on tlze flywlzeel is less tlzall 1/3"
away fyoJlt Llze mark Oll tlze inspection
lcilldo IV.
3. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly
and adjust the valve tappets to the proper
clearance, as outlined earlier. 6. Reset the intake valve tappetof No. 1 cyl-
26
MASSEY -FERGUSON
inder to the normal clearance, as outlined un-

der the heading "Adjusting Valve Tappet Clear-
ance", after checking the valve timing.
TIMING GEAR HOUSING

REMOVAL
To remove the timing gear housing, proceed,

as follows:
1. Remove the timing gear cover, as out-

lined earlier.
2. Remove the rocker arm coyer and rocker Fig. 37 - Removing or Instolling the Fuel Injection Pump
arm shaft assembly. 1. Timing Marks
3. Remove the fuel lift pump.
INSTALLATION
4. Remove the capscrew securing the idler
gear, then remove the retainer lock, retainer Before installing the timing gear housing,
and idler gear. carefully clean and inspect aIl parts. Replace
any parts that are worn or damaged.

raised position, then carefully remove the cam- NOTE; The front face of the cylinder
shaft. block contains two plugs. The upper
one is a large expansion plug closing
the water jacket. The lower plug is a
6. Remove the three capscrews and tab small one blocking the front opening of
washer securing the injection pump timing gear the main oil gallery. Make sure ta
and remove gear from injection pump.
7. Disconnect at both ends and remove aU

fuel lines from the inj ection pump.
IMPORTANT; Cap or otherzuise cover

aU opell fuel COJlnections to prevent
dirt from eJltering tlze fuel system.
8. Remove the three nuts and washers se-

curing the fuel injection pump to the rear of the
timing gear housing and carefully remove
pump, as shown in Fig. 37.
9. Remove oil pan.
10. Remove the capscrews and shake-proof

washers securing the timing gear housingto the
cylinder block, then lightly tap the housing with
a wood en block to separate it from the cylinder Fig. 38 - Removing or Instolling the Bottom Timing
block. Geor Housing Cover
Printed in U.S.A.
27
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD3. J52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
inspect tlze Plugs al/d replace tlzeJJl if

tlzey show sig71s of lealwge.
To install the Timing G€ar Housing, proceed,

as follows:
NOTE: Ta assure correct location of

the timing gear lWIlSillg, il is adcis-
able ta renWl.'e tlze idler geaI' Illlb
froJJt the !zOUSÙlg alld illstall tlze Illlb
onto the frOllt of tlze bloc!?
1. fustall a new gasket onto the front face of

the cylinder block, then carefully install and
boit the housing in place.
2. If the bottom housing cover was removed

earlier, install it as shown in Fig. 38. DO
NOT FULLY TIGHTEN THE TWO CAPSCREWS
AT THIS TIME. Use a straightedge, as shown
in Fig. 39, and position the bottom cover so
Fig. 39 - Aligning the Bottom Cover with
Timing Gear Housing that it is flush with the face of the housing, then
tighten the capscrews.
Fig. 40 - Crankshaft and Main Bearings - Identification and Sequence of Parts

l Pu!lcy Copscrcw 7. Cronkshaft Balancc Wcight Il UPPC' Tnr--.:st Woshc~::.
2. Washcr 8 Fron~ Main Bca~~ng lnsc~t - Upper Half 12 Pullcy and T:m:n9 Geo- Key
3. Cronkshoft Pvllcy 9, No. 2 and 3 Ma:n Bcor;ng Inserts - 13 Front Mo;n 8co:'n9 1I1:;c,t-
..1. Oi) SI:ngcr {Throwcr} Upper and Lowcr Lowc~ Half
5. Cronkshoft Tming Geor 10 Reo Ma n 8cor:ng lnscrts
r ~ 1.1. Lowcr ThjuSI V/oshcr::.
6 rm :l1g Geer $paccr Upper and Lowcr lS (jonksnoft Eolance Wc:ght
28
MASSEY -FERGUSON
3. Install the oil pan. flywheel aligning with the mark on the inspec-
tion hole.
4. Install the injection pump onto the rear of
the housing, as shown in Fig. 37, with the tim-
ing marks, No. 1, Fig. 37, on the pump and 9. Turn the camshaft and the injection pump
housing aligned, then secure the injection pump gears so that their timing marks are approx-
in place. imately aligned with the center of the idler gear
hub.
5. Install the high pressure fuellines.
10. Install the idler gear so that its three
6. Align the dowel on the injection pump timing marks align with the marks on the cam-
gear with the slot in the front of the injection shaft, crankshaft and injection pump drive
pump, then install the gear and lock the cap- gears. Tighten the capscrew securing the idler
screws. gear to 50 ft.-Ibs. torque.
7. With the tappets supported in their raised 11. Install the fuel lift pump, rocker arm
position, carefully install the camshaft (with its shaft assembly and rocker caver.
gear bolted to it) into the cylinder block.
12. Install the ail slinger with the outer
8. Make sure that No. 1 piston is at top dead dished portion of the slinger facing outward,
center (key on the front of the crankshaft point- then install the timing gear caver as outlined
ing straight up) with the T. D. C. mark on the earlier.
Fig. 41 - Numbered Main Bearing Caps

1. Location Numbers 2. Black Seriai Number
MASSEY-FERGUSON
CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS

The crankshaft is forged from molybdenum
steel and has two matched cast iron balance
weights bolted onto it at 1800 to each other.
The crankshaft is statically and dynamically
balanced and is supported by four precision
non-adjustable type main bearings, as shown in
Fig. 40.
The rear of the crankshaft is machined to

provide an oil thrower and an oil return scroU
formed by a single right-hand helix machined
ta a depth of 0.004" - 0.008".
The doweled main bearing caps are numbered

from front to rear, as shown by No. 1, Fig.
41, and cannot be interchanged or replaced.
NOTE: The main bearing bores in the

cylinder block and bearing caps are
Fig. 42 - Measuring Crankshaft End.Play
'iftachined with the caps in place and
are stamped with a serial number, as
shawn by No. 2, Fig. 41. If, for any
reason, a main bearing cap becomes 2. Measure the gap between the machined
damaged, it will be necessary ta re- shoulder on the crankshaft web and the crank-
place the cylinder block, complete shaft thrust washer with a dial indicator or
with main bearing caps. feeler gauge, as shawn in Fig. 42.
3. End-play should be within 0.002"-0.015".

Oil seals are provided at the front and rear INSTALL NEW THRUST WASHERS IF END-
. ends of the crankshaft. The front oil seal, as PLAY EXCEEDS 0.015".
shawn in Fig. 25, is of the spring-loaded type
and is installed in the timing gear caver. The
rear oil seal is of the rubber core asbestos
rope-type and is contained in a two-piece seal
retainer, as shown in Fig. 44.
CRANKSHAFT END-PLA Y
The crankshaft end-play is controlled by re-

placeable thrust washers, which are installed
in recesses on the sides of the rear main bear-
ing cap and bearing bore in the cylinder block.
The lower halves of the thrust washers (which
fit in the bearing cap) have locating lugs to
prevent them from turning out of position.
NOTE: Replacement thrust washers

are available in standard size or
0.007" oversized.
To determine the amount of crankshaft end-
play, proceed, as follows:
Fig. 43 - Crankshaft Thrust Washers (Crankshaft
1. Using care not to damage the crankshaft, Removed to Show Parts More Clearly)
force the crankshaft forward as far as it will 1. Lower Thr\Jst Wosher 2. Upper Thrust Woshcr
3. Vertical Grooves Toword Crankshoft
go.
30
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL. PROCEDURES
Replacing Thrusf Washers 7. Remove the connecting rod caps and

bearing inserts.
To replace worn thrust washers, refer to
Fig. 43, and proceed, as follows: NOTE: Check crankshaft end-play be-
fore removing the crankshaft. If end-
1. Remove the rear main bearing cap. Play exceeds 0.015", make sure to
install new thrust washers when reas-
2. Rotate the old upper halves of the thrust sembling the engine.
washers out of the recesses in the cylinder
block. 8. Remove the two halves of the oil seal re-
tainer from the rear main bearing cap and cyl-
3. Lubricate the new upper halves of the inder block and remove the old one-piece
thrust washers (those without locating lugs) and gasket.
rotate them into place WITH THE VERTICAL
GROOVES FACING OUTWARD. 9. Bend back the capscrew locks, then re-
move the capscrews securing the main bearing
4. Remove the old lower halves of the thrust caps and carefully remove the bearing caps
washers from the bearing cap and install the from the engine.
new ones with the vertical grooves facing out-
ward. 10. Carefully lift the crankshaft from the
cylinder block.
NOTE: A light coating of grease wiU

assist in holding the washers in place. NOTE: Identify and keep aU parts in
Make sure that aU of the thrust wash- order so tkat, if s erviceab le, they 'l7wy
ers are installed with the vertical be ins talled in their original locations.
grooves outward. Make sure to ins taU new crankshaft
oil seals before reassembling the
engine.
5. Using new capscrew locks, install the
rear main bearing cap, then tighten the bearing
capscrews to 90 - 95 ft. -lbs. torque and re- INSPECTION
check crankshaft end-play.
Thoroughly clean and inspect the crankshaft.
New specifications are, as follows:
CRANKSHAFT REMOVAL.
CRANKSHAFT:
Main Bearing
NOTE: Use care when removing the Journal Diameters ........ 2.7485" - 2.749"
flywheel, as it is only slightly piloted Crankshaft End-Play. . . . . . .. 0.002" - 0.015"
to the crankshaft. Crankpin Journal
Diameters ............... 2. 2485" - 2. 249"
plate.
MAIN BEARINGS:
3. Remove the water pump, crankshaft pul-
ley, generator and front timing gear cover. Diameter of Bearing Bore
in Block and Cap ......... 2. 9165" - 2.9175"
4. Remove the oil pan and remove the bot- Main Bearing Inside
tom half of the timing gear housing. Diameter ............... 2. 752" - 2. 7535"
Bearing Clearance. . . . . . . .. 0.0025" - 0.004"
pipes, then remove the oil pump idler gear and
oil pump from engine. If any of the main or crankpin j ournals are
worn beyond specifications more than 0.0015"
6. Remove the two long boUs and self-lock- out-of-round, or tapered more than O. 001 fi,
ing nuts securing the two halves of the rear oil the crankshaft should either be replaced or re-
seal retainer (cover) assembly. ground and fitted with undersized bearings.
Printed in U.S.A.
31
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. 152 ENG/NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
REGRINDING THE CRANKSHAFT
To properly regrind the crankshaft, follow the information and specifications given
below:
1. Measure the main bearing and crankpin journal diameters to determine the next
size they can be ground to and fitted with undersize bearing inserts.
3. If the crankshaft has been magnetized, make sure to demagnetize it before it is

reground.
4. After regrinding the crankshaft, remove the sharp corners on the oil holes.
AIso, the crankshaft must aga in be inspected for cracks, then demagnetized.
THE NECESSARY SPECIFICATIONS FOR REGRINDING THE CRANKSHAFT JOUR-

NALS ARE, AS FOLLOWS:
IMPORTANT: The surface finish on aU bearing surfaces must not ex-

ceed 16 micro-inches, as measured by a jJropilometer. Also, il is
very important ta maintain the radii quoted on tlze II/ain bearing alld
crankPin journals.
Main 8earing Journal Diameters

Standard Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7485" - 2.749"
Undersizes:
0.010" 2.7385" - 2.739"
0.020" 2.7285" - 2.729"
0.030" 2.7185" - 2.719"
Rear Main 8earing Journal Width
StandardSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 1. 87425" - 1. 87725"

Maximum Permissible Width After Regrinding. . . . . . . 1. 89125"
NO. 2 AND NO. 3 MAIN BEARING JOURNAL WIDTHS 1. 21475" - 1. 22275"
RADIUS ON ALL MAIN BEARING JOURNALS 0.09375" - O. 109375"

(Must be Maintained) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3/32" to 7/64")
Standard Sizè 2. 2485" - 2. 249"
Undersizes:
0.010" 2. 2385" - 2. 239"
0.020" 2.2285" - 2. 229"
0.030" 2.2185" - 2.219"
Standard Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 562" - 1. 565"

Maximum Permissible Width After Regrinding 1. 5785"
Radius on Ali Crankpin Journals 0.1563" - 0.1719"

(Must be Maintained) • • . . . (5/32" to 11/64")
32
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION 7. USING NEW BOLT LOCKS, install the

numbered main bearing caps in their correct
To install the crankshaft, make sure that the locations. Make sure that the bearing caps are
crankshaft and the main bearing bores in the properly located. TORQUE MAIN BEARINGS
block are clean, then proceed, as follows: TO 90 - 95 FT.-LBS. AND LOCK THE BOLTS.
1. Install the upper halves of the main bear- NOTE: Install the sliP washer between
ing inserts in their proper positions and lubri- the baU Zock and the head of the main
cate them. bearing baU. The sliP was her allows
the baU ta turn freely without rotating
NOTE: New main bearing inserts are the lock.
not completely interchangeable. Refer
ta the folZowing table ta determine 8. Using care not to damage the crankshaft,
which inserts are interchangeable. force the crankshaft forward and then rearward
and measure crankshaft end-play, as outlined
BEARING INSERTS NO. OF INSERTS under heading "Crankshaft End- Play". If end-
play exceeds 0.015", installnewthrustwashers.
No. 1 Main Insert
Upper Half Only . . . . . . .. . . . . .. •. 1 9. Install the rear oil seal retainers com-
No. 1 Main Insert plete with new oil seals and complete re-
Lower Half Only ............... 1 assembly.
No. 2 and 3 Main Inserts
Upper and Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 NOTE: When installing the Zower half
No. 4 Main Insert of the timing gear housing (housing
Upper and Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 caver), make sure that it is flush with
the front face of the housing
thrust washers (those without locating tabs) on Bath the flywheel and crankshaftflange
each side of the rear wall of the cylinder block have six evenly spaced attaching hol(3s
housing, with the oil grooves outward and the and one unevenly s paced ho le. MAKE
steel face toward the main bearing cap; refer SURE TO INSTALL THE F LYWHEEL
to Fig. 43. SO THAT THE UNEVENLY SPACED
HOLES ARE IN ALIGNMENT.
NOTE: A light coat of grease will
assist in holding the thrust washers in
place until the crankshaft is installed.
3. Make sure that:
a. The main bearing inserts are correctly

installed and lubricated.

are facing outward.

4. Carefully lower the crankshaft into po-

sition.
5. Install the lower main bearing inserts in-

coat them with oil. o
6. Coat the lower thrust washers (those with 1
the recesses on the sides of the rear bearing Fig. 44 - Rear Crankshaft Qil Seo 1 - Identification of Parts
cap. MAKE SURE THAT THE VERTICAL 1. Oil Seal Retaine, A55embly (With Oil Seal Installcd)
2. Capscrew and Shakcproof Washcr
GROOVES ARE FACING OUTWARD. 3. Clamping Boit ond Speciol Self·Locking Nut
P,inted in U.S.A.
33
MASSEY-FERGUSON
0.010 - 0.020 INCH

ABOVE FACE
Fig. 45 - Reor Qil Seol Retainer Assembly Correctly Instolled Fig. 46 - Oil Seol Must Extend 0.010" -0.020" Beyond Face
REAR CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL Oll SEAl REPLACEMENT
The rear crankshaft oil seal is a two-piece Before installing the new oil seals, soak them
rubber core asbestos rope type seal and is con- in clean engine oil for at least one hour. Make
tained in a two-piece retainer, as shown in sure to carefully clean the seal grooves and old
Fig. 44. gasket material from the oil seal retainers.
Each half of the oil seal retainer is machined To install the new oil seals, place each half
to accommodate the oil seal. New oil seals can of the seal retainer (one at a time) in a vise
be installed with the crankshaft in position. and proceed, as follows:
Fig. 45 shows the rear oil seal retainers prop-
erly installed in place. 1. Press approximately one inch of the new
asbestos seal into each end of the groove in the
seal retainer, allowing the seal to project
0.010" - O. 020" BEYOND both ends of the joint
REMOVAl face. This amount of projection assures cor-
rect contact between the end faces of the seals
To remove the rear crankshaft oil seal, pro- when the retainer halves are installed around
ceed, as follows: the crankshaft.
1. Remove the flywheel. IMPORTANT: A projection exceedillg

that quoted IItllSt be avoided, because
2. Remove the transmission housing adapter the excess /!Lay not seUle in the re-
plate from the cylinder block and oil pan. tainer groove and litay be forced over
tlze joint face as the retailler lzalves
3. Remove the special self-Iocking nuts are pulled together. Tlzus tlze retain-
from the two long clamping boIts that pass ers may be lzeld s liglztly apart and
through the oil se al retainer and remove the cause an oil leak.
boIts.
Due to the interference between Uze
4. Remove the capscrews and shake-proof seal and its groove, it is possible Uzal
washers from each half of the oil seal retainer tlze sealmay not fully seat inlo tlze
and remove the retainers from the cylinder grooue, givùzg tlze ùltpression tlzal il
block and rear main bearing cap. is too long. EACH SEAL IS OF THE
34
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CORRECT LENGTH AND MUST NOT the flywheel in place and carefully lift the fly-
BE TRIMMED. wheel from the crankshaft flange.
2. The middle of the ail seal will bulge out 3. Remove the clutch pilot bearing (except
of the groove and must be pushed in with the torque convertor type flywheels) by tapping it
fingers, by working from the center, until weIl out the back of the flywheeI.
and, by rolling and pressing, further bed the
ail seal in place. MAKE SURE THAT THE REPLACING THE fL YWHEEL RING GEAR
SEAL EXTENDS 0.010" - 0.020" BE YOND
BOTH ENDS OF THE JOINT FACE, as shawn 1. The flywheel ring gear is shrunk onto the
in Fig. 46. Any gap at this joint when the seals flywheel, and ta remove it, partly cut through
are installed will allow ail ta leak past the seaI. the gear and chisel cut it from the flywheel.

of the seal retainer. NOTE: An alternate method of re-
moving the ring gear is to flame-heat
a localized portion of the ring gear ta
INSTALLING THE OIL SEAL RETAINERS expand il, then carefully tap the gear
off the flywheel.
1. Remove aIl of the old gasket mate rial
rear main bearing cap, then install a new gas- 2. Carefully clean the outside diameter of
ket, using a suitable sealing compound. the flywheel where the ring gear is to be 10-
cated.
2. Lightly coat the joint faces of the ail se al
retainers with sealing compound and COAT 3. Heat the ring gear ta an approximate
THE INSIDE SURFACE DIAMETER OF THE temperature of 475 0 F.
OIL SEAL WITH GRAPHITE GREASE.
4. Position the ring gear sa that the lead-in
3. Assemble the ail seal retainers around side of the teeth is toward the front of the fly-
the crankshaftand LOOSELY boltthem together. wheel, then lay the ring gear in position on the
flywheel and allow it to cool. Make sure the
4. Position the seal retainer assembly sa ring gear is fully installed against the flywheel
that the hales align, then LOOSELY bolt it ta shoulder.
the black and rear bearing cap, using shake-
proof type washers.
INSTALLING THE fL YWHEEL
5. Fully tighten the two long clamping bolts.
1. Carefully clean the mating faces on the
6. Fully tighten the six capscrews securing crankshaft flange and flywheel. Failure ta ob-
the seal retainer assembly ta the cylinder black serve this precaution may result in a broken
and main bearing cap. crankshaft, due ta the flywheel running out of
true.
7. Install the transmission housing adapter
plate on the dowels at the rear of cylinder black 2. Observe the 7th untapped hole (unevenly
and secure the housing in place. spaced) in the crankshaft flange.
8. Install the flywheel. 3. Install the flywheel ta the crankshaft
flange so that the unevenly spaced hale in the
flywheel is in line with the unevenly spaced
hale (7th untapped hale) in the flange. This in-
FLYWHEEL sures the flywheel timing marks are in a cor-
rect position in relation ta the crankshaft.
REMOVING THE fL YWHEEL
4. Install the 6 flywheel capscrews, using
1. Release the tabs securing the flywheel new boIt locks, and tighten the capscrews suf-
boIt locks. ficiently ta hold the flywheel securely ta the
crankshaft. DO NOT LOCK THE CAPSCREWS
2. Remove the 6 capscrews which secure AT THIS TIME.
35
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 47 - Measuring the Flywheel Face Run-Out
5. Measure the flywheel "Run-Out", as Fig. 48 - Measuring the Run-Out on the Outer
follows: Flywheel Diameter
a. Check the flywheel face "Run-Out" with

a dial indicator, as shown in Fig. 47.
The total indicator reading should not flywheel, then reclean the mating surfaces and
exceed 0.001" per inch of radius from inspect for burrs. Reinstall the flywheel and
the flywheel center to the point of again check the run-out.
measurement.
7. When satisfied that the flywheel is run-
b. Check the run-out on the outer diam- ning true, tighten the flywheel capscrews to
eter (periphery) with a dial indicator, 75 ft.-Ibs. torque.
as shown in Fig. 48. The total indicator
reading should not exceed O. 012". 8. Secure the capscrews by bending over the
boIt locks.
NOTE; When JJtaking these checks,
aPPly pressure against the center of 9. AlI flywheels, except torque convertor
the flYloheel ta eliminate any crank- type - check that the new clutch pilot bearing
slzaft end-play which cauld cause a is of a clearance fit on the input shaft, then in-
false reading. staIl it into the flywheel. Make sure to drive
or press only on the outer race and install the
6. If either of these checks of flywheel "run- bearing fully in place, until it contacts the
out" exceeds the specified limits, remove the shoulder inside the flywheel.
36
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP II - SECTION A - PART 1
DUAL CLUTCH
35, 50 AND 65 MF & TO TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
Description and Operation • • • . . . . . . . . . • •• l

Adjusting the Clutch • . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . • • 2
Removing the Clutch • . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . • • 3
Disassembling the Clutch • • . . • . . . . . . . • . •• 3
Inspecting the Clutch • • . . . . . • • . . . . . . . • , 5
Assembl i ng the CI utch • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .• 6
Installing the Clutch. • . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . •• 8
Trouble-Shooting the Clutch. . • . . . . . . . . . .• 8
Clutch Testing Specifications ••...•....••• 10
The Dual Clutch consists of a forward (primary) pressure plate and dry cushioned
disc which is attached to the transmission input shaft, and a rearward (secondary)
pressure plate and dry disc which is attached to the hydraulic pump and power take-off
input shaft. The primary pressure plate is spring-Ioaded by twelve silicon-chrome
alloy coil springs located between the clutch cover and the primary pressure plate.
The secondary pressure plate is spring-Ioaded by an annular Belleville type spring
located between the clutch cover and the secondary pressure plate or false flywheel
ring.
The faIse flywheel ring is interposed between and integrated with the primary and
secondary· clutch sub-assemblies, and is secured to the flywheel by the same cap
screws that attach the clutch cover. In operation, the clutch springs exert pressure
against the clutch pressure plates, this in turn transmits the pressure through the
discs to the false flywheel ring for the secondary clutch and to the engine flywheel for
the primary clutch, thus establishing a firm frictional contact between the respective
discs and flywheel faces.
Depressing the clutch pedal through the lst stage moves the clutch release fork,
which in turn contacts the clutch release bearing, moving it forward on the retainer
and bringing it in contact with the clutch release fingers. The bearing depresses the
fingers which in turn causes the primary pressure plate to retract from the disc and
release the pressure on it. This interrupts the power flow to the transmission.
Depressing the clutch pedal further through the 2nd stage (noticeable by an increased
resistance to overcome) causes the same release fingers to move the primary pres-
sure plate to a point where it contacts and causes the secondary pressure plate to
retract from its respective disc, thus releasing the frictionaI contact between the disc
and the false flywheel ring face. This interrupts the power flow to the hydraulic pump
and power take-off input shaft.
The combination coil and Belleville spring dual clutch has been used in all 35 (MF &
TO) tractors since Tractor SeriaI Number 177395, MF 50 Tractors since Tractor
Seriai Number 515395 and aU models of the MF 65 Tractor.
PRINTEO IN U. S.A. 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CL UTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMSUES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 1
SERVICING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY

35, 50 and 65 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
DIFFERENCES
There are five parts in the 184 541 M91

clutch assembly (used in the 35 and 50 (MF
& TO) tractors) which are changed in the
184 543 M91 clutch assembly (used in the MF
65 tractors). These changes are not aU evi-
dent, therefore, use care when ordering parts.
NOTE: Be sure to use the correct

parts whenever servicing the cluteh
assembly. This cluteh may be used
only with the ventilated type flywheel.
ADJUSTING THE CLUTCH

ADJUSTING THE RELEASE LEVER HEIGHT
Split the tractor between the engine and

transmission li not previously done. When the
clutch assembly has been properly attached to Fig. 2 Adjusting Clutch Finger Height
the flywheel, with a NEW primary disc in
place, the clutch release lever height should dise, the cluteh should first be install-
be checked using the special gauge (No. 3, ed with a new dise in Place and the
Fig. 1). The release lever height is measured adjustments made. Then remove the
from the machined surface of the clutch cover cluteh assembly and install the par-
to the adjusting screw on the release levers as tially worn dise without altering the
illustrated in Fig. 2. Loosen the lock nut and adjustments.
turn the adjusting screw in (or out) as required
to obtain the proper height. Tighten the lock ADJUSTING THE SECONDARY PRESSURE
nut securely and recheck the adjustment. PLATE CLEARANCE
NOTE: ft is very important that the The proper clearance between the adjusting
cluteh release levers be adjusted with cap screws and the secondary pressure plate
a NEW primary disc installed. If it is 0.090 t 0.002 inch. Using the special 0.090
is desired to reinstall a partially worn inch feeler gauge (No. 2, Fig. 1), the adjustment
is made as iUustrated in Fig. 3. Loosen the
lock nut on the adjusting cap screw, turn the
cap screw in (or out) until the 0.090 inch feeler
gauge can be inserted between the cap screw
head and the secondary pressure plate. Hold
the cap screw and tighten the lock nut to lock
the adjusting cap screw. Recheck the clear-
ance. Be sure the clearance is the same for
an three of the adjusting screws.
NOTE: If a partially worn, but still

servieeable secondary dise is to be
used in the eluteh, the cluteh should be
adjusted to this partially worn seeond-
ary disq., It should be kept in mind,
however, that the cluteh release lever
Fig. 1 Special 10015
1. "T" Bolts 3. Clutch Finger Height Adjusting Tooi
height should always be adjusted with
2.0.090 Inch Feeler Gouge 4. Clutch Dise Aligning Tooi a NEW primary dise installed.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 CLUTCH & R YWHffL ASSfMSLlfS
Fig. 4 Installing the uT" Bolts

Fig. 3 Adjusting Secondory Pressure Plate Clearance
DISASSEMBLING THE DUAL
This adjustment can be made through the
CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
inspection cover on the boUom of the clutch
housing if absolutely necessary. 1. Punch mark the engine flywheel, the clutch
cover, 9 inch pressure plate, the flywheel plate
REMOVING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
'FROM THE FL YWHEEL
1. Split the tractor between the engine and
the transmission.
2. Install the 1/4" x 6" special "T" boUs

with nuts and washers through the holes in the
clutch cover to hold the assembly together
while removing it from the flywheel.
NOTE: Tighten the "T" boU nuts

evenly until the release levers are de-
pressed completely. (The coil springs
will be compressed to their solid
height.) See Fig. 4.
3. Reference mark the clutch assembly and

flywheel and remove the cap screws which se-
cure the cover assembly to the engine flywheel.
4. Remove the clutch assembly and primary

friction disc from the flywheel using care not
to damage or distort the air ring between the
clutch assembly and the ventilated flywheel. Fig. 5 Removing the Clutch
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CL UTCH & fL YWHEEL ASSEMSLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART t
Fig. 6 Clutch Assembly Nomencloture

1. Lower Pivot Pin 8. Adjusting Screw Lock Nut 16. Clutch Cover
2. Cotter Pin 9. Insulating Washer 17. Release Lever
3. Link Pin 10. Coil Spring 18. Adjusting Screw Lock Nut
4. link 11. Adjusting Screw 19. Adjusting Screw
5. Air Ring 12. False Flywheel 20. Upper Pivot Pin
6.11" Friction Dise 13.9" Friction Dise 21. Retainer Pin
7. 11'' Pressure Plote 14.9" Pressure Plote 22. Torsion Spring
15. Belleville Spring
and the 11 inch pressure plate so reassembly assembly. The pins can be removed
can be made maintaining the original clutch very easily once the cover has been
balance. See Fig. 5. removed from the clutch assembly.
NOTE: ft is necessary to mark the 5. Remove the upper release lever pivot pins
cover in two places. and torsion springs. See Fig. 8.
2. Unhook the release lever torsion spring 6. Loosen the nuts on the "T" boIts evenly
ends (No. 22) from clutch cover (No. 16, Fig. 6) until the coil springs (No. ·10, Fig. 6) are fully
releasing the springs and lever arm preload. extended and the cover is free.
3. Loosen the 0.090 inch adjustment cap 7. Remove the "T" boIts.
screw lock nut (No. 8) and tightèn the cap
screws (No. 11, Fig. 6) until they bottom in the 8. Lift off the clutch cover, Belleville pres-
Il in~ pressure plate. sure plate spring (No. 15), the 9-in. pressure
plate (No. 14), the 9-in. friction disc (No. 13)
4. Back-off the "T" boit nuts evenly until and flywheel plate (No. 12, Fig. 6).
it is possible to drive the upper release lever
pivot pin retainer pins (No. 21) down suffi- 9. Remove the coil pressure springs and ~'
ciently to remove the upper release lever pivot pressure spring insulating washers (No. 9)
pin (No. 20, Fig. 6). See Fig. 7. from the 11-in. pressure plate and remove the
NOTE: Donot attempt to drive the re- lower release pivot pins (No. 1, Fig. 6) from
tainer. pin com.tJletely out of the cover the pressure plate. See Fig. 9.
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 CLUTCH & R YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES
Fig. 9 Removing Lowe} P,vot Pins
It is recommended that the pilot bearing and

release bearing be replaced each time one or
more clutch friction discs are installed in the
clutch assembly.
INSPECTING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBL y

1. Test the coil springs and replace those
Fig. 7 Removing Retainer Pins not meeting minimum specifications.
10. Turn the cover assembly over and drive
Replace insulating washers each time a
out the upper release lever pivot pin retainer
spring is replaced and whenever the washers
pins. See Fig. 10.
show signs of deterioration or excessive heat.
This completes the clutch disassembly except
2. Replace the Belleville washers whenever
for the 0.090 inch adjustment pusher cap screws
there is evidence of excessive heat.
which may be removed at this time ifnecessary.
3. Inspect the upper and lower pivot pins and
pin holes for wear and grooving.
Fig. 10 Removing Retainer Pins

Fig. 8 Removing Upper Pivot Pins 1. Retoiner Pins
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CL UTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMSLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART t
Fig. 11 Installing Belleville Spring
4. Check the release lever torsion springs Fig. 13 Assembling Sec:ondary Clutch
for damage.
2. Place the 9-in. pressure plate Belleville
5. Examine clutch facings for damage, signs spring in the cover, convex side up, and cen-
of overheating and excessive wear. Check for tralize it in the groove. See Fig. 11.
loose rivets and damaged driving splines.
Replaces if necessary. NOTE: For 35 & 50 (MF & TO) Trac-
tors use a red paint marked Belleville
6. Inspect the clutch cover for damage. spring. For MF 65 tractors use a blue
paint marked Belleville spring. See
ASSEMBLING THE DUAL Fig. 12.
CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
3. Place the 9-in. pressure plate on the
1. Place the clutch cover upside down on a Belleville spring with the shoulder side against
bench. the spring. Align the punch marks.
Fig. 12 Belleville Spring

1. Peint Merk Fig. 14 Build.Up of Primary Pressure Plate
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 CLUTCH & R. YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES
4. Place the 9-in. friction disc assembly,

centered, on the pressure plate with the hub
side away from the flywheel.
5. Place the flywheel plate on the friction

disc with the smooth side toward the disco
Align the punch marks.
6. Bolt the cover and flywheel plate together

tightly with three 5/16" x 1-1/2" bolts through
the cover to flywheel mounting holes. See
Fig. 13.
7. Place the lI-in. pressure plate, face

down, on a bench and install the pressure Fig. 16 Installing Lower Pivot Pins
spring insulating washers and pressure springs
over the raised buttons on the pressure plate. NOTE: Use this method of installation
Install the adjusting cap screws and lock nuts, of the release levers because the re-
bottoming the cap screws in the lI-in. pressure lease levers may bind between the
plate. See Fig. 14. levers and the cover assembly, when
tightening the "T" boU nuts, causing
8. Add a light coat of "Lubriplate (Grade damage to the cover assembly.
70)" to the lower release pivot pins and insert
them into one side of the tabs. 12. With the release levers in position,
tighten the "T" bolt nuts evenly until the upper
9. Place the cover assembly on the pressure release lever pivot pins can be inserted easily.
springs, being certain the springs are seated
on the raised buttons of the cover assembly NOTE: Be sure when tightening the
and that the marks are aligned. "T" boU nuts that no binding of the
release levers occurs within the cover.
10. Insert the "T" boUs through the cover
assembly and bottom them in the lI-in. pres- 13. Install the upper release lever pivot pins
sure plate. See Fig. 15. and springs. See Fig. 17.
11. Tighten the "T" bolt nuts evenly until

the flywheel plate just clears the lower release
pivot pins. Install the release levers and lower
pivot pins. See Fig. 16.
Fig. 15 Assembling Primary and Secondary Clutch Fig. 17 Installing Upper Pivot Pins
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & fL YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 1
14. Secure the upper release lever pivot pins

with new retainer pins driven in from the top
down.
NOTE: Always use new retainer pins

whenever the clutch is disassembled.
It is also recommended that the hole
in the clutch cover, through which the
pin is inserted, be distorted slightly
with a punch on the top of the cover.
15. Hook the release lever torsion springs

in position in the recesses in the clutch cover
16. Tighten the "T" boU nuts evenly until

the release levers are completely depressed.
(The coil springs will be compressed to their
solid height.)
Fig. 18 Assembly Hold.Down Bolts
1. Hold.Down Bolts
17. Remove the c1utch cover to flywheel plate
securing boits from the mounting holes. The 3. Remove the clutch pilot too!.
clutch assembly is now ready for installation.
4. Remove the "T" boUs from the c1utch
INSTALLING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY cover assembly and adjust the c1utch release
lever height and secondary pressure plate
1. Place the ventilated flywheel air ring in clearance. See page 2.
position on the flywheel.
NOTE: Should if become necessary to
2. With the clutch pilot tool (No. 4, Fig. 1), install an entirely new clutch cover
bserted through the 9-in. driven and ll-in. assembly, the assembly received trom
c1utch discs, insert the clutch assembly into the repair parts will have three (3)
the ventilated flywheel and fasten it to the fly- cap screws securing the assembly as
wheel with the mounting boUs. Tighten the shown in Fig. 18. These cap screws
mounting boUs to a torque of 28-33 ft.-Ibs. MUST be removed once the assembly
is installed to the engine flywheel.
NOTE: It is extremely important that
the pressure plate Belleville spring be 5. Reassemble the tractor.
centralized in the cover assembly. If
if is not centralized, adjust the "T" NOTE: Place a light coat of "Lubri-
boU nuts, until the spring can be re- plate (Grade 70)" on the PTO and
centered. Main drive shaft before reassembly.
COMBINATION COlL AND BELLEVILLE SPRING DUAL CLUTCH

TROUBLE-SHOOTING CHART
PROBLEM - Clutch drag or spin
POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION
a) Oil or grease on friction disc facings. InstaIl new friction disco
b) Improper pedal adjustment not allowing Correct pedal adjustment.

free movement to release bearing.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART MF 35, 50 & 65 CLUTCH & R YWHEEL ASSEMBUES
c) Damaged pressure plate or clutch cover. Replace defective part.
d) Friction disc hub binding on splined drive Clean up splines and smear with small quantity
pinion shaft. of "Lubriplate (Grade 70)".
e) Distorted friction disc. Install new friction disc.
f) Broken facings or friction disc. Install new friction disc.
g) Dirt or foreign matter in the clutch. Remove clutch from flywheel and clean with
dry rag. See that aIl working parts are free.
PROBLEM - Clutch slip

a) Oil or grease on friction disc facings. Install new friction disc.
b) Weak coil or Belleville spring. If excessive Install a new set of thrust springs (single
slip is allowed to occur, the heat generated clutch), or a new Belleville spring (dual clutch).
will soften the springs and aggravate the
trouble.
c) Binding of clutch pedal mechanism. Free bearings. (NOTE: The clutch shaft bear-
ings in the transmission case are self-lubri-
cating. Oil or grease should ON NO ACCOUNT
be applied.)
d) Improper pedal adjustment preventing full Correct pedal adjustment.

engagement.
PROBLEM - Clutch grabbing

a) Oil on friction dis.c. Install new friction disc.
b) Binding of clutch pedal mechanism. Free bearings. (NOTE: The clutch shaft bear-
ings in tlle transmission case are self-lubri-
cating. Oil or grease should ON NO ACCOUNT
be applied.)
c) Worn out friction disc facings. Install new friction disc.
PROBLEM - Clutch chatter

a) Oil, grease or foreign matter on friction Install new friction disc.
disc facings.
b) Contact area friction facings not evenly Adjust release levers correctly, using gauge.
distributed. NOTE: 100% contact will not If this does not cure the trouble, install new
occur until clutch has been in use for some friction disc.
time, but contact area should be evenly
distributed round the facings.
c) Buckled friction disc(s). Install new friction disc.
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CtUTCH & Ft YWHEEt ASSEMBLIES GROUP II - SECTION A - PART 1
PROBLEM - Clutch Rattle
a) Anti-rattle spring(s) broken. Damaged fric- Install new parts as necessary.

tion disco Worn parts in release mechanism.
Excessive backlash in transmission. Wear
in transmission bearings.
PROBLEM - Abnormal facing wear
POSSffiLE CAUSE CORRECTION
a) Usually caused by riding the clutch and Instruct operator on proper operation.
excessive slippage.
PROBLEM - PTO stops when tractor is

halted - (Dual Clutch)
a) Insufficient dual plate clearance. Adjust clearance.
PROBLEM - PTO cannot be stopped -

(Dual Clutch)
a) Excessive dual plate clearance. Adjust clearance.
COMBINATION COlL AND BELLEVILLE SPRING DUAL CLUTCH

SPECIFICATIONS
Item MF(and TO)35 and 50

. MF 65
Spring Color Yellow Lavender

Number of coils - Total 11-1/2 10
Number of coils - Active 9-1/2 8-7/64
Free Length 2-45/64 in. 2-21/64 in.
Length in use - Minimum 1-11/32 in. 1-11/32 in.
Solid Height - Maximum 1-9/32 in. 1-9/32 in.
Test Length 1-1/2 in. 1-1/2 in.
Test Load 80-88 lbs. 111-123 lbs.
Belleville Color Mark Red Blue
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 2
SINGLE CLUTCH-AGRICULTURAL AND INDUSTRIAL TYPE

MF 35-50 AND 202
INDEX
Page
Remove Clutch & Pressure Plate............... l
Disassemble Pressure Plate 000000.0000000000.0 l
Assemble Pressure Plate 0'0'0'0000000'00000000 2
Install Clutch and Pressure Plate '000000000000' 3
SINGLE CLUTCH-AGRIC.- 2. While turning out alternately, remove the

bolts securing the pressure plate. Then care-
IND. MF 35-50-202 fully remove the pressure plate and clutch
With the center housing and transmission disco
separated from the tractor as outlined in
"Group 2, Section B, Part 1" the clutch and
pressure plate may be removed as follows:
DISASSEMBLE PRESSURE PLATE

REMOVE CLUTCH 1. Refer ta Fig. 2 and back off the release
lever adjusting screws No. 1. Remove cotter
1. Refer ta Fig. 1 and insert pilot tool OTe pins No. 4 from release lever pins No. 3.
355 through the clutch disc No. 2 and into pilot
bearing of flywheel. 2. With just the pressure plate supported as
shawn in Fig. 4, apply enough pressure on the
caver ta compress the release springs. Re-
move release lever retaining pins No. 3 and
release levers No. 4.
3. Remove the caver plate No. 7, spring

cups No. 8 and release springs No. 9.
4. If the assembly is of the industrial type,

refer ta Fig. 3 and remove insulating washer
No. 10 and washer retainer No. 11.
INSPECT PRESSURE PLATE

1. If the unit being serviced is the agricul-
tural type, measure the free length of the lav-
ender springs. Replace any that are less than
2-9/16". Place the springs under 180 lb. load
and replace those that measure less than
1-13/16". Place the brown springs under 150
Fig. l - Typic:al Clutc:h and Pressure Plate Mo.unting lb. la ad and replace those that measure less
1. Pressure Plate Assembly 2. Dise - Cluteh 3. Pilot - Tooi OCT 355 than 1-13/16".
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMSUES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 2
Fig.2 • Pressure Plate Details and Relative Loc:ation of Fig. 3 • Pressure Plate Details and Relative Loc:ation of
Parts - Agric:ultural Type Parts - Industrial Type
1. Bol! - Relecse Lever Adius!ing 6. Spring - Relecse 1. Bol! - Release Lever Adiusting 7. Coyer - Pressure
2. Nu! - Lock 7. Cover - Pressure Plo!e 2. Nu! - Lock 8. Cup - Pressure Spring
3. Pin - Releose Lever 8. Cup - Pressure Spring 3. Pin - Releose Lever 9. Spring - Pressure
4. Pin - Cotler 9. Spring - Pressure 4. Pin - Cotler 10. Wosher - Insulo!ing
5. Lever - Releose 10. Plo!e - Pressure 5. Lever - Releose 11. Washer - Re!o iner
6. Spring - Re leose 12. Plo!e - Pressure
2. If the unit being serviced is the industrial No. 11 over the bosses of pressure plate fol-
type measure the free length of the springs and lowed by insulating washers No. 10.
replace those that are less than 2-1/2". Place
springs under 150 lb. load and replace those Place release springs No. 9 in position on
that measure less than 1-21/32". bosses of pressure plate.
3. Check the finished surface ofthe pressure 2. If the unit being serviced is the agricul-
plate for score marks or burned areas. If tural type, refer to Fig. 2 and alternately
either condition exists it may be refinished pro- place the lavender and brown springs over the
viding not more than .0625" is removed. bosses of pressure plate.
4. Inspect the facing of the clutch disc for 3. Place cups No. 8 over clutch release
glaze, damage or excessive wear. If either of springs.
these conditions exist or the facing is worn to
within 3/32" of the rivets a new clutch disc Being careful so as not to dislodge springs,
must be installed. place coyer in position over springs and pres-
sure plate.
5. Inspect the surface of the flywheel for
score marks, If this condition is noted the fly- 4. With the pressure plate supported on bed
wheel must be removed and refinished. of press as shown in Fig. 4, apply enough pres-
sure to collapse springs.
6, Inspect the clutch release bearing for ex-
cessive wear or rough spots. If either con- 5. Refer to Fig. 4 and place release lever
dition is noted a new bearing must be installed. No. 1 in position with the spring hooked against
the under side of cover.
Install retaining pin No. 2 and secure with

ASSEMBLE PRESSURE PLATE cotter pin.
1. If the unit being serviced is the industrial 6. Refer to Fig. 5, and place gauge No. 4,
type, refer to Fig. 3 and place spring rètainers tool OCT-FT 359, across the pressure plate
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 2 MF 35, 50 & 202 SINGLE CLUTCH
Fig.5 • Adjusting Clutch Release Lever

1. Screw - Releose Lever Adjusting 3. Lever - Release
2. Locknut 4. Gouge - Tooi OTC·FT-359
Fig.4 • Removing or Installing Clutch Release Lever
1. Lever - Release 2. Pin - Lever Retoining
2. Refer to Fig. 1 and place clutch disc No.

2 in position against flywheel with the shorter
cover and release lever No. 3. Turn adjusting hub toward engine.
screw No. 1 until the release lever just con-
tacts the gauge. Hold adjusting screw and tigh- Insert pilot tool OCT 355 through disc and in-
ten lock nut No. 2. to pilot bearing of flywheel.
Adjust the remaining levers. 3. Place pressure plate assembly in position

on flywheel and start the pressure plate retain-
ing boUs. Alternately tighten and torque boUs
INSTALL CLUTCH to their specified torque.
1. Apply a coating of lubriplate to the inter- 4. Install center housing and transmission
naI splines of clutch disco as outlined in "Group 2, Section 2, Part 1 ".
3
•
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 1
35, 50 AND 65 TRACTOR TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

INDEX
Page
Removing the Transmission . • . • • 1
Inspecting the Transmission. • . . . 2
Changes to the Reverse Geor Cluster 2
DisassembJing the Transmission . • • 3
Assembling the Transmission • • • . 7
tv\ain Drive Shaft Retainer AssembJy
and Countershaft Drive Gears .11
PJanetary Gear AssembJy .13
Transmission Lubrication .15
Special Toois • • . • . .15
35 and 65 Dual Clutch Transmission 35 Single Clutch Transmission
4. Remove brake pedals from right side of

the tractor and the brake cross shaft. Remove
REMOVING THE TRANSMISSION brake rod assembly from both sides of the
tractor.
To disassemble the transmission, it is neces-
sary to split the tractor between the transmission
housing and the engine as outlined in the Individ-
NOTE: To remove the brake cross
shaft, take out the woodruff key on one
ual Engine Sections, Group I.
side of the tractor and slide the shaft
The following items are removed so the trans-
out of the opposite side of the tractor.
mission can be removed from the differential
center housing and mounted on a stand.
1. Drain the oil from the transmission and 5. Remove the neutral safety switch (No. 1,
differential housings. Fig. 1) from the transmission housing.
2. Remove step plates from either side of 6. Attaching an overhead crane to the steer-
the tractor. ing column as shown in Fig. 1, remove the
3. Remove exhaust system from manifold attaching boUs and lift off the steering gear
back through the muffler. mechanism and instrument panel as a unit.
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP JI - SECTION B - PART 1
INSPECTING THE TRANSMISSION

Whenever the transmission is disassembled,
the foUowing items should be checked:
1. Inspect the gears for signs of chipped or
missing teeth. Replace as required.
2. Inspect aU bearings in the transmission
for signs of damage and excessive wear. Re-
place as needed.
3. Inspect the oil seals in the main drive
shaft retainer assembly for damage and signs
of leakage. Replace the seals.
4. Check aU thrust washers for excessive
wear and chafing. Replace as required.
CHANGES TO REVERSE GEAR CLUSTER

AlI tract ors after SeriaI No. 171549 are
supplied with an improved reverse gear cluster.
The improved parts are not interchangeable
individually with the previously produced parts
and therefore, aIl three parts, the main shaft
Fig. 1 Removing Steering Mechanism
1. Neutral Salety Switch 3. Lower Ends 01
low speed gear, the reverse cluster, and the
2. Detent Springs Shift Levers countershaft, must be serviced as a unit.
Also the improved cluster uses 56 loose needle
NOTE: Make sure the steering mech- bearings; the ear lier production parts use caged
anism is lifted straight up until the needle bearings.
gear shift levers (No. 3, Fig. 1) are
disengaged.
7. Place a floor jack under the differential

center housing. Remove the attaching boUs and
separate the transmission from the differential
center housing as shown in Fig. 2.
Fig. 3 Rear View of Transmission

1. Lock Screw 5. Planetary Gear Assemb Iy
2. Lock Wire 6. Stop Plate and Selector Pin Lock
3. Planetary Shifter Fork 7. Reverse Gear Shaft Stop
Fig. 2 Separating Transmission From Differentiai 4. Planetary Shilt Coupler
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 1 35, 50 AND 65 TRANSMISSION
DISASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION NOTE: The reverse gear cZuster and

shaft have been removed from aU illus-
1. Remove the detent springs (No. 2, Fig. 1) trations except Fig. 8 so the "power
2. Insert a magnetized rod in the holes where flow" through the transmission may be
the springs were located, lift out the detent seen.
pins.
3. Remove the lock wire (No. 2, Fig. 3) and
lock screw (No. 1, Fig. 3) from the planetary
shifter fork (No. 3, Fig. 3).
4. Remove the planetary shifter fork and the
shift coupler (No. 4, Fig. 3).
5. Remove the attaching cap screws and re-
move the planetary gear assembly (No. 5, •
Fig. 3).
NOTE: The planetary gear assembly is

•
doweUed to the transmission case but
can be easily separated by using two
screw drivers as shown in Fig. 4.
•
Fig.5 Releasing Shift Rails

1. Lock Wire 2. Lock Screw
Fig. 4 Removing Planetary Gear Assembly

6. Remove the lock wires (No. 1, Fig. 5)
and lock screws (No. 2, Fig. 5) from the
shifter forks (No. 4, Fig. 12) and the plane-
tary selector (No. 3, Fig. 12).
7. Remove the stop plate and selector pin
lock (No. 6, Fig. 3) at the rear of the trans-
mission. Fig. 6 Removing Shift Rails
NOTE: Once the stop plate is removed,

the lock pin (No.5, Fig. 12) may be
slid out from either side of the stop
plate.
8. Remove the shift rails (Nos. 14, 15, 17,
Fig. 12) and the shifter forks (No. 4, Fig. 12)
from the transmission as shown in Fig. 6.
9. Note Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11. Observe
the "power flow" through the transmission as
the transmission is placed in the different
gears. Notice the PTO "power flow" shawn
in Fig. 7.
Fig. 7 Transmission Neutral Position
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 1
Fig.8 Transmission Reverse Gear
Fig. 9 Transmission lst Gear Fig. 11 Transmission 3rd Gear
Fig. 12 Transmission Nomenclature

1. Detent Spring 11. Oi 1 Seol 21. Snop Ring 31. PTO Drive Geor 41. live PTO Sholt 51. Boil Bearing
2. Detent Pin 12. Boil Beoring 22. Beoring Housing Cover 32. Snop Ring 42. Snop Ring 52. Snop Ring
3. Plonetory Selector 13. PTO Drive Shaft 23. Housing Cover Gosket 33. Countershalt Main Drive Geor 43. Boil Beoring
4. Shifter Forks 14. Planetory Shift Rail 24. Snap Ring 34. Bail Beoring 44. lst·Reverse Siiding Gear
5. Selector Pin Lock 15. lst.Reverse Gear Shift Rai125. Snap Ring 35. Snap Ring 45. Countersholt
6. Stop Plate 16. Main Drive Shaft 26. Bail Bearing 36. Oil Seol 46. 2nd·3rd Siiding Geor
7. Planetary Shifter Fork 17. 2nd·3rd Gear Shift Rail 27. PTO Bearing Housing 37. Boil Bearing 47. Coged Needle Becring
8. Clutch Pilot Bearing 18. Main Shaft 28. Beoring Housing Gosket 38. Snap Ring 48. Snop Ring
9. Retainer Housing 19. Snap Ring 29. Thrust Washer 39. Boil Bearing 49. 3rd Gear Pinian
10. Retoiner Housing Gosket 20. Bail Beoring 30. Snap Ring 40. Snap Ring 50. 2nd Gear Pinion
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
10. Remove the front power take-off bearing

cap (No. 22, Fig. 12).
11. Remove the snap ring (No. 24, Fig. 12)
from the end of the live power shaft.
12. Remove the PTO bearing housing (No. 27,
Fig. 12) by using two pusher cap screws (No. 1,
Fig. 13) in the tapped hales of the housing as
shawn in Fig. 13.
NOTE: The single clutch transmission
doesn't contain aPTO bearing or bear-
ing housing.
Fig. 14 Removing Live PTO ShaH

1. Lock Wi re 2. Loc k Screw
Fig. 13 Removing PTO Bearing Housing

1. Pusher Cap Screw;
13. Using internaI snap ring pliers, remove

the internaI snap ring (No. 30, Fig. 12) from the
PTO main drive gear (No. 31, Fig. 12).
Fig. 15 Removing Drive Shaft Retainer
NOTE: The single clutch transmission 1. Main Drive Shalt Retainer Assembly 2. PTO Main Drive Gear
doesn't have a PTO drive gear.

14. Remove the live PTOshaft (No. 41, Fig. 12)
by sUding it out of the front of the transmission
as shawn in Fig. 14.
NOTE: This allows the PTO drive gear
(No. 2, Fig. 15) ta drop dawn as shawn
in Fig. 15 sa the main drive shaft re-
tainer assembly can be remaved. There
isn't any live PTO shaft in the single
clutch transmission.
15. Using pliers, disconnectthe ciutchrelease

bearing carrier return spring (Nos. 3, 6, Fig.
16) from the bearing carrier. Fig. 16 Transmission Housing
16. Slide the clutch release bearing and car- 1. Clutch Fork Shaft 5. Clutch Release Bearing Carrier
2. Clutch Release Fork 6. Clutch Release Spring
rier (Nos. 4, 5, Fig. 16) from the end of the shaft 3. Clutch Release Spring 7. Clutch Fork Shalt
as a unit. 4. Clutch Release Bearing
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TR AN SMISSION 5 GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART
17. Remove the lock wire (No. 1, Fig. 14:) NOTE: The countershaft is a solid one
and lock screws (No. 2, Fig. 14) from the piece shaft in the single clutch trans-
clutch release shaft fork (No. 2, Fig. 16). mission and is removed in the same
18. Slide the clutch shafts (Nos. 1, 7, Fig. 16) manner that the countershaft is re-
out the side of the transmission housing and moved in the dual clutch transmission.
remove the fork. It is not necessary to use OTe Step-
19. Remove the attaching cap screws and Plate No. 630-6 when removing the
remove the main drive shaft retainer assembly countershaft [rom the single clutch
(No. 1, Fig. 15) as shown in Fig. 15. transmission. Use apunch in the center
20. Place a block between the two sliding hale of the countershaft at the rear of
main shaft gears (Nos. 44, 46, Fig. 12) as shown the transmission.
in Fig. 17.
Fig. 17 Removing the Main Shaft

from the front end of the main shaft.
22. Using a brass rod 20 to 24 inches long,
carefully drive the main shaft (No. 18, Fig. 12)
from the transmission, toward the rear, as
shown in Fig. 17.
23. Remove the sliding gears (Nos. 44, 46,
Fig. 12) and the front PTO gear (No. 31, Fig. 12)
from the transmission housing.
24. The rear bearing (No. 20, Fig. 12) on
the main shaft (No. 18, Fig. 12) may be re- Fig. 18 Removing the Main Shaft Seo ring
moved by pressing the bearing toward the front
or over the long part of the shaft as shown in 29. Remove the two countershaft gears (Nos.
Fig. 18. 49, 50, Fig. 12).
25. Remove the snap ring (No. 32, Fig. 12) 30. Remove the countershaft and front bearing
from the front of the countershaft main drive (No. 37, Fig. 12) from the front ofthe transmis-
gear (No. 33, Fig. 12). sion as shown in Fig. 19.
26. Remove the countershaft main drive gear
by sliding it off the front of the countershaft. 31. Remove the attaching cap screw and the
reverse shaft stop (No. 7, Fig. 3) at the rear of
27. Remove the snap ring (No. 52, Fig. 12) the transmission.
from the rear of the countershaft.
28. Using OTe Step Plate No. 630-6, care- 32. Withdraw the reverse gear cluster shaft
fully drive the countershaft forward, out of the shown in Fig. 20 from the rear of the transmis-
rear bearing (No. 51, Fig. 12). sion.
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION R - PART 1 35, 50 AND 65 TRANSMISSION
NOTE: The reverse gear cluster is 2. Install the snap ring (No. 48, Fig. 12) on the
suspendedon 56 loose needle bearings. countershaft.
Care must be taken not to lose any of 3. Work the countershaft and front bearing
these bearings. See Page 2 for dif- through the front of the transmission housing far
ferences in the reverse gear clusters. enough to install the two countershaft gears. The
countershaft in the single clutch is a one piece
33. Remove the rear countershaft bearing shaft.
(No. 51, Fig. 12) from the rear of the transmis-
sion. NOTE: Install the countershaft gears
with the small gear to the rear with the
long hubs of the gears together as shown
in Fig. 23.
Fig. 19 Removing the Countershaft
Fig. 21 Reverse Gear Cluster Installed
Fig. 20 Reverse Gear Cluster

1. Gear eluster 3. Shaft
2. Thrust Washer
ASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION

1. Install the reverse gear cluster with a
thrust washer (No. 2, Fig. 20) on each side of
the cluster and the large gear toward the rear
of the transmission as shown in Fig. 21. Install
the shaft, stop and cap screw.
NOTE: To install the needle bearings

in the hubs of the reverse gear cluster,
use a light coating of grease. Fig. 22 Install ing the Rear Countershaft Bearing
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART t \
NOTE: Start the rear end of the shaft

into the bearing and press the shaft in
until therear snapring(No. 21, Fig. 12)
will fit into the groove.
10. lnstall the transmission main shaft and

rear bearing as a unit from the rear of the
transmission. Place the sUding gears on the
shaft as it is inserted into the transmission.
11. Install the planetary gear assembly by
placing the front ring gear thrust washer (No. 4,
Fig. 24) i~to the recess on the dowelled side of
the planetary ring gear (No. 3, Fig. 24).
12. Place the front ring gear cover (No. 2,
Fig. 24) and the front cover shim (No. 1, Fig.
24) over the dowels of the planetary ring gear.
NOTE: The cover plate is turned so the

oil grooves face the bronze thrust wash-
er. The shim is next to the transmis-
Fig. 23 Countershaft Instolled
sion housing.
4. Push the countershaft in as far as possible
and wedge a wooden block in the front compart-
ment of the transmission, as shown in Fig. 22,
to prevent the countershaft from moving forward.
5. Using a piece of 2 inch pipe (inside
diameter) carefully drive the rear countershaft
bearing (No. 51, Fig. 12) into place as shown in
Fig. 22.
NOTE: Install the bearing with the snap

ring to the outside of the transmission.
,
CAUTION: Wheneverusingpipe to drive
in a bearing, make sure that the pipe Fig. 24 Planetary Gear Assembly
contacts the inner race only. The pipe 1. Shim
2. Frent Ring Geer Cover
7. Pinion Geer Sheh
8. Pinion Geer Thrust Wesher
end should be threaded and a cap in- 3. Plenetery Ring Geer 9. Pinion Geer Carrier
stalled. Drive against the cap. 4. Ring Geer Thrust Wesher 10. Ring Geer Thrust Wesher
5. Pinion Geer Thrust Wesher 11. Reer Ring Geer Cover
6. Pinion Geer 12. Plenetery Shih Coupler
6. Install the rear countershaft snap ring (No. 13. Holding the thrust washer into the recess
52, Fig. 12) and remove the wedge. of the ring gear with the finger tips, lightly tap
the dowelled ring gear into place at the rear of
7. Place the sliding main shaft gears in posi- the transmission with a lead or bronze hammer
tion in the transmission. as shown in Fig. 25.
NOTE: The thrustwasher must remain
NOTE: The larger gear goes to the in the ring gear recess and be free to
front with the fork groove to the rear. rotate.
The two gear cluster is installed with
the larger gear to the rear. See Fig. 7. 14. Install the pinion carrier assembly (No. 9,
Fig. 24) in the ring gear.
15. Install the rear ring gear thrust washer
8. Install the snap ring (No. 19, Fig. 12) on the (No. 10, Fig. 24) in the recess of the ring gear.
transmission main shaft.
16. lnstall the rear cover plate (No. 11, Fig.
9. Install the rear bearing (No. 20, Fig. 12) on 24) with the grooves facing the thrust washer
the transmission main shaft. and secure with the appropriate cap screws.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
NOTE: Make sure the thrust washer is

not jarred from the recess in the ring
gear while installing the rear cover
plate.
Fig.25 Installing the Planetary Ring Gear Fig.26 Installing PTO &aring Housing
1. Spacers 2. Boit
1. Planetary Ring Gear 3. Lead Hammer
2. Thrust Washer 27. Position a new or serviceable gasket
17. Use a suitable piece of pipe (1-5/8 inch (No. 28, Fig. 12) on the front bearing housing
insidediameter) and drive the front main shaft (No. 27, Fig. 12) and draw the'housinginto posi-
bearing (No. 43, Fig. 12) into position. tion using a bolt with spacers in the tapped hole
18. Install snap ring (No. 42, Fig. 12). in the end of the shaft as shown in Fig. 26.
19. Install the countershaft main drive gear NOTE: Draw the bearing housing in
(No. 33, Fig. 12) with the long hub toward the so that two cap screws may be in-
front. stalled.
NOTE: The PTO drive gear has an in- 28. Install the two cap screws and tighten the
ternal snap ring groove. bearing housing into place, as shown in Fig. 27.
29. Remove the bolt and spacers from the
20. Install the snap ring (No. 32, Fig. 12) on tapped hole in the shaft.
the front end of the countershaft.
21. Position the PTO drive gear (No. 31,
Fig. 12) in the transmission housing with the
snap ring groove towards the front.
22. Use a new or serviceable gasket and
in staIl the main drive shaft retainer assembly
and tighten the cap screws.
23. Install the live PTO shaft (No. 41, Fig.
12).
24. Wedge a block behind the PTO drive gear
to hold it as far forward as possible.
25. Install the snap ring (No. 30, Fig. 12)

in the groove of the PTO drive gear and remove
the wedge.
26. Install the thrust washer (No. 29, Fig. 12)

on the end of the live PTO shaft.
NOTE: The thrust washer must be

positioned so that the small shoulder
will face the bearing. Fig. 27 Tightening the Bearing Housing ln Pasition
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 28 Pulling Live PTO Shah Into Position Fig. 19 Clutch Release Shaft Fork and Bearing Installed
1. Steel Piete 2. Boit 1. Set Screw 2. Lock Wire
30. By using a steel plate across the two boIt 39. Install the two transmission shift rails
heads, and a boIt in the tapped hole in the end of (Nos. 15, 17, Fig. 12).
the shaft, draw the shaft through the bearing
NOTE: Install the shift rails with the
enough to install the snap ring as shown in
Fig. 28. milled fiat for the lock to the rear of
31. Install the snap ring (No. 24, Fig. 12) the transmission and on top. Make sure
to the front end of the live PTO shaft. that the two selector lock grooves in the
32. Remove the cap screws securing the
rail are toward the center.
bearing housing to the transmission housing. 40. Install the set screws (No. 2, Fig. 5) lock-
33. Use a new or serviceable gasket, (No. 23, ing the shifter forks totheshiftrails. Lock with
Fig. 12) install the cover plate (No. 22, Fig. 12) wire.
and tighten the cap screws. 41. Install the shifter rail stop and selector
34. Install the clutch release shaft fork as lock at the rear of the transmission as shown in
shown in Fig. 16. Fig. 3.
42. Install the planetary shift coupler (No. 4,
NOTE: The longer clutch pedal shaft is Fig. 3) and shift fork No. 3, Fig. 3).
installed on the left side of the trans- 43. Tighten the set screw (No. 1, Fig. 3)
mission housing. locking the shift fork to the planetary shift rail.
Lock with wire.
35. Install the set screws (No. 1, Fig. 29) and 44. Assemble the transmission to the center
lock with wire as shown in Fig. 29. Install the differential housing using a new or serviceable
return springs. gasket.
36. Install the planetary shift rail (No. 14,
Fig. 12) and selector (No. 3, Fig. 12). NOTE: This may be accomplished by
37. Position the selector and tighten the set removing the PTO shifter lever and
screw (No. 2, Fig. 5) and lock with wire. cover as a unit from the left side of the
differential housing. Install the trans-
NOTE: Do not install the planetary shift mission to the differential housing with-
fork at this time. out the rear drive shaft and couPler
assembly. Place the rear drive shaft
38. Install the two transmission forks (No. 4, and couPler assembly into position after
Fig. 12). the transmission has been joined to the
differential center housing through the
NOTE: The forks are identical and may PTO shifter lever and cover assembly
be installed in either location. opening.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CAUTION: Make sure a cotter pin of NOTE: Make sure the shift levers are
the proper size is placed through the positioned properly in their respective
rear drive couPler after the couPler selectors when lowering the steering
has been installed. and instrument panel assembly.
45. Install the detent pins (No. 2, Fig. 12) and 47. Connect the planetary shifter safety switch
springs (No. 1, Fig. 12) as shawn in Fig. 12. wires and replace the rubber boot.
46. Use a new or serviceable gasket; install 48. Complete the reassembly operation by
the steering assembly and instrument panel as a reversing the remaining steps in "Removing
unit. the Trans mission.' ,
MAIN DRIVE SHAH RETAINER ASSEMBL y AND COUNTERSHAH DRIVE GEARS

REMOVAL OF MAIN DRIVE SHAFT RETAINER NOTE: No PTO drive gear present in
ASSEMBLY the single clutch transmission.
5. Remove the front PTO shaft (No. 41, Fig. 12)
by sliding it from the front of the transmission
NOTE: This allows the front PTO gear
ta drop down as shown in Fig. 15 sa the
main drive shaft retainer assembly can
be removed. There is no front PTO
shaftpresentin the single clutch trans-
mission.
6. Use pliers, disconnect clutch release bear-
ing carrier return spring. (Nos. 3, 6, Fig. 16)
from the bearing carrier.
7. Slide the clutch release bearing and carrier
(Nos. 4, 5, Fig. 16) from the end of the shaft as a
unit.
8. Remoye the lock wire (No. 1, Fig. 14) and
lock screws (No. 2, Fig. 14) from the clutch
release shaft fork (No. 2, Fig. 16).
9. Slide the clutch shafts (Nos. 1, 7, Fig.
16) out the side of the transmission housing and
Fig. 30 Main Drive Shah Retainer Assembly remove the fork.
1. Bearing Surface 10. Remove the attaching cap screws and the
Ta remove the main drive shaft retainer as- main drive shaft retainer assembly (No. 1, Fig.
sembly, ·shown in Fig. 30, it is necessary ta split 15) as shown in Fig. 15.
the tractor between the engine and the transmis-
sion housing. After splitting the tractor:
1. Remove the front power take-off bearing
housing cap (No. 22, Fig. 12).
from the end of the live power shaft.
3. Remove the PTO bearing housing (No. 27,
Fig. 12) using two pusher cap screws in the
tapped hales of the housing as shawn in Fig. 13.
NOTE: No PTO bearing or bearing

housing present in the single clutch
transmission.
4. Use internaI snap ring pliers, and remove
the internaI snap ring (No. 30, Fig. 12) from the Fig. 31 Disassembly of Retainer Assembly
PTO main drive gear (No. 31, Fig. 12). 1. Snop Ring
11
MASSEY -FERGUSON
DISASSEMBL y OF MAIN DRIVE SHAFT RETAINER 3. Use a lead or brass hammer, and care-
ASSEMBLY fully ririve the PTO main drive shaft from the
retainer assembly housing as shown in Fig. 34. '-------
The main drive shaft retainer assembly, shown If necessary', the roller bearing on the main
in Fig. 30, may be disassembled as follows: drive shaft an\:{ the two roller bearings on the
1. Use a screw driver or a pair of pliers, and PTO main drive shaft can now be replaced.
remove the snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 31) from the NOTE: Always use a press when re-
rear of the assembly and remove the main drive
placing roller bearings on the main
shaft (No. 1, Fig. 32) as shown in Fig. 32.
drive shaft and the PTO main drive
shaft.
NOTE: It may be necessary to tap the
main drive shaft to start if out of the
retainer assembly. USE ONLY A BRASS
HAMMER. .
CAUTION: The front section (No. 1,
Fig. 30) of the main drive shaft is suP~
ported by the clutch pilot bearingin the
flywheel. USE EXTREME CARE WHEN-
EVER DRIVING AGAINST THIS SEC-
TION OF THE MAIN DRIVE SHAFT.
Fig. 34 Removing PTO Main Drive Shaft

1. PTO Main Orive Shaft 2. Retainer Assembly
Housing
ASSEMBL y OF THE MAIN DRIVE SHAFT

RETAINER
Fig. 32 Removing Main Drive Shaft The main drive shaft retainer assembly
1. Main Drive Shaft 2. Retainer Assembly shown in Fig. 35 may be assembled by reversing
the preceding disassembly procedure.
The PTO shaft oil seai and Main Drive Shaft
oil seal are now accessible and maybe replaced.
2. Remove the internaI snap ring (No. 1, Fig.

33).
Fig. 35 Exploded View - Drive Shaft Retainer Assembly

1. Main Drive Shaft 3. Retainer Assembly Housing
2. PTO Main Drive Shaft
NOTE: It is very important that

protective coverings, like those shown
in Fig. 36, be used to cover the shaft
Fig. 33 Disassembly of Retainer Assembly
splines while the shafts are being in-
1. Snap Ring stalled through the oil seals.
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON

shift coupler (No. 4, Fig. 3).
7. Remove the attaching cap screws and the
planetary gear assembly (No. 5, Fig. 3).
NOTE: The planetary gear assembly is
dowelled to the transmission case but
can be removed by using two screw
drivers as shown in Fig. 4.
8. Remove the lock wires (No. 1, Fig. 5) and
lock screws (No. 2, Fig. 5) from the shifter
forks (No. 4, Fig. 12) and the planetary selector
(No. 3, Fig. 12).
9. Remove the stop plate and selector pin
lock (No. 6, Fig. 3) at the rear of the transmis-
Fig. 36 Drive Shaft Protective Coverings sion.
INSTALLING THE MAIN DRIVE SHAFT RETAINER NOTE: When the stop plate isremoved,
ASSEMBLY the lock pin (No. 5, Fig. 12) may be
The main drive shaft retainer assembly may removed from either side of the stop
be installed by reversing the removal procedure. plate.
NOTE: Make sure new or serviceable 10. Remove the shift rails (Nos. 14, 15, 17,
gaskets are used when replacing the Fig. 12) and the shifter forks (No. 4, Fig. 12)
PTO bearing housing, PTO bearing from the transmission as shown in Fig. 6.
housing cap and the main drive shaft Il. Lift the PTO drive gear from the trans-
retainer assembly. mission housing.
REMOVAL OF COUNTERSHAFT DRIVE GEARS in front of the countershaft main drive gear
(No. 33, Fig. 12).
1. Remove the styering gear assembly and 13. Slide the gear forward, off the counter-
instrument panel as a unit as outlined in "Re-
1
shaft, and lift it from the transmission housing.

moving the Transmission".
2. Remove the main drive retainer assembly
as outlined in "Removal of Main Drive Shaft INST ALLING THE COUNTERSHAFT DRIVE GEARS
Retainer Assembly".
3. Remove the detent springs (No. 2, Fig.1 ). The countershaft drive gears may be installed
4. Inserting a magnetized rod in the holes by reversing the removal procedure.
where the springs were located, lift out the detent
pins. NOTE: The PTO drive gear has an in-
5. Remove the lock wire (No. 2, Fig. 3) and ternal snap ring groove. Install the two
lock screw (No. 1, Fig. 3) from the planetary countershaft main drive gears with the
shifter fork (No. 3, Fig. 3). long hubs towards the front.
.THE PLANET ARY GEAR ASSEMBL y

OPERATION OF THE PLANETARY GEAR
ASSEMBLY the planetary carrier assembly. Therefore, the
drive shaft between the transmission and the
The planetary ring gear is attached to the differential is traveling at the same rate of speed
transmission housing and cannot rotate. As the as the carrier assembly.
transmission main shaft rotates the planetary When the shift coupler is shifted to the front,
pinions, which are in constant mesh with the it is in the high range position. The internaI
planetary ring gear, rotate. The carrier assem- splines of the shift coupler mate with the splines
bly travels at 1/4 the main shaft speed. of the transmission main shaft, causing the drive
When the shift coupler is shifted to the rear it shaft between the transmission and the differ-
is in the low range position. The external splines ential to travel at the same speed as the trans-
of the coupler mate with the internaI splines of mission main shaft.
13
MASSEY-FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP II - SECTION 8 - PART 1
3. Lift out the pinion c~rrier assembly (No. 9,

Fig. 24) as shown in Fig. 37.
4. The pinion gears (No. 6, Fig. 24) may be
removed from the pinion carrier assembly by
driving out the pinion gear shaft (No. 7, Fig. 24)
NOTE: The piniongears contain a double

row of needle bearings. Care must be
used wh en removing the pinion gears
that none of these bearings are lost.
ASSEMBLING THE PIN ION CARRIER ASSEMBL y

1. The pin ion gears are replaced into the
pinion carrier with a full set of needle bearings
in each gear and a thrust washer (Nos. 5, 8,
Fig. 24) on each side of the pinion gear.
2. The pinion gear shaft may then be placed
into the carrier and driven in with a rawhide
Fig. 37 Removing the Pinion Carrier Assembly mallet. Make sure that the shafts do not extend
beyond the machined face of the pinion gear car-
REMOVAL OF THE PLANETARY GEAR ASSEMBLY rier.
The planetary gear assembly is at the rear of
the transmission. If it is necessary to remove NOTE: Do not damage the machined
only the planetary gear assembly, the tractor surface of the pinion carrier.
has to be separated between the differential
center housing and the transmission.
When the tractor has been separated and the
rear of the transmission is exposed the planetary
gear assembly may be removed as follows:
1. Remove lock wire (No. 2, Fig. 3) and lock
screw (No. 1, Fig. 3) from the planetary shifter
fork (No. 3, Fig. 3).
. planetary shift coupler (No. 4, Fig. 3).
3. Remove the attaching cap screws and re-
move the planetarygear assembly(No. 5, Fig. 3).
NOTE: The planetary gear assembly

is dowelled to the transmission housing
but can be removed with two screw
drivers as shown in Fig. 4.
DISASSEMBLING THE PLANETARY GEAR

ASSEMBLY
1. Remove the shim (No. 1, Fig. 24) front cover

plate (No. 2, Fig. 24) and rear coyer plate (No.
11, Fig. 24).
2. Remove the front ring gear thrust washer

(No. 4, Fig. 24) and the rear ring gear thrust Fig. 38 Removing the Pinion Gears
1. Pin ion Carrier 3. Pinion Geer Shaft
washer (No. 10, Fig. 24). 2. Pinion Geor
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 1 35, 50 AND 65 TRANSMISSION
INST AL.LING THE PLAN ET ARY GEAR ASSEMBL y NOTE: The thrustwasher must remain
in the recess and be free to rotate.
1. Place the front ring gear thrust washer
(No. 4, Fig. 24) into the recess on the dowelled 4. Install the pinion carrier assembly (No. 9,
side of the planetary ring gear. Fig. 24) in the ring gear.
2. Place the front ring gear cover (No. 2,
Fig. 24) and the front cover shim (No. 1, Fig. 24) 5. Install the rear bronze thrust washer (No.
over the dowels ofthe planetary ring gear (No. 3, 10, Fig. 24) in the recess of the planetary ring
Fig. 24). gear.
NOTE: The cover plate is turned so that
the oil grooves face the bronze thrust 6. Install the ring gear cover (No. 11, Fig. 24)
washer. The shim is next to the trans- and secure planetary gear assembly to trans-
mission housing. mission housing with the cap screws.
3. Hold the thrust washer into the recess of
the ring gear with the finger tips, and lightly tap NOTE: Make sure that the thrustwasher
the dowelled ring gear into place on the rear of is not jarred from the recess in the
the transmission with a lead or bronze hammer ring gear while installing the rear cover
as shown in Fig. 25. plate.
TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL AND HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LUBRICATION

The oil used in the hydraulic system is also Additional oil must be added if the require-
used to lubricate the transmission and differ-
ments of an external hydraulic system are great-
ential.
Capacity of these combined units is 8 U.S. er than 1-1/2 gallons. This additional oil must
(6-1/2 Imperial) gallons. Oil specificag.ons are:
S. A. E. 90 for temperatures above 50 oF. be drained from the housing if the external
S.A.E. 80 for temperatures below 50 F. hydraulic system is disconnected.
SPECIAL TOOLS
The following tools, not normally available at N. C. thread, with at least 3 inches of thread.
local hardware stores, are required to service 2. Step Plate Number 630-6 from O. T. C. Set
the transmission. Number 630-S
1. Two cap screws - 3/8 inch diameter, 16 3. InternaI and externai snap ring pliers.
15
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MUL TI- POWER TRANSMISSION MF 35-50-65

Index
Page
Remove Transmission • • • • • • l
Disassemble Transmission • . • • 2
Inspect Transmission • • • • • • • • 14
Disassemble Input Shaft Retainer •• 5
Assemble Input Shaft Retainer 6
Disassemble Hydraulic Clutch 6
Assemble Hydraulic Clutch. '7
Assemble Transmission 8
Install Transmission 11\1
DESCRIPTION 2. Disconnect and remove the step plate

from each side of tractor.
The multi-power transmission although sim-
ilar in design to the Dual Range, incorpo- 3. Remove the muffler and muffler inlet
rates a hydraulically actuated clutch mounted pipe.
on the input shaft and operated by an externally
mounted lever, and an over-running clutch as- 4. Disconnect and remove the brake rods
sembly mounted on the forward end of the trans- and brake pedals. Remove Woodruff key from
mission countershaft. brake cross shaft and withdraw shaft.
A control valve mounted on the input shaft 5. Remove the bolts securing the transmis-
retainer and connected to the external lever, sion cover. Then with a:
chain hoist attached
provides the method for directing the hydraulic to the steering mechanism as shown in Fig. 1,
fluid from the hydraulic pump to the hydraulic lift cover and steering assembly straight up
clutch. and away f,rom transmission.
OPERATION
With the lever in the "LOW RANGE POSI-
TION" no hydraulic fluid enters the hydraulic
clutch, and the transmission is driven thru the
main drive pinion No. 17, Fig. 7, and the
countershaft drive gear No. 45.
Movement of the control lever to the "High"

position allows the fluid to enter the hydraulic
clutch and engages the clutch discs, thus
transferring the drive through the input over-
drive pinion No. 13 and the countershaft over-
drive gear No. 43.
REMOVE TRANSMISSION
With the tractor split between the transmis-
\)
sion and engine as outlined in the Individual
Engine Section, the transmission may be re-
moved as follows:
1. Drain the lubricant from transmission Fig. 1 - Removing or Installing Transmission Cover
and differential. and Steering Mechanism
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 2 • Removing or Installing Transmission Fig.3 • Clutch" Housing Details and Relative
Location of Parts
1. Spring - Release Bearing Relurn 9. Lever - Valve Shiller
2. Carrier - Release Bearing 10. Rad - Shifter
6. Remove neutral switch and detent springs. 3. Screw - Sel 11. Volve - Oil Conlrol
Using a magnetized rad, remove detent balls 4. Fork - Release Bearing 13. Relainer - Main Inpul Shah
5. Shah - Clulch Release 14. Shah - Main Inpul
from the forward end of shifter rails. 6. Shah - Clulch Release 15. Boit - 3/8" x 1·318" NC
7. Une - Oil Inlel 16. Caver - Housing
8. Brackel - Valve Shiher Lever 18. Housing - Fronl PTO Bearing
7. Disconnect the hydraulic Une from the 19. Gaskel - Housing
hydrauUc pump to the transmission.
2. Remove setscrews No. 3 and withdraw
8. Place a suitable jack stand under the cen- clutch release shafts No. 5 and No. 6 and, re-
ter housirtg. With a chain hoist attached to the lease fork No. 4.
transmission as shown in Fig. 2, remove boUs
securing the transmission. Then move the Disconnect and remove oil inlet Une No. 8.
transmission away from center housing.
3. Refer ta Fig. 3 and remove bolts
securing main drive shaft retainer No. 1"3.
DISASSEMBLE TRANSMISSION Then remove retainer, valve and valve operat-
ing mechanism shown in Fig. 5.
10 Refer ta Fig. 3 and remove springs No. 1
from clutch release bearing carrier No. 2. 4. Remove boUs No. 15, Fig. 1 and with-
Then withdraw carrier and bearing as an as- draw housing caver No. 16 and caver gasket.
sembly. Refer ta Fig. 3 and remove snap ring No. 31
and spacer No. 32 from forward end of PTO
shaft.
5. Refer ta Fig. 4 and thread a 3/8" x 4" Ne

baU in each of the puller holes in bearing hous-
ing No. 3.
AUernately turn boUs and withdraw bearing

and housing.
6. Refer to Fig. 6 and remove boUs No. 1

and rail stop plate No. 3.
7. Remove setscrews No. 4 from planetary

Fig.4 • Removing PTO Gear Bearing and Bearing Housing shift fork No. 5, withdraw shift fork and plane-
1. Gear - PTO 2. Bearing 3. Housing - Bearing tary coupler No. 6.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 3 MF 35, 50, 65 MULTI POWER TRANSMISSION
13. Refer to Fig. 7 and remove snap ring

No. 33 from forward end of PTO shaft No. 39.
Withdraw shaft and PTO gear No. 37.
14. Using a soft hammer, drive counter-

shaft No. 48, Fig. 7, forward just enough to
remove snap ring No. 50 at the forward end of
countershaft pinion No. 51.
15. Place tool MFN 830, Fig. 11 in position

on overdrive gear No. 2 and drive gear No. 3.
Tighten boUs finger tight. Remove snap ring
No. 40, Fig. 7, from forward end of counter-
shaft.
16. Using a drüt~drive countershaft back far

enough to lüt tool and gear assembly out of
transmission.
17. With a soft hammer" drive countershaft

forward and out of rear bearing. Withdraw
countershaft from forward end of transmission
then, remove countershaft pinions No. 51,
Fig. 7 and No. 52.
Fig.5 - Removing or Installing Main Input Shaft Retainer
1. Relainer - Inpul Shaft 2. Valve - Oil Conlrol
3. Proleclor - Seol - Tooi OTC·FT 357 18. If required, refer ta Fig. 7 and remove
boU No. 55 and stop No. 57. Withdraw reverse
idler shaft No. 58, idler gear No. 63 and
thrust washers No. 64.
8. Remove setscrews No. 7 from planetary

selector No. 8 and shüter forks No. 12 and No.
14. Withdraw shüt rails No. 9, No. 13 and No.
15 and shüter forks No. 12 and No. 14.
9. Remove bolts No. 16 securing planetary

gear No. 17. Using two screwdrivers directly
opposite, pry the planetary gear away from the
transmission housing.
10. Using a long screwdriver against the

main shaft inner snap ring No. 1 as shown in
Fig. 8, drive main shaft and rear œaring No
2 out of housing.
11, With gears No. 3 and No. 4 held against
the rear of transmission housing as shown in
Fig. 9, move the main shaft No. 2 forward to
its limits.
Rapidly withdraw shaft allowing the front
bearing No. 1 to strike against the gear. Re-
peat the above operation until the front bearing
is forced off main shaft. Withdraw main shaft, Fig. 6 - Typical Shifter Rails and Planetary Gear Installation
gears and bearing from transmission. 1. Boll- 3/8 x 7/8 NC 9. Rail - Plonelory Shifier
2. Lackwosher 10. Spring - Oelenl
3. PlaIe - Slop 11. Bail - Delenl
12. Refer to Fig. 7 and remove spacer No. 4. Screw - Sel 12. Fork - Shifter - Law and Reverse
5. Fork - Plonelory Shift 13. Rail - Shifter - Law and Reverse
18. Refer to Fig. 10 and remove input shaft 6. Coupler - Plonelory 14. Fork - Shifter - Inler. and High
No. 1, main drive pinion No. 3, overdrive 7. Screw - Sel 15. Rail -: Shifter - Inter. and High
8. Seleclor - Plonelory Shifter Rail 16. Boit
pinion No. 5 and hydraulic clutch No. 6. 17. Geor - Plonetory
3
M R
ASSEY -FE GUSON P " _ SECTION 8 _ PART 3
GROU
TKRA~N: S: .:M.:.:1
- 19.
U_ __
SSIONS
_'.,1"
froamsUI'table
SI.ng
No 53 lower rear
~. operung
driver,
-
------~~-- INSPECT
move bear-
r.e of trans-
Wash all ANSMISSION
INSPI
TR
clean solven
P'''::nd dry with com
. . on housing in a
ts and transmlsSplressed
__ air.
mission.
mg . _____________________
l
.:1
a 37
j
36
35
32
~' ~/f?
-
-------~~~~;~~:~:.!os;ion Details
° •'"'"' ". ~".: _".."."
39. S ion Ring
. an d Relative Locat _ofPTO
Parts
Shah
1.
1 Relainer Oil
Sea:- g Relainer f Transmlss haft
Ring 40. Snap Overdrive 51. Pin~on: Counlershalt
52. Pin,~n Counlershaft
F',. 7 .- ShH,". G", __ CI""hJ ••
2. Bush.ln :. Main Drive Sha 1
'''''1 _CI""'
I~. C.;~::"
3 Retclner Sh.' - Mo., ". " . " 1" - " ...,," ". 53. Beorlng
4' Gasket ". . - , .. h". ". C.., 6... 1" " C..,,, 0,1 .. Go..
5: Snap. Ring ". "". - , ..dl.
:";;;'- Mol" 0,1.. ,.. C.... -
30. G"'" _ ".,,1". ,i 6,,"0' _ "'.kO,' ..
,,: G... _
54.
55.
Snop R ,nY8" x 7/8 NC
Boit - 3 her
6. B~a!lng_ PTO ". " , 31. ",""o. ". ,,,'" _ . 56. Lockwo~ev. Idler Geor
7 P,",on l'
. Ring - Sec mg IS. "'" - ,"" Sh." 32. G" '''. " "...1". ,_ '''''m;, ...o 57. Sto~ - Reverse Geor
58. Sho t - Thrust
. c ."0... ,.,'..dl.
8.
9 Seo 1 - Oil 10. '6,,1'
" ',;• Mo
- "''' ".
,.. ,"",,,. ..:
~~:r. ;~aConstan!
20. 10 ''''''. . "..,,"._ 59. Washer - Flot .
la: Sna~ RingThrusi ".
23. ShOl
22. Gear:
Gear -. and High "36:
7 '"" _,,,,
Bearing
Gear P " Mesh 50.. '"" el". 60. Washer -:. Needle
SnopRln~ Boil ~8:
61. Beorlng
11. Was er - embly .
12. Clu:ch
13. Pin,on - npu
ASt
t Overdrive
25.
24. Bearlng $nop Ring 62. Spacer Reverse Idl,r
63. Geor-
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP II - SECTION B - PART 3 MF 35, ,50, 65 MULTI POWER TRANSMISSION
Fig. 9 • Moving Front Bearing from Main Shaft

1. Bearing - Main Shah Front 3. Gear - Low
2. Shah - Main Shah 4. Gear _ Intermediate and High
Fig. 8 • Removing Main Shah and Rear Bearing from Housing
1. Snap Ring 2. Bearing - Main Shah - Rear 3. Shah - Main 2. Remove and discard pinion sealing rings
No. 6.
NOTE: Do not wiPe parts or inside of 3. Using tool MFN 850 as shown in Fig. 14,
transmission housing with a material drive oil seal out of pinion.
that leaves lint.
4. If required, remove snap ring No. 4,
1. Inspect aU gears for chipped or broken Fig. 13 and with bearing supported on bed of
teeth and replace those where either condition press, press bearing No. 7 from pinion.
is present.
5. Using a sharp chisel, drive seal off for-
2. Check aU bearings for bind or rough spots. ward end of retainer.
If either condition is noted a new bearing must
. he installed. INSPECT INPUT SHAFT RETAINER
3. Inspect aU shafts for excessively worn or 1. Inspect bearing for bind or rough spots
damaged splines. Replace shaft where either and replace if either condition exists.
condition is present.
2. Check pinion for damage or excessive
4. Inspect the bushings in the countershaft wear at gear teeth and splines. Replace pinion
drive gear No. 41 and forward end of input if either condition is noted.
shaft retainer No. 3.
5. Inspect aU thrust washers and replace

those that are worn or scored.
6. Check the needle bearings in the input

shaft and reverse idler gear. Replace bearings
if worn or damaged.
7. Refer to Fig. 7 and remove and discard

sealing rings No. 8 and No. 14.
DISASSEMBLE INPUT SHAFT RETAINER

1. Remove control valve from retainer No. Fig. 10 • Removing or Installing Input Shaft
2, Fig. 13. Remove snap ring No. 8 and with- 1. Shaft - Input 4. Washer - Thrust
2. Spacer - Input Shaft 5. Pin ion - Overdrive
draw PTO pinion No. 5. 3. Pinion - Main Drive 6. Clutch - Hydroulïc
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 11 - Removing or Installing Overdrive and Countershaft

Drive Gear Assembly
1. Holder - Gear - Tooi MFN 830 3. Gear - Counlershalt _ Drive
2. Gear - Overdrive 4. Counlershafl
ASSEMBLE INPUT SHAFT RETAINER

Fig. 12 • Removing or Installing Transmission Countershaft
1. If removed, start bearing No. 7, Fig. 13 1. Counlershalt 2. Beoring - Counlershafl
over forward end of pinion. Support bearing on
bed of press and press pinion into bearing.
Install snap ring No. 4. Start seal over forward end of retainer and
carefuUy drive into position.
2. Place new sealing rings No. 6 on pinion.
3. Refer to Fig. 15 and place a new seal No. DISASSEMBLE HYDRAULIC CLUTCH
3 over end of installer, tool MFN 849, with
the lettered end down, then carefully drive in 1. Refer to Fig. 18 and remove snap ring
pinion and against shoulder. No. 9 from clutch housing.
4. Start pinion No. 5, Fig. 13 in retainer. 2. Remove clutch retaining plate No. 8,
Using a soft hammer, drive pinion and bearing piston return springs No. 7, clutch discs No. 6
into position and install snap ring No. 8 and plates No. 5.
5. Refer to Fig. 16 and place seal guide No. 3. AUow the clutch housing No. 1 to be
3, tool MFN 848-B in seal installer No. 2. dropped on bench several times with the open
Place oil seal No. 4 on installer with the se al- end down and jar the piston out of housing.
ing portion up.
4. Remove and discard sealing rings No. 2
and No. 3 from piston and inner hub of housing.
INSPECT HYDRAULIC CLUTCH
Wash aU parts in a clean solvent and dry with

compressed air.
NOTE: Do oot wiPe parts with a ma-
terial tkat leaves lint particles .
1. Inspect the clutchdiscs for damage, scor-

ing or excessive wear and replace if any of the
above conditions are noted.
Fig. 13 • Input Shaft Retainer Details and Relative
Location of Parts
1. Seal- Oil 5. Pin ion - PTO
2. Check the clutch plates for damage or
2.
3.
Relainer - Inpul Drive Shalt
Gaskel
6.
7.
Ring - Sealing
Bearing
score marks. Light score marks may be
4. Snap Ring 8. Snap Ring dressed off with crocus clutch.
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
enough pressure to permit the installation of

snap ring No. 9.
DISASSEMBLE PLANETARY GEAR

1. Refer to Fig. 21 and support planetary
carrier No. 1 on bed of press. Press shaft
No. 2 out of pinion No. 3 and carrier.
2. Remove gear, bearings, spacers and

thrust washers.
3. Remove the remaining planetary gears as

outlined above.
Fig. 14 - Removing Oil Seal from PTO Pinion

1. Pinion - PTO 2. Remover - Seol - Tooi MFN 850
ASSEMBLE HYDRAULIC CLUTCH

1, Refer to Fig. 18 and place a new sealing
ring No. 2 on inner hub of clutch housing. In-
staIl a new sealing ring No. 3 on clutch piston
No. 4.
2. Start clutch piston in housing with the hub

end up. Using a small screwdriver, move the
sealing ring into its groove and the piston into
the housing.
3. Place clutch plate No. 3, Fig. 19 in

housing with the tangs registering in one ser-
ration off the ail inlet hale. Place clutch disc
No. 3 in position on plate.
4. Install the remaining clutch plates and

discs in sequence with the tangs on the clutch
plates staggered.
5. Place a clutch return spring No. 7, Fig.

18 in position on each tang of the lower clutch
plate.
60 Place clutch retaining plate in housing. Fig. 15 • Installing PTO Pinion Oil Seal
1. Pinion - PTO 2. Instoller - Seol - Tooi MFN 849
Support housing on bed of press and apply just 3. Seol - Oil
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INSPECT PLANETARY GEAR

1. Inspect the gears for chipped or broken
teeth and replace il either condition is present.
2. Check the needle bearings and thrust

washers for excessive wear. Replace those
parts where either condition is noted.
ASSEMBLE PLANET ARY GEAR
1. Place a coating of grease to one side of

each thrust washer No. 6, Fig. 20, and a coat-
ing to needle bearings No. 9, spacers No. 8.
2. Place a thrust washer No. 6 on bench with

the side having the grease up. Place planetary
pinion No. 7 on thrust washer.
3. Insert spacer No. 8 in planetary pin-

ion. Place the first rOw of needle bearings
around the inside diameter of pinion.
Fig. 17 - Installing Input Shaft Bearing
1. Snalt - Input 2. Beoring - Need le
3. Installer - Tooi MFN 216
4. Insert center spacer No. 8 followed by

the second row of needle bearings. Place third
spacer in position on upper row of bearings
followed by second thrust washer.
5. Place pinion and thrust washer assembly

in pOsition in planetary carrier.
6. Support carrier on bed of press with the

hub end down. Then carefully press shaft into
position.
ASSEMBLE TRANSMISSION
1. If removed, refer to Fig. 7 and apply a
coating of grease to one side of each thrust
washer No. 59 and the inside diameter of the
idler gear No. 63.
Place thrust washer on bench with the coated

side up. Then position idler gear on thrust
washer. Insert a dummy shaft .312" x 1-7/8"
through idler gear.
Insert flat washer No. 60 over shaft and into

gear. Install the first row of needle bearings
No. 61 in gear followed by spacer No. 62. As-
semble the second row of bearings in gear fol-
lowed by second flat washer No. 60 and thrust
washer No. 59.
Fig. 16 - lristalling Retainer Oil Seal
1. Retoiner - Input Snolt
2. Installer - Seol _ Tooi MFN 848.A Place idler gear assembly in transmission
3. Guide - Seal - Tooi MFN 848·B
4. Seal - Oil with the smaller gear diameter forward. Then
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 18 • Cluteh Details and Relative Location of Parts

1. Housing - Cluteh 4. Piston - Cluteh 7. Spring - Piston Return
2. Ring - Piston 5. Plote - Cluteh 8. Plote - Cluteh Retaining
3. Ring - Piston 6. Dise - Cluteh 9. Snap Ring
carefully install icUer gear shaft No. 58 through

rear transmission opening and into idler gear.
Secure shaft with stop No. 57 and boit No. 55.
2. If removed, refer to Fig. 7 and place

Fig. 19 • Removing or Installing Cluteh Dise
snap ring No. 50 over countershaft No. 48 and 1. Housing - Cluteh 2. Plate - Cluteh 3. Dise - Cluteh
allow it to float free at the undercut position of
shaft.
8. With the PTO shaft fully engaged with the
3. Refer to Fig. 12 and start countershaft PTO gear, drive hub of gear into front bearing.
No. 1 in lower front opening of transmission.
Refer to Fig. 7 and install thrust washer No.
Place forward countershaft pinion No. 7, 34 and snap ring No. 33. Install housing coyer
Fig. 22 over countershaft with the hub end to No. 29 with a new gasket No. 30.
the rear followed by countershaft pinion No. 5
with the hub end forward. 9. Start bearing No. 53 over end of counter-
shaft then, with a wood block between PTO gear
4. Refer to Fig. 7 and place thrust washer and overdrive gear, drive rear countershaft
No. 46 over forward end of countershaft No. 48. bearing into position.
5. Move countershaft No. 4, Fig. 11, back 10. Refer to Fig. 7 and engage splines of
just far enough and place gear assembly No. 2 overdrive pinion No. 13 in hydraulic clutch.
and No. 3 over forward end of countershafto
Rotate countershaft and gears slightly to the

left and right to achieve full shaft engagement.
Refer to Fig. 22 and install snap ring No. 11
over forward end of countershaft.
6. Move countershaft forward and pinions

No. 5 and No. 7, Fig. 22 back. Install snap
ring No. 23 in groove of countershaft.
7. Refer to Fig. 22 and place PTO gear No.

12 in position with the hub end forward. Insert
PTO shaft No. 24 through countershaft and PTO
gear.
Refer to Fig. 7 and place a new gasket No. Fig. 20 • Planetary Gear Details and Relative Location of Parts
32 on bearing housing No. 31. Using two 3/8" x 1. Caver - Ring Gear 7. Pinion - Planetary
7/8" Ne boUs, attach bearing housing to the 2. Wosher - Thrust 8. Spaeer
3. Gear - Planetary Ring 9. Bearing •. Need le
front lower opening of transmission as shown 4. Pin - Dowel 10. Shoh - Pin ion
5. Carrier - Planetory 11. Caver - Ring Gear
in Fig. 3. 6. Washer _ Thrust 12. Shim _ Cover Shim
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Apply a coating of grease to one side of thrust

washer No. 17 and attach it ta input overdrive
pinion No. 13. .
11. Refer to Fig. 10 and place hydraulic

clutch No 6, overdrive pinion No. 5, thrust
washer No. 4 and main drive pinion No. 3 in
position. Then insert input shaft through gear
and c1utch assembly.
12. Refer ta Fig. 7 and place spacer No. 18

in the forward side of center opening with the
offset to the front. Move clutch and gear as-
sembly back and against spacer.
13. Refer to Fig. 9, and insert main shaft

No. 2 through upper transmission opening.
Place inter and high gear No. 4, over shaft
Fig. 22 • Cutaway View of Multi·Power Transmission
with the smaller gear diameter forward. Place 1. Gear - Inter and High 13. Snap Ring
low gear over shaft with the hub end to the 2. Shaft - Main 14. Pin ion - PTO
3. Snap Ring .15. Clutch - Hydraulic
.cear. Start bearing No. lover forward end of 4. Bearing _ Main Shaft 16. Pinion _ Overdrive
shaft. 5. Pinion - Countershaft 17. Pin ion - Main Drive
6. Bearing _ Countershaft 18. Washer - Thrust
7. Pin ion - Countershaft 19. Spacer
8. Shaft - Countershaft 20. Gear - Low
14. Refer to Fig. 23 and place tool, MFN- 9. Gear - Countershaft 21. Fork - Shi/ter
10. Gear - Overdrive 22. Fork - Shifter
. 458 in back side of upper center opening. 11. Snap Ring 23. Snap Ring
Start forward end of main shaft through tool, 12. Gear - PTO Constant Mesh 24. Shaft - PTO
25. Bearing - Main Shaft Front
then using a soft hammer, drive main shaft
into bearing. Move main shaft back and re-
move tool. 16. Refer to Fig. 5 and using a new gasket
attach oil control valve No. 2 to input shaft re-
15. Start front main bearing into center tainer No. 1 with the boit having the copper
opening then, with the input shaft properly washer installed in front right opening.
aligne d, drive main shaft and bearing into
position. 17. Refer ta Fig. 7 and install new sealing
rings No. 15 on input shaft No. 14. Place
thrust washer No. 11 over input shaft with the
bronze side toward the front.
18. Refer ta Fig. 5 and place seal protector

FT 357 over forward end of input shaft. Using
a new gasket install input shaft retainer.
19. Refer ta Fig. 3 and install lever bracket

No. 8, lever No. 9, shifter rad No. 10 and
secure with boIts. Install ail inlet line No. 7.
20. Place release bearing fork No. 4 in

position and install c1utch release shafts No. 5
and No. 6. Tighten setscrews No. 3, and in-
stalllockwire.
21. Applya light coating of lubriplate over

splines of PTO pinion. Install c1utch release
bearing and carrier No. 21 over pinion and
secure with return springs No. 1.
22. Refer ta Fig. 20 and place thrust washer

No. 2 in the doweled side of planetary gear No.
Fig. 21 • Removing Planetary Pinion Shaft
1. Carrier 3. Pinion - P!onetory
3. Place caver No. 11, over dowels followed
2. Shaft - Pinion 4. Washer - Thrust by shim No. 12.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 3 MF 35, 50, 65 MUL.TI POWER TRANSMISSION
15 and tighten setscrew. Secure setscrews with

lockwire.
Install stop plate No. 3 and secure with boUs

No. 2.
INST ALL TRANSMISSION

1. Apply a new gasket ta the mounting sur-
face of center housing.
Fig. 23 • Installing Bearing on Main Shaft
1. Shaft - Main 2. Bearing - Bali 2. With the transmission supported on a
3. Installer - Bearing - Tooi MFN·458
chain hoist as shown in Fig. 2, align the trans-
mission with the center housing. Move trans-
23. Refer to TIg. 6 and place planetary ring mission into position and secure with nuts and
gear in position with the dowels registering in bolts. Tighten boUs to their specified torque.
3. Insert a detent ball in the transmission
NOTE: Check to be certain that the opening at the forward end of each shifter rail
thrust washer remains in its proper followed by a detent spring. Install neutral
position. switch.
24. Install planetary gear No. 5, Fig. 20 in 4. Apply a new transmission coyer gasket.
ring gear No. 3 followed by outer washer. In- Refer to Fig. 1 and install coyer on transmis-
stall outer coyer No. 1 and secure with boUs. sion being certain the shift levers are properly
engaged. Install coyer boUs and tighten to
25. Refer to Fig. 6 and start planetary shift their specified torque.
rail No. 9 in transmission. Start selector No.
8 over forward end of shift rail and move rail 5. Install brake cross shaft and insert Wood-
forward to its limite Position selector and ruff key in keyway. Install brake pedals and
tighten setscrew. brake rods.
Place shift fork No. 5 in coupler No. 6 and 6. Install muffler, muffler inlet pipe and the
over shift rail No. 9. Tighten setscrew. step plates.
26. Place shifter fork No. 12, in groove of 7. Fill the transmission with 8 US gallons
low gear No. 20, Fig. 7 and install shifter (6-1/2 Imp. Gallons) of S.A. E. 80 mineraI oil.
rail No. 13. Tighten setscrew.
8. Reassemble the remaining portion of
Place shifter fork No. 14, Fig. 6 in groove tractor as outlined under Individual Engine
of inter and high gear. Ihstall shifter rail No. Section.
11
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART l
DIFFERENTIAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE ASSEMBLy
MF & TO - 35, 50, 202 & 204 TRACTORS

INDEX
Page
Changes to the Differentiai Pin ion
and Rear Axle Assembly. • • • • • 2
Checking the Rear Axle End-Play. •. 3
Check for Excessive End-Play . • • 3
Rear Axl e Assembl y. • . • • . • •• 3
Differentiai and Pin ion Assembly . • 7
Differentiai, Transmission and
Hydraulic System Lubrication •• 13
Special Tools. • • • • • • •• • .14
Fig. 1 • Differentiai, Pinion and Rear Axle Assembly
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
DIFFERENTIAL, PINION, AND REAR AXLE GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1
The differential, pinion and rear axle as- 3. If it is necessary to install a new type
sembIy, shown in Fig. 1, is an assembly of bearing retainer on the older type axle trumpet
three units. housing, use six studs installed in every other
Before disassembling any of the differential, hole of the bearing retainer housing.
pinion and rear axle assembly, check the end- 4. If it is necessary to use an older type
play of the axle as outlined in the section brake backing plate with a new type axie trumpet
"Checking the Rear Axle End-Play". housing and bearing retainer, it will be necessary
The tooth contact or mesh pattern of the ring to drill 6 additional 17/32 inch holes in the
gear and pinion is non-adjustable. brake backing plate to accommodate the twelve
studs.
CHANGES TO THE DIFFERENTIAL REPLACEMENT OF PINION BEARINGS
PIN ION & REAR AXLE ASSEMBL y In the event pinion bearings are replaced, it
TRACTOR REAR AXLE CHANGES is mandatory that the correctly associated
Two important changes have been made in pinion bearing and sleeve assembly be used.
the rear axle and center housing to improve Following are the correctly associated as-
the rear axle structure. The changes were: semblies:
1. The studs which are used to attach the 1. Center housings with part number suffix
axle trumpet housing to the tractor center M-l which have a positioning shoulder in the
housing were changed from 7/16 inch diameter pinion sleeve bore requires 181 251 M92 sleeve
to 1/2 inch diameter. assembly fitted with bearing cup 195 164 Ml.
2. The number of studs which are used to Bearing cone 195 163 Ml must be used with the
attach the bearing retainer to the wheel end of above sleeve assembly.
the axle trumpet housing was increased from 2. Pinion sleeve and associated required parts
six to twelve. used in the center housing M-2 through M-5 may
be installed in M-l center housings if the
SERVIC/NG THE REAR AXLE positioning shouider in the pinion sleeve bore is
In connection with these changes, special step machined to the rear 0.065 inch as a minimum
studs have been made available for servicing. or removed entirely. When the positioning
These are listed in your current parts book. shoulder is relieved or removed the center
houstng with this modification should be identi-
There are several variations in the way the fiable; therefore, change the embossed part
new strengthened parts can be used to service number suffix on the center housing to M-2.
the oider tractors.
NOTE: Do not skim the pinion sleeve
1. If it is necessary to install the new type bore area during the machining opera-
center housing, which is· tapped for 1/2 inch tion.
studs, it will be necessary to drill or ream the
inner flange boIt holes of the axle trumpet 3. Center housings with part number suffixes
housing to 17/32 inch diameter to clear the 1/2 M-2 through M-5 require: 181 251 M93 sleeve
inch studs. assembly fitted with bearing cup 185 778 Ml
which requires using bearing cone 831 888 Ml.
2. If it is necessary to install the newtrumpet
REPLAONG THE RING GEAR
housing having 17/32 inch holes in the inner
flange, to the old type center housing which is When replacement of the ring gear and mated
tapped for 7/16 inch studs, it will be necessary pinion is necessary, secure the ring gear to the
to install the special step studs in the center differential case with bolts (825 776 Ml) and
housing. These special step studs are 7/16 nuts (891 947 Ml) supplied with the new ring
N.C. on one end and 1/2 N.F. on the other. gear. Do not stake the nut but secure with
LOCTITE sealant cement, grade AV, per the
following instructions:
NOTE: YVhen this installation is made 1. Nuts and bolts are to be degreased with
the new type trumpet housing will have trichlorethylene or a similar solvent.
twelve holes in the outer [lange to at- 2. Apply two drops of Loctite sealant, Grade
tach the bearing retainer. If the old AV, evenly to the first threads of the bolts.
style bearing retainer is to be used, 3. Assemble differential case and ring gear
six of the holes in the outer [lange of using bolts (825 776 Ml) treated with Loctite
the trumpet housing will not be used. and nuts (891 947 Ml).
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1 35, 50, 202 & 204 DIFFERENTIAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE
4. Tighten the nuts to a torque of 110 - 120 NOTE: After the axle has been in-
ft.-Ibs. stalled, make a final check of the end-
Play with a di al indicator.
CHECKING THE REAR AXLE END-PLAY
1. Jack up and support the rear of the tractor REAR AXLE ASSEMBL y
so that both wheels are off the ground. The rear axle assembly consists ofaxle
2. Turn one of the wheels and observe the housings, semi-floating axle shafts, bearing
direction of rotation of the other wheel. retainers, bearings, oil seals, and brake as-
a. If the wheels turn in the same direction, semblies.
there is insufficient clearance between the ends The inner ends of the axle shafts are splined
of the axle shafts. to the differential side gears. The outer ends
b. If the wheels rotate in opposite direc- are supported by tapered roller bearings.
tions, there is sufficient clearance between the The tapered bearings and retainer rings pre-
ends of the axle shafts. Check for excessive vent the axle shafts from moving out of the
end-play. housing, while the inward movement is con-
trolled by the axles butting together in the
differential.
REAR AXLE SHAFT ASSEMBL y
Removal of the Ax/e Shaft
Use the following procedure to remove either
one or bath of the rear axle assemblies.
1. Jack up the tractor and support it under
the axle housings.
2. Drain the oil from the differential center
housing and rear axle.
3. Remove the fender. See Section C, Group
IV.
4. Remove the wheel and tire as a unit. See
Section B, Group IV.
5. Remove the brake drum retaimlng screws
Fig. 2 - Measuring Axle End-Play and remove the brake drum.
CHECK FOR EXCESSIVE END-PLAY
1. Attach a dial indicator. Fig. 2 shows the
indicator attached after the brake drum has
been removed. If the brake drum has not been
removed, the indicator may be attached behind
the brake backing plate with the point riding
against the edge of the brake drum.
2. Observe the end-play indicated.
NOTE: End-play must not be less than

0.002 inch and not exceed 0.008 inch.
ADJUSTING THE END-PLAY

1. To adjust the end-play, remove the axle
shaft as outlined in "Removal of the Axle Shaft"
and:
a. Add shims to increase the end-play.
b. Remove shims to decreasethe end-play.
By measuring the shim thickness with a micro-
meter, it is easy to remove sufficient shims the
first time ta give the correct end-play.
2. Install the axle shaft as outlined in "In-
stalling the Rear Axle". Fig. 3 - Removing the Axle Shaft
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
OIFFERENTIAL, PINION, AND REAR AXLE GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1
Fig. 4 • Rear Axle Nomenclature

1. Oil Seal 6. Gasket 11. Gasket
2. Retoiner Housing 7. Shim Pack 12. Bearing Cup
3. Bearing Cup 8. Oil Seol 13. Expansion Plug
4. Tapered Bearings 9. Trumpe! Housing 14. Broke Drum
5. Retainer Collar 10. Brake Shaft Bushing 15. Axle Shaft
6. Remove the nuts attaching the retainer and 3. Remove the retainer collar (No. 5, Fig. 4).
the brake back plate to the axle housing.
7. Remove the axle shaft and retainer as an
assembly from the axle housing as shown in NOTE: Ta remove the collar, drill a
Fig. 3. hale in the coUar as shawn in Fig. 5
and split with a cold chis el.
NOTE: Use care wh en removing the
axle sa that no ail cornes in contact
4. Remove the bearing housing (No. 2) bearing
with the brake shoes.
cup (No. 3) and bearing (No. 4, Fig. 4) as shown
Disassembly of Rear Ax/e in Fig. 6.
1. Remove shims (No. 7, Fig. 4).
2. Remove the brake back plate. 5. Remove the oil seal (No. 1, Fig. 4) from
NOTE: If the brakes are not going ta the bearing housing as shown in Fig. 8.
be serviced leave them assembled ta
the back plate. Remove back plate and 6. Using a tool like that used in Step 5, re-
brakes as an assembly. move the bearing cup from the bearing housing.
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 1 35, 50, 202 & 204 DIFFERENT/AL, PINION AND REAR AXLE
Fig. 5· Removing the Retainer Cailar Fig. 6· Removing the Bearing Housing Assembly
Inspection of the Rear Ax/e

Check the axle shaft, shown in Fig. 7, as
follows:
1. Inspect the axle splines for excessive wear
or damage. Replace if necessary.
2. Inspect the bearing cup (No. 3) and bearing
(No. 4, Fig. 4) for damage, freedom of move-
ment and excessive wear. Replace if necessary. Fig. 7· Rear Axle Shaft
3. Inspect the oil seal (No. 1, Fig. 4) for
damage. Replace if necessary.
Assembly of the Rear Ax/e
1. Install bearing cup (No. 3, Fig. 4) in the
bearing housing.
2. Install the oil seal (No. 1, Fig. 4) in the

bearing housing as shown in Fig. 9.
3. Install the housing on the axle shaft.
4. Pack the bearing with wheel bearing grease

and install the bearing (No. 4, Fig. 4) on the
axle shaft.
NOTE: Where old bearings are being
used, make sure that aU of the old
grease and metal chiPs are cleaned
trom the bearing. Fig. 8. Removing the Oil Seal
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Installing the Rear Axle

1. Carefully insert the axle with shim pack ~.
and gasket (if used) in position, through the oil
seal (No. 8, Fig. 4).
2. Continue installing the axle by reversing
the steps listed in the procedure for "Removal
of the Axle Shaft"
REMOVAL OF AXLE HOUS/NG AND SHAFr

AS AN ASSEMSL y
1. Drain the differential center housing and the
axle housing.
2. Jack up the tractor and support it under
the differential center housing.
3. Remove the fender.
4. Remove the wheel and tire as a unit.
5. Disconnect the brake pedal linkage at the
brake shaft.
6. Remove the nuts securing the axle housing
to the differential center housing.
NOTE: Either attach a lifting device
or black up the axle housing.
Fig. 9 - Instolling the Oil Seol 7. Remove the axle housing and shaft as a unit
from the differential center housing as shown in
5. Heat the bearing retainer collar to a dull
Fig. 13.
red and quickly install it on the shaft.
NOTE: Do this with the axle in the

vertical position.
6. Place the shim pack (No. 7, Fig. 4) and

gasket into position.
NOTE: Do not use a gasket on those

axles retained ta the trumpet housing
by 12 studs. Use a gasket on axles re-
tained by 6 studs.
Fig. la - Removing the Oil Seol Fig. 11 • Removing the Beoring Cup
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1 35, 50, 202 & 204 DIFFERENTlAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE
THE AXLE SHAFT HOUSING ASSEMBL y

Removal of the Axle Housing
1. Remove the axle shaft and housing as an
assembly as outlined in the previous section.
2. Remove the axle shaft from the housing as
outlined in "Removal of the Axle Shaft".
Inspecting the Axle Housing
1. Inspect the oil seal (No. 8, Fig. 4). Replace

if necessary.
2. Inspect the bearing cup (No. 12, Fig. 4)
for damage, pitting and excessive wear. Re-
place if necessary.
3. Inspect the housing for cracks and damage
to the machined surfaces. Replace ifnecessary. Fig. 13· Removing the Axle Shaft and Housing
Installing the Axle Housing
Install the axle housing to the differential
center housing by reversing the "Removal of
the Axle Housing" procedure.
NOTE: Be sure to use a new gasket
between the axle housing and the differ-
ential center housing.
DIFFERENTIAL AND PINION ASSEMBL y
The differential shown in Fig. 14, is composed
of a mated bevel ring gear and pinion, four
differential pinions mounted on a spider, and
two side gears. Replaceable thrust washers
back up the differential pinions and side gears.
Two tapered roller bearings located on each
end of the differential case suspend the entire
differential assembly between the axle housings.
Fig. 12· Installing the Bearing Cup
Disassembly of the Axle Housing
1. Remove the oil seaI (No. 8, Fig. 4) from

the axle housing as shown in Fig. 10.
2. Remove the bearing cup (No. 12, Fig. 4)
from the axle housing as shown in Fig. Il.
3. Remove the expansion plug (No. 13, Fig. 4)
from behind the brake cross shaft bushing.
4. Remove the brake cross shaft bushing (No.
10, Fig. 4).
Assembly of Axle Housing
1. Using an appropriate step plate and driver,

drive in the oil seal (No. 8, Fig. 4).
2. Drive in the bearing cup (No. 12, Fig. 4)
3. Drive in the brake cross shaft bushing
Fig. 14. Differentiai and Ring Gear
using a step plate and driver.
1. Identification Mark 2. Lockwire
7
MASSEY-FERGUSON
DIFFERENTIAL, PINION, AND REAR AXLE GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART
The drive pinion is straddle mounted.in relation Assembling tlte Differentiai

to the ring gear with two tapered roller bearings
at its front and one roller bearing at its rear. 1. Attach the ring gear to the differential
The pinion shaft has a mounted spur gear for case as outlined on page 2. Tighten the bolts
driving the power take-off shaft in proportional attaching the ring gear to a torque of 110-120
ground speed. ft.-lbs.
2. Press the bearings into position on the
DlffERENTlAL ASSEMSL y
differential case.
Removing tlte Differentiai 3. Place the left hand differential case on the
bench with the teeth of the ring gear up.
1. Remove the left axle shaft and housing as
4. Position the thrust washer (No. 10) and
a unit. See Page 6.
side gear (No. 9, Fig. 17) into the case as
2. Slide the differential assembly out of the
shown in Fig. 18.
differential center housing from the left side
5. Position the spider (No. 8) pinion gears
of the tractor as shown in Fig. 15.
(No. 2) and thrust washers (No. 1, Fig. 17) on
DÎsassembling tlte Differentiai the side gear as shown in Fig. 19.
1. Place an identification mark (No. 1, Fig. 6. Position the remaining side gear (No. 7)
14) on both halves of the differential case as and thrust washer (No. 6, Fig. 17) as shown in
shown in Fig. 14. Fig. 20.
2. Remove lock wire (No. 2, Fig. 14) and NOTE: The entire unit will look like
remove the retaining bolts. Fig. 21 when inserted in the difterential
3. Separate the case halves and lift out the case.
side gears, spider and pinions. 7. Position the right hand diffe:r:ential case
4. Remove the bearings as shown in Fig. 16. and secure with bolts. Tighten the boUs to
5. Remove the ring gear from the differential 47-53 ft.-lbs. torque and lock with wire.
case.
NOTE: Make sure that the identifica-
NOTE: The ring gear is riveted to the tion marks (No. 1, Fig. 14) are aligned.
differential case on earlier models.
To remove, drill the rivets. BoUs are 8. Using a di al indicator, check the backlash
supp lied for attaching a new ring gear between the side gears and the pinion.
to the differential case.
NOTE: Recommended backlashofO.003
Inspecting tlte Differentiai to 0.008 inch may be adjusted by chang-
1. Inspect the gears of the assembly for ing any of the thrust washers.
chipped or missing teeth. Replace ifnecessary.
2. Inspect the bearings for freedom of move-
ment, pitting and excessive wear. Replace if
necessary.
3. Inspect thrust washers for chafing and
excessive wear. Replace if necessary.
Fig. 15· Removing the DifferentiaI Assembly Fig. 16· Removing the Bearings
8
MASSEY -FERG USON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 1 35, 50, 2 & 204 DlFFERENTlAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE
Fig. 17· Differentiai Nomenclature

1. Thrust Washer 6. Thrust Washer 11. Snap Ring 16. Tapered Bearing 21. Spiral Sn op Ring
2. Pin ion Geor 7. Side Gear 12. Pin ion Pilot Bearing 17. PTO Drive Hub 22. Ring Gear
3. Bearing Cup 8. Spider 13. Mein Drive Pinion 18. Tab Washer 23. Left Hall Differentiai Case
4. T apered Beoring 9. Side Gear 14. Tapered Bearinq 19. Look Nut 24. Tapered Bearing
5. Right Hall Differentiai Case 10. Thrust Washer 15. Pinion Beoring Sleeve 20. PTO Drive Pin ion 25. Beoring Cup
Installing the DifferentiaI
1. Install the differential so that the ring gear

is on the left side of the tractor.
2. Install the differential by reversing the

procedure "Removing the DifferentiaI".
NOTE: Be sure to use new or service-

able gaskets between the differential
center housing and the axle housing.
3. Check the backlash between the pinion and

ring gear. Allowable backlash is 0.003 to 0.025.
Check the backlash at a minimum of 4 places
on the ring gear.
4. Check the end-play as outlined in" Adjusting

the Rear Axle End-Play" and adjust if necessary. Fig. 18· Instolling Differentiai Side Gear
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
DIFFERENTIAL, PINION, AND REAR AXLE GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 1
Fig. 19. Installing Spider and Pinions
THE PINION ASSEMSL y

Removal of the Pinion
1. Remove the hydraulic lift cover as outlined

in Group III, Section A.
2. Remove the cotter pin (No. 1) rear drive
Fig. 21 • Differentiai Gears
shaft (No. 2) and rear drive shaft coupler (No. 3,
Fig. 22). 4. Slide the differential unit to the left enough
to allow the rear bearing on the main drive
Remove the spiral snap ring (No. 21) and pinion shaft to pass by.
ground speed PTO drive pinion (No. 20, Fig. 17).
5. Remove the boUs attaching the pinion bear-
NOTE: Not aU tractors are equipped
ing sleeve (No. 15, Fig. 17) to the differential
with ground speed PTO.
center housing.
6. Unlock the tab washer (No. 18) andremove
3. Remove the left axle shaft and housing as the lock nut (No. 19, Fig.17) as shown in Fig. 23.
a unit. See Page 6. 7. Remove the PTO ground speed drive hub
(No. 17, Fig. 17).
8. Using two cap screws in the tapped holes
of the flange of the bearing sleeve, push the
sleeve out of the housing as shown in Fig. 24.
Fig. 22 • Center Housing Nomenclature

Fig. 20. Installing DifferentiaI Side Gear 1. Cotter Pin 2. Rear Drive Shah 3. Rear Drive Coupler
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 25 • Removing Pinion Pilot Bearing
3. Remove the pilot bearing (No. 12, Fig. 17)

from the pinion as shown in Fig. 25.
4. Remove the tapered bearing (No. 14, Fig.

17) from the pinion as shown in Fig. 26 .
Fig. 23· Removing Main Drive Pinion
Disassembling the Pin ion

1. Remove the pinion from the pinion bearing
•
sleeve.
2. Remove the snap ring (No. 11, Fig. 17).
Fig. 24 • Removing Pinion Bearing Sleeve Fig. 26. Removing Pinion Tapered Bearing
11
--- --------~--------
MASSEY -FERGUSON
NOTE: It will be necessary ta use a

heavy punch and hammer at several
points around the perime ter of the
bearing as shawn in the inset of Fig.
26 sa that the bearing plate may be
installed.
Inspect;ng the P;n;on
1. Inspect the pinion gear for damage ta the
gear and splines. Replace if necessary.
2. Inspect the bearing cups for damage, pitting
and excessive wear. Replace if necessary.
3. Inspect the bearings for damage, pitting,
freeness of movement and excessive wear. Re-
place if necessary.
4. Inspect the ground speed PTO drive gears
(where present) for chipped or missing teeth.
Replace if necessary.
Assembl;ng the P;n;on
1. Press the tapered bearing onto the pinion
(No. 14, Fig. 17) as shawn in Fig. 27.
2. Press the pilot bearing (No. 12, Fig. 17)
onto the pinion with the chamfered side (see
inset, Fig. 28) towards the bevel gear as shawn
in Fig. 28.
3. Install the snap ring (No. 11, Fig. 17) on
the end of the pin ion shaft.
4. Install the pinion bearing sleeve (No. 15),
tapered bearing (No. 16), PTO ground speeddrive
hub (No. 17), tab washer (No. 18), and lock nut
(No. 19, Fig. 17) on the pinion shaft.
5. Place the flange of the bearing sleeve in a
vise and draw the lock nut down tight ta make
sure that the bearings are seated.
6. Loosen the lock nut and draw it up until
6- 8 inch-lbs. rolling torque is obtained or until
a slight drag is noticed as the pinion is turned
in its bearings.
NOTE: Fig. 29 shows a spanner with a

hale drilled at exactly 3 inches [rom Fig. 27. Installing the Tap.r.d B.aring
the center of the pinion shaft. Attaching 2. Install the PTO ground speed drive pinion
a spring scale ta this point, it réquires (No. 20) and spiral snap ring (No. 21, Fig. 17)
2 ta 2-5/8 pounds pull ta equal 6 - 8 as shawn in Fig. 31.
in.-lbs. torque. 3. Slide the differential unit back into position,
and aUach the left axle shaft and housing by
Installing the P;nion Assembly reversing the removal procedure.
4. Check the backlash between the pinion and
1. Install the pinion assembly into the housing. ring gear. Allowable backlash is 0.003 inch ta
Tighten the bolts ta a torque of 80 - 85 ft.-Ibs. 0.025 inch. Check the backlash at a minimum
of 4 places on the ring gear.
5. Install the rear drive shaft and coupler.
NOTE: ft may be necessary ta draw
the bearing sleeve into the housing by NOTE: Make sure a cotter pin of the
using two cap screws with spacers as proper diameter and length is installed
shawn in Fig. 30. in the drive shaft coupler.
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 30 - InstaIIing the Bearing Sleeve
",~,_.,'d"" *;;j;w""
Fig. 28 - Installing the Pilat Bearing
Fig. 31 - Installing PTO Graund Speed Oriv.. Gears
6. Install the hydraulic lift cover as outlined

Fig. 29 - Prelaading Pinian Bearings in Group III, Section A.
DIFFERENTlAL, TRANSMISSION AND HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LUBRICATION
The oil used in the hydraulic system is also are:
used to lubricate the transmission and differ- S. A. E.90 for temperatures above 50o F.
e nti al. S. A. E. 80 for temperatures below 50°F.
Capacity of thes€ combined units is 8 U.S. Additional oil must be added if the require-
(6 1/2 Imperial) gallons. Oil specifications ments of an external hydraulic system are
13
MASSEY -FERGUSON
greater than 1 1/2 gallons. This additional oil assembly:

must be drained from· the housing if the external 1. Spanner Number MF3 from O. T. C. Set
hydraulic system is disconnected. Number MF - 400.
2. 2 Cap Screws - 9/16 inch diameter with
SPECIAL TOOLS approximately 2 1/2 inches of N. C. (12) thread.
The following special tools are required to 3. Various step plates from O. T. C. Set Num-
service the differential, pinion and rear axle bers 630-S and 630-T.
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 1
POWER lAKE-OFF SHAFl ASSEMBLY

35, 50 AND 65 (MF & TO) TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
Servicing the Output Shaft Assembly • . . . . . . . • • . . . . •• 3

Servicing the Ground Speed PTO
Drive Gears •• • • • • . • • . . • • . . • • . . • . • . . • . • . •• 4
Servicing the Front Output Shaft
Support Assembly • • • • • . • • . . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . • • 5
Servicing the Output Shaft Extension
Assembl ies •••.••.•....•.•..••••••.•...•• 6
The power take-off shaft,. shown in Fig. 1, projects from the rear of the tractor
center housing and has a 1-3/8 inch spline with an annular groove for positive con-
nection of implement couplings.
A removable cap protects the splines when the shaft is not in use. The shaft
itself is supported at the rear by a baIl bearing and at the front by a needle roller
bearing. The pilot on the front of the PTO shaft inserts into a needle bearing in the
hydraulic pump thus supporting the rear of the pump. Double seals keep dirt out of
the bearing and prevent oil from leaking out of the differential center housing. The
power take-off is engaged by a lever, located on the left side of the tractor center
housing, which selects either proportional engine speed or proportional ground speed.
The lever also has a neutral position which disconnects the drive.
LIVE PTO
The deluxe tractor is fitted with dual clutch
and live PTO. The PTO drive from the engine
is controlled by the clutch pedal in the bottom
half of its range. The initial movement of the
clutch disengages the transmission only; addit-
ional downward movement disconnects the hy-
draulic pump and PTO shaft. On the basic
tractor the hydraulic pump and PTO shaft and
transmission are driven directly by the trans-
mission countershaft, and on the deluxe tractor
by a drive shaft which passes through a hollow
countershaft assembly, and is therefore inde-
Fig. l - PTO Shaft pendent of the transmission. (See aIso Clutch and
1. PTO Ground Speed Drive Geor 2. PTO Ground Speed Driven Geor Transmission Sections of this Service Manual.)
PRINTED IN U. S.A.
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-Off & 8ELT PULLEY GROUP " - SECTION D - PART 1
ADVANTAGES OF THE LIVE PTO ground PTO driven gear (No. 1 Fig. 1) with
the splines on the rear end of the hydraulic
Live PTO allows such machines as a baler pump drive shaft. The PTO is driven at 18/50
or combine to operate continuously without of the engine r.p.m. It should be noted that
being affected by the tractor stopping and the PTO shaft is coupled behind the hydraulic
starting, and enables the operator to hait the pump shaft, the pump is therefore constant
tractor's forward motion, permitting the com- running and continues to operate even when
bine or baler to clear a particularly heavy the PTO is disengaged.
stand of grain or roughage. Moreover, since
the PTO drive shaft rotates the hydraulic pump,
the operator, when using a manure loader, will PROPORTIONAL GROUND SPEED
be able to have continuous control over the
fork height without having to select neutral The proportional ground speed drive PTO
gear to maintain the drive to the pump. is engaged by pushing the shaft lever down-
ward (toward the ground) thereby shifting
PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED the ground PTO driven gear (No. 1, Fig. 1)
into mesh with the gear (No. 2, Fig. 1) splined
The proportional engine speed drive of the to the rear axle driving pinion. The PTO shaft
PTO is selected by pulling the shift lever speed is then related to the ground speed of
upward to engage the internaI splines of the the tractor and the shaft revolves once for
~
®
Fig. 2 - PTO Nomenclature

1. Ccp 10. Shift Lever 19. Drive Hub*
2. Spccers 11. Roll Pin 20. PTO Output Shaft
3. Retciner Plate 12. Flot Wcsher 21. Bearing RetcÎner
4. "0" Ring 13. Oil Seal 22. Needle Becring
5. Secl Retciner 14. Side Caver 23. Shaft Sleeve
6. Oil Secl 15. Plunger Spring 24. Sleeve Bushing
7. Sncp Ring 16. Fork Plunger 25. Ground Speed Driven Geor
8. Becring 17. Gasket
9. Sncp Ring 18. Shift Fork *Replaces No. 25 on tractors not having ground speed PTO.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP JI - SECTION 0 - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 POWER TAKE-OFF
approximately every 19 inches of travel by

the rear wheels.
NOTE: If the tractor is reversed, the
direction of rotation will also be re-
versed. Many implements will be
damaged if operated in reverse.
SERVICING THE OUTPUT SHAFT

ASSEMBLY
REMOVING THE OUTPUT SHAFT
1. Drain the ail from the differential center
housing.
2. Remove the nuts and spacers (No. 2) check
chain brackets and the retaining plate (No. 3,
Fig. 2) from the rear center housing.
3. Pull the shaft (No. 20). seal retainer (No.
5), seal (No. 6) and rear bearing (No. 8, Fig. 2)
as an assembly from the rear of the tractor
as shawn in Fig. 3. Fig. 4 - Removing Rear Support Bearing
DISASSEMBLING THE OUTPUT SHAFT INSPECTING AND SERVICING THE OUTPUT

SHAFT ASSEMBL y
Remove the following:
Inspect the following and replace if necessary.
a. The ail seal retainer (No. 5, Fig. 2)
from the output shaft. a. The shaft splines for distortion and
b. The "0" ring (No. 4, Fig. 2) from around damage.
the ail seal retainer. b. The "0" ring, from around the seal
c. The ail seal (No. 6, Fig. 2) from the retainer, for damage.
retainer. c. The ail seal for damage and signs of
d. The snap rings (Nos. 7 and 9, Fig. 2). leaking.
e. The Bearing (No. 8, Fig. 2) as shawn d. The bearing for damage, pitting, freedom
in Fig. 4. of movement and excessive wear.
Fig. 3 - Removing Output Shaft Fig. 5 - Instoll ing Oil Seol
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-Off & SElf PULLEY GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 1
2. Position the "0" ring (No. 4, Fig. 2)

onto the ail seal retainer.
3. Install the output shait from the rear of
the tractor.
NOTE: Use care so the HO" ring and

oil seal are not damaged during in-
stallation. If the hydraulic pump is in
place, loosen the dowel pins and guide
the pilot into the needle bearings.
4. Replace the retainer plate and check chain

brackets. Tighten the nuts ta a torque of 35
ft.-Ibs.
NOTE: On MF 65 Tractors, tighten the

Allen he ad set screws in the retainer
plate to a torque of 35 [t.-lbs.
5. Align the hydraulic pump as outlined in

Fig. 6 - Installing Rear Support Bearing Group III, Section A, Part 1 and tighten the
dowel pins.
ASSEMBLING THE OUTPUT SHAFT
SERVICING THE GROUND SPEED
1. Using a press, replace the ail seaI into
the retainer as shawn in Fig. 5.
PTO DR IVE G EARS
2. Install snap ring (No. 7, Fig. 2) on the REMOVING THE GROUND SPEED
output shait. DRIVE GEARS
3. Install the shaft into the bearing as shawn Remove the following:
in Fig. 6. Press the shait in and install snap
ring (No. 9, Fig. 2). a. The hydraulic lift caver as outlined in
4. Lubricate the chamfered edge (No. 1, Fig. Group III, Section A, Part 1.
7) and carefully work the lubricated ail seal and b. the cotter pin from the rear drive
retainer onto the shait. shaft coupler.
c. the rear drive shait and coupler.
INSTALLING THE OUTPUT SHAFT d. the spiral snap ring and the ground
speed PTO drive gear pinion from Us hub on
1. Lubricate the retaining "0" ring with a the pinion gear shaft.
good grade of brake fluide e. the PTO shift lever and caver assembly
from the left side of the differential center
housing.
f. The PTO output shait as outlined on
Page 3.
g. The hydraulic pump as outlined in Group
III, Section A, Part 1.
h. The ground speed PTO gear (No. 25,
Fig. 2) from the sleeve bushing.
NOTE: Tractors without ground speed

PTO drive, remove the drive hub (No.
19, Fig. 2).
INSPECTING AND SERVICING THE GROUND

SPEED DRIVE GEARS
1. Inspect the gears for damaged teeth. Re-

Fig. 7 - Installing Oil Seal Retainer place il necessary.
1. Chamfered edge
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 1 Mf 35, 50 & 65 POWER TAKE-Off
NOTE: Backlash between the ground a. Sleeve bushing from the sleeve.
speedPTO gears (Nos. 1 and 2, Fig. 1), b. The needle bearing from the retainer.
when installed and meshed, shall be
0.002 to 0.008 inch. INSPECTING AND SERVICING THE FRONT
OUTPUT SHAFT SUPPORT
2. Inspect the needle bearing (No. 22, Fig. 2)
for excessive wear and freedom of movement. Examine the parts of the front output shaft
Replace if necessary. support for damage and excessive wear. Check
3. Inspect the bushing (No. 24, Fig. 2) for the needle bearing.
excessive wear. Replace if necessary. ASSEMBLING THE FRONT OUTPUT
SHAFT SUPPORT
INSTALLING THE GROU ND SPEED
DRIVE GEARS 1. Press the needle bearing in until it is
flush with one side of the retainer.
Install the ground speed PTO drive gears
by reversing the procedure outlined for re- NOTE: Always press (or drive) against
moval. the lettered side of a needle bearing.
2. Align the locking lip with the lip slot in

NOTE: To provide tractors, not so
the sleeve and press the bushing in until it
equiPped, withground speed PTO drive,
is flush with the face of the sleeve.
rePlace the drive hub (No. 19) with the
drive gear (No. 25, Fig. 2).
INSTALLING THE FRONT OUTPUT
SHAFT SUPPORT
SERVICING THE FRONT OUTPUt
SHAFT SUPPORT ASSEMBLY 1. Drive the sleeve in from the front until
the shoulder seats against the housing.
REMOVING THE FRONT OUTPUT 2. Position the holes in the needle bearing
SHAFT SUPPORT retainer at top and bottom and drive the re-
tainer in from the rear of the center housing.
1. Remove the following: See Fig. 9.
, a. The hydraulic lift cover. See Group nI, NOTE: Drive the retainer in until it is
Section A, Part 1. flush with the face of the bore in the
b. The rear drive shaft and coupler. differential center housing.
c. The PTO output shaft as outlined on
Page 3. 3. Complete installation by reversing "a"
d. The hydraulic pump. See Group In, through "f" of Step 1 in "Removing the Front
Section A, Part 1. Output Shaft Support" .
e. The left axle shaft and housing. See
Group II, Section C.
f. The differential unit. See Group II, Sec-
•
tion C.
2. Using step plate and driver, drive out the

needle bearing and retainer as a unit as shown
in Fig. 8.
3. Remove the PTO shaft sleeve from the
front by using a step plate and driver through
the rear of the differential center housing.
DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT OUTPUT

SHAFT SUPPORT
Press out the following: • Fig. 8 - Removing Front Support Bearing Retainer
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-OFF & SELT PULLEY GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 1
Fig. 10 - PTO Shaft Extension (7-13/16 and 14-1/8 inches)

Fig. 9 - Installing Front Support Bearing Retainer
1. Guard 5. Extensi on Shalt
2. Snap Ring 6. Spacer
SERVICING POWER TAKE-OFF 3. Bearing
4. Extension Housiog
7.
8.
Coupler
Coupler Pin
SHAFT EXTENSION ASSEMBLIES Assemble the shaft extension by reversing
When using the Massey-Ferguson tractor with thE;! removal procedure.
most pull-type power take-off operated equip- To disassemble the extension shown in Fig.
ment, adapter kits and shields will be necessary 11.
to convert the tractor to meet A.S.A.E. re-
quirements for a standard hitch. 1. Remove the boUs attaching the shield (No.
The extensions are available in three lengths 3) to the differential center housing.
for the 35 and 50 (MF and TO) tractors and in 2. Take out the lock boU (No. 2) and slide the
one length for the MF 65 tractor. Length extension shaft (No. 1) off the end of the out-
selection is based upon the distance from the put shaft.
center of the drawpin ho le to the end of the
PTO shaft. This distance must not be greater
than 14 inches.
Removal and installation of the various ex-
tensions is quite evident, therefore, only the
disassembly, inspecting, servicing and assembly
of these units will be covered.
DISASSEMBLING THE SHAFT EXTENSIONS
To disassemble the shaft extension, as shown

in Fig. la, remove the following:
1. BoUs attaching extension housing to the

rear of the tractor center housing.
2. Coupling pin (No. 8). Remove the ex-
tension coupling (No. 7) and spacer (No. 6).
3. Snap ring (No. 2).
4. Shaft (No. 5) and bearing (No. 3) from the
housing.
5. Bearing off the shaft with a press.
Thoroughly clean the parts and examine them

for dainage and excessive wear. Replace if Fig. 11 - PTO Shaft Extension (3-1/2 inches)
necessary. 1. Shalt Extension 2. Lock Boit 3. Guard
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART t MF 35, 50 & 65 POWER TAKE-OFF
Fig. 12 - PTO Shaft Extension (9 inches)

1.Guord 8. Oil Seol
2.Housing Cover 2. Topered Beoring
3.Beoring Cup 10. Topered Beoring
4.Lubrican! Spoc~ 11. Extension Shah
5.Beoring Cup 12. Coupling Pin
6.Extension Housing 13. Coupler
7.0il Seol
Thoroughly clean the parts and examine them 3. Slide shaft (No. 11) from rear side of
for damage and excessive wear. Replace if housing.
necessary. 4. Coupling (No. 13) from shaft.
Assemble the shaft extension by reversingthe 5. Oil seals (Nos. 7 & 8) from housing.
removal procedure. 6. Tapered bearings (Nos.9&10)from shaft.
7. Bearing Cups (Nos. 3 & 5) from the housing.
To disassemble the PTO shajt extension shown
Examine the extension shaft assembly com-
in Fig. 12, remove the following:
ponents for excessive wear and damage. Check
the oil seals for signs of leaking. Inspect the
1. BoUs holding the shield (No. 1) and housing
tapered bearings for excessive wear and free-
cover (No. 2) in place.
dom of movement. Examine the bearing cups
for pitting and damage. Replace an parts not
NOTE: Use care wh en removing the end
meeting minimum standards.
cap so that the shim pack is not lost or
damaged.
1. To assemble the PTO shaft extension in-
2. BoUs holding the extension housing (No. 6) stan:
to the differential center housing. a. Bearing cup (No. 5) into the housing.
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-OFF & SElf PULLEY GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 1
e. Coupler (No. 13) onto shaft. Rivet over

end of pin.
NOTE: Outside dimension (head to

head) must not exceed 2-1/2 inch.
2. Notice the area (No. 4) left between the

bearing cups in Fig. 12. Pack this area of the
housing with approximately 1/8 lb. of ball and
roller bearing grease.
3. Lubricate the oil seals with brake fluid
and carefully install the shaft into the housing.
4. Install the original shim pack and start
Fig. 13 - Installing the Tapered Bearings
the bearing cup (No. 3) into the housing.
1. Groove 5. Draw the bearing cup into position by
pulling the cover into position with the three
b. Bearing cup (No. 3) into the housing cap screws. Tighten the cap screws to a
cover. torque of 33 to 38 ft.-Ibs.
c. Oil seals (Nos. 7 & 8) into the housing
and cover. NOTE: It shouldrequire 5 to 10 in.-lbs.
d. Bearings (Nos. 9 & 10) onto the shaft. torque (a slight drag) to turn the shaft
Pack the bearings with ball and roller bearing in its bearings. To adjust preload, re-
grease before installation. move shims to increase torque and add
shims to decrease torque.
NOTE: Position so that bearings are
centered over groove as shown in Fig. 6. Bolt the extension assembly to the differ-
13. ential center housing and install the shield.
PTO SHAFT SPECIFICATIONS CHART
Number of Splines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Major Diamters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.371 - 1.373 (1-3/8) inch
Minor, Diameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1.098 - 1.108 (1-3/32) inch
Width of Splines . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.338 - 0.340 inch
Length Available for Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.78 inch
Diameter of Holes . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21/64 inch
Distance From Hole Center to Shaft Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.625 inch
Minor Diameter of Grooves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.160 - 1.155 inch
Distance From Groove Center to Shaft End: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1/8 inch
PROPORTIONAL ENGINE SPEED CHART
Engine PTO Pulley Belt

Speed Shaft Speed Speed
(RPM) Speed (RPM) (ft./min)
(RPM)
1500 540 1002 2360

2000 720 1340 3148
PROPORTIONAL GROUND SPEED
1 shaftrevolution per 19 inches (approximately) of travel of the rear wheels.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
SERVICING THE BELT PULLEY

3 S, 50 AND 65 (MF & TO) TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
Servicing the 35 & 50 (MF & Ta) Selt Pulley

and the MF 65 Light-Duty Bel t Pulley •••••••••• 1
Servicing the MF 65 Heavy-Duty Belt

Pulley •••••••••••••••.••.•.•••••••••• 3
SERVICING THE 35 & 50 (MF & TO) Note that there is a choice of pulley sizes for
any one pulley rate; however, each size is
BEL T PULLEY AND THE MF 65 based on a specific engine RPM. In most
LlGHT -DUTY BELT PULLEY cases the engine RPM required to operate the
beU equipment will be determined to a large
The beU pulley is a self-contained attachment degree by the horsepower or load requirements
mounted to the PTO housing and driven by the of the equipment. In general, the greater the
PTO shaft. The ratio of speeds of the pulle y to load involved, the more horsepower will be
the PTO shaft and engine is 1.84 to 1, and 1 to required, and consequently a higher engine
1.51 respectively. RPM will be necessary .
SELECTING DRIVEN PULLEY DIAMETER • CA UT/ON: To avoid static elec-

tricity when using the belt and
To determine the diameter of the driven pulley, ground the tractor by wraPPing
pulley, necessary to obtain a given RPM, refer a chain around the front axle and drop
to th.e right hand side of the- table, Fig. 1. one end
..
on the ground.
Belt DRIVEN PULLEY - RPM DESIRED
Engine PTO Pulley Speed
RPM RPM RPM (ft/min) 600 800 1000 1400 1800 2200 2600 3000 3400
DRIVEN PULLEY - DIAMETER NECESSARY

1000 360 662 1547 10 7~ 6 4~ 3Yl
1200 432 795 1859 12 9 7Yl 5 4 3~
1400 504 927 2165 14 10Yl 8~ 6 4Yl 4 3Yl
1500 540· 992 2320 15 11 9 6 5 4 3\12
1600 576 1060 2478 16 12 9Yl 7 5Yl 4Yl 3~
1700 611 1127 2632 17 13 10~ 7Yl 5Yl 4Yl 4 3Yl
1800 648 1192 2788 18 13~ 11 8 6 5 4 3~
1900 684 1250 2920 19 14~ 11Yl 8 6Yl 5Yl 4Yl 4 3~
2000 720 1325 3097 20 15 12 8Yl 6Yl 5 4~ 4 3Yl
2100 756 1391 3253 21 16 12~ 9 7 6 5 4Y2 4
This table is based on an average slippage 1055 of 3% between the drive and driven pulleys at· ail speeds.
However, it should be noted that as the diameter of a pulley decreases the per cent of slippage will
increasei thus pulleys smaller than 3h in. should not be used unless absolutely necessary.
Fig. 1 - Pulley Diometer Selection Table
PR!NTfD IN U. S.A. 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-OFF & SELT PUUEY GROUP 1/ - SECTION D - PART 3
Fig. 2 - Belt Pulley Nomenclature

1. Pulley Assembly 7. Bearing Cane 13. Snap Ring 19. Drive Gear Assembly
2. Castellated Nut 8. Bearing Cup 14. Bali Bearing 20. Gasket
3. Washer 9. Expansion Plug 15. Drive Hous ing 21. Needle Bearing
4. Oil Seal- 10. Cotter Pin 16. Drive Pin ion 22. Oil Seal
5. Drive Hub 11. Costellated Nut 17. Bearing Cane 23. Input Bearing Hous ing
6. Oil Seal 12. Washer 18. Bearing Cup
REMOVING THE BELT PULLEY 9. Snap ring, No. 13, and ball bearing, No.
14, from housing.
Remove the beU pulley as a unit by unscrewing 10. Seal, No. 22, from input bearing housing.
the 4 cap screws securing it to the PTO housing. 11. Needie bearing, No. 21, from pulley drive
gear shaft.
DISASSEMBLING THE BELT PULLEY 12. Oil seaI, No. 6, from drive pulley housing
assembIy.
Refer ta Fig. 2, and remove: 13. Inner and outer bearing canes, Nos. 17
1. In put shaft bearing housing, No. 23, from and 7.
housing assembIy, No. 15. 14. Inner and outer bearingcups, Nos. 18 and 8.
2. Expansion plug, No. 9, from housing as·
1NSPECTING THE BELT PULLEY
sembly, No. 15.
3. Cotter pin, No. 10, nut No. 11 and washer 1. Clean all parts thoroughly and inspect for
No. 12from pulley drive gear assembly, No. 19. wear or damage.
4. Pulley drive gear assembIy, No. 19, by 2. The drive pinion and gear may be replaced
driving it out of housing. separateIy. A" matched set" is not required.
5. Pulley, No. 1, from hub, No. 5.
ASSEMBLING THE BELT PULLEY
6. Cotter pin, nut No. 2, washer No. 3 and seai
No. 4 from pulley drive pinion, No. 16. 1. Lightly grease the sealing surfaces of ail
7. Hub, No. 5, from pulley drive pinion. seais and rotate shafts as they pass through
8. Pulley drive pinion from housing. the new ail seais.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 3 MF 35, 50 & 65 SELT PULLEY
Fig. 4 - Preparing Tractor for Installation

1. Adapter Housing
2. PTO Extension
Fig. 3 - Installing the Selt Pulley 3. Retoining Pin
2. Reverse the disassembling procedures to SELECTING DRIVEN PULLEY DIAMETER

assemble the unit. To determine the diameter of the driven
3. When assembled, tighten nut on pinion shaft pulle y , necessary to obtain a given RPM, refer
until 2-4 inch pounds is required to rotate the to the right hand side of the table, Fig. 1.
shaft, then, back off on the nut until cotter pin Note that there is a choice of pulley sizes for
can be inserted. Tighten nut on drive gear shaft any one pulley rate; however, each size is
to adjust the backlash of bevel gears to 0.004- based on a specific engine RPM. In most
0.006 inch, then, back off on the nut until cotter cases the engine RPM required to operate the
pin can be inserted. beU equipment will be determined to a large
1NSTALLING THE BEll PULLEY degree by the horsepower or Ioad requirements
of the equipment. In general, the greater the
1. Refer to Fig. 3 and prepare tractor for load invoived, the more horsepower will be
installing beU pulley as follows: required, . and consequently a higher engine
Remove: RPM will be necessary.
a. PTO cap.
b. Check chain anchor brackets. • CA UT/ON: To avoid static elec-
. tri city when using the belt and
NOTE: Install the brackets with chains pulley, ground the tractor by wrapPing
attached to upper holes to prevent a chain around the front axle and drop
restriction of lower links. one end on the ground.
2. The beU pulley may be installed in anyone REMOVING THE BELT PULLEY
of three positions as shown in Fig. 3. Do not Remove:
install in an "up" position. 1. Retaining pin, No. 3, Fig. 4.
3. Install the beU pulley unit to the PTO 2. BeU pulley as a unit.
housing and secure with 4 cap screws. 3. Adaptor housing, No. 1, Fig. 4, by removing
4. Fill beU pulley gear housing with SAE 80 four nuts securing it to PTO housing.
for winter and SAE 90 for summer straight
mineraI oil to filler plug opening. (This is DISASSEMBLING THE BELT PULLEY
the same as hydraulic system oil). Refer to Fig. 5, drain oil, and remove:
SERVICING PROCEDURES FOR THE 1. Input bearing housing assembIy, No. 1,
from pulley drive housing assembIy, No. 6.
MF 65 HEAVY -DUTY BELT PULLEY 2. Gasket, seal, No. 2, and needle bearing,
The he avy-duty beU pulley is a self-contained No. 3, from input bearing housing.
unit, however, a special pulley adaptor kit 3. Expansion plug, No. 14, nut, No. 15, and
consisting of a PTO extension and a belt pulley washer, No. 16.
adaptor housing is necessary for attaching the 4. Pulley drive gear, No. 4 (drive it out of
assembly to the MF 65 tractor. housing).
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
POWER TAKE-OFF & BELT PULLEY GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 3
5. Pulle y, No. 5, from hub, No. 10.

6. Nut, No. 13, and washer, No. 12, from
pulley drive pinion, No. 21.
7. Hub and seaI, No. 11, from pinion.
8. SeaI, No. 9, and outer bearing cane, No. 8,
from housing.
9. Pinion from housing.
10. Inner bearing cane, No. 20, from housing.
11. Snap ring, No. 17, and baIl bearing, No.
18, from housing.
12. Inner and outer bearing cups, Nos. 7 and
19, from housing.
INSPECTING THE BELT PULLEY
Clean and inspect aIl parts thoroughly and
xamine for wear and damage.
lSSEMBLING AND INSTALLING THE BELT
PULLEY
Fig. 6 - Installing the Belt Pulley
Fill with SAE 80 for winter (SAE 90 for sum-

Tô âssemble and install the belt pulley, re- mer) straight mineraI (hydraulic system ail)
verse the procedures for disassembly and reta filler plug opening.
moval respectiveIy.
Fig. 5 - Belt Pulley t~omencloture
1. Input Bearing Hou.sing 7. Bearing Cup 13. Caslellaled NUI 19. Bearing Cup
2. Oil Seal 8. Beoring Cone 14. Expans ion P lug 20. Bearing Cone
3. Needle Bearing 9. Oil Seal 15. Caslellaled Nul 21. Drive Pin ion
4. Drive Geor Assembly 10. Drive Hub 16. Washer
5. Pulley Assembly 11. Oil Seal 17. Snap Ring
6. Drive Assembly Housing 12. Washer 18. Bali Bearing
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART l
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

MF & TO 35, 50, AND 65 TRACTOR
INDEX
Page Page
Hydraulic System Changes ....•....•...... 1 Seryicing the Hydraulic Pump ............ 17
Hydraulic System Trouble Shooting ....•.•.. 2 Hydraulic Valye Reseating Tooi .....•..... 23
Inspecting the Hydraulic System ...•.•..•.. 5 Hydraulic System, Differentiai and
Adjusting the Hydraulic System ..•..••..••• 8 Transmission lubrication .....•........ 26
Seryicing the Hydraulic Lift Coyer ..•...•. 11 Hydraulic System Specifications ..•....... 27
There is no "sure-fire" shortcut by which the internaI adjustment of the hydraulic

system can be checked externally. It is strongly recommended that whenever any
malfunction of the hydraulic system of the Massey-Ferguson Tractor is encountered,
the cause of which is not readily apparent, the hydraulic adjustments should be
checked in a careful, systematic manner, following the procedure outlined in this
manual.
NOTE: Always check implements for proper adjustment and

damage. Damaged or bent plow beams, cultivator frames, etc,
will have an adverse effect on the operation of the system.
It is not necessary to split the tractor when working on the hydraulic system. It
must be kept in mind that excessive "tear-down" is done throughout this manual for
reasons of clarity and ease of photography.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CHANGES

Sorne changes were made in the hydraulic Along with this change, the bore size of the
system of the early "35" tractors. pump piston was changed. This increased the
efficiency of the pump by approximately 30%
The main change was the increase of pres- and makes the pump capable of delivering
sure of the hydraulic system from 2,000 p.s.i. slightly over 4 gallons per minute at approxi-
to 2,500 p.s.i. This change required that the mately 2,000 r.p.m.
lift cover and lift linkage also be strengthened.
CAUTION: Only the strengthenedparts

may be used whenservicing the 2,500
p.s.i. hydraulic system.
The pressure relief valves are easily identi-
fied; however, extreme care must be exerted
that the relief valve of the correct pressure is
used.
Notice in Fig. 1 the identifying shoulder Fig. 1 • Pressure Relief Valves
present on the 2,500 p.s.i. pressure relief 1. 2000 p.s.i. Volve
2.2500 p.s.i. Volve
valve. 3. Identily Shoulder
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1
Tractors affected by these changes are as MH 50 (Row Crop) since seriaI No. 500001
follows: and an MF 50 tractors· have the 2500 p.s.i.
system. AU MF 65 tractors have the 2,500
AU Ferguson "35" tractors up to, and in- p.s.i. system.
cluding, tractor seriaI No. 169395 were manu- Below are listed the tractor seriaI numbers
factured with the 2,000 p.s.i. hydraulic system. of an "35" tractors which were manufactured
Below are listed the tractor seriaI numbers with the 2,000 p.s.i. hydraulic system.
of aU "35" tractors manufactured with the new An "35" tractors up to and including tractor
2,500 p.s.i. hydraulic system. SeriaI No. 169395.
Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169408 to, and
Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169396, to including 169418.
and including 169407. Beginning at tractor SeriaI No. 169429 to, and
including 169466.
Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169419, to Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169555 to, and
and including 169428. including 169566.
Tractor seriaI No. 169566 is the last "35"
tractor which was produced using the 2,000
Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169467, to p.s.i. hydraulic system.
and including 169554.
NOTE: The tractor serial number is
Beginning at tractor seriaI No. 169567 and the only positive, external method of
aU "35" tractors above this wiU be manufactured identifying whatis builtinto the tractor.
with the 2500 p.s.i. hydraulic system. AU Always refer to your Service Bulletin
MH 50 (utility) since seriaI No. 500630 and file when in doubt.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING
PROBLEM
1. Implement will not raise.
(a) Lift cover instaUed so that the ends of the Install lift cover correctly. See Page 17.
vertical levers are behind the roller on the
valve lever.
(h) Sticking control valve Remove inspection cover and check valve. If
valve does not operate smoothly, remove pump,
determine cause and correct.
(c) Leak in system Remove inspection cover and check system

while operating. Check for leaks at the ram
cylinder, standpipe, control valve, and pump
side chambers. Replace seals when necessary
to correct.
(d) Broken, bent or damaged control linkage. Remove inspection cover and determine if link-
age is putting control valve to intake when
operational lever is raised. If not, remove
lift cover and determine cause.
(e) Faulty relief valve Ch~ck valve while operating system. Replace
valve if leaking.
(f) Broken or damaged internaI pump parts. Will probably be indicated by a noisy pump.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1 Mf 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAUUC SYSTEM
(g) Frozen ram cylinder Remove inspection cover and check to see if
relief valve is blowing.
(h) Lift arms binding Raise lower links by hand, they should fall of
their own weight.
(i) Implement weight too great for the system Do not lift more than the system can handle
without operating the relief valve.
PROBLEM
2. Implement lüts but will not lower
(a) Sticking control valve Remove inspection cover and check valve. If
valve does not operate smoothly, remove pump,
determine cause and correct.
(b) Damaged control valve spring Remove inspection cover, check valve to deter-
mine if spring will put valve to discharge. If
not, rem ove pump, determine cause and correct.
(c) Lift arms binding Adjust cap screws so that lower links will faU
of their own weight. .
PROBLEM
. 3. Jerky or uneven lift when the operational

lever is raised.
(a) One or more inoperative side chamber Remove pump and disassemble check valve seats
valves. and check for dirt or foreign material.
PROBLEM
4. Relief valve blows wben operational lever is

raised to the transport position.
(a) Quadrant stop not properly positioned. Check and adjust stop as outlined on Page 10 .
Ch) Check chains twisted Correct
(c) Check chains installed in the lower holes of Correct

the anchor brackets.
(d) Lower links reversed Correct
(e) Weight of implement too great Do not attempt to lift excessive weight.
3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PROBLEM
5. Implement will not lower or will raise when

the operational lever is moved to the lower stop.
(a) Stop incorrectly located Locate bottom stop as outlined on Page 10 .
(b) Valve lever adjusting nut too tight. Adjust valve lever, then check operationallever
bottom stop.
(c) The self-Iocking adjusting nut on the hori- Adjust the vertical levers as outlined on Page 9.
zontal spring guide for the position control
linkage too loose.
PROBLEM
6. Unable to obtain slow drop when operational

lever is moved into the response sector of the
quadrant.
(a) Eccentric cam on vertical position control Adjust eccentric cam as outlined on Page 10.
lever not proper ly positioned with respect to
the position control cam arm.
(b) Self-Iocking nut on horizontal spring guide Adjust horizontal spring self-Iocking nut first,
adjusted too tight after adjusting eccentric cam. then adjust eccentric cam.
PROBLEM
7. Erratic action or poor control when operating

in draft control with light pressure or tension on
the top link.
(a) End play in master control spring. Check and adjust. See Page 9.
(b) Self-Iocking nut on horizontal spring guide Adjust as outlined on Page 9.

for draft control linkage too tight.
(c) Damaged control linkage. Locate trouble and correct.
PROBLEM
8. Draft control will not allow implement to

obtain sufficient depth.
(a) Self-Iocking nut on horizontal spring guide Adjust as outlined on Page 9 .

for draft control too loose.
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PROBLEM
9. When operating in position control with

knurled nut set on quadrant, implement does not
return to the same position when the operational
lever is raised and lowered again to the stops.
POSSIBLE CA USE CORRECTION
(a) Rollers on p'osition control link assembly Replace assembly.

worn or binding.
The above suggested problems and corrections are concerned primarily with adjustments and
indications of maladjustments which are peculiar to the internaI hydraulic system. It should be
pointed out, that some problems which, at first might appear to be the result of some malfunction
of the hydraulic system, can be the direct result of at least two other causes: 1) failure to operate
the system as it was designed to be operated and 2) maladjusted implements or implements having
severely worn or damaged parts.
INSPECTING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Before attempting to inspect any of the parts

of the hydraulic system, make sure that the
parts are weIl cleaned and that they will remain
clean.
CA UTION: Be very careful ta keep dirt

and grit tram entering the hydraulic
system.
Inspecting tlte Master Control Spring

1. Make sure that the control spring is free
in its bore and does not bind.
2. Make sure that the control spring is free
from rust.
'nspecting tlte Quadrant Levers

3. Check the friction washers for excessive
wear. Replace if necessary. Fig. 2 • Miking the Cams
6. Measure the cam blocks, both inside and

Inspecting tlte Hydraulic Pump across the parallei faces as shown in Fig. 4
and Fig. 5.
Remember, whenever using a micrometer or
measuring device of any type, always make 7. Measure the distance between the parallei
your measurements in s.everal places to bè inside faces of the piston yoke as shown in
sure that aIl wear will be discovered. Fig. 6.
4. Measure the diameter of the cams at
several locations with a suitable micrometer 8. Measure the pistons as shown in Fig. 7.
as shown in Fig. 2. Inspect the pistons for out-of-round and scoring.
5. Measure the bearing jounals of the cam- 9. Measure the cylinder bore in the valve
shaft at several locations as shown in Fig. 3. chamber as shown in Fig. 8. Inspect the
Inspect the camshaft for scoring and damage cylinder bore for egg shape, out-of-round, and
from foreign material. scoring.
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 6 • Miking Between Parallel Faces
Fig. 3· Miking Camshaft Bearing Journals
Fig. 7. Miking Piston Diameter
Fig. 4· Miking Cam Black Inside Diameter
Fig. 8· Miking Cylinder Bore
Fig. 9 • Miking Camshaft Bearing

Fig. 5 • Miking Across Parallel Faces (New Type Pump)
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
10. Measure the inside diameter of the bronze

bearings as shown in Fig. 9 and Fig. 10. Inspect
the needle bearings for looseness. Inspect the
bronze bearings for scoring.
11. Place the oscillator drive assembly in
its proper position in the fork assembly. Slide
the drive assembly back and forth several
times and determine if the drive is free to move
in the fork assembly without binding or sFcking.
If binding is present, dress the square end of
the drive assembly LIGHTLY with a fine cut
file or emery cloth until the binding has been
removed.
NOTE: Any binding between these purts
will cause the control valve to stick.
12. Examine the control valve carefully for

signs of scoring or grooving. Replace if
necessary.
Fig. 11 • Miking Lift Cylinder Inside Diameter
Fig. 10 • Miking Camshaft Bearing

(Old Type Pump)
Insped;ng the Hyclraulic Lift Cover
13. Inspect the ram cylinder for signs of wear

or scoring. Replace if necessary. Measurethe Fig. 12· Miking Lift Piston Diameter
cylinder with an inside micrometer as shown
in Fig.11.
14. Inspect the piston for signs of wear and
scoring. Measure the piston with a micrometer
15. Remove the piston rings with an expander.
Using the head of a piston, insert them in a
new cylinder as shown in Fig. 13. Check the
gap with a feeler gauge as shown in Fig. 14.
Regardless of the condition of the old rings,
it is advisable to use a new set of rings
whenever either the cylinder or the piston is
replaced.
16. Measure the lift shaft bearings both inside
anci out. See Fig. 15 and Fig. 16. Fig. 13. Installing Piston Ring ln Cylinder
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 17· Miking Lift Shaft Bearing Journals

Fig. 14 • Checking Piston Ring Gap
17. Measure the lift shaft bearing journals with
a micrometer. See Fig. 17.
18. Measure the lift shaft bearing bore in the
lift cover as shown in Fig. 18.
19. Inspect the linkage for freedom of move-
ment. "Free-up" any areas where binding is
present.
20. Inspect the linkage rollers and cams for
damage or excessive wear.
Fig. 18. Miking LiH ShaH Bearing Bore
ADJUSTING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

This procedure assumes that the oil is at the
proper level and that the tractor has been
operated until the temperature reaches "opera-
ting temperature" .
Acljusting the Hyclraulic Lift Arms
Fig. 15 • Miking lnside Lift ShaH Bearing 1. Adjust the cap screws shown in Fig. 19,
in the ends of the lift arm shaft by:
a. Lift the attached lower lift links to

their uppermost position.
NOTE: Donothave a drawbar attached.
b. Tap the lift links lightly with the hand

to start their movement downward.
c. Tighten (or loosen) the cap screws until

the lift links, once started, will fall by
Fig. 16 - Miking Outside Lift ShaH Bearing their own weight.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 INTERNAt HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
NOTE: If the cap screws are too tight, control spring retainer nut (No. 5, Fig.
the lift arms will bind and cause erratic 28) in or out as required to eliminate
action of the system. Lock the cap end-play. End-Play may be caused by
screws in position with the clip shown having the retainer nut either too loose
in Fig. 19. or too tight. If the end-Play cannot be
removed, the mas ter control spring
Adjusting the Quadrant Friction Washers must be removed and adjusted as out-
lined on Page 16.
2. The quadrant friction washers should be
adjusted so that the quadrant levers work
smoothly and easily and will still hold their
position on the quadrant.
NOTE: These friction washers should

never be lubricated with any type of oil
or grease. If excessive binding occurs,
the quadrant and washers can be coated
with dry or colloidal graPhite to pre-
vent them from binding on the quadrant.
Adjusting the Master Control Spring
3. Detach tractor from any attached imple-

ment and place lower links in their lowered
position. Shut off the tractor.
4. Place the quadrant levers at their re-
spective Sector Marks on the quadrant, that is, Fig. 20 • Hydraulic Lift Cover - Top View
1. Allen Head Boit 4. Droit Control Sector Marks
the hydralever (often referred to as "Position 2. Allen Head Set Screw 5. Lower Permanent Stop
Control" lever) at the "Fast' , position and 3. Upper Permanent Stop 6. Position Control Sector Marks
draft lever between the two dots on the quad-
rant. See Nos. 4 and 6, Fig. 20. Adjusting the Internai Linkage
5. Remove the two Allen head cap screws (No.
1, Fig. 20) which attach the hydraulic lift rocker 6. Remove the right inspection side cover.
link to the control spring housing and check Wedge the top of the control valve lever to the
the master control spring for end-play. rear and away from the ends of the vertical
levers.
7. Position the lift arms in the fully down
position.
Fig. 19 • Adjusting Hydraulic Lift Arms

1. Adiusting Cap Screws
2. Locking Clip
3. lift Arm Washer
NOTE: If end-Play is present, loosen

the Allen head set screw (No. 2, Fig.
Fig. 21 • Hydraulic Lift Coyer· Bottom View
20) in the right size of the control 1. Pc>sition Control Adiusting NtJt 4. Position Control Vertical Lever
spring housing and using the 0 TC FT- 2. Droit Control Adiusting Nut 5. Droit Control Vertical Lever
358 Spanner wrench, turn the mas ter 3. Front Edge - Lever Brocket Support Siot 6. Raller Corn
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
8. Make sure that the quadrant levers are

between their respective sector marks shawn in
Nos. 4 and 6, Fig. 20.
9. Loosen nut on raller cam (No. 6) and rotate
cam counterclockwise, away from the vertical
lever arms (Nos. 4 and 5, Fig, 21).
10. Maintain a slight pressure on the position
control vertical lever (No. 5, Fig. 21) towards
the front of the tractor.
11. Tighten (or loosen) the adjustingnut (No. 1)
until the position control vertical lever strikes
the front edge of the lever support bracket
slot (No. 3, Fig. 21)
12. Reverse the direction of rotation of the
nut until the position control vertical lever
moves approximately 1/32" from the front
edge of the lever support bracket slot.
13. Exerting pressure against the position con-
trol vertical lever towards the front of the
tractor, force the vertical lever against the Fig. 23 - Marking Lift Caver and Lift Arm
front edge of the bracket slot. their lowest positions.
14. While holding the lever against the front 19. Start engine and idle at 450 - 500 r.p.m.
edge of the bracket slot, rotate the cam (No. 20. Tighten control valve adjusting nut (No. 1,
6, Fig. 21) clockwise until it contacts the Fig. 22) until the implement starts to raise.
vertical' lever arms and tighten the nut to a 21. Raise the position control lever until the
torque of 5-6 ft.-Ibs. implement begins to slowly lower.
15. Placing light pressure against the draft
control vertical lever (No. 4) tighten (or loosen) 22. Position the lower permanent stop (No. 5,
the adjusting nut (No. 2, Fig. 21) until the Fig. 20) next to the pOSition control lever and
position of the draft control vertical lever is tighten.
the same as that of the position control. 23. Loosen the permanent upper stop (No.3,
16. Remove the wedge and allow the control Fig. 20) on the "Position Control" quadrant
valve lever to come in contact with the vertical and move the position control lever to the
control lever. top until the relief valve releases.
Acljusting the Control Valve Lever
17. Attach a 2 or 3 bottom plow, or a weight
of approximately 500 lbs. to the tractor.
18. Loosen the lower permanent stop (No. 5,
Fig. 20) on the "Position Control" quadrant
and position both of the quadrant levers at
Fig. 22 - Hydraulic Pump

1. Lever Assembly Adjusting Nut Fig. 24 - Adjusti ng Upper Permanent Stop
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
24. Using a chisel, mark the relationship be- NOTE: Make sure that the hydraulic
tween the lift arms and the hydraulic lift cover litt arms are aU of the way down be-
as shown in Fig. 23. fore attempting to remove the transfer
plate.
25. Lower the implement enough to separate
the two marks by approximately 1/8". See 2. Remove the transfer plate (No. 3) and
Fig. 24. standpipe (No. 2, Fig. 25).
26. Position the upper stop (No. 5, Fig. 20)
next to the position control lever and tighten. CAUTION: If extreme resistance is met
27. Raise and lower implement several times rotate the transfer plate while lifting.
sa as ta expell any air trapped in the system. DO NOT USEA PRY TO REMOVE THE
Checking the Response Control Settings PLATE.
28. Place position control lever on its sector 3. Remove the cap screws securing the lift
marks in the "Fast" response region. cover ta the differential center housing.
29. Raise and lower the implement with the 4. Disconnect the lower lift links.
draft control lever. 5. Remove the lift caver. See Fig. 26.
NOTE: If the implement lowers rapidly,
"Fast" response setting is correct.
30. Place position control lever in the "Slow"
response position.
31. Raise and lower implement several times
with the draft control lever.
NOTE: If the implement lowers slowly,

"Slow" response is properly set.
SERVICING THE HYDRAULIC LIFT
COVER
Removing the nr'.II ••r Lift Caver
1. Remove . See Group IV,

, Section C.
Fig. 26· Removing Hydraulic Lift Cover
DISASSEMBLING THE LIFT COVER

Removing and Disassembling the Master
Control Spring
1. Remove the special cap screws (No. 1,

Fig. 20) from the lift rocker link.
2. Remove the Allen set screw (No. 2, Fig.
20) and remove the control spring retainer
nut (No. 5, Fig. 28).
3. Remove the master control spring
assembly shown in Fig. 27 and place it in a
vise. Remove the overload stop disc from the
control spring bore.
4. Slide the rubber boot (No. 4) down towards
the spring and remove the rubber plug (No. 2,
Fig. 25 • Re';'oving T ransfer Plate
Fig. 28) in the end of the control spring
1. Hydraulic PUlnp 2. Standpipe
3; Transler Plate clevis.
11
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART
Fig. 19 • Hydraulic Lift Caver

fig. 27· Master Control Spring Assembly
1. Quadrant Set Screw
5. Drift out the clevis pin (No. 3) and turn until the end of the guide rod cornes out of
the slotted end of the control spring plunger the support bracket. Allow the guide rod to go
(No. 8, Fig. 28) clockwise with a screwdriver. back against the support bracket as shown in
6. Once the plunger is unscrewed from the Fig. 3l.
clevis all of the individual parts are accessible.
10. Carefully remove the self-Iocking adjusting
Removing the Quadrant nut.
11. Grasp the guide rod firmly as shown in
7. Remove the Allen Set screw (No. 1, Fig. Fig. 30, and remove it from the lift cover.
29) which secures the quadrant to the lift
cover. NOTE: Use care when removing the
8. Remove the quadrant from the lift caver guide rod [rom the lift cover so that
by sliding it out of the side of the hydraulic the compressed spring is not released
lift cover. too rapidly.
Removing the Control Linkage 12. Remove the position control vertical lever
from the lift caver.
9. Grasp the spring guide rod with a pair of 13. Follow Steps 6 through 9 ta remove the
locking-type pliers as shown in Fig. 30. Pull draft control vertical lever.
the guide rod forward, compressing the spring,
NOTE: Remove the draft control verti-
cal lever after Step 6 and before Step
7.
Fig. 28 • Master Control Spring • Exploded View

1. Control Spring Clevis and Rocker link 5. Retainer Nut
2. Rubber Plug 6. Control Spring
3. Clevis Pin 7. Spring Seat
4. Rubber Boot 8. Plunger Fig. 30 • Grasping Spring Guide Rad
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 31 • Removing Spring Guide Rod

1. Hydraulic lift Cylinder 2. lever Support Bracket Fig. 33 • Removing Link Shaft Assembly
1. link Shaft 3. Draft Control link Assembly
2. Allen Head Set Screw 4. Position Control link Assembly
Fig. 34 • Removing Link Shaft
Fig. 32 • Removing Lift Shaft 19. Drift out the roll pin (No. 2) and remove
1. Allen Head Pipe Flug the piston connecting rod (No. 3, Fig. 35).
14. Remove the Allen pipe plug (No. 1, Fig. 20. Remove the bolts attaching the lift cylinder
32) from the left side of the lift cover. to the coyer and remove the lift cylinder.
15. Remove the Allen he ad set screw (No. 2, NOTE: The lift cylinder may be re-
Fig. 33) from the lift cover. moved and rePlaced without disturbing
16. Remove the link shaft (No. 1, Fig. 33) any of the control linkage. Remove the
sliding it out of the side of the lift coyer as boUs attaching the lever support brack-
shown in Fig. 34. et to the lift cylinder and then the boUs
17. Remove the draft control link assembly attaching the lift cylinder to the lift
(No. 3) and the position control link assembly cover.
(No. 4, Fig. 33) from the lift cover. 21. Remove the piston from the lift cylinder.
Removing the Lift CylincJer Removing HycJraulic Lift Arms
18. Remove the bolts attaching the lever sup- 22. Unlock the clips from the bolt heads and
port bracket (No. 2, Fig. 31) to the lift cylinder remove the bolts and lift arm washer (No. 3,
(No. 1, Fig. 31). Fig. 19).
13
MASSEY -FER G USON
Fig. 37 - Removing Lift Shaft
NOTE: The quadrant is keyed to the

Fig. 35 • Removing Connecting Rod shaft.
1. lift Rom Arm 2. Roll Pin 3. lift Piston Conneeting Rod
28. Remove the woodruff key.
29. Remove the shaft.
23. Slide the lift arm (No. 6, Fig. 36) off the 30. Repeat Steps 22 through 25 for removal of
shaft as shown in Fig. 32. position control shaft. See Fig. 38.
24. Grasp the lift arm on the opposite side of
the lift cover and pull the lift arm and shaft ASSEMBUNG AND ADJUST/NG THE HYDRAUUC
from the cover as shown in Fig. 37. LIFT COVER
NOTE: Resistance met is offered by Assemb'ing the Quadrant

"0" rings between the lift shaft bear- 1. Assembly quadrant by reversing dis-
ings. Once removed the lift arm may assembly procedure.
be removed from the shaft.
NOTE: TVhen tightening the self-locking
Disassemb'ing the Quadrant nuts on the end of the quadrant shafts,
25. Remove bolts aUaching the draft control make sure that the nuts are tightened
quadrant to the position control quadrant. until sufficient drag is obtained to hold
26. Remove the nut on the end of the draft the levers in position but not so tight·
that it is difficult to move the levers.
control shaft.
27. Remove the draft control quadrant from
the shaft.
Fig. 36. Lift Shaft Assembly Fig. 38 • Quadrant Assembly

1. "0" Rings 3. Lift Arm Washers 5. Lilt Shaft 1. Position Control Shaft 3. Position Control Quadrant 5. Dralt Control Lever
2. lift Shalt Bearings 4. Locking CI ips 6. Lift Arms 2. Droit Control Shalt 4. Position Control Lever 6. Droit Control Quadrant
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Assembling and Installing the Hvdrau'ic Lift Arms

2. Place two of the shaft bushings with an
"0" ring between them on one end of the shaft.
NOTE: Lubricate the HO" ring with
SAE 80 or 90 oil before installing.
3. Making sure that the master spline is
aligned, assemble the lift arm onto the lift
shaft. Position the lift arm washer, clip and
tighten bolts.
4. Place the remaining bushings, with a lub-
ricated "0" ring between them, into the lift
caver.
5. Position the hydraulic lift ram arm in the
lift caver. See No. 1, Fig. 35.
6. Starting the lift arm shaft from the side of
the caver which does not have the bushings
and "0" ring installed, install the shaft, align-
ing the shaft master spline with the master
spline in the lift ram arm.
7. Assemble remaining lift arm, making sure
thatethe master spline is aligned.
8. Position the remaining lift arm washer,
clip and thread in boUs tight. Loosen bolts
on one side only in preparation for adjustment.
Assembling and Installing the Hydrau'ic Lift
Cylinder
9. Assemble ring set onto piston using a
Fig. 39. Installing the Lift Piston
piston ring expander.
14. Attach the lever support bracket ta the
NOTE: Install the rings so that the ring lift cylinder. Tighten the boUs ta a torque of
gaps are 1800 from each other. 20 ta 25 ft.-Ibs.
10. Install a piston ring compressor and install Assemb'ing and Installing the Cantrol Linkage
the piston sa that the rings enter the cylinder and Quadrant
first. See Fig. 39.
15. Place the position control and draft con-
NOTE: Lubricate the piston and cy- trol links in the lift caver as shawn in Fig. 40.
Linder with SAE 80 or 90 oil before
installation.
11. Position the "0" ring (No. 1, Fig. 40)
in the lift caver.
12. Position the cylinder on the lift caver and
secure with boUs. Tighten boUs ta a to:.que
of 65 ta 70 ft.-Ibs.
NOTE: On the earlier modeled lift
covers, the two long boUs go to the
rear.
13. Install the piston connecting rad and drive
in the roll pin until it is approximately centered.
NOTE: Lubricate the ends of the con-
nectingrod and the mating sockets with
a heavy dutY moly grease before in- Fig. 40 • Installing the Lift Cylinder
stallation. 1. "0" Ring
15
MASSEY -FERGUSON
16. Slide the shaft, with the small end entering

first, into position. Start the Allen head set
screw.
17. Install the quadrant and lock in position
with the Allen head set screw. Tighten the
screw to a torque of 20 to 25 ft.-lbs.
NOTE: Whenever the hydraulic lift

cover isremoved, always check to make
sure that this set screw securingthe
quadrant to the lift cover is tight.
18. Align the control link rollers and the quad-
rant rollers.
19. Making sure that rollers are not moved,
slide the shaft in until a minimum amount of Fig. 42 • Position Control linkage
end-play is present in the link assemblies.
lift cover. See Fig. 42.
Lock by tightening the Allen head set screw
(No. 2, Fig. 33). 25. Install the position control guide rod and
spring. Repeat Steps 21 through 23.
20. Install the Allen head pipe plug in the Assembling, Acliusting ancl Installing the Master
left side of the lift cover. Tighten to a torque Control Spring
of 36-42 ft.-lbs.
26. Set the control spring plunger on the bench
21. Using locking type pliers, install guide rod
with the threaded, slotted end up.
and spring by placing threaded end through the
27. Place the control springseatontheplunger
hole nearest the lift cylinder and at the front
with the "cupped" side down.
of the lift cover. Compress the spring and
28. Place the control spring on the plunger and
place the end of the guide rod against the sup-
seat, centering it over the extended portion
port bracket.
of the control spring seat.
NOTE: Do not allow it to enter its 29. Place the spring retainer nut on the
guide. hole at this time. plunger with the threaded end down.
22. Position the draft control vertical lever 30. Place the rubber boat on the plunger. See
on the guide rod with the dowel towards the Fig. 28.
lift cylinder. See Fig. 41. 31. Holding the assembly in your hands, screw
the plunger counterclockwise into the clevis
23. Align the vertical lever with the control until the plunger is snug and the spring is
link and then allow the rear end of the guide slightly compressed.
rod to enter the hole in the support bracket. 32. Turn the plunger until the slots align with
24. Install the position control vertical lever the closest hales and install the clevis pin.
with the dowel towards the quadrant side of the NOTE: Continue this until the spring is
very snug but can still be rotated by
hand. Do not attempt ta check the ad-
justment without installing the clevis
pin as rotation of the spring will change
the adjustment of the plunger.
33. Install the master control spring assembly
in t'he lift caver first making sure that the over-
load stop disc is in its proper position.
34. Tighten the retainer nut, using OTC tool
No. FT-358 until there is no end-play present.
NOTE: End-play may be caused by

having the retainernuttoo tight as well
as tao 100se.
35. Tighten the Allen set screw to a torque
of 40-65 ft.-Ibs. ta hold the retainer nut in
Fig. 41 • Draft Control linkage position.
16
MASSEY -FERGUSON
36. Replace the rubber boot in the grooves pro-

vided.
37. Install the special cap screws in the lift
rocker link. Tighten the cap screws to a torque
of 45 to 60 ft-lbs.
Acliusfing the Vertical Control Levers
38. Adjust the vertical control levers as out-

lined on Page 9
INSTALLING THE HYDRAULIC LIFT COVER
1. Remove the inspection cover from the
right side of the differential center housing.
2. Wedge the control valve lever assembly to
the rear.
3. Position a gasket and install the lift cover,
less the standpipe and transfer plate, making Fig. 43· Hydraulic Pump • Old Type
sure that the vertical levers are in front of 4. Remove the PTO shaft as outlined in Group
the upper end of the control valve lever. II, Section D.
NOTE: Make sure that the lift arms 5. Remove the dowel assembly from each side
are all of the way down before attempt- of the differential center housing.
ing to install the lift cover. Torque 6. Remove the pump from the top of the dif-
the nuts to 45 to 50 ft.-lbs. ferential center housing.
4. Remove the wedge. Disassemb/ing the Hyclrau/ic Pump
5. Install the standpipe and transfer plate.
Tighten the cap screws to 45 to 50 ft.-Ibs. NOTE: The two pumps shown in Fig.
torque. 43 and Fig. 44, presently in the field
NOTE: Make sure that the HO" rings are basically the same pump. Be-
on each end of the standpipe and the one cause of their similarity, only one
in the transfer plate are in their proper disassembly and assembly procedure
position and are either newor service- will be given.
able. 1. In the older type pump, mark the relation-
6. Adjust the hydraulic lift arms, see Page ship between the pump body and the bronze
8 . bearing. See Fig. 45~
7. Adjust the control valve lever assembly 2. Remove the lever assembly adjusting nut.
as outlined on Page 10 . (No. 1, Fig. 44).
SERVICING THE HYDRAULIC PUMP

The hydraulic pumpsused in Massey-Ferguson
tractors are fUll-floating, constant running, posi-
tive, four cylinder, scotch yoke piston type
pumps. The pump delivers oil for a systèm
which provides impIe ment draft tontrol with
response selection, impIe ment position control
and overload protection of attached implements.
Removing the Hyclraulic Pump
1. Remove the hydraulic lift cover, see Page
11.
2. Remove the cotter pin through the rear
drive shaft coupler.
3. Slide the rear drive shaft coupler over
the rear drive shaft and remove the shaft and Fig. 44· Hydrauli<; Pump • New Type
coupler from the differential center housing. 1. Lever Assembly Adjusting Nul
17
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 47· Removing the Valve Plate

1. Lock Wire 2. Set Screw
6. Remove the boit securing the bracket lever

(No. 5, Fig. 49) ta the pump body and remove
the bracket lever.
Fig. 45 • Marking Camshaft Bearing and Pump Body 7. Remove the locking wire (No. 1) and set
1. Scribe Mcrk screw (No. 2, Fig. 47) from the oscillator link.
3. Remove the lever assembly (No. 1, Fig.
49) as shown in Fig. 46. 8. Remove the snap ring (No. 9) oscillator
4. Remove the attaching cap screws and retainer washer (No. 8) and control valve
remove the control valve plate (No. 3, Fig. oscillator assembly (No. 7, Fig. 49) from the
49) and the valve lever guide bracket (No. 2, pump body.
Fig. 49) from the pump body as shown in Fig.
47. NOTE: The control valve oscillator
5. Remove the control valve plate, control assembly is removed from the front of
valve (No. 10), spacer (No. 1) valve sealing
the pump as sho'lpn in Fig. 50. In the
washers (Nos. 2, 5 and 9) control valve new type pump, expand the snap ring
spacer (No 3) control valve "0" rings (Nos.
(No. 1, Fig. 51) and slide the oscillator
6 and 8) and "0" ring retainer (No. 7, Fig.
assembly out of the snap ringandPump.
48) from the control valve chamber in the pump
body. Use of the "bent wire tool" (No. 4,
Fig. 48) makes this job easier.
<1 NOTE: Never grasp the control valve

by the slot edges. These edges are
normally very sharp.
Fig. 48 • Control Volve Assembly

1. Spocer Wcsher 5. Seoling Wosher 9. Sealing Wosher
2. Seoling Wosher 6. "0" Ring 10. Control Valve
3. Control Volve Spocer 7. "0" Ring Retoi ner 11. Inlet End, Control Volve
Fig. 46 • Removing the Lever Assembly 4. Bent Wire Tooi 8. "0" Ring
18
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 49 • Hydraulic Pump • Exploded View

1. Conlrol Valve Lever Assembly 3. Conlrol Valve Ploie 5. Upper Valve Lever Guide 7. Oscillalor Assembly 9. Snap Ring
2. Lever Assembly·Guide Brackel 4. See Fig. 48 6. Oscillalor link 8. Oscillalar Relainer Washer 10. Pump Valve Relainer
9. Remove the pump valve retainer (No. 10, 10. Using a 1/4" national course thread, of 20
Fig. 49) from the pump body by removing the threads to the inch, stove bolt, approximately
two cap screws attaching it to the pump body. 2-1/2 to 3" long, remove the valve chamber
plug assembly (No. 1, Fig. 53) by screwing the
NOTE: In the newer type pumps, the
stove bolt into the threads provided in the plug
valve cham ber plug is held in Place by and pulling the plug out of the valve chamber.
a snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 52).
See Fig. 54.
Fig. 51 • Removing Oscillator Assembly. New Type

Fig. 50. Rel1loving vscillator Assembly • Old Type 1. Snap Ring
19
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 54 - Removing Valve Chamber Plugs
14. Separate the pump bodies and lift out the

Fig. 52 - Removing Valve Chamber Plug Retainer camshaft and the pump piston assemblies. See
1. Snap Ring
Fig. 55.
NOTE: The resistanceinremoving this 15. Remove the "0" rings which seal pass-
plug is caused by the "0" ring (No. 2, ages between the pump bodies.
Fig. 53) which holds the valve chamber 16. Remove the cotter pin from the front
plug in place. coupler and remove the front coupler. See
Fig. 55.
11. Remove the valve chamber plugs and out- 17. Remove the piston assemblies from the
let valve springs (No 3, Fig. 53) from the valve shaft.
chambers. NOTE: The two cam blocks are not
12. Tip the pump over and allow the outlet interchangeable. The one cam block
valves (No. 4), the inlet valve springs (No. 5), has a shoulder where the oscillator cam
and the inlet valves (No. 6, Fig. 53) to drop follower rides. See Fig. 56.
out of the valve chamber.
NOTE: NEVER USEA MAGNET WHEN Disassemb/ing the Control Valve Oscillator
WORKING ON A HYDRAULIC PUMP.
13. Remove the boUs holding the pump to-
1. Remove the snap ring (No. 1, inset to Fig.
gether.
57).
9
W
NOTE: Use care whenever remo'Ving
the snafJ ring as the spring (No. 4) will
force out the spring retainer disc (No.
5, Fig. 58) trom the housing.
Fig. 53 - Valve Chamber Assembly

1. Valve Chamber Plug 4. Outlet Valve
2. "0" Ring 5. lnlet Valve Spring
3. Outlet Valve Spring 6. lnlet Valve
7. Dowel PifTS Fig. 55 - Removing Camshaft Assembly
20
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 58 - Oscillator Assembly - Exploded View

1. Sn op Ring 4. Control Volve Spring
2. Oscillotor Housing 5. Retainer Dise
3. 05cillotor Drive A55embly 6. Snop Ring
Assembling the Control Valve Oscillator

Reassemble this unit by reversing the dis-
assembly procedure.
Fig. 56 - Cam Block, Camshaft Bearing and Piston Yoke
Differences NOTE: The spring may be rePlaced by
holding the housing in a vise and using
2. Remove the snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 58) one hand ta hald the spring in place, re-
from the opposite end of the oscillator assembly
housing.
Inspeding the Hydraulic Pump
Inspect the hydraulic pump as outlined on

Page 5. Replace the parts not meeting mini-
mum specifications.
Fig. 59 - Cross-Seetioned ViE!w of Tooi Installed

1. Upper Pilot Surface 4. In.let Volve Seot
Fig. 57 - Oscillator Assembly 2. Cuttina Edges 5. Lower Pilot'Surface
1. Snop Ring 3. Exhoust Volve Seot
21
MASSEY -FERGUSON
see Fig. 56. This end of the bushing should go

on the shaft first to properly position the dowel
hales for the dowel pins (No. 7, Fig. 53). The
two bushings are identical and may be installed
in either position.
NOTE: In the new type pumps press in
the bushings until they are flush with
the outside of the pump body. Position
the ail grooves (No. l, Fig. 61) sa that
they are on a horizontalline as shown
in Fig. 61.
7. Position the shaft and piston assemblies in
the left pump half, and align the marks to pro-
perly position the bushings.
NOTE: The camshaft is installed sa

Fig. 60 • Using Reseating Toal that the long end of the camshaft is
towards the control valve end of the
Place the spring retainer disc and snap pump.
ring ta their proper positions.
8. Position the right half of the pump, making
Assembling the Pump certain that the dowel pins (No. 7, Fig. 53)
enter the holes in the bushings.
1. Replace the side valve assemblies in their NOTE: Dowel pins are not present in
chambers and replace the plugs. the new type pumps.
2. Place the left hand half of the pump on the
bench with the piston openings up and the side 9. Install the cap screws and tighten to 50-
chamber valve plugs toward you, your left will 55 ft.-lbs., torque.
then be the rear of the pump. 10. Install the valve retainer handle and tighten
the cap screws to 50-55 ft-:-Ibs. torque.
NOTE: This step is for the aIder type
11. Insert the first sealing washer (No. 9, Fig.
pumps. Assemble the pump bodies to-
48) "0" ring (No. 8, Fig. 48) the pressure side
gether making sure that aU of the "0"
bushing (No. 7, Fig. 48) and the second "0"
rings are rePlaced or serviceable.
ring (No. 6, Fig. 48) in the control valve bore
3. Place the cam blockwith the shoulder (see of the pump.
Fig. 56) and the oscillator cam follower on 12. Position a sealing washer (No. 5) inlet
the front cam of the shaft so that the cam bushing (No. 3) and second sealing washer
follower will be between the cam blocks. (No. 2, Fig. 48) on the inlet end (No. 11) of
NOTE: The long end of the camshaft is

towards the control valve end of the
pump. The short end of the camshaft
is towards the front.
4. Place the remaining cam block on the other
cam.
5. Place the piston assemblies on the cam
blocks so that the beveled edges of the assemblies
are to the outside. See Fig; 56.
NOTE: On the new type pumps the piston
yoke is not beveled. RePlace yokes sa
that the machined surfaces are ta the
outside.
6. Place the two bronze bushings on the shaft. Fig. 61 - Sandwich Type Pump - Exploded View
Each bushing has one inner edge chamfered, 1. Oi 1 Groove
22
M'ASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 1\1 - SECTION A - PART 1 MF 35, 50 & 65 -INTERN-AL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
;,...~-.>,
Fig. 62 - Hydraulic Pump - Old Type
the control valve (No. 10, Fig. 48) and care-

HYDRAULIC VALVE RESEATING TOOl
fully place the assembly in position.
13. Install the control valvewasher (No. 1, Fig. The hydraulic valve seat reseatingtooI, Num-
48), Plate (No. 3) and lever guide bracket (No. 2, ber N-6007, may be used to reseat damaged
Fig. 49) and tighten the cap screws. valve seats in aIl hydraUllic system pumps used
14. Install the oscillator assembly, washer in the MF, MH, F and TO 35, 40, 50, 65, 202
and 204 tractors, both present and previous
and snap ring. production.
15. Tighten the set screw and lock with wire.
If the valve seats are not too badly damaged
16. Position the control valve lever assembly or worn several reseating operations may be
and turn the self-Iocking nut on until flush with performed if only enough metal is removed to
the end of the adjusting boIt. "clean up" the upper seat in each bore. When
23
MASSEY -FERGUSON
the upper seat has been "cleaned up" , the lower Do not drive or apply extreme force to bring
seat will be automatically reseated. the cutting edges (No. 2) into contact with the
valve seats (Nos. 3, 4, Fig. 59). The amount
Using the Valve Seat Reseating Tool
of resistance encountered will vary from une
1. Disassembly the pump and apply lubri- pump to another because of the allowable manu-
cating oil to the valve bores. facturing tolerances.
NOTE: If extreme resistance is en-
2. Place the pump body in a soft-jawed vise countered, it will normally be due to
as shown in Fig. 60. the Pilot (No. 5) binding in the bore of
the inlet valve seat (No. 4, Fig. 59).
3. Carefull insert the reseating tool in the This binding occurs because the inlet
valve bore as shown in Fig. 60. seat has been severely beaten by hy-
Fig. 63 - Hydraulic Pump - New Type
24
MASSEY -FERGUSON
draulic force during prior pump opera- 8. Clean up the reseating tool, oil, cover the
tion. This closes the tolerances in the cutters, and store in a clean place for future
bore of the seat. Ifthis condition exists, use. If the tool should become wornJ or dull,
insert a tapered screw driver into the it may be sent to Nuday Company, 17510
inlet valve bore and carefully rotate Wyoming, Detroit 21, Michigan for recondition-
several times to clean away the' pro- ing.
truding metal.
CA UTION: The working life of this
4. Rotate the tool in a c1ock-wise direction. tool depends upon the care it receives.
Exert a firm, steady sidewise and inward Do not drop or abuse the tool; the
pressure at the 'same time as shown in Fig.60. cutting edges are made of an extremely
The new seats will be properly aligned and hard and brittle metal and will shatter
refaced as a result of the tool being held true when improperly handled. Refer. to
in the bore by the upper (No. 1) and lower (No. decal on tool shaft for further in/or-
5, Fig.59) piloting surfaces. màtion.
NOTE: Chatteringofthe valve seat will The hydraulic pump reseating tool N-6007 may
resultif the tool is not held in constant be obtained through the Massey-Ferguson
with the valve seat. If the seat becomes Branches or ordered directlyfrom Nuday Com-
chattered, insert the tool far enough to pany, 17510 Wyoming, Detroit 21, Michigan.
remove the high spots first. After Price of the tool is $33.80 F.O.B. Detroit.
h~gh spots have been removed. com-
Installing the Hyclraulic Pump
pletely insert the tool and finish re-
seating the valve seat. 1. Place the pump in position in the differential
center housing.
2. Install the dowel pins on either side of the
NOTE: Remove only enough metal to differential center housing.
Hclean up" the upper seatin each bore.
Do not remove an excessive amount NOTE: Notice that the dowel on the left
ofmetal. side of the tractor fits loosely while
the dowel on the right side fits very
5. Examine the seat frequently. The seat snug. Place the dowels in position but
surfaces should appear smooth and without do not tighten them at this time.
grooves or checks in the metal. Further re-
seating may be necessary if the seats were 3. Install the PTO shaft as outliryed in Group
severely grooved or damaged. n, Section D, Part 1.
4. Fill the differential center housingwith the
6. Clean pump bodies thoroughly witn solvent correct oil to the proper level.
and dry with compressed air. MAKE SURE 5. Start the engine and allow it to idle.
THAT ALL OF THE MET AL CUTTINGS AND
RESIDUE LEFT BY THE RESEATING OPERA- NOTE: With the dowels loose while the
TION ARE REMOVED FROM THE PUMP BODY. engine is idling, the pump automatically
aligns UseZ! with the PTO shaft.
NOTE: Upon close inspection, after the
seats have been cleaned up, they may 6. Tighten the right dowe 1 first and then
seem porous although smooth in overall tighten the left dowel.
appearance. This conditionis no cause 7. With the engine still at an idle, shift the
for concern since the inlet and outlet PTO selection lever into the various selections
valves are a harder metal and will available several times.
serve to polish the seating surface as
they wear-inunder hydraulic pressure. NOTE: If binding is present, and it is
ditficult to change the PTO selection,
7. Always install new inlet valves and outlet usually the pump will be out of align-
valves in the pump body after it has been re- ment. Loosen the dowels and retighten
seated. Check the valves and springs for while the engine is idling.
magnetism as this may cause erratic action of
the hydraulic system. Assemble the pump and 8. Install the rear drive shaft and coupler
install it in the tractor. after the engine has been stopped.
25
MASSEY -FERGUSON
NOTE: Make sure that a cotter pin of tial.

of the pr()jJer diameter and length is Capacity of these combined units is 8 u. S.
installed in thereardrive shaftcoupZer. (6-1/2 Imperial) gallons. Oil specifications
are:
9. Install the hydraulic lüt cover. See Page
17. S.A.E. 90 for temperatures ab ove 500 F.
10. Complete adjusting the hydraulic system as S.A.E. 80 for temperatures below 500 F.
outlined on Page 8.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, DIFFERENTIAL Additional oil must be added if the require-
ments of an external hydraulic system are
AND TRANSM1SSION LUBRICATION greater than 1-1/2 gallons. This additional
The oil used in the hydraulic system is also oil must be drained from the housing if the
used to lubricate the trailsmission and differen- external hydraulic system is disconnected.
\
/
Fig. 64 - Lift Assembly
26
MASSEY -FERGUSON
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
SPRING TESTING SPECIFICATIONS

Outlet Valve Spring (180 928 Ml)
Ounces Pressure @ 13/16 inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 to 26 Ounces
Inlet Valve Spring (180 927 Ml)

Ounces Pressure @ 1 inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 to 22 Ounces
Control Valve Spring (180 940 Ml)

Ounces Pressure @ 3-7/16 inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 56 Ounces
CAM BLOCKS (180 924 Ml AND 180 925 Ml)

Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.000 - 2.001 inch
Maximum Inside Diameter .". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.005 inch
Distance Across Parallel Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.317 - 2.320 inch
Minimum Distance Across Parallel Faces . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.314 inch
HYDRAULIC LIFT CYLINDER (184 442 Ml)

1 Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9995 - 3.0010 inch
HYDRAULIC LIFT CYLINDER (180 967 Ml)

1 Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4995 - 2.5010 inch
HYDRAULIC PUMP BODY (180 919 M91)

Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.802 - 0.803 inch
Maximum Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.804 inch
PISTON ASSEMBL Y (181 043 Ml)

Distance Between Parallel Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.322 - 2.325 inch
Maximum Distance Between Parallel Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.328 inch
Piston Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8005 - 0.8010 inch
Minimum Piston Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7995 inch
Piston Ring Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum . . . 0.0075 inch
Minimum . . . 0.0025 inch
Piston Ring Gap to be measured with ring inserted in a new cylinder
CAMSHAFT (180 922 M91)

Outside Diameter of Cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.996 - 1.997 inch
Minimum Outside Diameter of Cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.993 inch
Diameter of Camshaft Bearing Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3745 - 1.3750 inch
CAMSHAFT BEARING (Bronze) (181 046 Ml)

Outside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 7 49 - 1. 750 inch
Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3770 - 1.3775 inch
Maximum Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3785 inch
27
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAl HYDRAUlIC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 1
VALVE CHAMBER BODY (184 471 Ml)

Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9140 - 0.9150 inch
Maximum Cylinder Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 0.9155 inch
PISTON ASSEMBL Y (184 470 Ml)

Distance Between Parallel Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.322 - 2.325 inch
Maximum Distance Between Parallel Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.328 inch
Piston Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9125 - 0.9130 inch
Minimum Piston Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9120 inch
Piston Ring Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum . . . . . . 0.0075 inch
Maximum. . . . .. 0.0025 inch
Piston Ring Gap to be measured with ring inserted in a new cylinder
CAMSHAFT (181 993 M91)

Outside Diameter of Cams . ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.996 - 1.997 inch
Minimum Outside Diameter of Cams . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. 993 inch
Diameter of Camshaft Bearing Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3745 - 1.3750 inch
PUMP BODY (182 005 M91 AND 182 006 M91)
Camshaft Bearing Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6198 - 1.6208 inch
CAMSHAFT BEARING (Needle) (195 950 Ml)
Outside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6200 - 1.6205 inch

.
CAMSHAFT BEARING (Bronze) (195 949 Ml)
Outside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6210 - 1.6215 inch
Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3775 - 1.3780 inch
Maximum Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3790 inch
28
MF-13S and MF.1SO Tractor Service Manual
Description Part
Front Axle & Steering
Continental l-145 Gas Engine 2
Perkins AG3-152 Gas Engine 3
Perkins AD3-152 Diesel Engine 4
Clutches 5
Standard 6 Speed Transmission 6
Standard 8 Speed Transmission 7
Multi-power Transmission 8
Differentiai, Pinion & Rear Axle 9
Power Take Off & Internai Hydraulic System 10

MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART ll-FRONT AXLE AND STEERING-

MF 135 TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING PUMP -

DIESEL MODEL ............................. 2
Filling The Reservoir ....................... 2
Removal .................................. 2
Disassembly ............................... 2
1nspection ................................ 3
Reassembly ................................ 3
Installation ............................... 4
ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING PUMP -

GASOLI NE MODEl ......................... 4
Fi Il i ng The Reservoi r .......•............... 4
Removal .................................. 4
Disassembly ............................... 5
1nspection ................................ 6
Reassembly ....................•........... 6
Installation ............................... 6
SERVICI NG THE STEERI NG GEAR

HOUSINGS .......................•.•..••.. 7
Preparations For Servicing Steering
Gear Housings ...................•.•...... 7
Completing Tractor Reassembly ..•..........•. 10
Power Steering Gear Housing ........••.....• 11
Disassembly ....•........................ 11
Inspection ........................••.... 14
Reassembly .....•....................•.. , 14
Manual Steering Gear Housing .......••...... 16
Disassembly ....•....................•... 16
1nspecti on .............................. 16
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16
SERVICI NG THE FRONT AXlE . . ........... .... 17

Removal .................................. 17
Installation ................................ 18
ADJUSTMENTS .............................. 18
Toe-In ................................... 18
Front Axle Wheel Bearings .................. 18
Power Steering Gear Housing ........•....... 18
Manual Steering Gear Housing .•••..•....•... 19
SPECiFiCATIONS ............................ 19
p,'ntcd in U.S.A. 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35 TRACTOR GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11
FILTU
SPRING-O
Fig. l - Instolled Yiew of Engine-Driven

Steering Pump - Diesel
ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING
PUMP- Diesel Model
FlLLlNG THE RESERVOIR
Fig. 2 - Disossembling the Steering Pump - Diesel
1. Position front wheels in a straight for-
ward direction and shut off engine.
2. Remove filler plug and fill reservoir with

oil conforming to MF Specification M-lllO DISASSEMBL y
until oil level is even with the fiUer opening.
1. Remove the four retaining screws, Fig.
3. Replace fiUer plug, start engine and 2, and remove the reservoir.
operate steering wheel in both directions to in-
sure the entire system is filled. NOTE: At this time, the filter, filter
spring and reservoir "Ol/-ring may be
4. Position front wheels in a straight for- removed.
2. Place drive gear, Fig. 3, between two
5. Repeat these operations until the oil level blocks of wood in a vise. Remove nut from
remains even with the filler opening. shaft.
3. Remove drive gear and key.
REMOVAL 4. Remove pump from vise and remove the

four capscrews securing back cover, Fig. 3, to
1. Disconnect the two hydraulic lines, Fig. housing.
1, and plug the ports.
NOTE: Place an identifying mark on
2. Remove mounting bolts and remove the back cover and housing to ensure
pump from the Tractor. proper reassembly.
3. Remove the gasket and discard it. 5. Remove the two gears from housing.
6. Using a brass welding rad, remove dia-

4. Drain the oil from the reservoir and phragm, Nylatron gasket, protector gasket and
clean the pump thoroughly. "V" seal, Fig. 3.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11 FRONT AXLE AND STEERING
POPPET SEAT
+
1Q"'-- POPPET BALL
NUT"
DRIVE GEAR
1---- POPPET SPRI NG ~

KEY
o
FILTER
t
"O"-RING
./ T TT'
lDLER GEAR
SPRING
f
FILTER
RESERVOIR
"O"-RING
& "V" SEAL
Fig.3 - Disassembled Vlew of Engine-Driven Steering Pump - Diesel
7. If poppet assembly is ta be removed, re- 2. Inspect reservoir cover for damage and
move pappet seat, baIl and spring, Fig. 3. distortion.
NOTE: Count the number of tu'ms 3. Inspect facing surfaces of cover plate and
made when removing the seat. This housing for scoring and rough surfaces.
must be installed with the same num-
ber of turns. 4. Inspect drive gear shaft for broken key-
way and for excessive wear in bearing areas.
8. The relief valve has been pre- set by the
manufacturer to open at 1125 psi and should not 5. Inspect gears for nicked or broken teeth.
be removed unless a malfunction of the valve
has been experienced.
REASSEMBLY
9. If relief valve is going to be replaced,
remove relief valve from housing and install a Refer to Fig. 3.
new valve. Tighten to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque.
1. If poppet assembly has been removed, re-
install into its proper place in housing. (See
INSPECTION Fig. 2.)
1. Replace filter element, "O"-rings, gas-

kets, diaphragm, "V" seal and jam nut with new 2. Install new "V" seai into back cover with
parts. the open part of the seal facing down.
PrÎnted in U.S.A. 3
MASSEY-FERGUSON
3. Install new protector gasket, Nylatron Specification M-1110 until it is even with the
gasket and diaphragm over !!V!! seal. filler opening.
NOTE: Install diaPhragm with 5. Start engine to operate pump and turn
BRONZE FACE UP and with slots in steering wheel to left and right full travel limite
diaPhragm on suction side of pump. Check pump and reservoir for leaks and be
Entire diaPhragm must fit inside of certain that oil level remains even with fiUer
raised rim of "v" seal. opening.
4. Slide gear and shaft into position in hous- 6. With engine running, check pressure
ing and install idler gear into its place in hous- gauge reading. The pressure reading should be
ing. 1100-1200 psi. If the pressure reading is cor-
rect, proceed to Step #7. If incorrect, replace
NOTE: The paint mark on the end of the relief valve with a new one. Tighten to
the idler gear shaft is installed facing 40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque.
down.
7. Shut off engine and remove pressure
5. Install back cover and secure with mount- gauge. Connect pressure Une to pump. Tight-
ing boIts. Tighten to 7 -10 ft.-Ibs. torque. en to 20-30 ft.-lbs. torque.
NOTE: Ensure that diaPhragm re- 8. Remove fiUer plug to check for correct
mains within its seat in "V" seal. fluid level. Maintain fluid level even with fiUer
opening.
6. Install key into keyway and position drive
gear in place on shaft. Secure with new nut.
Tighten to 15-20 ft.-Ibs. torque and "stake" the
nut.
7. Position new fiIter (with "O"-ring) and PUMP-Gasoline Model
spring into place on housing.
F'LLlNG THE RESERVOIR
8. Install new reservoir "O"-ring.
1. Position front wheels in a straight for-
9. Apply a light coating of petroleum jeUy ward direction and shut off engine.
ta the inner edge of the reservoir and install
the reservoir. Tighten retaining screws to 2. Remove reservoir cover and fill reser-
2-4 ft.-Ibs. torque. voir with oil conforming to MF Specification
M-1110 until oillevel is even with the "FULL"
mark.
'NSTALLA TlON 3. Replace cover and tighten cover boIt (fin-

ger tight).
Refer ta Fig. 1.
4. Start engine and operate steering wheel
1. Apply a thin coating of heavy grease to in both directions to insure the entire system
pump mounting surface of timing gear housing is filled. Position front wheels in a straight
and place new pump gasket into position. forward direction and shut off engine.
2. CarefuUy insert the pump drive gear into 5. Repeat these operations until the oillevel
the opening in the timing gear housing. Ensure remains even with the "FULL" mark.
that drive gear is meshing properly and install
mounting boIts. Tighten boIts to 30-35 ft.-Ibs.
torque. REMOVAL
3. Remove plugs from ports and lines. Con- Refer to Fig. 4.

nect return Une to its respective port. Tighten
to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque. fustall oil pressure 1. Position front wheels in a straight for-
gauge between pump and pressure line. ward direction and shut off engine.
4. Fill reservoir with oil conforming to MF 2. Disconnect h y d ra u l i c lines, remove
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
HorrS1NG
SHAFT
1; RELIEF
VALVE
YRONT PLATE
10
DRIVE
GE.'\.R
Fig.6 - Disassembled View of Engine-Driven

Steering Pump - Gasoline
Fig.4 - Installed View of Engine-Driven

Steering Pump - Gasoline
2. Remove filter element from reservoir
and gasket from reservoir seat core.
mounting bolts, remove pump from Tractor and 3. Remove reservoir seat core and cap-
plug ports and lines. screw securing reservoir to pump body and re-
move reservoir.
3. Remove pump mounting gasket from tim-
ing gear housing (or mounting surface of pump) 4. Remove "O"-ring, spring and baU from
and thoroughly clean the mounting surface. housing.
5. Place pump body in a holding fixture and

DISASSEMBL y remove nut from drive gear shaft. Remove
drive gear and key.
Refer to Figs. 5 and 6.
6. Remove bolts securing front plate to
1. Remove coyer bolt, coyer and gasket housing. Separate front plate from housing and
from reservoir. remove idler gear and lead gear and shaft as-
sembly.
7. Remove diaphragm from front plate. Re-

move spring and baH from suction side of front
plate.
8. Remove back-up gasket, gasket protector

and diaphragm seal from front plate.
9. If the lead gear shaft oil seal shows evi-

dence of leakage, remove the seal from the
front plate.
DRIVE ('EAR
1
1
1
10. The relief valve has been pre-set by the
o ~"
manufacturer to open at 1125 psi and should not
FILTER t
GASKET
has been experienced. The valvemay then be
removed and a new valve installed. Tighten to
Fig. 5 - DisQssembling the Steering Pump Gasoline
40-50 ft.-lbs. torque.
Printed in U.S.A. 5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135 TRACTOR GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 11
INSPECTION NOTE: Ensure that diaPhragm and

seals remain within their groove in
1. Replace filter element, gaskets, seals, front plate.
diaphragm, "0" -rings, and spring and ball (Fig.
6) with new parts. 8. Install new'''O''-ring into its groove in
housing. Insert ball, followed by spring, into
2. Inspect facing surfaces of front plate and top of housing.
housing for scoring and scratches.
9. Install reservoir seat core and gasket
3. Inspect gears for nicks and burrs. Re- onto reservoir. Fasten reservoir onto housing
move any sharp edges with crocus clotho with capscrew and washer. Tighten core and
capscrew to 10-15 ft.-lbs. torque.
4. Inspect drive gear and shaft for broken
keyway. 10. Install key into its groove and slide
drive gear over shaft. Secure in place with nut
and washer. Tighten to 15-20 ft.-lbs. torque.
REASSEMBLY
Il. Rotate the drive gear by hand and check
Refer to Figs. 5 and 6. for freedom of movement. The pump should
have a certain amount of drag, but should ro-
1. Saturate new "0" -rings, seals, gaskets tate freely after a short period of turning.
and lead gear shaft seal in clean hydraulic oil.
Apply a film of clean hydraulic oil to metal
parts of pump. INSTALLA TlON
2. Apply a light coating of Permatex #3 Refer to Fig. 4.

form-a-gasket to bore of lead gear shaft seal
in front plate. Press new seal into position 1. Apply a thin coating of heavy grease to
(flush to surface of bore) and stake in three pump mounting surface of timing gear housing
places. and place new pump gasket into position.
NOTE: Omit this procedure if seal 2. Carefully insert the pump drive gear into
was not removed from front plate. the opening in the timing gear housing. Ensure
that drive gear is meshing properly and install
3. Install new diaphragm seal into Hs groove mounting bolts. Tighten bolts to 3D-35 ft.-Ibs.
in front plate with the "open" part of the seaI torque.
facing the DRIVE GEAR.
3. Remove plugs from ports and lines. Con-
4. Carefully install new gasket protector, ne ct return line to its respective port. Tighten
followed by new back-up gasket, over dia- to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque. Install oil pressure
phragm seal. gauge between pump and pressure line.
5. Drop new baIl and new spring into hole on 4. Install new filter element and fill reser-
suction si de of front plate and place new dia- voir with oil conforming to MF Specification
phragm on top of gasket. M-1110 until it is even with the "FULL" mark.
Install reservoir cover.
NOTE: The two notches in diaPhragm
must go on suction side of pump and
bronze side of diaPhragm must face 5. Start engine to operate pump and turn
upward. steering wheel to left and right full travel limite
Check pump and reservoir for leaks and be
certain that oil level remains at "FULL" mark.
6. Install lead gear and shaft into front plate
and place idler gear into front plate with paint-
ed (or marked) end of shaft toward the DRIVE 6. With engine running, che c k pressure
GEAR. gauge reading. The pressure reading should be
1100-1200 psi. If the pressure reading is cor-
7. Position front plate onto housing and se- rect, proceed to Step #7. If incorrect, remove
cure with bolts. Tighten evenly to 7 -10 ft.-Ibs. the relief valve and install a new one. Tighten
torque. to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque.
6
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 7 - Right-Hand Si de View of Gasoline Engine

1. Air Cleaner Hose 2: Starter Safety Switch Wires 3. Multi-Power Linkage 4. Tachometer Cable 5. Oil Pressure Une 6. Generator Wires
7. Shut off engine and remove pressure e. Disconnect air cleaner hose, No. 1,
gauge. Connect pressure line to pump. Tight- Fig. 7, starter safety switch wires, No.
to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque. 2, and tachometer cable, No. 4.
8. Remove reservoir cover to check for f. Disconnect oil pressure line, No. 5,
correct fluid level. Maintain fluid level even and the two wires, No. 6, leading to
with "FULL" mark. Replace reservoir cover. generator.
g. Working on the other si de of the Trac-

tor, disconnect the light wires, No. 6,
Fig. 8, at the light switch.
SERVICING THE STEERING
GEAR HOUSINGS NOT E: Disconnect wire leading fram
fuse ta connectar.
PREPARATIONS FOR SERVICING
STEERING GEAR HOUSINGS
h. Disconnect wires, Nos. 3, 4 and 5,
1. If the Tractor being serviced is a Gaso- leading to the starter solenoid. Dis-
line Model, proceed as follows: connect wire, No. 2, leading to the coil.
a. Remove the hood, hood cap and grille i. Drain enough coolant from the radiator
as an assembly. to allow the water temperature line,
No. 1, to be disconnected and discon-
b. Disconnect and remove the battery. ne ct the line.
c. Close fuel shut-off valve, disconnect j. Remove steering wheel assembly.

fuel line, disconnect sending unit and
remove fuel tank. k. Remove the two capscrews securing the
instrument housing to the steering col-
d. Disconnect Multi-Power linkage, No. 3, umn bracket and remove the mounting
Fig. 7, hand throttle linkage- and choke boIts securing the instrument housing
cable. and the battery carrier in place.
Printed in U.S.A. 7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 8 - Left-Hand Side View of Gasoline Engine

1. Wcter Temperature Line 2. Wire ta Coil 3. Wire ta Solenoid 4. Wire ta Solenoid 5. Bottery Positive Coble 6. Ught Wires - To Light Switch
1. Remove instrument housing and battery 2. If the Tractor being serviced is a Diesel
carrier. Model, proceed as follows:
NOTE: Insure tkat ail pressure line

and water temperature line are not a. Remove the hood, hood cap and grille
damaged. as an assembly.
Fig. 9 - Right-Hand Side View of Diesel Engine

1. Air Cleoner Hase 3. Starter Sofety Switch Wires 6. Wires ta Solenoid
2. Multi-Power Linkage 4. Tochometer Cable 7. Wires ta Generator
5. Bottery Ground Strop
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 10 - Left-Hand Side View of Diesel Engine

1. Water Temperature Une 3. Fuel Shut·Off Red 6. Fuel Fi Iter Meunting Bolts
2. Bleed Bock Line 4. Oil Pressure line 7. Shut·Off Red Return Spring and Clip
S. Cross Shah te Injection Pump Rod
b. Disconnect and remove the battery. j. Remove the fuel filter mounting bolts,
No. 6.
c. Close the fuel shut-off valve and dis-
connect the fuelline.
k. Disconnect the cross shaft to injection
d. Disconnect the sending unit and the fuel pump rod, No. 5, and the oil pressure
line at the back of the tank, and remove tine, No. 4.
the fuel tank.
e. Disconnect Multi-Power linkage, No. 2, 1. Drain enough coolant from the system
air cleaner hose, No. 1, and starter to allow the water temperature tine,
safety switch wires, No. 3, Fig. 9. No. 1, to be disconnected and discon-
nect the tine.
f. Disconnect tachometer cable, No. 4,
and rem ove battery ground strap, NOTE: If the Tractor is equiPped with
No. 5. lights, disconnect the wires leading ta
the light switch. Disconnect the wire
g. Disconnect wires, No. 6, on starter leading from the fuse ta the cannectar.
solenoid and wires, No. 7, on genera-
tore
m. Remove steering wheel assembly.
h. Working on the other si de of the Trac-
tor, disconnect the bleed back line,
No. 2, Fig. 10, and the line at the "T" n. Remove the two capscrews securing
fitting. the instrument housing to the steering
column bracket and remove the mount-
ing boUs securing the instrument hous-
i. Unhook the fuel shut-off rod return ing and the battery carrier in place.
spring, No. 7, and rem ove the return
spring clip. Disconnect the fuel shut-
off rod, No. 3, at the injection pump o. Remove instrument housing and battery
and remove the rod from the unit. carrier.
Printed in U.S.A. 9
---- ------------
MASSEY -FERGUSON
NOTE: Insure that ail pressure line n. Refer to the sub-heading "Filling The
and water temperature line are not Reservoir - Gasoline Model" and fill'
darnaged. the reservoir.
p. If desirable, remove fuel filter from 2. If Tractor being serviced is a Diesel

unit. Model, proceed as follows:
a. Position instrument housing in place

COMPLETING TRACTOR REASSEMBLY and install mounting bolts.
1. If Tractor being serviced is a Gasoline b. Connect Multi-Power linkage, No. 2,

Model, proceed as follows: Fig. 9, air cleaner hose, No. 1, and
tachometer cable, No. 4.
a. Position instrument housing in place
and install mounting bolts. c. On tractors having Multi- Power, ad-
just shift linkage until control rod will
b. Conne ct hand throttle linkage, Multi- be completely down when control lever
Power linkage, No. 3, Fig. 7, and is in "High".
choke cable.
d. Connect starter safety switch wires,
c. On tractors having Multi- Power, ad- No. 3, Fig. 9, battery ground strap, No.
just shift linkage until control rod will 5, wires, No. 6, onto starter solenoid
be completely down when control lever and wires, No. 7, onto generator.
is in "High".
e. Working on the other side of the Trac-
d. Connect air cleaner hose, No. 1, Fig. tor, conne ct oil pressure line, No. 4,
7, and starter safety switch wires, Fig. 10, the cross shaft ta injection
No. 2. pump rod, No. 5, and water tempera-
ture line, No. 1.
e. Install the tachometer cable, No. 4,
Fig. 7, and conne ct the oil pressure f. Connect the fuel shut-off rod, No. 3,
line, No. 5. Fig. 10, and the return spring and clip,
No. 7.
f. Connect wires, No. 6, Fig. 7, leading
to generator. g. Install fuel filter mounting bolts, No. 6,
Fig. 10, and conne ct fuel lines at filter.
g. Working on the other side of the Trac-
tor, connect wires, Nos. 3, 4 and 5, h. Install fuel tank, conne ct fuel lines at
Fig. 8, to the starter solenoid and "T" fitting, Connect fuel line at back
wire, No. 2, to the coil. of fuel tank, conne ct fuel sending unit
and turn on fuel shut-off valve.
h. Connect water tempellature line, No. 1,
Fig. 8, and light wires onto light i. If Tractor is equipped with lights, con-
switch. nect light wires to light switch. Con-
nect wire leading from fuse to con-
i. Install fuel tank, connect sending unit, nector.
connect fuel line and turn on fuel shut-
off valve. j. Install steering wheel assembly.
j. Install steering wheel assembly. k. Position battery in place and connect

battery.
k. Position battery in place and connect
battery. 1. Install hood, hood cap and grille as an
assembly. Open the hood and connect
1. Install hood, hood cap and grille as an the hood stop lever.
assembly. Open the hood and connect
the hood stop lever. m. Fill the cooling system to the proper
level.
m. Fill the cooling system to the proper
level. n. Air-bleed the fuel system.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 11 - Installed View of Steering Gear Assembly

1. Rack Guide Caver 4. Qil line - Bleed 6. Return line
2. Qi 1 Une 5. Side Cover Capscrews 7. Pressure Line
3. Oil Line 8. Side Caver
Fig. 13 - Removing or Instolling Cylinder Assembly
o. Refer to the sub-heading "Filling The

Reservoir - Diesel Model" and fill the 1. Disconnect drag links from Pitman arms.
reservoir. Remove Pitman arms from Pitman shafts and
remove dust seals.
POWER STEERING GEAR HOUSING 2. Remove oil lines, Nos. 2, 3 and 4, Fig.
11. Disconnect oil lines, Nos. 6 and 7.
Disassembly
3. Remove rack guide coyer, No. 1, and
Refer to the sub-heading "Preparations For shims.
Servicing Steering Gear Housings" on Page 7
and proceed as instructed. 4. Remove capscrews, No. 5, securing side
coyer in place. Using a plastic mallet, tap the
upper Pitman shaft from the housing. Remove
the lower Pitman shaft in the same manner.
5. To separate the side covers from the

Pitman shafts, turn the adjusting screw clock-
wise. See Fig. 12.
6. Remove the capscrews securing the pow-

er cylinder to the housing and remove the cyl-
inder as shown in Fig. 13. Remove old gasket
and discard i t.
11 1
7. Carefully rem ove the piston from the
housing. See Fig. 14.
8. To disassemble the piston assembly, re-

fer to Fig. 15 and proceed as follows:
Fig. 12 - Pitman Shafts Removed a. Remove nut and washer and slide
1. Lacknut 3. Side Caver 6. Lower Pitman Shaft piston, No. 2, from the piston rod.
4. "O"·Ring
" Washer
5. Adiusting Screw
7. Upper Pitman Shaft Remove the second washer.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 16 - Disassembling the Steering Gear Housing

1. Oil Seol 3. Locknut 5. Vol ve
2. "O"·Ring 4. Pre-Lood Spring 6. Valve Adapter
9. Remove the valve cover assembly and

remove the oil seaI, No. 1, Fig. 16, and the
"O"-ring, No. 2.
Fig. 14 - Removing Piston
10. Remove the capscrews securing the
valve adapter, No. 6, and the valve, No. 5, to
the housing and remove the valve, valve adapter
b. Remove adapter, No. 4, and rack stop and steering shaft as an assembly.
plate, No. 6.
11. Place the steering shaft in a holding fix-

c. Remove piston rings, No. 1, and "0"- ture and remove the locknut and the pre-Ioad
rings, No. 3. spring, Nos. 3 and 4, Fig. 16.
Fig. 15 - Disassembled View of Piston Assembly

1. Piston Rings 2. Piston 3. "0" ~Rings 4. Adapter 5. Oil Seol 6. Rock Stop PI ate 7. Piston Rod 8. Rack
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 17 - Disassembled View of Valve and Adapter

1. locknut 4. Thrust Bearing 7. Valve Assembly la. Thrust Washer (large) 13. "O"·Ring )6. "O"·Ring
2. Pre·load Spring 5. Th·rust Washer (large) 8. Valve Spool 11. Thrust Bearing 14. Adapter 17. Steering Shaft
3. Thrust Washer (smoll) 6. Banio Fittings 9. Bali Check Plunger Assemblies (5) 12. Thrust Washer (small) 15. Needle Bearing 18. Ball·Nu-t
12. Very carefully slide the valve from the 16. Carefully slide adapter, No. 14, from
steering shaft and remove the two thrust wash- the steering shaft.
ers and the thrust bearing, Nos. 3, 4 and 5,
Fig. 17.
17. Remove thrust washer, No. 10, thrust
NOTE: Ensure that the five ball check bearing, No. 11, and thrust washer, No. 12,
Plunger assemblies are not lost. from the adapter.
13. Remove the five ball check plunger as-

semblies, No. 9, Fig. 17. 18. Remove "O"-rings, Nos. 13 and 16,
from the adapter.
14. Carefully slide the valve spool, No. 8,
from the valve.
19. Remove needle bearing, No. 15, and oil
seal. Do not remove the ball-nut, No. 18,
15. Remove the four Banjo fittings, No. 6, from the steering shaft. These are serviced as
from the valve and remove the "O"-rings. an assembly only.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
5. Slide the larger thrust washer, No. 10,

(with the bearing groove facing the ball-nut)
down the shaft.
6. Install new "O"-ring, No. 13, into top'---'

groove in adapter.
7. Very carefully install the control valve

spool into the valve body.
NOTE: InstaU the spool so the identi-

fying groove is on the same side of the
valve body as the ports marked "FR"
and ''RT''. See Fig. 18.
8. Carefully slide the valve over the steer-
ing shaft.
Fig_ 18 - Identifying Groove on Volve Spool Must be
Locoted on Sorne Side os Port Morkings NOTE: Fort marking "FR" and ''RT''
must face upward.
9. Drop the five valve plungers containing
Inspection the baU and cube (see inset in Fig. 17) into the
openings in the valve.
1. Replace "OIT-rings, oil seals, ball check
plunger assemblies, piston rings, needle bear- NOTE: The end of the Plungers con-
ing and the cylinder gasket with new compo- taining the BALL must be next to the
nents. valve adapter.
2. fuspect Pitman shafts, rack and steering 10. Now drop the five springs into position,
shaft assembly for worn or broken teeth. followed by the remaining five valve plungers.
3. fuspect thrust bearings for worn or pitted 11. Install the larger thrust washer, No. 5,
balls and thrust washers for wear. Fig. 17, (with the bearing groove facing away
from the valve).
12. Install thrust bearing, No. 4, (with the

Reassembly "closed" side facing away from the valve).
1. fustall new oil seal into the valve adapter, 13. fustall the smaller thrust washer, No.
followed by needle bearing, No. 15, Fig. 17. 3, (with the bearing groove facing the valve).
2. Place new "OIT-ring, No. 16, into the bot- 14. fustall the pre-load spring, No. 2, with
tom groove in the adapter and carefully slide the concave side facing the valve.
the adapter over the steering shaft.
15. Place the assembly in a holding fixture
NOTE: Do not slide the adapter tao and install locknut, No. 1. Tighten to 20-30
far down the shajt or the s eal may be ft.-lbs. torque (this will seat bearings and
damaged when brought back into posi- washers) then back off 1/4 turne Stake nut into
tion. keyway.
3. Slide the smaller thrust washer, No. 12, 16. Install Banjo fittings with new "0"_
(with the bearing groove facing away from the rings.
ball-nut) down the shaft.
17. Partially pack the steering gear housing

4. Slide thrust bearing, No. 11, (with with a good grade of calcium-soap grease.
"closed" side facing the ball-nut) down the (Equivalent to Standard OH "C fudustrial
shaft. Grease # 30". )
14
MASSEY-FERGUSON
18. Carefully position steering shaft as-

sembly into housing. Install capscrews and
tighten to 20-25 ft.-Ibs. torque.
NOTE: Position the bleed outlet (on

the adapter) toward the front. Posi-
tion the valve so the "PR" and "RT"
ports are on the left-hand side of the
Tractor.
19. Install new oil seal and new "O"-ring

(Nos. 1 and 2, Fig. 16) into the valve cover as-
sembly. Install the cover with the "flat" side
to the rear. Tighten capscrews to 20 ft.-Ibs.
minimum torque.
20. To reassemble the piston assembly, re-

fer to Fig. 15 and proceed as follows:
a. Install new oil seal, No. 5, and "0"-

rings, No. 3, onto adapter, No. 4, and
new piston rings, No. 1, onto piston,
No. 2.
Fig. 19 - Correct Installation of Upper Pitman Shah
b. Slide rack stop plate, No. 6, onto the
piston rod, with the flanges facing the
rack, No. 8.
24. Position the side cover in place and turn
c. Slide adapter onto piston rod, wi th the the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the
oil seal facing the rack. screw bottoms.
d. Install washer, piston, No. 2, (with the 25. Install si de cover capscrews and tighten
machined surface facing away from the to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque. Install washer and
rack) washer and nut. locknut. Leave locknut loose at this time.
e. Carefully insert piston assembly into 26. To install the upper Pitman shaft, refer
the housing. to Fig. 19 and proceed as follows:
NOTE: Piston rings must be com- a. Turn the steering wheel to its extreme
pressed. left (counterclockwise) direction.
f. Install Banjo fi ttings wi th new "0"- b. Position power rack so it is almost in

rings. the extreme forward position.
21. Position new gasket into place and in- c. Install the upper Pitman shaft so the
staIl the cylinder assembly as shown in Fig. last tooth on the power rack will mesh
13. Tighten capscrews to 20-25 ft.-Ibs. torque. wi th the valley "Ali in Fig. 19.
NOT E: Install so ports are facing up- d. Continue to pack the steering gear
ward and ta the left. housing until a total quantity of 1-3/4
pints of grease is in the housing.
22. Temporarily install the steering wheel.
Rotate the steering wheel to its extreme travel e. Position the side cover in place and
in a clockwise direction. turn the adjusting screw counterclock-
wise until the screw bottoms.
23. Hold the lower Pitman shaft, No. 6, Fig.
12, with the BLANK portion of the gear down f. Secure side cover in place with cap-
and install so that the lower tooth on the steer- screws and tighten to 20-30 ft,-lbs.
ing shaft meshes with the groove next to this torque. Install washer and locknut.
BLANK portion. Leave locknut loose at this time.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
27. Refer to the heading, "Adjustments-

Power Steering Gear Housing", and adjust the
steering gear as instructed.
28. After final adjustments have been per-

formed, proceed as follows:
a. Position steering wheel in its centered

posi tion and rem ove the steering wheel.
b. Install oil lines, Nos. 2 and 3, Fig. 11.

Tighten to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque.
c. Install oil Hne, No. 4. Tighten to 7 -10

ft.-Ibs. torque.
d. Connect oillines, Nos. 6 and 7.

en to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque.
Tight-
~_ _ _ _ I
Fig. 20 - Steering Sheft Assembly Removed -
e. Install dust seals and Pitman arms. Menue 1 Steering
(These are master splined to insure 1. Steering Sholt Housing 3. Shims 6. Boll·Nut
correct installation.) Tighten nut to 2. "0" ·Ring 4. Steering Shoh Assembly 7. Bearing
5. Beoring
100-125 ft.-Ibs. torque.
f. Conne ct drag links to Pitman arms.
29. Refer to the sub-heading, "Completing Inspection

Tractor Reassembly", on Page 10, and proceed
as instructed. 1. Replace "O"-ring with a new one.
2. Inspect bearings for damage and wear. .~.

MANUAL STEERING GEAR HOUS'NG
Disassembly Reassembly
Refer to the sub-heading "Preparations for 1. Install steering shaft assembly, No. 4,
Servicing Steering Gear Housings" on Page 7, Fig. 20, and housing, No. 1, with the original
and proceed as instructed. shim pack.
1. Dis conne ct drag links from Pitman arms. 2. To adjust the pre-load on the bearings,
Remove Pitman arms from Pitman shafts and proceed as follows:
remove dust seals.
a. Temporarily install the steering wheel
2. Remove capscrews securing side covers and check the amount of pull that is re-
to housing. Using a plastic mallet, tap the up- quired to move the steering wheel
per Pitman shaft from the housing. Remove through its centered position. It should
the lower Pitman shaft in the same manner. be 1 to 1-1/2 pounds pull.
3. Remove steering shaft housing, No. 1, b. Adjust the pre-Ioad on the bearings by
Fig. 20, and shims, No. 3. Remove "O"-ring, adding to, or removing from, the shim
No. 2. pack.
4. Remove steering shaft, No. 4, with ball-

nut, No. 6, and bearings, Nos. 5 and 7, as an NOTE: A MINIMUM of THREE .002"
assembly. thick and TWO . 005" thick shims are
requirèd.
DO NOT REMOVE THE BALL-NUT FROM

THE SHAFT. These are serviced as an as- 3. Rotate the steering wheel to its extreme
sembly only. travel in a clockwise direction.
16
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 22 - Removing the Front Axle
the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the

screw bottoms.
11. Secure si de cover in place with cap-

Fig. 21 - Installing the Lower Pitman Shaft screws and tighten to 20-30 ft.-Ibs. torque.
1. Master Tooth 3. B!ank Portion on Lower
2. Lost Tooth on Steering Shoft Pitman Shaft Install washer and locknut. Leave locknut loose
at this time.
12. Refer to the heading "Adjustments -

4. Hold the lower Pitman shaH with the Manual Steering Gear Housing" and adjust the
BLANK portion of the gear down and install so steering gear as instructed.
the lower tooth on the steering shaft meshes
with the groove next to this BLANK portion. 13. After final adjustments have been per-
See Fig. 21. formed, position steering wheel in its centered
position and remove the steering wheel.
5. Partially pack the steering gear housing
with a good grade of calcium-soap grease. 14. Install dust seals and Pitman arms.
(Equivalent to Standard Oil fIC Industrial (These are master splined to insure correct in-
Grease #30".) stallation.) Tighten nut to 100-125 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
6. Position the side cover in place and tum
the adjusting screw counterclockwise until the 15. Conne ct drag links to Pitman arms.
screw bottoms.
16. Refer to the sub-heading "Completing
7. Install side cover capscrews and tighten Tractor Reassembly" on Page 10, and proceed
to 20-30 ft.-lbs. torque. Install washer and as instructed.
locknut. Leave locknut loose at this time.
8. Hold the upper Pitman shaft with the

BLANK portion of the gear up and install so
that the last tooth on the Pitman shaft is next SERVICING THE FRONT AXLE
to the master tooth, No. 1, Fig. 21.
REMOYAL
9. Continue to pack the steering gear hous-
ing until a total quantity of 2 pints of grease is Refer to Fig. 22.
in the housing.
1. Open the hood and disconnect the hood

10. Position the side cover in place and tum stop lever.
MASSEY-FERGUSON
2. Remove hood, hood cap and grille as an

assembly.
3. Place a jack beneath the engine.
4. Remove the boIts securing the axle ex-

tensions to the front axle and pull the exten-
sions away from the axle. Block them up as
shown in Fig. 22.
5. Remove the pivot pin retaining boU.
6. Attach a sUding hammer puller to the

pivot pin and remove the pin.
7. Remove the front axle from the Tractor

and inspect the axle pivot bushing. If bushing
must be replaced, press out old bushing and
Fig. 23 - Preporing for Toe-In Adjustment
press in new bushing.
INSTALLATION
NOTE: After final adjustments are
1. Reposition front axle in Tractor and in- made, the two drag links are to be
stan pivot pin. Secure in place with pivot pin same length.
retaining -boU.
2. Connect the axle extension assemblies ta FRONT AXLE WHEEL BEA RINGS
the front axle. Tighten boUs securely.
1. Pack wheel hub with a good grade of lith-
3. Install hood, hood cap and grille as an ium base bearing grease suitable for use in
assembly. roller and ball bearing applications. Bearings
and spaces outward from bearings must be
4. Open the hood and connect the hood stop packed full. Spaces between bearings (hub in-
lever. terior) must be packed half full.
2. Tighten adjustment nut to 30-40 ft.-Ibs.

ADJUSTMENTS torque while slowly rotating hub to properly
seat bearings.
TOE-IN
3. Position nut lock on nut with one pair of
1. With the front wheels in a straight ahead slots in line with cotter pin hole.
position, measure between the tire rib centers
(at hub height) at both the front and rear of the 4. Back off the adjusting nut 1-1/2 slots
wheels. The front measurement should be from (cotter pin hole will be covered).
0" ta 1/4" less than the rear measurement for
correct toe-in. 5. Remove lock and reposition so that cotter
pin can be inserted. Install cotter pin.
2. If this measurement is not obtained, dis-
conne ct the drag Unk at the steering arme NOTE: Do not move adjusting nut.
NOTE: This adjustment must be per- 6. Tighten wheel boUs 76-85 ft.-lbs. torque
formed on BOTH drag links. upon installation of wheel.
3. Loosen the clamp boIt, Fig. 23, and tum

the drag link end "in" or "out" until the correct
length is obtained. POWER STEERING GEAR HOUSING
4. Tighten the clamp boIt and conne ct the 1. If drag links are connected ta Pitman
drag link to the steering arm. arms, disconnect them.
18
MASSEY -FERGUSON
2. Refer to Step 15 under the sub-heading NOTE: A MINIMUM of three .003

"Power Steering Gear Housing - Reassembly", inch and two . 005 inch thick shims
Page 14, and adjust the pre-Ioad on the steer- must be used.
ing shaft.
3. Loosen the locknuts securing the ad just- MANUAL STEERING GEAR HOUSING
ing screws in place and turn the adjusting
screws at least two turns from the tight posi- 1. If drag links are connected to Pitman
tion. arms, disconnect them.
4. With the steering wheel in the center of 2. Refer to Step 2 under the sub-heading
its travel, turn the adjusting screw on the low- "Manual Steering Gear Housing - Reassembly",
er Pitman shaft until a pull of 1-1/4 to 1-3/4 Page 16, and adjust the pre-Ioad on the steer-
pounds is obtained at the rim of the steering ing shaft bearings.
wheel. Tighten the locknut to 25-35 ft.-lbs.
torque. 3. Loosen the locknuts securing the adjust-
ing screws in place and turn the adjusting
5. Adjust the upper Pitman shaft in the screws at least two turns from the tight posi-
same manner until a pull of 2 to 2-1/2 pounds tion.
is obtained at the rim of the steering wheel.
Tighten the locknut to 25-35 ft.-Ibs. torque. 4. With the steering wheel in the center of
its travel, turn the adjusting screw on the low-
6. Install the rack guide cover and shims. er Pitman shaft until a pull of 2 to 3 pounds is
Adjust the pre-Ioad on this cover (by the use of obtained at the rim of the steering wheel.
shims) until an additional 1/8 to 1/4 pound pull Tighten locknut to 25-35 ft.-lbs. torque.
is obtained at the rim of the steering wheel.
After ail adjustments are made, the total pull 5. Adjust the upper Pitman shaft in the
required to turn the steering wheel through its same manner until a pull of 3-1/2 to 5 pounds
center of travel should be 2-1/8 to 2-3/4 is obtained at the rim of the steering wheel.
pounds. Tighten the locknut to 25-35 ft.-Ibs. torque.
SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING PUMP-Gas and Diesel
Type . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positive displacement/gear
Hydraulic Fluid . . . . • . . . • . . . M-1110
Displacement (per revolution) . 304 cubic inch
Delivery:
@ 1000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 1.0 gpm
@ 2000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 2.3 gpm
@ 3000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 3.6 gpm
@ 4000 pump rpm @ 800 psi . 5.0 gpm
Relief Valve:
Type . . . . . Poppet
Setting 1125 psi + 75 psi
- 25 psi
Reservoir:
Location . . . . . Integral to pump
Filter Element Replaceable cartridge
Capacity 1 U. S. qt. (approx.)
BoIt Torque (3/8") . . . . . . 30-35 ft.-lbs.
STEERING AXLE
Wheel Nut Torque.
Wheel Bearing Torque
Toe-In Adjustment . .
.... .... , ... . . .. .. 76-85 ft.-lbs.
30-40 ft.-lbs .
0-1/4 inch
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART 12-FRONT AXLE AND STEERING-

MF 150, 165 AND 175 TRACTORS
INDEX
Page Page
ENGI NE-DRIVEN STEERI NG PUMP- Installation .••...•....••..••..••.••.... 14

DIESEL MODEl •....•........•.............. 2 MF 150 Row Crop and MF 150 and
Filling The Reservoir ........•••.....•••••.. 2 MF 165 Dual Tricycle Models ...•.••.••.•..• 15
Removing The Pump .••.••.•...•..•.••..•••. 2 Removal ............................... 15
Installing The Pump ...•..........•.•...••.• 2 Disassembly ..••••••.•••......•.•.....•• 15
Servicing The Pump-MF 150 ...•.•....••.••• 3 Inspection .•.••..•••.•...•••.•..•.••.•. 16
Disassembly .•• • • • • • . • . . . . . . . • • . . • • . • . • • 3 Reassembly ..•••...•.••••......•.......• 16
1nspection •.••..•.•.••...••......•.•.•.• 3 Installation. • . • . • . . . . • • . . . • . • . • • • . . . . • . . 16
Reassembly .••.•••..•.•.. . • • • . . . . . • • • . . . . 3
Servi c i ng The Pump-MF 165 and MF 175 . • • . • . 4 SERVI CI NG THE STEE RI NG GEAR HO USI NG ... 17
Disassembly ••••••••....•••••••.••••••.•• 4 Preparations For Servicing Steering
Inspection .••.••.•••.••...••.••.•••••••. 5 Gear Housing .••••.•••.•••••••.••••....••. 17
Reassembly .••.•••••..•.•••••......••••.. 6 Completing Tractor Reassembly •.•••••.••••.. 19
Disassembling The S.teering Gear Housing 21
ENGI NE-DRIVEN STEERI NG PUMP- Reassembling The Steering Gear Housing .••.• 21
GASOLI NE MODEl .••••.••..•.•...••.••••.• 6
Filling The Reservoir .•••••.•••••.•••••••.•• 6 SERVICI NG THE FRONT AXlE ................ 22
Removal ...••.•.••.•••...••••••••••.••••.. 6 MF 150 Row Crop Models .................. 22
Disassembly •..•.••••••.••.•••••.•••••••••• 6 Removal .••..••••••••••••••.•.•••••••.• 22
Inspection ..••••.•.••••••••••••.••.•••••.. 7 Inspection .•.••••••.••••.•.•••••••••••• 23
Reassembly ..••••.•••••••.••••••••••••••••• 7 Installation. • . • • • • • •• ••• • •• • • • • • • •• • • • •• 23
1nstallation ..•••••.••••..•.•••••.••••••••• 8 MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop Models •••••••• 23
Removal and Installation •••.••••••••••••• 23,24
HYDRAULIC CYL! NDER AND VAlVE........... 8 Dual Tricycle Models .••.••••.•.••••••••••• 25
Removal .••.••••••••••.•..••••.•••..••.••. 8 Removal .•••.••••.••••••.•.•.•••••••••. 25
MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop Models ..•..•. 8 Disassembly. . • • • • . • • . • • • . • • • • • • • • •. • • • •• 25
MF 150 Row Crop and MF 150 and MF 165 Reassembly .••••••••.••.•.•••••••••••••• 25
Dual Tricycle Models •.••••••.•...••.•.•• 10 Installation .•.••••.•..•....•.••••• , • . • .• 26
Disassembly-Control Valve .••.••.••••.••••.. 10
Inspection-Control Valve ..••.••.•.•••••••.. 11 ADJUSTMENTS ............................. 26
Reassembly-Control Valve •...••.•.•.•••••.• 11 Toe-In •••••••••.•..•.•••••..••••••.••••• 26
Disassembly-Cyl i nder ..••...•••.•..••••••.• 11 Drag Link ••.••••.•.•••••••..•••••••.••••• 26
Inspection-Cylinder .••.•.••.••.•.••••••••• 12 Steering Axle Wheel Bearings-Row Crop Models 27
Reassembly-Cylinder ..••••••.••.•..••••••.• 12 Steering Axle Wheel Bearings-
Installation ..•.•••.••••.•••.•••.••••••••••• 12 Dual Tricycle Models .••••.••••••••••••••.. 27
MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop Models ..••••. 12 Axle Pivot Pin End-Play- MF 150 ........... 27
MF 150 Row Crop and MF 150 and Axle Pivot Pin End-Play-MF 165 and MF 175. 27
MF 165 Dual Tricycle Models •••••••••••••• 13 Steering Gear Housing ..................... 28
Steering Valve............................ 28
PEDESTAl SHAH ............................ 13
MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop Models . • •• • •• .• 13 SPECiFiCATIONS........................... 29
Removal ••.•••••••••••••••••••••••.••. 13,14
Inspection ••••.••••.••••••••••••••••..•• 14 TROUBlE-SHOOTING ...................... 30
This Part of the Manual contains the recommended removal, overhaul and installa-
tion procedures that should be taken when servicing the steering system on the MF
150, 165 and 175 Tractars.
Determine the possible cause of any malfunction by consulting the "Trouble-Shoot-
ing" Section of this Manual before any attempt is made ta repair the system. Follow-
ing this practice will result in more accurate maintenance of the steering system and
will aid in preventing unnecessary repairs.
Printed in U.S.A: 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50, J65 & J75 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
ENGINE-DRIVEN STEERING PUMP- INST ALLING THE PUMP

Diesel Model Refer to Figs. 1 and 2.
FILLING THE RESERVOIR
1. Apply a thin coating of heavy grease to
1. Position front wheels in a straight for- pump mounting surface on timing gear housing
ward direction and shut off engine. and place new pump gasket into position.
2. Remove fiUer plug and fill reservoir with 2. Carefully insert the pump drive gear into
oil conforming to MF Specification M-1110 un- the opening in the timing gear housing. Ensure
til oillevel is even with the fiUer opening. that drive gear is meshing properly and instaU
mounting bolts. Tighten bolts to 28-32 ft.-Ibs.
3. Replace fiUer plug, start engine and torque.
operate steering wheel in both directions to
insure the entire system is fiUed. 3. Remove plugs from ports and Unes. Con-
nect return line ta its respective port. Install
4. Position front wheels in a straight for- oil pressure gauge between pump and pressure
ward direction and shut off engine. line.
5. Repeat these operations until the oillevel 4. Fill the reservoir through the fiUer open-
remains even with the fiUer opening. ing with oil conforming ta MF Specification
M-ll10 until it is even with the fiUer opening.
Install fiUer plug.
REMOVING THE PUMP
5. With the engine running, check pressure
1. Position front wheels in a straight for- gauge reading. The pressure reading should be
ward direction and shut off engine. 1500 psi. If the pressure reading is correct,
proceed ta Step 6. If incorrect, perform the
foUowing:
2. Dis conne ct hydraulic lines, remove
mounting bolts, remove pump from Tractar NOTE: If the Tractor being serviced
and plug ports and lines. is an MF 150, the relief valve must be
replaced. Tighten new valve to 40-50
ft. -lbs. torque.
3. Remove pump mounting gasket from tim-
ing gear housing (or mounting surface of pump) a. If relief valve has not been disassem-
and thoroughly clean the mounting surfaces. bled, shut off engine. Disassemble,
clean and reassemble the relief valve.
'"-----/
Fig. 1 - Engine-Driven Steering Pump -

MF 165 & MF 175 - Diesel Fig. 2 - Engine-Driven Steering Pump - MF 150 - Diesel
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12 FRONT AXLE & STEERING
2. Place drive gear, Fig. 4, between two

blocks of wood in a vise. Remove nut from
shaft.
3. Remove drive gear and key.
4. Remove pump from vise and rem ove the

capscrews securing back cover, Fig. 4, to
housing.
NOTE: Place an identifying mark on

FI LTER back co ver and on housing to ensure
SPRING-O
proper reassembly.
5. Remove the two gears from the housing.
6. Using a brass welding rod, remove dia-

phragm, Nylatron gasket, protector gasket and
"V" seal, Fig. 4.
7. If poppet assembly is to be removed, re-

move poppet seat, ball and spring, Fig. 4.
NOTE: Count the number of turns

made when removing the seat. This
must be installed with the same num-
ber of turns.
Fig.3 - Disassembling the Steering Pump - MF 150 - Diesel
manufacturer to open at 1500 psi and should not
has been experienced. The valve should then
Run engine and adjust plug until reading be removed and replaced with a new one.
is correct. Tighten valve to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque.
b. If relief valve has been disassembled, NOTE: Relief valve is serviced as an

adjust plug until pressure reading is assembly only.
correct.
6. Shut off engine, remove pressure gauge Inspection

and conne ct line.
1. Replace filter element, "O"-rings, gas-
7. Install new Welch plug (if applicable). kets, diaphragm, "V" seal and jam nut with new
parts.
8. Remove fiUer plug and refiU the reser-
voir to maintain the fluid level even with the 2. Inspect facing surfaces of cover plate and
fiUer opening. Replace fiUer plug. housing for scoring and rough surfaces.
3. Inspect drive gear shaft for broken key-

SERVICING THE PUMP-MF 150 way and for excessive wear in bearing areas.
Disassembly· 4. Inspect gears for nicked or broken teeth.
1. Remove the four retaining screws, Fig. Reassembly

3, and remove the reservoir.
Refer to Fig. 4.
NOTE: At this time, the filter, filter 1. If poppet assembly has been removed,
spring and reservoir "0 If-ring may be reinstall into its proper place in housing. (See
removed. Fig. 3.)
Printed in U.S.A. 3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF ISO, 165 & 175 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
POPPET SEAT
t
•
ô __ POPPET BALL
DRIVE GEAR
1- POPPET SPRI NG ~
ot FILTER
"O"-RING
I/KE, T T T
IDLER GE AR
SPRING
•
FILTER
RESERVOIR
"O"-RING
+ /
DIAPHRAGM
~'
t(~\
'-~ ~'
"
/
NYLATRON GASKET,
PROTECTOR GASKET
& "V" SEAL
Fig. 4 - Disassembled View of Steering Pump - MF 150 - Diesel
2. Install new "V" seal, with the open part 6. Install key into keyway and position drive
of the seal facing down, into back cover. gear into place on shaft. Secure with new nut.
Tighten to 15-20 ft.-Ibs. torque and "stake" the
3. Install new protector gasket, Nylatron nut.
gasket and diaphragm over "V" seal.
7. Position filter (with "O"-ring) and spring
NOTE: Install diaPhragm with into place on housing.
BRONZE FACE UP and with slots in
diaPhragm on suction side of pump. 8. Install new reservoir "O"-ring.
4. Slide gear and shaft into position in hous- 9. Apply a light coating of petroleum jelly
ing and install idler gear into its place in hous- to the inner edge of the reservoir and install
ing. the reservoir.
NOTE: The paint mark on the end of

the idler gear shaft is installed facing
down. SERVICING THE PUMP-MF J65 and MF J75
5. Install back cover. Tighten bolts evenly Disassembly

to 7 -10 ft.-Ibs. torque.
Refer to Fig. 5.
NOTE: Ensure that diaPhragm re-
mains within its seat in "v" seal. 1. Remove reservoir retaining nut and
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
(23)
22 'sai,..!!' l'
21 ~~
19
/
/'
~~~ ~
Vll4 :~~15""
Fig. 5 - Exploded View of Steering Pump - MF 165 & MF 175 - Diesel
1. Pump Assembly 5. Reservoir "O"-Ring 9. Spring Seoting Cup 13. Body Seal 17. Beorings (4) 21. Oil Seol
2. Pump·to·Engine Gosket 6. Spring Retaining Pin 10. Filter Element 14. Center Body 18. Following Gear 22- Drive End Body
/~
3. Drive Pin ion 7. Center Stud 11. Reservai r Retoi ner 15. Relief Valve 19. Key 23. Body Bolts
4. Reservoir 8. Spri ng 12. Reservoir End Body 16. Body Seol 20. Leading Gear and Shaft 24. Body Front Seol
washer. Lift reservoir, No. 4, and "O"-ring, 7. The relief valve has been pre-set by the
No. 5, from reservoir end body, No. 12. manufacturer to open at 1500 psi and should not
be disassembled unless a malfunction of the
2. Remove filter element, spring seating valve has been experienced. The valve may
cup, spring, center stud and spring retaining then be disassembled by removing the Welch
pin, Nos. 10, 9, 8, 7 and 6, from housing. Re- plug and removing the valve components.
move reservoir retainer, No. 11.
3. Remove drive pinion and key, Nos. 3 and Inspection

19, from shaft.
1. Filter element, snap rings, bearings,
4. Remove body boUs, No. 23, securing gaskets and seals are to be replaced with new
drive end body, No. 22, and center body, No. parts.
14, to reservoir end body.
2. Check the OLD filter element for evi-
5. Separate housings and remove bearings, dence of metal particles and other foreign ma-
No. 17, leading gear, No. 20, and following terials which may indicate future mechanical
gear, No. 18. failure within the system.
6. Remove body seals, Nos. 13, 16 and 24,

and oil seal, No. 21. (MF 175 Tractor pump 3. Inspect the facing surfaces of the pump
has a gasket located behind seal, No. 24, that bodies for scratches.
must be removed.)
4. Inspect drive gear shaft for broken key-

NOTE: Do not remove ail seal, No. 21, way and for excessive wear in the bearing
unless rePlacement is necessary. areas.
Printed in U.S.A. 5
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF 150, 165 & 175 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
Reassemb/y
Refer to Fig. 5.
1. Apply a light coating of Permatex #3

form-a-gasket to bore of lead gear shaft seal
in drive end body, No. 22. Press new seal into
position (flush to surface of bore) and stake in
three places.
NOTE: Omit this procedure if seal

was not removed.
2. Install new seals, Nos. 13, 16 and 24.
NOTE: If MF 175 is being serviced,

a new gasket must be installed behind
seal, No. 24.
Fig. 6 - Engine-Driven Steering Pump -
MF 150,165& 175 - Gas
3. Install new bearings, No. 17, leading
gear, No. 20, and following gear, No. 18.
Place pump bodies, Nos. 22, 14 and 12, in
their proper sequence and install bolts, No. 23. M-ll1O until oil level is even with "FULL'f
mark.
4. Install drive pinion and key, Nos. 3 and
19, onto shaft, No. 20. 3. Replace cover, start engine and operate
steering wheel in both directions to insure the
5. Install reservoir retainer, No. 11. Po- entire system is filled. Position front wheels
sition filter element, No. 10, spring seating in a straight forward direction and shut off
cup, No. 9, spring, No. 8, and spring retaining engine.
pin, No. 6, in place on center stud, No. 7, and
install stud into reservoir retainer, No. 11. 4. Repeat these operations until the oillevel
remains ev en with the "FULL" mark.
6. Install new "O"-ring, No. 5, and position
reservoir onto reservoir end body. Install re..:
taining nut and washer. REMOVAL
7. If the relief valve assembly, No. 15, has Refer to Fig. 6.

been removed, reinstall the assembly; less the
Welch plug. (Final adjustment is to be made 1. Position front wheels in a straight for-
during test. ) ward direction and shut off engine.
8. Rotate the drive gear by hand to check 2. Disconnect h y d r au 1 i c lines, remove

for freedom of movement. The pump should mounting bolts, remove pump from Tractor and
have a certain amount of drag but should rotate plug ports and lines.
freely after a short period of turning.
3. Remove pump mounting gasket from -tim-
ing gear housing (or mounting surface of pump)
and thoroughly clean the mounting surface.
PUMP-Gasoline Madel
FILLING THE RESERVOIR DISASSEMBL y
1. Position front wheels in a straight for- Refer to Figs. 7 and 8.

1. Remove cover bolt, cover and gasket
from reservoir.
2. Remove reservoir cover and fill reser-
voir with oil conforming to MF Specification 2. Remove filter element, gasket, reservoir
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
COVEH
~RELI~F
VAT"VE
FRONT PLATE
o
DRIVE
GEAR
Fig.7 - Disassembling the Steering Pump - Fig. 8 - Di sassembled View of Steering Pump -
MF 150, 165 & 175 - Gas MF 150, 165 & 175 - Gas
seat core, the capscrew securing the reservoir INSPECTION

to the pump body and the reservoir.
1. Replace filter element, gaskets, seals,
3. Remove "O"-ring, spring and bail from di aphragm, "O"-rings, and spring and ball,
housing. Fig. 8, with new parts.
4. Place pump body in a holding fixture and 2. Inspect facing surfaces of front plate and
rem ove nut from drive gear shaft. Remove housing for scratches.
drive gear and key.
3. Inspect drive gear and shaft for broken
5. Remove bolts securing front plate to keyway.
housing. Separate front plate from housing and
remove idler gear and lead gear and shaft as- 4. Check the OLD filter element for evi-
sembly. dence of metal particles and other foreign ma-
terials which may indicate future mechanical
6. Remove diaphragme Remove spring and failure within the system.
ball from suction side of front plate.
7. Remove back-up gasket, gasket protector REASSEMBLY

and diaphragm seal from front plate.
8. If the lead gear shaft oil seal shows evi- 1. Apply a light coating of Permatex #3
dence of leakage, remove the seal from the form-a-gasket to bore of lead gear shaft seal
front plate. in front plate. Press new seal into position
(flush to surface of bore) and stake in three
places.
manufacturer to open at 1500 psi and should not NOTE: Omit this procedure if seal
be removed unless a malfunction of the valve was not removed.
has been experienced. It will then be necessary
to rem ove the relief valve and install a new
one. Tighten to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque upon in- 2. Install new diaphragm seal into front
stallation. plate with the "open" part of the seal facing the
DRNE GEAR.
NOTE: Relief valve is serviced as an 3. Install new gasket protector, followed by

assembly only. new back-up gasket, over diaphragm seal.
Printed in U.S.A. 7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF ISO, 165 & 175 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
4. Drop new ball and new spring into hole on M-1110 until oillevel is even with the "FULL"
suction side of front plate and place new dia- mark. Install reservoir caver.
phragm on top of gasket.
5. Start engine and turn steering wheel to
NOTE: The two notches in diaPhragm extreme left and right. Shut off engine and re-
must go on suction side of pump and check oil level. It must remain at the "FULL"
bronze side of diaPhragm must face mark.
upward.
6. With engine running, check pressure
5. Instalilead gear and shaft into front plate gauge reading. The pressure reading should be
and place idler gear into front plate with paint- 1500 psi. If the pressure reading is correct
ed (or marked) end of shaft toward the DRIVE proceed to Step 7. If incorrect, remove the
GEAR. relief valve and install a new one. Tighten
valve to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. torque.
6. Install front plate. Tighten bolts evenly
to 7 -10 ft.-Ibs. torque. 7. Shut off engine and remove pressure
gauge. Conne ct pressure line. Tighten to 20-
NOTE: Ensure that diaPhragm re- 30 ft.-Ibs. torque.
mains within ifs groove in front plate.
8. Remove reservoir cover to check for
7. Install new "0" -ring, Fig. 7, ball and correct fluid level. Maintain fluid level even
spring. with "FULL" mark. Replace reservoir cover.
8. Install reservoir seat core and gasket

onto reservoir. Fasten reservoir onto housing
with capscrew and washer. Tighten core and HYDRAULIC CYLINDER AND VALVE
capscrew to 10-15 ft.-Ibs. torque.
REMOVAL
9. Install key into its groove and slide drive
gear over shaft. Install nut and washer. Tight- MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop Mode/s
en to 15-20 ft.-Ibs. torque.
Two different types of steering arrangements
10. Rotate the drive gear by hand to check are used on the MF 165 and MF 175 Tractors
for freedom of movement. The pump should havingthe Row Crop front axle. Therefore the
have a certain amount of drag but should rotate removal, installation and adjustment proce-
freely after a short period of turning. dures of the cylinder and valve will differ. Re-
fer to Figs. 9 and 11, which show these two
steering arrangements and follow the appropri-
INSTALLA TION ate procedures for the Tractor being serviced.
Refer to Fig. 6.
ARRANGEMENT AS SHOWN IN FIG. 9
1. Apply a thin coating of heavy grease to
pump mounting surface of timing gear housing Refer to Figs. 9 and 10.
and place new pump gasket into position.
1. Remove grille door, grille and side
2. Carefully insert the pump drive gear into panels.
the opening in the timing gear housing. Ensure
that drive gear is meshing properly and install 2. Disconnect hoses, Nos. 2 and 3. Plug
mounting bolts. Tighten to 30-35 ft.-Ibs. ports.
torque.
3. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin, No. 5,
3. Remove plugs from ports and lines. Con- securing steering arm link, No. 4, to the upper
nect return line to its respective port. Tighten steering arm, No. 9.
to 20-30 ft.-lbs. torque. Install oil pressure
gauge between pump and pressure line. 4. Disconnect drag link, No. 8, and remove
snap ring, No. 11.
4. Install new filter element and fill reser-

voir with oil conforming to MF Specification 5. Remove upper arm from pedestal shaft.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
8. To separate the main arm from the cyl-

inder and valve assembly, remove the two bolts
from the head end of the cylinder and remove
the cylinder pivot pin.
ARRANGEMENT AS SHaWN IN FIG. 11
1. Remove grille door, grille and side

panels.
2. Disconnect hoses, Nos. 2 and 3. Plug

ports.
3. Remove swivel and link assembly, No. 4.
4. Disconnect drag link, No. 6, and remove

snap ring, No. 10, and shim, No. 11.
Fig. 9 - Steering Cylinder and Volve
1. Anchor Pin 5. Clevis Pin & 8. Drog Link End
2. Return Line Catter Pin 9. Upper Steering Arm 5. Back out setscrew, No. 7, a sufficient
3. Pressure Line 6. Pivot Pin 10. Main Arm
4. Steering Arm Link 7. Setscrew 11. Snop Ring number of turns to allow the upper steering
arm, No. 5, to be removed. Remove upper
arme
6. Remove cotter pin securing cylinder an- 6. Remove cylinder anchor pin, No. 1. Us-
chor pin, No. 1, in place and remove the an- ing a punch, carefully drive the cylinder rod in
chor pin. Using a punch, carefully drive cyl- far enough to clear the flange on the axIe sup-
inder rod in far enough to clear the flange on port.
the axIe support.
7. Remove the cylinder, valve and main
NOTE: Driving the rad in will force arm, No. 9, from the pedestal shaft.
ail out the cylinder port.
8. To separate the main arm from the cyl-
inder and valve assembly, remove the two bolts
7. Loosen the clamp bolt securing the main from the head end of the cylinder and remove
steering arm, No. 10, Fig. 9, to the pedestal the cylinder pivot pin.
shaft and remove the cylinder, valve and main
arm as shown in Fig. 10.
Fig. 11 - Steering Cylinder and Volve

1. Anchor Pin 5. Upper Steering Arm 6. Locknut
2. Return Line 6. Drog Link End 9. Main Arm
3. Pressure Line 7. Setscrew 10. Snop Ring
Fig. 10 - Remaving Cylinder and Volve Assembly 4. Swivel and Link 11. Shim
Printed in U.S.A. 9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 150, 165 & 175 TRACTORS GiROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
5. Remove capscrews securing cylinder

support, No. 1, to the axle support.
6. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin, No. 4.
7. Remove clamp bolts, No. 6.
8. Drive out the pin as shown in Fig. 13, and

lift the valve and cylinder assembly from the
axl.e support.
9. To separate the cylinder from the cylin-

der support, drive out the pin, No. 8, Fig. 12.
DISASSEMBL y -Control Valve
Fig. 12 - Steering Cylinder and Valve Refer to Fig. 14.

1. Cylinder Support 4. Cotter Pin & 6. Clamp Bolts
2. Return Line Clevis Pin 7. Grille Plate
3. Pressure Line 5. Pivot Pin 8. Pin 1. Place cylinder assembly in a holding fix-
ture. Locate a hole in the spool by pulling the
spool against the spring pressure and rotating
it at the same time. Once located, insert a
MF 150 Row Crop and MF 150 small punch through the return port (nearer
and MF 165 Dual Tricycle Mode/s head end of cylinder) and into the hole in the
valve spool.
2. Remove valve linkage end, No. 14, by
1. Remove hood cap, grille and side panels unscrewing it from the valve spool. Remove
as an assembly. punch.
2. Remove grille plate, No. 7, Fig. 12. 3. Remove oil seal, No. 7.
3. Turn the steering wheel to its extreme 4. Remove screws, No. 1, and remove cap,
left position to align pivot pin, No. 5, with the No. 2, and dust seal, No. 3.
notch in the axl.e support.
5. Push valve spool, No. 8, out the end of
4. Disconnect hoses, Nos. 2 and 3. the valve body.
Fig. 14 - Exploded View of Valve Assembly

1. Screw 6. Volve Body En d Cap 1O. Woshers
2. Cap 7. Oil Seol 11. Spring
3. Dust Seol 8. Spool 12. Retaining Ring
4. "O"·Ring 9. "O"_Ring 13. "Qu_Ring
Fig. 13 - Remaving Cylinder Pivot Pin 5. Steel Boil s (2) 14. Volve Linkage End
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
6. Remove retaining ring, No. 12, and allow body and new "O"-rings, Nos. 9 and 13, onto
washers and spring, Nos.. 10 and 11, to fall valve spool and linkage end.
from the valve body.
2. Place new washer, spring and washer
7. Remove "O"-rings, Nos. 4, 9 and 13. over end of spool and install linkage end, No.
14. Tighten securely.
INSPECTION-Control Valve 3. Apply a light coating of clean hydraulic

oil to the valve spool and carefully install spool
1. Replace "O"-rings and oil seal with new into housing from the linkage end.
parts. Thoroughly clean and dry all other parts
of the valve. 4. Secure in place with retaining ring,
No. 12.
2. Inspect components for nicks and
scratches. 5. INSU RE THAT ALL PAINT AND BURRS
ARE REMOVED FROM LINKAGE. Using a
3. Check spring and replace if broken. driver, carefully install new oil seal, No. 7.
4. Remove all paint and burrs from valve 6. Install dust seal and cap, Nos. 3 and 2.
linkage end.
DISASSEMBL y -Cylinder
RfASSEMBL y -C ontrol Valve
Refer to Fig. 15.
Refer to Fig. 14.
1. Remove retaining bolts. Remove valve
1. Install new "O"-ring, No. 4, into valve body end cap, No. 3, and oil tube, No. 8.
Fig. 15 - Exploded View of Cylinder Assembly

1. Oust Seal 4. Pi ston Assem bly 7. Back·Up Washer 10. Back·Up Washcr 13. Back·Up Washer
2. "TH·Ring 5. Spring 8. Oil Tube 11. "OH-Ring 14. "0" ·Ring
3. Valve Body End Cop 6. "0" ·Ring 9. Cylinder End Cap 12. PistanTube 15. Pi ston Rin gs
Printed in 1 !.S.A, 11
MASSEY -FERGUSON
NOTE: Ensure that sjJring, No. 5, be- 6. Install piston rings, No. 15, and apply a
hindthe ail tube is not lost. light coating of clean hydraulic oïl to piston and
rad.
2. Carefully remove piston assembly, No. 4,
from piston tube, No. 12. 7. Very carefully insert piston assembly
into end cap and piston tube.
3. Remove piston tube from cylinder end
cap, No. 9, and remove "O"-ring and back-up NOTE: Piston rings must be com-
washer, Nos. 11 and 10, from end cap. pressed.
4. Remove "O"-ring and back-up washer, 8. Place spring, No. 5, into valve body end
Nos. 14 and 13, from piston tube and rem ove cap and insert ail tube, No. 8.
piston rings, No. 15.
9. Apply a light coating of clean hydraulic
5. Remove "O"-ring and back-up washer, ail ta sealing are a of cylinder end cap, No. 9,
Nos. 6 and 7, from each end of ail tube. and install end cap.
6. Remove dust seal, No. 1, and "T"-ring, 10. Install retaining bolts. Tighten evenly
No. 2, from valve body end cap. to 8-12 ft.-lbs. torque.
INSPECTION-Cylinder INSTALLA TION
1. Thoroughly clean all parts of the cylin- MF J65 and MF J75 Row Crop Models
der •. The dust seal, "T"-ring, "O"-rings and
back-up washers are ta be replaced with new ARRANGEMENT AS SHOWN IN FIG. 9
parts.
1. Position main arm, No. 10, in place and
2. Inspect piston assembly and piston tube install cylinder pivot pin, No. 6. Install the
for scratches and excessive wear. two clamp boIts and tighten to 47 -53 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
REASSEMBLY-Cylinder 2. Slide cylinder and lower arm into place,

aligning master spline on pedestal shaft with
Refer to Fig. 15. that on main arme
1. Lubricate ail "Oft-rings in clean hydrau- 3. After cylinder is in place, turn front
lie ail. Install new back-up washer, No. 10, wheels ta the left to force the piston rad
followed by new "O"-ring, No. 11, onto cylin- through the flange on the axle support.
der end cap, No. 9.
4. Install cylinder anchor pin, No. 1, and
2. Install new back-up washer, No. 13, fol- secure with cotter pin.
lowed by new "O"-ring, No. 14, onto piston
tube, No. 12. 5. Tighten clamp boit on main arm to 47 -53
ft.-Ibs. torque.
3. Install new back-up washer, No. 7, fol-
lowed by new "0" -ring No. 6, onto each end of 6. Install upper arm, No. 9, in plac~ and
ail tube, No. 8. secure with snap ring, No. 11.
4. Install new "T"-ring, No. 2, followed by 7. Connect steering arm link, No. 4, to up-
new dust seal, No. 1, into valve body end cap, per arme
No. 3.
8. Connect drag link, No. 8, and hases, Nos.
NOTE: Install dust seal as shawn in 2 and 3. Tighten hase fittings ta 18-28 ft.-Ibs.
cut-away view in Fig. 15. torque.
5. Lubricate the sealing areas and inside 9. Refer to the appropriate sub-heading (Gas
diameter of the piston tube and insert the piston or Diesel) "Filling The Reservoir" and fiU the
tube into the valve body end cap. reservoir.
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
10. Refer to the heading "Adjustments- 4. Connect hoses, Nos. 2 and 3. Tighten to
Steering Valve-MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop 18-28 ft.-lbs. torque.
Models" and adjust the steering valve.
5. Install grille plate, No. 7.
ARRANGEMENT AS SHOWN IN FIG. 11 6. Install hood cap, grille and side panels
as an assembly.
1. Position main arm, No. 9, in place and
install cylinder pivot pin. Install the two clamp 7. Refer to the appropriate sub-heading (Gas
bolts and tighten to 47 -53 ft.-lbs. torque. or Diesel) "Filling The Reservoir" and fill the
reservoir.
2. Slide cylinder and lower arm into place,
aligning master spline on pedestal shaft with 8. Refer to the heading "Adjustments-
that on main arme Steering Valve-MF 150 Row Crop and MF 150
and MF 165 Dual Tricycle Models" and adjust
3. After cylinder is in place, turn front the steering valve.
wheels to the left to force the piston rod
through the flange on the axle support.
4. Install cylinder anchor pin, No. 1. PEDESTAL SHAFT

5. Install upper arm, No. 5, and ONE shim, MF J65 AND MF J75 ROW CROP MODELS
No. 11, and secure in place with snap ring,
No. 10. Two different types of pedestal shafts are
used on the MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop
6. Check pedestal shaft end-play. End-play Tractors. Therefore, the removal and instal-
should not exceed .040" clearance. (Add addi- lation procedures of the pedestal shaft will dif-
tional shims as required.) fer. Refer to Figs. 16 and 17, which show
these two steering arrangements, and follow
7. Install swivel and link assembly, No. 4. the appropriate procedures for the Tractor be-
ing serviced.
8. Connect drag link, No. 6, and hoses,
Nos. 2 and 3. Tighten hose fittings to 18-28
ft.-lbs. torque. Removal (Arrangement as Shown in Fig. J6)
9. Refer to the appropriate heading (Gas or 1. Refer to the appropriate removal proce-
Diesel) "Filling The Reservoir" and fill the dures as outlined in the heading "Hydraulic
reservoir. Cylinder And Valve-MF 165 And MF 175 Row
10. Refer to the heading "Adjustments-

Steering Valve-MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop
Models" and adjust the steering valve.
MF J50 Row Crop and MF 150 and

MF 165 Dual Tricycle Models
Refer to Fig. 12.
1. Position cylinder and valve assembly into

place and install cylinder support, No. 1, to
axle support. Tighten bolts to 47 -53 ft.-lbs.
torque.
2. Align holes and install pivot pin, No. 5,

~', through the bottom. Install clamp bolts and
tighten to 47 -53 ft.-lbs. torque.
3. Install clevis pin and cotter pin, No. 4. Fig. 16 - Preparing for Pedestal Shaft Removal
Printed .n U.S.A. 13
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50, 165 & J75 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
Fig. 17 - Preporing for Pedestal Shaft Removal Fig. 18 - Line Reaming the Pedestal Shah Bushings
Crop Models" and remove the cylinder and side diameter of the bearings and to the entire
valve assembly. diameter of the pedestal shaft.
2. Remove the clamp boIt securing the low- 2. Carefully insert pedestal shaft through
er steering arm to the pedestal shaft and re- the top of the axle support, while at the same
move the arm from the shaft. time, piloting the shaft into the lower steering
arme
3. Carefully remove the shaft from the axle
support. NOTE: Master splines must align.
3. Install the clamp boIt and tighten se-
Removal (Arrangement as Shown in Fig. J7) curely.
1. Dis conne ct tie rods at the lower arme 4. Refer ta the appropriate installation pro-
cedures as outlined in the heading "Hydraulic
2. Remove the snap ring from the top of the Cylinder And Valve-MF 165 And MF 175 Row
shaft and carefully remove the shaft. Crop Models" and install the cylinder and valve
assembly.
Inspection
1. Clean the pedestal shaft and check for Installation (Arrangement as Shown in Fig. J7)
wear and damage.
1. Apply a light coating of grease ta the in-
2. Inspect upper and lower bushings in axle side diameter of the bearings and to the entire
support. If bushings need replacing, press out diameter of the pedestal shaft.
old bushings and press in new bushings.
2. Carefully insert the pedestal shaft
through the bottom of the axle support and into
3. Using special taol MFN182, line ream the the main and upper steering arms.
top and bottam bushings as shown in Fig. 18.
(Bushings must be line reamed to ~~i inch.) î: NOTE: Master sPline on pedestal
shaft must align with master sPline on
main steering arm.
Installation (Arrangement as Shown in Fig. J6) 3. Install shim and snap ring. ..~
1. Apply a light coating of grease to the in- 4. Conne ct tie rods to the lower arme
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
3. Disconnect the drag link, No. 2, at the

valve connecting arm, No. 3, and position it
out of the way.
4. Remove the clamp boIt securing the lower

steering arm to the pedestal shaft.
5. Remove the mounting boIts securing the

pedestal shaft housing, No. 1, Fig. 19, in place
and remove the pedestal shaft assembly as
shown in Fig. 20.
Disassemb'y
1. Remove the dust seal from the bottom of
the pedestal shaft and the snap ring from the
Fig. 19 - Preparing tor Pedestal Shatt Removal top of the shaft.
1. Pedestal Shaft Housing 2. Drag Link 3. Valve Connecling Arm
2. Remove the grease fittings and place the

assembly in a press. Remove the shaft as
shown in Fig. 21.
MF 150 ROW CROP AND MF 150 AND
MF 165 DUAL TRICYCLE MODELS 3. To remove the adjusting pin, screw it
through and out of the valve connecting arme
Removal
4. Do not remove the bushings from the
Refer to Fig. 19. components unless their condition warrants re-
placement.
1. Refer to the removal procedures as out-
lined in the heading "Hydraulic Cylinder And
Valve-MF 150 Row Crop And MF 150 And MF
165 Dual Tricycle Models" on Page 10 and re-
move the cylinder and valve assembly.
2. Remove the left, rear side panel and dis-

conne ct the drag link at the levershaft.
Fig. 20 - Removing the Pedestal Shaft Assembly Fig. 21 - Removing Pedestal Shah from Housing
Prinled in U.S.A. 15
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Inspection connecting arme Place the valve connecting

arm and the cylinder connecting arm into the
1. Clean aH parts thoroughly and inspect housing.
them for wear or damage.
3. Carefully insert the pedestal shaft into
2. If bushings must be replaced, press in the housing assembly while at the same time
and ream as follows: positioning the master spline on the shaft so it
is BETWEEN holes "A" and "B" on the cylin-
der connecting arme See Fig. 22.
Bushing Location Finished Diameter Line Ream 4. After the shaft is properly timed ta the
Pedestal Shaft 90° to cylinder connecting arm, and partially started,
Housing - Upper 1..5005 ta 1..50 15 casting faces place the assembly in a press and press the
Pedestal Shaft 90° to shaft inta place.
Hausing - Lower 1.8755 ta 1.8765 casti ng faces
Valve Cannecting Arm - 90° ta
Upper and Lower 1. .5005 ta 1..50 15 casting faces 5. Install snap ring, dust seal and grease
Cyl (nder Connecti ng Arm as i s none required fittings.
Installation
Reassembly
1. Carefully insert pedestal shaft assembly
1. Apply a light coating of grease ta the through the top of the axle support, while at the
bushings and ta the entire diameter of the ped- same time piloting the shaft into the lower
estal shaft. steering arme
2. Install the adjusting pin into the valve

NOTE: The master sPline on the low-
er steering arm must be positioned to
the EXTREME RIGHT (while facing
the Tractor) of the master sPline on
the pedestal shaft. See Fig. 23.
FRONT OF TRACTOR
Fig.22 - Pedestal Shaft Correctly Timed Fig. 23 - Pedestal Shaft Correctly Timed
to Cyli'llder Connecting Arm to Lower Steering Arm
16
MASSEY-FERGUSON
2. Install the clamp boit on the lower steer- in the order in which certain procedures must
ing arm and the mounting boIts on the pedestal be performed.
shaft housing. Tighten ta 47 -53 ft.-lbs. torque.
1. If the Tractor being serviced is a Diesel
3. Connect the drag link to the valve con- model, proceed as follows:
necting arm and to the levershaft. Install left,
rear side panel. a. Remove left and right rear panels.
4. Refer to the installation procedures as b. Remove hood and hood cap as an as-
outlined in the heading "Hydraulic Cylinder And sembly.
Valve-MF 150 Row Crop And MF 150 And MF
165 Dual Tricycle Models" on Page 13, and in- c. Remove battery access door. Dis con-
stall the cylinder and valve assembly. nect and remove battery.
d. Remove steering wheel assembly.

SERVICING THE STEERING e. Close fuel shut-off valve and discon-
GEAR HOUSING nect fuel line, No. 1, Fig. 24.
PREPARATIONS FOR SERVICING f. Disconnect sending unit. Disconnect

STEERING GEAR HOUSING fuellines, Nos. 2 and 3, at the "T" fit-
ting. Remove fuel tank.
Although minor differences exist between the
MF 150, 165 and 175 Tractors, the basic oper- g. Disconnect fuel shut-off cable, No. 5,
ations that must be performed will be the same fuel cross-over rod, No. 6, and oil
for all three models. The differences will be pressure line, No. 9.
~.
Fig. 24 - Left-Hand Side View of Diesel Engine - MF 150

1. FJel Line 3. Fuel Line - 4. Woter Temperature Line 6. Fuel Cross·Over Rad 8. Bottery Ground Strop
2. Bleed·Bock Line Ta Fuel Tank 5. Fuel Sour·Off Cable 7. Drag Link End 9. Qil Pressure line
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50, J65 & J75 TRACTORS G,ROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
Fig. 25 - Right-Hand Side View of Diesel Engine - MF 175

1. light Wires 2. Fuel lines - Ta Filte, 3. Starter Safe1y Switch Wires 4. Tachometer Cable S. Wires - Tc Generator
h. Remove battery ground strap, No. 8. 2. If the Tractor being serviced is a Gaso-
line model, proceed as follows:
i. Drain enough coolant from the cooling
system ta allow water tempe rature line a. Remove left and right rear panels.
to be disconnected and disconnect the
Une. b. Remove hood and hood cap as an as-
sembly.
j. Discèmnect light wires, No. 1, Fig.
25, at the connectar. Disconnect wire c. Remove battery access door. Dis con-
leading from fuse to connector. nect and rem ove battery.
d. Remove steering wheel assembly.

k. Disconnect fuellines, No. 2, at the fuel
fiUer. e. Close fuel shut-off valve and discon-
nect fuelline, No. 1, Fig. 26.
1. Disconnect safety switch wires, No. 3, f. Disconnect sen ding unit and remove
tachometer cable, No. 4, wires on gen- fuel tank.
erator, No. 5, and wire(s) on starter
solenoid. Di s conn e ct Multi-Power g. Remove battery ground strap, No. 4.
linkage.
h. Disconnect wires, No. 3, leading to
coil and to starter solenoid.
m. Remove mounting boUs securing in-
strument housing in place and rem ove
instrument housing. i. Disconnect Multi-Power linkage, No. 5.
18
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 26 - Left-Hand Side View of Gasoline Engine - MF 150

1. Fue! Line 2. Water Temperature line 3. Wires - To Generotor and Solenoid 4. Bottery Grou nd SIrop 5. Multi-Power Linkage
j. Drain enough coolant from the cooling a. Position instrument housing in place
system to allow the water tempe rature and install mounting bolts.
line, No. 2, to be disconnected and
disconnect the line. b. Connect wire leading from fuse ta con-
nector and connect light wires, No. 1,
k. Disconnect light wires, No. 2, Fig. 27, Fig. 25, to!he light switch.
at the connector. Disconnect wire
leading from fuse to connector. c. Connect fuel lines, No. 2, starter
safety switch wires, No. 3, tachometer
1. Disconnect starter safety switch wires, cable, No. 4, wires to generator, No.
No. 3, spring to throttle linkage, No. 1, 5, and wire(s) to starter solenoid.
and oil pressure line, No. 4. Conne ct Multi-Power linkage.
m. Disconnect tachometer cable, No. 6, d. Conne ct oil pressure line, No. 9, Fig.
and wires on generator, No. 5. 24, battery ground strap, No. 8, fuel
cross-over rod, No. 6, fuel shut-off
n. Remove mounting bolts securing in- cable, No. 5, and water temperature
strument housing in place and remove line, No. 4.
instrument housing.
e. Install fuel tank, connect Hnes, Nos.
3 and 2, at the "T" fitting, and connect
hne, No. 1, at the fuel shut-off valve.
COMPLETING TRACTOR REASSEMBL y Connect fuel sending unit.
1. If the Tractor being serviced is a Diesel

model, proceed as follows: f. Install steering wheel assembly.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 27 - Right-Hand Side View of Gasoline Engine - MF 165

1. Spring te Hand Threttle 2. Li ght Wi res 3. Sterter Sefety Switch 4. Qil Pressure Line 5. Wires - To Gencrator 6. Tachometer Cable
g. Position battery ln place, connect bat- c. Connect starter safety switch wires,
tery using a negative ground and install No. 3, spring to throttle linkage, No.
battery access door. 1, oil pressure line, No. 4, tachometer
cable, No. 6, and wires on generator,
h. Install hood, hood cap and left and No. 5.
right rear panels.
d. Install battery ground strap, No. 4,
i. Fil! cooling system to the proper level. Fig. 26, connect wires, No. 3, leading
to coil and to starter solenoid and con-
j. Bleed the fuel system. nect Multi-Power linkage, No. 5.
k. Refer to the appropriate heading "Fill- e. Connect water temperature line, No. 2.
ing The Reservoir" and fil! the reser-
voir. f. Install fuel tank, connect sen ding unit
and fuelline, No. 1, and open fuel shut-
off valve.
2. If the Tractor being serviced is a Gaso-
line model, proceed as follows: g. Install steering wheel assembly.
a. Position instrument housing in place h. Position battery in place, conne ct bat-

and install mounting bolts. tery using a negative ground and install
battery access door.
b. Connect wires, No. 2, Fig. 27, to the

light switch and conne ct wire leading i. Install hood, hood cap and left and
from fuse to the connector. right rear panels.
20
MASSEY -FERGUSON
"0 "-RING------.....
SEp.TING C:;P - )0 00
BEA..'l.ING RP.CE ::~~:
WORM GEAR SHAFT
v,-r-
1""')
'~$--
~<~ ~-------BEARING R~CE
~ SEATING CUP
Fig. 28 - Removing the Levershatt Assembly

Fig. 30 - Steering Gear Nomenclature
j. Fill cooling system to the proper level. 4. Remove worm gear shaft, bearing races
and seating cups. See Fig. 30.
k. Refer to the heading "Filling The Res-
ervoir" and fill the reservoir. 5. Drive out oil seal and the two bushings
6. Thoroughly clean all parts and inspect

DISASSEMBLING THE STEERING GEAR HOUSING for wear and damage.
1. Remove drag link from Pitman arma Re-

move Pitman arm from levershaft.
REASSEMBLING THE STEERING GEAR HOUSING
2. Remove gear housing side coyer and pull
levershaft from housing as shown in Fig. 28. 1. Install levershaft bushings and ream to
provide 0.0005 to 0.003 inch clearance.
3. Remove column coyer, shims and "0"- CLEAN THOROUGHLY AFTER REAMING.
ring as shown in Fig. 29. See Fig. 32.
Fig. 29 - Removing the Column Caver Fig. 31 - Removing Oil Seal and Bushings
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 32 - Reaming Levershaft Bushings Fig. 33 - Pitman Arm Correctly Insta lied Onta Levershaft
2. fustalilevershaft oil seal. 11. Remove steering wheel and column

cover. Position a lubricated "O"-ring into the
3. fustall lower bearing seating cup into the groove in the column cover. fustall column
housing with the recess facing the worm gear. cover and the adjusted shim pack onto the hous-
ing, being careful not to damage "O"-ring.
4. fustall lower bearing race so the ball
bearings are seated in the cup. 12. Lubricate levershaft and install it
through the bushings and the oil seaI.
5. Slide upper bearing race over the steer-
ing shaft with the ball bearings facing away 13. Back the adjusting screw out of the side
from the worm gear. cover a few turns and install side cover, using
a new gaske t.
6. Slide the upper bearing seating cup over
the steering shaft, with the recess facing the 14. fustall the Pitman arm, aligning the
worm gear. timing marks. See Fig. 33.
7. Carefully insert steering shaft assembly 15. Fill the gear housing with M-1129A oil
into the housing until the end of the shaft rests until it is even with the fiUer opening.
in the bearing race and the seating cup.
16. Adjust the steering gear as outlined in
8. Replace bushing in column cover with a the heading "Adjustments-Steering Gear Hous-
new one and carefully slide column cover, with ing" •
original shim pack, over the steering shaft.
DO NOT install "0" -ring at this time.
9. fustall steering wheel assembly.

SERVICING THE FRONT AXLE
10. Attempt to pull up and push down on the MF J50 ROW CROP MODfLS
steering wheel to check for steering shaft end-
play. Removal
1. Position wheels straight forward and shut
NOTE: If end-Play is present, re- off engine.
rnove sufficient thickness of shims ta
place a slight drag on the shaft as it is
turned. (Shims are available in thick- 2. Place a jack beneath the engine and dis-
nesses of . 002", .003" and. 010".) connect the tie rods at the lower arme
22
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 34 - Front Axle Instolled on MF 150 Row Crop Tractor Fig. 35 - Preparing for Axle Removal
3. Place a jack or stand beneath the axle 3. Refer to the sub-heading "Adjustments-
and rem ove the thrust plate and shims, Fig. 34. Pivot Pin End-Play-MF 150" and adjust the
end-play.
4. Remove the mounting boUs securing the
front axle pivot support in place and remove
the support.
MF 165 AND MF 175 ROW CROP MODELS
5. Carefully slide the axle assembly from
the Tractor. There are two different types of pedestal
shaft assemblies used on the MF 165 and MF
175 Row Crop Tractors. Therefore, the re-
Inspection moval and installation procedures of the steer-
ing axle will differ •. Refer to Figs. 35 and 36.
1. Inspect pivot pin bushings for wear. If which show these two steering arrangements,
replacement is necessary, remove old bush- and follow the appropriate procedures for the
ings, install new bushings and ream as follows: Tractor being serviced.
Removal and Installation (Arrangement

Location Fini shed Diameter as Shown in Fig. 35)
Reer Pivot Pin Bushing 2.0015 to 2.0045 inches
Front Pivot Pin Bushing 1.8765 to 1.8795 inches 1. To remove the axle, proceed as follows:
a. Position wheels straight forward and

shut off engine. Place a jack beneath
the engine.
2. If the spindle bushings are to be replace d,
remove old bushings, press in new bushings b. Disconnect tie rods at pedestal shaft
and line ream to 1. 249-1. 250 inches. and crank.
c. Remove snap ring and shim from top

Installation of pedestal shaft and carefully remove
shaft.
1. Carefully slide the axle assembly into
place. d. Place a jack or stand beneath the axle.
2. Position the pivot support, Fig. 34, over e. Remove hair pin and retaining pin se-
pivot pin and install mounting boUs. curing pivot pin in place.
Printed in U.S.A.
23
MASSEY -FERGUSON
f. Using a sliding hammer, remove pivot

pin. Remove thrust washer and shims.
g. Use the jack beneath the engine to

raise the Tractar so the axle will clear
the axle support and remove the axle.
h. If pivot pin bushings are to be replaced,

remove old bushings, press in new
bushings and line ream to 1.8765-
1. 8795 inches.
i. If spindle bushings are to be replaced,

remove old bushings, press in new
bushings and line ream to 1. 249-1. 250
inches.
Fig. 36 - Preparing for Axle Removal

2. To install the steering axle, proceed as
follows:
a. Position axle in place and install pivot

pin LESS shims but WITH thrust wash- remove clamp bolt and remove lower
er. Secure with retaining pin and hair arme
pin.
c. Remove hair pin and retaining pin (or
b. Refer ta heading "Adjustments-Pivot setscrew and jam nut) securing pivot
Pin End-Play-MF 165 And MF 175" pin in place.
and proceed as directed.
d. Using a sliding hammer, remove pivot
c. Apply a light coating of grease to ped- pin. Remove thrust washer and shims.
estaI shaft and install pedestal shaft,
aligning master spline on shaft with e. Remove the axle from the Tractor.
master spline on main steering arme
Install shim and snap ring. f. If pivot pin bushings are to be replaced,
press out old bushings, press in new
d. Connect tie rods. bushings and line ream to 1.8765-
1. 8795 inches.
e. Check pedestal shaft end-play. End-
play should not exceed 0.040" clear- g. If spindle bushings are to be replaced,
ance. (Add additional shims as re- press out old bushings, press in new
quired. ) bushings and line ream ta 1. 249-1. 250
inches.
f. Refer to the heading "Adjustments-
Steering Valve" and check (and adjust
if necessary) the steering valve. 2. To install the steering axle, proceed as
follows:
a. Position axle in place and install pivot

Removal and Installation (Arrangement pin LESS shims but WITH thrust wash-
as Shown in Fig. 36) er. Secure with retaining pin and hair
pin (or setscrew and jam nut).
1. To remove the axle, proceed as follows:
b. Refer to the heading "Adjustments-
a. Position wheels straight forward, shut Pivot Pin End-Play-MF 165 And 175"
off engine and place a jack beneath the and proceed as directed.
engine.
c. Install lower arm onto pedestal shaft '-----./
(aligning master splines) and secure
b. Disconnect tie rods at the lower arm, with clamp bolt. Connect tie rods.
24
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 37 - Removing the Axle Pedestal Assembly Fig. 38 - Preparing to Disassemble the Axle Pedestal
1. Lower Steering Arm 3. Boit
2. Clamp Boit 4. Axle Pedestal Shah Arm
DUAL TRICYCLE MODELS

5. Separate the axle pedestal shaft assembly
Removal from the housing.
1. Remove bumper and weights (if installed). 6. Remove oil seal, bearing cone and bear-
ing cup from each end of the housing.
2. Place a jack beneath the engine and re-
move the clamp boIt securing the lower steer- 7. If the axle spindle is to be replaced, re-
ing arm to the pedestal shaH. move the cotter pin and the slotted nut from the
end of the shaH.
3. Remove the mounting boIts securing the
lower axle support to the upper axle support. 8. Clean aU components thoroughly.
4. Carefully raise the jack far enough to lift

the pedestal shaft out of the lower steering arm Reassembly
1. Apply a light coating of grease ta the en-
NOTE: The axle pedestal must be tire surface of the axle pedestal shaft.
held ta prevent it fram falling.
2. If shaH was removed, reinstaU and se-
cure in place with slotted nut and cotter pin.
5. Remove the assembly from the Tractor.
3. Slide new oil seaI foUowed by new bear-
ing cone over shaft. Pack cone with wheel
Disassembly bearing grease.
1. Remove the wheels. 4. Pack the "spindle end" of the housingwith

1 oz. of wheel bearing grease and install the
2. Remove boIt, No. 3, Fig. 38, lockwasher bearing cup.
and washer.
3. Remove clamp boIt, No. 2, and remove 5. Install new bearing cup oil seal and bear-
arms, Nos. 1 and 4, from the axle pedestal ing cone into "top" ofaxle pedestal housing.
shaft. Pack bearing cone with wheel bearing grease.
4. Remove the mounting bolts securing the

axle pedestal assembly to the lower axle sup- 6. Carefully slide housing over shaft, being
port and separate the two components. careful not to damage seals and bearings.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
NOTE: The limit stop on the housing 2. Align the lower axle support with the up-
must be jacing the jrant when the as- per rude support and lower the Tractor just far
sembly is installed. Also, the axle enough to start the mounting bolts •.
pedestal shajt must be forward of the
spindle shajts. (MF Part No. should 3. After mounting bolts are started, lower
be in front.) the Tractor and tighten the mounting bolts se-
curely.
7. Install lower axle support arms, Nos~ 1
and 4, Fig. 3B, aligning master spline on arm, 4. Ensure that lower steering arm is in the
No. 4, with master spline on axle pedestal proper place and tighten the clamp bolt to 47 -53
shaft. Install clamp boit, No. 2. ft.-Ibs. torque.
B. Install washer, lockwasher and boit, No. 5. Install bumper and weights (if equipped).
3. Tighten sufficiently to remove all bearing
end-play and lock into position.
9. Install wheels. ADJUSTMENTS

TOE-IN
Installation
1. With the front wheels in a straight ahead
1. Position the assembly beneath the Trac- position, measure between the tire rib centers
tor and CAREFULLY lower the Tractor far (at hub height) at both the front and rear of the
enough to start the pedestal shaft inta the lower wheels. The front measurement should be from
steering arme 0" to 9/16" less than the rear measurement for
correct toe-in.
NOTE: The master sPline on the low-
er steering arm must be positioned ta 2. If this measurement is not obtained, dis-
the EXTREME RIGHT (while facing conne ct the tie rode
the Tractor) of the master sPline on
the pedestal shajt. See Fig. 39. 3. Loosen the nut, adjust the rod length as,,_/
required and tighten the nut.
4. Conne ct the tie rod.
DRAG LlNK
1. Position wheels straight ahead.

2. Turn steering wheel until Pitman arm is
vertical.
3. Adjust the drag link end until it will fit

into its place in the Pitman arme
4. Drag links should have the following

lengths (measured from the center of the end
assemblies).
a. MF 150 Row Crop & Dual Tricycle-

40-11/16" (~ 1/16")
b. MF 165 Row Crop-43-5/B" (~1/16")

FRONT OF TRACTOR c. MF 165 Dual Tricycle-44-1/4"
(! 1/16") '--..-/
Fig. 39 - Pedestal Shah Correctly Timed
to the Lower Steeri n9 Arm d. MF 175 Row Crop-43-5/B" (~1/16")
26
MASSEY -FERGUSON
NOTE: Drag link must be adjusted so 6. Tighten wheel boUs 76-85 ft.-Ibs. torque
the wheels will hit the wheel stops upon installation of wheel.
BEFORE the Pitman arm travels
through its complete travelo
AXLE PIVOT PIN END-PLA Y-MF J50
STEERING AXLE WHEEL BEARINGS- 1. To check for pivot pin end-play, position
Row Crop Models a jack beneath the engine and support the unit
until the front wheels are free to rotate.
ium base bearing grease suitable for use in 2. Measure the end-play between the thrust
roller and ball bearing applications. Bearings plate and the pivot support.
packed full. Spaces between bearings (hub in- 3. End-play should be .002" to .010".
terior) must be packed half-full. Shims are available in .002", • 005" and
• 010" thicknesses.
2. Tighten adjustment nut to 30-40 ft.-Ibs.
torque while slowly rotating hub to properly
seat bearings.
AXLE PIVOT PIN END-PLA Y-MF J65 and MF J75
3. Position nut lock on nut with one pair of
slots in line with cotter pin hole. 1. To check for pivot pin end-play, position
a jack of adequate capacity beneath the engine
4. Back off the adjusting nut 1-1/2 slots and support the unit until the front wheels are
(cotter pin hole will be covered). free to rotate.
5. Remove lock and reposition so that cotter

pin can be inserted. Install cotter pin. 2. Position axle as far rearward as pos-
sible. Measure the distance between the axle
NOTE: Do not move adjusting nut. and the axle support at the point where the
shims are installed.
6. Tighten wheel boUs 76-85 ft.-Ibs. torque
upon installation of wheel.
3. If there is not a .002" to .010" clear-
ance, perform the following:
STEERING AXLE WHEEL BEARINGS-
Dual Tricycle Models a. Place a suitable support beneath the
axle.
ium base bearing grease suitable for use in b. Remove hair pin and retaining pin se-
roller and ball bearing applications. Bearings curing pivot pin in place.
packed full. Spaces between bearings (hub in- c. Using a sliding hammer, pull the pivot
terior) must be packed half full. pin far enough to allow the shims to be
removed and remove shims.
2. Tighten adjustment nut to 180 inch-pounds
torque while slowly rotating hub to properly d. Reinstall pivot pin, thrust washer, re-
seat bearings. taining pin and hair pin-LESS SHIMS.
3. Position nut lock on nut with one pair of e. Position front axle as far rearward as
slots in line with cotter pin hole. possible.
4. Back off adjusting nut 1-1/2 slots (cotter f. Measure the distance between the axle
pin hole will be covered). and the axle support at the point where
the shims are to be installed.
5. Remove lock and reposition so that cotter
pin can be inserted. Install cotter pin. g. After measurement is determined, re-
move pivot pin and shim for a .002"
to .010" clearance and reinstall pivot
NOTE: Do not move adjusting nut. pin.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50, J65 & 175 TRACTORS GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 12
STEERING GEAR HOUSING appropriate procedures for the Tractar being

serviced.
1. Adjust the worm shaft end-play as out-
lined in Steps 8 through 11 of, "Reassembling
The Steering Gear Housing" Page 22. If the Arrangement as Shown in Fig. 40
gear housing has not been disassembled, re-
move drag link from Pi tman arm and back the 1. Check and adjust (if necessary) the steer-
adjusting screw out of the side cover a few ing gear housing as outlined in "Adjustments-
turns. Steering Gear Housing".
2. Check worm shaft for end-play. Adjust 2. Place wheels in a straight forward direc-
thickness of shim pack according ta the amount tion.
of end-play discovered.
3. Loosen the setscrew locknut, No. 5, and
3. After worm shaft end-play has been tighten the setscrew, No. 4, until all free play
checked and adjusted, turn steering wheel until is eliminated.
the steering gear assembly is in its center or
straight ahead position. 4. Back off the setscrew, No. 4, 2/3 of a
turn (.060").
4. Turn the adjusting screw until there is a
slight drag (felt at the rim of the steering 5. While holding upper steering 'arm, No. 3,
wheel) as the steering gear assembly passes against setscrew, adjust setscrews, No. 2,
through its center or straight ahead position. until clevis pin, No. 1, can be inserted freely.
Tighten locknut.
6. Back off setscrew, No. 4, an additional
2/3 of a turn and secure in place with locknut.
STEERING VALVE
Although three different arrangements are Arrangement as Shown in Fig. 4J

used on the MF 150, 165 and 175 Tractars, the
adjustment procedures for the MF 150 Row 1. Check and adjust (if necessary) the steer-
Crop and the MF 150 and MF 165 Dual Tricycle ing gear housing as outlined in "Adjustments-
Tractors will be the same as for Fig. 41. Steering Gear Housing".
However, the MF 165 and MF 175 Row Crop
Tractors use two different arrangements;
therefore, the adjustment procedures will dif- 2. Place wheels in straight forward direc-
fer. Refer ta Figs. 40 and 41, and follow the tion.
Fig. 40 - Adjusting the Steering Valve Fig.41 - Adjusting the Steering Valve
1. Clevis Pin & 2. Setscrews 4. Setscrew 1. S teering Arm link 3. Pin Locknut
Cotter Pin 3. Upper Steering Arm 5. Setscrew Locknut 2. Clevis Pin & Cotter Pin 4. Adjusting Pin
28
MASSEY -FERGUSON
3. Loosen the pin locknut, No. 3, and tighten turns. Start engine and turn steering wheel in
the adjusting pin, No. 4, until all free play is both directions.
eliminated.
6. Continue adjusting control valve linkage
4. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin, No. 2, until steering wheel can be turned in both di-
and adjust the steering arm link, No. 1, so that rections with the same amount of effort and the
clevis pin, No. 2, can be inserted freely. relief valve can be forced at each extreme po-
sition.
NOTE: Linkage must be in horizantal
alignment. --
NOTE: DO NOT BACK OUT AD-
JUST!NG PIN, NO. 4, MORE THAN
5. Back off the adjusting pin, No. 4, SEVEN 9 FULL TURNS.
SPECIFICA TlONS
STEERING PUMP-Gas & Diesel:
Type . . . . . . . Positive displacement/gear

Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . • . . . . . M-1110
Displacement:
@ 1000 pump rpm @ 800 psi . 1.1 gpm
@ 2000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 2.65 gpm
@ 3000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 4.2 gpm
@ 4000 pump rpm @ 800 psi 5.7 gpm
Relief Valve Setting 1500 psi
Reservoir:
Location Integral to pump
Filter Element Replaceable cartridge
Capacity . . . • 1 U. S. qt. (approx.)
STEERING AXLE:
Wheel Nut Torque 76-85 ft.-Ibs.
Wheel Bearing Torque:

Row Crop Models . . 30-40 ft.-lbs.
Dual Tricycle Models 180 inch-pounds
Toe-In • • • • . • • . . 0-1/4 inch

Axle Pivot Pin End-Play. .002-.010 inch
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TROUBlE-SHOOTING
PROBLEM-Power Restricted to One Side Only

a. Incorrect ad justme nt of steering valve a. Adjust as outlined in " Adjustment-

linkage Steering Valve"
PROBLEM-Front Wheel Shimmy
a. Steering gear improperly adjusted a. Adjust as outlined "Adjustments-

Steering Gear Hôusing"
b. Loose wheel bearings b. Adjust as outlined in " Adjustments-

Steering Axle Wheel Bearing"
c. Pedestal assembly (Dual Tricycle c. Refer to Step 6 of the reassembly pro-

models) installed incorrectly cedures under the heading "Servicing
The Front Axle-Dual Tricycle Models"
PROBLEM-No Power Assistance

!
a. Low oil level a. Fill to correct level
b. Malfunctioning relief valve b. Adjust or replace valve
c. Improper steering valve adjustment c. Refer to heading "Adjustments-Steer-

ing Valve"
d. Restricted lines d. Check lines
e. Excessively worn pump e. Replace pump
PROBLEM-More Turning in One Direction Than in the Other-

MF J50 Row Crop and MF J50 & J65 Dual Tricycle Models Only
a. Pedestal shaft incorrectly timed a. Refer ta installation procedures in the

heading "Pedestal Shaft-MF 150 Row
Crop And MF 150 And MF 165 Dual
Tricycle Models"
30
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART 1 -Z-145 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL INfORMATION
Engine Application MF 135 and 150 Tractors, Also MF 2500 Fork Lifts
Bore . . . . . . . . . . 3-3/8 inches
Stroke . . . . . . . . . 4-1/16 inches
Number of Cylinders ......... 4
Total Piston Displacement .145 cubic inches
Compression Ratio . . . . . . 7.1to1
Firing Order . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1-3-4-2
Engine Brake Horsepower - Corrected 41 min., 42 max. @ 2000 rpm
(mfg. rating with std. accessories)
Maximum Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... " 125 ft.-Ibs. @ 1300 rpm
PTO Horsepower (tractors equipped with PTO shaft) . . . . . . . 35.3 max., 32 min.
@ 2000 engine rpm and 635 PTO rpm
Low Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . ·450
Rated Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000
High Idle Speed (no load) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2200
Compression Pressure (warm engine, aU spark
plugs out @ 150 rpm cranking speed) 145-160 psi
Tappet Setting:
Intake . O. 011 inch "hot", O. 013 inch" cold"
Exhaust . . . O. 013 inch "hot", O. 015 inch" cold"
ENGINE OVERHAUL SPECIfICATIONS
Torque Tensions
Cy linder Head . 70-75 ft. -lbs.

Connecting Rods 40-45 ft. -lbs.
Main Bearings 85-95 ft. -lbs.
Flywheel . . . . 70-75 ft. -lbs.
Rocker Arm Supports . 20-25 ft.-Ibs.
Manifolds . . 25-30 ft. -lbs.
Camshaft Nu t . . . 70-80 ft. -lbs.
Oil Pan . . . . . . 12-16 ft.-Ibs.
Timing Gear Cover 25-30 ft. -lbs.
Water Pump Nuts 25-30 ft. -lbs.
Spark Plugs . . . . 32-38 ft. -lbs.
Pistons
Piston Pin Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8595 - 0.8597 inch
Piston Diameter (measured at right angles from piston pin hole):
P,inlod ,n U.S.A. Rcviscd 366 1

MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1
Pistons (continued)
Identification Piston Skirt Diameter (Inches) Cylinder Size

Letter Bottom of Skirt Top of Skirt (Inches)
A-l 3.3725-3.3730 3.3715-3.3720 3.3745-3.3750

A 3.3730-3.3735 3.3720-3.3725 3.3750-3.3755
B 3.3735-3.3740 3.3725-3.3730 3.3755-3.3760
C 3.3740-3.3745 3.3730-3.3735 3.3760-3.3765
D 3.3745-3.3750 3.3735-3.3740 3.3765-3.3770
E 3.3750-3.3755 3. 3740 -3. 3745 3.3770-3.3775
Cylinder Sleeve
Inside Diameter of Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . See above chart

Location of Sleeve Relative to Top Face
of Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o. 001 to O. 004 inch above
Piston Pins
Pin Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8591 - 0.8593 inch

Clearance in Connecting Rod Bushing O. 0002 - O. 0006 inch
Clearance in Piston Pin Bore O. 0002 - O. 0006 inch
Desired Clearance . . . . . . . . . . · . . . . O. 0004 inch
Piston Rings
Ring Side Clearance:

Top Compression Ring . . . . . · 0.0035 - 0.005 inch
No. 2 and 3 Compression Rings Q. 0035 - O. 0055 inch
Oil Control Ring . . . . . · . . . Not applicable
Maximum Side Clearance . Must not exceed 0.0025
inch over new maximum
side clearance
Ring End Gap (an ohe-piece rings). . . . . . . . . . . .0.010 - 0.020 inch (measured
in a 3. 375 inch bore)
Connecfing Rods
Inside Bushing Diameter (finished). . . . . . . O. 8595 - O. 8597 inch

Connecting Rod Bore Diameter. . . . . . . . 2.0615 - 2.062 inches
Rod Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size) 1. 9378 - 1. 9388 inches
Crankpin Journal Diameter . 1. 9365 - 1. 9375 inches
Bearing Clearance . O. 0003 - O. 0023 inch
Desired Clearance . . . . . 0.0015 inch
Maximum Clearance . • . . 0.0033 inch
Rod Side-Play . . . . O. 005 - O. 011 inch
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1 SPECIFICATIONS
Crankpin Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9365 -1.9375 inches

Main Bearing Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . 2. 249 - 2. 250 inches
Main Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size) . 2.2505 - 2.2515 inches
Main Bearing Clearance O. 0005 - O. 0027 inch
Desired Clearance . . . . . 0.0015 inch
Maximum Clearance . . . . O. 0037 inch
Crankshaft End-Play O. 004 - O. 008 inch
Valves
Valve Tappet Clearance:

Intake . . . . . . . . O. 011 inch "hot", 0.013 inch" cold"
Exhaust . . . . . . . 0.013 inch "hot", 0.015 inch "cold"
Intake . . . . . . 1. 273 - 1. 283 inches
Exhaust . . . . . 1. 135 - 1. 145 inches
Valve Face Angle:
Intake . . . . . .
Exhaust . . . . .
Valve Stem Diameter:
Intake . 0.3141 - 0.3149 inch
Exhaust . . . . . . . O. 3124 - 0.3132 inch
Valve Seats
Valve Seat Angles:

Intake . . . . . . · . . . . . . . 30 0
Exhaust . . . . . · . . . . . . . 45 0
Seat Contact Width 1/16 to 3/32 inch
Maximum Seat Run-Out · . . . 0.002 inch
Valve Guides
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/32 inch below top face of he ad

Inside Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . 0.3157 - 0.3172 inch
Clearance Limits (stem-to-guide):
Intake Valves . O. 0008 - O. 0031 inch
Exhaust Valves . . . . . . . . . . O. 0025 - 0.0048 inch
Valve Springs
Free Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approx. 2-1/16 inches

Spring Length Valve Closed . . . . . . . . . 1-45/64 inches
Spring Pressure @ 1-45/64 Inches Length . . . 47 - 53 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open. . . . . . . . . . . 1-27/64 inches
Spring Pressure @ 1-27/64 Inches Length . 96 - 104 lbs.
3
.~---_ . ._ - - - - - -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Valve Lifters
Stem Diameter . . . . . . · O. 5615 - O. 562 inch

Valve Lifter Bore in Block O. 5625 - O. 5633 inch
Clearance Limits . . . . . O. 0005 - O. 0018 inch
Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter · O. 6221 - 0.623 inch

Inside Bushing Diameter · O. 624 - O. 625 inch
Bushing Clearance . . . . . · 0.001 - 0.0029 inch
Intake Valve Opens . · .. 00 T.D. C.

Intake Valve Closes · 35 0 A. B. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Opens · 40 0 B. B. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Closes. · .. 00 T.D. C.
Timing Gears
Timing Gear Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001 to 0.002 inch
Camshaft
End-Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.003 - 0.007 inch

Tappet Lift - Intake and Exhaust . . . . . . 0.212 inch
Camshaft Bearings:
Front Bearing:
Journal Diameter . . 1. 808 - 1. 809 iIlches
Block Bore Diameter . 1. 8115 - 1. 8125 iIlches
Bearing Clearance . . . 0.0025 - O. 0045 inch
Center Bearing:
Journal Diameter. . . 1. 7455 - 1. 7465 iIlches
Block Bore Diameter . 1. 749 - 1. 750 iIlches
Bearing Clearance . . O. 0025 - O. 0045 inch
Rear Bearing:
Journal Diameter 1. 683 - 1. 684 inches
Block Bore Diameter . 1. 6865 - 1. 6875 inches
Bearing Clearance . . 0.0025 - 0.0045 inches
Fuel
Minimum Octane Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1 SPECIFICA TlONS
Carburetor
Make and Model No. . . . . . . . . . . . . Marvel-Schebler TSX 882

Float Level . . . . . 1/4 inch from top of float to body gasket surface
Adjustments:
Idle Adjusting Needle . Approx. 1 to 1-1/2 turns open
Main Adjusting N eedle Approx. 1-1/2 to 2 turns open
Engine Speeds:
Low Idle Speed · 450 rpm
High Idle Speed 2200 rpm
LUBRICATION SYSTEM SPECIFICA TlONS
Type of Oil . . . . . . . API "MS" (heavy-duty, detergent)

Viscosity:
Above 90 0 F . . . . . . · . SAE 30
From 32 0 F. to 90 0 F. · . SAE 30
From 10 0 F. to 32 0 F . . . SAE 20W
From - 10 0 F. to + 100 F. SAE 10W
Crankcase Capa city:
Wi th ou t Filter Change . . 5 U. S. quarts
With Filter Change . . . . 6 U. S. quarts
Recommended Oil Change Interval . Every 100 hrs. operation
Recommended Oil Filter Change Interval . Every 200 hrs. operation
Normal Operating Pressure . . . . . . . 20-30 psi
Minimum Oil Pressure 7 psi at low idle speed
Type of Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . Gear type
Relief Valve Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . 30 psi
Backlash in Oil Pump Gear . O. 004 - O. 008 inch
COOLING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

AlI Applications Except MF 2500. · . . . . . 7 psi
MF 2500 Application . . . . . . · . . . . 10 psi
Fan Belt Deflection . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 3/4 inch
Thermostat Opening Temperature · . . . 1600 F.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Battery
Make and Part Nos. Used:

AlI applications except MF 2500 Massey-Ferguson Part No. 832 706 M2
MF 2500 Application . . . . Massey-Ferguson Part No. 832 709 M2
Specifications for 832 706 M2:
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Ampere Hrs. @ 20-Hr. Rate. 41
No. of Plates Per Cell . . . 7
Battery Ground . . . . . . . . · Negative
Specifications for 832 709 M2:
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Ampere Hrs. @ 20-Hr, Rate, 95
No. of Plates Per Cell 17
Battery Ground . . . . . . . . · Negative
Prir~tC'd i~, U.S.A. Rcvi scd :3 66 5

MASSEY -FERGUSON
Spark Plugs
Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 mm
Normal Heat Range:
MF Part No. 1027 896 M91
Champion D-16
A.C. C-85
Auto-Lite BT-8
Gap . . . 0.025 inch
Torque . . . 32 -38 ft. -lbs.
Distributor
Make and Model No. Delco-Remy 1112644

Point Gap . . . . . . · 0.018 to 0.024 inch
Dwell Angle . .. . . . · . . . . . 31 0 - 340
Point Spring Tension . . . . . . 15 - 23 ozs.
Static Engine Timing · . . . . 60 B. T.D. C. @ 450 rpm
Maximum Engine Advance · 240 - 28 0 B. T. D. C. @ 2000 rpm
End-Play . . . . . . . . . . · . . . . . . . . 0.002 - 0.010 inch
Co il
Make and Model No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1115062
Sterting Mator
Make and Model No. Used . Delco-Remy 1107329

Pinion Clearance . . . . . . 0.010" to 0.140"
Minimum Brush Tension (oz.) .' . 35
No Load 'l'est:
Volts . . . . . . . · . . . . .. . 10.6
Minimum Amps. . 49 (inc!udes solenoid)
Maximum Amps •. 76 (includes solenoid)
Minimum rpm 6200
Maximum rpm . . 9400
Resistance Test:
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3
Generator
Make and Model NoTs. Used:

AIl Applications Except MF 2500. · . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100435
MF 2500 Application . . Delco-Remy 1100735 (alternator)
DR 1100435:
Rotation Viewing Drive. Clockwise
Circuit . . . . . . . . A
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1 SPECIFICA TlONS
Generator (Cont'd.)

An1pS . 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 1. 58 - 1. 67
Volts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 12
Cold Output @ Approximately 3040 RPM:
Amps 00 0 00' 0 0 0 0 0 25
Volts 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 14.0
DR 1100735 (alternator):
Rotation Viewing Drive End Either
Circuit . . 0 0 0 0 0 •• '0 oB
Field Current (80 0 F. ):
Amps. 0 0 • 0 •• 0 • 2.2 - 2.6
Volts 0 0 0 • • • • 0 0 12
Cold Output at Specified Voltage:
Specified Volts 14
Amps. 21
Approx. RPM 2000
Amps. . 30
Approx. RPM 5000
Rated Hot Output 32 amps.
PrinTcd in U.S.A. Rcviscd 3 66 7

MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-145 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 1
Generator Regulator

An Applications Except MF 2500 Delco-Remy 1118981
MF 2500 Application Delco-Remy 1119513
DR-1118981:
Circuit A
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap. · 0.075"
Allowable Voltage Range. 13. 6 - 14. 5
Adjust to 14
Cut-Out Relay:
Air Gap. · 0.020"
Point Opening · 0.020"
Adjust to Close at 12.8 volts
Allowable Closing Range. 11. 8 - 14.0 volts
DR-1119513:
Circuit. .B
Polarity . . Negative
Field Relay:
Air Gap. . 0.015 inch'
Point Opening. . 0.030 inch
Closing Voltage Range 3.8 - 7.2
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap *
Point Opening. 0.014 inch
Voltage See Temperature - Voltage Chart**
TEMPERATURE-VOLTAGE CH ART
Regulator Ambient
Fahrenheit)
13.9 13.8 13.7 13.5 13.4 13.2 13.1

15 14.8 14.6 14.4 14.2 14 13.9
* Adjust Air G?_P only when necessary to ob tain specified difference between voltage
settings of upper and lower contacts. After Bench Repair Only, set air gap to ap-
proximately O. 067 inch; then, make final air gap adjustme nt.
** Operation on lower contacts must be 0.05 - O. 4 volt lower than on upper contacts.
Rev' scd 3 66
8
) ) )
:? MF 2500 FORK LIFT WIRING DIAGRAM Gl

~
::0
0
c C
C/>
'1J
!>
~
0
<
~
~
REAR LAMPf;
Ul
0-
0-
/TI
()
INSTANT REVERSE -0-1

MODELS ONLY -4."',
L.....:......_ _ _ FRONT LAMPS
MANUAL SHUTTLE~ Z
MODElS ONLY I~ T
0
YELLOW 14 GA. ~~
GRAY 16 GA.
. Ott
'1J
:l>
RED,flfflITE
""i6Gii
BROWN 12 r,A. ::0 ~
Fl'SE
-1 »
~
~
m
-<
1
"TI
m
~ ~
BATTERY
UV
16 "':/\. G)
~ C
~
IG~ITION COlL BLACK VOLTAGE REGULATOR
0
F Z
J.IGIITER
BAT
12 VOLT-rœGA'~'IVE GROUNO SYSTI:r.,
STAR'i'ER KOTOR A.C. GE!IEVi.TOT' DIODE RECTIFIER

(INTI:GAAL HI Til
GENERATOR)
VI
HT y.HT ~ ~ ."
HT HT
~
î î ï î
"T" ..... "'='
SPARK PLIJGS
or
:;;
ri
l>
-4
.....
ë5
2:
VI
) ) )
~ MF 135 TRACTOR WIRING DIAGRAM Ci)

;;
CL
:::0
0
~
C
SPARK PLUGS IGNITION COlL li
'p
;0
o
HEAD LAMPS
0
<
~
c.
CL
(f)
g: fTI
YELLOW ()
+ 14 GA
-0--i
Z
0
li
»
cJ--" :::0 ~
TACHOHETER ASSY.
\
--i »
V')
\
V')
\ POWER SUPPL Y LIGHT SWITCH
m
rot ~.n.J.I!.. GA_,
OIL PRESSURE GAGE v- - - - - Ir GRAY
• 1
GRAY 16 GA -<
1
,1 ."
1 Il
m
1 l' BROWN 16 GA ;:0
,1 PiNK 14 GA ~-
FUEL GAGE G')
C
V')
FLASHER
WATER TEMP. GAGE
FUEL SENDING UNIT
WARNING
LAMP SW 0
(ACCESSORY) Z
AMMETER ASSY ...3' _..J

RED 14 GA
YELLOW W/BLACK 14 GA t t \. f:=d' r COMBINATION WORK
& WARN 1NG LAMP
BLACK W/YELLOW
16 GA
NEUTRAL SWITCH
Vl
BATTERY
~
S
~
STARTING MOrOR GENERATOR
::!
o
<.0
:z
Vl
..... MF 150 TRACTOR WIRING DIAGRAMS ~
o oo
:;!!
-
~
~
li!
FENOER MOUNT rn
HEAD LAMPS 2:
Ci)
L.H. SIDE R.H. SIDE
Z
rn
LlGHT SWlfCH
L1GHT SWJTCH
HOOO MOUNT
HEAD LAMPS
AHPS FOR UCH FILAMENT
~
L1GHT SWITCH AS USED FOR FLAT TOP
FENDER MOUNTED HEAOLAMPS
»
V\
V\
OFF m
TERMINAL 4
PANEL LAMPS
TERMINAL 1
TD !MBOARD LAMPS -<
i
on
m
;g
Q
Ci) c
V\
QUTBOARD. INBOARO • REAR lUTH AUXILIARY
::0 0
511ITCH
LAMP SOeKET
DUTBOARO, INBOARD, PANEL 1 REAR ~tTH 0 Z
POSITIONS AUKlLlARY LAMP SOeUT •
OUTBOARD, PANEL 1 REAR WITH AUKlLlARY
C
LAMP soeUT '"0
L1GHT SWlTeH AS USEO FOR HOOO
MOUNTEO HEAOLAMPS
OFF
0
TERMINAL 4
TO HEAOLAMPS TERMINAL 1
(BRIGHT) TO PANEL LAMPS
Ul
fil
()
TERMINAL 3
TO HEAOLAMPS
(OIM'
1 AUKlLlARY
--i
0
Z
1 HEAOLAMPS· OIN, REAR WITH AUKlLlARY
SwITCH
POSITIONS
LAMP SOUEf
HEAOLAMPS •
1 PANEL
BRIGHT, REAR WITH AUKlLlARY 0
LAMP soeKET & RANEL
3 HEAOlAMPS· BRIGHT 1 REAR WITH AUKlLlARY
LAMP SOUEl
'"0
;u
o
»
< ::0
o
CL -i
0-
0-
( ( (
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART 2-Z-145 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES

INDEX
Page Page
Introduction .............•................. 2 Cylinder Head Installation .......•.•••..•..•. 11
Engine Description ....................... . 2 Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance.. ....• ...... 12
Engine Identification ......•.•............. 2 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly •.......... 14
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly ................. . 3 Cylinder Sleeves ........................... 18
Cylinder Head .•••...•........•........... 5 Timing Gear Cover and Front
Intake Valves ......•.•..........•.•...•.•.. 6 Crankshaft Qi 1 Seal ....................... 20
Exhaust Valves ...•.................•.•.... 7 Timing Gears . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 24
Valve Guides •••.•.•..•.•.••.•.•...•....... 8 Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . .. 27
Valve Seats ....•................•........ 9 Crankshaft and Main Bearings . . . . .. .. . . .. ... .. 31
Valve Springs. • • . • . • . • . . . . . • • . • . • . . • • • . • • .• 11 Rear Crankshaft Oi 1 Seal ..••........•.....•.. 36
Cylinder Head Reassembly .•.....•..•.•..... 11 F Iywheel . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . • • . . . • . . • • . . . . . . . . .. 37
Fig.l - Cross-Sectionol View of Engine

MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTRODUCTION
This part of the manual is concerned with the Overhaul Procedures for the Conti-
nental Z-145 Engine. All of the procedures and service information contained in this
part pertain only to the basic engine itself, without regard to any particular applica-
tion in which the engine may be used.
Where right and left-hand sides are mentioned, it refers to the engine as viewed
from the rear. Direction of engine rotation, however, is viewed from the front of the
engine.
NOTE: For specifie detailed information concerning the lubrication

System and the other engine systems for the basic Z -145 Engine, refer
to the appropria te part within this section of your manual.
The replaceable cylinder sleeves are of the

wet-type and are made of cast irone The sleeves
are shouldered and have a:: clearance fit in the
cylinder block. Two "0" -ring seals are used
in conjunction with each sleeve to prevent cool-
ant leakage.

able cast iron guides and are operated by mush-
room-type tappets located in the cylinder block,
through push rods to the rocker arms.
The crankshaft is supported by three main

bearings and is precision ground and balanced.
All main bearing and connecting rod bearing
surfaces are hardened to provide maximum
service. Crankshaft end-play is controlled by
the center main bearing.
The aluminum alloy pistons are cam ground

and have four piston rings. The top piston ring
is chrome plated to reduce wear and provides a
Fig. 2 - Front Left-Hond View of Engine much longer life of the piston rings and sleeves.
Oil se aIs are provided at the front and rear

ENGINE DESCRIPTION of the crankshaft. The front oil seal is a stan-
dard spring-Ioaded type se al and is located in-
The Model Z-145 Engine is a 4-cylinder, 4- side the timing gear cover. The rear oil seal
stroke cycle, overhead-valve-type gasoline en- is also a spring-Ioaded type seal, but is con-
gine with a bore of 3-3/8 inches and a stroke of tained 'in a retainer assembly which is attached
4-1/16 inches. The engine has a total piston to the rear face of the cylinder block and the
displacement of 145 cubic inches and a com- rear main bearing cap.
pression ratio of 7. 1 to 1.
The camshaft is gear driven at one-half
The Z-145 Gasoline Engine has a maximum crankshaft speed by the helical cut timing gears
corrected brake horsepower of 42 (subject to and is supported by three bearings machined
official confirmation). Maximum engine torque directly inside the cylinder block.
is 125 ft. -lbs at approximately 1300 rpm.
The cylinder block is made of cast iron and ENGINE IDENTIFICATION

is cast integrally with the crankcase. The sides
of the cylinder block extend below the axis of Each engine may be easily identified by a
the crankshaft to form a stüfening skirt. plate which is attached to the left-hand side of
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
SUPPORT CAPSCREWS
PUSH ROD
Fig. 3 - Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly - Identification Fig. 4 - Removing or Installing Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly
and Sequence of Parts (Throttle Linkage Not Exactly As Shown)
the cylinder block. The plate has the Engine 3. Remove push rods and install in a num-
Model Number, the Specification Number and bered rack.
the Engine SeriaI Number stamped on it. This
data is of vital importance in obtaining the cor-
rect parts; always include this information on DISASSEMBL y
your parts order.
If the rocker arm assembly requires ser-
The Specification Number on the plate pro- vicing, it may be disassembled, as follows; re-
vides important information, as it is a Code fer to Fig. 7:
Number used to identify certain component dif-
ferences that are required for the various en- 1. Remove cotter pins from each end of the
gine applications. shaft.
2. Remove the rocker arms, supports and

springs from shaft. Identify rocker arms so
ROCKER ARM SHAFT ASSEMBL y that they can be reinstalled in their original lo-
cations.
REMOVAL
3. Wash the shaft and parts in a solvent and
To remove rocker arm shaft assembly, refer blow out oil holes with compressed air. Make
to Fig. 3, and proceed, as follows: sure aIl oil holes are open.
1. Remove the rocker arm coyer.

INSPECTION AND SERVIC/NG
NOTE: Install spring-loaded clothes
pins onto the pus h rods before remov- Rocker Arms and Rocker Arm Shaft
ing the rocker arm assembly. This
procedure will prevent them from ac- The rocker arm shaft is ground to an outside
cidentally falling into the block. diameter of O. 6221 - o. 623 inch and is made
with lubrication holes and a retaining pin hole.
2. Gradually loosen and remove the two
rocker support capscrews and nuts securingthe Inspect the following parts:
rocker arm assembly and lift entire assembly
from engine, as shown in Fig. 4. 1. Inspect the rocker arm bearing surface
3
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J 45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 5 - Measuring the Rocker Shaft for Wear
'Fig. 6 - Measuring the Rocker Arm Bushings for Wear

of the shaft for wear or scoring. Use a new
shaft if it ras scoring or "shoulders" due to
wear.
2. If no serious wear or scoring is present, Push Rods

use a micrometer and measure the diameter of
the shaft at the points where there has been Roll all of the push rods on a level surface
rocker arm bearing wear, as shown in Fig. 5. and carefully check them for straightness. Dis-
Use a new shaft if diameter is less than 0.621 card any bent or damaged push rods.
inch.
NOTE: When bent push rods are en-
countered, make sure to investigate
3. Use a ho le gauge and measure the inside and correct the cause of the bending.
diameter of the rocker arm bushings, as shown
in Fig. 6. Discard rocker arms that measure
more than O. 626 inch. Maximum permissible
clearance between the shaft and rocker arms is
0.005 inch.
NOTE: The rocker arms are of

stamped and welded construction, with
a bronze bushing pressed in Place and
broached to a diameter of O. 624 to
0.625 inch. The bushing is not ser-
viced separately and, if it is worn or
defective, the complete rocker arm
mus t be rePlaced.
4. Check the valve stem and push rod contact

surfaces of the rocker arm for wear or pitting.
Replace the rocker arm if the contact surfaces
are severely worn or pitted.
Fig. 7 - Rocker Arm Shoft - Identification
ROl.k~r Arrr
5. Inspect the rocker shaft supports for 1. Cottcr Pin
2. Washcr
.1. Short Spring
5. 7 R" Ro<.kt·r i\rm
fi
7. "Sl"
S. Lonn 5.pr:ng
cracks or other damage. 3. Cork Plug 6. R(l(.kr'f Arm Sllpport 9. t.Dl Otll1':.1 rin
4
MASSEY-FERGUS ""'N
REASSEMBL y AND INSTALLATION The fuse portion of the plug will melt out only
if the engine temperature is allowed to reach an
To reassemble the rocker arm assembly re- extreme level, caused by the lack of coolant.
fer to Fig. 7 and follow the steps listed.
If the engine is operated without sufficient
1. Oil all rocker arm bushings. coolant and reaches an excessive temperature
which will melt the fuse, various kinds of dam-
2. Notice that each rocker arm is stamped age may occur. These damages may be in the
either "7R" or "SL", meaning that it is a right form of piston seizure, cracked cylinder head
or left-hand rocker arm, and they are not in- or cylinder block, valve burning and- warpage
terchangeable. of various parts.
NOTE: AU of the supports, No. 6, It is a good practice to remove and check the
Fig. 7, are interchangeable and have a fuse plug when the engine is serviced. If a
s lot in the side to fit the retaining Pin. melted fuse plug is found, make sure to check
Due to this slot, the shaft can be as- all areas of the engine to determine the extent
se'mbled only in the correct position. of possible damage.
3. Use the locating pin, No. 9, Fig. 7, as a THE FUSE PLUG WILL NOT ::MELT AS
starting point. With the pin toward you, as- LONG AS THE RECOMMENDED COOLANT
semble from the center toward each end, as LEVEL AND NORMAL OPERATING TEMPER-
shown. If they were removed earlier, make ATURE ARE MAINTAINED.
sure to install new plugs, No. 3, Fig. 7, in the
ends of the rocker shaft.
REMOVING THE CYLINDER HEAD
4. Install the push rods and the valve stem
caps. To remove the cylinder head, proceed, as
follows:
5. Install the rocker arm shaft assemblyand
gradually tighten the nuts and capscrews secur- 1. Remove the rockerarm coyer.
ing the supports to 20-25 ft.-Ibs. torque.
2. Remove the rocker arm shaft assembly
6. Adjust the valve clearance as outlined and push rods.
under the heading "Adjusting Valve Tappet
Clearance", then complete reassembly. 3. Disconnect and remove the spark plugs.
4. Disconnect and remove the manifold heat

shield, if it is attached.
CYLINDER HEAD 5. Disconnect the carburetor control rod at

the carburetor end, then remove the carburetor
The cylinder head is of the valve-in-head from the manifold assembly.
type and contains the combustion chambers and
coolant passages. The cylinder head is made of 6. If the valves require servicing, remove
cast iron and utilizes replaceable valve guides the manifold assembly at this time.
and exhaust valve seat inserts.
NOTE: The operation of the exhaust
In addition, the cylinder head contains a "fuse valve roto caps may be checked at this
plug", which is located on top of the head. The stage. Wipe the oil from the top of the
plug can be easily identified after the rocker rotocap and marI, the top with apencil.
coyer has been removed, as it is a liS-inch LIGHT LY rap the end of the exhaust
pipe plug with a "screwdriver slot". The fuse valve stem approximately 20 times
portion of the plug is located in the bottom end with a RUBBER MALLET and observe
of the plug and is made of a tin and lead alloy the pencil mark. If the mark turns
having a melting point of 257 0 F. and indicates that the valve is rotating,
the rotocap may be considered satis-
The fuse plug can be a definite help in trou- factory for further operation. Re-
ble- shooting the cause of severe engine damage, place rotocaps that do oot ratate.
as it acts as a "tattle-tale" by indicating exces-
sively high engine temperatures. DO NOT RAP THE END OF THE
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 9 - Removing or Installing the Valve Retainer Locks
Fig.8 - Removing or Installing Cylinder Head

INT AKE VALVES
Each intake valve is a one-piece steel for-
VALVE STEM WITH A HARD METAL ging with a retainer pin hole driUed through the
OBJECT, AS IT WILL DAMAGE THE end of the stem. The valve, valve spring and
VALVE STEM. retaining assembly is shown in Fig. 10.
7. GraduaUy loosen the cylinder head nuts The intake valve is held in place by the valve
in a REVERSE ORDER to the tightening se- spring, an oil guard and a retainer, which, in
quence shown in Fig. 19, and carefully re-
move the cylinder head, as shown in Fig. 8.
INSPECTION AND DISASSEMBL y
1. Discard the old head gasket and remove

carbon deposits from the combustion chamber,
gasket surfaces and valve heads with a scraper
and a stiff wire brush. Be careful not to dam-
age the gasket surfaces of the head. Clean aU
rust and dirt from the water passages and
check the head for cracks or damaged gasket
surfaces.
2. Check the flatness of the cylinder head

with a straightedge and feeler gauge. Check it
lengthwise at three different locations and
crosswise at five different locations. Maxi-
mum lengthwise variation is O. 004 inch low in
the center, gradually decreasing toward the
ends. Maximum crosswise variation is O. 003
inch. Reface the cylinder head if these limits
are exceeded.
3. Using a "C"-type valve spring compres-

sor, as shown in Fig. 9, remove the valve
spring retainer locks, retainers, springs, and
oil seals on intake valves.
Fig. 10 - Intake Valve and Related Parts
1. Intoke Volve J. Neoprene Seol
4. Place valves in a numbered rack so they 2. Velve Spring 5. Inteke Velve Spring Reteiner
3. Intek. Velve Oil Guerd 6. Reteiner Pin
will not be mixed in handling. 7. Velve Stem Cep
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
·.Fig.12· - Exhaust Valve Rotocap

Fig. 11 - Exhau.st Valve and Rl1lated Parts
1. Exhaust Valve 3. Exhaust Valve Rotocap 4. ·Yolvé Locks
2. Valve Spring 5. Valye Stem Cap
Face Angle ............................ 44 0

Stem Diameter ......... 0.3124 - 0.3132 inch
turn, is secured by the retainer pin inserted Total Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1/64 inche s
through a hole in the stem near the tip. A neo- Head Marking ......................... "EX"
prene seal is located between the oil guard and Head Diameter . . . . . . . .. 1. 135 - 1. 145 inches
the spring retainer. It prevents excessive oil
being sucked into the cylinder through the valve The exhaust valves of aU Z-145 gasoline en-
guide. A new seal should be instaUed whenever gines are equipped with "rotocaps", see Fig.
the valves are serviced. The cap is fitted over 12, which increase the life and efficiency of the
the top of the valve stem and should be free to valves. The function of the rotocap is to pos-
rotate without binding on the stem. itively rotate the valve at a predetermined rate.
The dimensions and markings of the intake Any time that the valve cover is off with the
valves are listed, as foUows: engine running, they should be observed to
make sure they are rotating properly. If the
Face Angle ............................ 300 rotocaps are damaged or defective, they should
Stem Diameter . . . . . . . .. 0.3141 - 0.3149 inch be replaced and the valve clearance reset. Tne
Total Length ....................... 4 inches roto caps are secured to the exhaust valve by
Head Marking .......................... "IN" split-type retainer locks.
Head Diameter .......... 1. 273 - 1. 283 inches
INSPECTING THE VAl. VES

EXHAUST VALVES
Thoroughly clean aU valves and carefuUy
The exhaust valve is a one-piece forging and inspect them for defects, such as deep burns,
is made of a special alloy steel. The valve has necking, stem scuffing or worn keeper grooves.
a retainer lock groove cut in the stem near the If valves appear to be in good condition, check
tip, and has a O. 130 inch diameter hole drilled with the proper gauges for the foUowing:
in the end for the valve stem cap. The valve,
valve spring and retaining assembly is shown in 1. Measure thickness of valve margin. Dis-
Fig. 11. card the old valve if the margin thickness is
less than 1/2 the thickness of a new valve.
The dimensions and markings of the exhaust
valves are listed, as follows: 2. Measure the stem diameter. If measure-
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
.. - 1
DRIVER OTC- FT - 52
NEW VALVE REFACED VALVE

.1.--_ _ _. . . .
!~===:::t
T T
A A
LOCATING GAUGE
IF AREA "A" IS LESS THAN 50% OF
NEW VALVE, BEPLACE VALVE OTC-FT-53
LOCATING GAUGE
OTC-FT-54
Fig. 13 - Allowable Margin Thickness of Refaced Valves Fig. 14 - Special Tools for Replaci •• g Valve Guides
ment is more than 0.0015 inch below that of The valve guides DO NOT REQUIRE REAM-
new valve stem (0.3141 inch new intake and ING, in fact, the groove is only O. 002 inch deep
0.3124 inch new exhaust), it should be dis- and reaming would quickly destroy its effec-
carded. tiveness.
The desired clearance between the valve "'---.--/

SERVICING THE VAL VES stems and guides is O. 0015 inch for the intake
valves and O. 0035 inch for the exhaust valves.
Intake valves should be refaced to a30 0 angle,
0
exhaust valves to a 44 • Notice that the exhaust
valve seat is ground to 45 0 , leaving an inter- CLEANING AND INSPECTION
ference angle of 10 • The intake valve does not
have an interference angle. Discard all valves Thoroughly clean the valve guides, removing
having less than 50% of original margin thick- lacquer and other deposits. Do not use tools
ness after they have been refaced. To check that would remove metal and damage the guide
this dimension, compare the refaced valve with bore.
a new valve. Refer to Fig. 13. Maximum
valve face run-out must be less thanO. 002 inch. Measure the inside diameter of the valve
guides and replace guides if diameter is more
than 0.3182 inch, or if valve guide-to-stem
VALVE GUIDES clearance exceeds specifications.
The valve guides are made of cast iron and_

are interchangeable for both the intake and ex- REPLACING VALVE GUIDES
haust valves.
Worn valve guides may easily be replaced
The inside diameter of new valve guides with the use of the OTC Special Tools, shown
when the y are installed is 0.3157.- 0.3172inch. in Fig. 14.
The valve guides have a fine spiral groove Before attempting to install the valve guides,
machined in the bore, similar to the barrel of observe that the bushing-type locating gauges
a rifle. The groove assists in maintaining pro- are not of the sa me -length.
per lubrication of the valve stem and helps to
prevent varnish formation. The longer bushing (Special Too! OTC - FT - 54)
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
4. After installing new valve guides, make

sure to reface the valve seats.
VALVE SEATS
The intake valves seat directly in the cylin-
der head. The exhaust valves seat in replace-
able-type valve seat inserts. Intake valve
seats have a 300 angle, whereas the exhaust
valve seats have a 45 0 angle.
INSPECTING THE VALVE SEATS
Thoroughly inspect each valve seat for pit-

ting, cracking, burning or other evidence of
Fig. 15 - Replacing Worn Valve Guides
leakage. If any of these conditions exist, or if
new valve guides have been installe d, the seats
must be refaced.
is used to locate the guide for the exhaust,
valves, whereas the shorter bushing locates the If any exhaust seat inserts are cracked, loose
guides for the intake valves. or badly burned, they must be replaced.
NOTE: The location of the exhaust

valves may be easily identified by the SERVICING THE VALVE SEATS
srnaller valve seat diarneters and by
the fact that their spring seats are lo- Reconditioning the valve seats is very im-
cated farther front the top face of the portant because the seating of the valves must
cy linder head. be perfect for the engine to deliver full power
and performance.
To replace the valve guides, proceed, as
follows: Another important factor is the cooling of the
valve heads. Good contact between each valve
1. Using a press, install the appropriate and its seat in the head is imperative to insure
bushing over the old valve guide which is to be that the heat in the valve head will be properly
replaced. carried a way.
2. Slide the new valve guide onto the driver Several different types of equipment are
(Special Tooi OTe FT-52). Place the tool and available for refacing valve seats; the recom-
the new valve guide on top of the old guide, with mendations of the manufacturer of the equip-
the piloted end of the tool in the old guide. ment being used should be carefully followed to
obtain proper results.
NOTE: The valve guides are non-di-
rectional and can be ins talled with Regardless of what type of equipment is used,
either end up. it is essential that valve guides be free from
carbon or dirt to insure proper centering of
3. Operate the press as shown in Fig. 15 pilot in the guide.
and push the driver fully down until the bushing
makes contact with the driver. The advantage To reface the valve seats, proceed, as
of using this method is that, as the new guide follows:
is pressed into position, it forces the old guide
out and automatically locates the new guide 1. Install the pilot in the valve guide bore.
3/32 inch below the top face of the cylinder
head. NOTE: lt is preferable to use a Pilot
having a soUd stem with a long taper,
NOTE; The guides are made of cast as aU seats must be ground concentric
iroJl and must be PRESSED in place. and square with both new or worn
Do not altempt to drive them m. valve guides.
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEI. Z- J45 ENGINÈ GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
WRONG RIGHT
Fig. 16 - Valve Location in Cylinder Heod Fig. 17 - Method of Narrowing Valve Seats
2. Place roughing stone or forming stone so that it contacts the middle portion of the
over pilot and just clean up the valve seat. Use valve face and have a width of 1/16 inch t03/32
a 45 degree stone for the exhaust seats and a inch.
30 degree stone for the intake seats.
If the seat contact area is too wide and is im-
3. Remove roughing stone or forming stone properly located, the valve seat may be nar-
from pilot, in staIl finishing stone on pilot and rowed by using a 15 0 stone to reduce the out-
cut just enough metal from the seat to provide side diameter, or using a 60 0 or 75 0 stone to
a smooth finish. REMOVE ONLY ENOUGH increase the inside diameter. Refer to Figs.
METAL TO CLEAN UP AND TRUE THE FACE 16 and 17.
OF THE VALVE SEAT.
NOTE: After the narro/ced-dou'll seat
4. Remove pilot and carefully clean the cyl- has been broughlzrilllin sjJeci/icaliolls,
inder head to remove aIl chips and grindings il should be retouched li.!;1illy /cüli LI/e
from the above operations. original stone to rel/loce ml.\' lmrrs or
feathered edges.
5. After refacing the valve seats and valve
faces, mark each valve face with a pencil so
that the marks are around the valve and about REPI.AClNG EXHAUST VAl. VE SEAT INSERTS
1/4 inch apart across the valve face. Place
the valve in the cylinder/head and exert a firm Valve seat inserts are used only for the ex-
pressure on it, then rotate the valve approxi- haust valves and are held in place by the inter-
mately 1/2 turn in each direction. ference fit.
6. Remove the valve and check the face If any of the exhaust seatinserts are loose,
carefully. If an of the pencil marks have not cracked or otherwise damaged, they should be
been removed at the point of contact with the replaced with new service replacement inserts.
valve seat, it will be necessary to repeat the The service replacement inserts are 0.010 inch
refacing operation and again recheck for proper oversize.
seating.
When replacing any of the valve seats, l'cier
7. Carefully observe the location where the to the information listed below and follow the
valve seat contacts the valve face and the width instructions for the particular makC' of equip-
of the valve scat. The scat should be located ment being used.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
6. Reface the new valve seat insert with a

45 degree stone, following the procedure out- _
lined earlier.
1. 2635"
TO
1.26-45"
VALVE SPRINGS
The valve springs are interchangeable for the
1. 2595" intake and exhaust valves. The springs do not
TO -~
have damper coils and may be installed either
1. 2605" end up.
Discard any springs that do not have square

ends, also those that are discolored, damaged
or otherwise defective. If springs appear to be
in good condition, check them in a spring tester
and compare readings with the foIlowing speci-
fications:
Approximate Free Length ... .. 2-1/16 inches

Fig. 18 - Dimensions of Oversize Replacement
Spring Length Valve Closed .... 1-45/64 inches
Insert and Counterbore Spring Load @ 1-45/64 inches
Length ..................... 47 - 53 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open ..... 1-27/64 inches
Spring Load @ 1-27/64 Inches
1. Re move the old insert. Length .................... 96 - 104 lbs.
2. Install a new valve guide. Replace any valve springs having spring
pressures more than 10% below the minimum
3. Re-machine the old counterbore diameter production specüications.
to 1. 2595 - 1. 2605 inches, as shown in Fig. 18,
to accomodate the O. 010 inch oversize insert.
This dimension will provide the correct 0.003 -
O. 005 inch interference for the replacement in- CYLINDER HEAD REASSEMBL y
sert. The following chart shows the dimen-
sions for the STANDARD PRODUCTION IN- Make sure aIl parts are thoroughly clean and
SERTS AND COUNTERBORES. serviceable, then proceed, as follows:
1. Lubricate the valve stems and guides with

Outs ide D iometer Inside Diameter engine oil.
Interference Fit
of Insert of Counterbore
2. Install the valves in their original guides.
1.2535 - 1.2495 - 0.003 -
1.2545 inches 1.2505 inches 0.005 inch
3. Install the valve spring and retainer as-
sembly over each valve; see Figs. 10 and 11
for proper sequence of parts. Use new retainer
pins and neoprene seals on the intake valves.
When machining the counterbore, make sure
to go deep enough with the tool to clean up the 4. Compress springs and instaU retainer
bottom so that the new insert will have full con- locks.
tact to carry away the heat.
4. Chill the new insert in dry ice for ap-

proximately 30 minutes before installation. CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION
5. Install the insert in the counterbore by 1. Make sure the cylinder head studs are
using a pilot and pressing the insert in place. tight and in good condition and that the sealing
This assures it being seated firmly on the bot- surfaces of the cylinder block and cylinder
tom of the counterbore. head are clean and not damaged.
11
MASSEY -FERGUSON
ifold assembly and tighten the manifold nuts to

" , :8'#' . 25 - 30 ft.-lbs. torque.
;5~:i :,6,: :'i~ ~ ~
iÎi:
~J
~. ~
" '
® @ 8. Install the carburetor and reconnect the

CD CD CD carburetor control rode
9. Install the rocker arm cover and spark

@ CD CD Ci) ® "
plugs.
'" NOTE: After the engine lzas been
Fig, 19 - Cylinder Head Tightening Sequence
started and allowed ta reach operating
temperature, re-torque the cylinder
head and adjust the valve tappet clear-
ance "hat" ta 0.013 inch, with the en-
2. Observe that the cylinder head gasket is gine running ai a slow idle.
marked "bottom" and install the gasket over
the cylinder head studs, with the bottom side of
the gasket contacting face of block.
ADJUSTING VALVE
NOTE: The new cylinder head gasket TAPPET CLEARANCE
is pre-coated and requires no sealer.
However, if difficulties are encoun- Both the intake and exhaust valve clearances
tered with gasket sealing, coat bath should be set at O. 013 inch "hot", or at 0.015
s ides of the gas ke t with Aviation inch "cold". The engine firing order is 1-3-4-2.
Grade Permatex or heat-resisting
aluminum paint and assemble it im- To adjust the valve tappet clearance with en-
mediately. gine "cold", proceed, as follows:
3. Install the cylinder head and carefully 1. Turn the crankshaft clockwise (viewed
tighten the cylinder head nuts to 70 - 75 ft.-lbs. from front) until the T. D. C. mark on the fly-
torque following the tightening sequence shown wheel is positioned in the middle of the inspec-
in Fig. 19. Make sure to use a torque wrench tion hole and both of the rocker arms of No. 4
and go over aU of the nuts twice before finally (rear) cylinder are "rocking" (exhaust valve
pulling them down to the proper torque. closing and intake valve opening).
4. Install the push rods in their original lo- NOTE: At this point, No. 1 cylinder
cations, making sure each one is properly 10- is approximately at T. D. C. on com-
cated in the socket of the tappet. pression stroke, with bath valves
closed.
NOTE: If the push rads are "bumped"
or "jarred" in the pro cess of install- 2. With the crankshaft positioned as out-
ing the rocker assembly, it is possible lined, loosen the locknuts on the rocker arms
for them ta faZZ down into the cylinder for No. 1 cylinder and, with a O. 015 inch feeler
block. For this reason, it is a good gauge between the valve stem and the face of
practice ta attach a spring-loaded the rocker arm, turn each adjusting screw until
clothes pin ta each puslz rad. the correct clearance is obtained. Tighten
locknuts and recheck clearance.
5. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly in
place, then install the valve stem caps and 3. Turn the engine crankshaft clockwise ap-
gradually and alternately tighten the supports to proximately 1/2 of a turn until No. 2 cylinder
20 - 25 ft. -lbs. torque. rocker arms are "rocking" and adjust the valve
tappet clearances of No. 3 cylinder.
6. Make an initial valve clearance adjust-
ment with the engine "cold". Adjust intake and 4. Turn the crankshaft another 1/2 of a turn
exhaust valve clearance to 0.015 inch. Refer until No. 1 cylinder rocker arms are "rocking"
to heading "Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance" and adjust the tappets for No. 4 cylinder.
for procedure.
5. Turn the crankshaft another 1/2 of a turn
7. If the manifold assembly has been re- until No. 3 cylinder rocker anus arc "roc king"
moved, use a new gasket, then install the man- and adjust the tappets for No. 2 cylinder.
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
SLEEVE
~ ~ , ,
CYLiNDER HEAD STUDS

)··;;;;;;;t;::~;;i:::>··\;····,...
,~ ~:.~
"·.. ..>",,,,,,,,i:;ii;'''·-:;:'
~
~ ~~~:;,O
~ fb~'
,
/
TIMING
GEAR
COYER
Fig. 20 - Cylinder Black - Idenification of Connecting and Related Ports
CYLINDER BLOCK INSPECTING THE CYI.INDER BI.OCK
The cylinder block is a one-piece casting After the block has been stripped of aU re-
with drilled oil passages which eliminate aIl . moveable parts, the entire casting, including
external lubrication oil lines. The oil and the oil and coolant passages, should be thor-
coolant passage openings in the top of the block oughly cleaned and inspected, as follows:
register with similar openings in the head, thus
joining the passages in the head with those in 1. Inspect for and replace any expansion
the block. The block is properly machined to plugs showing signs of leakage.
accept the heavy-walled, cast, wet-type cylin-
der sleeves. 2. Inspect the cylinder head studs to make
sure they are installed tightly and are not
Fig. 20 shows the cylinder block, main bear- stripped or otherwise damaged.
ing caps and various other connecting and re-
lated parts. 3. Thoroughly inspect the block for cracks.
13
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z- J 45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Each piston is -f'i.tled with four piston rings;

three compression rings and one oil control
ring. The top compression ring and the steel
rails of the oil control ring are chrome plated
for minimum wear and long engine life. .
AlI pistons are notched at the bottom of the

skirt, as shown in Fig. 21, to indicate the cor-
rect positioning of the piston inside the cylin-
der. THE PISTON MUST BE INSTALLED
WITH THE NOTCH TOWARD THE FRONT OF
THE ENGINE.
The upper ends of the connecting rods are

fitted with replaceable bronze piston pin
bushings.
The crankshaft ends of the connecting rods

are fitted with replace able precision-type bear-
ing inserts. Replacement bearing inserts are
available in O. 002 inch, O. 010 inch and O. 020
inch undersize. The bearing inserts are lead
base, babbit overlay type, with steel bac king.
1. Piston 5. ConneCling Rod
2. Piston Pin Retainers
3. Piston Pi n
6.
7.
Bearing Inserts
Connecting Rod Cap
The connecting rods have an OIL SPRAY
4. Connecting Rad Bushing 8. Connecting Rad Boit with Lock HOLE, as shown in Fig. 21, and are numbered
from the front of the engine, with the numbers
TOWARD THE CAMSHAFT SIDE OF THE EN-
GINE. The oil spray hole provide s lubrication
These may sometimes occur between the cyl- to the thrust side of the piston and cylinder
inders or around the studs. sleeve which is located on the right-hand side
of the cylinder.
4. Use a straightedge and feeler gauge to
inspect the top face of the cylinder block for The piston pins are of the full floating type
possible warpage due to extreme overheating and are secured in place by snap rings. Re-
or other abnormal operation. placement pins are available in standard size
and O. 003 inch and O. 005 inch oversize.
Check the flatness in three different locations
lengthwise, and five different locations cross-
wise. The maximum permissible variation is REMOVING PISTON AND
O. 004 inch low in the center lengthwise, gradu- CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLIES
ally decreasing toward the ends, or O. 003 inch
crosswise. Whenever it is necessary to service the pis-
ton and connecting rod assemblies, they may
The cylinder block should be resurfaced if be removed, as follows:
these limits are exceeded.
1. Drain oil and coolant from engine, if it
has not already been done.
2. Remove cylinder head.

ROD ASSEMBL y 3. Remove oil pan.
Fig. 21 shows the parts of the piston and 4. Disconnect the oil intake line at the oil
connecting rod assembly. pump and the oil strainer support at the center
main bearing cap and remove the oil strainer
The pistons are made of a special aluminum assembly and intake oil line as one complete
alloy and are cam ground. The piston skirt is unit.
slightly tapered, being larger at the bottom
than at the top. 5. Inspect the sleeves, as outlined under the
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
heading "Inspecting and Servicing the Cylinder and are retained in the piston bosses by snap
Sleeves", to determine if they are reusable. rings. New standard size pins are O. 8591 -
0.8593 inch in diameter. Replacement pins are
6. Carefully remove any cylinder ridge supplied in standard size and O. 003 inch and
present inside the cylinder sleeves with a ridge O. 005 inch oversizes.
reamer. Refer to heading "Inspecting and
Servicing the Cylinder Sleeves" for additional Correct fit of new piston pins is O. 0002 -
information. 0.0006 inch CLEARANCE in both the piston pin
bore and connecting rod bushing. The piston
NOTE: If the cylinder sleeves are pin should have a light push fit when checked at
worn (tapered) more than O. 008 inch, room temperature.
make sure to install a new matched
set of piston and sleeves after the old
pistons have been removed.
NOTE: Be careful when fitting piston
7. Rotate the crankshaft until the piston to Pins. With modern honing equiPrnent,
be removed is at the bottom of its stroke, then Pins should be fitted by actual clear-
release the locks and remove the connecting ance and not by feel. Note that, while
rod boUs, caps and bearing inserts. a light push fit is mentioned, there is
a definite clearance of the piston Pin
NOTE: Keep the caps, inserts and in bath the piston and connecting rad
boUs in numerical arder sa that each bushing.
part can be reassembled with its mat-
ing part after the Pistons and rads are
removed. If the rods are not already Us e new snap rings when ins talling
numbered, do sa at this time. pis ton pins.
8. Push the piston and connecting rad as-
sembly out of the top of the block, carrying CONNECTING RODS
with it aIl the carbon and metal chips left from
the cleaning and ridge reaming operation. When The connecting rods are .made of forged steel
doing this, be careful not to damage the sleeves and have an I-beam cross section for struc-
with the sharp corners and rough edges of the tural rigidity.
connecting rod.
The weight of the connecting rods is accurat-
NOTE: Make sure to Zay out aU parts ely held within 1/4 ounce variation to provide
in their arder of removal sa that, if smooth engine operation.
serviceable, they may be reinstalled
in their original cy linders . The connecting rods have an oil spray hole
which supplies lubrication to the thrust face of
9. Remove and discard the old piston rings, the cylinder wall. To assure correct installa-
then clean the entire piston and connecting rod tion, both the rods and caps are numbered from
assembly. the front of the engine with the numbers
TOWARD THE CAMSHAFT SillE OF THE EN-
10. Repeat steps No. 6 through 9, if ail the GINE.
piston and connecting rad assemblies are to be
removed. New Connecting Rod Specifications are, as
follows:
REMOVING PISTON FROM CONNECTING ROD

Bearing Data:
To separate the piston from the connecting Crankpin Journal
rod, remove the snap ring from each end of the Diameter . . . . . . .. 1. 9365 - 1. 9375 inches
piston pin bore, then slip piston pin out of the Connecting Rod Bearing Bore
piston. Diameter . . . . . . .. 1. 9378 - 1. 9388 inches
Bearing Clearance. . .. O. 0003 - O. 0023 inch
Desired Clearance ......... 0.0015 inch
PISTON PINS Maximum Clearance. . . . . . .. O. 0033 inch
The piston pins are of the full floating type Connecting Rod Side-Play ... O. 005 - 0.011 inch
15
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Hone the new bushing to an inside diameter

of O. 8595 - O. 8597 inch for new standard size
pins. Proper clearance between the piston pin
and the bushing is O. 0002 - O. 0006 inch.
Conneding Rod Alignment
The piston pin hole in the connecting rad

must be parallel to and in plane with the bear-
ing end of the connecting rode
Rad alignment may be checked on a fixture

with the piston pin assembled in the rod before
assembling the piston, but regardless of this
preliminary check, the complete piston and rod
assembly must be rechecked and there must
not be more than 0.002 inch twist or out-of-
squareness when checked over a spread of ap-
proximately 4 inches.
If the connecting rod is bent or twisted, it

Fig. 22 - Special Tools for Replacing Connecting Rod Bushings may be straightened to bring it within the above
specification.
NOTE: The Pistons are cam ground
Piston Pin Hole Data: and are slightly tapered. This must
Bushing Bore Diameter - Installed be ta ken into consideration when
But Unfinished ..... O. 8465 - O. 8485 inch checking the alignment of the com-
Bushing Bore Diameter - plete piston and connecting rad as-
Finished Size ....... O. 8595 - O. 8597 inch sembly, since the diameter in line
Piston Pin Diameter - with the pis ton pin will be less at the
Standard Size ...... O. 8591 - O. 8593 inch top of the skirt than at the bottom.
Bushing Clearance ..... O. 0002 - 0.0006 inch
Desired Clearance ............. 0.0004 inch
PISTONS
Always check connecting rods for proper
alignment. Discard or straighten any rods that AU of the pistons, including service replace-
are misaligned. ment pistons, are fitted with a sleeve at the
factory and are available only in matched sets.
Replace connecting rod bushings whenever This is done to insure the best possible fit, a
new pistons or new standard size pins are in- condition necessary for an efficient, quiet run-
stalled. If bushing clearance exceeds specifi- ning engine.
cations and the old pistons are reusable, the
bushings may be honed and fitted with oversize Each matched set consists of a piston and
pins. cylinder sleeve which has been graded by size
and coded with a letter at the factory. The
code letters and their respective sizes are, as
Bushing Replacement follows:
When replacing the connecting rod bushings,
use the special OTC Tools, as shown in Fig. 22.
Support the connecting rod in a press and use Piston Skirt. Diameter (Inches)
Identification Cylinder Size
the bushing remove collar OTC-FT-350 in con- Letter
Bottom of Skirt Top of Skirt
(Inches)
junction with mandrill OTC-813 to press out
the old bushing. To install the new bushing, A-l 3.3725-3.3730 3.3715-3.3720 3.3745-3.3750
position the bushing on the connecting rod WITH A 3.3730-3.3735 3.3720-3.3725 3.3750-3.3755
B 3.3735-3.3740 3.3725-3.3730 3.3755-3.3760
THE OIL HOLES ALIGNED, then use bushing C 3.3740-3.3745 3.3730 -3. 3735 3.3760-3.3765
installer collar OTC-FT-351 with the mandrill D 3.3745-3.3750 3.3735-3.3740 3.3765-3.3770
and press the new bushing in place. E 3.3750-3.3755 3.3740-3.3745 3.3770-3.3775
16
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Thoroughly inspect the pistons, if the old No. 2 and 3 Compression

sleeves do not require replacement. Discard Rings . . . . 0.0035 ;.. 0.0055 inch
pistons that are scored, or otherwise damaged. No. 4 on Ring Not applicable
If pistons appear serviceable, proceed, as Maximum Side
follows: Clearance Must not exceed O. 0025 inch
over new maximum side
1. Measure the bottom piston skirt diameter clearance
at a right angle to the piston pin.
Discard pistons that have worn ring grooves
NOTE: The piston is cam-ground and or bent lands.
has a skirt which is slightly tapered,
being larger at the bottom than at the 3. Inspect the piston pin bores for wear and
top. check the piston pin fit in the piston. For quiet
operation, the pin should have a clearance of
2. Inspect for worn or dam age dring 0.0002 - 0.0006 inch in the piston. If a new
grooves. New piston ring groove clearance standard size piston pin has excessive clear-
specifications are, as follows: ance, the piston and the connecting rod bushing
may be honed and fitted with oversize piston
No. 1 Compression pins. Refer to heading "Piston Pins" for addi-
Ring . . . . . . . . . O. 0035 - O. 005 inch tional information.
INSTAI.I.ING THE PISTON RINGS
NEVER INSTALL USED RINGS ONTO A NEW OR USED PISTON. Before installing
the piston rings, check the ring end gaps in the cylinder sleeves. To do this, use an
inverted piston and insert each one-piece ring, one at a time, approximately 2 INCH-
ES DOWN IN THE BORE. Bring the edge of the piston up against the ring to square it
up in the cylinder bore. Proper ring end gap in a new sleeve is 0.010 - 0.020 inch
for aU of the one-piece piston rings.
When instaUing the piston rings, use a piston ring tool for all of the one-piece
rings. Install the lowest groove ring first, then the next lowest, etc., with the top
groove ring installed last. Description of the piston rings and their correct place-
ment is, as follows, refer to Fig. 23:
Description and Placement of Piston Rings
No. 1 Compression Ring Taper-faced chrome plated cast iron ring and
MUST be installed with side marked "Top"
toward top of piston.
No. 2 and 3 Compression Rings ............. . Taper-faced cast iron rings and MUST be in-
stalled in second and third grooves, with side
marked "Top" toward top of piston.
No. 4 Oil Control Ring ..................... . Three-piece type r in g, consisting of two

chrome plated steel rails and a self-expanding
spacer. This ring should be installed, as
follows:
a. Place the self-expanding spacer in the bot-

tom ring groove. Position it so that the ends
are above the solid portion of the groove bot-
tom, approximately in line with the piston pin
hole.
17
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEL Z-J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
b. While holding ends of spacer butled, care-

TOP COMPRESSION RING fully spiral one of the rails onto the piston and
-(CHROME PLATED-TAPER FACED) install it on the top side of the spacer. Locate
the rail gap approximately 1 - 2 inches to the
LEFT of spacer ends.
2ND 'AND 3RD GROOVE
COMPRESSION RING
(PLAIN - TAPER FACED) c. Install the remaining rail onto the piston in
the sa me manner, but locate it below the spac-
er, and position the rail gap approximately 1 -
2 inches to the RIGHT of the spacer gap.
d. Inspect the final assembly to make certain

the spacer ends are not overlapped.
Fig. 23 - Production Piston Ring Arrangement DO NOT CUT OFF ENDS OF SPACER.
INSTALLING THE PISTON AND and the bottom bearing insert, and assemble it
CONNECTING ROD ASSEMSL y into the cap.
1. Make sure pistons and connecting rods 8. Lubricate the crankpin journal and the
are assembled correctly, with the notch on the bottom insert.
pistons toward the front of the engine and the
connecting rod numbers toward the camshaft 9. With the cap location number toward the
side of the engine. camshaft side of the engine, position the cap in
place and install the bolts, using new locks.
NOTE: The oil spray Jwle in the rod Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 40 - 45
must be toward the thrust side of the ft. -lbs. torque and lock them.
cylinder (opposite camshaft side of
engine).
2. Make sure aU parts are clean, then re- CYLINDER SLEEVES
move the bearing cap and apply a liberal coating
of oil to the cylinder sleeves and the piston The cylinder sleeves are made of cast iron
assemblies. and are of the wet type. The sleeves are sealed
into the block by two neoprene '!O"-rings,
3. Stagger the ring gaps and, using a piston which fit in grooves around the bottom of the
ring compressor tool, start the assembly into sleeve.
the cylinder. Make sure that the assembly is
installed in the proper cylinder location and is NOTE: The grOO1;es and the "O"-rings
properly positioned with the piston notches are manufactured to very close toler-
toward the front. The connecting rod numbers ances and s lzould be treated with care
must be toward the camshaft side of the engine. at aU times.
4. Rotate the crankshaft until the appropri- The top of the sleeves are shouldered and fit
ate crankpin journal is at B. D. C., then press into recessed diameters in the top of the cylin-
the assembly into the cylinder bore. der block. The sleeves are designed so that
they will protrude 0.001 - 0.004 inch above the
5. Carefully clean the bearing bore in the top surface of the cylinder block. This causes
connecting rod and the bearing insert, then in- the sleeve to be forced down tightly against the·
stan the upper insert in place. bottom of the recessed diameter, thus forming
a seal when the cylinder head is bolted down.
6. Lubricate the bearing insert and crankpin
journal, then pull the rod assembly into posi- The bottom of the sleeves have rod clearance
tion onto the crankpin. Make sure that the which must be toward the sides of the cylinder
bearing insert is still correctly located. block. ~
7. Carefully clean the connecting rod cap Replacement sleeves are not available indi-
18
MASSEY -FERGUSON
vidually, but are supplied in complete matched

piston and sleeve sets.
Each matched set consists of pistons and

sleeves which have been graded by size and
coded with a letter at the factory. The code
letters and their respective sizes are, as
follows:
Piston Skirt Diameter (lnches)

Identification Cylinder Size
Letter (Inches)
Bottom of Skirt Top of Skirt
A-l 3.3725~3.3730 3.3715-3.3720 3.3745-3.3750

A 3.3730-3.3735 3.3720-3.3725 3.3750-3.3755
B 3.3735-3.3740 3.3725-3.~730 3.3755-3.3760
C 3.3740-3.3745 3.3730-3.3735 3.3760-3.3765
D 3.3745-3.3750 3.3735-3.'3740 3.3765-3.3770
E 3.3750-3.3755 3.3740-3.3745 3.3770-3.3775
INSPECTING AND SERVICING Fig. 24 - Measuring Sleeve Height

THE CYLINDER SLEEVES
1. Thoroughly clean the carbon from around

the top of the old cylinder sleeves and inspect turnmg white ridge reaming. One way
them for scoring or other damage. Replace of securing the sleeve is to cut a
sleeves that are scored or otherwise damaged. length of PiPe, which can be inserted
over the s tuds and drawn down on the
2. Determine the original size of the cylin- flange of the sleeve to hold it in po-
der sleeve by measuring the diameter of the sition.
sleeve at the TOP unworn portion (above the
piston ring travel area).
REPLAC/NG THE CYLINDER SLEEVES
NOTE: New s leeves are made s lightly
tapered, being 0.0002 inch to 0.0015 To replace the cylinder sleeves, proceed, as
inch larger at the bottom than at the follows:
top.
3. Carefully measure the inside diameter of semblies as outlined.
the sleeve at the top portion of the piston ring
travel area. Compare the worn diameter with 2. Use a sleeve puller and pull the sleeve
the unworn diameter and determine the amount out the top of the cylinder block.
of cylinder taper present.
3. Thoroughly clean the sleeve recess and
4. If the amount of taper is less than O. 008 the "O"-ring sealing surfaces in the cylinder
inch, the sleeves may be considered satisfac- block. Make sure to remove aH rust and scale
tory for further use, providing a new set of from the block to permit metal-to-metal con-
service re-rings is installed during reassem- tact and to prevent damaging the new "O"-rings
bly. IF THE TAPER EXCEEDS 0.008 INCH, when the sleeves are installed.
THE SLEEVES SHOULD BE REPLACED.
4. Install the new sleeves in the cylinder
5. Carefully remove the cylinder ridge and block, without the "O"-ring seals, to determine
deglaze the sleeve s if they are to be reused. the amount they protrude above the cylinder
MAKE SURE TO THOROUGHLY CLEAN THE block.
SLEEVES AFTER THEY ARE DEGLAZED.
Lay a straightedge across the top of each
NOTE: It JJtay be necessary to secure sleeve and use a feeler gauge, as shawn in Fig.
the s leeve 'bz place to keep it from 24, ta measure the height. The sleeves shauld
19
MASSEY -FERGUSON
OIL FILLER CAP

GOVERNOR BUMPER SPRING
BUMPER SPRING ADJUSTING SCREW

SHIM - IF REQUIRED GOVERNOR LEVER ASSEMBLy \
/
CRANKSHAFT OUST SEAL
CRANKSHAFT PULLEV
PULLEV WASHER
PULLEV RETAINING BOLT

/
Fig. 27 - Timing Gear Cover - Identification of Parts

Fig. 25 - Height of Sleeve Above Block
ger under the seals, and run the finger around

proj ect from O. 001 - 0.004 inch above the face the sleeve two or three times, allowing the seal
of the block, as shown in Fig. 25, thus per- to slide back in place without a twist.
mitting a slight pressure build-up where the
gasket contacts the sleeve. The slight pressure
build-up assures a good seai at this point. It 6. Thoroughly lubricate the "O"-ring seals
may be necessary to shift the sleeves from one on each sleeve with brake fluid or petroleum
bore to another until the desired projection can jelly.
be obtained. If the correct proj ection cannot be
obtained by shifting the sleeves, install shims
in order to raise them. The shims are avail- 7. Position the sleeve so that the two notches
able in 0.0015 and 0.003 inch thickness. are toward the sides of the cylinder block, as
shown in Fig. 26. Install the sleeve in the cyl-
NOTE: Be careful, when. s hifting the inder block and pre ss it in place with the palm
Ilez!" sleeves, to keep the mating pis- of the hand. If the seal contact surfaces and
tOIlS and s leeves together. The Pis- the recess in the cylinder block have been
tons and s leeves must be of the same carefully cleaned, the sleeve should be able to
code size. be pushed in place by hand, without the need of
additional force.
5. Remove the sleeve, selected for each
bore, and install the new "O"-ring seais. Make
sure the seals are not twisted during installa-
tion, otherwise they are very likely to leak.
To prevent any possibility of twist, slip a fin- TIMING GEAR COVER AND
The timing gear cover, as shown in Fig. 27,
is made of cast iron and contains the front
crankshaft oil seal and governor lever assem-
DOT MARKS ON TOP OF SLEEVES bly. The coyer is dowel located to the cylinder
block to assure correct positioning of the front
oil se al in relation to the crankshaft.
The governor lever is supported by the tim-

ing gear coyer and operates in two sets of
needle bearings located inside the coyer.
CENTERLINE OF
CRANKSHAFT
SLEEVE NOTCHES
REMOVING THE TIMING GEAR COVER
To remOve the timing gear coyer proceed,
Fig. 26 - Cylinder Sleeves Correctly Positioned in Block as follows:
20
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 28 - Removing Crankshaft Putley
1. Remove the fan beIt and fan blade assem- further operation, provided the seai contact
bly. surface on the pulley is in good condition.
Make sure to examine the sealing surface on
2. Re move the crankshaft puUey boIt and the puUey very carefully, since any roughness
remove the pulley, using a puller tool, as shown or scratche s will eventually damage the seaI
in Fig. 28. and cause an oil Ieak.
3. Disconnect the carburetor control rod at If the pulley surface is damaged, it must
governor lever end. either be repIaced or saIvaged by building up
the damaged surface, then turning the surface
4. Remove the breather tube from the rocker again to the specified size and very carefuUy
arm cover. polishingit.
5. Either remove the oil pan or remove the Replocing front Crankshoft Oil Seol
three front oil pan capscrews and Ioosen aU
other remaining capscrews securing the ail pan. 1. Carefully press or evenly tap the oId oil
seaI out of the timing gear cover.
6. Remove aU of the bolts and capscrews
securing the timing gear caver. Carefully sep-
arate the bottom and rear gaskets from it and
remove the cover from the two dowels on the
front face of the cylinder block.

Inspect the front ail seal carefuUy to deter-
mine whether or not it is worn or damaged. If
the oil seal shows any signs of damage or wear,
it should be replaced. Do not take chances
~, with questionable oil seaIs.
If the ail seal is in new condition and shows

no signs of cuts or wear, it may be reused for Fig. 30 - Location of Front Crankshaft Oi 1 Sea 1
21
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CARBURETOR C.ONTROL ROD
~.~
\ . ~
GOVERNOR cUP ASSEMBLY "
~ r
r GOVERNOR LEVER
ANDSHAFT
-~~
~\1~"..
NEEDLE BEARINGS
ROCKER LEVER
Fig. 31 - Governor Lever Assembly - IdënÙfication

and Sequence of Part::
Fig. 33 - Reor View of Timing Geer Cover

NOTE: Do not attempt ta pry the old
seal out of the caver. Such a practice
may score the caver and cause leak-
age. SERVICING THE GOVERNOR LEVER
ASSEMBL y AND NEEDLE BEARINGS
2. Clean the oil seal bore in the cover. The governor lever shaft is supported in the
timing gear cover by two sets of needle bear-
3. Lightly coat the bore in the cover with ings. Refer to Fig. 31 showing the lever and
sealing compound. other related parts.
4. Lubricate the lip of the new oil seal with Observe that two seais are used with the
oil. lever shaft. The outer seal is a dust seal,
whereas the inner one is an oil seal.
5. Position the se al so that the lip of the
seal will be toward the engine, then PRESS the The governor lever is held in position by a
new oil seal into the rear of the cover, as pin through the rocker lever and shaft.
shown in Fig. 29. When properly installed, the
oil seal should be flush with the rear face of Whenever the timing gear cover is removed,
the cover, as shown in Fig. 30. the governor lever should be checked for bind-
ing or looseness in the needle bearings. If
side movement of the shaft or binding in the
needle bearings is evident, the shaft and bear-
ings should be removed and serviced, as
follows:
1. Remove the governor lever shaft.
a. Remove the pipe plug from front face

of timing gear cover, as shown in
Fig. 32.
b. Drive the governor shaft pin, as shown

in Fig. 32, out of the rocker lever and
shaft, then remove rocker lever and
withdraw shaft from cover.
Fig. 32 - Pipe Plug Removed from Timing Gear Cover 2. Remove the dust seal and, with a suitable
22
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 34 - Removing Old Needle Bearings

from Timing Gear Cover Fig. 36 - ail Slinger and Governor Cup Assembly
Properly Ins ta lied
tool, carefully remove the old oil seal out of

the bore in the cover. 6. Carefully drive the outer needle bearing
into the bore until it isflush with the botlom of
3. Use a small punch and drive in the short the counterbored oil seal hole.
bearing stop pin (shown in Fig. 33) until it lS
free, then remove it from inside the bore. 7. Drive the new oil seaI into position, as
shown in Fig. 35, until it contacts the bottom of
4. Carefully drive the old needle bearings the counterbore. Install the dust seal into the
out of the cover, using a mandrel, as shown in cover.
Fig. 34.
8. Insert the governor shaft through the cov-
5. Using the same mandrel, carefully drive er and install the rocker lever onto the shaft.
the new inner bearing into the caver until it is Line up the hole in the shaft and lever, then
positioned sa that it just clears the stop pin drive a new pin into the hole to secure the two
hale. Install a new pin into the hole. Refer to together.
Fig. 33, showing the inner bearing and stop pin.
9. Install the pipe plug into the front of the
caver.
10. Check the shaft ta make sure it rotates

freely without binding. Binding of the shaft
will cause improper governor operation.
NOTE: If improper governor opera-

tion has been encountered, back the
bumper s crew "out" until il jus t clears
the bumper spring and check the loca-
tion of the lever end of the bumper
spring. The spring should be loœted
so that the rear edge is 1 ülch below
the rear face of the cover.
INSTALLING THE TIMING GEAR COVER

1. If removed earlier, install the governor
cup assembly into the camshaft and position it
sa the lip is approximately at the 8 o'clockpos-
Fig. 35 - Insta lIing New Governor Shoft ail Seo 1
ition, as viewed from the front.
23
MASSEY -FERGUSON
NOTE: The oil slinger on the crank-

shaft must be installed so that the out-
er flanged portion is facing forward,
as s hown in Fig. 36.
2. Using a new cover gasket, install the
timing gea:r cover onto the two dowels in the
front face of the cy linder block.
NOTE: The cover gasket should be

trimmed so that it is flush with the
bOttom sealing surface.
3. Depending upon the method of disas-
sembly used earlier, either install the oil pan
or install the front oil pan capscrews, and
tighten all of the remaining capscrews which
were loosened earlier.
4. Install the dust seal in the cover and in- Fig, 37 - Crankcase and Camshaft Gears Properly Timed
staIl the pulley onto the crankshaft. Install the
pu1Jey washer and boIt, then block flywheel and
tighten pulley boIt securely.
timing. Each gear is key-Iocated and has a
NOTE: If the governor bumper screw slight interference fit with its shaft.
has been replaced or the adjustment
s crew "setting" has been altered in' an
attempt to correct improper operation, Replacement timing gears are supplied in
then back the governor bumper screw standard size, undersize and oversize in order
"out" to the point where it is not con- to accurately maintain the correct backlash for
tacting the bumper spring. Use this aIl engines.
adjustment as a starting point.
The camshaft and main bearing bores in the
The governor lever should have ap- cylinder block are line bored at the factory.
proximately 13/16 inch travel when The bores are then very carefuIly measured to
mèasured at the upper carburetorcon- determine the exact center-to-center distance
trol rod ho le, without any linkage between the two bores. After the exact dis-
attached. tance has been measured, the block is then
marked with a code on the front surface to pro-
5. Install the breather tube onto the rocker vide a means of identifying the correct timing
arm cover. gear combination to be used.
6. Connect the carburetor control rod at There are three code letters used to identify
governor lever end. the relationship of the camshaft and main bear-
ing bores. Letter "S" is used to designate a
NOTE: For additional information block that is bored with a standard center-to-
concerning the governor operation and center distance. The letter "0" is used to in-
linkage adjustment, refer to the part dicate that the distance between the bores is
within this section of your rnanual oversize, whereas a letter "U" is used to des-
dealing with the fuel system. ignate an undersize condition. The number
within the undersize (Letter "U"), or the over-
size (Letter "0") indicates the amount of de-
viation of one-thousandths of an inch gradua-
TIMING GEARS tions. Fig. 37 shows a block with a code-
marking.
The crankshaft and camshaft timing gears are
made of cast iron and have helical type teeth All timing gears are marked with the same
for quiet operation. Both the crankshaft gear above-mentioned codes to allow both production
and the camshaft gear have timing marks, as and rebuilt engines to be accurately fitted with
shown in Fig. 37, to assure correct engine timing gears.
24
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig_ 38 - Measuring Timing Geer Becklesh Fig_ 39 - Removing the Camshaft Timing Geer
Replacement timing gears are available in is experienced, make sure the crank-
standard size, O. 001 and O. 002 inch oversize, shaft and camshaft bearings and jour-
and in O. 001 and O. 002 inch undersizes. naIs are in good condition.
When replacing timing gears in an engine Replace timing gears if backlash exceeds
block, the sum total of the two GEAR MARK- O. 002 inch. Excessive backlash and camshaft
INGS SHOULD BE EQUAL TO THE NUMBER end-play will damage the cam gear governor.
THAT IS STAMPED ON THE BLOCK. For ex-
ample: If the cylinder block was stamped with When installing new gears, check them to
a ""N" marking, as shown in Fig. 37, a "'U" make certain there is enough clearance be-
crankshaft gear could be used with a "'U" cam- tween the gears. One method of checking the
shaft gear to provide the required 0.002 inch clearance is to hold a finger at the junction of
undersize combination. Also, an "s" size gear the two gears and, with a light hammer, tap the
could be used in conjunction with a "N" size rim of the camshaft gear and note if there is
gear to provide the correct undersize. vibration felt at this point. If there is a vibra-
tion and a 0.0015 inch feeler gauge will not
enter the gap between the two gear teeth, the
INSPECT/NG THE TIMING GEARS gear fit is within specifications.
Whenever the engine is disassembled, the

timing gears should be inspected, as follows: REMOVING THE TIMING GEARS
1. Visually inspect the timing gears. If any To remove the timing gears, proceed, as
of the teeth are broken, damaged, or badly follows:
worn, the gears MUST be replaced.
1. Remove the rocker arm cover and grad-
2. Measure the backlash in the timing gears ually loosen the rocker support bolts and nuts
with a thickness gauge or dial indicator, as until the rocker arm shaft assembly is fully re-
shown in Fig. 38. Proper timing gear backlash leased.
is from O. 001 to O. 002 inch clearance.
2. Removè the timing gear cover as outlined
NOTE; Worn crankshaft and carn- earlier.
s haft bearings can also cause exces-
sive backlash. If excessive backlash NOTE: Remove ail pan ta allow pro-
25
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL. Z-145 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
per installation of camshaft timing sides between the block and gear to prevent
gear when engine is reassembled. cocking or damaging th,e gear.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the

3. Remove the oil slinger from the front of governor eup bore in the front of the
crankshaft and the governor cup assembly from camshaft.
front of camshaft.
6. Install bolts into the two tapped holes in
NOTE: Check the camshaft end-Play the crankshaft timing gear and remove gear
before removing the camshaft gear. with puller.
End-play should be within 0.003-0.007
inch. Install new thrust washer during 7. Carefully examine the camshaft thrust
reassembly if end-play exceeds spec- plate. If excessive end-play was found earlier,
ifications • or if the thrust plate shows any indication of
SCOrlh': or wear, a new thrust plate should be
4. Remove camshaft nut securing the gover- installed without que stion.
nor driver assembly and camshaft gear, then
remove driver assembly.
INSTAL.L.lNG THE TIMING GEARS
NOTE: Examine the driver assembly
to make sure it is not damaged or ex- To install the timing gears, proceed, as
c~ssively worn. The race should ro- follows:
tate freely without binding.
1. With the key in place and the oil pan re-
5. Remove the camshaft timing gear with a moved, CAREFULLY BLOCK THE CAMSHAFT
puller, as shown in Fig. 39, or CAREFULLY FORWARD, using a suitable tool which will not
pry the gear, using a suitable tool, on both damage the camshaft.
TAPPET
\ CAMSHAFT
,,
,
Fig. 40 - Comshaft - Identification of Connecting and Related Parts
26
MASSEY -FERGUSON
2. Position the camshaft gear onto the cam-

shaft and LIGHTLY TAP the gear until it is
fully driven into place. Make sure the camshaft
is blocked forward to prevent the rear end from
bumping the expansion plug at the rear of the
block, and to prevent the camshaft key from
damaging the thrust washer.
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to in-

s taU the gear by pulling it into place
with the camshaft nut.
3. Install the governor driver assembly onto

the camshaft gear and CAREFULLY TIGHTEN
THE CAMSHAFT NUT TO 70 - 80 FT.-LBS.
TORQUE. DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN THE
CAMSHAFT NUT.
4. Make sure the timing gear marks are in

alignment, then carefully drive the crankshaft
timing gear onto the crankshaft. Make sure
the crankshaft keys are fully located and do not
ride out of place as the gear is driven on. Fig_ 41 - Meosuring Camshaft End-Play
5. Check timing gear backlash as outlined

earlier. Backlash should not exceed 0.002 inch.
Camshaft end-play is controlled by a thrust
6. Install the governor cup assembly in the plate which is bolted to the front of the cylinder
front of the camshaft. block. Normal camshaft end-play is 0.003-
0.007 inch. Fig. 40 shows a view of the cam-
7. Install the oil slinger onto the front end shaft, thrust washer and v:arious other related
of crankshaft. Slinger should be positioned so parts.
the outer flanged portion is facing forward.
8. Install the timing gear cover as outlined New camshaft specifications are, as follows:
earlier, and install the oil pan.
Front Journal
9. Tighten the rocker support bolts and nuts, Diameter . . . . . . . . . . .. 1. 808 - 1. 809 inches
and adjust the valve clearance "cold", as out- Center Journal
lined earlier. Diameter ........... 1. 7455 - 1. 7465 inches
Rear Journal
10. Install rocker arm cover and complete Diameter . . . . . . . . . . .. 1. 683 - 1. 684 inches
reassembly. Cam Lob Lift .................... 0.212 inch
REMOVING THE CAMSHAFT
CAMSHAFT To remove the camshaft, proceed, as follows:
The camshaft is made of cast iron and is 1. With engine mounted on engine stand, re-
supported in the cylinder block by three cam- move rocker arm cover, rocker arm shaft as-
shaft bearing journals. The journals operate sembly and push rods.
directly in machined bores inside the block
(without bushings) with a normal operating 2. Disconnect and remove the distributor.
clearance of O. 0025 - O. 0045 inch.
3. Remove the oil pan, oil screen and intake
The camshaft lobes have specially designed oilline assembly.
opening and closing ramps which provide re-
duced wear of the lobes and valve seats, and 4. Remove timing gear caver as outlined
quiet engine operation. earlier.
27
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MODEl Z-J45 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 43 - Engine Camshaft - Not Ail Oil Hales Shown
Fig. 42 - Removing or Installing Camshaft Fig. 42 shows removing the camshaft from
the cylinder block. The crankshaft and other
assemblies have been removed to show parts
more clear ly .
5. Remove oil slinger from crankshaft and
governor cup assembly from front of camshaft.
INSPECTING THE CAMSHAFT
6. Check camshaft/end-play - set up a dial
indicator, as shown in Fig. 41, and carefully Thoroughly clean the camshaft in solvent.
pry the camshaft rearward as far as possible. Make sure all of the oil holes in the camshaft,
Set the indicator at "zero", then carefully pry as shown in Figs. 42 and 43, are open and
the camshaft forward as far as possible and clean.
observe the dial indicator reading. Camshaft
end-play should be between 0.003 - 0.007 inch. 1. Visually inspect the camshaft journals
Install a new thrust plate during reassemblyif and lobes for wear or damage. If the y are
end-play exceeds 0.007 inch. damaged or show apparent wear, the camshaft
should be replaced.
7. Check timing gear backlash as outlined
earlier. Install new timing gears during reas- 2. Inspect the distributor drive teeth on the
sembly if backlash exceeds O. 002 inch. Refer camshaft for damage or wear. Replace cam-
to heading "Inspecting the Timing Gears" for shaft if teeth are damaged or badly worn.
additional information concerning backlash.
3. Measure the diameter of the bearing
8. Remove camshaft timing gear as outlined journals with a micrometer. If the journal di-
unde r the heading "Removing the Timing ameters measure less than the following speci-
Gears". fications, the shaft should be replaced.
9. Turn the engine upside down so that the Minimum Front Journal
mushroom tappets will fall away from the cam- Diameter . . . . . . 1. 807 inches
shaft and will not interfere with its removal. Minimum Center Journal
Diameter . . . . . 1. 7445 inches
10. Remove the spe cial cap s c rew sand Minimum Rear Journal
shakeproof w a s h ers securing the cam s h a ft Diameter . . . . . 1. 682 inches
thrust plate. Carefully move the camshaft for-
ward out of the cylinder block. 4. Measure the bearing bores in the cylinder
block with a hole gauge and a micrometer, then
NOTE: Be careful rwt to damage the compare each bore diameter to its mating
calJtsJzaft lobes or journals. journal diameter. The block and/or camshaft
28
MASSEY -FERGUSON
should be considered unfit for further use if the sitioned with No. 4 piston at TDC on
running clearance exceeds O. 007 inch. compression stroke.
10. Adjust the valve clearance "cold" as

INSTAI.LlNG ,THE CAMSHAFT outlined earlier.
Before installing the camshaft, check the 11. Install rocker arm cover and complete
front relief opening, as shown in Fig. 43. If reassembly.
this opening is obstructed, the governor will
not operate properly.
1. Lubricate the journals and lobes with oil,
then carefully slide the camshaft into the cylin- To check the valve timing of the Z-145 en-
der block, being careful not to damage the gine, proceed, as follows:
lobes or journals.
1. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal di-
2. Position the new thrust plate so that the rection of engine rotation (clockwise) until both
side with the chamfer is toward the front jour- rocker arms of No. 4 cylinder are "rocking"
nal. Install the special capscrews with the (exhaust valve closing and intake valve starting
shakeproof washers and tighten them to 15 - 20 to open).
ft.-lbs. torque.
NOTE: At this point, No. 1 piston will
3. With the oil pan removed, block the cam- be at approximately T.D. C. on com-
shaft forward, using a suitable tool which will pression stroke.
not damage the camshaft.
2. With No. 1 cylinder at T. D. C. on com-
4. With the camshaft blocked forward and pression stroke, adjust the intake and exhaust
the gear marks aligned, carefully tap the cam- valve clearances of No. 1 cylinder sa there 1s
shaft timing gear fully into place on the cam- 0.014 inch clearance between the valves and
shaft. - rocker arms.
NOTE: DO NOT A TTEMPT TO PULL
THE GEAR ONTO THE CAMSHAFT
WITH THE NUT. Refer to heading
"Installing the Timing Gears" for ad-
T. D.C.
INTAKE OPENS
ditional information.
o'0
6° B.T.D.C.
5. Install the governor driver assembly and @450 H.P.M.
carefully TORQUE the camshaft nut to 70 - 80
ft.-lbs. DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN THE NUT.
6. Install the oil slinger onto the crankshaft

and the governor cup assembly in the camshaft.
Install timing gear cover.
7. Install the oil screen and line assembly,

then install oil pan.
8. Install rocker arm shaft assembly and

push rods.
9. Install the distributor and make an initial

timing of the engine. Make sure to reset the
engine timing later, using a timing light with INTAKE
the engine running. CLOSES
i
NOTE; If the crankshajt kas not been B.D.C.
rotated after the timing marks were
aligned. the engine will already be po- Fig. 44 - Volve Timing for Z-145 G050line En9~ne
29
MASSEY -FERGUSON
3. Rotate the engine in the normal direction spection window and check the location of the
of engine rotation until No. 1 piston is weIl T. D. C. mark on thé flywheel. If the valves are
started on the exhaust shoke. Then, grip the proper ly timed and the procedure has been
exhaust push rod for No. 1 cylinder and slowly correctly followed, the T. D. C. mark should be
turn the crankshaft until the exhaust push rod very nearly aligned with the pointer in the win-
just breaks free. The instant the push rod dow. Refer to Fig. 44, showing a dia gram of
breaks free, the exhaust valve will be fully the valve timing.
seated. At this stage, the intake valve push rod
for No. 1 cylinder should have started to tight- NOTE: You can expect sorne variation
en, indicating that the intake valve is starting (2 degrees either way frorn the speci-
to open. fication) due to this field-type check.
Ho wev er , if the check is carefully
4. Remove the plug from the flywheel in- rnade and you are off rnore than 5 de-
®------
®~-----+-
Fig. 45 - Crankshaft and Main Bearing - Identification af Connecting and Related Parts
1. (ronksholt P u llcy 130lt 6. Qil Pump Shlm - If RCqUlfCd 10. Rear Mein Bcoring Cap 14. Reer Main Bcoring Inscrt (Upper Holf)
2. Pcllcy Woohc, 7. Dillntokc Serccn Acocrnbly 11. Rcor Main Bcoring Insert (Lowc, Hall) 15. Cronkshoft Kcys .~
3. Crank::..hofl P:.;llcy 8 Center Mein 8cortng (ap 12. Reer Oil Seol Gaskct 16. Crankshaft Timing
.1. Fro;:t Main !3canng Cap 9. Rear 1'.10111 Gcaring Cap Packing 13. Rear Cronkshoh Oil 5eol Geer
5 0;1 Pcmp À'.ccrnbly 17. OilSlingcr
30
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL. PROCEDURES
grees early or late for both valves, it Figs. 45 and 46 show the crankshaft, main
would indicate tkat the timing is one bearing inserts, bearing caps and other related
tooth off, or the possible installation parts.
of a wrong camskaft.
Crankshaft and main bearing specifications
5. Make sure to reset the intake and exhaust are, as follows:
valve for No. 1 cylinder to the normal clear-
ance after checking the valve timing. Crankpin Journal
Diameter ............ 1. 9365-1. 9375 inches
Crankcase Bore
CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS Diameter . . . . . . .. .. 2.4365-2.4372 inches
Main Bearing Inside
The crankshaft is made from a one-piece Diameter ............ 2.2505-2.2515 inches
steel forging and is heat-treated, precision Main Bearing Journal
ground and balanced for maximum service. Diameter .............. 2.249-2.250 inches
The crankshaft is supported by three precision Main Bearing
nonadjustable type main bearings. Clearance ............ O. 0005-0. 0027 inch
Desired Main Bearing
The main bearing inserts are tin - plated, Clearance .................... O. 0015 inch
babbit overlay type, with steel backing. Maximum Main Bearing
Fig. 46 - Crankshaft and Main Bearings - Identification of Parts

1. Crankshaft 3. Center Mein Beoring Inserts 5. Rear Main Beoring Insert (Lower Half) 7. Center Main Bearing Cap
2. Front Main Bcoring Inserts 4. Rear Main Becring Insert (Upper Holf) 6. Rear Main Bcoring Cap 8. Front Main Beoring Co p
31
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Clearance •.............•.•... O. 0037 inch

Crankshaft End- Play ....... O. 004-0.008 inch
Finish on An Crankshaft
Bearing J ournals and
Thrust Faces ............ 20 mico-inches
Crankshaft fillet radü:
Radii on AlI Crankpin Journals .... 3/32 inch

Radius on Front Main Journal .... 3/32 inch
Radii on Center Main Journal .... 3/32 inch
Radii on Rear Main Journal •..•••. 1/8 inch
The ail pump_ is mounted on the front main

bearing cap and is secured by the main bearing
boIts.
Fig. 47 - Measuring Crankshaft End-Play
The rear main bearing cap acts as a filler
black and is a section of the cylinder black.
The bearing cap uses packing on each side, as
shawn in Fig. 45, ta prevent ail leakage into
the clutch housing. thrust face on the crankshaft and the outside
face of the center bearing insert with a feeler
on seals are provided at the front and rear gauge.
ends of the crankshaft.
If a dial indicator is used, zero the gauge,
The front ail se al is of the spring - loaded then carefully force the crankshaft rearward as
type and is contained in the timing gear caver, far as it will go and observe the indicator
as shawn in Fig. 27. The rear ail seal is also reading. Fig. 47 shows checking the end-play
a spring-Ioaded type ail seal, but is contained with a dial indicator.
in a retainer assembly, which is attached ta
the rear face of the cylinder black and rear 3. If crankshaft end - play exceeds O. 00 9
main bearing cap. inch, install new center main bearing inserts.
Crankshaft end - play i s controlled by the

flanged center main bearing. MAIN BEA RING INSPECTION AND
REPLACEMENT-CRANKSHAFT INSTALLED
Replacement main bearing inserts are avail-
able in standard size and in O. 002 in c h, O. 010 Ta inspect the main bearings and replace
inch and 0.020 inch undersizes. them with the crankshaft installed, proceed,
as follows:
New main bearings can be installed from be-
low without removing the crankshaft. 1. Remove the ail pan.
2. Disconnect and remove the ail screen and
intake ail !ine assembly as one unit.
3. Remove each main bearing cap, one at a
Crankshaft end - play is controlled by the time, then carefully wipe the ail from the bear-
flanged c e nt e r main bearing, a s shawn i n ing insert and crankshaft journal.
Fig. 46. Normal end-play is O. 004-0. 008 inch.
NOTE: Wlzell removing the rear main
Ta determine the amount of crankshaft end- bearing cap, make sure to rem ove
play in the engine, proceed, as follows: the two smalt capscrews, shown 1;2
Fig. 50, whic" retain the rear ail seal
1. With the ail pan removed, usecare not ta the bearing cap before atteIJ/ pting
ta damage the crankshaft and force the crank- ta pull the cap out.
shaft forward as far as it will go.
4. Carefully inspect the bearing insert and
2. Measure the gap between the machined the crankshaft journal. If the bearing insert
32
MASSE Y -fERGUSON
shows indication of scoring, flaking-out or ap-

parent wear, the bearing must be replaced.
NOTE: While the lining of a new

bearing insert is smooth and highly
polished, only a very few hours of en-
gine operation will completely change
its appeCfi"ance. The bearing surface
becomes a leaden gray in color and
develops very minute craters, almost
cellulCfi" in appearance. This appeCfi"-
ance is a natural chCfi"acteristic of the
beCfi"ingand in no way indicatesfailure.
If the crankshaft is scored or shows apparent

wear, it must be removed and reground. The
crankshaft is tocco-hardened sa that the jour-
naIs are subject to very little wear and it is
normally safe ta use unless scored or cut from
lack of lubrication.
5. If the main bearing insert and journal ap-

Fig- 48 - Specia 1 Toal far Removing or Insta IIing
pear serviceable, the bearing clearance should Upper Ha If of Bearing
be checked, as follows:
a. With the engine inverted on an engine 7. If the bearing inserts are worn or dam-
stand, place a piece of 0.002-0.004 age d, they may be replaced, as follows:
inch size plastigage the full width of
the bearing journal. a. Remove the worn upper half of the
bearing with the special tool, as shown
NOTE: If the engine is in the normal in Fig. 48. The tool, which is ob-
operating position, place the plastigage tainable at most parts suppliers, should
in the bearing cap and make sure to be inserted into the oil hole in the
support the weight of the crankshaft crankshaft. Remove the old bearing
close to the bearing being checked to half with the special tool by rotating
hold the crankshaft up against the up- the crankshaft in the normal direction
per main bearing ins erts • of engine rotation (clockwise).
b. Install the bearing cap and tighten the IMPORTANT: AL WAYS PRACTICE
bearing capscrews to 85-95 ft. -lbs. EXTREME CLEANLINESS WHEN RE-
torque. MOVING AND INSTALLING NEW
BEARINGS IN THIS MANNER.
IMPORTANT: Do not turn the crank- b. Lubricate the bearing surface of the
shaft white the plastigage is between new upper insert and install it with the
the bearing and journal. use of the special tool by rotating the
crankshaft counterclockwise.
c. Remove the bearing cap, then check the c. Remove the special tool from ail hole
width of the flatiened plastigage at its in crankshaft and install the new lower
widest point with the graduations on the half of bearing into the bearing cap.
plastigage container.
d. Using plastigage, install the bearing
d. If clearance is 0.0037 inch, or more, cap and check the clearance of the new
install new bearing inserts without bearing, following the same procedure
question. as outlined earlier.
6. Perform steps Nos. 3 through 5 in suc- 8. If the clearances of aIl main bearings are
cession for each main bearing, until aU three within specifications, lubricate the journals
bearings have been checked for clearance. and the bearing surface of the lower inserts.
33
MASSEY -FERGUSON
9. Install the front main bearing cap, ail a. The packing must beinstalledyby u.s e
pump shim (if required) and ail pump. of a packing tool. Fig. 49 shows a
packing tool which Can be made of
10. Install center main bearing cap. 3/16 inch rad with one side ground off
for clearance, this section ta be slight-
11. Carefully clean the old paclting from ly longer than the depth of the grooves.
the grooves in the rear main bearing cap and
the sealing faces on the cylinder block. Another very satisfactory tool can be
made from an old long stem screw-
12. Install the rear main bearing cap. Make driver by cutting off the end and grind-
sure the bearing cap is properly positioned so ing a flat surface along the length of
it is flush with the bottom and rear faces of the one side to allow the packing to feed
cylinder block. into the hole.
13. Fully tighten the front, center and rear b. Dip the packing tool in National Oil
main bearing capscrews to 85 - 95 ft. -lbs. torque. Seal Cement, or its equivalent, and
coat the full length of the groove with
cement.
NOTE: Check the backlash in the oil
pump gear. Backlash should be 0.004- c. Twist the candIe - wick packing tight,
0.008 inch. making a "pig-tail" twist, and force it
in the groove, by hand, using the pack-
ing tool. Fig. 50 shows installing the
14. Lock all of the main bearing capscrews packing with a tool made from a long
with wire. stem screwdriver.
15. Install the capscrews and the special d. Every four twists, dip the tool in ce-
sealing washers which secure the rear oil seal ment, then using a hammer, drive the
to the rear main bearing cap. Tighten cap- packing in solidly as far as it will go.
screws ta 8-10 ft. -lbs. torque.
16. Install the packing into each side of the

rear main bearing cap, as follows:
Fig. 49 - Tooi for Insta lIing Packing in Rear Main Bearing Cap Fig. 50 - Installing Packing in Rear Main Bearing Cap
34
MASSEY -FERGUSON
e. Repeat the above operations until both NOTE: Keep the bearmg caps and
grooves are completely filled, without inserts in arder sa they do not be-
vOids, then trim off the excess packing come interchanged.
flush with the surface, using a raz or
blade. Wipe off any excess cement on
filler block. 9. Carefully lift crankshaft from cylinder
block. Reinstall main bearing caps to prevent
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt ta pack themfrom becoming damaged.
the groove full m one operation, as
there will be areas where the packing
is not solid and leaks will occur. CRANKSHAFT INSPECTION
Thoroughly clean and inspect the crankshaft,

17. Complete reassembly by installing the as follows:
oil screen with intake oil line assembly, and
the oil pump. 1. Thoroughly clean the crankshaft in a tank
of solvent. Clean an drilled passages with a
rüle brush and blow out aIl passages with com-
REMOVING THE CRANKSHAFT pressed air.
To remove the crankshaft while the engine is 2. Visually inspect the bearing journals for
mounted on a stand, proceed, as follows: scoring or apparent wear. If any su ch evidence
is visible, the crankshaft is unfit for further
1. Remove the rocker arm cover and release use and must either be reground and fitted with
the rocker arm shaft assembly. undersize bearings or replaced.
2. Remove oil pan and remove the oil intake 3. Place the crankshaft on "V" blocks and
screen with intake oil line as one unit. check the run-out at the center main bearing
journal with a dial indicator. Replace crank-
3. Remove the clutch assembly, flywheel shaft if run-out exceeds O. 003 inch.
and rear crankshaft oil seaI.
4. Measure each bearing journal with a mi-
4. Remove the crankshaft pulley and timing crometer at a minimum of four places to de-
gear cover. AIso, remove oil slinger from termine the amount of wear, t;:tper, or out-of-
front of crankshaft and governor cup assembly round. (a) If any of the journals are worn
from camshaft. 0.001 inch, or more, beyond the minimum dia-
meter, (b) 0.0015 inch or more out-of-round,
5. If the crankshaft gear requires replace- or tapered 0.001 inch, or more, the crankshaft
ment, pull it off the crankshaft, using a suit- should either be reground or replaced.
able puller.
Replacement bearing inserts are available
6. With the engine inverted, remove the con- in standard size and 0.002 inch, 0.010 inch
necting rod bearing caps and push the rads and O. 020 inch undersizes.
clear of the crankshaft.
New cra~shaft s p e c if i c a t ion s are, as
follows:
NOTE: Keep the bearing caps and
their bearing inserts in arder sa they
do not become interchanged. Mark Main Bearing Journal
any rads and caps that are not num- Diameters . . . . 2.249-2.250 inches
bered. Crankpin Journal
Diameters . . . 1.9365-1.9375 inches
7. Remove the front main bearing capscrews

and remove the oil pump, oil pump shim (if INSTALLING THE CRANKSHAFT
required) and front main bearing cap.
To install the crankshaft, make sure aU of
8. Remove capscrews securing the center the oil passages are open and clean and that the
and rear main bearing caps and remove the main bearing bores in the block are c1ean,
caps. then proceed, as follows:
35
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MODEL Z-145 ENG/NE GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2
1. InstaU the upper main bearing inserts in gage container. If clearance is 0.0033 inch,
their proper positions and lubricate them. or more, install new bearing inserts without
question. Desired bearing clearance is 0.0015
NOTE: The upper and lower-halves of inch.
the front and center main bearings are
interchangeable for each particular 9. If the bearing clearance is within speci-
bearing. fications for aIl of the connecting rods, lubri-
cate the hearing inserts and journals and in-
THE UPPER AND LOWER HALVES staIl the bearing caps. Tighten the connecting
OF THE REAR BEARING ARE NOT rod capscrews to 40-45 ft.-Ibs. torque and lock
INTERCHANGEABLE. The upper half them in place.
of the rear rnain bearing has two large
ail ho les , whereas the lower half has 10. Install the governor cup assembly in
five small hales. front of camshaft and oil slinger onto front of
crankshaft. Oil slinger must be installed with
2. CarefuUy clean the main bearing caps outer flanged portion facing forward.
and the new lower halves of the bearings. Make
sure the packing grooves in the rear main bear- 11. Install the timing gear cover and crank-
ing cap are clean. shaft pulley as outlined earlier.
3. CarefuUy lower the crankshaft into place 12. Install the rear oil seaI, flywheel and
and check the bearing clearances with plasti- clutch assembly.
gage as outlined ear lier.
13. Install the oil screen with intake oilline
NOTE: If the crankshaft gear is in- assembly, and install the oil pan.
s talled, rnake sure it is properly timed
with the carnshaft gear. 14: Tighten the rocker arm support boUs
and nuts to secure the assembly in place and
4. If clearances 0 f aU main bearings are install the rocker cover.
within specifications, apply a light coating of
oil to the main bearing journals and lower in-
serts. InstaU the main bearing caps and tight- REAR CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
en them to 85 - 95 ft. -lbs. torque.
The rear crankshaft oil seal is a spring-
NOTE: For additional information
concerning ins talling the rrtain bearing
caps and packing the rear cap, refer
ta heading "Main Bearing Inspection
and Replacerrtent - Cranks haft In-
stalled".
5. Lock the main bearing capscrews with
wire.
6. If the crankshaft gear was removed ear-

lier, carefully drive the gear into place, with
the timing gear marks aligned.
7. Carefully clean the connecting rods, caps,

j ournals and bearing inserts, then assemble
the inserts into the connecting rods ~nd bear-
ing caps.
8. Me a sur e the connecting r 0 d bearing

clearance, one at a time, by using plastigage
and installing the bearing cap. Tighten the
con nec tin g rod capscrews to 40-45 ft. -lbs.
torque, then remove the bearing cap and com-
pare the width of the flattened plastigage at its
widest point with the markings on the plasti- Fig. 51 - Engine with Rea. Oil Seal Assembly Installed
36
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION 0 - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL. PROCEDURES
loaded type seal and is contained in a retainer 9. Position the retainer assembly so the two
assembly which is attached to the rear face of threaded holes are aligned with the holes in the
the cylinder block and rear main bearing cap. rear bearing cap. Working from inside the
crankcase, install the two capscrews with the
Replacement oil seals are not sold indivi- special sealing washers into the front face of
dually, but are available as a complete assem- the rear bearing cap and tighten them finger-
bly already installed in the oil seai retCliiner. tight.
Fig. 51 shows the rear oil seai assembly in-
stalled. 10. Install the three capscrews and washers
securing the retainer assembly to the cylinder
block and tighten them finger-tight.
REPL.AClNG THE OIL. SEAL.
11. Gradually tighten all of the capscrews to
To replace the oil seal complete with its re- 8-10 ft.-Ibs. torque.
tainer, proceed, as follows:
12. Complete reassembly by installing the
1. Remove the clutch assembly and flywheel. oil pan, flywheel and clutch assembly.

FLYWHEEL
3. Working from inside the crankcase, re-
move the two capscrews and their special seaI- REMOVING THE FL YWHEEL.
ing washers from the front side of the rear
"main bearing cap. 1. Remove the clutch assembly.
2. Remove the four nuts and washers secur-

NOTE: These two capscrews retain ing the flywheel. Tap the flywheel with a soft
the bottonl of the oil seal and are spe- mallet to loosen it and lift the flywheel from
cially designed to allow reJJtoval of the crankshaft.
rear bearing cap witlzout the need of
removing the flywheel.
CAUTION: Hold the flywheel securely
white tapping it to prevent il front
4. Remove the three capscrews securing the dropping and causing personal injury.
retainer assembly to the cylinder block and re-
move the retainer complete with old oil seal.
3. Inspect the face of the flywheel for scor-
5. Remove the old gasket, if it is stuck to ing, or evidence of overheating.
the cylinder block and bearing cap, then care-
fully clean the gasket sealing surfaces. 4. Replace the starter ring gear if any of
the teeth are broken or badly worn.
6. Carefully examine the surface 0 n which
the oil seal makes contact. Any scratches or 5. Inspect the clutch pilot bearing. Replace
other damage to this surface must be poli shed hearing if there is any indication of roughness.
out, otherwise the new seal will become dam-
aged and allow oilleakage.
REPL.ACING THE RING GEAR
7. Carefully inspect the rear chamferred
edge of the crankshaft to make sure it is smooth 1. Drill a 1/4-inch hole nearly through the
and free of any sharp edges or burrs which ring gear. Be careful not to drill into the fly-
could damage the seal as it is being installed. wheel.
Stone off any burrs or sharp edges before at-
tempting to install the seal. 2. Split the ring gear, using a chisel.
8. Apply a light coating of oil on the outer 3. Carefully clean t~e outside diameter of
rear surface of the crankshaft, then, using a the flywheel where the new ring gear is to be
new gasket with sealing compound, carefully located.
start the new oil seal onto the c ranks hait.
"Wobble" the seal slightly as it is being pushed 4. Expand the new gear by uniformly heating
on to get the seai Hp into position on the shaft. it to approximately 4500 F.
37
MASSEY -FERGUSON
5. Position the gear so the lead-in side will NOTE: When making the above check,
be toward the front of the flywheel. Lay the the spark plugs should be removed te
ring gear in position on the flywheel and ailow allow the flywheel te turn freely. Ap-
it to cool. Make sure the ring gear is fully Ply pressure against the center of the
located against the flange on the flywheel. flywheel te eliminate any crankshaft
end-play which could cause a false
reading.
INSTAI.LlNG THE FI. YWHEEI.
1. Carefuily clean the mating faces on the 5. If the flywheel face run-out is excessive,
crankshaft flange and flywheel. remove the flywheel, then re-clean the mating
surfaces and inspect them for burrs. Re in-
2. Observe the 4 holes in the flywheel and stail the flywheel and again check the face for
the ends of the studs in the crankshaft. The run-out. Replace flywheel if it has excessive
flywheel studs are located in such a way that face run-out.
the flywheel can be bolted "only" in one position
to the crankshaft. . 6. If the pilot bearing was removed earlier,
install a new one in place from the rear of the
3. Place the flywheel in position on th e flywheel. Make sure to drive (or press) only
crankshaft. Install the nu t sand shakeproof the outer. race and locate the bearing so that it
washers, then tighten the nuts to 70-75 ft.-lbs. is flush with the rear of the flywheel.
torque.
NOTE: New Pilot bearings are pre-
4. Using a dial indicator, carefuily check lubricated and are shielded on both
the face of the flywheel for "run-out". The sides
total indicator reading should not exceed O. 001
inch for each inch of radius from ·the flywheel 7. Install the clutch assembly, as outlined
center to the point of measurement. in Group TI - Section A.
38
SUPPLEMENTAL AND CHANGE INFORMATION CONCERNING
PERKINS AG3.152 GASOLINE ENGINE
This material includes new supplemental and change information which affects the servicing procedures
for the AG3.152 Engine write up within Group 0 - Section W.
Holders of the Five Volume Technical Maintenance Manual should insert this information within their
Manual and use it until such time that Section W is reprinted.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Checking and Adjusting Carburetor and Throttle Linkage
Changes Affecting Servicing - AG3.152 Engines ................................................... 2

Spark Plugs ................................................................................... 2
Exhaust Valve Seat Inserts ..................................................................... 4
Engine Tightening Torques ..................................................................... 5
Pistons ....................................................................................... 5
Rear Main Bearing Cap ........................................................................ 5
This information is also applicable to ICM machines using the AG3.152 Engine.
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING CARBURETOR AND
THROlTLE LINKAGE FOR MF 135 AND MF 150 TRACTORS
1
To adjust, refer to the following chart and proceed as outlined.

Engine Speeds:
Low Idle Speed .................................................................. 725-775 rpm
Maximum Engine Speed (No-Load) ............................................ 2225-2275 rpm
Ignition Timing (Crankcase Degrees and RPM):
Static Setting .................................................................. 12 B.T.D.C.
0
Desired Dynamic Setting ...................................... Adjust to provide 26 B.T.D.C.

0
@:, 2000 rpm or higher
1. Choke Adjustment - Disconnect air intake until engine rpm begins to decrease. Then turn
hose. Operate choke knob and observe position of needle "out" until engine operates smoothly
choke plate in carburetor to make sure it will at the highest rpm.
fully open and close.
d. Readjust low idle speed to final setting
Adjust choke cable so plate will be FULL Y of725-775 rpm.
open when choke knob is located 1/16 inch away
from panel. Reconnect air intake hose and 4. Hand Throttle Linkage - If throttle link-
tighten clamp securely. age is being replaced or improper governor opera-
tion has been encountered, proceed as outlined.
2. Carburetor Control Rod - With the engine
stopped, disconnect carburetor control rod clevis
from governor control lever. See Figs. 1 and 2.
THE ENGINE MUST NOT BE OPERATED
WITH THIS CONTROL ROD DISCON-
NECTED.
Move the governor control lever fully rearward
(if linkage is connected, by moving the hand
throttle to the maximum throttle position). Then
move carburetor control rod rearward to the max-
imum throttle position and observe location of
pin holes in governor lever and clevis.
If control rod is properly adjusted, it will be
necessary to move the clevis forward slightly (ap-
proximately 1/32 inch toward the closed position)
to align the pin holes. Readjust clevis length if
required, retighten locknut and reconnect clevis Fig. 1 - Typical AG3.152 Engine Carburetor and
to governor control lever. MAKE SURE PIN Governor Control Linkage - MI135 Tractors
FITS FREELY AND THAT CLEVIS DOES
NOT BIND AGAINST LEVER.
3. Carburetor and Distributor Adjustment,
See Figs. 1 and 2.
. a. Start engine and allow it to reach normal
operating temperature. TEMPORARIL y
lower engine idle speed to approximately 500
rpm by adjusting the idle speed stop screw.
This will aid in adjusting carburetor idle mix-
ture and prevent the distributor advance mech-
anism from operating.
b. Install timing light and check that dis-
tributor is timed to the proper static setting
(before distributor advance mechanism starts
operation). Readjust timing as required.
c. Check and adjust the idle mixture. To Fig. 2 - Typical AG3.152 Engine Carburetor and
adjust, turn idle mixture adjusting needle "in" Governor Control Linkage - MF 150 Tractors
-1-
MF 135 Model Tractors, See Figs. 1 and 3. assembly onto hand throttle shaft.
a. Check and readjust length of the gover- d. With linkage connected, operate hand
nor control rod if required. The rod should be throttIe lever and check the amount of force
18-3/4 inches long from end of plunger b cen- required to move the lever. The lever should
terline of rod end. require 4-1/2 to 5-1/2 lbs. breakaway load mea-
sured at end of lever. To alter this setting,
After adjusting, attach rod to governor con- equally turn the two friction disc adjusting
trollever and to throttIe arm assembly. nuts.
b. Check and readjust length of the throt- 5. Check and Adjust Maximum Engine
tIe adjusting rod assembly if required. The rod Speed as Follows-
assembly should be fi inches long between cen-
terline ofball joints.
MF 135 Model Tractors:
After adjusting, attach rod to throttIe arm
assembly and to throttIe clamp assembly. a. Start engine, move hand throttIe lever
to full throttIe position against the high speed
c. With the hand throttIe lever positioned stop.
against the low speed stop, lock the throttIe
clamp assembly onto the throttIe shaft. b. Check maximum engine speed (no-Ioad).
If speed is incorrect, readjust length of gover-
d. With linkage connected, operate hand nor control rod, shown in Fig. 3, until proper
throttIe lever and check the amount of force speed is obtained. Turn plunger and shorten
required to move the lever. The lever should rod to increase speed, or lengthen to decrease
require 4-1/2 to 5-1/2 lbs. breakaway load mea- speed. Make sure to retighten nut after adjust-
sured at end of lever. To alter this setting, re- ment is completed.
position the spring clamp to change the amount
of compression on the friction washer. MF 150 Model Tractors - See Fig. 4.
MF 150 Model Tractors, See Figs. 2 and 4. a. Start engine and move hand throttle
lever to full throttle position against the high
a. Check and readjust the length of the speedstop.
governor control rod assembly if required. The b. Check maximum engine speed (no-Ioad).
rod assembly should be 19-5/8 inches long from If speed is incorrect, readjust length of the
end of plunger to centerline of rod end. throttIe adjusting rod assembly until proper
speed is obtained. Short en rod assembly to in-
After adjusting, attach rod to governor con- crease speed, or lengthen to decrease speed.
trollever and to throttIe arm assembly.
6. Recheck ignition timing at full throttIe to
b. Check and readjust length of the throttIe verify proper operation of distributor advance
adjusting rod assembly, if required. The rod mechanism. As engine speed is increased from low
assembly should be 4-11/16 inches long between idle rpm, the ignition timing should progressively
centerlines ofball joints. advance and level off at approximately 2100 en-
gine rpm. Readjust timing slightly as required, to
After adjusting, attach rod to throttIe arm provide the desired dynamic setting at maximum
assembly and to the throttIe lever assembly. engine speed.
c. With the hand throttle lever positioned 7. Operate the tractor and check for proper
against the low speed stop, lock throttle lever governor and engine operation.
CHANGES AFFECTING SERVICING OF

AG3.152 GASOLINE ENGINES
SPARK PLUGS
Engines SeriaI No. 152 UA 15061A and up have a different cylinder head which requires a new longer
reach spark plug. The new plug installed in production engines is Champion UN-12Y and is a 14 mm, 3/4"
reach type plug. THIS NEW PLUG MUST NOT BE INSTALLED IN ENGINES PRIOR TO SERIAL
NO. 152 UA 15061A. The spark plug gap is 0.025 inch and the tightening torque is 20-30 ft.-Ibs. for the new
spark plugs.
-2-
"""---- BAND
THROTTLE
LEVER
FRICTION
WASHER
THROTTLE
SBAFT THROTTLE
CLAMP
1 ASSEMBLY
5
THROTTLE
ARM
ASSEMBLY
CARBURE TOR
GOVERNOR CONTROL CONTROL ROD
ROD ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
(PRE-SET TO
DIMENSION SHOWN)
Fig. 3 - Parts Book View of MF 135 Gas Tractor

Throttle Linkage
-3-
RAND
THROTTLE
LEVER
THROTTLE ADJUSTING
ROD ASSEMBLY
(PRE-SET TO
DIMENSION SHOWN)
THROTTLE
ARM
ASSEMBLY
STAR
SPRING CARBURE TOR
CONTROL ROD
ASSEMBLY
FRICTION
DISCS
/'
,.-tr"
:' THROTTLE
LEVER
ASSEMBLY GOVERNOR CONTROL
ROD ASSEMBLY
(PRE-SET TO
DIMENSION SHOWN)
Fig. 4 - Parts Book View of MF 150 Gas Tractor

Throttle Linkage
EXHAUST VALVE SEAT INSERTS
The Stellite inserts installed in latest production engines have a 0.002 to 0.0035 interference fit and are
further retained by the cylinder head being "Rolled-Over" the insert, as shown in Fig. 5.
If it should become necessary to replace an insert, follow the information and specifications listed below.
REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
Cylinder Head Insert Bore ................................................. 1.478 - 1.479 inches
Valve Seat Insert Diameter ............................................... 1.4810 - 1.4815 inches
Insert Fit in Head ............................................... 0.002 - 0.0035 inch Interference
Cylinder Head Recess ........................................................ 0.250 - 0.255 inch
-4-
HEAD
DIA • ....
DIA • ....
Fig. 5 - Sectional Drawing Showing Exhaust Valve

Seat 1nsert 1nstalled in AG3.152 Engine
1. The rolled-over metal must be machined out to the diameter of the original bore for the insert, before
the old insert can be removed.
2. The seat insert is directional and should be installed as shown in Fig. 5.
3. Use dry ice to shrink the new insert and full y press it into position. Do not drive insert into position
or use lubricant.
4. After installation, roll-over metal on head to secure insert and cut a 46° valve seat in insert to the
dimensions shown in Fig. 5. Minimum valve seat width is 0.067 inch. Rand lap valve to its seat and deter-
mine proper valve and seat contact.
ENGINE TIGHTENING TORQUES
Crankshaft Pulley Capscrew - The torque of this capscrew has been reduced from 140-150 ft.-Ibs. to
100-110 ft.-Ibs.
Oil Pan to Cylinder Block Clamping Bracket - For engine applications, which are equipped with the
clamping bracket, tighten as follows:
1/2" Clamping Bracket Nut ................................................... 100-110 ft.-Ibs.
5/8" Clamping Bracket Setscrew ............................................. 160-175 ft.-Ibs.
PISTONS
The pistons are not directional, however, sorne pistons may have a letter "F" stamped on the crown.
This letter can be disregarded when installing new pistons. If old pistons are to be reused, they should be
reinstalled in their original position and in same cylinder location.
REAR MAIN BEARING CAP

Before reinstalling the rear main bearing cap, thoroughly clean and lightly coat the butting faces of the
bearing cap and cylinder block with sealing compound.
-5-
MASSEY -FERGUS ON
GROUP 0 - BASIC ENGINES AND PROCEDURES
SECTION W - PERKINS AG3.152 ENGINE
This service information should be inserted into the Technicai Maintenance Manual under
Group 0 - Section W.
The information within this section has an altered format utilizing major topic headings
instead of separate Manual Parts as used in previous engine Sections. This improved format
having only one index, will allow the reader to more quickly locate the desired information
without referring to other indexes.
INDEX
Page Page
GENERAL INFORMATION AND Reassembling and Installing

TROUBLE-SHOOTING ......... . 1 Cylinder Head ......... 22
Introduction ..........•...... 1 Pistons and Connecting Rods 22

Engine Identification ......... . 2
Engine Trouble-Shooting Chart. 3 Removing Pistons and
Connecting Rods ....... 23
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 5 Removing Piston Pins ..... 23
Installing New Piston Pin
General Specifications ...... . 5 Bushings .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Torque Tension Specifications . 6 Checking Connecting Rod
Engine Overhaul Specifications. 6 Alignment ............. 24
Lubrication System Assembling Pistons and
Specifications ............. . 12 Connecting Rods .....•. 24
Fuel System Spec ifications ..•. 14 Installing New Rings .. . . . 24
Cooling System Specifications . 15 Installing Pistons and
Electrical System Specifications 15 Connecting Rods ....... 25
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES 19

Cylinder Block and Liners. .. .. 26
Adjusting Valve Tappet
Clearances ................ . 19 Removing Cylinder Liners. 26
Cylinder Head ..•............ 19 Preparation for Installing
New Liners ...•....... 26
Removing Cylinder Head .. 19 Installing New Service
Removing Valves ....... . 19 Liners ............... 27
Rocker Arms .......... . 20
Valve Guides .......... . 21
Tappets .••............. 21 Crankshaft, Main Bearings and
Cylinder Head Studs 21 Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal ... 27
- i -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEX (Continued)
Page Page
Installing New Main Timing Case ............... . 38

Bearings and Thrust
Washers ............. . 27 Removing the Timing Case 38
Removing Crankshaft .... . 29 Installing the Timing Case 39
Balance Weights ........ . 29
Regrinding Crankshaft ..•. 29 Timing .................... . 40
Installing Crankshaft ..... 30
Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal .. 31 Resetting Engine Timing .. 41
Checking Valve Timing ... 41
Timing Gear Coyer and Front Checking Ignition Timing .. 41
Crankshaft Oil Seal ....... . 32
Flywheel and Backplate 42
Removing Timing Gear
Coyer ............... . 32 Flywheel Backplate .....•. 42
Removing Governor Control Flywheel .............. . 42
Cross Shaft •.......... 33
Installing Governor Control LUBRICATION SYSTEM ......... . 44
Cross Shaft .......... . 33
Replacing Front Crank- Oil Circulation ..•........... 44
shaft Oil Seal ......... . 34 Motor Oil .•..•.............. 46
Installing Timing Gear Oil Pressure ............... . 46
Coyer .•....•......... 34 Oil Pressure Relief Valve .... . 46
Oil Filter ....•.............. 46
Timing Gears ............•.. 35
Replacing Filter Element .. 46
Checking Timing Gear
Backlash .......•...... 35 Removing, Cleaning and
Removing Idler Gear and Installing Oil Pan Strainer .. 47
Hub ................ . 35 Removing Oil Pan ........... . 47
Installing Idler Gear and Installing Oil Pan ........... . 47
Hub ....•............ 35 Removing Oil Pump .••....•.. 48
Removing Camshaft Gear .. 36 Disassembling Oil Pump ..... . 48
Installing Camshaft Gear .. 36 Inspecting Oil Pump ........•. 49
Removing Distributor and Reassembling Oil Pump ....•.. 50
Governor Dri ve Gear ... 36 Installing Oil Pump .......... . 50
Installing Distributor and
Governor Drive Gear ... 37 FUEL SYSTEM 51
Camshaft .................. . 37 Carburetor 51
Removing Camshaft 37 Description ...........•. 51
Installing Camshaft .....• 38 Operation ........•..... 52
Camshaft End Play ...... . 38 Overhaul Procedure ..... . 55
- ii -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEX (Continued)
Page Page
Governor and Distributor Drive 60 Disassembling Water

Pump ................ . 63
Removing Governor BalI Reassembling Water Pump . 64
Race Assembly ......•. 60 Installing Water Pump .... 64
Installing Governor BalI
Race Assembly ....... . 60 Thermostat ............•.•.. 64
Removing Governor and
Distributor Drive Shaft .. 60
Installing Governor and
Distributor Drive Shaft 61
Removing Distributor
Drive Shaft Housing . 61 IGNITION SYSTEM 65
Installing Distributor
Drive Shaft Housing .• 61 Distributor ...........•.....• 65
Cap and Rotor .......... . 65
COOLING SYSTEM 63 Wiring ................ . 65
Contact Point Assembly .. . 66
Water Pump ................ . 63 Condenser ............. . 66
CentrifugaI Advance
Removing Water Pump 63 Mechanism .......... . 66
- iii -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W GENERAL INFORMATION AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING
GENERAL INFORMATION AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING
INTRODUCTION of new gaskets have largely been omitted,

Bill IT MUST BE CLEARL y UNDERSTOOD
This section of the Manual is concerned THAT THESE ROUTINE PRACTICES MUST
with servicing of the perkins AG3.152 Gas- BE PERFORMED.
oline Engine as shown in Figs. land 2. All Where reference to right and left-hand
of the procedures and service information sides of the engine are mentioned within the
assume the engine has been removed from text, this refers to the engine as viewed
the machine and pertain only to the basic from the rear of the flywheel. DIRECTION
engine itself. OF ENGINE ROTATION IS VIEWED FROM
THE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY END OF THE
The information given is specifie to this ENGINE.
engine and should be used in conjunction
with normal workshop practices. Where the THOROUGHL y CLEAN THE ENGINE
removal, disassembly and installation of a BEFORE DISASSEMBLING. MAKE SURE
part is obvious, the procedure has been TO COVER ALL FUEL OPENINGS AS SOON
omitted from the text. Similarly, references AS THEY ARE EXPOSED TO PREVENT
to cleaning of parts, inspection and the use DIRTFROMENTERING THE CARBURETOR.
Fig. 1 - Front Left-Hand View of AG3. 152 Fig. 2 - Reer Right-Hand View of AG3. 152
Engine Engine
- l -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. t 52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W
ENGINE IDENTIFICATION
The engine Serial Number is located on

the exhaust manifold side of the engine near
the top of the cylinder block as shown in
Fig. 3. Shown below is an example of the
SeriaI Number and its meaning.
152 UA 364 A
J J L
CUBIC INCH
DISPLACEMENT
MANUFACTURER'S CODE l IDENTIFICATION LETTER

FOR GASOLINE ENGINES·
ALWAYS MENTION THE COMPLETE EN-

GINE SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING
REPLACEMENT PARTS.
Fig. 3,- View Showing Seriai Number Location
- 2 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W GENERAL INFORMATION AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING
ENGINE TROUBLE-SHOOTING CHART
Problem Possible Cause
Low cranking speed 22, 31, 35, 38
Will not start l, 5, 30, 31, 32, 35, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 54, 55
Stalls l, 5, 28, 29, 37, 40, 41, 42, 44, 47, 48, 51, 52
Misfiring at idling speed l, 5, 28, 29, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48,
52
Misfiring at high speed l, 27, 28, 32, 34, 36, 37, 40, 41, 42, 46, 47, 50
Misfiring on acceleration l, 29, 32, 40, 42, 46, 50
Loss of Power l, 5, 6, 9, 10, 24, 28, 29, 30, 32, 33, 35, 36, 37,
40, 41, 42, 46, 47, 50, 52, 54
Overheating 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 22, 30, 32, 46, 47, 49
Low oil pressure 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25
High oil pressure 18, 21, 22
Excessive crankcase pressure 7, 8, 9, 24
Starts but stops 45, 53
Races on no load condition 10
Erratic performance 36
Noisy 2, 25, 28
High oil consumption 3, 4, 7, 15, 18, 22, 24, 25 -
Knocking 25, 26, 27, 46
Key to Trouble-Shooting Chart
1. Dirty or incorrectly gapped spark 7. Partially choked breather pipe

plugs 8. Worn or sticking piston rings
2. Piston slap 9. Cylinder head gasket blown
3. Worn valve guides 10. Governor faulty or set wrong
4. Oil pan overfilled Il. Thermostat stuck
5. Carburetor float setting incorrect 12. Fan belt slipping
6. Exhaust system restricted 13. Radiator or system partially blocked
- 3 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Key to Trouble-Shooting Chatt (continued)
14. Coolant level in system too low 37. Distributor cam worn
15. External oilleak 38. Po or electrical connections
16. Loose or restricted lubricating oil 39. Cracked distributor head
pipes 40. Unserviceable H. T. coil or con-
17. Pressure relief valve sticking open denser
18. Pressure relief valve stickingclosed 41. Unserviceable H. T. heads
19. Oil pump suction pipe- faulty 42. Contact points dirty, pitted or in-
20. Oil pump worn correctly gapped
21. Pressure gauge incorrect 43. Damp H. T. leads
22. Incorrect grade of lubricating oil 44. Air leak in intake manifold
23. Insufficient oil in oil pan 45. Fuel tank vent blocked
24. Worn bores 46. Incorrect grade fuel
25. Worn or damaged bearings 47. Dirt or water in carburetor
26. Piston striking a valve 48. Idling speed incorrect
27. Broken valve spring 49. Lean carburetor mixture
28. Valve clearance incorrect 50. Carburetor jets dirty or partially
29. Worn, burned or pitted valves blocked
30. Incorrect valve timing 51. Choke adjustment incorrect
31. Starter motor unserviceable 52. Idling mixture incorrect
32. Incorrect ignition timing 53. Vapor lock
33. Incorrect automatic advance 54. Dirty or blocked fuel feed pipe
34. Unserviceable rotor arm 55. Carburetor flooded
35. Battery not fully charged
36. Distributor drive shaft worn
- 4 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Type ........................... Three cylinder, four stroke cycle gasoline engine
Firing Order . . . . •. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Bore 3.6 inches (91 1 5mm)
Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5 in. (127mm)
Compression Ratio ...................................................... 7.5 : 1
Displacement .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 152 cubic inches (2.5 litre)
Tappet Clearances (Hot) ................................ Inlet 0.012 in. (0, 30mm)

Exhaust 0.015 in. (0,3Smm)
Oil Pressure ................ 30-60 psi (2.1-4.2 kgf/cm 2) at maximum engine speed
and normal operating temperature
Ignition Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12 0 B. T. D. C. (Static) Adjust to provide 26 0

B. T.D. C. at 2000 rpm or over
Oil Pan Capacity High level - 12.75 U. S. pints, 10.75 U. K. pints

(6.1 litre)
Low Level - 9.25 U. S. pints, 7.75 U.K. pints
(4.4 litre)
Spark Plug ......................... Champion UJ-S, 14mm thread, 0.025 inch gap
Contact Breaker Points Gap •................................ 0.021 in. (O,51mm)
Engine Brake Horsepower (Mfg. Minimum Rating with Accessories) 41 at 2000 rpm
Maximum Engine Torque (Mfg. Minimum Rating) 119 ft. -lbs. at 1100-1200 rpm
Engine Speeds
Low Idle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • 725 -77 5 rpm

Rated Engine Speed .............................................. 2000 rpm
Maximum Engine Speed (No Load) ..•.......................... 2225-2275 rpm
- 5 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W
TORQUE TENSION SPECIFICATIONS·

Component Screw Size UNF Ft. -Lbs. kgfm
Cylinder Head Nuts .................. . 7/16 55-60 7,6-8,3

Connecting Rod Nuts (Cadmium
Plated) ............................ . 7/16 40-45 5,53 - 6,22
Main Bearing Setscrews ...........•... 9/16 110-115 15,21 - 16
Balance Weight Retaining Setscrews ....• 7/16 50-55 6,91 - 8,3
. Camshaft Gear Retaining Setscrews .... . 5/16 19-21 2,63 - 2,9
Idler Gear Hub to Block Setscrew ......... . 1/2 45-50 6,22 - 6,91
Crankshaft Pulley Retaining Setscrew ..• 7/8 140-145 19,35 - 20
Flywheel Setscrews .................. . 1/2 74-80 10,23 - 11,06
Distributor Drive Gear Retaining
Nut (L. H .) •...•...........•.•.•.•. 3/4 25-30 3,46 - 4,15
Spark Plug .............. : ............• 14mm 20-30 2,77 - 4,15
*These torques apply with the threads clean and lightly oiled. Do not exceed these values
as damage could ocçur.
ENGINE OVERHAUL SPECIFICATIONS
Cylinder Head
CylinderHeadDepth ..........•............................... 3.0in. (76;2mmJ

Valve Seat Angle ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 46
Valve Guide Parent Bore Diameter ............. 0.4995-0.5005 in. (12,69/12,71 mm)
Valve Seat Widths (Minimum)
Inlet ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.080 in.- (2,03 mm)
Exhaust 0.067 in. (1,70 mm)
Valve Guides
Inside Diameter .............................. 0.3145-0.3155 in. (7,99/8,01 mm)

Outside Diameter ......................... 0.50125-0.50175 in. (12,73/12,74 mm)
Interference Fit of Guide in Cylinder Head .... 0.00075-0.00225 in. (0,02/0,06 mm)
OverallLength ...............•......•.................... 2.25 in. (57, 15 mm)
Guide Protrusion Above Cylinder Head Top Face .... 0.370-0.380 in. (9,40/9,65 mm)
Intake Valve
ValveStemDiameter ...............•..........• 0.311-0.312 in. (7,90/7,92 mm)

Clearance Fit of Valve in Guide ................ 0.0025/0.0045 in. (0.06/0,11 mm)
Valve Head Diameter ............. .••..... .•... 1.532/1.536 in. (38,91/39,01 mm~
Valve Face Angle ........................•... ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . .. 46
Valve Head Depth Below Cylinder Head Face .....•. 0.057/0.080 in. (1,45/2,03 mm)
- 6 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
ENGINE OVERHAUL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)
Intake Valve (Continued)
Overall Length .............................. 4.486-4.514 in. (113,94/114,65 mm)

Sealing Arrangement ......•...........................•......... Rubber oil seal
Exhaust Valves
Valve Stem Diameter .........................•. 0.311-0.312 in. (7,90/7,92 mm)

Clearance Fit of Valve in Guide ................ 0.0025-0.0045 in. (0,06/0, Il mm)
Valve Head Diameter ................•....•...• 1. 313-1. 317 in. (33,35/33,45 mm)
Valve F ace Angle ................•......................................... 46 0
Valve Head Protrusion Above Cylinder Head Face ••. 0.056-0.076 in. (1,42/1,93 mm)
Overall Length ..•.••....•......•....•..•.•.• 4.639-4.667 in. (117,83/118,54 mm)
Inner Valve Springs
Fitted Length .. . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 1.1875 in. (30,16 mm)

Load at Fitted Length ........................... 8.0 ± 1 ft. -lbs. (3,63 ± 0,45 kgf)
Outer Valve Springs
Fitted Lengths •...............................•............. 1. 50 in. (38, 1 mm)

Load at Fitted Length ....................... 22.75 ± 2 ft. -lbs. (10,34 ± 0.91 kgf)
Tappets
Overall Length ....................•..•................. 4.4375 in. (112,71 mm)

Tappet Shank Diameter •.......•............. 0.6225-0.62375 in. (15,80/15,84 mm)
Tappet Bore in Cylinder Head •.............•. 0.6245-0.62575 in. (15,86/15,89 mm)
Running Clearance in Cylinder Head Bore ...... 0.00075-0.0035 in. (0,02/0,09 mm)
Outside Diameter of Tappet Foot ........................... 1.125 in. (28,57 mm)
Rocker Shaft
Overall Length of Shaft .............•••.......•....•..••.• 12.25 in. (311,15 mm)

Outside Diameter of Shaft ......•......•.•• 0.62225-0.62375 in. (15,80/15,84 mm)
Rocker Levers
Bore Diameter of Rocker Lever ....•....•... 0.6245-0.62575 in. (15,86/15,89 mm)
- 7 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Clearance of Rocker Lever Bore on

Rocker Lever Shaft .....................•.• 0.00075-0.0035 in. (0,02/0,09 mm)
Tapper Clearances (Hot)

Inlet .................................................. . 0.012 in. (0,30 mm)
Exhaust •.................................•............. 0.015 in. (0,38 mm)
Pistons
Type .......................................................... Cavity in crown

Overall Height, Skirt to Crown .........•................... 4.037 in. (102,54 mm)
Center Line of Piston Pin to Piston Crown •.....• 2.160-2.164 in. (54,86/54,97 mm)
Bore Diameter for Piston Pin ................ 1.24975-1.25000 in. (31,74/31,75 mm)
Compression Ring Groove Widths, Top and Second 0.0957-0.0967 in. (2,43/2,46 mm)
Scraper Ring Groove Width ....................... 0.252-0.253 in. (6,40/6, 43 mm)
Piston Rings
Top - Compression .........•...•................ Chrome Plated - Parallel Faced

Second - Compression •.... . . .• . . • • . . . . . . . . Internally Chamfered - Parallel Faced
Scraper .. . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . •. Chrome F aced - Oil Control
Compression Ring Widths ••••................ 0.0928-0,0938 in. (23,57/23,82 mm)
Ring Clearance in Groove ...................... 0.0019-0.0039 in. (0,05/0,10 mm)
Ring Gap (Measured in 3.6015 in. (91,48 mm) Bores 0.01l/0.016 in. (0,28/0,41 mm)
Piston Pins
Type .................. • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully floating

Outside Diameter .....•......•............... 1.24975-0.250 in. (31,74/31,75 mm)
Fit in Piston Boss ...........•...•. 0.00025 in. interference to 0.00025 in. clearance
(-0,006 mm/+O, 006 mm)
Clearance Fit in Connecting RodBushing •...•.• 0.0005-0.00175 in. (0,01/0,04 mm)
Piston Pin Bushings
Type .......................................•.•• Steel backed - lead bronze lined

Outside Diameter ....••....................... 1. 3785-1. 380 in. (35,01/35,05 mm)
Length .................................... 1.0475-1.0575 in. (26,61/26,86 mm)
Interference Fit in Connecting Rod ...•......... 0.0023-0.0055 in. (0,06/0,14 mm)
Inside Diameter after Finishing .............. 1. 2505-1. 2515 in. (31,76/31,79 mm)
- 8 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Connecting Rods
Cap Location to Connecting Rod •............•...•........... Connecting rod bolts

Bore Diameter Bearing End ..................• 2.3950-2.3955 in. (60,83/60,84 mm)
Bore Diameter Bushing End •................ 1.37475-1.37620 in. (34,92/34,95 mm)
Width ....................................... 1. 5502-1. 5525 in. (39,37/39,43 mm)
Rod Side Clearance on Crankpin .•.............. 0.0095-0.0148 in. (0,24/0,38 mm)
Connecting Rad Bearings
Type ............................. Pre-finished, steel backed, aluminum tin faced

Shell Thickness .............................• 0.0715-0.07175 in. (1,81/1,82 mm)
Inside Diameter ............................. 2.2515-2.2525 in. (57,19/57,21 mm)
Bearing Running Clearance...................... 0.0025-0.004 in. (0,06/0,10 mm)
Cylinder Block
Height of Cylinder Block Between Top and

Bottom Faces ........•...............• 13.7405-13.7435 in. (349,01/349,08 mm)
Depth of Recess for Cylinder Liner ............•.. 0.150-0.152 in. (3,81/3,86 mm)
Diameter of Recess for Cylinder Liner .......... 3.815-3.820 in. (96,90/97,03 mm)
Parent Bore Diameter for Cylinder Liner ....... 3.6875-3.6885 in. (93,66/93,69 mm)
Main Bearing Parent Bore Diameter •........... 2.9165-2.9175 in. (74,08/74,10 mm)
Camshaft Bore Diameter - No. 1 (Front) ......... 1. 874-1. 877 in. (47,60/47,68 mm)
Camshaft Bore Diameter - No. 2 ............... 1. 864-1. 867 in. (47,35/47,42 mm)
Camshaft Bore Diameter - No. 3 ............... 1.844-1.847 in. (46,84/46,91 mm)
Cylinder Liners
Type ..................................................... Dry-Interference Fit
Outside Diameter of Liner
Production Type •........................... 3.6895-3.6905 in. (93,71/93,74 mm)

Service Replacement Type (Pre-finished) 3.6875-3.6885 in. (93,66/93,69 mm)
Inside Diameter of Liner (Installed in Block)
Production Type (After Finishing) ...........• 3.6015-3,6025 in. (91,48/91,50 mm)

Service Replacement Type (Prefinished) •.....• 3.6025-3.6035 in. (91,50/91, 52mm)
- 9 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fit of Liner in Cylinder Block
Production Type ......•............. 0.001-0.003 in. interference (0,02/0,08 mm)

Service Replacement Type ............. 0.001 in. interference to 0.001 in. clearance
(-0,02/+0,02 mm)
Flange Thickness ..•......................•..... 0.148-0.152 in. (3, 76/3, 86 mm)
Outside Diameter of Flange .................... 3.803-3.808 in. (96,60/96,72 mm)
Depth of Liner Flange Below Top Face of
Cylinder Block ................................ 0.000-0.004 in. (0,00/0,10 mm)
Overall Length of Liner ..................... 8.495-8.505 in. (215,77/216,03 mm)
Crankshaft
Main Journal Diameter ........................ 2.7485-2.749 in. (69,81/69,82 mm)

Main Journal Width - No. 1 ..................... 1. 420-1. 424 in. (36,07/36,17 mm)
Main Journal Widths ~ Nos. 2 and 3 ........... 1.2147-1.2227 in. (30,85/31,06 mm)
Main Journal Width - No. 4 .................. 1. 8742-1. 8772 in. (47,60/47,68 mm)
Fillet Radii - Main Journals ................. 0.09375-0.109375 in. (2,38/2,78 mm)
Crankpin Diameter ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 2.2485-2.249 in. (57, 11/57,12 mm)
CrankpinWidth ................................ 1.562-1.565 in. (39,67/39,75 mm)
Fillet Radii - Crankpins .................... 0.15625-0.171875 in. (3,97/4,54 mm) ~
Surface Finish, AlI Pins and Journals ............ 8-16 micro in. (0,2-0,4 microns)
Oil Seal Helix Diameter ..•..................... 2.799-2.800 in. (71,09/71,12 mm)
Oil Seal Helix Depth .............................. 0.004-0.008 in. (0,10/0,20 mm)
Crankshaft End Play ......................... 0.00225-0.01525 in. (0,06/0,39 mm)
Regrind Undersizes, Main Journals and Pins* ........•. 0.010 in (0, 25 mm), 0.020 in.
(0,51 mm) andO.030 in. (0,76 mm)
"Fillet radii and surface finish must be maintained du ring crankshaft regrinding. Length
of No. 4 main journal must not exceed 1. 89125 in. (48,04 mm) after regrinding; where
necessary, use oversize thrust washers to suit. Lengths of crankpins not to exceed
1.5785 in. (40,09 mm) after regrinding.
Crankshaft Thrust Washers
Type ......................................... Steel backed, aluminum tin faced

Position in Engine ....•.....•........... Cylinder block, rear main bearing housing
Thrust Washer Thickness - Standard ............. 0.12l-0.123 in. (3,07/3,12 mm)
Thrust Washer Thickness - Oversize ........... 0.1285-0.1305 in. (3,26/3,31 mm)
Main Bearings
Type ...............••.•..•...... Pre-finished, steel backed, aluminum tin faced

Shell Width - No. 1 ............................ 1.295-1.305 in. (32,89/33,14 mm)
- 10 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Main Bearings
Shell Width - Nos. 2 and 3 ..................•• 0.990-1.000 in. (25,15/25,40 mm)

Shell Width - No. 4 ........................... 1.595-1.605 in. (40,51/40,77 mm)
Shell Thickness .............................. 0.082-0.08225 in. (2, 08/2, 09 mm)
Inside Diameter ............................... 2.752-2.7535 in. (69,90/69,94 mm)
Main Bearing Running Clearance .................. 0.003-0.005 in. (0,08/0,13 mm)
Camshaft
No. 1 Journal Diameter ....................... 1.869-1.870 in. (47,47/47,50 mm)

No. 2 Journal Diameter .•.. . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • 1. 859-1. 860 in. (47,22/47,24 mm)
No. 3 Journal Diameter ....................... 1.839-1.840 in. (46,71/46,74 mm)
Running Clearance AH Journals ................•...• 0.004-0.008 in. (0,1/0,2 mm)
Cam Lift....................................... 0.308-0.322 in. (7,82/8,18 mm)
Oil Feed for Rocker Shaft Lubrication •. . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . • . .• No. 2 Camshaft Journal
Camshaft Gear
No. of Teeth ...........................................•.......•....•••.... 50

Camshaft Hub Diameter •••.................. 1.9985-1.9995 in. (50, 76/50, 79 mm)
Camshaft Gear Bore.......................... 1.9995-2.001 in. (50,79/50,82 mm)
Transition Fit of Gear to Hub .•...............• 0.000-+0.0025 in. (0,00/0,06 mm)
Distributor Drive Shaft Gear
No. of Teeth ..........•..................................•...••......•....• 50

Distributor Drive Shaft Diameter for Gear .....• 0.8435-0.8445 in. (21,42/21,50 mm)
Distributor Drive Shaft Gear Bore ............. 0.8438-0.8450 in. (21,43/21,46 mm)
Fit of Gear to Shaft .................. O. 0007 in. interference to O. 0015 in. clearance
(-0,02/+0,04 mm)
Idler Gear and Hub
No. of Teeth .•...........................•...........•.....•.............•. 90

Idler Gear Bore .....•..•......•....•••....... 2.125-2.1266 in. (53,97/54, 02 mm)
Outside Diameter of Hub •...................•. 2.123-2.1238 in. (53,92/53,94 mm)
Idler Gear Boss Width ...•.........•....••.•.. 1.3175-1.3225 in. (33,46/33,59 mm)
Idler Hub Width .............................. 1.3275-1.3325 in. (33,72/33,85 mm)
Idler Gear End Play .............................. 0.005-0.015 in. (0,13/0,38 mm)
- 11 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Crankshaft Gear
No. of Teeth .................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 25

Bore Diameter ............................... 1.4995-1.501 in. (38,09/38,12 mm)
Outside Diameter of Crankshaft ............... 1.5000-1.5005 in. (38,10/38, Il mm)
Fit of Gear on Cr ankshaft ........•..... 0.001 in. interference to 0.001 in. clearance
(-0,02/+0,02 mm)
LUBRICATION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Recommended Type of Oil .......................... See Text for recommendations
Recommended Oil Viscosity:
Above 90 0 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAE 30
From 32 0 F. to 90 0 F. ................................... SAE 20 or 20-20W
From 0 0 F. to 32 0 F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAE 10W
Below 0 0 F. ...................................................•.... 5W -20
Normal Oil Pressure .•.•.... 30-60 psi (2.1-4.2 kgf/cm 2) at maximum engine speed
and normal operating temperature
Oil Pan Capacity:
At High Level Mark .•...•.... 12.75U. S. pints, 10.75 Imperialpints (6.1 litre)
At Low Level Mark ........... 9.25 U. S. pints, 7.75 Impe'I'ial pints (4.4 litre)
Oil Change Interval
Change Oil at regular intervals . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . .. Every 100 hrs. of operation
Oil Filter
Type .......................••.. Full-flow with replaceable paper type element

Element Change Interval ...•. Replace element every other oil change (200 hrs.)
By-Pass Valve Opens ........................•.• 13-17 psi (0.91-1.19 kgf/cm 2)
Type of Valve ......•.......•.....................•....... Spring loaded baIl
Oil Pump
L ubricating Oil Pump Idler Gear
No. of Teeth .. co ........... " .......... " • • • • 21

.. • • • .. .. • .. • • • • .. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .. • • • .. ••
Parent Bore Diameter for Bushing ..............• 0.750-0.751 in. (19,05/19,07 mm)
Outside Diameter of Bushing ................. 0.7520-0.7535 in. (19,10/19,14 mm)
- 12 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
LUBRICATION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)
Lubricating Oil Pump Idler Gear (Continued)
Interference Fit of Bushing in Gear ............... 0.001-0.0035 in. (0,02/0,09 mm)

Inside Diameter of Bushing - Fitted •..........• 0.6562-0.6572 in. (16,67/16,69 mm)
Outside Diameter of Idler Gear Shaft ....•.... 0.65475-0.65535 in. (16,63/16,65 mm)
Clearance Fit of Shaft in Bushing ............. 0.00085-0.00245 in. (0,02/0,06 mm)
Ilder Gear End Play .........•....•............•• 0.005-0.026 in. (0, 13/0,66 mm)
Backlash between idler Gear and Crankshaft Gear 0.0075-0.0125 in. (0,19/0,32 mm)
Lubricating Oil Pump Drive Gear
No . of Teeth .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 19
Bore Diameter for Drive Shaft ................ 0.4962-0.4972 in. (12,60/12,63 mm)
Drive Shaft Diameter ........•............... 0.499-0.4995 in. (12,67/12,69 mm)
Interference Fit of Gear on Shaft ••.............. 0.0018-0.0033 in. (0,05/0,08 mm)
Backlash between Drive Gear and Idler Gear .•••..... 0.012-0.018 in. (0,30/0, 46mm)
Pump Clearances
Inner Rotor to Outer Rotor ...................... 0.0005-0.0025 in. (0,01/0,06 mm)

Outer Rotor to Pump Body............ ...........• 0.01l-0.013 in. (0,28/0,33 mm)
Inner Rotor End Clearance ....................... 0.0015-0.003 in. (0,04/0,08 mm)
Outer Rotor End Clearance ....................• 0.0005-0.0025 in. (0,01/0,06 mm)
Drive Shaft Bore in Pump Body .•...............•• 0.500-0.501 in. (12,70/12,73 mm)
Drive Shaft Diameter ........................ 0.499-0.4995 in. (12,67/12,69 mm)
Clearance Fit of Drive Shaft in Pump Body Bore ••.. 0.0005-0.002 in. (0,01/0,05 mm)
Oil Pressure Relief Valve
Type ..... • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . .. Spring loaded plung~r

Pressure Setting ..............•..............•••... 50-65 psi (3,52/4,57 kgf/cm)
Length of Plunger ..•..•....•................•............. 0.781 in. (19, 84 mm)
Outside Diameter of Plunger •................ 0.5585-0.5595 in. (14,18/14,21 mm)
Inside Diameter of Valve Housing Bore ....•.. 0.5605-0.5625 in. (14,24/14,29 mm)
Clearance of Plunger in Bore ..................... 0.001-0.004 in. (0,02/0,10 mm)
Outside Diameter of Spring ..................... 0.389-0.405 in. (9,88/10,29 mm)
Spring- Free Length ..........•.....•...................... 1. 5625 in. (39, 69 mm)
Spring-Solid Length ....................................... 0.812 in. (20,62 mm)
- 13 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE: GROUP 0 - SECTION W
Fuel
Recommended Fuel • . . . . . .. . Use a dependable brand of regular grade gasoline.

Fuel should have a minimum octane rating of 94 by
research method, or 86 by motor method
Carburetor
Make and Model Number Zenith, Model 267 JX 9 (MF No. 517 099 M91)
equipped with electric fuel shut-off solenoid
Idle Adjusting Needle .... Approx. 1-3/4 to 2-1/4 turns out. Turn screw"out"
to make idling mixture richer, turn " in"
for leaner mixture
Main Jet •..........•.•.•...•............•........• Fixed non-adjustable type
Float Level •.........•.•......... Set float-Ievel 0.187-0.202 inch from face of

gasket (gasket installed) to nearest edge of float
with carburetor inverted and needle valve in place
Low Idle Speed 725-775 rpm
Maximum Engine Speed (no-load) •....•.....•.......•......... 2225-2275 rpm
CARBURE TOR PART SPECIFICATIONS
PART SIZE ZENITH PART NO.
Venturi 21 mm ---
Main Jet 1.25 mm #25
Idle Jet 0.80 mm #16
Idle Air Restriction 1.5 mm #30
Main Discharge Jet 3.0 mm #60
Well Vent 0.85 mm #17
Fuel Valve Seat 1. 75 mm #35
Governor and Distributor Drive
Distributor Drive Shaft Journal Diameter - Front 0.9984-0.992 in. (25,36/25,38 mm)
Rear 0.7484-0.7492 in. (19,01/19,03 mm)
Distributor Drive Housing Bore for Shaft - Front 1.000-1.0008 in. (25,40/25,42 mm)
Rear 0.7500-0.7508 in. (19,05/19,07 mm)
Running Clearance of Shaft in Bore -
Front and Rear ............................. 0.0008-0.0024 in. (0,02/0,06 mm)
- 14 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
FUEL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)
Governor and Distributor Drive (CoI1tinued)
Distributor Drive Shaft End Play •...•.......•.•.. 0.004-0.010 in. (0,10/0,25 mm)
Running Clearance of Thrust Plate Shaft in
Governor Drive Shaft •........•..•••..•..... 0.0015-0.0035 in. (0,04/0,09 mm)
COOLING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

Type of Cooling System ......•.•.•.......•.......•.•...... Water pump circulation
Fan Belt Tension ..........••....•... Adjust to provide 1/2 to 3/4 inch belt deflection
when depressed with 20-25 lbs. load midway
on longest span between pulleys
Thermostat
Type .................................................................... Wax

Opening Temperature ••.•............................. 175-182 0 F (79,5/83,5 0 C)
Fully Open Temperature ... . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . • . . . .. 200-205 0 F (93,5/96 0 C)
Valve Lift .................................•.....•........ 0.375 in. (9,52 mm)
Water Pump
Type ....•.......................•................................. CentrifugaI

Impeller to Body Clearance ...................... 0.010-0.020 in. (0,25/0,51 mm)
Outside Diameter of Shaft for Pulley .......... 0.6262-0.6267 in. (15,90/15,92 mm)
Inside Diameter of Pulley Bore ............... 0.6239-0.6247 in. (15,85/15,87 mm)
Interference Fit of Pulley on Shaft ...... .•••..•.. 0.0015-0.0028 in. (0,04/0,07 mm)
Inside Diameter of Impeller Bore •.•.•...•..•.. 0.6249-0.6257 in. (15,87/15,89 mm)
Interference Fit of Impeller on Shaft ••.••......•• 0.0005-0.0018 in. (0,01/0,04 mm)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Spark Plugs
Make (Std. Equipment) ....•••..••.•..•....••..•...••.......• Champion UJ - 8

Size ........................................ 0 • 14 mm
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Gap ...... "..................................................... 0.025 inch
Distributor
Make and Model No. ........•••.....•.•..•....•...••••• Delco-Remy 1112457

Type of Advance ............•..................•.•............. CentrifugaI
Direction of Rotation (viewing drive end) .......•...• • . . . . . • . . • • . • .. Clockwise
Point Gap ............•.............•.•.••.....•....••••••• Set at 0.021 inch
- 15 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)
Distributor (Continued)
Cam Angle ... 0 • 0 • • • • • • • • • •45°-48 0

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••
Point Spring Tens ion ....•..•..•...•.•...........•.. 19 - 23 oz. (behind contact)

Drive Shaft End Play •...............•..............••...•. 0.002-0.010 inch
Ignition Timing (Crankshaft degrees and rpm)

Static setting ...................................................... 12°
Desired setting ........... Adjust to provide 26 0 BTDC at 2000 rpm, or over
Distributor Advance Data (Distributor degrees and rpm)

Type ." .......... il • • • Linear
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .. • •
Advance at 250 rpm ......•................................. 0.0 0 to O. 60

Advance at 1000 rpm ..........................•.........•...... 60 to 80
Advance above 1000 rpm ................•........•.............. 60 to 80
Ignition Coi!
Make and Model No. Used ••.....••..•..•............... Delco-Remy 1115071

Volts ......... ". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12
Primary Resistance at 750 F. . •••.••........•.....•.•........... 3.2-4 OHMS
Secondary Resistance at 75 0 F. • . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . .• 6500-9500 OHMS
Starter Motor
Make and Model No. Used ..•.•...••...•........••••.•.. Delco-Remy 1108397

Rotation - Viewing Drive End .•.•..•.........•.......•.....•..... Clockwise
No Load Test:
Volts .............................................. 9 fil • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Minimum Amps (includes solenoid) •. • . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . • . • . . . . .. 50

Maximum Amps (includes solenoid) •............•........•........•... 80
MiIÙ.mum RPM .............................•.... 5500 CI • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Maximum RPM . 10, 500

e • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • e • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ., • • • • • • •
Pinion Clearance .......................................... 0.010-0.140 inch

Alternator:
Make and Model Used ....................•... Delco-Remy 1100772 or 1100805
Circuit ....... ,. ............................... .,.,. .................. ,..... B
Field Current (80 0 F):

Amps .................... 2.2-2.6 0 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Volts ..................•......................... '.' ..... , ......... , 12
- 16 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)
Cold Output at Specified Voltage:

Specified Volts • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 14
Amps ........•.......................................................• 21
Approx. RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . .• 2000
Amps •....................................•...................•••..... 30
Approx. RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . • .. 5000
Rated Hot Output 32 amps.
- 17 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKIN5 AG 3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION W
REGULATOR
Make and Model Used . · . Delco-Remy 1119513

Circuit B
Polarity· · · · Negative
Field Relay:
Air Gap .·· . . · .. 0.015 inch
Point Opening · ·. 0.030 inch
Closing Voltage Range · 3.8 - 7.2
Voltage Regulator:
. ·. .
. ·· ·
Air Gap *
Point Opening · · · 0.014 inch
Voltage . · · · See Temperature- Voltage Chart** "-/
Temperature-Voltage Chart
Regulator Ambient
Fahrenheit)
13.9 13.8 13.7 13.5 13.4 13.2 13.1

15 14.8 14.6 14.4 14.2 14 13.9
* Adjust Air Gap only when necessary to obtain specified difference

between voltage settings of upper and lower contacts. After Bench
Repair Only, set air gap to approximately 0.067 inch; then, make
final air gap adjustment.
** Operation on lower contacts must be O. 05 - O. 4 volt lower than on

upper contacts.
- 18 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROU P 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
ADJUSTING VALVE TAPPET Replace rubber plug.

CLEARANCES
Thetappetc1earances (hot) are 0.012 in.
Remove rubber plug in flywheel housing (0,30 mm) inlet and 0.015 in. (0, 38 mm)
inspection hole. exhaust.
Rotate crankshaft until the T.D.C. line

on the flywheel is in the center of the in- CYLINDER HEAD
spection hole and No. 1 piston is on com-
pression stroke (both valves fully c1osed).
Removing Cylinder Head
Check and adjust clearances on Nos. l,
2, 3 and 5 valves (No. 1 valve is nearest the Drain water from radiator and cylinder
water pump end of the engine). Refer to block.
Fig. 4.
Disconnect hose connections to water
Turn crankshaft one revolution (360 0 ) pump and intake manifold.
and repeat for Nos. 4 and 6 valves.
Remove oilpipe from camshaftoil pres-
sure reducer to cylinder head.
Remove carburetor and intake manifold.
Remove exhaust manifold and heat

shield.
Remove H. T. leads and spar k plugs.
Remove cylinder head cover.
Disconnect oil pipe to rocker shaft and

rem ove rocker shaft assembly.
Remove cylinder head nuts and remove

head as shown in Fig. 5.
Removing Valves
Depress the spring cap and springs us-

ing a valve spring compressor and remove
the two valve locks.
Remove the spring caps and rotators
(on exhaust valves).
Remove inner and outer springs and in-
Fig. 4 - Adjusting Valve Clearance take valve seals.
- 19 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 5 - Removing or Installing Cylinder Head Fig. 6 - Volve Location Numbers
If the rocker bores are worn, new rock-

Remove valves. er arm assemblies must be installed.
Valve faces and seals canbe reconditioned When disassembling rocker shaft as-
in a normal manner. The valve face and sembly, note the sequence of parts to facili-
seat angle is 46 0 • Do not unnecessarily re- tate reassembly. See Fig. 7.
face valves and valve seats. Then lightly
hand lap each valve to its valve seat and de-
termine that it is seating properly.
The maximum clearance between the

head of the valve and the cylinder head face
should not exceed 0.080 in. (2,03 mm) below
for the intake valves and 0.076 in. (1,93 mm)
above for the exhaust valves.
The intake valve seat has a 35 0 "flare"

machined between the seat and the cylinder
head.
AlI production engine valves are num-

bered to their respective cylinders as shown
in Fig. 6.
Rocker Arms
Examine the rocker bores for wear.

They should be an easy fit on the shaft with- Fig. 7 - Rocker Shaft Assembly - Identification
out excessive side play. of Ports ~.
- 20 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROU P 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S
properly. Both ends are chamfered; one at

45 0 and the other at 20 0 • The 20 0 chamfered
end should be inserted into the cylinder head
first and then pressed into the parent bore
0.370"-0.380" ABOVE
until the 45 0 chamfered end is 0.370-0.380
4 END (9,4 ,65rnrn)
in. (9,4/9,65 mm) above the cylinder head
top face as shown in Fig. 8.
Tappets
The running clearance between the top of

the tappet and the rocker arm should be
0.012 in. (0,30 mm)for the intake valves and
0.015 in. (0,38 mm) for the exhaust valves.
When adjusting this clearance, tighten tap-
pet locknut securely, so that it does not
loosen in service. Refer to Fig. 4.
Cylinder Head Studs

Fig. 8 - View Showing Valve Guides Properly
Located
AlI studs on the cylinder head and top
face of the cylinder block shouldbe examined
for looseness or damage. The cylinder head
Valve Guides nuts should also be checked for thread dam-
age. If the cylinder head holding studs are
If valve guides are worn, or damaged, removed for any reason it should be noted
replace with new ones. that they are of three different types. It is
essential that these are installed correctly
When pressing new guides in, care must to maintain even torque on the cylinder head
be ta ken to make sure that they are installed nuts. Refer to Fig. 9.
~.~';;"'.' ;::". -~.' .'
fig. 9 - View Showing Proper Cylinder Head Stud locations
- 21 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
•
;'~>{;il,U~1' '.'"';"lY:':
.~
•• JINM ·4
•• 0 • -- ".
\
'~.,':'i,r.T .' ~ ';:
I~
Fig. 10 - Intake and Exhaust Valve Assemblies

- Sequence of Parts Fig. 12 - Assemble Rocker Shaft so Siot is
Aligned with Punch Mark for Proper
Reassembling and Installing Cylinder Lubri cati on
Head Install a new cylinder head gasket cov-
Install valves, washers, rotators, seaIs, ered with a thin coating ofsealing compound.
caps, and locks, taking care that the num- Lower the head into position on its studs and
bers stamped near to the valve seats cor- torque it down to the correct value following
respond to the numbers stamped on the the tightening sequence shown in Fig. Il.
valves. See Figs. 6 and 10.
Reinstall rocker shaft assembly. Make
Make sure, before installing head, that sure that the correct shaft lubrication posi-
the faces of both the head and the cylinder tion is obtained. This is when the slot in
block are perfectly clean. the end of the shaft lines up with the punch
mark on the rocker pedestal, as shown in
Fig. 12. Reset tappet clearances and re-
build head in the reverse arder to disassem-
bly.
PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

The pistons are of aluminum alloyand
have a bowl-shaped cavity in the crown.
There are three piston rings fitted ... two
compression rings and one oil control ring
... all above the piston pin. The pistons are
connected to the connecting rod by full float-
ing-type piston pins.
The connecting rad bearings are of the
thin wall type consisting of a thin steel shell
Fig. 11 - Cyl inder Head Tighten ing Sequence lined with plated aluminum tin.
- 22 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURE S
Fig. 13 - Connection Rod Location Numbers Fig. 14 - Removing or Installing Connecting

Rod Cap
To assure correct installation, the pis-

tons are marked on their piston crowns, 5 . Remove piston and connecting rod out
number one being at the front of the engine. top of block as shown in Fig. 15.
The letter "F" for front is also stamped on
the crown. 6. Repeat for the other two pistons and
rods.
The connecting rods and caps are
marked correspondingtotheir position in the
engine as shown in Fig. 13. 7. Keep aU piston, rod, cap sets as
separate assemblies.
Removing Pistons and Connecting Rods
1. Remove Cylinder head.
2. Remove oil pan. Removing Piston Pins
3 . Remove oil pump. Remove the snap rings from the pistons.
4. Turn engine until connecting rod is at Warm the pistons in oil heated to a
bottom of stroke, then remove cap and upper temperature of 100 0 to 1200 F. (38 0 to 49 0
bearing shell. Refer to Fig. 14. C. ) to free the piston pins.
- 23 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
~~
(
l!
1
.!--
1
,.-l 9-
: :
0 0
..-1 5" 5" ..-1
0
. 0
.
+1 +1
...:1 r-.. ...:1
4-
Fig. 16 - Connecting Rod Alignment
With the connecting rod bushing fitted

Fig. 15 - Removing or Install ing Piston and the limit of.± 0.010 in. (0,25 mm) is re-
Connecting Rod Assemblies duced to±0.0025 in. (0,064 mm).
Installing New Piston Pin Bushings Assembling Pistons and Connecting

Rods
The piston pin bushings are a press fit If original pistons are to be reused, they
in the connecting rods. must be installed on their respective rods.
Both piston and rod are marked to corres-
Press out the old bushing and press in pond with their cylinder position in the en-
the new bushing with a suitable driver tool. gine. The piston crown is stamped with the
Make sure that the oil hole is aligned with letter "F". This side should be fitted to
the hole in the top of the connecting rod. the front of the engine. Position connect-
Finish the new bushings to the dimension ing rod in the piston and insert the piston
given in "Specifications" and check rods for pin. To do thi s, warm the piston in oil to a
proper alignment. temperature of 1000 to 120 0 F. (38 0 to 490
C . ). The piston pin can then easily be
pu shed into position. Then install snap
Checking Connec.ting Rod Alignment rings. DO NOT DRIVE PINS INTO PLACE.
Large and small end bores must be
square and parallel to each other within the Installing New Rings
limits of.± 0.010 in. (0,25 mm) measured 5
in. (127 mm) each side of the axis of the rod Check piston rings for correct gap. "--./
on test mandrel as shown in Fig. 16. See "Specifications" .
- 24 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 18 - Install ing Piston and Connecting Rod

Assembl ies
Fig. 17 - Engine Piston Ring Arrangement
Installing Pistons and Connecting Rods
Install the rings on the piston in the fol-
lowing positions. Refer to Fig. 17. Connecting rods and caps are marked
to indicate their original position in the en-
Top-chrome plated parallel faced com- gine. The numbers are stamped on the same
pression rings. side of the connecting rod and cap which is
machined to take the locating lips of the
bearings. Lubricate cylinder bores and us-
Middle-parallel faced, internally cham- ing a piston ring compressor tool install
..
fere d compresslOn rmg. Marked "BTM". pis ton and rod assembly into the bore as
Shown in Fig. 18.
Bottom-composite type, chrome-plated THE SIDE OF THE CONNECTING ROD

rail scraper ring. ST A M P E D WITH ITS POSITI ON NUMBER
SHOULD BEINSTALLED TOWARD THE LU-
BRICATING OIL FILTER BOWL SIDE OF
When installing the scraper ring, fit the THE ENGINE. Turn the crankshaft until the
expander first, then the upper and lower appropriate crankpin is at bottom center,
rails and finally install the side spring be- pull the connecting rod to the crankpin and
tween the rails. insert the hall bearing. Install the cap and
- 25 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
bearing making sure that the mar kings on the

rod and cap coincide. Torque the connecting
rod nuts to the tension given in "Specifica-
tions" .
CYLINDER BLOCK AND LINERS
The cylinder block is fitted with replace-

able cast iron, dry-type cylinder liners.
Production type cast iron cylinder liners are
an interference fit and require boring and
honing to size after installation. Service
type cast iron liners, available through
parts department, are a transitional fit and
being pre-finished, require no further ma-
chining after installation.
Cylinder liners fitted to the AG3 .152 en-

gine cannot be rebored. When they are
worn to such an extent whereby engine per-
formance is affected, they should be re-
placed.
Removing Cylinder Liners
1. Remove cylinder he ad as outlined

earlier.

Fig. 19 - Removing Cyl inder Liners using Spe-
semblies.
cial Tooi MFN 8308 Puller Plate
3. Use a heavy duty sleeve puller with
special tool puller plate MFN 8308 and re- cause considerable distortion of the liner
move liners from top of cylinder block. Be- bore when installed.
cause of the 0.001-0.003 inch interference
fit of the production type liners, a high pulling After removal of the old liner, the par-
force may be required. The use of hy- ent bore must be thoroughly cleaned both in
draulic pulling equipment is recommended the top recess of the liner flange and in the
to reduce servicing time. However, a parent bore itself. A check must be made to
mechanical puller may be used. Refer to make sure that the whole areas of contact
Fig. 19. with liners in the cylinder block are free
from burrs, corrosion or damage.
Preparation for Installing New Liners Make sure that the new liner is thor-
oughly clean before installation. If solvent
Great care must be taken in handling, is used to wash the liner, it is important
transit and storage of new liners, as the that the liner be thoroughly dry before in-
slightest burr or damage is suffident to stallation.
- 26 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Throughout the whole operation, ex- 2. When fully located, the top face of
treme cleanliness is essential as the entry the liner flange should be between 0.000 in.
of the smallest particle of grit or other (0,00 mm) and 0.004 in. (0,10 mm) below
foreign matter is sufficient to cause local the top face of the cylinder block. Refer to
distortion of the liner bore. Fig. 20.
3. It is advisable to allow a settling

Installing New Service Liners period to elapse before checking the fitted
internaI bore diameter of the liner. The
1. Either; (1) chill the new prefinished acceptable limit for cast iron service liners
type liners and push them fully in place by is 3.6025-3.6035 in. (91,50/91,52 mm).
hand or (2) lubricate the outside diameter of Each new liner should be checked in three
cylinder liner, then use special tool MFN positions -- top, center and bottom; the
8308 and PRE S S liner fully into cylinder readings beingtaken transversely and paral-
block. Avoid using a brush or rag to apply leI to the center line of the cylinder block at
oil to prevent any possibility of foreign par- each position.
ticles getting onto the surface. Make sure
that the flanges at the top of the liners do not 4. Having installed the new liners, the
fouI the counter-bore at the top of the parent remainder of the reassembly operations are
bore thus causing distortion at the top of the a reversaI of the removal procedure.
internaI diameter of the liner.
CRANKSHAFT, MAIN BEARINGS AND

REAR CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
The crankshaft runs in four, pre-fin-
ished replaceable shell bearings, lined with
plated copper lead or aluminum tin. The
crankshaft is equipped with two cast iron
balance weights, one at the front crank web
and the other at the rear crank web, giving
full rotating balance. Replaceable steel
backed, aluminum tin-lined main bearings
are fitted, locating in position by tabs in
slots on the main bearing housings.
Installing New Main Bearings and

Thrust Washers
If the main bearings or thrust washers

have to be replaced or inspected, it can be
done without removing the crankshaft.
1. Remove oil pan, oil pump, flywheel,

etc.
Fig. 20 - Measuring Location of Cylinder
Liners 2. Ta replace main bearings:
- 27 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 21 - Removing Upper Main Bearing Inserf
a. Remove bearing cap in question,

remembering to remove only one
cap at a time.
b. Loosen the remaining cap set-

screws one or two turns. Fig. 22 - Removing Rear Main Bearing Cap
c. Remove lower half of bearing
from cap. The thrust washers fit in recesses
provided on either side of the rear
d. With a suitable piece of wood, main bearing housing and cap.
push out the top half of the bear-
ing by rotating it on the crank- 3. To replace thrust washers :
shaft, applying the wood to the
side opposite the bearing lip as a. Remove setscrews securing rear
shown in Fig. 21. oil seal housing in place. then
remove oil seai housing haives.
e. Inspect the bearing shells and if
they require replacement. insert b. Remove rear main cap and the
a new half bearing into the top. two bottom hai ves of the thrust
plain end first and a new half washers. Refer to Fig. 22.
bearing into the cap.
c. The two top half thrust washers
f. Install cap and tighten setscrews can be removed by sliding them
lightly before proceeding to the around from one side with a
next bearing. , piece of wood until they can be
removed.
g. When bearings and caps have an
been installed, tighten to the tor- d. To install new' thrust washers,
que gi ven in "Specifications". lightly coat the two upper halves ~
- 28 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
with lubricating oil and slide them 4. Remove crankshaft rear main oil
in the recesses provided on either seal housing bolts.
side of the rear main bearing
housing. The STEEL side of the 5. Remove main bearing setscrews and
thrust washers should be toward remove caps.
the bearing housing.
6. Lift out· crankshaft as shown in Fig.
e. Place the two lower halves on 23.
either side of the rear main bear-
ing cap and install the cap. Should the crankshaft gear require re-
placement make sure that the timing mark
f. Tighten the bearing cap securing stamped on it faces to the front when in-
setscrews to the torque given in stalled in position. The distance piece be-
"Specifications" . tween the gear and the crankshaft must be
installed with the chamfer to the rear. If
g. Secure the rear main oil seal half the main bearings are to be used again, they
housings with new self-Iocking should be suitably marked so that they may
nuts. be reinstalled in their original positions.
Removing Crankshaft
Balance Weights
1. Remove water pump, generator,
crankshaft pulley and timing gear cover. Should it be necessary to replace crank-
shaft balance weights, they are normally
2. Remove oil pan, oil pump, flywheel supplied in wired pairs and must be fitted as
and rear oil seal housing. a pair. Should a single balance weight re-
quire replacing, this must be done selec-
3. Remove connecting rod caps and tively so there is no greater variation than 1
their bearings. oz. (0,28 kg) between individual weights.
Regrinding Crankshaft
Before proceeding to regrind the crank-

shaft, the following points should be checked
to make sure it is suitable for further ma-
chining.
1. The crankshaft should be crack-de-

tected before regr inding. It must, of
course be remembered to demagnetize the
crankshaft after crack-detecting, in order to
remove any polarization which may be pres-
ent.
2. The main journal and crankpin diam-

eters should be checked to determine the
next-appropriate size to which the crankshaft
Fig. 23 - Removing or Installing Crankshaft can be reground: Le. --0.010 in. (0,25 mm)
- 29 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
~E:RKIN5 AG 3. 152 E:NGINE: GROUP 0 - SECTION W
-- 0.020 in. (0,54 mm), or -- 0.030 in.

(0,76 mm). If the crankshaft requires to be
reground below 0.030 in. (0,76 mm) it is
recommended that a new crankshaft be in-
stalled.
3. The dimensions given in "Specifica-

tions" for the crankpin width apply only to
a standard crankshaft. It will be appreciated
that this dimension may increase as the
crankpins are reground, but after regrind-
ing the maximum width should not exceed
1.5785 in. (40,09 mm). During regrinding,
aIl the limits must be adhered to, and the
main journals and crankpins must be free
from grinding marks.
NOTE: It is important that the

RADII on the main journals and
crankpins are maintained. If these
are neglected, a fatigue fracture is
hable to occur.
Aiter regrinding, the sharp corners on

the oil holes should be removed and the
crankshaft crack-detected again and de-
magnetized. Fig; 24 - Rear Crankshaft Thrust Washers -
Crankshaft Removed to Show Parts
Installing Crankshaft More Clearly
1. Make sure that aIl oil passages are sure the thrust washers on bearing cap are
open and clean. installed correctly.
2. Check main bearing setscrews for 7. When installing the main bearing
stretch or damaged threads. Damaged set- caps, make sure they are located in their
screws must be replaced. respective positions and are installed the
correct way around. The caps are num-
3. Clean bearing housings and place bered, No. l starting at the front of the en-
upper bearings in position. gine. Each cap is also marked with an iden-
tification number. When in st a Il e d, this
4. Place crankshaft in position. number should read in line with the same
number stamped on the" cylinder block bot-
5. Smear the two upper thrust washers tom face. Refer to Fig. 25.
with lubricating oil and slide in recesses
provided on either side of the rear main 8. Tighten main bearing setscrews to
housing. Refer to Fig. 24. proper tension. Refer to Fig. 26.
6. Installlowerhalves of main bearings 9. Check crankshaft end play. See Fig.

to bearing caps and place in position. Make 27.
- 30 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 25 - Main Bearing Cap location and Iden- Fig. 27 - Measuring Crankshaft End-Play
tification Numbers
Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal When installing the seal with the crank-
shaft in position, the following procedure
The housing consists of two halves should be adopted:
bolted around the rear of the crankshaft
which has a shallow spiral oil return groove 1. Set up one haH housing in a vise with
recessed to a depth of 0.004 to 0.008 in. the seal recess on top.
(0,10 to 0,20 mm). The bore of the housing
is machined to accommodate a rubber cored 2. Place approximately 1 in. (25 mm) of
asbestos strip. The strip consists of two the strip, at each end, into the ends of the
sections, one for each haH of the oïl seal groove, making sure that each end of the
housing. strip projects 0.010-0.020 in. (0,25/0,50
mm) beyond the haH housing joint face. Al-
Iow the middle of the seal to bulge out of the
groove during this operation.
3. With thumb and finger, press the

remainder of the strip into the groove work-
ing from the center. Then use any conveni-
ent round bar to further bed in the strip by
rolling and pressing its inner diameter.
This procedure takes advantage of the fric-
tion between the strip and the groove at the
ends, to compact the rope, while making
sure that the projections of the end faces of
the rope remain as set.
4. Install oil seal to other half housing

Fig. 26 - Tightening Main Bearing and Con- in a similar manner.
necting Rod Caps to their Proper
Torques 5. Install new gasket coated with a
- 31 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
suitable sealing compound to cylinder block

and rear main bearing cap face.
6. Coat gasket faces of the housings

with suitable sealing compound.
7. Smear a film of graphite grease over

the exposed inside diameter surface of the
oil seaI.
8. Coat the hall housing butt faces with

sealing compound.
9. Lubricate the crankshaft rear end oil

return groove.
10. Place the half housings in position

on the engine (hall housing with shroud to the
top) and locate aU setscrews finger tight.
Il. Tighten the c1amping bolts to a tor-

que of only 4 to 6 ft. -lbs. (0,55/0,83 kgf m).
12. Tighten the setscrews in the cylin-

der block and main bearing cap to a torque of
12 ft. -lbs. (1,66 kgf m).
Fig. 29 - Removing or Install ing Upper and
13. Finally tighten clamping bolts to a Lower Halves of Qi 1 Seal Housing
(Engine Shown Inverted)
torque of 12 ft.-lbs. (1,66 kgf m).
TIMING GEAR COVER AND FRONT

CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
Removing Timing Gear Coyer
1. Remove fan belt and generator.
2. Remove water pump and hoses.
3. Disconnect carburetor control rod.

Refer to Fig. 30.
4. Remove breather pipe.
5. Remove crankshaft puUey.
Fig. 28 - View of Upper and Lower Halves 6. Remove timing gear coyer setscrews.
Showing Qil Deflector Shroud Note the different lengths used.
- 32 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
Fig. 32 - Governor Rocker Cross Shaft -

Sequence of Parts
7. Remove timing gear cover.
Removing Governor Control Cross

Shah
Fig. 30 - Yiew of Timing Gear Cover and 1. Remove roll pin, retaining external
Related Parts lever, and remove lever. Refer to Fig. 31.
2. Remove internaI lever.
3. Press shaft toward the ail filler side

of the caver and release needle bearing.
4. Press shaft in the opposite direction

removing collar, bearing, ail seal, felt
washer and retainer. Refer ta Fig. 32.
Installing Governor Control Cross Shaft
1. Assemble collar, bearing, ail seal,

felt washer and retainer on the shaft and
press into caver. Refer ta Figs. 32 and 31.
2. Press needle bearing into the caver

at the other end of the shaft until it just con-
tacts an 0.008 in. (0,20 mm) feeler gauge
between the shaft shoulder and the needle
FiS' 31 - Rear Yiew of Timing Gear Cover bearing end face as shown in Fig. 33.
- 33 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
41
®
®
@- ~
~36
35 "'
:.n
'~
Fig. 68 - Carburetor Assembly - Sequence of Parts (Callouts Keyed to Text)
- 54 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
KEY
SPECIAL TOOL
SPACER
,r
Il
II
/1
"
Il
/1
"
Il
/1
11.-
CRANKSHAFT
Fig. 35 - Sectional View Showing Timing Gear

Cover Locating Sicle of Special Tooi
MFN 747 AA - Shown being Usecl
with Qi 1 Seal in Place
Fig. 36 - View of Timing Gear Showing Timing
Marks Alignecl
TIMING GEARS
0.0075-0.0125 in. (0,19/0,32 mm). Refer
The camshaft gear, crankshaft gear, to Fig. 38.
idler gear and distributor drive gear, are
suitably marked during production to facili- Removing Idler Gear and Hub
tate re-timing. Fig. 36 shows the timing
marks correctly positioned with No. 1 piston 1. Bend back the locking tab on the idler
at T.D.C. on compression stroke. gear retaining setscrew and remove the set-
screw, tab washer and idler gear retaining
plate.
Checking Timing Gea r 8acklash
2. Remove idler gear from its hub as
1. Remove timing gear coyer as out- shown in Fig. 39.
lined earlier.
3. Remove idler gear hub from its ma-
2. Check backlash between the timing chined location as shown in Fig. 40.
gears with a feeler gauge. Refer to Fig. 37.
Backlash between idler gear and its other Installing Idler Gear and Hub
three mating gears should be 0.003 in. 1. Install the idler gear hub so that the
(0,08 mm) minimum). Backlash between small locating dowel in the cylinder block
crankshaft gear and oil pump gear should be aligns with the ho le in the hub.
- 35 -
MASSEY-FERGUSO~
Fig. 37 - Measuring Timing Gear Backlash Be- Fig. 38 - Measuring Backlash Between Crank-
tween Idler Gear and its Other Three shaft Gear and Oil Pump Gear (En-
Mating Gears gine Shown Inverted)
2. InstaU the idler gear to the hub with tumed. On the camshaft hub the letter "D"
aU timing gear marks lined up. is stamped and on the camshaft gear the
"D" is cast. The gear must be installed on
3. Install retaining plate, tab washer the camshaft so that the two letters are
and setscrew. Torque to the value gi ven in aligned as shown in Fig. 41.
"Specifications". Make sure that the idler
gear has end play of 0.005-0.015 in. (0,13/ 2. Reinstall and tighten setscrews.
0,38 mm).
3. Install idler gear with aIl timing
marks aligned.
Removing Camshaft Gear
4. Sec ure rocker assembly.
Remove the three securing setscrews
and remove camshaft gear.
Removing Distributor and Governor
Installing Camshaft Gear Drive Gear
1. Rem 0 ve idler gear and rel e a s e 1. Remove governor thrust plate assem - '-----.-/'
rocker assembly to enable camshaft to be blyas shown in Fig. 42.
- 36 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 39 - Removing or InstaJ 1ing Idler Gear Fig. 40 - Removing or Insta /1 ing Idler Gear
Hub
2. The nut retaining the baIl race as-

sembly and the governor gear has a left-
handed thread. The nut is stamped "L.H.".
3. Unscrew retaining nut and remove

baIl race assembly.
CAMSHAFT
4. Release governor gear from its
keyed location. Removing Camshaft
1. Remove rocker shaft assembly.
Installing Distributor and Governor 2. Remove timing gear co ver .

Drive Gear
3. Align aIl timing gear marks.
Installation of the gear is the reversaI
of removal. Refer to Figs. 43 and 42. Tor- 4. Lift tappets and remove camshaft as
que retaining nut to value given in "Specifi- shown in Fig. 44 taking care not to damage
cations" . journals, cams or tappets.
- 37 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 41 - Camshaft and its Gear are Marked Fig. 42 - Removing or Installing the Governor
with letters "D" to Indicate Proper Thrust Plate Assembly
Gear Installation
Camshaft End Play
Installing Camshaft The camshaft end play is taken up by a
thrust spring which is attached to the rear
1. Lüt tappets and carefuily install the of the timing gear cover, as shown in Fig.
camshaft into the cylinder block, taking care 31.
not to damage journals, cams or tappets.
Make sure ail timing marks line up.
TIMING CASE
2. Install timing gear cover. Removing the Timing Case
1. Remove timing gear cover as out-

3. Reinstail rocker shaft assembly and lined earlier.
check and re-set valve tappet clearances if
necessary. 2. Remove· rocker shaft as sembly .
3. Remove oil pan.
4. Remove timing case bottom cover as

shown in Fig. 45.
- 38 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 43 - View of Governor Gear with Bail Fig. 45 - Removing or Install ing Timing Case
Race Assembl y Removed Bottom Coyer (Engine Shown In-
verted)
5. Remove idler gear and hub, camshaft,

and governor drive gear.
6. Remove distributor, distributor drive

shaft and oil feed pipe to distributor drive
housing.
7. Remove distributor drive hou sing

from rear of timing case.
8. Remove setscrews securing timing

case to cylinder block and remove timing
case.
Installing the Timing Case
Fig. 44 - Removing or Installing Camshaft - 1. To locate timing case to block, in-

Shown w ith Head Removed staIl the idler gear hub.
- 39 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 46 - Aligning Timing Case with Bottom Fig. 47 - AI igning Bottom Coyer with Timing
Face of Cyl inder Block (Engine Shown Case (Eng ine Shown Inyerted)
Inyerted)
7. Install idler gear with timing gear

2. Usinganew gasket, install the timing marks aligned.
case to the cylinder block.
8. Install distributor drive housing
3. Align the bottom of the timing case drive shaft.
with the block bottom face as shown in Fig.
46. 9. Line up timing marks and install
governor gear.
4. Install the timing case bottom cover
and using a straight edge align the edges of 10. Install drive housing oil feed line
the bottom cover and the timing case face as and distributor.
shown in Fig. 47.
Il. Reinstall oil pan and timing gear
cover.
5. Turn the engine crankshaft until No.
1 piston is at T. D. C. (key on crankshaft ver-
tically upwards). TIMING
6. Lift tappets and carefully install When the engine is timed on production,
camshaft. certain marks are stamped on the gears, so
- 40 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
that if for any reason the timing is dis- wheel mar king. The tolerance for valve tim-
turbed the engine can easily be reset to its ingis plus or minus 2-1/20. There is no ad-
original timing. The gears are marked as justment for valve timing. Provided the gear
follows: is correctly installed onto the camshaft, the
timing can only be one or more teeth out.
With the engine correctly timed with No. When timing is found to be correct, reset
1 piston on its compression stroke, center valve clearances.
punch marks on the idler gear correspond
with Hnes or center punch marks on the
camshaft, crankshaft and governor drive Checking Ignition Timing
gears. Refer to Fig. 36.
a. Ignition Timing (Statie)
NOTE: With all the timing marks
aligned, the crankshaft will have to Set No. 1 piston to l2 0 B. T .D.C.
be turned 18 times before all the on its firing stroke. The mark
timing marks will align again. on the flywheel, as shown in Fig.
48, should be aligned with the
dot on the side of the aperature
Resetting Engine Timing in the flywheel housing. Install
the distributor wi th the contact
Bring No. l piston to T. D. C. on its com-
pression stroke. That T. D. C. has been ob-
tained can be checked by examining the fly-
wheel where the T. D. C . mark should be
central within the inspection aperture, or
the front of the crankshaft where the key for
the crankshaft gear should be at T . D. C.
Install the camshaft gear making sure

the letter "D", stamped adjacent to one of
the fixing holes, is in alignment with the
letter "D" stamped on the camshaft nose.
Refer to Fig. 41. Install the governor gear
onto its keyed location. Refer to Fig. 43.
Reinstall the idler gear making sure

aIl timing marks line up as shown in Fig.
36.
Checking Valve Timing
Turn the engine until maximum lift is

obtained on No. 3 cylinder exhaust valve. In
this position, set the valve clearance on No.
1 inlet valve toO.043 in. (1.09 mm). Turn
the engine in the normal direction of the ro-
tation until the tappet of No. l inlet valve
just tightens. At this point No. l should be Fig. 48 - View of Flywheel Showing Timing
at T. D . C ., and can be checked with the fly- Marks
- 41 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
breaker points just breaking for

No. 1 cylinder, connect the dis-
tributor low tension cable to the LIMITS FOR
negative terminal of the ignition FL YWHEEL BACKPLATE ALIGNJ\1ENT
coU. Connect a suitable test
lamp to the negative terminal of HOUSING DIAMETER LIMITS
the ign i ti on coU and ground.
Swing the distributor untU the Up to 14.25 in.
test lamp just goes out and tighten (362 mm) ....... 0.006 in. (0,15 mm)
the distributor clamp.
Over 14.25 in.
(362 mm) to 20.125
b. Ignition Timing (Dynamic) in. (SU mm) .... 0.008 in. (0,20 mm)
To check dynamic ignition timing, Over 20.125 in.

use a timing light attached to No. (SU mm) to 25.5
1 cylinder and an electric tain. (648 mm) ... 0.010 in. (0,25 mm)
chometer. Start the engine and
direct the light to the timing hole Over 25.5 in.
in the flywheel housing. Careful- (648 mm) to 31 in.
ly move the throttle lever to the (789 mm) ...... . 0.012 in. (0,30 mm)
"wide open" position (2225 to
2275 rpm) and observe the timing AlI adjustments to be carried out on the
readings. With the engine prop- backplate, and never on the cylinder block
erly timed and the distributor ad- face, to bring the backplate within the limits
vance mechanism operating prop- above. Refer to Fig. 49.
erly, the timing should gradually
increase to a reading of 26 0
BTDC at 2000 rom without any
further advance above this speed.
Advance, or retard, timing if Flywheel
necessary by loosening the dis-
tributor clamp and turning the The alignment of the flywheel face should
distributor body. Turn in the be within the limit of 0.001 in. (0,02mm)
direction of rotation of the rotor per inch (25, 4 mm) of flywheel radius from
to retard, and against direction the crankshaft axis ta the c10ck gauge
of rotation to advance. Clamp plunger. Press the crankshaft one way when
distributor when correct setting carrying out this check to take up end play.
is found. Refer to Fig. 50.
The run out of the flywheel should not

exceed 0.012 in. (0.30 mm) total indicator
FLYWHEEL AND BACKPLATE reading. Refer to Fig. 5l.
1 Flywheel Backplate
When installing the backplate check that

the alignment of the face is within the limit
listed.
- 42 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 49 - Measuring Alignment of Flywheel Fig. 50 - Measuring Flywheel Face Runout

Backplate
Fig. 51 - Measuring Runout on Outer Diameter of Flywheel
- 43 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oll CIRCULATION
The system of lubrication comprises

pressure feed to the main and connecting
rod bearings, camshaft bearings, distribu-
tor and governor drive, rocker shaft assem-
bly and timing drive. The pump draws oil
through the strainer in the oil pan and de-
livers it by a pipe inside the crankcase
through a drilling in the side of the cylinder
block to the lubricating oil filter.
Oil passes through the filter and then

through an internaI drilling in the cylinder
block to the pressure rail which is an inter-
naI passage within the crankcase. Holes
Fig. 52 - View of Camshaft Oil Tunnels
drilled in the crankcase webs feed oil from
the pressure rail to the main bearings and journal, only a reduced quantity of oil can
holes in the crankshaft webs carry oil to the pass to the rocker shaft du ring each revolu-
connecting rad bearings. Surplus oil re- tion of the camshaft. This reduced pres-
turns to the oil pan. sure oil feed is also piped to the distributor
and governor drive housing and lubricates
An oil seal prevents oil leaking along the distributor drive shaft and governor.
the crankshaft at the rear end and oil thrown The overflow of oil from the rocker shaft
from this seal returns to the oil pan. flows from the cylinder head into the cam-
shaft tunnel and from the front of the tunnel
The connecting rod bushings are lubri- on to the timing gears and then returns to the
cated by splash and oil mist. oil pan. See Fig. 52. Exterior oil line
arrangement is shown in Fig. 53. Further
Running in the front of the cylinder
block is an internaI passage which connects
with the pressure rail. The oil cornes out
from this passage on the camshaft side of
the engine and is deli vered along an external
pipe to the lower drilling in the center cam-
shaft bearing journal.
As the camshaft revolves, oil is picked

up and carried around in the narrow slot ma-
chined in the center camshaft journal until
it escapes through the upper drilling in the
camshaft tunnel. The oil then flows through
a pipe to the cylinder head where another
pipe conveys it to the hollow rocker shaft
which feeds oil to the rocker ann bushings,
etc. It will be appreciated that due to the
small capacity of the slot on the camshaft Fig. 53 - View of External Oil Feed Lines
- 44 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W LUBRICATION SYSTEM
MOTOR OIL
Use Massey-Ferguson M-ll09 Heavy-Duty Motor oil, an S-l of "Supplement-l"
qualified oil meeting the requirements for API Service Classification "MS" (gasoline
engines) and "DM" (diesel engines)·.
Massey-Ferguson M-1132 AU Seasons Multi-Grade Motor Oil is also recom-
mended, especially during the winter season or whenever a wide range of ambient
temperatures maybe encountered. This is a superior quality, MIL-L-2l04B qualified,
SAE 10W-30 viscosity oil.
Similarly qualified oils marketed by other reputable suppliers may be used in lieu
of the Massey-Ferguson lubricant indicated above.
THESE MOTOR OILS ARE HEA VY - DUTY DETERGENT-TYPE OILS WHICH ARE
COMPOUNDED WITH SPECIAL ADDITIVES TO ASSURE SATISFACTORY ENGINE
OPERATION. NON-DETERGENT OR STRAIGHT MINERAL TYPE MOTOR OILS
MUST NOT BE USED.
Operating Condition Recommended Viscosity Grade

Based on
Ambient Air Temperature Single Viscosity Multi - Viscosity
"----"
Above 90 0 F SAE 30 SAE 10W-30, or 20W-40
32 0 to 90 0 F SAE 20W SAE 10W-30
0 0 to 32 0 F SAE 10W* SAE 10W-30, or 5W-20*
Below 00 -------- SAE 5W-20*
* THE USE OF SAE 5W-20 OR SAE lOW MOTOR OILS MAY CAUSE INCREASED OIL
CONSUMPTION. WHEN THESE OILS ARE USED, CHECK OIL LEVEL MORE
OFTEN. Whenever the engine is operated under continuous heavy load conditions.
where cold starting is no problem (i. e.: Use of block heaters or warm buildings)
the use of a heavier grade motor oil is recommended.
RECOMMENDED CHANGE PERIOD

Under the normally severe operating conditions typical for this type of machine,
the engine crankcase lubricant should be changed after every 100 hours of operation.
Change oil filters with every other oil change.
CAPACITY
Crankcase Refill • . • •• . .. . . . . . • • . • •. . . • . . . . .• • . . . • . • .• Approx. 6 U. S. Qts.

With Filter Element Change . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . • • . • • . • . • •• Approx. 6.5 U. S. Qts.
- 45 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
lubrication for the timing gears is provided When the pre-determined pressure set-
by means of a drilling in the block between ting is exceeded, the valve opens and sorne
the horizontal drilling referred to previous- of the oil is released to return to the oil
ly and the idler gear hub. Oil from this pan. This continues untU the oil warms up
drilling escapes through a hole in the idler and flows at the desired pressure. The
gear boss. valve then closes.
MOTOR OIL OIL FILTER
The importance of proper c1ean motor

oil cannot be overemphasized. AlI refer- Replacing Filter Element
ences to engine oil should be taken to mean
the type of motor oils described in the chart 1. Unscrew setscrew securing filter
on page 45. bowl at bowl base as shown in Fig. 54.
The oU level should be checked with the
engine "cold" and on level ground. When 2. Remove fUter bowl, as shown in Fig.
checking the oU level of a "hot" engine, 55.
make sure to allow suffident time for the
oil to return back into the oU pan. DO NOT 3. Remove element and discard
OVERFILL ABOVE THE" FULL" MARK ON
THE DIPSTICK.
OIL PRESSURE
See that oU pressure is registered on
the gauge.
The actual pressure may vary with in-

di vi dual engines, but the oil pressure at
maximum engine speed and normal working
temperature should be 30-60 psi (2,1-4,2)
kgfjcm 2 ).
There will be a pressure drop whUe

idling and a slight decrease in normal work-
ing pressure when the engine is hot.
OIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

The oU relief valve, which is located in
the oil pump body, prevents the pressure
from becoming excessive as might other-
wise happen when the oil is cold.
The relief valve comprises a spring-

loaded plunger. Fig. 54 - Removing Filter Bowl Setscrew
- 46 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 55 - Removing or Installing Filter Bowl Fig. 56 - Removing or Install ing Oil Pan
Strainer
4. Wash bowl in cleaning fluide
To reassemble, reverse the order of op-
5. Install new rubber gasket in filter erations.
head casting.
6. If necessary replace gaskets in the

REMOVING OIL PAN
bowl.
Drain motor oil and remove dipstick.
7. Install new element, tighten bowl
securing setscrew and run engine to check Remove setscrews securing oil pan to
for leaks. flywheel housing where necessary.
Remove setscrews securing oil pan to

crankcase and lower oil pan.
REMOVING, CLEANING AND
INSTALLING OIL PAN STRAINER
INSTALLING OIL PAN
Drain and remove oil pan.
Lightly smear crankcase faces with a
Remove strainer from end of suction thin coating of sealing compound and place
pipe and wash in cleaning fluide Refer to gaskets in position ma king sure an holes
Fig. 56. Ene up.
- 47 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
When placing gaskets in position, it is

important that the mitered ends go right up
into the recesses of the timing case bottom
coyer and rear main bearing cap. Lightly
- coat cork gaskets with sealing compound and
place in the grooves provided in the timing
case bottom coyer and rear main bearing
cap.
Place oil pan in position and loosely in-

stall setscrews.
Where applicable, install setscrews se-

curing rear of oil pan to flywheel housing
and tighten.
Tighten setscrews, securing oil pan to

crankcase.
Install dipstick and oil drain plug.
REMOVING OIL PUMP
Remove oil pan (see previous heading).
Remove the three setscrews at the bot-

tom of the timing gear coyer and the two nuts Fig. 57 - Removing or Install ing Qi 1 Pump
at the bottom of the timing case. Then the
timing case bottom half can be removed.
Disconnect the delivery pipe from the

oil pump to cylinder block.
Remove snap ring and move idler gear

forward.
Unscrew the three setscrews securing

the oil pump to the front main bearing cap
and remove oil pump as shown in Fig. 57.
DISASSEMBLING OIL PUMP
Remove suction and deli very pipes.

Remove idler gear.
The idler gear shaft is pinned to the
pump body and if this shaft is to be removed, Fig. 58 - Removing or Install ing the Rubber
the pin must be driven out first. Sealing Ring
- 48 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Withdraw driven gear.
Unscrew the three retaining screws and

remove the pump end plate.
Remove rubber sealing ring. Refer to

Fig. 58.
The shaft, inner and outer rotors can

then be removed.
The oil relief val ve is located in the body

of the lubricating oil pump. It is an ad just-
able valve but unless special test equipment
is available, no attempt should be made to
dismantle it. The breaking pressure is set
and adjusted before the engine leaves the
Fig. 60 - Measuring Clearance Between Outer
factory .
Rotor and Pump Body
INSPECTING OIL PUMP

the mmlmum diameter of the outer rotor at
1. Thoroughly clean al! parts and in- al! points. Refer to Fig. 59.
spect the rotors for cracks or scores.
3. Check the clearance between the
2. Instal! the drive and driven rotors dri ven rotor and the pump body. Refer to
in the pump body making sure the cham- Fig. 60.
fered edge of the outer rotor enters the pump
body first. Check the clearance between the 4. Check the clearance between the top
maximum diameter of the inner rotor and of the rotors and the end of the pump body
withfeeler gauges and straight edge as shown
in Fig. 61.
Fig. 59 - Measuring Clearance Between Inner Fig. 61 - Measuring Clearance Between Rotors
and Outer Rotor and End of Pump Body
- 49 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Oil pump clearances (new) are given in Install idler gear shaft, if this has
" Specifie ations" . been removed, and lock with pin.
NOTE: Should an oil pump be worn Install idler gear.

to such an extent it adversely af-
fects the working oil pressure, a
replacement pump should be ob- INST ALLING THE OIL PU MP
tained. The component parts of the
oil pump are not supplied individ- Install oil pump onto front main bearing
ually. Therefore, if any parts re- cap and secure with three setscrews.
quire replacement, a new pump
should be installed. Secure idler gear with snap ring.
Install oil suction and deli very pipes to

REASSEMBLING THE OIL PUMP and from oil pump.
Install outer rotor. inner rotor and Install timing case bottom half and se-
shaft in oil pump body. cure with two nuts and washers to timing
case top half.
Replace rubber sealing ring
Install the three setscrews at the bot-
Replace endcover and secure with three tom of the timing gear cover.
screws.
Press on driven gear and make sure Install oil pan in accordance with pre-
pump rotates freely. vious instructions.
, /
~
- 50 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W' FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM
CARBURETOR "balanced" and "sealed", since aIl air for
fuel bowl ventilation and idle operation must
enter through the air cleaner. The fuel
Description
supply system' consists of a threaded fuel
inlet elbow, fuel valve (needle and seat),
The carburetor, shown in Fig. 62, is of float assembly and float chamber (fuel bowl).
the updraft type and is equipped with a fixed
main jet and a eiectrically operated fuel The idle system provides two idle dis-
shut-off solenoid. The solenoid acts to pre- charge holes, an idle air passage, idle air
vent fuel flow whenever the ignition swi tch is bleed, idle adjusting needle, idle jet and
turned off. fuel passage.
The carburetor is of a single barrel de- The high-speed (main metering) system
sign with a single venturi, twin floats and a consists of the venturi, main jet calibration,
semi-concentric fuel bowl to permit opera- well vent and discharge jet.
ation at quite extreme angles without flood-
ing or starving the engine. This design is The economizer system consists of a
drilled hole from the throttle bore into a
channel communicating with the air space in
the fuel bowl, and a restriction in the chan-
nel venting the fuel bowl to the air intake.
The choke system is of the semi-auto-

matic type and provides a choke plate with a
spring-Ioaded poppet valve mounted on a
shaft located inside the air intake and is op-
erated externally by a lever attached to the
choke shaft.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
~ SOLENOID
Fig. 62 - View of Carburetor Assembly

1. Screw 3. Spring 5. Gasket
2. Gasket 4. Plunger Fig. 63 - Fuel Supply System
- 51 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Operation up from this weIl through a restricted driIl-

ing into the idle fuel pick-up passage. From
here it is metered through the idle jet cali-
Fuel Supply System bration before entering the (vacuum) pas-
sage leading to the idle discharge holes.
Fuel under pressure is supplied through Just above the idle jet, the fuel mixes with
the fuel inlet elbow, fuel valve (needle and air admitted to the (vacuum) passage through
seat) to the float chamber. The float in the a permanent air bleed located beside the ven-
float chamber automatically regulates the turi. The idle air bleed controls the air
opening through the fuel valve to maintain mixed with the idle fuel. Since the fuel-air
the proper level of fuel in the fuel bowl to mixture for idle may be discharged from
meet the demands of the engine speed and one or both idle discharge holes, the system
load. See Fig. 63. is referred to as a two-hole idle system.
The second (lower) hole discharges fuel-air
mixture into the throttle bore only when the
Jdle System throttle plate is opened slightly beyond slow
idle. The idle adjusting needle, located in
At idle speed, the throttle plate is ad- the throttle body at the upper idle discharge
vanced slightly to expose the upper idle dis- hole, controls the amount of idle fuel-air
charge hole to engine manifold vacuum (suc- mixture discharged into the air stream.
tion), as shown in Fig. 64. This suction is TURNING THE IDLE ADJUSTING NEEDLE
transmitted to the idle jet through a passage IN (CLOCKWISE) RESULTS IN A LEANER
connecting the idle discharge holes with the MIXTURE; TURNING THE NEEDLE OUT
idle jet. Fuel for idle is supplied through (COUNTERCLOCKWISE) RES U L TSIN A
the main jet to a well directly below the RICHER IDLE FUEL-AIR MIXTURE. Low ,--.-/
main discharge jet. The fuel for idle flows idle speed is set by the throttle stop screw
not by the idle adjusting needle.
IDU AOJUSTING
Nil OU
~__ ~IIMAI~INT Ail ALIID
Fig. 65 - High Speed (Main Metering)

Fig. 64 - Idle System System
- 52 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W FUEL sys'iEM
High-Speed (Main Metering) System tems, see Fig. 66. This results in the car-
buretor being operated on leaner mixture
Refer to Fig. 65. ratios during part throttle operation. As
the throttle is advanced to wide open posi-
As the throttle is opened beyond the idle tion, the "back suction" applied to the fuel
range, the suction on the idle discharge in the fuel bowl diminishes, permitting the
holes diminishes while the increased volume pressure in the fuel bowl to return to air
of air passing through the venturi to the en- intake pressure. The main jet then flows to
gine starts to draw fuel from the main dis- full capacity supplying the richer mixture
charge jet of the high-speed system. The required for full power operation. This
main jet in the base of the fuel bowl con- system provides economical fuel-air mixture
troIs the fuel delivery during the cruising ratios du ring part throttle range of operation
range of operation. To assure a proper mix- while still permitting the richer mixture ra-
'ture ratio, a small amount of air is admitted tios requires for full load and power oper-
through the weIl vent and passage to air ation.
bleed holes in the main discharge jet below
the level of fuel in the metering weIl. This
air bleed feature helps destroy the surface Choke System
tension of the fuel to permit a steady, smooth
delivery offuel to meetengine requirements. Refer to Fig. 67.
Closing the choke plate when starting a

Economizer System cold engine restricts the entrances of air to
the carburetor and creates an increase in
During part throttle range of operation, suction at the jets. This increase in suction
the fuel bowl is subjected to manifold vac- causes more fuel to be drawn into the en-
uum "back suction" through the drilled hole gine to provide the richer mixture needed for
in the throttle bore, wh ich lowers the pres-
sure on the fuel in the fuel bowl and retards
the flow of fuel through the metering sys-
aOWL ViNT
ECONOMIZER SYSTEM
Fig. 66 - Economizer System Fig. 67 - Choke System
- 53 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
41~----~~
@'"-------i~
@......-----
®-----~
~ :,
35 r - - - - - _ - - f (
Fig. 68 - Carburetor Assembly - Sequence of Parts (Callouts Keyed to Text)
- 54 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON 1
GROUP 0 - SECTION W FUEL SYSTEM
Cold starting, as soon as the engine begins to Disassembly of Throttle Body

run, the spring-Ioaded poppet valve on the
choke plate opens to prevent over-choking 1. Invert throttle body assembly and
or flooding of the engine . As the engine remove float axle (13) from slotted end of
warms up, the choke must be gradually hinge bracket. Pull axle out of hinge bracket
opened manually to the wide open position. from opposite side and then remove float as-
sembly (12) and fuel valve needle (36).
Overhaul Pro~edure 2. Remove bowl to body gasket (14)

from machined surface of throttle body and
Identify Carburetor - - Check part num- rem ove venturi (35).
bers on metal identification dise which is
pinned or riveted to the top of the air intake 3. Remove fuel valve seat (37) and fiber
or float bowl cover. The inside number is washer (38) from throttle body.
the Zenith assembly number. The other
number next to the outer edge of the dise, is 4. Remove idle jet (40) from passage in
the Massey-Ferguson part number for the machined surface of throttle body near fuel
assembly. Use the part number to obtain valve seat, using small screwdri ver.
the correct repair kit.
5. Remove idle adjusting needle (10)
For identification of parts during dis- and friction spring (9) from side of throttle
assembly and reassembly, refer to Fig. 68 body bore.
showing an exploded view of parts in their
proper sequence.
6. Back out throttle stop screw (7) until
NOTE: Several special tools are threaded end is flush with throttle lever.
mentioned within the following text. Close throttle and mark across throttle
These are Zenith tools and may be body and lever as a guide to correct re-
obtained from a local Zenith Dis- assembly of parts. If required, file off
tributor or dealer. ri veted or peened end of throttle plate
screws flush with throttle shaft, being care-
fuI not to damage throttle plate or throttle
body bore. Remove throttle plate screws
Disassembly (3) and throttle plate (2).
Separating the fuel bowl and throttle

body assemblies: 7. Remove throttle shaft and stop lever
assembly (8) from throttle body and drive
1. Remove hex head plugs (11 and 39) out shaft hole plug (42), using a 6" length of
and elbow (not shown) from bosses on throt- 1/4" rod inserted through the opposite
tle body (1). shaft hole.
2. Remove four bowl to body screw and

lockwasher assemblies (20). 8. To remove shaft hole seal (5) and
retainer (6), screw a 5/16" fine thread
3. Raise throttle body slightly to sep- taper tap into the retainer until tap is firmly
arate bowl to body gasket (14) from fuel seated. Then insert a long punch or rod
bowl (19) and then remove throttle body as- through the opposite shaft hole and drive the
sembly, being careful not to damage floats punch against the end of the tap until the re-
(12). tainer is free of the throttle body
- 55 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Disassembly of Fuel Bowl Body passage to insure the removal of aIl dirt par-
ticles. NEVER USE A WIRE OR DRILL TO
1. Remove fuel shut-off solenoid and C LEAN OUT THE JETS.
washer from bottom of fuel bowl.
2. Remove drain plug (25) from fuel Inspection

bowl.
Inspect aIl parts and replace anythat are
3. Remove discharge jet (22) and fiber damaged or worn. Always use the correct
washer (21). repair kit for the carburetor assembly be-
ing serviced. If inspection reveals that the
4. Remove main jet (17)and fiber wash- fit of the throttle shaft is sloppy in the throt-
er (18) from bottom of fuel bowl. tle shaft bushings, it will be necessary to
install new throttle shaft bushings, as de-
5. Remove weIl vent jut (15) from center scribed in the following procedure.
of large opening in mac~ined surface of the
fuel bowl.
6. Close choke and scribe across choke Replacement of Throttle Shajt

lever (30), choke bracket (28) and across Bushings
air intake, adjacent to lever, as a guide to
correct reassembly. Remove choke lever To rebush the throttle body, the follow-
spring (31). Remove choke plate screw and ing Zenith tools, as weIl 3.S new bushings and
lockwasher assemblies (34), choke plate (33), oversize plug, must be available:
choke shaft and lever assembly (30).
C161-73-1 Counter-bore Reamer, C161-
7. Remove choke bracket screws and 7l-1 Line Reamer, C161-72-1 Bushing
lockwasher assemblies (29) andchoke Driver, Throttle Shaft Bushings and Over-
bracket (28). size Plug.
8. Drive out shaft hole plug (16), using l. Place a suitable center in drill press
6" length of 1/4" rod inserted through op- bed. With one throttle shaft hole on this
posite shaft hole. center, bring spindle down until counter-
bore reamer contacts opposite shaft hole,
9. To remove choke shaft seal (26) and then set stop on drill press to length of
retainer (27), screw a 5/16" fine thread bushing.
taper tap into retainer until tap is firmly
seated. Then in s e r t Ion g punch or rod 2. Counter-Bore hole to accommodate
through opposite shaft hole and drive punch bushing, using C161-73-1 Cou nt e r-Bo r e
against end of tap until retainer is free of Reamer.
air intake body.
3. Dr ive th rot t l e shaft bushing into
place, using C161-72-1 Bushing Driver.
Cleaning
4. Ream this bushing, using C161-71-1
Thoroughly clean aIl metal parts using a Line Reamer. The opposite shaft hole is
dependable brand of carburetor cleaner and used as a "pilot" to align reamer in bush-
rinse in solvent. Blow out aIl passages and ing.
channels in the castings with compressed
air. Reverse the air flow through each 5. Turn throttle body casting over and .'--./
- 56 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W FUEL SYS-r"EM
prepare opposite hole to take bushing. It 5. Install choke lever spring (31) to re-
will be necessary to reset stop on spindle as turn choke to side open position.
described above. Counter-bore hole, using
C161-73-1 Counter-Bore Reamer. 6. Install main jet (17) and fiber wash-
er (18) in threaded hole at bottom of fuel
6. Drive second throttle shaft bushing bowl.
into place, using C161-72-1 Bushing Driver.
7. Install well vent jet (15) in fuel bowl
7. Line ream this bushing as the final and tighten.
machining operation, using C 161-71-1 Line
Reamer. 8. Install main discharge jet (22) and
fiber washer (21) in large threaded passage
8. Aiter the new throttle shaft bushings on bottom of fuel bowl.
are in place, a new "oversize" plug should
be installed in the throttle shaft hole. 9. Install drain plug (25) in fuel bowl.
10. Install fuel shut-off solenoid and

Reassembly washer.
Assembly of Fuel Bowl Body

Assembly of Thrott1e Body
1. Install seal (26) in open side of re-
tainer (27) and place completed assembly on 1. Insert throttle shaft seal (5) in open
C 161-72 -1 Bushing Driver. Seal lip should end of retainer (6) and place completed as-
be positioned so Hp will be toward outside of sembly on Ç161-72-1 Bushing Driver. In-
carburetor seal entrance of air after insert small end of driver into throttle shaft
stallation. Insert small end of driver into hole; st art retainer into counter-bore of
choke shafthole; start retainer into counter- f throttle body and lightly drive retainer into
bore of body and lightly drive retainer into body until flush with niachined surface or
body until flush with machined surface. slightly below surface, to avoid interference
with throttle lever.
2. Install shaft hole plug (16), using
light hammer. 2. Insert throttle shaft and stop lever
assembly (8) in throttle body. Rotate throt-
3. Refer to match marks made at time tle shaft to wide open position and insert
of disassembly and install choke bracket throttle plate (2). Rotate shaft to closed po-
(28), bracket attaching screws and lock- sition and hole plate c10sed with fingers.
washers (29). Start throttle plate screws (3) and leave
screws loose. Center throttle plate in bore
4. Install choke shaft and lever assem- and tighten screws securely.
bly (30) and rotate shaft so that cut out sec-
tion faces out. St art choke plate (33) into 3. Install throttle shaft hole plug (42)
place with poppet valve stem and spring in side opposite throttle lever, using a light
facing into air intake as shown in Fig. 68. hammer to drive plug in flush with face of
Press choke lever against shaft boss to cen- boss.
ter choke plate in c10sed position, and start
choke plate screws (34) into place. When 4. Install id1e adjusting need1e (10)
plate is properly centered, tighten screws friction spring (9) in body. Turn idle need1e
securely. in lightly against its seat, than back out
- 57 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 69 - Installing Float Assembly Fig. 70 - Proper Float Leve 1 Setting
needle to the setting listed in "Specifica-

NOTE: Do not bend, twist or apply
tions", as a preliminary adjustment. pressure on the float bodies. The
float bodies when viewed from the
5. Install idle jet (40) in counter-bored free end must he centered and at "_j
passage beside fuel valve seat port in un- right angles to the machined surface
derside of throttle body. of the throttle body and must move
freely on the float axle. Do not pry
6. Install fuel valve seat (37) and fiber or press the float lever against the
washer (38), in fuel valve seat port. needle valve since this can cause
damage to the needle valve.
7. Place new throttle body to bowl gas-
ket (14) on machined surface of throttle 10. Install plugs (11 and 39) and elbow
body. Then install fuel valve needle (36) in (not shown) in original port locations.
seat and position float assembly (12) in
hinge bracket. Refer to Fig. 69.
8. Insert float rude (13) through hinge
Assembly of Throttle and Fuel
bracket at side opposite slot and guide rude Bowl Bodies
through float hinge.
1. Insert venturi (35) in fuel bowl.
9. To insure correct fuel level in the Venturi is notched to assure exact position-
float chamber, check distance from face of ing of flat toward front of carburetor.
gasket (gasket installed) to nearest edge of
float with throttle body inverted and needle 2. Carefully join fuel bowl assembly to
val ve in place. This dimension should be throttle body assembly, using care to avoid
0.187 -0.202 inch and may be checked quite damaging floats. Align screw holes in fuel
easily by using 3/16 inch and 7/32 inch drill bowl with holes in gasket and throttle body.
bits as go and no-go guages. Refer to Fig.
70. To increase or decrease this distance, 3. Start aIl four bowl to body screw
use long nose pliers to bend lever uniformly and lockwasher assemblies (20) and then,----../
close to float bodies. tighten screws uniformly and securely.
- 58 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
OIL LINE
END
WASHER
DISTRIBUTOR
DRIVE HOUSING
GOVERNOR AND
DISTRIBUTOR
DRIVE GEAR
NUT GOVERNOR THRUST

~~-PLATE ASSEMBLY
Fig. 71 - Governor and Distributor Drive - Identification and Sequence of Parts
- 59 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
4. Hold throttle lever in closed position

and turn throttle stop screw (7) in until it
just contacts the stop pin, then tum screw
in 1-1/2 additional tums as a preliminary
idle speed adjustment.
Assembly is now completed.
GOVERNOR AN D DISTRIBUTOR DRIVE

Refer to Fig. 71 for a view of the parts
in their proper sequence.

concerning governor cross shaft as-
sembly and governor gear, refer to
previous headings "Timing Gear
Coyer and Front Crankshaft Oil
Seal" and "Timing Gears" .
Removing Governor Bali Race Assembly
1. Remove timing gear cover. Fig. 72 - Removlng Distributor
2. Remove governor th ru st plate as sem-

bly. Removing Governor and Distributor
Drive Shaft
3. Unscrew the left hand threaded re-
taining nut and remove ball race assembly. 1. Remove timing gear cover.
2. Remove thrust plate and ball race as-

semblies.
Installing Governor Bali Race Assembly
3. Remove distributor clamp and dis-
1. Install ball race assembly. tribut or . Refer to Fig. 72.
2. Torque retaining nut to value gi ven in 4. Remove distributor drive housing

"Specifications" . end coyer as shown in Fig. 73.
3. Locate thrust plate in drive shaft 5. Unscrew dri ve shaft thrust washer
making sure that the stop peg on the assem- securing setscrew and remove thrust wash-
bly is positioned so that it will locate cor- er, as shown in Fig. 74.
rectly in the timing gear cover.
6. Remove governor gear and distribu-
4. Install timing gear cover. tor drive shaft, as shown in Fig. 75.
- 60 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 73 - Removing or Install ing Distributor Fig. 74 - Removing or Installing Governor

Drive Housing End Cover Drive Shaft Thrust Washer
Installing Governor and Distributor Removing Distributor Drive Shah

Drive Shah Housing
1. Install di stribu tor drive shaft and 1. Remove distributor clamp and dis-
thrust plate. tributor.
2 . Install governor drive gear. 2. Remove oil feed pipe to housing.
3. Install distributor drive housing end 3. Remove governor gear.

coyer.
4. Unscrew the three hou sing retaining
4. Install distributor and adjust igni- nuts and withdraw housing from rear of tim-
tion timing. ing case, as shown in Fig. 76.
Installing Distributor Drive Shah

5. Install governor thrust plate and baIl Housing
race assemblies. 1. Install housing to rear of timing
case.
6. Install timing gear cover. 2 . Install governor gear.
- 61 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AG 3. 152 ENGINE: GROUP 0 - SECTION W
Fig. 75 - Removing or Installing Governor Fig. 76 - Removing or Installing Distributor

and Distributor Drive Shaft Drive Shaft Housing
3. Install oil feed pipe to housing. 4. Install distributor and reset ignition
timing.
- 62 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W COOLING SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM
The cooling water is circulated by a Remove fan.

centrifugaI type pump which is mounted on
the front of the timing gear cover. It is Loosen generator securing setscrews
driven by a v-belt from the engine crank- and remove fan belt.
shaft and provision is made for fitting a fan
on the front end of the water pump pulley. Remove water pump inlet and outlet
hose connections.
The pump does not require relubrication
as the bearings are treated with a special Unscrew setscrews securing the water
quality grease before assembly. pump to the timing gear coyer and remove
water pump, as shown in Fig. 77.
WATER PUMP
Disassembling Water Pump
Removing Water Pump Remove the water pump pulley using a

suitable tool. The tapped holes in the pulley
Drain Cooling System. can be utilized for this purpose, as shown in
Fig. 78.
Fig. 77 - Removing or Installing Water Pump

Assembly Fig. 78 - Removing Water Pump Pulley
- 63 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Press the water pump shaft and bear-

ings out from the water pump body, re-
move impeller and seal. The shaft and
bearings are manufactured as one assembly
and cannot be disassembled.
Reassembling Water Pump
Press shaft and bearing assembly into

the water pump body, the longer end of the
shaft being to the rear.
Install water pump seal.
Install four mounting setscrews in their

respective holes.
Press on water pump pulley until front

face is 0.687 in. (17,46 mm) from end of
shaft.
Press impeller onto rear of shaft mak-

ing sure 0.010-0.020 in. (0,25/0,51 mm)
clearance is maintained between the blades
of the impeller and the pump body. Refer
to Fig. 79.
Fig. 80 - Removing or Install ing Thermostat
Installing Water Pump
Using sealing compound, install gasket

to pump mounting face.
Install water pump to timing gear cover.
Install water hoses, fan belt and fan.
THERMOSTAT
The thermostat can be rem 0 ve d as
Fig. 79 - Measuring Impeller Clearance shown in Fig. 80. "----./
- 64 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION W IGNITION SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM
DISTRIBUTOR

concerning ignition timing refer to
previous heading "Timing", under
Engine Overhaul portion of text.
The distributor is of the lightweight type

with a centrifugaI advance mechanism. The
contact breaker assembly plate is mounted
on the main casting, with the centrifugaI ad-
vance mechanism installed beneath it. Re-
fer to Figs. 81 and 82. Distributor must be
connected to negative terminal on coU.
Cap and Rotor
Remove two screws securing cap to

body casting. Lift off cap and the dust coyer
Fig. 82 - Distributor Advance Mechan ism
under it. Examine cap and rotor for chips

and cracks and carbonized paths resulting in
high tension leakage to ground. The rotor
arm contact spring should be checked for
positive location with the button in the cap.
Wiring
Examine low and high tension cables for

brittle or cracked insulation and breaks.
Defecti ve leads will lead to mis sing and mis-
firing. AlI connections should be c1ean and
tight to reduce resistance. Make sure aIl
leads are pushed fully home in the cap con-
tacts and the rubber boots are a good fit on
Fig.81-DistributorAssembly their cap mouldings.
- 65 -
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Contact Point Assembly screwdriver blade in the slots provided, set

the point gap to 0.021 in. (0,53 mm) as
Contact points with a grey frosty ap- shown in Fig. 83.
pearance have a greater surface of contact
than new points and will provide satisfactory
service until most of the tungsten has worn To check contact breaker spring tension,
off. use a small spring scale hooked just behind
the contact, and at 900 to the contact. The
Pitted contacts should not necessarily be tension measured just as the contacts break
replaced unless the pitting or transference should be 19 to 23 ounces (539 to 652 grams).
exceeds 0.020 in. (0,51 mm). Points can Spring tension can be altered by bending.
be cleaned with a sharp contact file or by
using a fine stone. Care must be taken to
make sure that the contact faces remain A very light smear of cam lubricant
parallel. should he put on the cam every 250 hours
and one or two drops of light engine oil on the
When setting the contact point gap, turn breaker lever pivot. Care should be taken
the crankshaft· in the normal direction of when lubricating as any oil trace on the con-
rotation until the heelof the breaker lever is tact points will cause rapid burning of the
on the peak of one of the cam lobes. Loosen points.
the contact point retaining screw and using a
Condenser
The condenser may be checked with a

good quality condenser tester if desired.
The checks should comprise the following:
1. Insulation resistance
2. Series resistance
3. Capacity.
Centrifugai Advance Mechanism
Check springs by rotating rotor arm in

direction of rotation and then releasing.
The springs should return rotor arm without
Fig. 83 - Setting the Contact Point Gap sticking. ~.
- 66 -
MASSEY-FERGUSON
. GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1
PART l-AD3.152 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Engine Application . . AIl MF 135, 150, 2135 Series and 2244 Tractors, also MF 203
Tractors, SeriaI No. 659002115, and up, and MF 205 Tractors,
SeriaI No. 659101250, and up, and aU MF 2500 Fork Lifts
Bore . . . . . . . . . 3.6"
Stroke . . . . . . . . 5"
Number of Cylinders . 3
Piston Displacement . . 152.7 cubic inches
Compression Ratio. . 18.5 ta 1
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Maximum Brake Horsepower - Corrected

(mfg. rating with std. accessories):
AU Applications Except MF 2244 . . . . . 42 @ 2000 rpm
MF 2244 Application. . . . . . 44 @ 2250 rpm
Maximum Torque ... 119 ft.-Ibs. @ 1300 rpm
PTO Horsepower (tractors equipped

with PTO shaft). . . . . . . . . . . . 38.5 max., 35 min. @ 2000
engine rpm and 635 PTO rpm
Combustion System ............. . . . . . . Direct inj ection
Low Idle Speed:

AlI Applications Except MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse). 725-775 rpm
MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/lnstant Reverse) Applications . . . . . . 620-650 rpm
Rated Engine Speed:

AlI Applications Except MF 2244 2000 rpm
MF 2244 Application. . . . . . . 2250 rpm
High Idle Speed (no load):

AlI Applications Except MF 2244 2135-2185 rpm
MF 2244 Application. 2390 rpm
Tappet Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . O. 010" "Hot"
0.012" "Cold"
TORQUE TENSIONS
Cylinder Head 55-60 ft.-lbs.

Connecting Rads 45-50 ft.-lbs.
Main Bearings . 90-95 ft.-lbs.
Flywheel . . . . . . 75 ft.-Ibs.
Idler Gear Hub . . . 50 ft. -lbs.
Balance Weight Capscrews 50- 55 ft. -lbs.
Injector Hold-Down Nuts . . 10-12 ft.-lbs.
Injector Nozzle Cap Nut . . 50 ft.-lbs.
Oil Pump Cover Capscrews .. 18 ft.-lbs.
Rcissved 12-65 1
MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERKINS AD 3152 ENG/NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1
ENG/NE REBUILDING SPECIFICATIONS
Pistons
Piston Diameter (measured at right angles from piston pin holes):

Top Piston Skirt Diameter 3.5919"-3.5929"
Bottom Piston Skirt Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5955"-3.5965"
Piston Pin Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 24975"-1. 250"
Piston Height Relative to Top Face of Cylinder Block. 0.001" below to 0.004" above
Cylinder Liners
Inside Diameter of Liner 3.6015"-3.6025"

Cylinder Block Bore . . . 3.6875"-3.6885"
Service Liners. . 3.6875"-3.6885"
Production Liners 3.6895"-3.6905"
Cylinder Liner Fit:
Service Liners. . From O. 001" interference to 0.001" clearance
Production Liners From 0.001" to 0.003" interference
Location of Cylinder Liner Flange:
Below Top Face of Block . . . . . . . . . . . . Flush to O. 004 11 below
Piston Pins
Pin Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 24975"-1. 250"

Clearance in Connecting Rod Bushing . . . . . . . . 0.0005"-0.00175"
Clearance in Piston Pin Bore . . . . Minus 0.00025" to plus 0.00025"
Piston Rings
Ring SideClearance (one-piece rings):

Compression Rings . . . . . . 0.0019"-0.0039"
Oil Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"-0.004"
Ring End Gap (one-piece rings)
(ring gap measured in a 3. 600" bore) 0.009"-0.013"
Connecfing Rods
Inside Bushing Diameter (finished) . . . . . . 1. 2505"-1. 2515"

Connecting Rod Bore Diameter . . . . . . . . . 2.3950"-2.3955"
Rod Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size). 2.2515"-2.2525"
Crankpin Journal Diameter 2.2485"-2.249"
Bearing Clearance 0.0025"-0.004"
Rod Side- Play . . . . . . . 0.0095"-0.0148"
2 Rcissucd 12-65
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Crankpin Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . 2.2485"-2.249"

Main Bearing Journal Diameter . . . . . . . . 2.7485"-2.749"
Main Bearing Inside Diameter (standard size). 2.752"-2.7535"
Bearing Clearance . . 0.003"-0.005"
C rankshaft End - Pla,y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"-0.015"
Valves

Intake . . . . 1. 532"-1. 536"
Exhaust. . . . . . . 1. 313"-1. 317"
Stem Diameter . . . . 0.311"-0.312"
Stem Clearance Limits. 0.002"-0.0045"
Face Angle . . . . . . . . .. Production 45 0 -44 0 service
Valve Interference Angle - Service . 10 (valve face 440 and valve seat 45 0 )
Minimum Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/32"
Tappet Setting . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010" (hot), 0.012" (cold)
Clearance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.060"-0.073"
Valve Seats
0
Valve Seat Angle . Production 46 0 -service 45
Seat Contact Width . . . 1116" to 3/32"
Maximum Seat Run-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002"
Valve Guides
Location Above Top Face of Cylinder Head · . 0.584"-0.594"

Inside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . · 0.3145"-0.3155"
Clearance Limits (stem-to-guide) . . . . . · 0.0025"-0.0045"
Valve Springs
lImer Springs: (if so equipped)

Approximate Free Length . . · 1-3/8"
Spring Length Valve Closed . .1-3/16"
Spring Pressure @ 1-3/16" Length · 7-9 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open . . . . . . · 27/32"
Spring Pressure @ 27/32" Length 21-25 lbs.
Outer Springs:
Approximate Free Length . . . . . . . 1-25/32"
Spring Length Valve Closed . . . . . . . 1-1/2"
Spring Pressure @ 1-1/2" Length 21-25 lbs.
Spring Length Valve Open . . . . . . 1-5/32"
Spring Pressure @ 1-5/32" Length. 48-52 lbs.
R~'iss_('d i2-65 3
MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD 3152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1
Tappets
Stem Diameter . 0.62225"-0.62375"

Tappet Bore in Head 0.6245"-0.62575"
Clearance Limits . . . 0.00075"-0.0035"
Rocker Arm Shaft Diameter . . . . . 0.6225"-0.62375"

Inside Bushing Diameter. . . . . . . 0.6245"-0.62575"
Clearance Limits (shaft-to-bushing). 0.00075"-0.0035"
Intake Valve Opens. . 13 0 B. T. D. C.

Exhaust Valve Opens. 46 0 B. B. D. C.
Exhaust Valve Closed 100 A. T. D. C.
Timing Gears
Timing Gear Backlash . 0.003"-0.006"

Idler Gear and Hub:
Hub Diameter. . . . 2.123"-2.1238"
Idler Gear Bore Diameter . 2.125"-2.1266"
Clearance Limits . . .0.0012"-0.0036"
Idler Gear End,... Play. . . . .. 0.005"-0.015"
Camshaft
Cam Lobe Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3093"-0.3183"

Front Bearing:
Front J ourrial Diamater 1. 869" -1. 870"
Front Bearing Bore Diameter . 1.874"-1.877"
Center Bearing:
Center Journal Diameter 1. 859" -1. 360"
Center Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 864"-1. 867"
Rear Bearing:
Rear Journal Diameter. 1. 839" -1. 840"
Real' Bearing Bore Diameter 1. 844"-1. 847"
Clearance Limits . . . . ... 0.004"-0.008"
4 Rcissccd 12·6j
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPECIFICA TI ONS
Diesel Fuel Oil (American Society of Testing Materials Specifications)
LlMITING REQUIREMENTS FOR DIESEL fUEL OILS

ASTM Designation: D975-59T
Carbon
Wa'., R.,i-
and du. on 90% Viscosity
Sedi- 10pe.- DisfiJ- at 100· F.
ment, cent lotion Kinematie,
Grade of Diesel Fuel Oil Fla.h Pour per. Resid- A.h, Temper_ een,i,toke. Coppe.
Point, Point, cent uum, percent otures (o. Saybolt Sulf_., Slrip
deg. deg. by vol.. p.'" by deg. Univ.rsal percent Corro-- Cetane
Fah •. Fahr. ume cent weight Fahr. sec.) by Weight sion Number
Min. Max. Max. Max. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Max. Max. Min_
No. 1-0 100 Trace 0.15 0.01 550 1.4 2.5 0.50 No. 3 40
Winter Operation or (34.4)
legol
No. 2-D 125 0.10 0.35 0.02 540 675 2.0 5.8 1.0 No. 3 40
legal
For cold weather operation the pour point should be specified 10 F. below the ambient temperature at which the
engine is to be operated.
low-atmospheric temperatures as weil as engine operation at high altitudes may require use of fuels with higher
cetane ratings.
Fuel Lift Pump
Type . . Mechanically operated, Diaphragm type

A. C. Delco - No. 7950504
Operating Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 psi
Injection Pump
Make and Model No:
AU Applications except MF 2244 . . . . CA V distributor type with

mechanical governor. Models
3230060, 3230080 and3230110
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA V distributor type with

mechanical governor. Model No. 3230070
Injection Timing - Static:

All Applications Èxcept MF 2244. 240 BTDC
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . 26 0 BTDC
Timing Letter on Injection Pump Rotor:

For Start of Injection to No. 1 Cylinder E
Low Idle Speed Setting:

An Applications Except MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/Instant Reverse) .725-775 rpm
MF 205 and MF 2500 (w/Instant Reverse) Applications . . . . . . .620-650 rpm
High Idle Speed Setting:

All Applications Except MF 2244. 2135-2185 rpm
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . 2390 rpm
Reiso:;.ued 12-65 5
MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD 3152 ENG'NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1
Fue' 'niectors
Type and Model No.. . CAV multi-hole, long stem nozzle (CAV
holder No. BKBL67SD5151 - CAV nozzle
No. BDLL150S6372)
Nozzle Opening Pre~sure:

Used Injectors (more than 25 hrs. operation) . . 2500 psi
New Injectors or Old Injectors with New Springs 2720 psi
Spray Hole Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0098"
Fue' Filters
Change Interval:
Primary Element. . Every 500 hours of operation
Secondary Element. Every 1000 hours of operation
LUSR'CAT/ON SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Type of Oi'
API Service Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "DG" (heavy-duty, high detergent)
Viscosity
Above 900 F . . . . . . . . . . . . SAE 30

From 32 o F. to 90 0 F. . SAE 20 or 20/20W
From 100 F. to 32 0 F. . . . . . . SAE 10 W
From - 10° F. to + 100 F. SAE 5W or 5W/20
Crankcase Capacity
An Applications Except MF 2244 . . 6 U. S. Quarts - add 1/2 U. S.

MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . 7 U. S. quarts - add 1/2 U. S.

Oi' Change Period
Change Oil at Regular Intervals . . . . . . . . . Every 100 hours of operation
Engine Oi' Pressure
Normal Operating Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . 30-60 psi at regular operating speeds
6 Reissued 12-65
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPEC'F'CA TlONS
Oil Pump
Capacity. . . . Approximately 5 U. S. gallons per minute at engine speed of 2000 rpm

Idler Gear Bushing (inside diameter) . · 0.6562"-0.6572"
Idler Shaft Diameter. . 0.65475"-0.65535"
Bushing Clearance . . . . . . . 0.00085"-0.00245"
Idler End- Playon Hub . . . . . . 0.005"- 0.018"
Pump Gears Backlash . . . . . 0.012"-0.018"
Inner to Outer Rotor Clearance. O. 006" maximum
Outer Rotor-to- Pump Body Clearance O. 010" maximum
Oi' Pressure Relief Valve
Relief Valve Setting . · . . . . 50-65 psi

Free Length. . . . . . . · ... " 1-1/2"
Lbs. Pressure @ 1-1/4" 5-1/4 to 7-1/4 lbs.
Lbs. Pressure @ 1". . . 11-1/2 to 13-1/2 lbs .
.~ Oil Filter
Change Perioél . Every other oil change (200 hours)

By- Pass Valve Opens. . . 13-17 psi (differential pressure)
COOUNG SYSTEM

AlI Applications Except MF 2244 and MF 2500 7 psi
MF 2244 and MF 2500 Applications 10 psi
Fan Belt Deflection . . . . . . . . 1/2"-3/4"
Water Pump Impeller Clearance . 0.010"-0.020"
Thermostat Opening Temperature . 175 0 -182 o F.
ELECTR'CAL SYSTEM
Battery
Make Used . . . . . . . . . . MF, Part No. 832709 M2, 17 plates per cell
Volts ........ . · . . . 12
Ampere Hrs. @ 20 Hr. Rate · . . . 96
Battery Ground . . . . . . . · Negative
Roi ssuod 12·65 7

MASSEY-FERGUSON
Generator
Make and Model Nols. Used:

An Applications Except MF 2244, 2500 and MF 150 . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100437
MF 150 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100438
MF 2244 and 2500 Applications. . . . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1100720 (alternator)
DR-1100437 and 1100438:

Circuit . . . . . . . . . A
0
Field Current (80 F. ):
Amps. . . . . . . . . 1. 58-1. 67
Volts . . . . . . . . . 12
Cold Output @Approximately 3040 RPM:
Amps. . . . . . . . 25
Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.0
DR-1100720 (alternator):
Rotation Viewing Drive End . Either
Circuit . . . . . . . . B
Filed Current (80 0 F):
Amps . . . . . . . . 2.2 - 2.6
Volts . . . . . . . . 12
Cold Output At Specified Voltage:
Specified Volts 14
Amps. 21
Approx. RPM 2000
Amps. . 30
Approx. RPM 5000
Rated Hot Output .32 amps.
Starfing Mofor
Make and Model Nols. Used.

An Applications Except MF 2244 Delco-Remy 1107512
MF 2244 Application . . . . . . . Delco-Remy 1107540
DR-1107512 and 1107540:

Pinion·Clearance . . . . O. 010" to O. 140"
Rotation Viewing Drive End . Clockwise
Minimum Brush Tension (oz. ) . . . . . . . , 35
No Load Test:
Volts . . . . . . · . . . . . . . . . 10.6
Minimum Amps. · 75 (includes sole no id)
Minimum RPM 6450
Maximum RPM · . . . . . . . . . 8750
Resistance Test:
Volts . . . . . . · . . . . . . . . .. 5
8 Reissued 12-65
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 1 SPEClflCA TI ONS
Generolor Regulator

AU Applications Except MF 2244 and 2500. Delco-Remy 1118981
MF 2244 and 2500 Applications Delco-Remy 1119513
DR-11189B1:
Circuit A
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap . 0.075"
AUowable Voltage Range. 13.6 - 14.5
Adjust to. . 14
Cut-Out Relay:
Air Gap. 0.020"
Point Opening. . 0.020"
Adjust to Close At 12.8 volts
AUowable Closing Range . • 11. 8-14.0 volts
DR-1119513:
Circuit B
Polarity . . Negative
Field Relay:
Air Gap 0.015 inch
Point Opening. 0.030 inch
Closing Voltage Range. 3.8- 7.2
Voltage Regulator:
Air Gap *
Point Opening 0.014 inch
Voltage . See Temperature - Voltage Chart **
TEMPERATURE-VOLTAGE CHART
Regulator Ambient
Fahrenheit)
13.9 13.8 13.7 13.5 13.4 13.2 13. 1

15 14.8 14.6 14.4 14.2 14 13.9
*Adjust Air Gap onlywhen necessary to obtain specified difference between voltage
settings of upper and lower contacts. Afler Benclz Repair Only, set air gap to
approximately O. 067 inch; then, make final air gap adjustment.
**Operation on lower contacts must be 0.05-0.4 volt lower than on upper contacts.
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART 2-AD3.152 ENGINE OVERHAUL PROCEDURES
INDEX
Page Page
Introduction 1 Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance ........ , ...... 11
Engine Description .......................... . 2 Cylinder Block (Stripped) ...................... 12
Engine SeriaI Number ....................... . 3 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly ............. 13
Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly ................... . 3 Cylinder Liners ........ , ............... " ..... 17
Cylinder Head .............................. . 4 Timing Gear Cover and Front
Valves ..................................... 7 Crankshaft Oil Seal ......................... 19
Valve Guides ............................... 7 Timing Gears ................................ 20
Valve Seats ................................. 8 Camshaft .................................... 25
Valve Springs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 Timing Gear Housing .......................... 27
Tappets- .................................... 9 Crankshaft and Main Bearings ................... 30
Cylinder Head Reassembly ..................... 10 Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal ., ..................... 35
Cylinder Head Installation ..................... 10 Flywheel .................................... 35
INTRODUCTION
This part of this manual is concerned with the overhaul procedures for the Perkins
AD3. 152 Diesel Engine. An of the procedures and service information contained in
this part assume that the engine has been removed from the tractor and pertain only
to the basic engine itself, without regard to any particular application in which the en-
gine may be used.
NOTE: For specifie detailed information concerning tlze lubrication

systeJJ{ and the otlzer engine systems of the AD3.152 engine, refer to
the appropriate part witlzin tlzis section of your liwnual.
Before starting disassembly, make a complete diagnosis of the engine to be sure

that an overhaul is really necessary. If the overhaul is necessary, inspect the en-
tire engine for any evidence of external leaks, or defective parts, that must also be
corrected before it is assembled and returned to the customer.
ponent parts of the fuel system. Also, make sure to cap or otherwise cover an fuel
openings as soon as the y are exposed to prevent dirt from entering the fuel system.
CLEANLINESS IS VERY IMPORTANT AND CANNOT BE OVER-EMPHASIZED.
Where the right and left-hand sides are mentioned in this Part, it refers ta the en-
gine as viewed from the rear. Direction of engine rotation, however, is viewed from
the front.
Printcd in U.S.A.
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 1 - Front Left.Hand View of AD3.152 Engine Fig. 2 - Rear Right.Hand View of AD3.152 Engine
ENGINE DESCRIPTION jected into the chamber by means of a multi-

hole, long stem type of in je ctor •
The AD3. 152 Diesel engine, as shown in
Figs. 1 and 2, is a three-cylinder engine using
dry cast iron liners with a bore of 3.6" and a The fuel injection pump is made by C. A. V.
stroke of 5". The engine has a total piston and is of the D. P. A. distributor type, with a
displacement of 152.7 cubic inches and a com- built-in mechanical gove"mor. The pump is
pression ratio of 18.5 to 1. The AD3.152 en- flange-mounted to the back of the timing gear
gine has a maximum corrected brake horse- housing and is gear-driven through an idler
power of 42 (subject to official confirmation). gear by the crankshaft gear.
Maximum engine torque is 119 ft.-Ibs. occur-
ing at an engine speed of approximately
1300 rpm.
The fuel system is of the direct-injection
type, employing a toroidal chamber machined
in the crown of each piston. The fuel is in-
Fig. 4 - Front Support Marked to Show

Correct Positioning of Siot
Fig. 3 - Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly 1. Punch Mark on Front Support 2. Rocker Shah Slot Corrcctly Positioncd
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON

able guides in the cylinder head and have two
valve springs for each valve. The valves are
operated by tappets in the cylinder heaè from
the gear-driven camshaft, which is located
high on the right-hand side of the c y li n der
block.
The crankshaft is supported by four main

bearings and is forged from chrome molybde-
num steel, with induction-hardened main bear-
ing journals. Crankshaft end-play is control-
led by replaceable thrust washers installed on
each side of the rear main bearing.

Each AD3.152 engine has a seriaI number
stamped on a machined surface located on the
left-hand side of the cylinder block, near the
top.
Fig. 5 - Rocker Arm Shaft Assembly - Identification
The beginning engine seriaI num ber was 1. Rocker Sho ft 6. Rocker Shoft Spocer
2300251. Always mention the engine seriaI 2.
3.
Rocker Shoft End Plug
Snop Ring
7.
8.
Rocker Shoft Spring ((enter)
Rocker Shoft 0;1 Une
number when ordering parts. 4. Rocker Shoft Brocket 9. Rocker Shoft Spring (Front
(Support) and Reor)
5. Rocker Shoft Spring (Front 10. Right·Hand Rocker Arms
ond Rear) 11. Left-Hond Rocker Arms
ROCKER ARM SHAFT ASSEMBL y

REMOVAL rocker assembly can be adjusted by position-
ing this slot. The punch mark on the front
To remove the rocker arm shaft assembly, support bracket (stamped 300 from vertical
refer to Fig. 3 and proceed, as follows: position) shows where the slot must normaUy
be set.
1. Disconnect the breather pipe hose, then
remove nuts securing rocker arm cover and NOTE: Only in the event of inadequate,
remove cover from engine. or excessive, rocker arm lubrication
should the slot be repositioned. Mini-
2. Disconnect oil line to rocker arm shaft mum oil flow occurs with the s lot in
at cylinder head end. the vertical position.
3. Work from the center to bath ends and To disassemble the rocker arm shaft as-
gradually loosen the nuts securing the rocker sembly, refer to Fig. 5 andproceed, as foUows:
shaft supports.
1. Remove the retaining snapring from each
4. After loosening the nuts, remove them end of the rocker shaft.
and lift the rocker arm shaft assembly from
cylinder head. 2. Remove the support brackets, rocker
a r ms, spacer springs, spacers and rocker
DISASSEM8L y shaft oilline from rocker shaft. Lay aU parts
in order so they may be installed in ·their
Before disassembling the rocker arm shaft same locations.
assembly, observe that the rocker arms are
right-hand and left-hand assemblies and cannot
be interchanged. Observe also that there is a INSPECTION
slot, No. 2, Fig. 4, in the front end of the
rocker shaft and that it is aligned with a punch Clean aIl parts in a suitable solvent; make
mark, No. 1, Fig. 4, on the front support sure aU oil holes are open and proceed, as
bracket. The amount of oil circulating to the follows:
Printed in U.S.A. 3
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 6 - Rocker Arm Shoh Assembly Correctly Assembled
1. Inspect the rocker arm bearing surfaces

of the shaft for wear or scoring. Replace shaft
if it is badly worn or scored.
2. Inspect for and replace any rocker arms

that have seized and have loose bushings. AIso,
discard rocker arms with worn or pitted con-
tact surfaces. Fig.6A - Cylinder Head - Identification
ond Sequence of Parts
1. End Plate Cover 8. Cylindcr Head
NOTE: Rocker ar-ms and bushings are 2. Volve Guide 9. Thermostat Body
3. Lower Volve Spring Retainer 10. [nJine Lift Sracket
not serviced separately and if either 4. Outer Volve Spring 1l. Tappet
is worn or daJJtaged, new rocker 5.
6.
Cop Reto iners (Keepers)
Upper Valve Spring Cap
12. Intake Va 1ve
13. Exhaust Valve
arms are available with bushings in- 7. Inner Valve Spring 14. Exhaust Manifold
stalled and reallled to proper size.
rocker shaft and inside diameterof rocker arm 4. Connect the rocker shaft oil line to the
bushings. Proper clearance between rocker cylinder head.
arm bushings and shaft is O. 0075" - O. 0035".
Replace shaft and/or rocker arms if clearance 5. Adjust the valve tappet clearances "cold",
exceeds 0.0045". as outlined under the heading "Adjusting Valve
Tappet Clearance".
REASSEMBL.Y AND INSTAL.L.ATION 6. Install the rocker arm cover, using a

new gasket, and conne ct the breather pipe hose.
To reassemble and install the rocker arm
assembly, proceed, as follows:
1. Install all parts in their correct sequence,

as shown in Figs. 5 and 6. Make sure that the CYLINDER HEAD
slot in the front end of the rocker shaft is
matched and lined up with the punch mark on The cylinder head is of thevalve-in-headtype
the front support bracket, also, that the stud and is made of high grade cast iron alloy.
holes in the support brackets are toward the
intake manifold side of engine. Rocker arms The tappets are contained in the cylinder head
are right-handed and left-handed and must be and operate directly in the head without the use
positioned as shown in Figs. 3 and 6. of push rods.
2. Complete reassembly by installing a new The valves operate in replaceable cast iron
snapring at each end of the rocker shaft. valve guides installed in the cylinder head and
seat directly in the head without the use of seat
3. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly in inserts.
place and progressively tighten the rocker shaft
support nuts down eve1lÜ, until they are sec- Fig. 6A shows the parts contained in the cyl-
urely tightened. inder head and various related aUaching parts.
4
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 7 - Cylinder Head - Identification of Fig. 8 - Cylinder Head - Identification of

Connecting and Related Components Connecting and Related Components
REMOVAL in Fig. 16, then carefuIly remove the cylinder

head, as shown in Fig. 9.
To remove the cylinder head, THOROUGHLY
C LEAN THE ENGINE and proceed, as follows;
refer to Figs. 7 and 8:
INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the upper end of the by-pass
hose from the thermostat housing. Disassemble the cylinder head, then thor-
oughly clean it and other connecting parts.
2. Disconnect the breather pipe hose from Make sure aIl sealing surfaces are clean and
the rocker arm cover. not damaged. Clean aU scale from the water
passages in the cylinder head and inspect head
3. Remove the intake and exhaust manifolds. for possible cracks. Use a straightedge and
determine if cylinder head is warped due to
4. Remove oil line between cylinder block overheating or extreme operation. If neces-
and cylinder head. This oil line provides oil sary, the cylinder head may be resurfaced up
to the cylinder head for the rocker arm shaft to 0.012"; however, UNDER NO CmCUM-
assembly.
5. Disconnect and remove the injector leak-

off line assembly from the injectors.
6. Disconnect and remove the three high

pressure fuel lines between the fuel injection
pump and fuel injectors.
IMPOR TANT: Cap or otherwise cover
aU fuel openings to prevent dirt from
entering the fuel system.
7. Remove the fuel injectors.
8. Remove the rocker arm cover.
9. Disconnect the rocker shaft oil line at the

cylinder head. Work from the center to both
ends and graduaUy loosen the nuts securing the
rocker arm shaft supports. After loosening,
,~ remove nuts and lift rocker shaft assembly
from cylinder head.
10. Loosen the cylinder head nuts in A RE-

VERSE ORDER to the tightening sequence shown Fig.9 - Removing or Instolling the Cylinder Head
Printed in U.S.A. 5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. '52 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
Fig_ 10 - Valve Location Numbers and Valve Arrangement
STANCES MUST ITS THICKNESS BE RE-

DUCED BELOW 2. 988" (3" thickness new).
IMPORTANT: If it is necessary to
resurface the lzead, make certain,
when asselitbling it, that the valves are
within the specified distance below the
face of the cylinder head.
Examine the water> jacket plugs on. the cyl-
inder head and aU of the cylinder black studs
Replace all damaged or defective parts.
NOTE: Make a special point to in-

spect for and remove an)' old injector
sealing washers which may have re-
IItained in the c)!linder lzead.
Fig_ 11 - Intake and Exhaust Valve Assemblies
The nozzle r e ces ses in the Izead 1. Exhoust Volve J. lnncr Valve Spr;ngs
2. Intokc Volve 5. Outer Valve Springs
IltUS t be carefully cleaned, usillg a 3. Lowcr Volve Spr:ng Rcto:ncrs 6. Upper Volve Spr~ng Caps
soft suitable tool that will not damage 7. Cop Reto;ners (Keepers)
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
EXHAUST VALVES:
0
Face Angle ............................ 45
Stem Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . .. 0.311" - 0.312"
Total Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4. 5"
Head Diameter. .............. 1. 313" - 1. 317"
To remove the valves, use a valve spring

compressor, as shown in Fig. 12. Place
valves in a numbered rack so that, if the y are
to be re-used, they may be installed into their
original valve guides. The original valves are
numbered consecutively from the front of the
engine.
Thoroughly clean and inspect aIl valves. If

valves appear to be in good condition, measure
the following:
Fig. 12 - Removing or Instolling the Volves
1. Thickness of Valve Margin - Discard
valves with margins less than 1/32".
the sealing surface, to prevent possi- 2. Stem Diameter - Discard valves that
b le leakage. have scored stems or a stem diameter of
0.310", or less.
SERVICING
VALVES
Reface new and old serviceable valves with a
The valves are retained in the cylinder head 440 face angle (one degree interference angle
by caps and split-type cap retainers. Intake used). Discard any valves that are bent or
and exhaust valves are not interchangeable. have a margin thickness of 1/32", or less,
Both the intake and exhaust valves are manu- after refacing.
factured with 45 0 angle faces and have stem
diameters of 0.311" - 0.312".
All of the valves and the bottom face of the VALVES GUIDES
cylinder head are numbered to show the correct
valve locations. Refer to Fig. 10 showing the Intake and exhaust valve guides are inter-
locating numbers and the arrangement of the changeable. Inside diameter of new valve
intake and exhaust valves. guides is 0.3145" - 0.3155". The desired
clearance between the guide and valve stem is
The valves, valve springs and retaining as- 0.0025" - 0.0045" for both intake and exhaust
semblies are shown in Fig. 11. valves. Replacement valve guides are pre-
sized and do not require reaming.
New valve specifications are, as follows:

INSPECTION
INTAKE VALVES: Thoroughly clean and examine guides. Re-

place guides that are badly worn, scored, or
Face Angle ............................. .45 0 otherwise dalllaged. Measure the inside dia-
Stem Diameter .............. 0.311" - 0.312" meter of the valve guides and replace guides if
Total Length ........................... 4. 5" diameter is more than 0.3155", or if valve
Head Diameter .............. 1. 532" - 1. 536" guide-to-stem clearance exceeds 0.0045".
Printed in U.S.A.
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
VALVE HEAD 0,060- 0,073 INCH BELOW

FACE OF CYLINDER HEAD
TOP FACE OF
45 0 CHAMFER
\r--1'-~ \
" 20 0 CHAMFER
Fig. 13 - Shoulderless Va Ive Guide Properly Fig. 14 - Intake and Exhaust Valves Must be Located
Insta lied and Located within a Specified Distance Selow Face of Cylinder Head
REPLACEMENT guides have been installed, the valve seats

must be refaced.
Remove valve guides by pressing them out
the top of the cylinder head. To in staIl new
valve guides, use a piloted drift 0.002" smaller
than the inside diameter of the guides. SERVICING
Insert the 20 0 chamferred end (both ends are Reface the intake and exhaust valve seats to
chamferred, but with different angles) from the a 45 0 angle (one degree interference angle
TOP of. the cylinder head. PRESS (DO NOT used). REMOVE ONLY ENOUGH MET AL TO
DRIVE) THE VALVE GUIDE INTO THE HEAD CLEAN UP AND TRUE THE FACE OF THE
UNTIL THE TOP END (45 0 CHAMFERRED SEAT.
END) EXTENDS 0.584" - 0.594" ABOVE THE
TOP FACE OF THE HEAD, as shown in Fig. 13.
NOTE: The heads of the intal?e and ex-
IMPORTANT: Malw sure ta reface the haus t valves, when ins talled in tlze
valve seats after installing !leu; valve cylillder lzead, IIlUSt be located between
guides ta insure COJlcentricity of the 0.060" - 0.073" below tlze cylinder
seat ta tlze Ilew guide. head face, as shown in Fig. 14. DO
NOT reface the valve seat or valve ta
the Point that tlze valve depth exceeds
tlze amount specified.
VALVE SEATS
The intake and exhaust valves seat directly in
the cylinder head, with no seat inserts being
used. VALVE SPRINGS
The valve springs, caps and split-type re-
INSPECTION tainers are interchangeable for the intake and
exhaust valves. Two valve springs are used
Thoroughly inspect each valve seat for pit- for each valve. Neither one of the springs .'---.-/.
ting, burning or other evidence of leakage. If have damper coils and may be installed with
any of these conditions exist or if new valve either end up.
8
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 15A - Cylinder Head Gasket and Grip

Rings Properly Insta lied
shows a tappet removed from the cylinder

head.
Fig. 15 - Tappet - Identification and Sequence of Parts
1. Toppet Foce 3. Adjusting Screw Locknut
2. Toppet Stem 4. Toppet Adjusting Screw
REMOVAL
INSPECTION To remove the tappets, proceed, as follows:
Discard any valve springs that do not have 1. Remove the cylinder head.
square ends, also those that are discolored,
damaged or otherwise defective. If springs ap- 2. Remove tappet adjusting screw and lock-
pear to be in good condition, check in a spring nut.
specifications: 3. Remove tappets and number them so that
they may be installed into their original bores.
OUTER SPRING:
Approximate Free Length .......... 1-25/32"

Spring Length Valve Closed ........... 1-1/2" INSPECTION
Spring Pressure at
1-1/2" Length ................ 21-25 lbs. Thoroughly clean the tappets and inspect
Spring Length Valve Open ........... 1-5/32" them, as follows:
Spring Pressure at
1-5/32" Length ............... 48-52 lbs. 1. Make sure tappets are free to rotate and
that they will slide into their bores under their
INNER SPRING: own weight.
Approximate Free Length ............ 1-3/8" 2. Inspect the tappet face. If the face of the
Spring Length Valve Closed .......... 1-3/16" tappet is worn or damaged, the tappet should be
Spring Pressure at 1-3/16" ........ 7-9 lbs. replaced.
Spring Length Valve Open . . . . . . . . . . .. 27/32"
Spring Pressure at 27/32" ....... 21-25 lbs. NOTE: Do not regrind the face of the
tappet.
TAPPETS 3. Measure the tappet bore and the tappet

stem diameter. Clearance between bore and
The tappets are of the mushroom-type and stem should be between 0.00075" - 0.0035".
operate directly in the cylinder head. Fig. 15 Install new tappets if clearal).ce is excessive.
Printed in U.S.A. 9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 16 - Cylinder Head Tightening Sequence
CYLINDER HEAD REASSEMBL y 3. InstaIl the two grip rings onto the rear-
most stud near the left-hand side of the engine,
Make sure aIl parts are clean and service- as shown in Fig. 15A.
able, then proceed, as foIlows:
4. Apply a light coating of non-hardening
1. Lubricate the valve stems and guides with sealing compound around the by-pass connec-
engine oil. tion of the thermostat housing and carefully in-
staIl the cylinder head in place, being careful
2. Using a valve spring compressor, install not to damage the by-pass hose.
the valves into their proper guides. Refer to
Fig. 11 for proper sequence of parts. 5. Tighten the cylinder he ad nuts, in the se-
quence shown in Fig. 16, to 55-60 ft.-lbs.
3. Replace thermostat body and water outlet torque.
gaskets and a sui table sealing compound. NOTE: Illstall a lcasher IlIldel' ll/e !lIfL
Oil the cylinder head stud, SllOlCil by
No. 15 in Fig. 16. This stue! lises
grip rings OJl if to prevelll Uze 111-
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION s lallatioJl of anotlzer head gas hel 1clzi c1/
is sÙI/ilar and could be accideillall.l'
1. Make sure the mating surfaces of the cyl- ills talled.
inder block and head are clean, then lightly
coat both sides of the new cylinder head gasket
with an aviation grade sealing compound (non- 6. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly and
hardening). connect rocker shaft oil line to cylinder head.
2. Note that the head gasket is marked "Top shaft is toward the front of engine and that the "---./
Front" and install it onto the block in this slot is aligned with the punch mark on the front
position. support.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
7. Install the ail line b.etween cylinder head

~" and black. This ail line supplies the ail for
lubrication of the rocker arm shaft assembly.
8. Adjust the valve tappet clearances to

O. 012", "cold", as outlined under the heading
"Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance".
NOTE: The valve tappet clearances

s Jwuld again be readjus ted with the en-
gine "hot" to 0.010" clearance, after
the engine has been s tarted and the
cylinder head nuts have been re-
tightened.
9. Install injectors, USING NEW COPPER

WASHERS, and tighten the nuts down EVENLY
to 10-12 ft. -lbs. torque. MAKE SURE TO
INSTALL ONLY ONE WASHER UNDER EACH
INJECTOR.
NOTE: Each inje ctor sJwuld slide

freely into place and not bind. Bind- Fig. 16A - Adjusting Valve Tappet Clearance
ing or "canting" of the injector will
cause improper injector operation.
THIS IS ESP ECIALLY IMPORTANT
FOR THE LONG TYPE INJECTOR To adjust the tappet clearance "cold", pro-
NOZZLES USED IN AD3.152 EN- ceed, as follows:
GINES.
1. Remove the rocker cover.
10. Install the high pressure fuel Hnes be-
tween the fuel injection pump and injectors.
2. Remove the plug from the inspection hole
NOTE: Be sure both ends of each fuel in the left front side of the transmission hous-
line are connected before fully tight- ing adapter plate.
ening the lines.
11. Install the intake and exhaust manifolds. 3. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal di-
rection of engine rotation (clockwise) so that
12. Using a new gasket, install the rocker No. 1 piston is coming up on compression
arm cover and reconnect the breather pipe stroke, then continue turning until the T. D. C.
hose. mark on flywheel is positioned in the middle of
the inspection hole.
NOTE; Retighten the cylinder head
nuts after the engine has been started
and allowed to reach normal operating 4. Check and adjust tappet clearances for
temperature. valve Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 5, as shown in Fig. 16A.
Refer to Fig. 10 if in doubt about location of
valves.
ADJUSTING VALVE
TAPPET CLEARANCE 5. Rotate the crankshaft one more revolution
(clockwise - 3600 ) with the T. D. C. mark on
The design of the three-cylinder crankshaft the flywheel positioned in the middle of the in-
(three throws - 1200 apart) makes it necessary spection hole, then adjust the tappet clearances
to use a slightly different procedure for adjust- for valve Nos. 4 and 6.
ing the valve tappet clearances. Both the in-
take and exhaust valve tappet clearances should
be set at 0.010", "hot", or at 0.012", "cold". 6. Replace plug in inspection hole and com-
TL~ engine firing order is 1-2-3. plete reassembly.
Prinred in U.S.A. 11
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig- 17 - Cylinder Block and Main Bearing Caps

Marked for Proper Identification
1. Block Identification Number
Fig. 16B - Cylinder Block - Identification of

1. Cylinder Liner 6. Boit Lock thoroughly cleaned and the block inspected, as
2.
3.
Cylinder Head Stud
Cylinder Heod Gosket
7.
'8.
Slip Washer
Main Bearing Cap Boit
follows:
4. Cylinder Black 9. Rear Oil Seal (Only Lower Half Shown)
5. Main Bearing Cap 10. Rear Oil Seal Cover Assembly
Il. Transmission Housing Adapter Plate 1. Inspect for and replace any expansion
plugs showing signs of leakage.

CYLINDER BLOCK (Stripped) screws that are stripped, stretched, or other-
wise damaged. MAKE SURE THAT ALL STUDS
The cylinder block is a one-piece casting ARE SCREWED TIGHTLY IN THE BLOCK.
made of heavy-duty cast iron alloy and is prop-
erly machined to accept the dry-type cast iron 3. Carefully inspect the cylinder block for
cylinder liners. Fig. 16B shows the parts con- possible cracks due to freezing, severe over-
tained in the cylinder block and other related heating, or damage.
attaching parts.
4. Visually inspect the top face of the cylin-
The main bearing bores in the cylinder block der block for scoring or other damage. Use a
and main bearing caps are machined with the straightedge and feeler gauge and inspect the
caps in place. For this reason, the bearing top face of the cylinder block for possible war-
caps are not replaceable and cannot be inter- page due to extreme overheating or other ab-
changed between cylinder blocks or located in normal operation. The face of the cylinder
different positions. block must not be damaged and should be true
within 0.003". If the top face of the cylinder
For identification purposes, the main bearing block is damaged or is not true and exceeds the
caps are numbered from the front of the engine amount specified, it may be refaced lightly,
and both the cylinder block and main bearing providing the block thickness is not reduced
caps are marked with a seriaI number. The below 13.731" and the piston height (when
caps must always be installed in their original measured at T. D. C.) and sleeve location is
locations, with their seriaI number toward the maintained within their proper limits in rela-
seriaI number on the block; see No. 1, Fig. 17. tion to the face of the cylinder block, after the
refacing operation.
INSPECTION 5. Use a dial indicator and check the parent

cylinder bores in the cylinder block. Measure
After the cylinder block has been stripped of the inside diameter in two directions (at right
aH removeable parts, the entire casting, in- angles) at the top, center and bottom of each
cluding the oil and coolant passages, should be bore. MAKE SURE THE BORES ARE THOR-
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 18 - Piston and Connecting Rad Assembly - Fig. 19 - Pistons Marked with Word "Front"
Identification and Sequence of Parts to Indicate Correct Positioning
1. Pi ston 5. Connecting Rod
2. Piston Pin 6. Beoring Inserts
3. Piston Pin Retainers 7. Boit ond Self·Locking Nut
4. Connecting Rod Bushing 8. Connecting Rod Cop
Five piston rings are instaUed to each pis-
ton: three compression rings and one oil ring
above the piston pin and one oil ring below the
OUGHLY CLEAN WREN PERFORMING THIS pin.
CHECK. The cylinder block bores must not be
out-of-round more than 0.001". The connecting rods are fitted with replace-
If the bores are distorted due to overheating rods are fitted with interchangeable, precision
or other abnormal conditions, they can be trued type bearing inserts. Replaceable connecting
up by very lightly honing them to an inside di- rod bearing inserts are available in standard
ameter of 3.6875" - 3.6885". size and 0.010", 0.020" and 0.030" undersize.
The connecting rods and bearing caps are num-
Under no circumstances should the bores be bered from the front of the engine, as shown in
honed to the extent that a new cylinder liner, Fig. 20, with the numbers opposite the cam-
which has been carefully cleaned and lubricat-
ed, will slide fully in place under its own
weight.

ROD ASSEMBL y
Fig. 18 shows the parts of the piston and con-
necting rod assembly. The pistons are cam-
ground and are made of a special light alumi-
num alloy.
AU pistons are marked with the word

"Front", as shown in Fig. 19, to indicate tpe
correct positioning of the piston inside the
cylinder. Fig. 20 - Connecting Rods Are Numbered from Front of
Engine and Are Graded by Weight
MASSEY -FERGUSON
shaft side- of the engine. Connecting rods are connecting rod bolts and remove the bearing
graded by weight and are also numbered, as cap AND THE CONNECTING ROD BOLTS.
shown in Fig. 20, to indicate their weight.
The code numbers and their respective sembly from top of block.
weights are, as follows:
, NOTE: Identify and Zay out aU parts
Rod Weight . in their order of removal so that, if
(includes bearing cap, piston s erviceable, they JJlay be reins talled
Numbers pin bushing, also nuts and bolts) in their original cy linders .
No. 9 ..... 3 lbs. , o ozs. - 3 lbs. , 20zs. 10. DISCARD THE OLD PISTON RINGS and
No. 10 ..... 3 lbs. , 2 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 40zs. thoroughly clean th!'! entire piston and conne ct-
No. 11 ..... 3 lbs. , 4 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 60zs. ing rod assembly.
No. 12 ..... 3 lbs. , 6 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 80zs.
No. 13 ..... 3 lbs. , 8 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 100zs.
No. 14 ..... 3 lbs. , 10 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 12 ozs. REMOVING PISTON FROM CONNECTING ROD
No. ,15 ..... 3 lbs. , 12 ozs. - 3 lbs. , 140zs.
The full floating-type piston pins are retained rod, first, remove the snapring from each end
by snaprings and are available in standard size of the piston pin, then heat piston in oil or
only. water to 1000 - 1200 F., and slip piston pin out
of the piston.
REMOVING THE PISTON AND CONECTING RODS

CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBI.IES
Whenever it is necessary to service the pis- Discard or straighten any rods that are mis-
ton and connecting rod assemblies, they should aligned.
be removed, as follows:
NOTE: REPLACE ALL UNSERVICE-
1. Drain engine oil. ABLE RODS WITH NEW ONES OF
THE SAME WEIGHT. RePlacement
2. Remove rocker arm cover, rocker as- rods are not nunzbered as to the cor-
'sembly and cylinder head, as outlined earlier. rect cylinder location and should' be
J/tarked prior to installation.
Install new piston pin bushings whenever new
4. Turn the crankshaft until the piston to be pistons and pins are installed, or if inside
removed is at the botiom of its stroke. bushing diameter exceeds 1. 2515".
5. Remove the oil pump suction and delivery Connecting rod bearing inserts are available
pipes. in standard size or in 0.010", 0.020" and
0.030" undersize.
6. Carefully remove any carbon that may
have formed at the top of the cylinder liner New specifications are, as follows:
bore.
Crankpin Diameter .......... 2.2485" - 2.249"
7. Very carefully feel the upper piston ring Rod Bearing Inside
travel area to determine if there is any cylin- Diameter ............... 2.2515" - 2.2525"
der ridge present inside the cylinder liner. Bearing Clearance .......... O. 0025" - 0.004"
Rod Side-Play ......... " .. 0.0095" - 0.0148"
If there is a cylinder ridge in the cast iron
cylinder liner, then, determine if the cylinder
liner is to be re-used and carefully remove the Replacing the Bushings
ridge to allow removal of the piston and con-
necting rod assembly. When replacing piston pin bushings, support
8. Remove the self-locking nuts from the worn bushings. To install the new bushing,
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
position the bushing on the connecting rod; tons that are scored or otherwise damaged. If
makeAmre oil hole in bushing is in line with oil pistons appear serviceable; proceed, as follows:
ho le in connecting rod, then, use a bushing
driver to press the new bushing into place.
Ream the excess material from the bushing and 1. Measure the bottom piston skirt diameter
then finish-hone the bushing to an inside diam- at a right angle to the piston pin.
eter of 1. 2505" - 1. 2515". Proper clearance
between the piston pin and the piston pin bush-
ing is 0.0005" - 0.00175". NOTE: The Piston is cam-ground and
is s lightly tapered (O. 003" - O. 004 ' ?,
being larger at the bottoln than at the
PISTON PINS top. New bottom piston skirt diameter
is 3.5955" - 3.5965". Discard pis-
Piston pins are 1. 24975" - 1. 250" in diameter tons that are collaps ed or worn.
and are available only in standard size. The
full-floating type piston pins are retained in the
piston by snaprings. 2. Inspect for worn ring grooves. New pis-
ton ring groove clearance specifications are,
New pins fit from minus O. 00025" to plus as follows:
0.00025" clearance in the piston.
No. 1 Compression Ring.... 0.0019" - 0.0039"
Fit new pins in connecting rod bushings to No. 2 Compression Ring.... 0.0019" - O. 0039"
0.0005" - 0.00175" clearance. No. 3 Compression Ring ........ Not applicable
No. 4 Oil Ring ................. Not applicable
To install the piston pins, lubricate them No. 5 Oil Ring ............... O. 002" - O. 004"
with oil, then, heat the pistons in hot oil or
water to 1000 - 120 0 F. and slide the piston Discard pistons that have worn ring grooves
pins in place by hand. or bent lands.
InstaU NEW snaprings when installing piston

pins. 3. Inspect the piston pin bores for wear.
PISTONS AND RINGS than 1. 250" or those that, when fitted with a
new piston pin, require less than a light hand
Piston Inspection push fit at room te mperature , using oil. Cor-
rect clearance between piston pin and piston
Thoroughly inspect the pistons. Discard pis- bore is from minus 0.00025" to plus 0.00025".
Piston Ring Description and Installation
NEVER INST ALL USED RINGS ONTO A NEW OR USED PISTON. Before installing
the piston rings, check the ring end gaps in the lower unworn portion of the cylinder
liner. Proper ring end gap in a new liner is 0.009" - O. 013" for aU of the one-piece
piston rings.
When instaUing the piston rings, use a piston ring tool for aU of the one-piece
rings. InstaU the lowest groove ring first, then, the next lowest, etc., with the top
groove ring installed last. Description of the piston rings and their correct placement
is, as follows; refer to Fig. 21:
No. 1 Compression Ring ....................... Chrome-plated, parallel-faced cast iron ring,
and may be installed either side up.
No. 2 Compression Ring .............. . . . . . . . .. Parallel-faced, cast iron ring and may be in-
/~ stalled either side up.
No. 3 Compression Ring ....................... Four - piece, segmented - type ring and each
piece must be carefully spiraled onto the piston
by hand, as follows:
MASSEY-FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD3. J52 ENG'NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
1. Place. one of the segments (aH 4 are identi-

lST GROOVE
COMPRESSION RING
cal) hori-zontally in the palm of the hand and
{Chrome PICI!ed PClrcllet Foced}
radially compress it, as shown in Fig. 22.
Notice that, when the ring is compressed, the
ring ends either point up or down, depending
(PloînPorolleIFo(;ed)
upon which side of the segment is turned up.
2. Fit the first segment onto the piston so that,

when held and radially compressed, the ring
ends point downward. Position this ring at the
bottom of the groove, with the gap over the
piston pin bore.
3. Fit the second segment on top of the first

5TH GROOVE
Oll CONTROL RING
so that, when held and compressed as described
above, the ring ends point upward. Position the
Fig. 21 - Piston Ring Arrangement in AD3.152 Engine
gap at 1800 to the first segment gap.
4. Fit the third segment on top of the second

so that, when held and compressed as des-
~\ \
cribed, the ring ends point downward. Position
the ring with the gap over the piston pin bore
and at 1800 to the second ring gap.
'-. " 5. Fit the fourth segment on top of the third so

that, when held and compressed as described,
the ring ends point upward. Position the gap
Fig. 22 - Ring Ends Point Either Up or Down, Depending directly over that of the second segment. Fig.
Upon Which Side of the Segment Is Turned Up
21 shows the segments correctly installed.
No. 4 Oil Control Ring (above piston pin) . . . . . . . .. Chrome-plated, duaflex laminated ring, and
should be installed, as follows:
1. InstaH the internaI expander in the ring

groove.
2. Spiral two of the chrome-plated rails onto

the piston (one at a time), and Iocate them at
the bottom of the groove.
3. Install the center spring on top of the two

rails.
4. Spiral the other two rails onto the piston

(one at a time), and locate them in the top of
the groove.
5. Turn the rails so that the gaps are stag-

gered around the piston near the piston pin
holes.
No. 5 Oil Control Ring (below piston pin) . . . . . . . .. Cast iron scraper ring and may be installed
with either side up.
16
MASSEY-FERGUSON
INSTALLING THE PISTON AND

CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLIES
1. Assemble the piston and connecting rod

with the word "Front" on top of the piston
toward the front of the engine, and the conne ct-
ing rod location numbers opposite the cam-
shaft.
NOTE; If the old cylinder liners are

seruiceable and are to be re-used,
they should be deglazed.
2. Make sure aIl parts are clean, then, re-

move the bearing cap and apply a liberal coat-
ing of oil to the cylinder liner bores and the
piston assemblies.
3. Stagger the ring gaps of the one-piece

rings, then, using a piston ring compressor,
start the assembly into the cylinder liner bore.
Make sure that the top of the piston marked
"Front" is installed as indicated, and that the
piston and connecting rod assembly is installed
in the proper cylinder location.
4. Rotate the crankshaft until the approp-

riate crankpinjournal is at B.D.C., then, press
the assembly into the cylinder bore until the Fig. 23 - Removing Cylinder Liner from Cylinder Block
top of piston is slightly below the block face.
5. Carefully clean the bearing bore in the

connecting rod and the bearing insert, and in- When installed, the top of the liners must
stall the upper insert in place. extend a specified distance below the face of
the cylinder block. Replacement cylinder lin-
6. Lubricate the upper bearing insert and ers fit into the cylinder bores from 0.001"
crankpin journal, then, pull the rod assembly loose to 0.001" tight.
into position onto the crankpin, making sure
that the bearing insert is still correctly located.
INSPECTION
7. Carefully clean the connecting rod cap
and the bottom bearing insert, and assemble it 1. Thoroughly clean the old cylinder liners
into the cap. and inspect them for scoring or other damage.
Replace liners that are scored or show other
8. Lubricate the crankpin journal and the signs of damage.
botiom insert.
9. With the cap location number opposite the 2. Carefully measure the inside diameter of
camshaft side of the engine, position the cap the cylinder liner at the upper portion of the
in place and install the bolts, using NEW SELF- piston ring travel area.
LOCKlNG NUTS. Tighten the connecting rod
nuts to 45 - 50 ft. -lbs. torque.
3. If the cylinder liners are worn to the
point that the cylinder taper exceeds o. 008",
CYLINDER LINERS the liners must be replaced. If the amount of
cylinder taper is within specifications and the
The cylinder liners are made of cast iron liner appears serviceable, then, CAREFULLY
and are of the dry type. The cylinder liners remove any cylinder ridge present and deglaze
are manufactured with an inside diameter of the liners before installing the piston and con-
3.6015" - 3.6025". necting rod assemblies.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 24 - Cylinder Liner Installed and Located Correctly
REPLACING THE CYLINDER LINERS
To replace the cylinder liners, proceed, as

follows:

semblies, as outlined earlier.
2. Use a sleeve puller with puller plate MFN

8308 special tool and remove the cylinder liner
from the top of the cylinder block, as shown in Fig. 25 - Timing Gear Cover - Identification of Ports
Fig. 23. 1. Camshaft Thrust Spring 3. Oil Filler Cover
2. Timing Gear Cover 4. Front Crankshaft Oil Seal

3.6875" - 3.6885". BE CAREFULL NOT TO
DAMAGE THE CYLINDER BLOCK BORE.
cause considerable distortiolZ to tlze
3. After removing the cylinder liner, THOR- liner after il is ùzs talled.
OUGHLY clean the cylinder block bore, with
particular attention given to the top recess for 5. Make sure the cylinder block bore and
the shoulder of the liner. the cylinder liners are thoroughly cleaned as
outlined, then, chill the new service liners and
After cleaning the cylinder block bore, check press them fully in place by hand. When cor-
the complete liner contact area in the block to rectly installed, the top of the liner must be
make sure it is freefrom burrs or damage. located flush with the top of the cylinder block
Remove any burrs present. to 0.004 11 below the face, as shown in Fig. 24.
4. Carefully clean the new cylinder liner. 6. Make sure the cylinder liners are fully
THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT. If kerosene is seated and allow a period of time for the liners
used to wash the liner, the liner should be to "settle in", then, measure the inside diame-
thoroughly dried before it is installed. ter of the liner to make sure there is no dis-
tortion present. Use either an inside micro-
meter or a dial indicator and check the inside
1.11 P OR TAN T: MAXE SURE THE diameter in two directions (at right angles) at
BORE AND THE CY LINDER LINER the top, center and bottom of the bore. The
ARE CLEAN. Also, care III[(St be cylinder liner should be concentric and measure
lIsed ùz tlze lzaJldlùzg of tlte lilzers, as from 3.6015" - 3.6025" in diameter. In the
Ille sliglitest damage OY b[()T calZ event the readings should indicate 0.0025", or
18
MASSEY -FERGUSON
side of the cover and controls camshaft end-

play.
REMOVAL
To remove the timing gear cover, refer to

Fig. 26, and proceed, as follows:
1. Remove fan blade assembly, fan beU and

generator.
2. Disconnect and remove the air breather

pipe.
3. Disconnect hoses from water pump and

remove water pump from engine.
4. Remove the crankshaft pulley boIt and

washer from front end of crankshaft.
NOTE; The pulley boU has a normal

right-hand thread.
5. Remove the crankshaft pulley.
6. Remove the long timing gear cover boIts

securing the generator brackets and remove
brackets from engine.
7. Remove the capscrews securing the tim-

ing gear cover and carefully remove the cover
Fig. 26 - Timing Gear Cover - Identification af to prevent damaging the front oil seaI.
1. Woter Pump to Inlet Connection Hose
2. By·Pass Hase
4. Generotor
5. Breather Pipe
NOTE: Observe that the bottont cap-
3. Generator Mounting 8rockets 6. Pulley screw below the front oil seal has a
copper washer.
more, total distortion of the liner would be REPLACING THE FRONT OIL SEAL
unsuitable for use.
1. Remove the old seal by pressing it out
the front of the cover. Do not attempt to pry
the old oil seal out of the cover. Such a prac-
tice may easily score the surface and cause
TIMING GEAR COVER AND future oil leakage.
2. Thoroughly clean the oil seal bore in the
The timing gear cover is made of cast alu- cover.
minum and is manufactured with facings for
mounting the water pump and oil filler cover. 3. Using a new gasket, install the cover in
The oil filler cover, No. 3, Fig. 25, is con- place and loosely boU it to the timing gear
veniently located directly in front of the injec- housing, using three or four capscrews. DO
tion pump drive gear to facilitate removal of NOT FULLY TIGHTEN THE CAPSCREWS AT
the injection pump. THIS TIME.
The front crankshaft oil seal, No. 4, Fig. 25, 4. Install special tool MFN 747-A onto the
is of the spring-Ioaded type and is contained in crankshaft and locate it in the bore of the cover
the timing gear cover. The camshaft thrust to correctly position the cover in relation to
spring, No. 1, Fig. 25, is riveted to the back the crankshaft.
Printcd ;n U.S.A. 19
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 26A - Timing Gear Cover With Oil Seal Properly Installed
5. Tighten the capscrews at this Ume ta Fig. 27 - Timing Geors With Marks Properly Aligned
hold the caver in its proper relationship ta the 1. Timing Gear Marks
crankshaft.
6. Remove the tool, then lightly coat the

bore in the caver with sealing compound. 2. Using a new gasket, carefully position the
caver in place and install three or four cap-
7. Lubricate the lip of the seal with ail, then screws to hold it in position. DO NOT FULLY
place the seai onto the short stepped side of TIGHTEN THE CAPSCREWS AT THIS TIME.
MFN 747-A sa that the lip will be TOWARD the
engine. 3. Install special tool MFN 747-A onto the
crankshaft and locate it in the bore of the cover
8. Slide the tool and the seai onto the crank- ta correctly position the caver in relation ta
shaft, then use the pulley boit and washer ta the crankshaft.
push the tooi and oil seal into the bore of the
caver. The tool is designed so that, when it 4. Install the remaining capscrews and tight-
fully contacts the front face of the caver, the en them at this Ume ta hold the caver in its
seal will be correctly located 1/4" inside the proper relationship to the crankshaft.
front face of the caver.
NOTE: Observe, as shown in Figs. 26
and 26A, that the bottom caps crew be-
INSTALLING THE TIMING GEAR COVER low the front oil seal has a special
s ealing was her.
Ta install the timing gear caver with the ail
seai in place, proceed, as follows: 5. Remove the special tool, then complete
reassembly by reversing the disassembly pro-
1. Thoroughly clean aIl of the gasket sur- cedure.
faces.
NOTE: Ijthe oil slinger was removed TIMING GEARS '~

earlier, install it onto the front of the
cr an k s h a ft, with the outer flanged The timing gear train, as shown in Fig. 27,
portion facing forzvard. consists of the crankshaft gear, idler gear,
20
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 28 - Measuring Timing Gear Backlash Fig. 29 - Measuring Backlash of Oil Pump Gears
camshaft gear and injection pump drive gear. two gears in the timing gear train must be be-
The crankshaft gear drives the camshaft and tween 0.003" - 0.006".
the injection pump through the large idler gear.
NOTE: Also, check the backlash be-
The idler gear is mounted on a hub bolted to tween the crankshaft gear and the oil
the front of the cylinder block and also drives pump idler gear; see Fig. 29. Correct
the hydraulic pump for applications equipped clearance between these two gears is
with power steering. 0.012" - 0.018".
AlI of the timing gears are marked during 3. If the backlash of the timing gears is not
production and, when reassembling the engine, withih these limits, the gears should be re-
aU marks must align when No. 1 piston is at placed. Replacement gears are available only
T. D. C. on compression stroke; see No. 1, in standard size and are marked for correct
Fig. 27. All replacement timing gears are installation and retiming of the engine.
marked and are available in standard size only.
IDLER GEAR AND HUB

NOTE: Due to the odd number of teeth
in the idler gear, the complete set of Removal
timing marks will align only once ev-
ery 18 crankshaft revolutions. To remove the idler gear and hub, proceed,
as follows:
CHECKING TIMING GEAR BACKLASH 1. Remove the timing gear cover, as out-
lined. Also, remove the rocker arm cover and
To check timing gear backlash, proceed, as rocker arm shaft assembly.
follows:
1. Remove the timing gear cover as outlined NOTE: Before attempting to remove
earlier. any of the tinz ing gears, make sure
the rocker arm slzaft assembly is re-
2. Check the backlash between the timing moved to avoid tlze possibility of dam-
gears with a dial indicator or feeler gauge, as age to the pis tons or valve train if
shown in Fig. 28. The backlash between any eitlzer tlze camslzaft or crankshaft
21
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 30 - Id 1er Timing Gear - Identification Fig. 32 - Removing or Installing the Idler Gear Hub
a nd Sequence of Pa rts 1. Locoting Pin 2. Oi 1 Holes
1. Copscrew 4. Idler Gear
2. Reta iner Lock 5. Idler Gea. Hub'
3. Idler Gear Retaine. 6. Hub Locating Pin
7. Timing Geer Housing
1, Fig. 30, retainer lock, and retainer, No. 3,
Fig. 30.
should be turned independently of the

other. 3. Remove the idler gear from its hub, as ''---./
shown in Fig. 31.
2. Bend back the tab on the retainer lock,
No. 2, Fig. 30, and remove the capscrew, No.
4. If desired, the idler gear hub may be re-
moved, as shown in Fig. 32.
NOTE: The idler gear hub is posi-

tioned by a lo cating pin, No. 1, Fig.
32, and has a light press fit in the
tillting gear housing and cylinder
bloclz. For this reason, il may be
necessary, when removing it, to care-
fully pry it out.
Inspection
Carefully clean and inspect aU parts. Make

and cylinder block (No. 2, Fig. 31, and No. 2,
Fig. 32) are open and clean. New specifications
are, as follows:
Idler Gear:
Fig.31 - Removing or Installing the Idler Gear

Bore Diameter ............. 2. 125" - 2. 1266"
1. Locoting Hale for Rctoiner Lock and Locoting Pin 2. Oil Hole
Gear End-Play .............. 0.005" - 0.015"
22
MASSEY -FER G USON
ldler Gear Hub:

Hub Diameter .............. 2. 123" - 2. 1238"
Running Clearance
(Gear to Hub) ........... 0.0012" - 0.0036"
Idler Gear Installation and Retiming the Engine
To install the idler gear and hub, and to Ume

the engine with the camshaft gear, injection
pump drive gear and crankshaft gear installed,
proceed, as follows:

align the hub dowel pin hole (same drilling as
the location hole for the retainer lock) with the
dowel pin and CAREFULLY install the hub.
NOTE: VVhen correctly installed, the

flange should be flush with the front of
Fig_ 33 - Removing or Insta lIing the Camshaft Gear
the timing gear housing.
1. Holes Merked "D" Must Align When Instelling Geer
2. Turn the crankshaft until the keyway and

up (No. 1 piston at T. D. C.).
idler timing gear as outlined earlier, then pro-
3. With the rocker arm shaft assembly re- ceed, as foUows:
moved, rotate the camshaft gear and the in-
j ection pump drive gear until their timing 1. Remove the three capscrews and shake-
marks are approximately aligned with the cen- proof washers securing the camshaft gear to
ter of the idler gear hub. the camshaft.
4. InstaU the idler gear so that its three 2. Remove the camshaft gear as shown in
timing marks align with those on the crankshaft Fig. 33.
gear, injection pump drive gear and camshaft
gear.
Installation
5. Make sure that aU timing marks are
aligned as shown in Fig. 27, then install the 1. Observe on the hub of the camshaft and
idler gear retainer, retainer lock and cap- on the front of the camshaft gear the boIt holes
screw. Tighten the capscrew to 50 ft.-Ibs. with the letters "D" stamped next to them; see
torque and lock it in place. No. 1, Fig. 33.
NOTE: Check idler gear end-playon 2. InstaU the camshaft gear onto the cam-
hub. Proper end -Play is o. 005" - shaft, making sure that the marked holes (with
0.015". Make sure to install a new the letters "D" stamped next to them) are
retainer if the old one is worn or aligned.
damaged.
6. Install the rocker arm shaft assembly and IMPORTANT: Do not use the slotted
complete reassembly. holes for attaching the gear to the
camshaft.
CAMSHAFT GEAR
3. Install the idler gear with aU timing
Removal marks aligned, as outlined earlier, then secure
the rocker arm shaft assembly in place and
To remove the camshaft gear, remove the complete reassembly.
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 35 - Crankshaft Gear - Identification

1. Pulley Copscrew 4. OilSlinger
2. Wosher 5. Cronksheft Timing Geor
3. Cronkshoft Pulley 6. Timing Geor Spocer
7. Pulley end Timing Geer Key
CRANKSHAFT GEAR
Fig. 34 - Removing or Installing the Injection
Pump Drive Gear
The crankshaft gear, as shown in Fig. 35, is
1. Siot in Adopter 2. Geor Locoting Pin
keyed in place and is installed onto the crank-
shaft with a minus 0.001" to a plus O. 001"
clearance.
INJECTION PUMP DRIVE GEAR

Removal
rectly to the inj ection pump adapter and is sup- 1. Remove the timing gear coyer and idler
ported by the injection pump. gear, as outlined earlier.
2. Remove the oil slinger.

Removal
3. Drain the engineoil and remove the oil
1. Remove the idler timing gear as outlined pan, also the bottom half of the timing ~gear
earlier. housing.
2. Release the locks on the tab washer and 4. Remove the oil pump idler gear.
remove the capscrews securing the injection
pump gear to the injection pump. 5. Remove the oil supply and delivery pipes
from the oil pump, then, disconnect and re-
3. Remove the injection pump drive gear; move pump from its dowelled location on the
refer to Fig. 34. front main bearing cap.

Installation the gear from the crankshaft.
1. Align the dowel, No. 2, Fig. 3.4, in the

gear with the slot, No. 1, Fig. 34, in the adapt-
er and position the gear in place. Installation
2. Install the capscrews and new tab washer 1. If the timing gear spacer, No. 6, Fig. 35,
in place. Tighten the capscrews securely and behind the crankshaft gear has been removed,
lock them with the tab washer. install it with the chamfer toward the front
main bearing journal on the crankshaft.
3. Install the idler gear, as outlined earlier,
making sure an timing marks are aligned, then 2. With the timing mark on the crankshaft
complete reassembly. gear facing toward the front, carefully align the
24
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUL. PROCEDURES
gear so that its slot is in line with the key, then

press the gear onto the crankshaft.
NOTE: Wh~n pressing the gear in

place, make sure that the key does
not ride out of the keyway in the
crankshaft.
3. Instal! the idler timing gear with al! tim-

ing gear marks aligned, as outlined earlier.
4. Install the oil pump, then install the oil

pump idler gear and oil pump supply and de-
livery pipes.
5. Install the bottom half of the timing gear

housing, making sure that its front face is flush
with the main part (upper portion) of the hous-
ing. Fig. 36 - Removing the Camshaft
6. Instal! the oil pan.

2. Remove the rocker arm coyer, rocker
7. Install the oil slinger onto the crankshaft, arm shaft assembly and fuel lift pump.
with the outer flanged portion of the slinger
facing forward.
raised position.
8. Install the timing gear cover, as outlined
earlier.
4. If all of the timing gear marks are not
aligned, then remove the idler gear, as out-
lined earlier, to assure correct engine timing
CAMSHAFT during reassembly.
The camshaft is made of a special cast iron

alloy and is mounted high on the right-hand side 5. Remove the camshaft (with or without its
of the cylinder block in such a position that the gear) from the cylinder block, as shown in Fig.
engine does not require the use of push rods. 36. Be careful, when removing it, not to dam-
The camshaft is driven by the idler gear and is age the bearing journals, cam lobes, or the
supported by three bearings which are machin- tappets.
ed directly into the cylinder block. Camshaft
end-play is controlled by a thrust spring, which
is riveted onto the back side of the timing gear
coyer. INSPECTION
Carefully clean and inspect the camshaft, as

follows:
REM o VAL.
To remove the camshaft, proceed, as follows: 1. Inspect the camshaft bearing journals and
cam lobes for wear or damage. If the journals
are excessively scored, nicked or discolored
1. Remove the timing gear coyer, as out- by heat, or if the lobes are pitted, or rough,
lined earlier. the camshaft must be replaced.
Pr;ntcd ,n U.S.A. 25
MASSEY -FERGUSON
2. Measure the diameter of the bearing 4. Install the fuel lift pump, rocker arm
journals for wear and out-of-round with a mi- cover, timing gear coyer and complete re-
crometer. If journal diameters are worn, or assembly.
out-of-round, or if the camshaft lobes are
worn, the camshaft must be replaced.
New camshaft specifications are, as follows: Ta check the valve timing of the AD3. 152 en-
gine, proceed, as follows:
Front Bearing Journal ....... 1. 869" - 1. 870"

Center Bearing Journal ...... 1. 859" - 1. 860" 1. Rotate the crankshaft in the normal di-
Rear Bearing Journal ........ 1. 839" - 1. 840" rection of engine rotation (clockwise) until bath
Cam Lobe Lift rocker arms of No. 1 cylinder are "rocking"
(Intake and Exhaust) ...... 0.3093" - 0.3183" (exhaust valve closing and intake valve starting
ta open).

the black with a hale gauge and micrometer, NOTE: At this point, No. 1 piston will
then compare each bore diameter ta its mating be at approximately T.D. C. on the EX-
j ourn.al diameter. Correct clearance between HAUST STROKE.
the camshaft bearing journals and the camshaft
bores is 0.004" - 0.008".
2. With the crankshaft positioned sa that the
rocker arms of No. 1 cylinder are at "rock
point" , then rotate the crankshaft backward
IN STALLA TlON (counterclockwise) approximately 1/2 turn ta
allow the intake valve of No. 1 cylinder ta be
Ta install the camshaft in the engine, pro- adjusted.
ceed, as follows:
3. Adjust the tappet of No. 1 cylinder intake

NOTE: If the caJltshaft gear lzas been valve (front valve) sa there is 0.043" clearance
reilto'L'ed frOiit the cal/lshaft, IItake between the valve and rocker arm.
s ure ta ins taU the gear to tlze calll-
s haft with the lelters "D" in align-
III ent, as outlùzed earlier. • 4. Turn the crankshaft in the normal direc-
tion of engine rotation (clockwise) until the
0.043" clearance is taken up. Stop turning the
1. With the tappets supported in their raised crankshaft the instant that the rocker arm con-
position, carefully install the camshaft into the tacts the valve.
cylinder black. If the idler gear was not re-
moved earlier and aIl of the timing marks were
in alignment, make sure the timing mark on the 5 .. With the crankshaft positioned as out-
camshaft gear is aligned with the mark on the lined, remove the plug from the inspection
idler gear and ALL TIMING GEAR MARKS window in the adapter plate. If the valves are
ARE IN ALIGNMENT. properly timed and the procedure correctly
followed, the T. D. C. mark on the flywheel
should be aligned with the mark on the side of
2. If the idler gear was removed earlier due the inspection window.
ta the timing marks not being in alignment,
then install the idler gear as outlined under the
heading "Idler Gear Installation and Retiming NOTE: The valve timing Ilia)' be COil-
the Engine". MAKE SURE THE ENGINE IS sidered satisfaclory if the T.D. C.
PRO PERLy TIMED. IIlark Oil tlze flywheel is less tlzail 1/3"
away frollt tlze marI, Oll the inspectioil
lcilldow.
3. Install the rocker arm shait assembly
and adjust the valve tappets ta the proper
clearance, as outlined earlier. 6. Reset the intake valve tappet of No. 1 cyl-
26
MASSEY -FERGUSON
iRder to the normal clearance, as outlined un-

cler the heading "Adjusting Valve Tappet Clear-
ance", after checking the valve timing.
TIMING GEAR HOUSING

MM o VAL
To remove the timing gear housing, proceed,

as foHows:
1. Remove the timing gear cover, as out-

li-ned earlier.
2. Remove the rocker arm coyer and rocker Fig. 37 - Removing or Installing the Fuel Injection Pump
arm shaft assembly. 1. Timing Marks
3. Remove the fuel lift pump.
INSTALLA TlON
4. Remove the capscrew securing the idler
gear, then remove the retainer lock, retainer Before installing the timing gear housing,
and idler gear. carefully clean and inspect al! parts. Replace
any parts that are worn or damaged.

raised position, then carefully remove the cam- NOTE: The front face of the cylinder
shaft. block contains two plugs. The upper
one is a large expansion pktg closing
the water jacket. The lower pktg is a
6. Remove the three capscrews and tab small one blocking the front opening of
washer securing the injection pump timing gear the main oil gallery. Make sure ta
and remove gear from injection pump.
7. Disconnect at both ends and remove all

fuellines from the injection pump.
lMPORTANT: Cap or otherzcise cover

aU open fuel connections to prevent
dirt frolil elltering the fileZ system.
8. Remove the three nuts and washers se-

curing the fuel injection pump to the rear of the
timing gear housing and carefully remove
pump, as shown in Fig. 37.
9. Remove oil pan.
10. Remove the capscrews and shake-proof

washers securing the timing gear housingto the
cylinder block, then lightly tap the housing with
a wooden block to separate it from the cylinder Fig. 38 - Removing or Installing the Bottom Timing
block. Geer Housing Cover
MASSEY -FERGUSON
inspect tlze plllgs alld rePlace tlzem if

they show siglls of leakage.
To install the Timing Gear Housing, proceed,
as follows:
NOTE; To assure correct locatioll of

the ti1Jting geaI' !zOIlSÙZg, il is adcis-
able to remoL'e tlze idlel' geaI' Ililb
front tlze lzousùzg alld ilzstall Llze 1mb
onto the frOllt of tlze blo cl?
1. Install a new gasket onto the front face of

the cylinder block, then carefully install and
boIt the housing in place.
2. If the bottom housing cover was removed

earlier, install it as shown in Fig. 38. DO
NOT FULLY TIGHTEN THE TWO CAPSCREWS
AT THIS TIME. Use a straightedge, as shown
in Fig. 39, and position the bottom cover so
Fig. 39 - Aligning the Bottom Cover with
Timing Geor Housing that it is flush with the face of the housing, then
tighten the capscrews.
Fig. 40 - Cronkshaft ond Main Bearings - Identification and Sequence of Parts

1 Pullay Capscrew 7. Crankshah Balance Weight 11 Upp", Th,ust Washers
2. Woshcr' 8 Front Main Bearing Ins",t - Upper Half 12 Pulley ond T'ming Gea· K"ay
3. Crankshaft Pullay 9. No. 2 and 3 Ma;n Bcor:ng Insc~ts - 13 Front Mo'n 8co~ing Inscrt -'"
.1. Oil Slinger (Thrower) Upper end Lower Lowc~ Holf
5. Cronkshoft T'ming Geor 10 Rear Mo·n 8cor:n9 Inserfs - 11 Lower Th~ust Woshcrs
6 Tim ing Geer Spoccr Upper and Lower 15 Cronkshoh Goloncc Wc ;9ht
28
MASSEY -FERGUSON
3. Install the oil pan. flywheel aligning with the mark on the inspec-
tion hole.
4. Install the injection pump onto the rear of
the housing, as shown in Fig. 37, with the tim-
ing marks, No. 1, Fig. 37, on the pump and 9. Turn the camshaft and the injection pump
housing aligned, then secure the injection pump gears 50 that their timing marks are approx-
in place. imately aligned with the center of the idler gear
hub.
5. Install the high pressure fuellines.
10. Install the idler gear 50 that its three
6. Align the dowel on the injection pump timing marks align with the marks on the cam-
gear with the slot in the front of the injection shaft, crankshaft and injection pump drive
pump, then install the gear and lock the cap- gears. Tighten the capscrew securing the idler
screws. gear to 50 ft.-lbs. torque.
7. With the tappets supported in their raised 11. Install the fuel lift pump, rocker arm
position, carefully install the camshaft (with its shaft assembly and rocker cover.
gear bolted to it) into the cylinder block.
12. Install the oil slinger with the outer
8. Make sure that No. 1 piston is at top dead dished portion of the slinger facing outward,
center (key on the front of the crankshaft point- then install the timing gear cover as outlined
ing straight up) with the T. D. C. mark on the earlier.
Fig. 41 - Numbered Main Bearing Caps

1. Location Numbers 2. Block Seriai Number
MASSEY-FERGUSON
CRANKSHAfT AND MAIN BEARINGS

The crankshaft is forged from molybdenum
steel and has two matched cast iron balance
weights bolted onto it at 1800 to each other.
The crankshaft is statically and dynamically
balanced and is supported by four precision
non-adjustable type main bearings, as shown in
Fig. 40.
The rear of the crankshaft is machined to

provide an oil thrower and an oil return seroll
formed by a single right- hand helix machined
to a depth ofO. 004" - O. 008".
The doweled main bearing caps are numbered

from front to rear, as shown by No. 1, Fig.
41, and cannot be interchanged or replaced.
NO. TE: The main bearing,bores in the

cylinder block and bearing caps are
Fig. 42 - Measuring Crankshaft End-Pla.y
machined with the caps in Place and
are stamped with a serial number, as
shown by No. 2, Fig. 41. If, for any
reason, a main bearing cap becomes 2. Measure the gap between the machined
damaged, it will be necessary to re- shoulder on the crankshaft web and the crank-
place the cylinder block, complete shaft thrust washer with a dial indicator or
with main bearing caps. feeler gauge, as shown in Fig. 42.
3. End-play should be within O. 002"-0. 015".

Oil seals are provided at the front and rear INSTALL NEW THRUST WASHERS IF END-
ends of the crankshaft. The front oil seal, as PLAY EXCEEDS 0.015".
shown in Fig. 25, is of the spring-Ioaded type
and is installed in the timing gear cover. The
rear oil sea! is of the rubber core asbestos
rope-type and is contained in a two-piece seal
retainer, as shown in Fig. 44.
The crankshaft end-play is controlled by re-
placeable thrust washers, which are installed
in recesses on the sides of the rear main bear-
ing cap and bearing bore in the cylincier block.
The lower halves of the thrust washers (which
fit in the bearing cap) have locating lugs to
prevent them from turning out of position.
NOTE: RePlacement thrust washers

are available in standard size or
0.007" oversized.
To determine the amount of crankshaft end-
play, proceed, as follows:
Fig. 43 - Crankshaft Thrust Washers {Crankshaft
Using care not to damage the crankshaft,
1. Removed to Show Parts More Cleàrly}
force the crankshaft forward as far as it will 1. Lower Thrust Wosher 2. Upper Thrust Wcshcr
go. 3. Vertical Grooves Toword Cronkshoft
30
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Replacing Thrust Washers 7. Remove the connecting rod caps and

bearing inserts.
To replace worn thrust washers, refer to
Fig. 43, and proceed, as follows: NOTE: Check crankshaft end-Play be-
fore removing the crankshaft. If end-
1. Remove the rear main bearing cap. Play exceeds 0.015", make sure ta
install new thrust washers when reas-
2. Rotate the oid upper halves of the thrust sembling the engine.
washers out of the recesses in the cylinder
block. 8. Remove the two halves of the oil seal re-
tainer from the rear main bearing cap and cyl-
3. Lubricate the new upper halves of the inder block and remove the old one-piece
thrust washers (those without Iocating lugs) and gasket.
rotate them into place WITH THE VERTICAL
GROOVES FACING OUTWARD. 9. Bend back the capscrew locks, then re-
move the capscrews securing the main bearing
4. Remove the old lower halves of the thrust caps and carefully remove the bearing caps
washers from the bearing cap and install the from the engine.
new ones with the vertical grooves facing out-
ward. 10. Carefully lift the crankshaft from the
cylinder block.
NOTE: A light coating of grease will

assist in holding the washers in place. NOTE: ldentify and keep aU parts in
Make sure that aU of the thrust wash- arder sa that, if serviceable, they ntay
ers are installed with the vertical b e ins talled in their original la cations.
grooves outward. Make sure ta install new crankshaft
ail seals before reassembling the
engine.
5. Using new capscrew locks, install the
rear main bearing cap, then tighten the bearing
capscrews to 90 - 95 ft. -lbs. torque and re- INSPECTION
check crankshaft end-play.
Thoroughly clean and inspect the crankshaft.
New specifications are, as follows:
CRANKSHAFT REMOVAL
CRANKSHAFT:
Main Bearing
NOTE: Use care when removing the Journal Diameters ........ 2.7485" - 2.749"
flywheel, as it is only slightly piloted Crankshaft End-Play. . . . . . .. 0.002" - 0.015"
ta the cranks haft. Crankpin Journal
Diameters ............... 2. 2485" - 2. 249"
plate.
MAIN BEARINGS:
3. Remove the wafer pump, crankshaft pul-
ley, generator and front timing gear cover. Diameter of Bearing Bore
in Block and Cap ......... 2. 9165" - 2.9175"
4. Remove the oil pan and remove the bot- Main Bearing Inside
tom half of the timing gear housing. Diameter ............... 2. 752" - 2. 7535"
Bearing Clearance. . . . . . . .. 0.0025" - 0.004"
pipes, then remove the oil pump idler gear and
oil pump from engine. If any of the main or crankpin journals are
worn beyond specifications more than 0.0015"
6. Remove the two long boUs and self-Iock- out-of-round, or tapered more than O. 001",
ing nuts securing the two halves of the rear oil the crankshaft should either be replaced or re-
seal retainer (cover) assembly. ground and fitted with undersized bearings.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERKINS AD3. J52 ENG8NE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2
REGR'ND'NG THE CRANKSHAFT

To properly regrind the crankshaft, follow the information and specifications given
below:
1. Measure the main bearing and crankpin journal diameters to determine the next
size they can be ground to and fitted with undersize bearing inserts.
3. If the crankshaft has been magnetized, make sure to demagnetize it before it is

reground.
4. After regrinding the crankshaft, remove the sharp corners on the oil holes.
Also, the crankshaft must again be inspected for cracks, then demagnetized.
THE NECESSARY SPECIFICATIONS FOR REGRINDING THE CRANKSHAFT JOUR-

NALS ARE, AS FOLLOWS:
IMPORTANT: The surface finish on aU bearing surfaces must not ex-

ceed 16 micro-inches, as measured by a propilometer. Also, it is
very important to maintain the radii quoted on the Jitain bearing and
crankpin journals.
Main Bearing Journal Diameters

Standard Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7485" - 2.749"
Undersizes:
0.010" 2.7385" - 2.739"
0.020" 2.7285" - 2.729"
0.030" 2.7185" - 2.719"
Rear Main Bearing Journal Width
Standard Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 87425" - 1. 87725"

Maximum Permissible Width After Regrinding. . . . . . . 1. 89125"
NO. 2 AND NO. 3 MAIN BEARING JOURNAL WIDTHS 1. 21475" - 1. 22275"
RADIUS ON ALL MAIN BEARING JOURNALS 0.09375" - 0.109375"

(Must be Maintained) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3/32" to 7/64")
Standard Size e 0 • • e • • ~ • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 2.2485" - 2.249"
Undersizes:
0.010" 2. 2385" - 2. 239"
0.020" 2.2285" - 2. 229"
0.030" 2.2185" - 2.219"
Standard Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 562" - 1. 565"

Ma.ximum Permissible Width After Regrinding 1. 5785"
Radius on Ali Crankpin Journa's O. 1563" - O. 1719"

(Must be Maintained) . • . . . . • (5/32" to 11/64")
32
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2 ENGINE OVERHAUl PROCEDURES
CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION 7. USING NEW BOLT LOCKS, install the

numbered main bearing caps in their correct
To install the crankshaft, make sure that the locations. Make sure that the bearing caps are
crankshaft and the main bearing bores in the properly located. TORQUE MAIN BEARINGS
block are clean, then proceed, as follows: TO 90 - 95 FT.-LBS. AND LOCK THE BOLTS.
1. Install the upper halves of the main bear- NOTE: lnstall the slip washer between
ing inserts in their proper positions and lubri- the baU lock and the head of the main
cate them. bearing baU. The slip washer allows
the baU ta turn freely without rotating
NOTE: New main bearing inserts are the lock.
not completely interchangeable. Refer
ta the following table ta de termine 8. Using care not to damage the crankshaft,
which inserts are interchangeable. force the crankshaft forward and then rearward
and measure crankshaft end-play, as outlined
BEARING INSERTS NO. OF INSERTS under heading "Crankshaft End- Play". If end-
play exceeds O. 015", install new thrust washers.
No. 1 Main Insert
Upper Half Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 1 9. Install the rear oil seal retainers com-
No. 1 Main Insert plete with new oil seals and complete re-
Lower Half Only ............... 1 assembly.
No. 2 and 3 Main Inserts
Upper and Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 NOTE: When installing the lower half
No. 4 Main Insert of the timing gear hausing (housing
Upper and Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 caver), make sure that it is flush with
the front face of the housing
thrust washers (those without locating tabs) on Bath the flywheel and crankshaftjlange
each side of the rear wall of the cylinder block have six evenly spaced attaching hales
housing, with the oil grooves outward and the and one unevenly spaced hale. MAKE
steel face toward the main bearing cap; refer SURE TO INST ALL THE F LYWHEEL
to Fig. 43. SO THAT THE UNEVENLY SPACED
HO LES ARE IN ALIGNMENT.
NOTE: A light coat of grease will
assist in holding the thrust washers in
place until the crankshaft is ins talled.
3. Make sure that:
a. The main bearing inserts are correctly

installed and lubricated.

are facing outward.

4. Carefully lower the crankshaft into po-

sition.
5. Install the lower main bearing inserts in-

coat them with oil. o
6. Coat the lower thrust washers (those with 1
the recesses on the sides of the rear bearing Fig_ 44 - Rear Crankshaft Oil Seo 1 - Identification of Parts.
cap. MAKE SURE THAT THE VERTICAL 1. Oil Seol Retoiner Assembly (Wlth Oil 5001 Instollod)
2. Copscrew and Shokcproof Woshcr
GROOVES ARE FACING OUTWARD. 3. Clomping Boit and Special Self·Locking Nut
Printod in U.S.A.
33
MASSEY -FERGUSON
ABOVi F ACL
Fig. 45 - Rear Oil Seal Retainer Assembly Correctly Instolled Fig. 46 - Oil Seal Must Extend 0.010" - 0.020" 8eyond Face
REAR CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT

The rear crankshaft oil seai is a two-piece Before installing the new oil seals, soak them
rubber core asbestos rope type seai and is con- in clean engine oil for at least one hour. Make
tained in a two-piece retainer, as shown in sure to carefully clean the seai grooves and old
Fig. 44. gasket mate rial from the oil seai retainers.
Each half of the oil seai retainer is machined To install the new oil seaIs, place each half
to accommodate the oil seaI. New oil seais can of the seai retainer (one at a time) in a vise
be installed with the crankshaft in position. and proceed, as follows:
Fig. 45 shows the rear oil seai retainers prop-
erly installed in place. 1. Press approximately one inch of the new
asbestos seai into each end of the groove in the
seai retainer, allowing the seai to project
O. 010" - O. 020" BEYOND both ends of the joint
REMOVAL face. This amount of projection assures cor-
rect contact between the end faces of the seais
To remove the rear crankshaft oil seaI, pro- when the retainer halves are install€d around
ceed, as follows: the crankshaft.
1. Remove the flywheel. IMPORTANT: A projection exceeding

that quoted IJlUSt be avoided, because
2. Remove the transmission housing adapter the excess JJtay not settle in the re-
plate from the cylinder block and oil pan. tainer groove and JJta)' be forced over
tlze joint face as the retainer Izalves
3. Remove the special self-Iocking nuts are pulled together. Tlzus the retain-
from the two long clamping bolts that pass ers lita)' be held s lightly apart and
through the oil seai retainer and remove the cause an oil leak.
bolts.
Due to the interference betlceell the
4. Remove the capscrews and shake-proof seal alld its groove, it is possible thal
washers from each half of the oil seai retainer the seal J}tay not fully seat inlo the
and remove the retainers from the cylinder grooue, giving tlle ÏJltpression tbal il
block and rear main bearing cap. is tao long. EACH 8EAL 18 OF THE
34
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CORRECT LENGTH AND MUST NOT the flywheel in place and carefully lift the fly-
BE TRIMMED. wheel from the crankshaft flange.
2. The middle of the ail seal will bulge out 3. Remove the clutch pilot bearing (except
of the groove and must be pushed in with the torque convertor type flywheels) by tapping it
fingers, by working from the center, until weIl out the back of the flywheel.
and, by rolling and pressing, further bed the
ail seal in place. MAKE SURE THAT THE REPLACING THE FL YWHEEL RING GEAR
SEAL EXTENDS 0.010" - 0.020" BE YOND
BOTH ENDS OF THE JOINT FACE, as shawn 1. The flywheel ring gear is shrunk onto the
in Fig. 46. Any gap at this joint when the seals flywheel, and ta remove it, partly cut through
are installed will allow ail ta leak past the seaI. the gear and chisel cut it from the flywheel.

of the seal retainer. NOTE: An alternate nzethod of re-
nzoving the ring gear is ta flame-heat
a localized portion of the ring gear ta
INSTALLING THE OIL SEAL RETAINERS expand it, then carefully tap the gear
off the flywheel.
1. Remove aIl of the old gasket material
rear main bearing cap, then install a new gas- 2. Carefully clean the outside diameter of
ket, using a suitable sealing compound. the flywheel where the ring gear is ta be 10-
cated.
2. Lightly coat the joint faces of the ail seal
retainers with sealing compound and COAT 3. Heat the ring gear ta an approximate
THE INSIDE SURFACE DIAMETER OF THE tempe rature of 475 0 F.
OIL SEAL WITH GRAPHITE GREASE.
4. Position the ring gear sa that the lead-in
3. Assemble the ail seal retainers around side of the teeth is toward the front of the fly-
the crankshaftand LOOSELY boltthem together. wheel, then lay the ring gear in position on the
flywheel and allow it ta cool. Make sure the
4. Position the seal retainer assembly sa ring gear is fully installed against the flywheel
that the hales align, then LOOSELY bolt it ta shoulder.
the black and rear bearing cap, using shake-
proof type washers.
INSTALLING THE FL YWHEEL
5. Fully tighten the two long clamping bolts.
1. Carefully clean the mating faces on the
6. Fully tighten the six capscrews securing crankshaft flange and flywheel. Failure ta ob-
the seal retainer assembly ta the cylinder black serve this precaution may result in a broken
and main bearing cap. crankshaft, due ta the flywheel running out of
true.
7. Install the transmission housing adapter
plate on the dowels at the rear of cylinder black 2. Observe the 7th untapped hale (unevenly
and secure the housing in place. spaced) in the crankshaft flange.
8. Install the flywheeI. 3. Install the flywheel ta the crankshaft
flange sa that the unevenly spaced hale in the
flywheel is in line with the unevenly spaced
hale (7th untapped hale) in the flange. This in-
FLYWHEEL sures the flywheel timing marks are in a cor-
rect position in relation ta the crankshaft.
REMOVING THE FL YWHEEL
4. Install the 6 flywheel capscrews, using
1. Release the tabs securing the flywheel new boIt locks, and tighten the capscrews suf-
boIt locks. ficiently ta hold the flywheel securely ta the
crankshaft. DO NOT LOCK THE CAPSCREWS
2. Remove the 6 capscrews which secure AT THIS TIME.
Printcd in U.S.A.
35
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PERK'NS AD3. 152 ENGINE GROUP 0 - SECTION L - PART 2.
Fig. 47 - Measuring the Flywheel Face Run-Out
5. Measure the flywheel "Run-Out", as Fig. 48 - Measuring the Run-Out on the Outer
follows: Flywheel Diameter
a. Check the flywheel face "Run-Out" with

a dial indicator, as shown in Fig. 47.
The total indicator reading should not flywheel, then reclean the mating surfaces and
exceed 0.001" per inch of radius from inspect for burrs. Reinstall the flywheel and
the flywheel center to the point of again check the run-out.
measurement.
7. When satisfied that the flywheel is run-
b. Check the run-out on the outer diam- ning true, tighten the flywheel capscrews to
eter (periphery) with a dial indicator, 75 ft.-lbs. torque.
as shown in Fig. 48. The total indicator
reading should not exceed O. 012". 8. Secure the capscrews by bending over the
boit locks.
NOTE: When making th.ese checks,
aPPly pressure against the center of 9. AH flywheels, except torque convertor
the flywheel to eliminate any crank- type - check that the new clutch pilot bearing
shaft end-Play which could cause a is of a clearance fit on the input shaft, then in-
false reading. staIl it into the flywheel. Make sure to drive
or press only on the outer race and install the
6. If either of these checks of flywheel "run- bearing fully in place, until it contacts the
out" exceeds the specified limits, remove the shoulder inside the flywheel.
36
MASSEY-FERGUSON
PART 5-DUAL CLUTCH-MF 135,

150 AND 165 TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
DESCRIPTION .............................. , 1
SPLITTING THE TRACTOR .................... 2
REMOVING THE CLUTCH ..................... 3
DISASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH ................ 3
INSPECTING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY .......... 5
REASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH ................. 6
INSTALLING THE CLUTCH .................... 8
CONNECTING ENGINE TO TRANSMISSION ...... 9
ADJUSTMENTS .............................. 9
Release Finger Adjustment ................... 9
Secondary Pressure Plate Adjustment ........... 10
Checking and Adjusting Clutch Linkage ......... 10
TROUBLE-SHOOTING ........................ 11
DESCRIPTION
The dual cIutch consists of two dry-type cIutch discs (a primary and secondary). The primary pressure plate is
spring-Ioaded by twelve coil springs located between the cIutch cover and the primary pressure plate. The secondary pressure
plate is spring-Ioaded by a Belleville type spring located between the cIutch cover and the secondary pressure plate. Two
different cIutches are used on the MF 135 Tractor. Either an Il'' or a 12" primary di sc drives the tractor power train and a
9'" or 10" di sc drives the PIO shaft and the hydraulic pump.
The cIutch assemblies can be identified by the type of flywheel they are attached to. The 9" and Il'' discs are attached to
a vented flywheel with an air ring. The 10" and 12" discs are attached to a common flywheel without an air ring. The 10"
and 12" disc cIutch is used on the MF 135 tractor with an 8-speed transmission. The 9" and Il'' discs will be used with a
6-speed or Multi-Power transmission.
The service procedures for either type cIutch are the same, exeept the setting of the release levers. The 9" and Il'' dises
release levers are adjusted by the use of special tool FT 366 as shown in Fig. 21. The 10" and 12" dises release levers are
adjusted by the use of a fabrieated tool made to dimensions shown in Fig. A.
,
2~
f"
J~
,. ~'
--L
2 2,
Fig. A - Release Lever Gauge Sketch (10" and 12" Dise)
Reviseo 1(70 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMBLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5
Fig. 2 - Tractor Split Far Enough to Clear Input Shah
Fig. 1 - View of Side Panels and Battery Removed

7. Place wedge blocks between front axle and
engine support to prevent tractor from tipping.
SPLITTING THE TRACTOR NOTE: On tricycle models, it will be

necessary to support the front end
To remove the clutch assembly, it will be from above to avoid tipping.
necessary to split the tractor between the en-
gine and transmission. 8. Remove capscrews securingtransmission
to engine and carefully roll the tractor far
To split the tractor, refer to the appropriate enough apart to clear the input shaft as shown
heading and proceed as follows: in Fig. 2. Then lower the transmission to clear
steering housing and continue to separate the
tractor, as shown in Fig. 3.
splitting the MF 150 and 165 Model Tractors:
1. Remove both rear hood side panels.
2. Remove the battery; disconnect light

wires and safety starter switch wires as shown
in Fig. 1.
3. Remove the capscrews securing sheet

metal to rear of transmission top coyer.
4. On Multi - Power models, disconnect shift

linkage.
5. Remove nuts securing steering gear

housing to transmission top coyer.
NOTE: On Diesel models, it will be

necessary to remove the primary fuel
filter before splitting the tractor.
6. Support transmission and engine on suit-
able jacks. Fig. 3 - Tractor Split For Clutch Removal
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP II - SECTION A - PART 5 MF 135, 150 & 165 DUAL CWTCH
,~ 4'
•
k ~
Fig. 4 - 1/4.lnch "T" Solts

Fig. 5 - Removing the Clutch Cover Assembly
Splitting the MF 135 Madel Tractors:

REMOVING THE CLUTCH
1. Remove the hood and grille as an as-
sembly. 1. Split the tractor between the engine and
transmission as outlined under the heading
2. Disconnect fuel linesand remove fuel "Splitting the Tractor".
tank.
2. Install the special "T" bolts with nuts and
3. Disconnect tachometer drive cable and washers through the holes in the clutch cover
generator wires. to ho Id the assembly together while removing it
from the flywheel.
4. Disconnect water temperature indicator
wire. 3. Tighten the "T" bolt nuts evenly until the
release levers are completely depressed.
5. Disconnect steering linkage rods at the
rear. NOTE: The "T" boUs can be made
from a piece of 1/4" "ready baU" ap-
6. Disconnect radius rods and place block proximately 6" long with a 3" piece of
between front axle and radiator support to pre- 1/4" rad welded ta the end. See
vent tractor from tipping.· Fig. 4.
7. On Multi-Power models, disconnect shift 4. Remove the clutch cover retaining cap-
linkage. screws. Then carefully remove the clutch
cover assembly and primary friction disc, as
shown in Fig. 5. Use care not to damage the
8. Support engine and transmission on suit- air ring between flywheel and cover assembly.
able jacks or stands.
DISASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH

9. Remove bolts securing engine to trans-
mission, then carefully roll the units apart. 1. Punch mark the clutch cover, 9-inch pre-
Printed in U.S.A. 3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5
Fig. 7 - Release Lever Pivot Pins and Springs Removed
7. Lift the clutch caver off the pressure

Fig. 6 - Removing Release Lever Pin Retainers
springs. Then remOve the coil springs and
ïnsulating washers.
8. Lift off the belleville spring, 9" pressure

sure plate, the false flywheel plate and the 11- plate, friction disc and false flywheel plate.
inch pressure plate sa reassembly can be made
maintaining the original clutch balance. 9. With a punch and hammer, drive the lower
pins out of the release lever links and remove
2. Unhook the release lever torsion spring the lever and links.
ends from clutch caver releasing the springs
and lever arm preload. NOTE: Two types of lower pivot pins
were used. The early type had a knurl
3. Back-off the "T" boIt nuts evenly until it on one end. Fig. 8 shows this pin be-
is possible ta drive the upper release lever ing removed. The later type is a plain
pivot pin retainer pins down sufficiently ta re- straight pin with a spacer. This pin
move the upper release lever pivot pin. See
Fig. 6.
NOTE: Do not attempt to drive the re-

tainer pin completely out of the cover
assembly. The pins can be removed
very easily once the cover has been
removedfrom the clutch assembly.
4. Remove the upper release lever pivot

pins and torsion springs. See Fig. 7.
5. Loosen the nuts on the "T" bolts evenly

until the coil springs are fully extended and the
cover is free.
6. Remove the "T" bolts.
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5 MF 135, 150 & 165 DUAL CWTCH
Fig.9 - Removing Spacer.Type Pivot Pin
kas an interference fit in the spacer to

retain it in position. Fig. 9 shows Fig. 11 - Bellevi Ile Spring Properly Positioned in Cover
this pin being removed. Wh en the
knurled pins are removed, they should
be scrapped and rePlaced with the late
type.
should have a reading of 111 to 123 lbs. at
10. Turn the cover assembly over and drive 1-1/2". Replace insulating washers each time
out the upper release lever pivot pin retaining a spring is replaced, and whenever the washers
pins, No. 1, Fig. 10. show signs of deterioration from excessive
heat.
2. Replace the Belleville springs whenever

INSPECTING THE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY there is evidence of excessive heat.
1. Test the coil springs and replace those 3. Inspect the upper and lower pivot pins and
not meeting the following specifications. The pin holes for wear and grooving. Replace if
yellow painted springs should have a reading of necessary.
80 to 88 lbs. at 1-1/2" and the lavender springs
4. Check the release lever torsion springs
for damage.
Replace if necessary.
5. Examine clutch facings for damage, signs

of overheating and excessive wear. Check for
loose rivets and damaged driving splines. Re-
place if necessary.
6. Inspect the clutch cover for damage.
7. Inspect pilot bearing in flywheel for wear

or damage. Replace if necessary.
8. Check the clutch release bearing by push-

ing in on the face of the bearing while rotating.
If the bearing runs rough, or has noticeable
side movement, it should be replaced.
NOTE: The clutch release bearing is

Fig. 10 - Clutch Co ver Showing Pins Partly Removed
prelubricated and must not be cleaned
1. Retoining Pins in a solvent.
Printed in U.S.A 5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 12 - Belleville Spring Identification Fig_ 14 - Springs and Washers Properly Positioned
1. Point Mark On Pressure Plate
REASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH spring. For MF 165 Tractors use

a blue paint marked Belleville spring.
1. Place the clutch cover upside down on a See Fig. 12.
bench.
2. Place the 9-inch pressure plate Belleville 3. Place the 9 inch pressure plate on the
spring in the cover, convex side up, and cen- Belleville spring with the shoulder side against
tralize it in the groove. See Fig. 11. the spring. Align the punch marks.
NOTE: For MF 135 and 150 Tractors 4. Place the 9 inch friction disc assembly,
use a red paint marked Belleville centered, on the pressure plate with the hub
side away from the flywheel.
5. Place the false flywheel plate on the fric-

tion disc with the smooth side toward the disco
Align the· punch marks.
6. Boit the cover and flywheel plate together

tightly with three 5/16" x 1-1/2" boUs through
the cover to flywheel mounting holes. See Fig.
13.
7. Place the 11 inch pressure plate, face

down, on a bench and install the insulating
washers and pressure springs over the raised
buttons on the pressure plate. See Fig. 14.
NOTE: If the adjusting capscrews

were removed from the 11" pressure
plate, be sure the threaded holes in
the plate are clean. If dirt is in the
holes the capscrews may bottom, which
Fig. 13 - Flywheel Plate and Cover Bolted Together
could cause damage to the 11" pres-
Prior to Reassembly sure plate.
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5 MF J35, J50 & J65 DUAL CLUTCH
. Fig. 15 - Cover Assembly Aligned to Pressure Plate

With the Use of ur" Bolts
Fig. 16 - Insta lIing Lower Pivot Pins
8. Add a light coat of "Lubriplate (Grade 70)"

to the areas shown in Fig. 13.
steps, will eliminate damage to the
9. Place the cover assembly on the pressure cover assembly when the "T" boU nuts
springs. Be certain the springs are seated on are tightened.
the raised buttons of the cover assembly and
that the marks on the cover and pressure plate 12. With the release levers in position,
are aligned. tighten the "T" boit nuts evenly until the upper
release lever pivot pins can be inserted
10. Insert the "T" boIts through the cover easily.
assembly and bottom them in the 11 inch pres-
sure plate. See Fig. 15. NOTE: Be sure when tightening the
11. Tighten the "T" boit nuts evenly until
the false flywheel plate just clears the lower
release pivot pins. Install the release levers
and lower pivot pins.
NOTE: Two different types of lower

release link pivot pins have been used.
The early type pin kad a knurl on one
end to hold the pin in place. The later
type pivot pin is a plain straight pin
and is used in conjunction with a
spacer between the two release links.
This pin kas an interference fit in the
spacer to retain it in position.
To install the pivot pins, hold the spacer with
a pair of pliers and start pin into place as shown
in Fig. 16. After pin is started, drive it into
the spacer until equal spacing is obtained. Use
care when driving pin in to avoid damage to lug
on pressure plate. An aIternate method is to
.----" use a 5/16 boit as a guide to align the spacer
and links at the opposite side.
NOTE: Installing the clutch release

levers, as described in the preceding Fig. 17 - Installing the Release Lever,Pivot Pins
Pl"il"lt ... .1 in ll.S.A. 7

MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 18 - Aligning Clutch Dise Using Special Taol MFN 753

Fig. 19 - Cluteh Assembly Reeeived From Repair Parts
1. Retcin ing Capscrews
"T" baU nuts that no binding of the re-

lease levers accurs within the caver.
INSTALLING THE CLUTCH

13. Install the upper release lever pivot
pins and springs. See Fig. 17. 1. Place the ventilated flywheel air ring in
position on the flywheel.
NOTE: If the release links were re-
moved fram the release levers, the 2. Inspect the pilot bearing. If worn or
pins securing them must be installed damaged, replace.
with the head of pin taward the thrust
side as Shawn in Fig. 16. Lubricate the bearing.
3. Place the 11" clutch disc against the fly-

14. Sec ure the upper release lever pivot pins wheel with the hub rearward. Then insert the
with new retainer pins driven in from the top clutch assembly into the flywheel and secure
down. with retaining bolts. Tighten bolts to 28-33
ft. -lbs. torque.
NOTE: Always use new retainer pins
whenever the clutch is disassembled. 4. Install clutch pilot tool MFN 753 into the
It is alsa recommended that the hale two clutch discs and pilot bearing, as shown in
in the clutch caver, through which Fig. 18. Then loosen the "T" bolt nuts until
the pin is inserted, be staked slightly they are free and remove "T" boUs.
with a punch on top of the caver ta
retain the pin. 5. Remove the clutch pilot too!.
6. Adjust the clutch release lever height and

15. Hook the release lever torsion springs secondary pressure plate clearance as outlined
in position in the recesses in the clutch cover. under the heading "Adjustments".
NOTE: Shauld it became necessary ta

16. Tighten the "T" boit nuts evenly until the install a complete new clutch caver
release levers are completely depressed. assembly, the assembly r e c e ive d
fram the repair parts will have three
(3) capscrews securing the assembly
17. Remove the clutch cover to false fly- as shawn in Fig. 19. These cap-
wheel plate securing bolts from the mounting screws MUST be remaved once the as-
holes. The clutch assembly is now ready for sembly is installed ta the engine fly-
installation. wheel.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION A - PART 5 MF J35, J50 & 165 DUAL CLUTCH
Fig. 21 - Adjusting Release Fingers Us ing

Special Tooi FT 366
Fig. 20 - View Showing Clutch Release Mechanism
adjustment and the secondary pressure plate

CONNECTING ENGINE TO clearance adjustment. The internaI adjust-
TRANSMISSION ments should be made while the tractor is
split between the transmission and the engine.
1. Inspect the clutch release mechanism be- It is impossible to adjust the c1utch release
fore connecting the tract or together. If the re- fingers with the tractor assembled together,
lease bearing or forks are worn or damaged however, the secondary plate clearance can be
they must be replaced. checked and readjusted through the inspection
cover.
2. Check setscrews securing release fork to
shaft. Tighten setscrews and secure with lock
wire. Fig. 20 shows a view of the clutch re- The external type adjustment conslsts of the
lease mechanism. clutch pedal free travel and the clutch pedal
linkage. To make these adj ustments , refer to
3. Pack release bearing retainer with lubri- the appropriate subheading and proceed as fol-
plate also place a light coating on the input lows:
shaft splines.
4. After the clutch assembly has been ad-

justed as outlined under the heading "Adjust- RELEASE F/NGER ADJUSTMENT
ments", carefully roll the tractor together.
1. Split the tractor between the engine and
NOTE: Use care in aligning the clutch transmission, if not previously done. Use
splines. Do not force the unit to- special tool FT 366 and measure the distance
gether or damage could result. from the machined surface of the clutch cover
to the adjusting screw on the fingers. Loosen
5. Adjust the clutch linkage, as outlined the locknut and turn the adjusting screw in or
under the heading, "Adjustments". out, as required, to obtain the proper distance.
Tighten locknut and recheck. See Fig. 21.
NOTE: . Always use a new primary

ADJUSTMENTS clutch disc to make the release lever
a djustments . If it is desired to use
There are two types of adjm5tments to be the old eluteh dise, a new dise should
made on the clutch. One is the internaI type be installed first and adjustments
which consists of the clutch release finger made. Then reinstall the old disc.
Printed in U.S.A. 9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 22 - Adjusting Secondary Clutch Using Fig. 23 - Checking Clutch Pedal Free Travel
Special Tooi MFN 354
SECONDARY PRESSURE PLATE ADJUSTMENT MF 135 Tractors
The proper clearance between the adjusting 1. Push down on clutch pedal until a notice-
screw and the secondary pressure plate is. 090" able resistance is feU (release bearing is con-
on the MF 135 and 150 Tractors. On MF 165 tacting clutch fingers). At this point observe
Tractors, the proper clearance is .080". the clearance between the clutch pedal arm
Special Tooi FT 354, which has been in use for and the bottom of the radius rod clamp. This
sorne time, can be used to measure the clear- distance should be 3/4 inch' as shown in Fig.
ance on the MF 135 and MF 150 Tractors. A 23.
dual purpose tool, MFN 354, with a thickness
of . 080" on one end and . 090" on the other,
has been developed for use on many tractors 2. If this clearance is not 3/4", loosen
equipped with a dual clutch. clamp in the clutch pedal and insert a punch
through hole in clutch release shaft. Rotate
To adjust the secondary pressure plate, with clutch shaft clockwise until release bearing
the tractor split between the engine and trans- contacts clutch fingers. Then locate clutch
mission, use the proper tool and proceed as pedal on shaft to provide the correct clearance.
follows: Tighten clamp boIt securely and recheck clear-
ance. (The clutch pedal should have 3/4" free
travel. )
1. Loosen the locknut on the adjusting screw
and turn screw in or out until the correct
clearance is obtained between head of screw
and the secondary pressure plate. See Fig. 22. MF 150 and 165 Tractors
2. Tighten the locknut and recheck theclear- 1. Observe the clutch release arm. With
ance. Be sure the clearance is the same on all the clutch pedal in the fully raised position the
three adjusting screws. release arm should contact the transmission
housing.
2. Depress the clutch pedal until a slight

CHECKING AND ADJUSTING CLUTCH LINKAGE resistance is feU indicating that the clutch re-
lease bearing is contacting the clutch fingers."-.../'
To check and adjust the clutch linkage, refer With the clutch pedal in this position the release
to the particular tractor being serviced and arm should be 1/8" away from the transmission
proceed as outlined: housing. See Fig. 24.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5 MF 135, 150 & 165 DUAL CLUTCH
3. If the two preceding checks are not as

outlined refer to Fig. 24 and proceed as fol-
lows:
a. Remove pin, No. 2, then loosen boIt

securing arm, No. 3, to the clutch re-
lease shaft.
b. Insert a punch through hole in the clutch

release shaft. Then rotate shaft clock-
wise until release bearing contacts
clutch fingers. Hold release shaft in
this position and locate the release arm
1/8" away from transmission housing.
Tighten clamp boIt securely and re-
check clearance.
c. With the release arm against trans-

mission housing, adjust clevis, No. 1,
until pin will slide freely into upper
hole, with clutch pedal aIl the way up.
Fig. 24 - Clutch Linkage
1. Linkage Clevis 2. Pin 3. Clutch Release Arm
TROUBLE-SHOOTING
Problem - Clutch won't release
a. Oil or grease on friction disco a. Install new friction disco
b. Improper pedal adjustment. a. Adjust clutch pedal free travel and linkage.
c. Damaged pressure plate or clutch cover. c. Replace defective part.
d. Friction disc hub binding on splined drive d. Clean up splines and smear with small
pinion shaft. quantity of "Lubriplate (Grade 70)".
e. Distorted friction disco e. Install new friction disco
f. Broken facings or friction disco f. Install new friction disco
g. Dirt or foreign matter in the clutch. g. Remove clutch from flywheel and clean
with dry rag. See that aIl working parts are
free.
Printed in [LS.A. 11
MASSEY -FERGUSON
cwrCH & FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLIES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5
Problem - Clutch slip
a. on or grease on friction disc facings. a. Install new friction disc.
b. Weak coil or Belleville spring. If exces- b. Install a new set of thrust springs (primary
sive slip is allowed to occur, the heat gen- clutch), or a new Belleville spring (secon-
erated will soften the springs and aggravate dary clutch).
the trouble.
c. Binding of clutch pedal me chanis m, pre- c. Free bearings. (NOTE: The clutch shaft
venting its full return to stop. bearings in the transmission case are self-
lubricating. Oil or grease should not be
applied.)
d. Improper pedal adjustment preventing full d. Correct pedal adjustment.

engagement.
e. Clutch disc facings worn. e. Install new friction disc.
Problem - Clutch grabbing
a. Oil on friction disc. a. Install new friction disc.
b. Binding of clutch pedal mechanism. b. Free bearings. (NOTE: The clutch Shaft
bearings in the transmission case are self-
lubricating. Oil or grease should not be'-~'
applied.)
c. Worn out friction di sc facings. c. Install new friction disc.
Problem - Clutch chatter
a. Oil, grease or foreign matter on friction a. Install new friction disc.

di sc facings.
b. Contact area friction facings not evenly b. Adjust release levers correctly, using
distributed. NOTE: 100% contact will not gauge. If this does not cure the trouble,
occur until clutch has been in use for some install new friction disc.
time, but contact area should be evenly
distributed round the facings.
c. Buckled friction discs. c. Install new friction disc.
d. Improper release lever height. d. Adjust using tool FT 366.
Problem - Clutch Rattle
a. Anti-rattle spring(s) broken. Damage fric- a. Install new parts as necessary.

tion disc. Worn parts in release mechan-
ism. Excessive backlash in transmission.
Wear in transmission bearings.
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 5 MF 135, 150 & 165 DUAL CLUrCH
Problem - Abnormal facing wear
a. Usually caused by riding the clutch and a. Instruct operator on proper operation.
excessive slippage.
Problem - PTO Clutch releases at the same time as the engine clutch
a. Insufficient secondary plate clearance. a. Adjust clearance.
Problem - PTO will not release
a. Excessive secondary plate clearance. a. Adjust Clearance.
b. Excessive clutch pedal free travel. b. Adjust linkage.
c. Pressure plate and/or disc damaged. c. Replace as required.
d. Improper release lever height. d. Adjust using tool FT 366.
e. Clevis pin positioned in lower hole on re- e. Reposition clevis pin in top hole.
lease lever arme
COMBINA TlON COlL AND BELLEVILLE SPRING DUAL CLurCH

SPECIFICA TlONS
Item MF 135 and 150 MF 165
Spring C olor Yellow Lavender

Number of coils - Total 11-1/2 10
Number of coils - Active 9-1/2 8-7/64
Free Length 2-45/64 in. 2-21/64 in.
Length in use - Minimum 1-11/32 in. 1-11/32 in.
Solid Height - Maximum 1-9/32 in. 1-9/32 in.
Test Length 1-1/2 in. 1-1/2 in.
Test Load 80 - 88 lbs. 111-123 lbs.
Belleville Color Mark Red Blue
MASSEY -FERGUSON
PART 10-SPLIT TORQUE CLUTCH-MF 135 AND

150 TRACTORS WITH INDEPENDENT PTO
INDEX
Page
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION .. o •••• o •• o. o. 1

SPLITTI NG THE TRACTOR o ••••••••••••••••••• 1
REMOVI NG THE CLUTCH o................... 3
DI SASSEMBLI NG THE CLUTCH o............... 3
1NSPECTI NG THE CLUTCH o.................. 3
REASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH o •••••••••••••••• 3
1NSTALLING THE CLUTCH .................... 3
CONNECTING ENGINE TO
TRANSMISSION ............................ 4
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING CLUTCH
LINKAGE o ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5
TROUBLE-SHOOTING ....................... 6
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

The clutch assembly includes a cover with a
splined hub, a spring-loaded pressure plate and
a friction disc. See Fig. 1.
The splined hub in the clutch cover is con-

nected to the PTO input shaft and the cover is
bolted to the engine flywheel. Therefore, the
clutch cover and the PTO input shaft will turn
whenever the engine is running.
Nine coi! pressure springs are used to obtain

a pressure plate loading of 945 to 1035 lbs.
The pressure plate is controlled by three re-
lease levers.
The friction disc is connected to the main

transmission input shaft and is released by the
clutch release levers and pressure plate. This
controls the tractor drive train and permits the
tractor ground travel to be stopped or started
while the PTO shaft continues to rotate.
SPLITTING THE TRACTOR

Fig. 1 - Sectional View Showing Components
To remove the clutch, it will be necessary to of Clutch Assembly
Printcd in U.S.A. 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
CLUTCH & FL YWHEEL ASSEMBUES GROUP II - SECTION A - PART 10
Fig. 2 - View of MF 135 Diesel Tractor Split Fig. 3 - Transmission Moved Rearward
for Clutch Remova 1 Approximately 4 Inches
split the tractor between the engine and trans- 2. Remove the battery; disconnect light
mission. wires and safety starter switch wires.
Refer to the appropriate heading and split the 3. On Multi- Power tractors, disconnect shift
tractor as outlined. control rod at the transmission case.
SPLITTING THE MF 135 MODEL TRACTOR 4. Remove the mounting bolts securing fuel
filter to brackets, on diesel models.
1. Remove hood and side panel as an as-
sembly. Remove boUs at rear of fuel tank and 5. Remove capscrews and nuts sëcuring the
block up as shown in Fig. 2. steering housing to engine and transmission.
2. Disconnect tachometer drive cable and 6. Move steering housing rearward and
generator wires. place on top of mounting studs in engine block
as shown in Fig. 3.
3. Disconnect water temperature indicator
unit from the thermostat housing. 7. Support engine and transmission on suit-
able jacks.
4. Disconnect steering linkage rods at the
rear. 8. Place wedge blocks between front axle
and engine support ta prevent tractor from
5. Disconnect radius rods and place block tipping.
between front rude and radiator support to pre-
vent tractor from tipping. NOTE: On tricycle models, it will be
necessary to support the front end
6. On Multi- Power models, disconnect shift from above to avoid tipping.
linkage.
9. Remove capscrews securing engine ta
7. Support engine and transmission on suit- transmission.
able jacks or stands.
8. Remove boUs securing engine to trans- 10. Carefully roll transmission rearward
mission, th en carefully roll the units apart as approximately 4 inches as shawn in Fig. 3 ta
shown in Fig. 2. clear input shaft and clutch assembly.
SPLITTING THE MF 150 TRACTOR 11. Lower the transmission until it is clear
of the steering housing and continue ta separate
1. Remove bath hood side panels. from engine.
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 10 MF J35 & J50 SPLIT TORQUE CLUTCH
3. Carefully rélease the press until it is

free. The cover can then be lifted off the pres-
sure plate and springs as shown in Fig. 4.
4. If necessary to remove springs from the

release levers, clamp lever in a vise. Then
pry spring off the lever with a screw driver.
INSPECTING THE CLUTCH

1. Inspect clutch pressure plate for scoring
or damage. Reface or replace as required.
2. Inspect springs for damage. Apply a test

load of 105 lbs. (minimum) to each spring.
The spring should measure not less than 1-7/16
inches in length.
3. Inspect the clutch disc for warp or worn

splines, also excessively worn linings. Re-
place if necessary.
4. Inspect release levers for wear or dam-

age. If release levers are worn, it is an indi-
cation that the release bearing is aiso worn.
Fig.4 - Installing Caver Onto Pressure Plate and Springs

REASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH
1. Lubricate the machined surfaces at pivot
points of the release levers and pressure plate.
REMOVING THE CLUTCH
2. Place springs and retainers on pressure
1. Split the tractor between engine and plate.
transmission as outlined under the heading
"Splitting the Tractor ft. 3. Position cover ,..over springs and pressure
plate. See Fig. 4.
2. Alternately remove the capscrews secur-
ing clutch cover assembly to the flywheel and 4. Place the clutch assembly in a press and
remove cover and clutch disc. compress the springs until the release lever
pins can be installed. Then install the pins and
3. Inspect the pilot bearing for wear or cotter keys.
damage. If replacement is necessary, remove
bearing using a puller and install new bearing. 5. Position release lever springs under
Glips. Use a clamp on clutch release lever to
prevent the spring from slipping out of position.
(Vise Grips shown.) Use two screw drivers
DISASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH and install spring into holes on each side of the
release lever as shown in Fig. 5.
1. ~Place the clutch cover assembly in a
press and compress cover until release levers
are free.
INSTALLING THE CLUTCH
2. Remove the retaining pins securing the 1. Insert special tool MFN 753 through
levers to the pressure plate and remove the clutch cover assembly and into hub of clutch
levers and springs. disc (hub of disc toward clutch cover).
MASSEY -FERGUSON
cwrCH & FL YWHEfL ASSEMBUES GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 10
Fig.7 - Adjusting Clutch Release Levers
Fig. 5 - Installing Springs on Release Fingers

CONNECTING ENGINE TO
TRANSMISSION
2. Position clutch cover and disc on flywheel 1. Inspect the clutch release mechanism be-
and secure with retaining capscrews as shown fore connecting the tractor together. If the
in Fig. 6. Tighten retaining capscrews to 15-20 release bearing or forks are worn or damaged,
ft.-lbs. torque. Then remove the aligning tool. they must be replaced.
3. Use special tool MFN 202D and adjust 2. Check setscrews securing release fork to
clutch lever height as shown in Fig. 7. shaft. Tighten setscrews and secure with lock
wire. Fig. 8 shows a view of the clutch release
NOTE: The special tool is marked 11'' mechanism.
on one side and 10-1/2" on the other
side. Use side of tool marked 10-1/2". 3. Fill chamber in release bearing sleeve
with grease and lubricate input shaft splines.
Fig.6 - Clutch Assembly Installed Showing Special Tooi

Used to Ali gn Clutch Disc Fig.8 - View Showing Clutch Release Mechanism
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP " - SECTION A - PART 10 MF 135 & 150 SPLIT TORQUE CLUTCH
Fig. 9 - Clutch Linkage on MF 150 Tractor
4. Carefully roll the transmission and en-

gine together while aligning the input shaft into
clutch splines. Fig_ 10 - Checking Clutch Pedal Free Travel
on MF 135 Tractor
NOTE: Use care z,uhen joining these
flUO units together or danzage could
occur to the clutch or input shaft.
Push units complet el}' together before
any boUs are tighlened. outlined, refer to Fig. 9 and proceed as fol-
lows:
5. Install capscrews securing transmission
to engine and tighten to 50-55 ft.-lbs. torque. a. Remove pin at lower end of linkage rod.
Then loosen boIt securing release arm
6. On MF 150 models, move steering hous- to the clutch release shaft.
ing rearward slightly and down on transmission
cover. Slide housing overmounting studs. b. Insert a punch through hole in the clutch
Secure with nut and capscrews. release shaft. Then rotate shaft clock-
wise until release bearing contacts
7. Reconnect lines, wires, etc. clutch fingers. Hold release shaft in
this position and locate the release arm
8. Adjust clutch pedal linkage as outlined 1/8" away from transmission housing.
under the heading "Checking and Adjusting Tighten clamp boIt securely and re-
Clutch Linkage". check clearance.
c. With the release arm against transmis-
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING sion housing, adjust linkage between
pedal and arm to 3-3/8" as shown in
CLUTCH LINKAGE Fig. 9.
To check and adjust the clutch pedal free
travel and linkage, refer to the particular MF 135 TRACTORS
tractor being serviced and proceed as outlined:
1. Push down on clutch pedal until a notice-
able resistance is feIt (release bearing is con-
MF 150 TRACTOR tacting clutch fingers). At this point, observe
the clearance between the clutch pedal arm and
1. Observe the clutch release arm. With the bottom of the radius rod clamp. This dis-
the clutch pedal in the fully raised position, tance should be 1-1/4 inches as shown in Fig.
the release arm should contact the transmission 10.
housing.
2. If this clearance is not 1-1/4", loosen
2. Depress the clutch pedal until a slight re- clamp in the clutch pedal and insert a punch
sistance is feIt indicating that the clutch re- through the hole in the clutch release shaft.
lease bearing is contacting the clutch fingers. Rotate clutch shaft clockwise until relsase
With the clutch pedal in this position, the re- bearing contacts clutch fingers. Then locate
lease arm should be 1/8" away from the trans- clutch pedal on shaft to provide the correct
mission housing. See Fig. 9. clearance. Tighten clamp boIt securely and
recheck clearance. (The clutch pedal should
3. If the two preceeding checks are not as have 1-1/4" free travel.)
Printed in U.S.A. 5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TROUBLE-SHOOTING
PROBLEM - Clutch won't release
a. Oil or grease on friction disc a. Install new friction disc
b. Improper pedal adjustment b. Adjust clutch pedal free travel and linkage
c. Damaged pressure plate or clutch coyer c. Replace defective part
d. Friction disc hub binding on splined drive d. Clean up splines and smear with small
pinion shaft quantity of "Lubriplate (Grade 70)"
e. Distorted friction disc e. Install new friction disc
f. Broken facing on friction disc f. Install new friction disc
g. Dirt or foreign matter in the clutch g. Remove clutch from flywheel and clean
with dry rage See that all working parts
are free
PROBLEM - Clutch slip
a. Oil or grease On friction disc facings a. Install new friction disc
b. Weak pressure springs. If excessive b. Install a new set of pressure springs

slip is allowed to occur, the heat gener-
ated will soften the springs and aggravate
the trouble.
c. Binding of clutch pedal mechanism pre- c. Free bearings (NOTE: The clutch shaft
venting its full return to stop bearings in the transmission case are
self-lubricating. Oil or grease should not
be applied.)
d. Improper pedal adjustment preventing full d. Correct pedal adjustment

engagement
e. Clutch facing worn e. Install new friction disc
PROBLEM - Clutch grabbing
a. Oil On friction disc a. Install new friction di sc
b. Binding of clutch pedal mechanism b. Free bearings (NOTE: The clutch shaft
bearings in the transmission case are
self-lubricating. Oil or grease should not
be aPPlied.)
c. Worn out friction disc c. Install new friction disc
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION A - PART 10 MF 135 & 150 SPLIT TORQUE CLUTCH
PROBLEM - Clutch chatter
a. Oil, grease or foreign matter on friction a. Install new friction disc

disc facings
b. Contact area friction facings not evenly b. -Adjust release levers correctly, using
distributed gauge. If this does not cure the trouble,
install new friction disc
(NOTE: 100% contact will not occur untiZ

cZutch has been in use for some time, but
contact area should be evenly distributed
round the facings.)
c. Buckled friction disc c. Install new friction disc
d. Improper release lever height d. Adjust release levers
PROBLEM- Clutch rattle
a. Anti-rattle spring(s) broken. Damaged a. Install new parts as necessary

friction disc. Worn parts in release me-
chanism. Excessive backlash in trans-
mission. Wear in transmission bearings.
PROBLEM - Abnormal facing wear
a. Usually caused by riding the clutch and ex- a. Instruct operator on proper operation
cessive slippage
Printcd in U.S.A. 7
..~
MASSEY -FERGUSON
STANDARD 6-SPEED TRANSMISSION

(Dual Clutch)
INDEX
Page
DISASSEMBLING THE TRANSMiSSiON ..•••••••. 2
SERVICING THE INPUT SHAFT AND

RETAINER ASSEMBLY •.•••••••..•.•...•.•••.•.• 5
Disassembly •••.••••.•.•••••••••••••••...•.• 5
Inspection ..••.•••••.•••••••••••••••••.••.• 6
Reassembly ..••..•••••••••.••••..•••••••.•••• 6
SERVICI NG THE PLANETARY

ASSEMBLY ..•••••••••••.•••••.••••••.•••••••• 6
Disassembly .•••.•••.•••.••••••••••••••.•••• 6
Inspection •••..•.••.•••••••••••••.••••.•••. 7
Reassembly .•..•••••.•••••••.••.•••••.•••••. 7
REASSEMBLI NG THE TRANSMiSSiON .•••.•.•••• 7
This Section contains the recommended overhaul proçedures for the standard 6-
speed transmission (dual clutch), removed from the tractar and placed on a stand.
Although sorne components will vary slightly, (depending upon the unit in which the
transmission is installed i. e. gasoline or diesel engine) the basic overhaul procedures
will remain the same. Refer to the Tractor Parts Book to ensure that the correct
parts are ordered.
For instructions pertaining ta removal and re-installation from the tractor using
this transmission, refer to the appropriate tractor "write-up".
Printed in U.S.A. 1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDUSTRIAL TRACTORS DUAL CLUTCH
Fig. 3 - Top View of Transmission

1. Gearshift Rails 2. Planetary Selector 3. Shifter Forks
Fig. l - Rear View of Transmission

1. Lock Screw 3. Planetary Shifter Fark 6. Stop Plate and Selector Pin Lock
2. Lock Wire 4. Coupler 7. Reverse Shaft Retainer
5. Planetary Assembly
2. Remove the planetary as follows:
a. Remove lock wire, No. 2, Fig. 1, and

DISASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION lock screw, No. 1, from planetary
shifter fork, No. 3.
1. Remove the detent springs and detents
from top of housing. b. Remove shifter fork, No. 3, Fig. 1,
and coupler, No. 4.
c. Remove bolts securing planetary as-

sembly to rear of housing and rem ove
planetary assembly as shown in Fig. 2.
Fig. 2 - Removing Planetary Assembly Fig. 4 - Removing Shift Rails and Forks
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
DUAL CLUTCH STANDARD 6-SPEED TRANSMISSION
COVER PLATl'
'N/GASl'f T
SNAP RING
dd"
SNAP RING
PTO DRIVE SHAFT
Fig.6 - PTO Drive Shaft and Camponents Nomenclature
Fig. 5 - Removing PTO Bearing Housing

1. Bolts 4. IfThrow~Out" Bearing 5. Lock Screws
2. Housing Cap & Corrier 6. Lock Wire
3. Return Spring 7. Releose Fork Fig. 6, to bearing housing retainer.
Remove coyer plate and gasket.
ct. Remove snap ring, Fig. 6, and washer

from forward end of PTO drive shaft.
3. Remove lock wires and lock screws from
shifter forks, No. 3, Fig. 3, and the planetary e. Thread two 3/8" x 4" bolts into puller
selector, No. 2. holes in bearing housing retainer and
alternately turn bolts to force bearing
4. Remove stop plate and selector pin lock, housing retainer and bearing, Fig. 6,
No. 6, Fig. 1, at rear of transmission and re- from transmission case as illustrated
move shift rails, shifter forks and planetary in Fig. 5.
selector from the transmission as shown in
Fig. 4.
5. Remove the input shaft andretainer as

follows:
a. Remove the two return springs, No. 3,

Fig. 5, and remove "throw-out" bear-
ing and carrier, No. 4, as an assem-
bly.
b. Remove lock wire, No. 6, Fig. 5, and

lock screws, No. 5, from clutch re-
lease fork, No. 7. Slide the clutch
shafts out the side of the transmission
housing and remove the fork.
NOTE: There are two differently

designed PTO shafts used, but the re-
moval procedures are similar. On
some models, the front bearing is at-
tached to the PTO shaft. On other
models the shaft is aftached to the
PTO gear hub.
Fig. 7 - Removing Input Shaft and Retainer Assembly
c. Remove bolts securing coyer plate, 1. Input Shoft ond Retoiner Assembly 2. PTO Drive Geor
Pri.,ted in U.S.A. 3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 9 - Removing Countershaft
c. Inspect rear bearing on shaft. If worn

or dam age d, remove snap ring and
press old bearing over the long end of
shaft as shown in Fig. 8.
7. Remove countershaft as follows:
a. Remove snap ring from front of

Fig. 8 - Removing Main Shaft Rear Bearing
countershaft drive gear and slide gear
over front of countershaft and remove
from transmission. Remove rear snap
ring from countershaft.
f. Using a brass "drift", gently tap PTO
drive shaft rearward from bearing. b. Using a brass rod, carefully drive
Remove PTO drive shaft rearward from countershaft forward and out of rear
transmission case. This will allow bearing.
PTO drive gear ta drop, permitting
the input shaH assembly to be removed. c. Remove 2nd speed pinion and 3rd speed
pinion from countershaft and rem ove
g. Remove mounting bolts and remove in- countershaft and front bearing from
put shaft and retainer assembly as front of transmission housing as shown
shown in Fig. 7. in Fig. 9.
6. Remove the main shaft as follows: d. Remove rear countershaft bearingfrom

rear of transmission.
a. Remove snap ring from front end of
main shaft. Using the shaft as a e. Checkgear teeth for excessive wear and
"sUding hammer", remove the front check gear "fit" over shaft splines.
bearing. Remove shaft and rear bear-
ing rearward from tr ans m is sion 8. Remove capscrew and reverse shaft re-
housing. tainer, No. 7, Fig. 1, securing reverse idler
shaft at rear of transmission housing and re-
b. Remove lst sUding gear, 2nd and 3rd move shaft and gear as follows: ~'
sUding gear and PTO drive gear from
housing. a. Insert wooden dowel or rubber hose
4
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 10 - Rear View of Input Shaft and Retainer Assembly Fig. 12 - Disassembly of Retainer Assembly
1. Snop Ring 1. Snap Ring
(with a diameter slightly smaller than e. Remove gear, along with needle bear-
the reverse idler shaft and approxi- ings, spacer, washers and dowel (hold-
mately 2" in length) through hole in ing bearings in position) from trans-
center member of transmission and at mission.
forward end of idler shaft.
b. Use dowel to push idler shaft rearward

from idler gear, allowing the dowel to
retain the 56 needle bearings inside the SERVICING THE INPUT SHAFT
reverse idler gear. AND RETAINER ASSEMBLY
c. Remove idler shaft from housing, while DISASSEMBL y
at the same time preventing spacer
washer from dropping. The input shaft and retainer assembly may be
disassembled as follows:
d. Remove spacer washer and position
dowel so gear may be removed from 1. Remove snap ring, No. 1, Fig. 10, from
housing without distrubing needle bear- the rear of the assembly and remove the input
ings. shaft as shown in Fig. 11.
NOTE: It rnay be necessary to bump

the forward end of the input shaft
against a block of wood to start it out
of the refainer assembly.
2. Remove snap ring, No. 1, Fig. 12.
3. Use a lead or a brass hammer and care-

fully drive the PTO input pinion from the re-
tainer assembly as shown in Fig. 13.
NOTE: At this time the PTO input

pinion ail seal and the input shaft ail
Fig. 11 - Removing Input Shaft seal may be rePlaced. (Use Special
1. Input Shaft 2. Retainer Assembly Tools FT 356 and FT 357.)
Printed in U.S.A. 5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDUSTRIAL TRACJORS DUAL CLUTCH
Fig. 13 - Removing PTO Input Pinion

1. PTO Input Pin ion 2. Reteiner Assembly
Fig. 15 - Drive Shah with Protec:tive Coverings Installed
4. If damaged or excessively worn, the

roller bearing, No. 4, Fig. 14, on the input pinion oil seal and input shaft oil seal with "lip"
shait and the two roller bearings, Nos. 5 and 6, of seals rearward.
on the PTO input pinion may be replaced at
this time. 2. Place protective coverings FT 356 and
FT 357, (refer to Fig. 15) over shaft splines
NOTE: Use a press ta rePlace bear- and carefully push PTO input pinion into input
ings. retainer and secure with snap ring.
3. Insert input shaft into input retainer and

INSPECTION secure with snap ring.
Visually inspect the overall condition of the

input shaft and retainer assembly components.
If damaged or excessively worn, replace with SERVICING THE
new parts. PLANETARY ASSEMBL y
DISASSEMBL y
REASSEMBLY
1. Remove shim, No. 5, Fig. 16, front
1. Using a suitable tool, install PTO input cover plate, No. 4, rear cover plate, No. 1,
and thrust washers, No. 6..
Fig. 14 - Exploded View of Input Shaft and Assembly Fig. 16 - Exploded View of Planetary Assembly
1. Input Shelt 4. Input Shaft Bearing 1. Rear Cover Plate 4. Front Cover Plote
2. PTO Input Pin ion 5. PTO Input Pinion Bearing 2. Pinion Carrier Plate 5. Shim
3. Retainer Assembly 6. PTO Input Pinion Becring 3. Ring Gear 6. Thrus! Woshers
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
NOTE: Use petroleum jelly to aid in

installing needle bearings.
a. Insert one spacer followed by one row

of needle bearings.
b. Insert center spacer on top of needle
bearings followed by a second row of
needle bearings.
c. Insert third spacer on top of bearings.
2. Place pinion shaft into carrier and press
into place. Be careful that shafts do not extend
beyond machined face of pinion gear carrier.
REASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION

1. Install reverse idler gear as follows:
a. Apply light coating of petroleum jelly
ta one side of each gear washer and to
inner diameter of idler gear. Place
one gear washer (greased side up) on
ben ch and place idler gear on top of
washer.
Fig. 17 - Removing or Installing Pinion Gears b. Insert dowel or rubber hose (that was
used in disassembly) through idler gear
and insert one bearing washer over
dowel and into idler gear.
2. Remove plnlOn carrier plate assembly,
No. 2, Fig. 16, from ring gear, No. 3. c. Install first row of needle bearings
into idler gear and place spacer over
3. Press out pinion shafts securing pinions dowel and against the needle bearings.
to carrier plate as shown ln Fig. 17, and re-
move pinions. d. Install second row of needle bearings
into idler gear and place remaining
NOTE: Each pinion has a double row bearing washer and gear washer over
of needle bearings. Care must be dowel and against bearings and gear.
taken when removing the pinions so
none of the bearings are lost. e. Carefully position idler gear into trans-
mission with small gear forward.
f. Insert idler shaft through rear of trans-

INSPECTION mission housing andslightly into idler
gear to push dowel slightly from idler
Visually inspect the over-all condition of the gear. (This will provide support of
planetary assembly components. Make sure gear and allow idler shaft to be moved
components are not damaged or excessively slightly ta facilitate installation of
worn. spacer. )
g. Install spacer and carefully push idler

shaft through spacer and into idler
REASSEMBLY gear, while at the same time, remov-
ing dowel from transmission. Se cure
1. Carefully place pinion gears into carrier with reverse shaft retainer.
with a full set of needle bearings in each gear
and a thrust washer on each side of pinion gear. 2. Install snap ring (securing 3rd speed
Needle bearings are installed as fbllows: pinion in place) on countershaft and slide
Prin1'ed in U~S.A.
7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 20 - Installing Planetary Ring Gear

1. Ring Geer 2. Thrus! Wesher 3. Leed Homme,
3. Push countershaft in as far as possible

and wedge a wooden block in frontcompartment
Fig. 18 - View IIlustrating Correct Installation of Countershaft of transmission, as shown in Fig. 19, ta pre-
vent countershaft from moving forward.
countershaft and front bearing through opening 4. Using a sui table piece of pipe, carefully
in front of transmission housing and into the drive rear countershaft bearing inta place as
two rear countershaft gears. shown in Fig. 19. Install snap ring, securing
rear bearing in place and remove the wedge.
NOTE: The large gear (3rd speed
pinion) is installed forward and the 5. Install the main shaft as follows:
gear hubs facing each other as shown
in Fig. 18. a. Place the two main shaft sliding gears
into position in the transmission hous-
ing.
NOTE: The lst sliding gear goes for-
ward with the fork groove rearward.
The 2nd and 3rd sliding gear is instal-
led with the larger gear rearward.
b. Install rear bearing on main shaft with

external retaining ring rearward and
secure with a snap ring on each side.
c. Install main shaft and rear bearing as

a unit, placing sliding gears on shaft
as it is inserted inta the rear of the
transmission.
6. Install the planetary assembly using the

following procedures.
a. Place front thrust washer inta recess

on dowelled side of ring gear, No. 3,
Fig. 16.
Fig. 19 - Installing Rear Countershoft Bearing b. Place front cover plate, No. 4, Fig.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 21 - Installing PTO Bearing Housing

Fig. 22 - Tightening Bearing Housing into Position
1. Spacers 2. Boit
16, and shim, No. 5, over dowels of 9. Install snap ring on front end of counter-
ring gear. shaft.
NOTE: Oil grooves in cover plate 10. Position PTO drive gear in transmission
must face bronze thrust washer. . housing with hub of gear forward.
c. Holding thrust washer iflto recess of 11. Install input shaft and retainer assembly
ring gear, lightly tap ring gear into with new gasket and tighten mounting boIts.
place at rear of transmission as shawn
in Fig. 20. 12. Install front PTO drive shaft through
PTO gear.
NOTE: Check that thrust washer re-
mains within ring gear. 13. Insert new gasket on front bearing hous-
ing retainer, Fig. 6, and draw the housing re-
d. Install pinion carrier assembly, No. 2, tainer into position using a boit with spacers
Fig. 16, into ring gear, aligning pin- in the tapped hale located in the end of the shaft.
ion gears in carrier with splines on Refer ta Fig. 21.
main shaft and ring gear.
NOTE: Align boU ho les so bearinp:
e. Install outer thrust washer inside ring housing retainer capscrews may be
gear and position rear cover plate, installed.
No. 1, Fig. 16, against ring gear while
aligning boit holes. Install mounting 14. Install the two capscrews and tighten the
boIts. bearing housing retainer into place. Remove
the boit and spacers from the tapped hole in
NOTE: Oil grooves in cover plate the shaft as shown in Fig. 22.
must face bronze thrust washer.
15. Using a steel plate across the two boit
7. Using a suitable piece of pipe, drive heads and a boit inserted in the tapped hole in
front main shaft bearing into position and se- the shaft, draw the shaft through the bearing
cure with snap ring. far enough to install the snap ring on the end
of the shaH. Refer to Fig. 23.
8. Install countershaft drive gear with long
hub forward. 16. Remove the steel plate and install
Printed in U.S.A. 9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
'NDUSTR'AL TRACTORS DUAL CLUTCH
Fig. 23 - Pulling Front PTO Drive Shaft into Position

1. Steel Piete 2. Boit Fig. 24 - Clutch Releose Shah Fork and Bearing Installed
1. Lock Screws 2. Lock Wire
washer and snap ring, Fig. 6, at front end 20. Installplanetary shüt rail and planetary
of front PTO drive shaft. selector. Secure with setscrew and lock wire.
17. Remove the capscrews securing bear- 21. Install shüt forks and shüt rails. Secure'---/
ing housing retainer, Fig. 6, to transmission with setscrews and lock wire.
housing and install cover plate and new gasket.
Tighten capscrews.
22. Install shüter rail stop and selector lock
18. Install clutch release shafts and clutch at rear of transmission as shown in Fig. 1.
release fork. Install setscrews and lock with
wire as shown in Fig. 24.
23. Install planetary shift coupler, No. 4,
19. Install "throw-out" bearing and carrier Fig. 1, and fork, No. 3. Secure with setscrew
and secure with return springs. and lock wire.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11
PART 11 - 8-SPEED TRANSMISSION

- MF 135 THRU MF 175 TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
DESCRIPTION 1
SPECIAL TOOLS .......................... .
SPLITTING TRACTOR BETWEEN ENGINE

AND TRANSMISSION (MF 135 SHOWN) ........ .
CONNECTING ENGINE TO TRANSMISSION ... .
REMOVING THE TRANSMiSSiON ............ .
REINSTALLING THE TRANSMISSION ......... 2
DISASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION ........ 3
SERVICING INPUT SHAFT RETAINER

AND PTO INPUT SHAFT ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 5
REASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION.. . . . . . . . 6
SERVICING THE PLANETARY ............... 10
Prlnted ln U.S.A. Page Revised 10.71

MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11 8-SPEED TRANSMISSION
DESCRIPTION
~ This transmission consists of a four-speed forward and one-speed reverse "sliding" gear set, compounded by a dual-range
planetary reduction gear set. The dual range planetary, connected to the transmission main shaft, provides eight speeds
forward and two reverse.
SPECIAL TOOLS
AlI special tools are used in compiling the "Repair Time Schedule". The following special tools are listed and defmed for
your convenience.
NUMSER USE
FT 357 1nput shaft seal protector
MFN 849A PTO input shaft seal remover
MFN 850 and 850A Retainer housing bearing and seal installer
MFN 216 PTO input shaft seal installer
MFN 800K Reverse idler needle bearing installer
SPLITTING TRACTOR BETWEEN 8. Disconnect starter and generator wires and remove
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION starter.
1. Disconnect light wires at 11ght switch and remove the 9. Remove boit securing engine to transmission and
hood assembly. carefully roll the two units apart as shown in Fig. 1.
2. Disconnect wires and lines between instrument panel

and engine. RECONNECTING ENGINE
TO TRANSMISSION
3. Disconnect power steering lines at hose connections.
1. Lubricate c1utch splines and align engine with
4. Drain cooling system and disconnect heat sending transmission as shown in Fig. 1.
unit.
2. Carefully roll the two units together and secure with
5. Place wedges between front axle and support to retaining bolts.
prevent tractor from tipping when split is made.
NOTE: Do not use force in securing these units
6. Place suitable stands or jacks under transmission and together as damage could result. Rotate the
engine. flywheel with a suitable bar until splines align,
7. Remove battery and remove boIts securing battery then push the two units together before
carrier and instrument panel to steering housing. tightening any bolts.
3. Reinstall starter.
4. Reconnect alilines and wires previously disconnected

in splitting the tractor.
5. Reinstall battery and hood assembly.
REMOVING THE TRANSMISSION

1. Split tractor as outlined under the heading "Splitting
Tractor Between Engine and Transmission".
2. Drain transmission oil (approximately 8 gallons).
3. Remove boIts securing top coyer to transmission and

remove coyer.
4. Attach a suitable hoist to top of transmission and

place stand or jack under center housing.
Fig. 1 - Splitting Tractor Setween Engine and Transmission 5. Disconnect brake rods and step plates.
Printed in U.S.A.
MASSEY-FERGUSON
TRANSM ISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 11
REINSTALLING THE TRANSMISSION
1. Attach a suitable hoist to top of transmission as

shown in Fig. 2.
2. Align splines in drive shaft and PTO shaft and attach

transmission to center housing. Tighten retaining bolts
50-55 ft.-lbs. torque.
3. Install step plates and attach brake rods.
4. Place a new gasket on top of transmission over shift

rail detents and springs.
5. Install top cover making sure shift levers are aligned

in shift forks and secure with retaining bolts.
Fig. 2 - Removin9 or Installin9 Transmission 6. Assemble transmission to engine as outlined under

the heading "Reconnecting Engine to Transmission" .
6. Remove bolts securing transmission to center housing
and remove transmission as shown in Fig. 2. 7. Fill transmission with M-1l29A oil.
2
MASSEY-FERGUSON
DISASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION

~, NOTE: The following items may be serviced
without removing or completely disassembling
the transmission. However, the service
procedures are the same with the transmission
removed or still on the tractor.
The input shaft retainer, PTO input shaft and PTO front
bearing may be serviced by splitting tractor between engine
and transmission.
The dual range planetary, main shaft and sliding gears or

shift rails and forks ~ay be serviced by splitting tractor
between transmission and center housing.
With the transmission removed from the tractar as

outlined llilder the heading "Removing the Transmission",
refer to Fig. 3 and proceed as follows:
1. Remove input shaft retainer with PTO input shaft Fig. 4 - Positioning Snap Ring at Front of Center Bearing
from front of transmission housing as follows:
a. Unhook springs and remove release bearing and

carrier, No. 1.
b. Cut wire and remove setscrews, slide pins out and

remove release fork, No. 2.
c. Remove brake shaft, No. 3.

2. Remove shift rails and forks as follows:
~, a. Remove bolts securing interlocking mechanism at
rear of transmission and remove plates, spacers and
locking bar.
b. Remove setscrews from shift forks and slide shift

rails rearward out of forks and housing.
c. Remove the shift forks.
3. Remove the planetary assembly from rear of Fig. 5 - Positioning Snap Ring at Rear of Center Bearing
transmission housing as follows:
a. Remove 4 retaining bolts and remove rear coyer,
thrust washer and pinion carrier assembly.
b. If necessary, pry ring gear, inner plate and shim

off dowel pins and remove from housing.
4. Remove main input shaft, sliding gears and main

shaft as follows:
a. Remove snap ring at front of center bearing out of
groove in main shaft and against 3rd gear. See Fig.
4.
b. Slide main shaft and rear bearing rearward and lift
3rd gear out of housing. Then remove main input
shaft from front side of transmission housing.
c. Slide snap ring at rear of center bearing forward

and off main shaft. See Fig. 5.
Fig. 3 - Front View of Transmission d. SIide main shaft and rear bearing out of
1. Release Bearing and 2. Release Fork
transmission housing. Then lift first gear and
Retainer 3. Brake Shaft second and fourth geaI out of housing.
3
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 8 - Snap Ring Moved Forward on Countershaft
c. Alternately tighten two capscrews into the tapped

holes to force bearing and retainer from the shaft.
Two retaining capscrews can be used to start
removal, but longer threads may be required to
completely remove the retainer.
d. Withdraw the PTO shaft from the rear of the

transmission, allowing the PTO driven gear to faH
in the housing. Remove this gear.
Fig. 6 - PTO Shaft Front Bearing Removal 6. Remove the countershaft and gears as follows:
1. Cover 2. "O"-Ring 3. Retaining Ring 4. Washer
a. Remove snap ring, No. 1, Fig. 7, from rear of
countershaft. .~
5. Remove PTO shaft and front bearing as follows. See
Fig. 6. b. Bump countershaft forward approximately 1/4".
a. Remove coyer, No. 1. c. Slide snap ring forward on countershaft as shown

in Fig. 8.
b. Remove retaining ring and washer from front end
of PTO shaft. d. Remove snap ring at front of countershaft.
e. Bump countershaft rearward far enough for front

gear to be lifted out of housing .
Fig. 7 - Rear of Countershaft .\

1. Snap Ring 3. Capscrew 5. Retainer Plate
2. Needle Bearing 4. Lock Tab 6. Reverse Idler Shaft Fig. 9 - Pulling Countershaft
4
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART t t 8-SPEED TRANSMISSION
SPECIAL TOCL , --
MPN 850 \
SPECIAL TOOL
MFN BSOA
Fig. 12 - Special Tooi to Install Bearing

in Input Shaft Retainer
bearings are loose and will faH out when shaft is

removed.
SERVICING INPUT SHAFT RETAINER

AND PTO INPUT SHAFT
The input shaft retainer supports the PTO input shaft
with a baIl bearing at the rear and a caged needle bearing at
the front.
Fig. 10 - Removing Seal trom PTO Input Shaft
1. Remove bearing retaining ring from housing and
bump splined end of PTO shaft on a block of wood. This
f. With a suitable puller, pull countershaft forward will remove the PrO input shaft and bearing.
out of rear bearing and housing as shown in Fig. 9.
Then lift remaining gears out of housing. If the ball bearing requires replacement, rem ove
retaining ring and press bearing off shaft. Press new bearing
7. Remove reverse idler gear and shaft as follows: Refer on shaft and secure with retaining ring.
to Fig. 7.
2. Use Special Tool MFN 849A to remove oil se al from
a. Remove capscrew, No. 3, and slide shaft, No. 6, PrO input shaft. See Fig. 10.
out of gear and housing.
3. Use special tool MFN 216 and in staIl seal in PTO
b. Remove gear and needle bearings. The needle
SPECIAL TOOL MPN

MFN 216
f
SPECIAL TOOL
MPN 850A
Fig. 13 - Special Tooi to Install Seal

Fig. 11 - Special Tooi to 1nstall Seal in PTO 1nput Shaft in Input Shaft Retainer
Prlnted ln U.S.A. 5
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 14 - Reverse Idler Gear Fig. 16 - Countershaft in Position Prior

1. Shaft 5. Thrust Washer
to Placing Snap Ring
2. Spacer 6. Thrust Washer
3. Reverse Cluster Gear 7. Spacer
4. Roller Bearings 8. Special Tooi MFN 800K 1. Install reverse idler and shaft as follows:
a. Place special tool MFN 800K in the gear and insert

input shaft. Install seal with lip of seal toward the rear a bearing washer, 1 row of needle rollers, a bearing
(toward tool). See Fig. 11. spacer, another row of rollers and another washer.
Use a light coat of grease to help position the
4. Install bearing in input shaft housing using special rollers.
tool MFN 850 and MFN 850A. See Fig. 12. Install seal in
input shaft housing using special tool MFN 850 and MFN b. Start the idler gear shaft into the housing, keyed
850A. See Fig. 13. Install se al with lip of seal toward end out, and install the spacer, thrust washer, gear
bearing. and another thrust washer, while pushing the shaft
into place. Locate large gear to the rear of the
5. Slide PTO input shaft intû housing and secure with case. Remove the special too1. See Fig. 15.
bearing retaining ring.
c. Turn the shaft so the slot is toward the retainer
boIt hole. Install retainer in place and secure with
REASSEMBLING THE TRANSMISSION boIt and lock tab. See Fig. 7.
Inspect aIl parts for wear or damage. Replace if 2. Install the countershaft and gears as follows: Inspect
necessary. Replace aIl gaskets, "0" -rings and seals. Refer to ball bearings on shaft and needle bearing inside
Fig. 14 for identification and sequence of parts. countershaft for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.
a. Press front bearing on countershaft against gear on
shaft.
Fig. 15 - Reverse Idler Installation

1. Special Tooi 3. Spacer
MFN 800K 4. Shaft
2. Thrust Washers 5. Reverse Cluster Gear Fig. 17 - Pulling Rear Bearing on Countershaft
6
MASSEY-FERGUSON
•,.
Fig. 18 - Countershaft and Gears Properly Installed Fig. 20 - Positioning Snap Ring at Rear of Front Bearing
b. Position the countershaft with the bearing forward countershaft as shown in Fig. 17. Secure rear
and insert into front lower bore in the bearing to shaft with retaining snap ring.
3. Install pro shaft and gear as follows:
NOTE: Be sure the snap ring is installed [oose
between splines and gear on the co un tershaft. a. Place pro gear at front end of countershaft with
hub forward and slide pro shaft into gear from
c. Place the 2nd and 4th speed gears in the rear rear of transmission. See Fig. 18.
section of the transmission housing. (Second speed
gear is the smallest and must be positioned with b. Install a new gasket on the PTO front bearing and
teeth toward rear. Hubs of both gears must be retainer and locate in place with 2 capscrews. Use
together as shown in Fig. 16.) a 7/16" boIt, washer and nut with a piece of
1-1/4" I.D. pipe and pull bearing on pro shaft as
d. Continue sliding countershaft and front bearing shown in Fig. 19.
rearward until 3rd speed gear and constant mesh
gear can be installed on forward end of shaft. c. Remove boIt and pipe. Install washer and snap ring
Install 3rd and constant mesh gears and slide on.end of pro shaft.
countershaft forward in place. See Fig. 16.
d. Install coyer with "0" -ring and secure with
e. Install snap ring on front end of countershaft. retaining capscrews.
Install snap ring in groove against 4th gear.
4. Install main shaft, sliding gears and main input shaft
f. Use same puller boIt used to pull countershaft out as follows:
and a piece of 2" I.D. pipe and pull rear bearing on
a. Inspect bearings on main shaft. If necessary to
replace rear bearing, it must be pressed off and on
the shaft from the forward end (long end of shaft),
with retaining ring on bearing toward the rear.
b. Position 2nd and 4th speed gears in the rear

section of the transmission housing with large gear
rearward. Position Ist gear next with hub of gear
rearward.
c. Start main shaft into rear of housing and into

the se two gears. See Fig. 20.
d. Start snap ring on shaft as shown in Fig. 20.

Continue pushing shaft through center bearing and
place snap ring in 2nd groove.
e. Start another snap ring on shaft and install 3rd

speed gear on shaft with hub of gear rearward.
f. Install main input shaft through front of

Fig. 19 - Installing PTO Front Bearing transmission and push main shaft completely
Printed in U.S.A. 7
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 21 - Positioning Snap Ring Against Front Bearing Fig. 23 - Installing Input Shaft Retainer
forward. Place snap ring in grooye in shaft against plate" auxiliary pump drive must have
center bearing. See Fig. 21. clearance between the pump drive and the
lower, left capscrew in the planetary. This
5. Install planetary assembly as follows: Refer to Fig. clearance is obtained by placing the eut out in
22 for identification and sequence of parts. rear cover on planetary assembly at this
location.
a. Place the front coyer (oïl grooyes toward ring gear)
and shim oyer the ring gear dowel pins. Locate the 6. Install PTO input shaft and retainer into front of
ring gear on the transmission housing with the housing as follows:
dowel pins and carefully tap into place.
a. Place special tool FT 357 on main input shaft and
b. Position a thrust washer on the front of the carrier install retainer and PTO shaft as shown in Fig. 23.
assembly with tabs in slots. Use a light coating of
grease to hold in place if needed. b. Install clutch release mechanism and brake shaft.
See Fig. 24.
c. InstaH the carrier in the ring gear (don't drop the
front thrust washer), place the rear thrust washer 7. Install shift rails and forks as follows: Inspect all
on the carrier and instali the rear coyer. Secure gears and snap rings to be sure they are properly installed.
with retaining bolts. See Fig. 25.
NOTE: Any tractor equipped with a "twin
a. Place shift forks in position as shown in Fig. 26.
Fig. 22 - Planetary Assembly - Identification

and Sequence of Parts Fig. 24 - Front View of Transmission
1. Rear Cover 3. Ring Gear 5. Shim 1. Release Bearing and 2. Release Fork
2. Carrier Assembly 4. Front Cover 6. Thrust Washers Retainer 3. Brake Shaft
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION a - PART 11 8-SPEED TRANSMISSION
Fig. 25 - Gears, Shafts and Snap Rings Properly Installed Fig. 28 - Shift Rails and Forks Properly Installed
Fig. 26 - Shift Forks in Place Fig. 29 - Locking Mechanism Front Plate in Place
Fig. 27 - Shift Rail Location Fig. 30 - Positioning Locking Bar
Printed in U.S.A. 9
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 31 - Installing Rear Plate
Fig. 33 - Removing Pinion Shaft
Fig. 32 - View of Planetary Shift Mechanism
b. Position rails in housing as shown in Fig. 27.

c. Install rails through shift forks and secure with
retaining setscrews. Lock wire setscrews. See Fig.
1
28.
d. Install front interlocking plate as shown in Fig. 29.
e. Slide locking bar through notches in shift rails as
shown in Fig. 30.
f. Install rear plate with spacers and retaining bolts as
shown in Fig. 31. Fig. 34 - Pinion Assembly - Identification of Parts
1. Shaft 3. Spacer Washer 4. Thrust Washer
g. Install planetary shift fork, coupler and shaft as 2. Needle Rollers 5. Pinion
shown in Fig. 32.
SERVICING THE PLANETARY bore of each pinion and place the pmlOn on a thrust
washer. Install one spacer washer and a row of needle
rollers in the pinion followed by a spacer washer and
1. Place the carrièr assembly in a suitable press and another row of needle roll ers with another spacer washer
remove pinion shafts as shown in Fig. 33.
and a thrust washer.
2. Inspect gear teeth, thrust washers, etc., for wear or
damage. Replace as necessary. Replace pinions in sets only. 4. Support the pinion carrier in a suitable press. Place a
pinion in the carrier and center it between the holes.
3. Position the bearing rollers in the pinions as follows: Carefully press the pinion shaft into place until each end of
Refer to Fig. 34 for identification of parts. Coat the inside shaft is flush with the carrier.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GRO,uP Il - SECTION B - PART 8
PART 8-MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSION-

INDEX
Page Page
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION ....•........•. 3 Removing Reverse Cluster Gear ..•...•.•.... 36
Basic Design .............•................. 3 Servicing the Dual Range Planetary .......•..•. 37
Description and Operation .•................. 5 Disassembling the Planetary ...•...•.•...... 37
Hydraulic Pump and Shift Valve. . • . . . . . . . . .. 5 Inspecting the Planetary .•....•............ 37
PTO Pinion and Retainer Assemblies .•.•..... 7 Reassembling the Planetary ...........•.... 38
Input Shaft - MF 135 and 150 Standard. . . . . .• 8 Servicing PTO Main Shaft Retainer
Input Shaft - MF 150 Row Crop W/Gas ....... 9 and Pinion Assembly .........•.•.......... 38
Input Shaft - MF 150 Row Crop W/Diesel Disassembling the PTO Main Shaft Retainer .•. 38
. and MF 165... .. . ..•.••...•.• .•..•..•... 9 Inspecting the PTO Main Shaft Retainer . • . • .. 39
Main Drive Pin ion .....•..........•....... 9 Reassembling the PTO Main Shaft Retainer ... 39
Input OID Pinion - MF 135 and 150 Servicing the Shift Control Valve Assembly ...•. 40
Standard .........•..........•.•........ 10 Disassembling the Shift Control Valve ........ 40
Input OID Pinion - MF 150 Row Crop Inspecting the Shift Control Valve .•....•... 41
W/Gas Engine ........•................. 10 Reassembling the Shift Control Valve ........ 41
Input OID Pinion - MF 165 Standard ........ 10 Servicing the Hydraulic Clutch .•..••....•.... 41
Input OID Pin ion - MF 150 Row Crop Disassembling the Hydraulic Clutch ..•...... 41
W/Diesel and MF 165 Row Crop •......••.. 10 Inspecting the Hydraulic Clutch ....••...... 42
Hydraulic Clutch .....................•... 10 Reassembling the Hydraulic Clutch ...•..••.. 42
Front PTO Drive Shaft .•.•....•...•........ 11 Servicing the Main Input Shaft .••.••......... 43
Countershaft ............................. 12 Disassembling the Main Input Shaft •....•.... 43
Standard Drive Gear •.•.................... 12 Inspecting the Main Input Shaft ....•........ 43
Overdrive Gear ........•......•........... 12 Reassembling the Main Input Shaft .....•.... 43
"Jaw" Clutch Coupler ..................... 13 Inspecting the Transmission ....•.•...••••.... 43
First, Second and Third Driving Gears •..•.•. 14 Reassembling the Transmission ••••..•...•••... 44
Reverse Cluster Gear .•..•......•.•....•.•. 15 Reinstalling the Reverse Cluster Gear •.••.... 44
Transmission Main Shaft ...........•..•....• 15 Reinstalling the Countershaft ....•..•..•.... 45
Planetary Assembly •..•..................•. 15 Reinstalling the PTO Front Drive Shaft ......• 45
Shifter Forks and Rails ...................... 17 Reinstalling the Main Input Shaft ...•....... 46
Torque Flow Through Transmission ••.......•.•• 20 Reinstalling PTO Main Shaft Retainer •..••... 46
SERVICING THE TRANSMISSION ......•......•. 20 Reinstalling Main Shaft and
Removing the Transmission .................... 20 "Change Speed" Gears ••.....•••...•.... 47
Disassembling the Transmission ..••...•.•...... 27 Reinstalling Planetary ••...........••.•.... 47
Removing Shifter Forks and Rails ......••...•. 27 Reinstalling Shifter Forks and Rails ........•• 47
Removing Planetary ......................... 28 Reinstalling the Transmission ••.•.•..••....•.• 48
Removing Main Shaft and Control Linkage Adjustment .•..•.••.......... 48
"Change Speed" Gears .....•.•.....•..•• 28 SERVICING THE MULTI- POWER HYDRAULIC
Removing PTO Main Shaft Retainer ..•....•.. 28 PUMP •.......•.•.••..•..•...••.........••. 48
Removing Shift Control Valve Assembly ....•. 30 Removing the Multi- Power Pump .•.••.....•.. 49
Removing PTO Pinion Assembly .............. 30 Disassembling the Multi Power Pump ••••....•• 49
Removing Main Input Shaft ...•........•••.. 30 Inspecting the Multi-Power Pump •••• • •.•••.• 50
Removing PTO Front Drive Shaft ..•...•...••. 31 Reassembling the Multi-Power Pump.. • ..•..•• 50
Removing Countershaft •..•..••..••.......•. 34 Reinstalling the Multi-Power Pump... • ••••••. 50
Prinled in U.S.A.
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP' Il - SECTION B - PART 8
This part provides service iIÛormation and data that pertains to the Multi - Power
Transmissions installed in the MF 135, 150 and 165 Tractors.
The purpose of the Multi- Power transmissions is to provide the method of applying
power from the engine while offering a wide selection of ground speeds with usable
and practical speed düference between "Highlt and "Low".
Differences exist within the Multi - Power transmission assemblies that are installed
in the tractor models covered within this part. These differences may be obtained by
comparing the information that pertains to the transmission components as they apply
to the specüic tractor models (i. e., the input shaft assembly used on the MF 165
Standard (Low Clearance) may be compared to the one used on the MF 165 Row Crop
(High Clearance) by referring to the appropriate sub-headings under "Description and
Operation"). These differences are also noted within the headings and sub-headings
pertaining to servicing as they affect servicing procedures.
When the iIÛormation within this part refers to standard type "chassis" and row
crop type "chassis", such as MF 165 Standard or MF 165 Row Crop, a comparison
may be made to low clearance (Standard) and high clearance (Row Crop).
Directions given within this part are as they would appear to the operator seated at
the steering wheel, unless otherwise specüied.
Fig. 1 - Side View Cut.Away of Multi.Power Transmission

1. Multi-Power Pump 3. Plonetary flAssembly" 5. Multi-Power "Geor Set" 7. Shift Control Valve
2. Transmission Main Shaft 4. Siiding Gear Set 6. Hydraulic Clutch 8. "Jow" Clutch Coupler
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 765
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MULTI-PO WER TRANSMISSIONS
I;;~ j.
-Ft ___,'---""""~Ir
Fig. 2 - Multi-Power "Components" Location

L Multi-Power Hydraulie Pump 2. Multj·Power "Geor Set" 3. Hydraul ie Cluteh 4. Shift Control Volve 5. "Jow" Cluteh Coupler
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION clearance) type with diesel engine installed; and
the MF 165 Tractor, row crop (high clearance)
Four different versions of the multi-power type, with gasoline or diesel engine installed.
transmission are covered within this part.
Each of these different transmissions have been The specifie design of the multi-powertrans-
designed for specifie tractors, containing dual missions used in the previously mentioned
master \clutches. Their specifie use depends tractors are different, but the basic design and
upon the tractor model, whether the tractor is operation of these transmissions is the same.
standard or row crop (high clearance) type and, Refer to the appropriate sub- heading for des-
in sorne cases, if a gasoline or diesel engine is cription and operation of the maj or components
installed. and their related parts, as desired.
The four versions and their specifie uses

are as follows:
BASIC DESIGN
a. The MF 135 and MF 150 Tractors, stan-
dard clearance type, with gasoline or diesel The basic design of the multi-power trans-
engine installed. missions may be seen by referring to Fig. 1.
These transmission assemblies consists of a
b. The MF 150 Tractor, row crop (high three speed forward and one speed reverse,
clearance) type, with gasoline engine installed. sliding "gear set" (No. 4); compounded by a
planetary reduction gear set (No. 3) coupled to
c. The MF 165 Tractor, standard clearance the output end of the transmission main shaft
type, with gasoline or diesel engine installed. (No. 2); and further compounded through incor-
poration of five additional major parts, which
d. The MF 150 Tractor, row crop (high are, as follows:
Prinfcd În U.S.A. 3
MASSEY -FERG USON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP " - SECTION 8 - PART 8
PLANETARV
- TO FINAL DRIVE
Fig.3 - "High" Multi-Power Torque Flow Diagram Fig. 4 - "Low" Multi-Power Torque Flow Diagram
1. Input Moin Drive Pinion 4. Overdri ve Geer - Countershaft 1. input Moin Drive Pinion 4. Overdrive Geer - Countershoft
2. Input Overdrive Pin ion 5. Standard Drive Gear - Ceunt.rsheft 2. Input Overdrive Pinion 5. Standard Drive Geer - Countershoft
3. Hydraulic Clutch 6 ... Jaw" Type Clutch Coupler 3. Hydraulic Clutch 6. "Jaw" Type Clutch Coupler
a .. The multi-power hydraulic pump (No. 1). power "gear set" (No. 2) transmit the power
from the input shaft through the countershaft to
b. The shi ft control valve (No. 7). the change speed driving gears when the hy-
draulic clutch is actuated. When the hydraulic
c. The hydraulically actuated clutch (No. 6). clutch is released, the "low range" gears of
the multi-power "gear set" (No. 2) transmit
d. The multi-power "gear set" (No. 5). the power from the input shaft through the jaw
type clutch coupler (No. 5) to the countershaft.
e. The jaw type clutch coupler (No. 8). (The countershaft, in turn, drives the change
speed driving gears. )
The planetary reduction gear set compounds
the three speed forward and one speed reverse e. The "jaw" type clutch coupler (No. 5) is
sliding "gear set", providing six speeds for- caused to engage the "low range" gear of the
ward and two speeds reverse. These speeds multi-power "gear set" (No. 2) on the counter-
are further compounded by the multi-power shaft when the hydraulic clutch is released.
"parts", providing twelve forward speeds and This allows the "low range" gears to drive the
four reverse speeds. countershaft. When the hydraulic clutch is en-
gaged, the "low range" gears of the multi-
The operational functions of the five major power gear set are allowed to "free wheel" on
parts are, as follows (refer to Fig. 2): the countershaft through the mechanism of the
"jaw" type clutch coupler.
a. The multi-power transmission hydraulic
pump (No. 1) supplies oil to the shift control Refer to Fig. 3, which is a diagram showing
valve (No. 4). the transmitting of power from the engine to the
final drive when "high" multi-power is selected.
b. The shift control valve (No. 4) regulates
the oil to the hydraulically actuated, multiple When the multi-power switch on the dash-
disc clutch (No. 3); or directs the oil back to board of the tractor is in "high", the shift con-
sump. trol valve directs and regulates the oil from the
multi-power hydraulic pump to the hydraulic
c. The hydraulically actuated, multiple disc clutch (No. 3, Fig. 3). The hydraulic clutch
clutch (No. 3) causes the engagement of the discs compress, causing the engagement of the
"high range" gears of the multi-power "gear input overdrive pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 3).
set" (No. 2) when the shift control valve is Power from the engine is then transmitted
placed in "high" multi-power. This clutch re- through the input shaft and the hydraulic clutch
leases when the shift control valve is in "low" (which is splined to the input shaft) to this pin-
multi-power and the "low range" gears are ion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 3). The input over-
engaged. drive pinion assembly then drives the over-
drive gear (No. 4, Fig. 3), which, in turn,
d. The "high range" gears of the multi- drives the countershaft. Power from the coun-
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, 150 and J65
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MUlTl-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
tershaft is transmitted through the engagement

of the selected change speed driving gears and
the "dual range" planetary assembly.
While in "high" multi-power, the input shaft

still drives the input main drive pinion (No. 1,
Fig. 3). (The input main drive pinion may be
made to the input main shaft assembly or a
separate pinion that is splined to the input
shaft, depending upon the transmission ver-
sion.) This main drive pinion drives the stan-
dard drive gear (No. 5, Fig. 3). The standard
drive gear "free wheels" on the countershaft
through the mechanism of the "jaw" clutch
coupler (No. 6, Fig. 3). (The "jaw" clutch
coupler is the only means through which the
standard drive gear may transmit power to the
countershaft. ) INPUT SHAFT
RETArNER
Refer to Fig. 4, which is a diagram showing

the transmitting of power from the engine to the
Fig.5 - Multi-Power Pump and Shift Control Valve
final drive when "low" multi-power is selected.
1. Multi·Power Hydraulic Pump 6. Pump Mounting Brocket
2. Hase Assem bly 7. Tube Assembly
3. P ump Driven Gear (12 Teeth) 8. Pump Drive Gear (58 Teeth)
4. Idler Gear Assembly (20 Teeth) 9. Shift Control Valve
When the multi-power switch on the tractor 5. Tube Assem bly 10. Volve Mounting Gasket
dashboard is placed in low, the shift control

valve dumps the oil from the hydraulic pump
back to sump. There is no oil pressure being
directed to the hydraulic clutch, therefore, the DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
discs are not compressed, preventing the input
overdrive pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 4) from The following description of the multi-power
being driven by the input shaft through the hy- transmissions used in the MF 135, MF 150 and
draulic clutch. Power from the engine is still MF 165 Tractors includes differences between
being transmitted through the input shaft and the transmission assemblies installed in the
the input main drive pinion (No. 1, Fig. 4) to following tractors:
the standard drive gear (No. 5, Fig. 4). Since
the countershaft is not being driven by the input a. The MF 135 and MF 150, with standard
overdrive pinion (No. 2, Fig. 4) and the over- type chassis and with gasoline or diesel engines.
drive gear (No. 4, Fig. 4), the speed' of the
standard drive gear and the countershaft be- b. The MF 150, with row crop (high clear-
come synchronized and the "jaw" type clutch ance) type chas sis and with gasoline engine.
coupling (No. 6, Fig. 4) is urged into engage-
ment with the standard drive gear by a spring c. The MF 165, with standard type chas sis
and the helical splines on the countershaft. and with gasoline or diesel engines.
Power is then transmitted from the standard
drive gear to the "jaw" clutch coupler. The d. The MF 150, with row crop (high clear-
"jaw" clutch coupler, being splined to the coun- ance) type chassis and with diesel engine, and
tershaft, drives the countershaft, which, in the MF 165, with row crop (high clearance) type
turn, drives the selected change speed driving chassis and with gasoline or diesel engines.
gears and the "dual range" planetary assembly.
Hydraulic Pump and Shift Control Valve

The overdrive gear (No. 4, Fig. 4), being
splined to the countershaft"is also being driven The multi-power hydraulic pump (No. 1, Fig.
and, in turn, is driving the input overdrive 5) is located in the center housing, mounted on
pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 4). The input top of the hydraulic lift pump. The multi-power
overdrive pinion is "free wheeling", since the pump is a positive displacement, gear type
hydraulic clutch is not engaged and, therefore, pump and is driven by a gear train connected
not transmitting power from the input shaft. to the transmission power take-off shaft.
Printed in U.S.A.
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRACTOR MODEl OIL PRESSURES'§) 500-550 RPM Oll PRESSURE cil 2000 RPM
IIHighM Multi .. Po~r IIlow~ Multi .. Power "High" Muhi~Power "Law" Multi .. Power
MF 135, W /50 Standard 150-160 PSI 20 PSI Mox. 170-180 PSI 50 PSI Mo",
Cleoronee, ond MF /50 Row
Crop (High Clearance) w/g::zs-
aline
'-..../
MF 150 Row Crop (HiSh Clear- f70-180 PSI 20 PSI Mox. 190 .. 200 PSI SOPSI Max.
ance) w/diesel etlg,ne, MF 165
Standord and Row Crop (High
Cle<;m~nee)
Fig. 8 - Regulator Spool Pressure Relief Settings
transmission input shaft is running at 500 - 550

rpm. Pump delivery to the shift control valve
is 3-1/4 gpm when the transmission input shaft
Fig. 6 - Cut-Away View of Shift Control Valve is running at 2000 rpm.
1. Regulalor Plug 5. Washer
2. 'Regulatar Spring 6. Valve Body
3. Regu lator Spoo 1 7. Capscrew (Socket·Heod
The oil is delivered through hose assembly
4. Capscrew (Sockel-Head 1·1/4" Long) (No. 2, Fig. 5), tube assemblies (No. 5 and
7/8" Long) 8_ "O"-Ring
9. Shift Spool No. 7, Fig. 5) and connecting fittings to the
*NOTE: Two different regulator springs cre used,
dependent upon tractor mode!. shift control valve.
The shift control valve (No. 9, Fig. 5) is

mounted on the main drive shaft retainer as-
The pump is equipped with an intake filter sembly and is manually actuated by a series of
screen (which may be removed for cleaning) mechanicallinkages connected to the multi-
and an internaI safety relief valve set to open power switch on the dashboard of the tractor.
at 250 psi. The safety relief valve is adjustable This valve is a manually actuated, spool type,
and is incorporated to prote ct the pump and the directional control valve and contains a spring-
transmission from excessive pressure in the loaded, spool type, pressure regulator. Refer
event the regulating "valve" (integral to the to Fig. 6 for a cut-away illustration of the
shift control valve) should fail. multi-power shift control valve.
The pump delivers approximately 1 gpm to When the multi-power switch is placed in
the shift control valve (No. 9, Fig. 5) when the "high", the shift spool (No. 9, Fig. 6) moves
out of the valve body. This directs the oil from
the hydraulicpump through the valve chamber
leading into a passage through the input shaft
retainer, PTO pinion assembly, the input shaft
and into the hydraulic clutch, compressing the
clutch discs. When the multi-power switch is
placed in "low", the shift spool moves into the
valve body. This directs the oil through the
valve chamber leading into a passage through
the input shaft retainer that opens back into the
transmission case and the oil is returned to
"sump". (Refer to Fig. 7, which shows oil
flow. )
The spring-loaded regulator spool (No. 3,

Fig•. 6) maintains the desired pressure to the
hydraulic clutch. This spool is spring-Ioaded
to the "closed" position and "opens" to allow
the oil to flow into the passage to the sump
when the oil pressure exceeds the sprmg set-
ting. Refer to Fig. 8, which shows the regula-
tor spool relief settings.
The regulator spring (No. 2, Fig. 6) used in

the MF 135, MF 150 Standard and the MF 150 .~
Fig. 7 - Oil Flow to Hydraulic Clutch and to Sump Row Crop (High Clearance) with gas engine is
"'NOTE: Qil passage to sump opening oround beoring
shown out of true position for clority. different than the spring used in the MF 150
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, ISO and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8 MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
.-------------------------------------_ ... _-
1
/
\, \ '.IIi 1
'1,-
1 .- .... ~.,.
, "., ~
1 ~
-~~
Fig. 9 - PTO Main Drive Shah Pinion Assembly With Related Parts
1. Thrust Washer 5. Re.aine, Assembly - PTO Main Shah 8. Bearing Snop Ring
2. Pinion Asscmbly - PTO Main Shah 6. ai 1 Seal - Retaine, 9. Sealing Rings - PTO Main Shaft
3. Bearing Snap Ring 7. Beo,ing la. ail Seal - PTO Pinion Assembly
4. Gasket - Retoiner 11. Retaine, Bushing
Row Crop with diesel engine, the MF 165 Stan- sages to allow oil flow from the shift control
dard and the MF 165 Row Crop. valve to "sump" or to the hydraulic clutch. The
oil passage ta the hydraulic clutch is mated ta
a passage through the PTO pinion assembly
PTO P;n;on and Refa;ner Assemblies (No. 2, Fig. 9).
The PTO main drive shaft retainer assembly Sealing rings (No. 9, Fig. 9) are installed
(No. 5, Fig. 9) and the PTO main drive shaft around the PTO pinion assembly ta prevent
pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 9) are the same leakage from this passage. An ail seal (No. 6,
when used on the MF 135, 150 and 165 Tractors. Fig. 9) is also installed on the end of the re-
tainer assembly as additional protection against
The retainer assembly (No. 5, Fig. 9) pro- leakage bet ween the retainer and the PTO pin-
vides the mounting for the shift control valve ion assembly. A bushing (No. 11, Fig. 9) is
as weil as the means of securing the PTO main also installed in the retainer.
drive shaft pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 9).
This retainer assembly contains internaI pas- The PTO main drive shaft pinion assembly
P,inted in U.S.A. 7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
'\
1
USED MF 135 & 150

EXCEPT 150 DIESEL ROW CROP
Fig. 10 - Input Main Drive Shaft Assembly With Related Parts

1. 'Spacer - Input Shah 5. Hydraulic Clutch - Multiple Dise 10. Shah Bearing
2. "'Pinion - Main Drive 6. Sealing Rings - Input Shalt 11. "Spacer - Input Shah
3. *Washer 7. 'Input Shah Assembly 12. "Input Shah Assembly
4. "'Pinion Assembly - Input Overdrive 8. Piston Ring - $eoling 13. **Pinion Assembly - Input Overdrive
9. Shaft Plug
'NOTE: Used on MF 150 Row Crop w/diesel and MF 165 (011).
"NOTE: Used on MF 135 and 150 Standard and MF 150 Row Crop w/gas engine.
(No. 2, Fig. 9) contains 19 spur teeth that mate bly ta seai the passage between the pmlOn and
with the 60 spur teeth PTO constant mesh gear shaft assemblies. The forward end of the PTO
located on the front PTO drive shaft. (The pinion assembly contains 10 splines, equally
front PTO drive shaft "drives" the hydraulic spaced, to mate with the "master" clutch hub.
lift and multi - power pump.) The inner bore of A thrust washer (No. 1, Fig. 9) is installed be-
the PTO pinion assembly contains an ail se al tween the PTO pinion assembly and the hy-
(No. 10, Fig. 9) which prevents ail flow between draulic clutch, with the steel back toward the
the input shaft assembly and the PTO pinion clutch housing.
assembly. The ail passage through the PTO
pinion assembly mates with an ail passage
through the input shaft assembly leading ta the Input Shah-MF 135 and J50 Standard
hydraulic clutch. Sealing rings (No. 6, Fig.
10) are installed around the input shaft assem- The input main drive shaft assembly (No. 12,
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Mf J35, J50 and J65
Fig. 10) contains a needle bearing (No. 10, Standard, but is different from the one used on
Fig. 10) and a plug (No. 9, Fig. 10). The for- the other tractor modeis. )
ward end of the transmission main shaft fits
into the needle bearing. The plug is pressed
into the input shaft to seai the oil passage to the
hydraulic clutch, but contains an orifice to aid Input Shah-Mf J50 Row
in draining this passage (when in "Iow" multi- Crop WIDiesel and Mf J65
power) and to lubricate the needle bearing.
Sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 10) are installed The input main drive shaft assembly (No. 7,
around the input shaft to seai the oil passage Fig. 10) contains a needle bearing (No. 10, Fig.
between the shaft and the PTO pinion. 10) and a plug (No. 9, Fig. 10). (This shaft as-
sembly is the same for the MF 150 Row Crop
A 16-tooth spur gear is made as a part of the with diesel engine, the MF 165 Standard and the
shaft assembly and mates with the 44-tooth MF 165 Row Crop.) The forward end of the
standard drive gear on the countershaft. (The transmission main shaft fits into the needle
spur gear transmits torque to the standard bearing. The plug is pressed into the input
drive gear.) A 25-tooth spline, to which the shaft to seal the ail passage to the hydraulic
hydraulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10) is mated, is clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10). The plug contains an
provided on the input shaft. The forward end orüice to aid in draining the passage (when the
of the shaft has 10 splines, equally spaced, to transmission is in "low" multi-power) and to
mate with the "forward" master clutch hub. lubricate the needle bearing.
A spacer (No. 11, Fig. 10) is installed be- Sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 10) are installed
tween the input shaft and the front bearing for around the input shaft to seal the oil passage
the transmission main shaft. (This spacer is between the shaft and the PTO pinion assembly.
the same as the one used on the MF 150 row
crop with gas engine, but is not the same as the The input shaft has a 33-tooth spline, over
one used on the other tractor models. which the main drive pinion assembly (No. 2,
Fig. 10) is fitted, in addition to a 25-tooth
spline, to which the hydraulic clutch (No. 5,
Fig. 10) is mated. The forward end of the in-
Input Shaft-Mf J50 Row Crop W IGas Engine put shaft has 10 splines, equally spaced, to
mate with the "forward" master clutch hub.
The input main drive shaft assembly (No. 12,
Fig. 10) contains a needle bearing (No. 10, Fig. A spacer (No. 1, Fig. 10) is installed be-
10) and a plug (No. 9, Fig. 10). The forward tween the input shaft and the front bearing for
end of the transmission main shaft fits into the the transmission main shaft. (This spacer is
needle bearing. The plug is pressed into the different from the one used on the MF 150 Row
input shaft to seai the oil passage to the hy- Crop with gas engine and the MF 135 and 150
draulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10) and contains an Standard. )
orifice to aid in draining this passage (in "Iow"
multi-power) and to lubricate the needle bear- A washer (No. 3, Fig. 10) is installed be-
ing. Sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 10) are in- tween the main drive pinion (No. 2, Fig. 10)
s talled around the input shaft to seai the ail and the input overdrive pinion (No. 4, Fig. 10).
passage between the shaft and the PTO pinion.
A 15-tooth spur gear is made as a part of the Main Drive Pin ion
shaft assembly and mates with the 45-tooth
standard drive gear on the countershaft. (The The main drive pmlOn (No. 2, Fig. 10) used
spur gear transmits torque to the standard on the MF 165 Standard has 22 spur teeth that
drive gear.) The input shaft aiso contains a mate with the 38-tooth standard drive gear on
25-tooth spline, to which the hydraulic clutch the countershaft. The main drive pinion used
(No. 5, Fig. 10) is mated. The forward end of on the MF 165 Row Crop and the MF 150 Row
the shaft has 10 splines, equally spaced, to Crop with diesel engine has 20 spur teeth that
mate with the "forward" master clutch hub. mate with a 39-tooth standard drive gear on the
countershaft.
A spacer (No. 11, Fig. 10) is installed be-
tween the input shaft and the front bearing for The main drive pinion is splined to the input
the transmission main shaft. (This spacer is shaft and transmits torque to the standard drive
the same as the one used on the MF 135 and150 gear assembly.
Prîntcd :n U.S.A.
9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Input 0/0 Pin;on-MF 135 and J50 Standard
The input overdrive pinion assembly (No. 13,

Fig. 10) used on the subject tractors has 19
spur teeth that mate with the 40-tooth over-
drive gear on the countershaft. This pinion
assembly also has a 57-tooth spline that mates
with the discs in the hydraulic clutch (No. 5,
Fig. 10). A replaceable bushing is installed in
the pinion assembly to provide a wear surface
between the pinion and the input shaft.
Torque is transmiUed from the hydraulic

clutch through the input overdrive pin ion to the
overdrive gear when operating in "high" multi-
power.
Input 0/0 Pinion-MF J50

Row Crop WIGas Engine
The input overdrive pinion assembly (No. 13,
Fig. 10) used on the subject tractors has 18 Fig. 11 - Sectional View of Assembled Hydraulic Clutch
1. Clutch Retoiner Plate 5. Piston Ring - Seoling
spur teeth that mate with the 42-tooth overdrive 2. Snop Ring - Retoiner Plate 6. Clutch Housing
gear on the countershaft. This pinion assembly 3. Piston Return $pring
4. Clutch Plates
7. C!utch "Friction" Dises
8. Clutch Piston
also has a 57 -tooth spline that mates with the
discs in the hydraulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10).
A replaceable bushing is installed in the pinion
assembly to provide a wear surface between spur teeth that mate with the 36-toothoverdrive
the pinion and the input shaft. gear on the countershaft. This pinion assembly
also has a 57-tooth spline that mates with the
Torque is transmiUed from the hydraulic discs in the hydraulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10).
clutch through the input overdrive pinion to the A replaceable bushing is installed in the pin ion
overdrive gear when operating in "high" multi- assembly to provide a wear surface between the
power. pinion and the input shaft.

Input 0/0 Pinion-MF J65 Standard clutch through the input overdrive pinion to the
overdrive gear when operating in "high" multi-
The input overdrive pinion assembly (No. 4, power.
Fig. 10) used in the subject tractors has 25 spur
teeth that mate with the 33-tooth overdrive gear
on the countershaft. This pinion assembly also Hydrau'ic Clutch
has a 57 -tooth spline that mates with the discs
in the hydraulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10). A re- The hydraulic clutch (No. 5, Fig. 10) trans-
placeable bushing is installed in the pin ion as- mits torque from the input shaft assembly to
sembly to provide a wear surface between the the input overdrive pinion (No. 4, Fig. 10) when
pinion and the input shaft. the transmission is operating in "high" multi-
power.
clutch through the input overdrive pin ion to the Refer to Fig. 11, which shows a cut-away
overdrive gear when operating in "high" multi- view of the assembled hydraulic clutch.
power.
The clutch housing (No. 6, Fig. 11) mates
with the 25-tooth spline on the input shaft as-
Input 0/0 Pinion-MF J50 Row Crop WIDiesel sembly and is driven by engine torque. This
Engine and MF J65 Row Crop housing contains an oil passage which connects
to the oil passage through the input shaft. The
The input overdrive pinion assembly (No. 4, housing also contains bleed holes to drain the
Fig. 10) used on the subject tractors has 24 oil from the clutch when the transmission is
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MULTI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
'1
.. ' ·1 r'
cr-c=-=:y-I ) k~
-l~ ; PUMP DRIVE
GEAR
Fig. 12 - Front PTO Drive Shaft With Related Parts

1. Front PTO Drive Shaft 4. Gasket - Beoring Housing 7. Housing Cap . 10, Spacer Washer
2. Externol Snap Ring 5. Bearing Housing 8, Cap Retaining Boit (3/8" x 1·3/8" UNC) II, External Snap Ring
3. PTO Constant Mesh Geor 6. Gasket - Housing Cap 9. Bearing Snap Ring 12, Front PTO Bearing
switched to "low" multi-power. A sealing ring are not pressed into engagement, therefore,
(No. 8, Fig. 10) is provided to prevent oilleak- torque from the clutch housing is not trans-
age between the clutch housing and lower part mitted to the input overdrive pinion.
of the clutch piston.
Six piston return springs (No. 3, Fig. 11)
The clutch piston (No. 8, Fig. 11) is subject- are installed within the clutch housing to return
ed to oil pressure when operating in "high" the clutch piston when operating in "low" multi-
multi-power and compresses the three clutch power. These springs contact the clutch plate
friction discs (No. 7, Fig. 11) and the three nearest the piston, as shown in Fig. 11.
clutch plates (No. 4, Fig. 11), allowing torque
to be transmitted to the input overdrive pinion
(No. 4, Fig. 10). The piston contains a sealing Front PTO Drive Shaft and Constant Mesh Gear
ring (No. 5, Fig. 11) to prevent oil leakage be-
tween the clutch housing and the upper end of Fig. 12 shows a cut-away view of the front
the piston. PTO drive shaft (No. 1) constant mesh gear
(No. 3), as weIl as the bearing housing and
The three clutch plates (No. 4, Fig. 11) are other related parts.
installed in the housing, as shown in Fig. ll.
These plates contain "lobes" that fit into the The front PTO drive shaft (No. 1) fits through
splines in the clutch housing and are subjected the countershaft and is supported at the rear by
to torque from the housing. When these plates a needle bearing. The forward end of the front
are compressed. by the clutch piston, they PTO shaft is supported by the PTO constant
transmit the torque to the clutch friction discs. mesh gear (No. 3) and bearing (No. 12). The
rear portion of the front PTO drive shaft has a
The three clutch friction discs (No. 7, Fig. 10-tooth spline to which the pump drive gear is
11) are arranged in the clutch housing as shown mated, while the front of this shaft contains an
in Fig. 11. These discs mate with the 57-tooth l1-tooth spline to which the PTO constant mesh
spline on the input overdrive pin ion (No. 4, Fig. gear (No. 3) is mated. Two grooves are also
10) and transmit torque to the pinion when they provided on the front portion of the shaft to
are compressed with the clutch plates by the provide for installation of snap rings (No. 2
clutch piston. When operating in "low" multi- and No. 11), which secure the PTO constant
power, the clutch discs and the clutch plates mesh gear.
11
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8
countershaft provides the mating surface for

the 23-tooth "intermediate" pinion (No. B) and
the 33-tooth "high" speed pinion (No. 9). The
13-tooth spur gear, made as a part of the shaft, ~.
drives the 45-tooth "low" speed gear on the
main shaft when engaged. The helical spline
provides the mating surface for the "spring-
loaded" jaw clutch coupler (No. 3), and the
30-tooth spline at the forward end of the coun-
tershaft provides the mating surface for the
overdrive gear (No. 13).
The standard drive gear (No. 12) is also in-

stalled but is not splined to the .counter shaft.
A thrust washer (No. 11) is installed between
the standard drive gear (No. 12) and the coun-
tershaft front bearing (No. 2).
3"
The countershaft transmits torque from the
SIDE VIEW
8" selected multi-power "gear set" to the selected
change speed "driving gea~s".
Fig. 13 - Alternate Hausing Cap
Standard Drive Gear
The standard drive gear (No. 12, Fig. 14)

The PTO constant mesh gear (No. 3) has 60 installed on the following tractor models are,
spur teeth that mate with and are driven by the as indicated:
PTO pinion assembly.
a. This gear, installed on the MF 135 and
An alternate housing cap, shown in Fig. 13, MF 150 with standard type "chassis", has 44
is used in some assemblies. When this alter- spur teeth.
nate cap is used, the retaining bolts (No. 8,
Fig. 12) are not used. Instead, this cap is se- b. This gear, installed on the MF 150 Row
cured by four 3/8" x 1-1/4" UNC hex bolts and Crop with gas engine, has 45 spur teeth.
3/8" special flat washers.
c. This gear, installed on the MF 165 with
Torque is transmiUed from the PTO pinion Standard type "chassis", has 38 spur teeth.
through the constant mesh gear (No. 3, Fig. 12)
and the front PTO drive shaft (No. 1, Fig. 12) d. This gear, installed on the MF 150 Row
to the pump drive gear. Crop with diesel engine and the MF 165 Row
Crop, has 39 spur teeth.
Countershaft Each of the standard drive gears installed in

the previously mentioned tractors contain a re-
Fig. 14 shows a cut-away view of the coun- place able bushing that provides a wear surface
tershaft and related parts in assembly arrange- between the gear and the countershaft. ,They
ment. also contain 31 teeth on the forward side of the
gear that transmits torque to the "jaw" type
The countershaft (No. 10) is supported be- clutch coupler (No. 3, Fig. 14) when operating
tween bearings (No. 1 and No. 2) and contains in "low" multi-power.
a needle bearing (No. 6), which supports the
front PTO drive shaft.
Overdrive Gear
Three snap ring grooves are provided on the
countershaft to allow for installation of snap The overdrive gear (No. 13, Fig. 14) installed
rings (No. 4, No. 5, and No. 7). The counter- on the following tractor models are, as indi-
shaft also contains three different splines and cated:
a spur gear, made as a part of the countershaft.
The 17 -tooth spline at the rear portion of the a. This gear, installed on the MF 135 and
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
,~\
1&,)<
~'~)~~
!,~~h
l~
_____ '-.. . . .
INTERMEDIATE "-,
&
HIGH SPEED - - - - - - - - - _
GEAR LOW & REVERSE
~=---~~---,---l ~ J__...J~1"S(PE_ED_G_EA_R_)zz1~~td:d
Fig. 14 - Countershaft and Related Parts

1. Reor Bcoring - Countershoft 4. Sn op Ring 8. Intermediote PiniOM 12. Standard Drive Geer
2. Front Bcaring - Countcrshoft 5. Snop Ring - High Speed Pinion 9. High Speed Pinion 13. Overdrive Geer
3. "Jow" Clutch Coupler 6. Needle 8eorings 10. Countersho ft 14. Spring
7. Snop Ring 11. Thrust Wosher
MF 150 with standard type "chassis", has 40 Each of the overdrive gears installed in the
spur teeth. previously mentioned tractor models contains a
30-tooth spline that mates with the spline on
the countershaft. Each of the se gears trans-
b. This gear, when installed on the MF 150 mits torque from their appropriate input over-
Row Crop with gas engine, has 42 spur teeth. drive pinions to the countershaft.
c. This gear, when installed on the MF 165

with standard type "chassis", has 33 spurteeth. "Jaw" Clutch Coupler
d. This gear, installed on the MF 150 Row The "jaw" type clutch coupler (No. 3, Fig.
Crop with diesel engine and the MF 165 Row 14) mates with the helical spline on the coun-
Crop, has 36 spur teeth. tershaft (No. 10, Fig. 14). This coupler con-
P·ontcd ;n U.S.A. 13
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 16 - Reverse Cluster Gear and Related Parts

l. Spacer Washer 4. Bearing Roller (56 Installed)
2. Reverse Gear Washer 5. Raller Washer
3. Reverse Cluster Gear 6. Raller Spacer
transmit torque to the intermediate and high

Fig. 15 - First, Second and Third Driving Gears speed gear (No. 1) on the main shaft. When
l. Intermediate and High Speed Gear 3. Intermediate Pinion
2. Law Speed Gear 4. High Speed Pin ion this gear on the main shaft. is shifted rearward,
the 46 spur teeth of the gear mesh with the in-
termediate pinion (No. 3). When this gear on
the main shaft is shifted forward, the 36 spur
tains 31 teeth that mate with the standard drive teeth of the gear mesh with the high speed pin-
gear (No. 12, Fig. 14) when operating in "low" ion (No. 4).
multi - power.
The spring (No. 14, Fig. 14) and the helical The high speed pmlOn on the main shaft is
splines on the countershaft cause the coupler to also constantly meshed to the 21 spur teeth of
be urged into engagement with the standard the ·reverse cluster gear and is driving this
drive gear when in "low" multi-power. This gear when torque is being transmitted to the
engagement allows the standard drive gear to countershaft.
transmit torque to the countershaft.
When the transmission is placed in "high" The 45 spur teeth of the low speed gear (No.
multi-power, the "jaw" clutch coupler is dis- 2) on the main shaft is driven by the 15 spur
engaged and the standard drive gear is allowed teeth, made as a part of the countershaft, when
to "free wheel". the low speed gear is moved forward into en-
gagement.
First, Second and Third Driving Gears

When the low speed gear on the main shaft is
The gears shown in Fig. 15 provide the meth- moved rearward, it engages the 13 spur teeth
od of transmitting torque from the countershaft on the reverse cluster gear. Torque from the
to the main drive shaft. countershaft is then transmitted from the high
speed pinion (No. 4) to the reverse cluster
The 23-spur-tooth intermediate pinion (No. 3) gear, which, in turn, drives the low speed
and the 33-spur-tooth high speed pinion (No. 4) gear. The main shaft is then driven in "re-
are splined to the countershaft. These pinions verse".
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Mf J35, ISO and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MUI.Tf·POWER TRANSMISSIONS
SHIFTER SHIFTER
FORK RAIL
Fig. 17 - Transmission Main Shaft and Related Parts

1. Snap Ring - Bearing 4. Law Speed Gear
2. Rear Bearing - Main Shaft 5. Front Bearing.- Main Shah
3. Intermediate and High Speed Gear 6. Snap Ring - Bearing Retaining
. 7. Main Shaft
Reverse Cluster Gear

Fig. 16 shows a cut-away view of the Re-
verse Cluster gear and related parts in as-
semblyarrangement.
The reverse cluster gear (No. 3) has two

sets of spur gear teeth. The 21 spur teeth are Fig. 18 - Planetary Assembly With Related Parts
constantly meshed ta the high speed pinion on 1. Coupler - Planetory
2. Boit (3/8" x 2-5/8" UNC)
8. Carrier Pinian Assembly
9. Pinian Shoft (3 Installed)
the countershaft and are driven by this pinion 3. Thrust Washer - Gear 10. Pinian Thrust Wosher (6 Instolled)
4_ Rear Caver Plate 11. Ring Pinian - Plonetory (3 Instolled)
when torque is supplied ta the countershaft. 5. Ring Geor - Planetory 12. Pinian Washer (9 Installed)
Tbe 13 SpUI' teeth on the reverse cluster gear 6.
7.
Dowel Pin
Pinian Raller (132 Used)
13.
14.
Front Caver Plate
Shim - Front Caver
mesh with and drive the low speed gear on the
main shaft when the low speed gear is shifted
into engagement.
"high" dual range and torque is transmitied
from the main shaft to the rear drive shaft in
Transmission Main Shaft the center housing. This coupler is shifted
rearward in "low" dual range and torque is
Fig. 17 shows a cut-away illustration of the transmitted from the main shaft to the plane-
transmission. main shaft and related parts in tary pinions, which, in turn, drives the coupler
assembly arrangement. and the rear drive shaft.
The transmission main shaft (No. 7) is sup- The 18 spur teeth on the main shaft provide
ported by bearings (No. 2 and No. 5). The for- for installation of gears (No. 3 and No. 4) which
ward end of the shaft fits into the needle bear- are mated ta this shaft. Two grooves are also
ing installed in the input shaft assembly. The provided on the main shaft ta allow for installa-
rear portion of the shaft fits into the dual range tion of snap rings (No. 6).
planetaryassembly and mates with the three
18-tooth planetary ring pinions. The dual P'anefary Assem&'y
range planetary coupler is shifted ta engage
the rear portion of the main shaft when in Fig. 18 shows a cut-away view of the dual
MASSEY -FERGUSON
-- ===-==~
d~
-_ ..~ -~ --~
1
_.- --
SHIFT
SELECTOR
: (:,j 1 - 1 • ('
---,;-~ ~----'r f" ..
~t~-~~J ~
Fig. 19 - Shifter Forks and Rails

1. Shi fter Fork - Planetary 3. Plote - Gear Lever Stop 5. Shifter Fork - Intermediate and High 7. Boit (3/R" x 718" UNe)
2. Setscrew 4. Pin - Selector Lock 6. Shifter Fork - Law and Reverse 8. Spring and Plunger - Shifter Roil
range planetary "assembly" and related parts bolted to the rear of the transmission case.
in assembly arrangement.
The shift coupler (No. 1) contains 18 internaI
The dual range planetary is doweled and teeth and 27 external teeth. The coupler is
16
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Mf 135, 150 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8. MUI. TI-PO WER TRANSMISSIONS
shüted forward in dual range "high" and the in- unless the carrier pinion assembly is engaged
ternaI teeth mesh with the main shaft. Torque to the coupler. )
is then transmitted from the main shaft directly
to the rear drive shaft in the center housing.
The coupler is shifted rearward in dual range Shifter forks and Rails
"low" and the internaI teeth are disengaged
from the main shaft. This rearward movement Fig. 19 shows a cut-away illustration of the
of the coupler causes the external teeth to en- shifter forks and rails.
gage the teeth in the planetary carrier pinion
assembly (No. 8). Torque is then transmitted The shifter forks (No. 5 and No. 6) provide
from the main shaft through the planetary to the positive movement of the change speed gears,
coupler and then to the rear drive shaft. while shifter fork (No. 1) provides positive
movement of the planetary shift coupler. These
The planetary carrier pinion assembly (No. forks are secured to the shifter rails by screws
8) provides the housing for the three planetary which are "safety" wired to prevent their
ring pinions (No. 11). The planetary ring pin- loosening.
ions are mounted over rollers (No. 7) and
shafts (No. 9) and mate with the teeth on the Spring-loaded detent pins (No. 8) hold the
main shaft. These ring pinions also mate with shifter rails in the position selected (in gear or
the 54-tooth ring gear. This ring gear provides neutral). At the rear of the transmission case,
the path for the ring pinions to follow. a sliding pin is located between the shifter
,.... ails ta act as a safety device to prevent the
engagement of more than one change speed
Torque is transmitted from the main shaft to gear at a time. When . one rail is moved, the
the ring pinions whenever the shaft is being pin locates in the notch in the other rail, mak-
driven. (However, torque is not transmitted to ing it immoveable until the other rail is re-
the shift coupler by way of these ring pinions turned to neutral.
----..,
J.....),"':I-----4-------------~7:0ry._--É.:3.-_;r:cP
Fig. 20 - Torque Flow Through PTO Drive ShoH to Multi-Power Pump
Printed in U.S.A.
17
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig.21 - Torque Flow Through "Low" Multi-Power to Countershoft
)...,..}:.-'::r---.·-------------~--_,..ri-â.__.".~(/
HYDRAULIC CLUTCH
;:~ "l'·
,r',j 1 i' ~
:--;.c o ~-1i-·V.
r,.' " '
,"-~,-U,
1
Fig, 22 - Torque Flow Through "High" Multi-Power to Countershoft
18
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 • PART 8 MULTI·POWER TRANSMISSIONS
-=--........,.z:'i.1":::+-.,----\~'tr LOW SPEED

/ . ......: ' GEAR
,
i
-1
Fig. 23 -- Torque Flow From Countershaft to "First" Drive Geor and Main Shaft
~___\ ~ I--~'" " t'

Irtf '1
"
) L_--=::":"-:::=-:--- INTERMEDIATE &

p;==--_--,..cdflZ=1- HI G H SPEED G EAR
......
.'.::' 1
-~
Fig. 24 - Torque Flow From Countershoft to "Second" Drive Gear and Main Shaft
Pr:"tcd ir. U.S.A.

19
MASSEY -FERGUSON
'.
,r,,) i ,
:7-= ~4f". f
f:." -
~.- HIGH SPEED
PINION
Fig. 25 - Torque Flow From Countershaft to "Third" Drive Gear and Main ShaH
TORQUE FLO W THROUGH TRANSMISSION (High Clearance), with gasoline or diesel

engines.
Figs. 20 through 28 show the torque flow
through the multi-power transmission. These The transmissions installed in the previously
figs: are self-explanatory. . mentioned tractor models are bas ically the
same, but differences do exist between them.
Where these differences affect the servicing
procedures of a particular version of the trans-
mission, the differences will be noted.
SERVICING THE TRANSMISSION
The servicing instructions within this part REMOVING THE TRANSMISSION
pertain to the multi-power transmissions in-
stalled in the following tractor models and Prior to attempting removal of the transmis-
"chassis" types: sion, take into consideration the desired ser-
vicing to be accompli shed and the area affected.
a. The MF 135 and 150 Standard (Low If servicing of the dual range planetary or the
Clearance). multi-power hydraulic pump is desired and no
other servicing of the transmission is antici-
b. The MF 150 Row Crop (High Clearance), pated, splitting the tractor between the differ-
with gasoline engine. ential housing and the transmission may be aU
that is required.
c. The MF 165 Standard (Low Clearance).
The instructions under this heading pertain .'-...-/
d. The MF 150 Row Crop (High Clearance), to the complete removal of the transmission
with diesel engine, and the MF 165 Row Crop from the tractor.
20
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8 MUt. TI-PO WER TRANSMISSIONS
5 ...0WI'I ,"o· 0"

'rIi!UE PO:j. nON
.~
Fig. 26 - Torque Flow From Countershaft to "Reverse" Drive Georand Main Shaft
NOTE: The figures referred to within 1. Drain the oil from the transmission and
tlze following instructions are of the differential housing.
IVIF 165 Tractor witlz diesel engine,
bllt tlze procedures for removal will
aPPly to aU tlze tractors covered with- 2. If the Engine has not been reJlioved froJJi
il/ tlzis part. the tractor, proceed,. as follows:
21
MASSEY -FERGUSON
-...... -'- .....

.... --,
'}
Fig_ 27 - Torque Flow From Main Shaft Through "High" Dual Range
"
PLAN ET ARY ;:::p--'n:=~iF=...!L.

COUPLER
Fig_ 28 - Torque Flow From Main Shaft Through "Low" Dual Range
22
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and J65
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MUI.TI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
Fig. 29 - Right-Hand View of MF 165 Diesel With Sheet Metal Removed

1. Broke Pedols 2. Bolts - Step Plate Brocket 3. Broke Cross Shoft 4. Electricol Cou pler 5. Broke Rad - Right·Hond 6. Clevi sPin
Fig. 30 - Left-Hand View of MF 165 Diesel With Sheet Metal Removed

1. Bolts - Clutch Pivot Brocket 3. Clutch Pcdol 5. Clevis Pin - Clutch L;nkogc 7. Clcv's P',n _ Broke Rad 9. Multi·Power Control Rad
2. Bolts - Step Plate Brocke! 4, Lcft.Hond S'cp Plate 6, Boit - Cross Shoft ~rackct 8. Broke Rad _ Lcft·Hand 10. Brokc Cross Shoft
PrintC'd in U.S_A. 23
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig.31 - Steering Housing and Tractor Instrument Support Fig ..32 - Removing Transmission Top Cover
1. Bolts - Instrument Support to Transmission
2. Solts - Steering Housing to Transmission
connection for the neutral switch from

a. Remove sheet metal, side panels and the transmission.
hood assembly, as shown in Fig. 29.
f. Place floor jacks under the engine oil
b. Disconnect and remove battery from pan and the transmission case to sup-
carrier. port them adequately in assembly po-
sition when the tractor is "split".
c. Disconnect the wire beneath right-hand
step plate at coupler (No. 4) and pull g. Attach a chain hoist around the steering
wire free of step plate and bracket. housing to prevent placing too much
stress on the bolts securing the hous-
d. Place a scribe mark on multi-power ing to the engine.
shift control rod (No. 9, Fig. 30) to
mark its relative location to the brack- h. Remove the bolts securing the engine
et at the transmission case and discon- and transmission case together and
nect the control rod from the bracket. carefully separate the tractor slightly
at this area, allowing the steering
NOTE: Do not bend rod. If rod does housing to remain attached to the en-
not clear the bracket easily, wait until gine and supported by the chain hoist.
the steering housing is adequately Split tractor only as far as necessary
supported and the engine is being to free the clutch assembly from the
rnoved away from the 'transmission transmission shafts.
case before attempting to remove con-
trol rod free of bracket. A/ter tractor NOTE: Use care to prevent damage to
"sPlit" has been started, a careful the fuel filter on diesel models as well
lowering of the transmission case, as to prevent bending the s hift control
while at the s ame time carefully rais- rod (No. 9, Fig. 30).
ing the steering housing, will free
control rod easily. i. Carefully raise the engine and steering
housing, while at the same time, care-
e. Remove the bolts (No. 1 and No. 2, Fig. fully lowering the transmission.
31) securing the instrument support and
the steering housing to the transmis- j. Check that shüt control rod (No. 9, Fig.
sion case and disconnect the electrical 30) is free of shüt bracket on trans-
24
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Mf J35, J50 and J65
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8 MUI.TI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
Fig. 33 - Right-Hand View of MF 165 Diesel With Engine "Split" From Transmission Case
1. Brak. Pedals 3. Right-Hand Step Plate 6. Brake Rod - Right·Hand
2. Bolts - Step Plate Bracket 4. Brake Cross Shaft 7. Clevis Pin
5. Electrical Coupler
mission and recheck the area between n. Refer to Fig. 30. Disconnect and re-
engine, steering housing and instrument move left-hand step plate (No. 4), left-
support to make sure they are free of hand brake rod (No. 8), cross shaft
the transmission case. lever bracket, woodruff key from cross
shaft and cross shaft (No. 10) from
transmission case.
k. Continue to carefully separate the trac-
tor, while checking that steering hous- 3. If the engine has been previously removed
ing and instrument support are free of from the tractor, as shown in Fig. 33, proceed,
the transmission. as follows:
1. Remove bolts securing transmission a. Disconnect and remove the battery

top cover and remove the cover with from carrier.
shifter levers straight up from the
transmission, as shown in Fig. 32. b. Disconnect the wire beneath the right-
hand step plate at coupler (No. 5) and
m. Refer to Fig. 29. Disconnect and re- pull wire free of step plate and bracket.
move right-hand step plate, right-hand
brake rod (No. 5) and brake pedals (No. c. Place a scribe mark on multi-power
l) from the transmission. shift control rod (No. 10, Fig. 34) to
Prtntcd in U.S.A.
25
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP 1/ - SECTION B - PART 8
Fig. 34 - Left-Hand View of MF 165 Diesel With Engine "Split" From Transmiss ion Case
1. Bolts - Clu.ch Pivot Brocket 3. Clutch Pedol 5. Clevis Pin - Clutch linkage 7. Broke Rod - left·Hond 9. Broke Cross Shoh
2. Bolts - Step Plote Brocke! 4. left·Hond Step Plote 6. Boit - Cross Shoft Brocket 8. Clevis Pin 10. Multi·Power Control Rod
mark its relative location to the brack- g. Remove boUs securing transmission
et on the transmission and disconnect top cover and remove the cover with
the control rod from the bracket. shifter levers straight up from the
transmission, as shown in Fig. 32.
d. Remove bolts (No. 1 and No. 2, Fig.
35) securing the instrument support and h. Refer to Fig. 33. Disconnect and re-
steering housing to the transmission. move right-hand step plate. (No. 3),
right- hand brake rod (No. 6) and brake
e. Disconnect electrical connection for . pedals (No. 1) from the transmission.
neutral switch from transmission and
recheck area between transmission, i. Refer to Fig. 34. Disconnect and re-
steering housing and support. move left-hand step plate (No. 4), le ft-
hand brake rod (No. 7), cross shaft
f. Attach a chain hoist to the steering lever bracket, woodruff key from cross
housing and carefully lift housing and shaft and the brake cross shaft (No. 9)
instrument support from transmission. from the transmission.
NOTE: Do not attach chain hoist ta

s teering wheel, as possible damage 4. Disconnect the hose assembly located
may result. within the transmission case, between the mul-
26
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and J65
Fig. 35 - Steering Housing and Tractor Instrument Support Fig. 37 - Removing Planetary
1. Bolts - Instrument Support to Transmission 1. Plonetary Shift Fork 4. Plonetory - Dual Range
2. Bolts - Steering Housing to Transmission 2. Setscrew 5. Bolts - Plonetory Retaining
3. Plonetory Coupler 6. Sh ifter Rail
ti-power pump and the tube assembly at trans- under the center housing and attach a chain
mission front case. hoist to the transmission case.
/
5. Place a suitable stand or other support 6. Remove the boUs securing the transmis-
sion to the center housing.
7. Carefully" split" transmission from the

center housing, while making sure the center
housing and the transmission is adequately sup-
ported. Place the transmission in a suitable
stand or on block on the floor.
DISASSEMBUNG THE TRANSMISSION
The instructions pertaining to disassembly of

the transmission are written while assuming
that the transmission has been completely re-
moved from the tractor. The procedures are
separated into sub-headings and before a par-
ticular part may be removed, it may be neces-
sary to remove other components first. Refer
to the appropriate sub-headings when directed
for procedures.
Removing Shif#er Forks and Rails

Fig. 36 - Removing Shifter Rails and Forks
1. Ports for Detent Springs and Bolls
2. Shifter Rai! - Law and Reverse
8. Plonetary Shift Fork
9. Setscrew - Planetory Shift Fork
Refer to Fig. 36 and proceed, as follows:
3. Planctary Sh;ft Roil la. Plonetory Coupler
4. Planctory Shift Selecter 11. Planetory
5. Sctscrcws - Shift Forks 12. Shift Fork - Law and Reverse 1. Remove setscrew (No. 9) from planetary
6. Rail Stop Plate 13. Sh;ft Fork - Intermediate and High
7. Bolts - Rail Stop Plate 14. Shifter Rail -Intermediate and High
shifter fork (No. 8) and slide shifter fork with
Pr:crcd ie U.S.A.
27
MASSEY -FERGUSON
planetary coupler (No. 10) from planetary

shifter rail (No. 3).
2. Remove neutral switch and detent springs
from ports (No. 1).
3. Use a magnet to remove detent balls from

ports (No. 1).
4. Remove bolts (No. 7) and rail stop plate

(No. 6).
5. Remove locking setscrews (No. 5) from

planetary shift selector (No. 4), low and re-
verse shifter fork (No. 12), and intermediate
and high shifter fork (No. 13).
6. Slide shifter rails (No. 2, No. 3 and No.

14) from transmission case and remove shifter
forks (No. 12 and No. 13) and planetary shift
selector (No. 4).
Removing Planetary
Refer to Fig. 37 and proceed, as follows: Fig. 38 - Relative Location of Main Shaft and Related Parts
1. Snap Ring - Bearing 4. Law Speed Gear
2. Main Shaft 5. Front Beoring - Main Shaft
1. If planetary shifter fork (No. 1) and plan- 3. Intermediote and High 6. Rear Beoring - Main Shaft
etary coupler (No. 3) have not been removed Speed Geor 7. Snap Rings
from the transmission, remove setscrew (No.

2) and slide shifter fork with coupler from
shifter rail (No. 6).
2. Insert a heavy screwdriver into main
2. Remove bolts (No. 5) securing planetary shaft and place a pry bar between low speed
"assembly" (No. 4) to transmission case. gear and center member of transmission case,
3. Insert two screwdrivers between plane-
tary and transmission case, directly opposite 3. While holding the "change speed" gears
each other, and carefully pry the planetary in the poSition shown, pry main shaft front and
"assembly" away from the transmission. rear bearings (No. 3 and No. 5, Fig. 39) from
their "housings".
NOTE: Use care to prevent damage to
the shim installed between planetary 4. After main shaft has been freed, slide
and transmission. the shaft rearward and remove front bearing by
using shaft as a sliding hammer and "change
4. Remove planetary from transmission and speed" gears from the shaft, while removing
place on work bench. shaft from transmission.
5. Remove snap rings (No. 7, Fig. 38) and

Removing Main Shaft and "Change Speed" Gears remove rear bearing forward from shaft.
Fig. 38 shows a cut-away view of the main

shaft (No. 2) and "change speed" gears (No. 3
and No. 4) installed in the transmission, as Removing PTO Main Shaft Retainer
well as an exploded view of these parts.
Refer to Fig. 40 for a cut-away illustration
1. Remove shifter forks, planetary selector, and exploded view of the PTO main shaft re-
shifter rails, planetary coupler and planetary tainer and related parts.
from the transmission. (Refer to the appropri-
ate sub-headings for procedures. ) Refer to Fig. 41 and proceed, as follows:
28
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
Fig. 39 - Releasing Main Shaft From Transmission

1. Intermediate and 2. Low Speed Geor 4. Main Shaft
High Geor 3. Front Beoring 5. Rear Beoring
Fig. 40 - Relative Location of PTO Main Shah

Retainer and Related Parts
1. Bearing - PTO Pin ion Assembly 6. Bush ing
2. Snop Ring 7. Rctaincr
3. Gosket 8. Scaling Rings
4. Seol - PTO Pinion Assembly 9. PTO Pin ion Asscmbly
S. Seo 1 - Retoiner 10. Snop Ring
1. Remove both springs (No. 8) from clutch

release bearing carrier (No. 14).
2. Slide carrier (No. 14) and bearing from

the retainer (No. 13) as an assembly.
3. Remove setscrews (No. 6) from both

Fig. 41 - Removing Clutch Release Bearing sides of bearing release fork (No. 15).
and Carrier From Retainer
1. Shift Control Valve 9. PTO Pin ion Asscmbly
2. Shift Red 10. Input Shoh 4. Remove clutch release shafts (No. 7 and
3. Shi fter Lever - Va l 'le
.1. Oi 1 ln le' Tube
11. HousingCover
12. Boit - Cover Retaining
No. 16) from fork (No. 15) and remove this fork
5. 8rockct -- Shiftcr Lever
6. Sctscrcws
13. Reto ;ner
14. Ca~rier - Rcleasc Bcar;ng
from the transmission case.
7. Clutch Releese Shah- 15. Fork Rclcosc Bcoring
Left·Hond 16. Clutch Releose Shoft -
8. 8cor::19 Rcturn Spring - Releasc Right·Hond 5. Disconnect and remove oil inlet tube (No.
29
Pr:r.'ed :n U.S.A.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 42 - View of PTO Main Shah Retainer Fig. 43 - Removing or Installing PTO Main Shaft Retainer
With Clutch Bearing Removed 1. Speciol Tooi OTC·FT·357 - Seol Protector 3. Input Shaft
1. ail Inlet Tube 3. Boit 2. PTO Pinion Assembly 4. Retoiner
2. Lever Bracket - Shift Valve 4. Boit
5. Boit
control and the valve mounting gasket shawn by

removing the mounting screws securing the
1, Fig. 42) from the transmission and the shift valve to the retainer.
control valve.
3. Place shift control valve on work bench.
6. Remove bolts (No. 3, No. 4 and No. 5,
Fig. 42) from shift lever bracket (No. 2, Fig.
42) and retainer. Removing PTO Pinion Assembly
7. Remove shift lever bracket (No. 2, Fig. 1. Remove PTO Main Drive shaft retainer
42), with attached linkage, from the trans- from the transmission. (Refer to the appropri-
mission. ate sub-heading for procedures. )
8. Carefully slide retainer and PTO Pinion 2. Remove snap ring (No. 6, Fig. 45) se-
assembly, with attached shift control valve, curing bearing and pinion in retainer.
from the input shaft, as shawn in Fig. 43.
3. Tap protruding end of pinion shaft against
9. Remove gasket (No. 4, Fig. 40) from be- a wooden block ta free bearing from retainer.
tween the retainer and the transmission case
and remove the thrust washer (installed between 4. Remove PTO pinion assembly from re-
Hydraulic clutch and PrO Pinion assembly) tainer and remove snap ring (No. 7, Fig. 45)
from input shaft. securing bearing (No. 4, Fig. 45) to shaft of
pinion assembly.
Removing Shift Control Valve Assembly 5. Press bearing (No. 4, Fig. 45) from pin-
ion assembly (No. 1, Fig. 45).
1. Remove PTO Main Drive shaft retainer
from the transmission. (Re fer ta the appropri-
ate sub-heading for procedures. ) Removing Main Input Shaft
2. Refer ta Fig. 44 and remove the shift Refer ta Fig. 46, which shows a cut-away
30
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, ISO and 165
SHIFT CONTROL~ -0
VALVE
-GASKET
Fig. 4S - Removing the PTO Pin ion Assembly

1. PTO Pinion Assembly 4. Beoring - PTO Pin ion Assembly
2. Gasket - Retoiner Mounting 5. Thrust Washer - Pinion
3. Retainer Assembly 6. $nap Ring - Bearing ta Retoiner
7. Snop Ring - Beoring to Shoft
Fig. 46). (Two different types of spacers are

used in the four versions of the transmission.
Refer to Fig. 48, which shows these spacers
and their application. )
Fig. 44 - Removing Shift Control Volve
3. Carefully remove input shaft toward rear
of transmission case, as shown in Fig. 49,
while at the same time, sliding the foUowing
illustration and exploded view of the main input parts from the shaft:
shaft and related parts.
a. Hydraulic clutch (No. 3).
The main input shaft assembly (No. 7) (used
in the MF 150 Row Crop (High Clearance) with b. Input overdrive pinionassembly (No. 4).
diesel engine and in aH models of the MF 165)
has the main drive pinion (No. 2) splined to the c. Washer (No. 1). (This washer is not
shaft. The main input shaft assembly (No. 12) used in the MF 135/150 Standard and
(used in the MF 135 and MF 150 Standard (Low the MF 150 Row Crop with gas engine).
Clearance) and in the MF 150 Row Crop with
gas engine) has the main drive gear as a part d. Main Drive pinion (No. 5). (This pinion
of the input shaft and washer (No. 32 is not is made as a part of the MF 135/150
used). (Refer to Fig. 47, which shows the Standard and the MF 150 Row Crop with
typical main input shafts used in the previously gas engine. )
mentioned tractors. )
4. Continue to remove the input s h a ft
1. Remove shifter forks and rails, dual through the rear of the transmission case after
range planetary, the main shaft and "change the preceding parts have been removed.
speed" gears, and the PTO main shaft retainer
assembly from the transmission. (Refer to the
appropriate sub-headings for procedures. )
Removing PTO Front Shah
2. Pull main input shaft (No. 7, Fig. 46)
forward slightly and remove spacer (No. 1, Fig. 50 shows a cut-away illustration and
31
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP " - SECTION 8 - PART 8
Fig. 46 - Relative Location of Ma in Input Shah and Related Parts

1. Spacer - Input Shaft 4. Pin ion Assembly - Input Overdrive 7. *Input Shaft Assembly 10. Bushing
2. *Pinion - Main Drive 5. Hydraulic Clutch 8. Needle Bearlng .11. Thrust Washer
3. *Washer 6. Sealing Rings 9. Plug - Input Shaft 12. ""Input Shaft Assembly
*NOTE: Used an MF 150 Row Crop w/diesel and MF 165 {ail}.
"NOTE: Used on MF 135 and 150 Standard and MF 150 Row Cr op w/gas engine.
exploded view of the PTO front drive shaft and 4. Remove snap ring (No. 8, Fig. 50) and
related parts. spacer washer (No. 6, Fig. 50) fromforward
end of PTO front drive shaft.
1. Remove shifter forks and rails, dual
range planetary, main shaft with "change 5. Thread two 3/8" x 4" UNC hex bolts into
speed" g~ars, the PTO main shaft retainer and the puller holes in the bearing housing, as
the main input shaft (with related parts). (Refer shown in Fig. 51.
to the appropriate sub-headings for procedures. )
2. Remove bolts (No. 5, Fig. 50) securing 6. Alternately turn bolts to force the bearing
housing cap (No. 7, Fig. 50) to the bearing housing and bearing from the transmission
housing (No. 10, Fig. 50). (If alternate hous- case.
ing cap, shown in Fig. 42, is installed, the cap
retaining bolts are 3/8" x 1-1/4" UNC and
special fiat washers are used.) 7. Carefully slide PTO front drive shaft
(No. 1, Fig. 50) rearward from countershaft, .~
3. Remove the housing cap gasket (No. 3, while removing constant mesh gear (No. 12,
Fig. 50). Fig. 50) upward from the transmission case.
32
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Mf 135, ISO and 165
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8 MUl. T'-PO WER TRANSM'SS'ONS
Fig. 49 - Removing and Reinstalling Input

Shaft and Related Parts
1. 'Washer 3. Hydraulic (Iutch
2. Input Shah Assembly 4. Input Overdrive Pin ion
5. **MaÎn Drive Pinion
'NOTE: Not used in MF 135/150 Standard ond
MF 150 Raw (rap w/gos engi".".
""""NOTE: Main drive pinion mode as a part
of input shah on MF 135/150 Standard
and MF 150 Row (rap w/gas engin •.
Fig. 47 - Main Input Shafts Typical of MF 135,

MF 150 and MF 165 Tractors
1. Main Input Shah Assembly 3. Main Input Shah Assembly
2. Main Drive Pinion Assembly 4. *Wosher
S. Overdrive Pin ion Assembly
'~OTE: Used in MF 150 Row (rop w/diesel ond MF 165 (011) only.
• J60"~ b USED ON
MF 165 AlL
& MF 150 ROW
CROP W/DIESEL
USED ON
MF 135/150
STANDARD
& MF 150 ROW
11. ,30
"
ICRO?W/GAS
2f If
Fig. 50 - PTO Front Drive Shaft With Related Parts

J -'.286
.282" 1. PTO Front Drive Shaft
2. Snap Ring
7. Housing (op
8. Snap Ring
3. Gasket - Housing (op 9. Beoring Snap Ring
4. Beoring la. Becring Housing
Fig. 48 - Input Shaft Spacers Used in MF 135, 5. Boit (3/8" x 1·3/8" UNe) 11. Gasket - Housing
150 and 165 Tractors 6. Spocer Washer 12. Constant Mesh Geor
33
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Removing Countershaft
To provide easier removal and reinstallation

of the countershaft, a suitable "puller" may be'~
made using the following parts (see Fig. 53):
a. A "ready-boIt" 7/8" x 36" approximate.
b. Two nuts (one for each end of the ready

boIt).
Fig. 51 - Removing PTO Front Shaft Bearing Housing
1. Bearing 2. Bearing Housing 3. Boil - 3/8" x 4" UNC c. Two 2-1/2" OD, heavy flat washers.
Fig. 52 - Relative Lacation of Countershaft and Related Parts

1. Snap Ring 5. Hi gh Speed Pinion 9. Overdrive Geer 13. Snop Ring - Pinion Retaining
2. Bearing Snap Ring 6. Coun.ershaf. 10. Needle Bearing 14. Front Beoring - Countershoft
3. Rear Beoring - Countcrshaft 7. Thrus. Washer 11. Bushings 15. Standard Drive Gear
4. Intermediote Spced Pinion 8. Spring - "jaw" Clulch 12. Snap Ring - Overdrive Gear 16 . . . jow" Clutch Coupler
34
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and J65
GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8 MUI.TI-POWER TRANSMISSIONS
exploded view of the countershaft and related

parts.
1. Remove shifter forks and rails, dual

range planetary, main shaft with "change speed"
gears, PTO main shaft retainer, the input
shaft (with related parts) and the PTO front
drive shaft. (Refer to the appropriate sub-
headings for procedures.)
2. Remove snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 52) at rear

of countershaft.
3. Install the "puller" through the counter-

shaft, as follows:
Fig. 53 - Pulling Countershaft Forward Using "Puller"
1. Nut 3. "Reody·Bolt" (7/S" x 36") a. Insert the "ready-bolt" (No. 3, Fig. 53)
2. Flot Wosher (2-1/2" O.D.) 4. Cross Bar through the countershaft, taking care to
prevent damage to -the needle bearing
in rear of countershaft.
d. A "cross bar". The "cross bar" should b. Install a flat washer and nut on the
be long enough to go across transmission case "ready-bolt" at rear of countershaft.
(or to go across the front opening for the PTO
bearing housing) and have a hole through center c. Place "c r 0 s s ba r" (No. 4, Fig. 53)
for the "ready-bolt". across front of transmission, insert
"ready-bolt" through cross bar, and
e. One piece of 2" ID pipe, approximately install washer (No. 2, Fig. 53) and nut
12" long. (No. 1, Fig. 53).
Fig. 52 shows a cut-away illustration and 4. Turn the nut on the puller at the forward
end of the transmission case to pull the coun-
tershaft forward just enough to allow for re-
moval of pinion snap ring (No. 13, Fig. 52).
5. Remove the pinion snap ring (No. 13,Fig.

52) from the groove in center of countershaft,
allowing this snap ring to remain on the shaft.
6. Install special tool MFN-830 (No. 3, Fig.

54) around standard drive gear (No. 1, Fig. 54)
and overdrive gear (No. 2, Fig. 54). Tighten
the special tool bolts finger-tight.
7. Remove snap ring (No. 12, Fig. 52) at

front of countershaft.
8. Slide countershaft rearward (just enough

to allow for removal of standard and overdrive
gear) and remove the special tool MFN-830,
with standard and overdrive gears through the
top of the transmission case, as shown in Fig.
54. (This procedure also removes the "jaw"
clutch coupler and spring while holding these
parts in a reassembly position.)
Fig. 54 - Removing or Installing Standard Drive and 9. Remove rear bearing (No. 3, Fig. 52)
Overdrive Gear from Countershaft from shaft and slide thrust washer (No. 7, Fig.
1 Standard Drive Geor 2. Overdrive Geor
3. Special Tooi MFN-S30 - Geor Holder 52) from forward end of shaft.
Pnntcd :n U.S.A.
35
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP /1 - SECTION B - PART 8
Fig. 55 - View of Countershaft with Standard and

Overdrive Gears Removed
1. Front Beoring - Countershoft 2. Intermediote Speed Pin ion
3. High Speed Pinion
10. Slide countershaft forward while re-

placing front bearing (No. 1, Fig. 55) into its Fig. 56 - Relative Location of Reverse Cluster Geer
housing in the center member of the transmis- and Related Parts
sion case. 1. Boit (3/8" X 7/8" UNCl
2. Tabwosher
6.
7.
Wosher - Reverse Geor
Reverse Cluster Geor
3. Stop - Reverse Shaft 8. Raller Beoring (56 Instolledl
4. Reverse Cluster Shoft 9. Washer - Raller Bearings
11. Continue to slide countershaft forward 5. Spocer Wosher .10. Spocer - Raller Eleorings
and out of the transmission case, while at the
same time, sliding the intermediate speed pin-
ion (No. 4, Fig. 52) and high speed pinion (No.
5, Fig. 52) from the countershaft and removing the reverse cluster gear (No. 7, Fig. 56),
them through the top of the case. through the hole in the center member of the
transmission at the forward end of the reverse
c1uster shaft.
Removing the Reverse e'uster Gear
4. Use the dowel (or rubber hose) to push
Fig. 56 shows a cut-away illustration and the reverse c lus ter shaft (No. 4, Fig. 56)
exploded view of the reverse cluster gear and rearward from the cluster gear, allowing the
related parts. dowel to retain the 56 roller bearings (No. 8,
Fig. 56) in position inside of the reverse cluster
1. Remove shifter forks and rails, dual gear.
range planetary and the main shaft with "change
speed" gears. (Refer to the appropriate sub- 5. Remove the reverse cluster shaft (No. 4,
headings for procedure. ) Fig. 56) from the transmission case, while at
the same time, preventing spacer washer (No.
2. Straighten tabwasher (No. 2, Fig. 56) se- 5, Fig. 56) from dropping.
curing retaining boit for reverse shaft stop
(No. 3, Fig. 56). Remove boit (No. 1, Fig. 56), 6. Remove spacer washer (No. 5, Fig. 56)
tabwasher (No. 2, Fig. 56) and stop (No. 3, Fig. and position the dowel (or' rubber hose) holding
56) from transmission case. the roller bearings (No. 8, Fig. 56) so that the
reverse cluster gear may be removed from the
3. Insert a piece of wooden dowel (such as a transmission.
broom handle) or a rubber hose, with a diame-
ter slightly smaller than the diameter of the 7. Remove the reverse cluster gear (No. 7,
reverse cluster shaft (No. 4, Fig. 56) and a Fig. 56) along with roller bearings, spacer (No.
length approximately the same as the width of 10, Fig. 56), washers (No. 6, Fig. 56) and the
36
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
Fig 57 - Dual Range Planetary - Identification of Parts

1. Reer Cover Plate 7. Front Cover Plate
2. Thrust Wosher 8. Shim
3. Plonetory Ring Geor 9. Thrust Wosher - Pinion Fig. 58 - Removing Planetary Pinions from Carrier
4. Dowel Pins 10. Pin ion Geor - Plonetory
5. Needle Beorings (132 Instolled) 1. Pinion Carrier 3. Pinion Geor
11. Spocer - Needle Beorings
6. Planetary Pin ion Carrier 2. Pinion Geor Shoft 4. Thr:.Jst Washers - Pinion Geor
12. Pinion Shoft
dowel (holding the roUer bearings in position) 57), washers (No. 9, Fig. 57), spacers (No. 11,
from the transmission. Fig. 57) and the needle bearings (No. 5, Fig.
57) from the pinion carrier.
SERVICING THE DUAL RANGE PLANETARY 5. Repeat the preceding steps 3 and 4 until
aU three pinion gears have been removed from
Refer ta the appropriate sub- headings for the pinion carrier.
procedures pertaining ta removing and instaU-
ing the planetary.
Inspeding the Planetary
Disassembling the Planetary Refer ta Fig. 57.
Fig. 57 shows an exploded view of the "dual- 1. Thoroughly clean aU parts of the plane-
range" planetary and identification of parts. tary with a clean solvent and dry with com-
pressed air.
1. After the planetary has been removed
from the transmission and placed on the work 2. Inspect the pmlOn gears (No. 10) for
bench, separate shim (No. 8) front caver plate chipped or broken teeth and replace the gears
(No. 7) thrust washers (No. 2) and rear caver where either damage exists.
plate (No. 1) from the ring gear (No. 3).
3. Check the needle bearings (No. 5), spac-
2. Lift the pinion carrier (No. 6) with the ers (No. 11) and thrust washers (No. 9) for
installed pinion gears from the ring gear and damage or excessive wear.
place the pinion carrier on the bed of a "press".
4. Inspect the shim (No. 8), front and rear
3. Press pinion gear shaft (No. 2, Fig. 58) caver plates (No. 7 and No. 1) and thrust wash-
from pinion gear (No. 3, Fig. 58) and carrier ers (No. 2) for damage or excessive wear.
(No. 1, Fig. 58).
5. Check that the teeth in the pinion carrier
4. After the shaft has been pressed free of (No. 6) and in the ring gear (No. 3) are not
carrier, remove the pinion gear (No. 10, Fig. chipped or broken.
Pr ntcd ln U S.A, 37
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Reassemb'ins the P'anetary
Refer to Fig. 57.
1. After ail parts have been thoroughly

cleaned, dried and inspected, place a light
coating of grease on one side of each thrust
washer (No. 9) and on the needle bearings (No.
5) and spacers (No. 11).
2. Place one thrust washer (No. 9), with

grease side up, on the bench and position pinion
gear (No. 10) over this washer.
"3. Install one spacer (No. 11) inside of pin-

ion gear and place the first row of needle bear-
ings (No. 5) on top of this spacer and around
the inside diameter of pinion gear.
4. Install center spacer (No. 11) inside of

pinion gear and down against needle bearings.
5. Position second row of needle bearings

(No. 5) inside of pinion gear and place third
spacer (No. 11) on top of bearings.
6. Place second thrust washer (No. 9) on top

of third spacer and pinion gear.
7. Position the "assembled" pmlOn gears

correctly in the pinion carrier with the carrier Fig. 59 - Removing Oil Seo 1 Trom PlO Pinion Shah
on the bed of the "press", with its hub-end 1. Special Tooi MFN-850 - Seal Remover 2. PTO Pinion Assembly
down and the shaft hole through the pinion gear
and carrier in alignment.
8. Carefuily press the pinion shaft (No. 12)

in place. through the planetary to aid in maintaining cor-
rect assembly order.
9. Proceed to reassemble the remammg
pinion gears into the pinion carrier as outlined
in the preceding steps.
SERVICING THE PTO MAIN SHAfT
10. After pinion carrier has been completely RETAINER AND P'NION ASSEM8L y
reassembled, position the carrier into the ring
gear (No. 3). Refer to the appropriate sub-headings for
procedures pertaining to removing and rein-
11. Place one thrust washer (No. 2) against stalling the PTO main drive shaft retainer.
each side of the pinion carrier, making sure
that they also fit completely inside of the ring
gear. . Disassembling the pro Main
Shaft Retainer and Pinion
12. Place the front and the rear cover plate Refer to Fig. 40, which shows a cut-away
(No. 7 and No. 1) against their respective sides and exploded view of the PTO main drive shaft
of the ring gear and place shim (No. 8) against retainer and related parts.
front cover plate. (The slotted cut-away por-
tion of the front cover plate and the shim should 1. After the retainer has been removed from ~.
be aligned with each other and at the top of the the transmission, place it on the work bench
planetary when it is reinstailed on the trans- and remove the shift control valve and valve
mission.) Insert planetary retaining bolts gasket from the top of the retainer.
38
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Mf 135, 150 and J65
ion shaft and tap seal (No. 4, Fig. 40) from

shaft.
7. Carefully remove retainer seal (No. 5,

Fig. 40) from retainer with a chisel, taking
care to prevent damage to the retainer.
Inspecting the PTO Main Shaft

Refainer and Pin ion Assembly
Refer to Fig. 40.
1. Thoroughly clean aU parts with a suitable

solvent and dry with compressed air.
2. Inspect bearing (No. 1) for binding or

rough spots.
3. Check the pmlOn assembly (No. 9) for

chipped or broken teeth and splines.
4. Inspect bushing (No. 6) for excessive

wear and scoring.
5. Check that the oil passages through the

retainer and the PTO pinion assembly will
allow free passage of oil.
Reassembling fhe pro Main Shaff

Refa;ner and P;n;on Assembly
1. If bearing (No. 1, Fig. 40) has been re-

moved from pinion shaft, start the bearing
Fig. 60 - Installing PTO Pinian Shaft Oil Seal over the pinion shaft and use a suitable "press"
1. PTO Pinion Assembly 2. Special Tooi MFN-849 - Seal Installer to seat bearing. Install snap ring (No. 10, Fig.
3. Oi 1 Seol - Pinion Shah
40) into its groove.
2. Install new sealing rings (No. 8,. Fig. 40)

into their grooves on the pinion shaft.
2. Remove snap ring (No. 2) securing the
PTO pin ion assembly (No. 9) and bearing (No. 1) 3. Place new oil seal (No. 3, Fig. 60) against
into the retainer. end of special tool MFN-849 (No. 2, Fig. 60),
with the leUering end of the seal away from the
3. Tap protruding end of pinion shaft against special tool.
a wooden block and remove the pinion and bear-
ing from the retainer. 4. Insert oil seal and special tool MFN-849
into rear portion of pinion assembly (No. 1,
4. Remove sealing rings (No. 8) from the Fig. 60), then carefully tap the oil seal down
pinion shaft. against the internaI shoulder of the pinion shaft.
Remove special tool MFN-849 from the pinion
5. If bearing (No. 1) is to be removed from assembly.
the pinion shaft, remove snap ring (No. 10) and
use a sui table "press" to remove bearing from 5. Insert splined end of pinion shaft into the
shafl retainer and tap the gear end of the pinion as-
sembly against a wooden block until the shaft
6. Place pinion assembly (No. 2, Fig. 59) is positioned correctly into retainer.
on the bench with the gear end down. Install
special to01 MFN-850 (No. 1, Fig. 59) into pin- 6. Install snap ring (No. 2, Fig. 40) to se-
Pr:nTcd Ir' U.S A. 39

MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 62 - Exploded and Assembled View of Shift

Control Valve
1. Copscrew (7/8" Lenglh) 7. Regu leter Spool
2. Copscrew (1-1/4" Length) 8. Shift Spool
3. Shift Control Volve Body 9. "O"·Ring - Shift Spool
4. Wosher 10. Volve Mounting Gosket
5. Regulotor Plug 11. "O"·Ring - Volve Port
6. Regulotor Spring 12. Fitting
SERVICING THE SHIFT

CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBL y
·Fig.61 - Installing Retainer Qil Seal
1. Special Tooi MFN-848-A - Seol Installer
2. Special Tooi MFN-848-B - Seol Guide Remove the PTO main shaft retainer from
3. Oi 1 Seol - Retoiner
4. Retoiner - PTO Main Drive Shah
the transmission and the shift control valve
from the retainer. (Refer to the appropriate
sub- headings for procedures. )
cure the pinion assembly (No. 9, Fig. 40) into

the retainer (No. 7, Fig. 40). Oisassembling Shift Control Valve
Fig. 62 shows an exploded and assembled
7. Refer to Fig. 61 and place special tool view of the shift control valve.
MFN-848-B (No. 2) into special tool MFN-
848-A (No. 1). 1. After the control valve has been removed
from the PTO main shà.ft retainer, thoroughly
clean the valve with a suitable solvent and dry
8. Lubricate the oil seal (No. 3) and place with compressed air.
seaI over seal guide (No. 2) with the sealing
lips toward the installer (No. 1). Push seal 2. Remove fitting (No. 12) and "O"-ring (No.
carefully but firmIy into place against the 11) from valve body.
flange on the seaI installer and remove seai
guide (No. 2). 3. Carefully slide shift spool (No. 8) from
valve body and remove "O"-ring (No. 9) from
spool.
9. Position oil seal and seal installer (No. 1
and No. 3) carefully against retainer (No. 4) 4. Carefully remove regulator plug (No.
and over pinion shaft and tap the oil seal into and washer (No. 4) from valve body.
position. Carefully remove seal installer
(No. 1) from retainer oil seai (No. 3). 5. Tap valve body lightly against a wooden
40
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and 165
block and remove regulator spring (No. 6) and

slide regulator spool (No. 7) from the valve.
Inspeding the Shift Control Volve
Refer to Fig. 62.
Replace "O"-rings (No. 9 and No. 11), gasket

(No. 10) and washer (No. 4) with new parts.
ASSEMBLED VIEW
Thoroughly saturate "O"-rings and gasket with
clean transmission oil.
1. Inspect the valve body (No. 3), regulator

spool (No. 7) and shift spool (No. 8) for dam-
age, scoring and wear.
2. Check that regulator spring (No. 6) is not

broken.
3. Check the threads on fitting (No. 12) and

in valve port for nicks or burrs.
Reassembling the Shift Control Valve Fig. 63 - Exploded and Portia 1 Assembled View
of Hydraulic Clutch
1. Snap Ring - Retainer Plate 5. (Iutch Plates
Refer to Fig. 62 .. 2. (Iutch Retainer Plote 6. (Iutch Piston
3. Piston Return Springs (6) 7. Piston Seoling Ring - Outer
4. Clutch "Friction" Dises 8. Piston Seoling Ring - Inner
1. Insert regulator spool (No. 7) into its re- 9. (Iutch Housing
spective bore within the valve body, with the

widest "land" on the spool toward bore opening.
2. Drop regulator spring (No. 6) into place NOTE; Capscrew containing the cop-
against the regulator spool and install washer per washer is to be installed in the
(No. 4) and regulator plug (No. 5). Torque valve's right, front rnounting hale (as
plug to 17-22 ft.-Ibs. would appear facing the valve when
properly mounted on the retainer).
3. Install new "O"-ring (No. 9) on shift spool
(No. 8) and insert spool carefully into its bore
in the valve body, with the slotted end of the SERVICING THE HYDRAUUC CI.UTCH
spool (slot to which the mechanical linkage is
inserted) protruding from the valve and facing Remove the shifter forks and rails, the dual
in the same direction as the valve inlet port. range planetary, the main shaft with "change
speed" gears, the PTO main drive shaft re-
4. Place new "O"-ring (No. 11) on fitting tainer and the input shaft from the transmis-
(No. 12) and install this fitting into the valve sion. (Re fer to the appropriate sub- headings
inlet port. for procedures. )
5. Place a new mounting gasket (No. 10) on

top of PTO main shaft retainer and position Disassembling the Hydraulic Clutch
shaft control valve over gasket, with the valve
inlet port facing forward on the retainer (as it Refer to Fig. 63, which shows an exploded
would appear with retainer installed in the and partially assembled view of the hydraulic
transmission case). cluteh.
6. Install capscrews (No. 1) through the 1. After the hydraulie eluteh has been re-
rear holes in the valve body and install cap- moved from the input shaft assembly, place it
screws (No. 2) into the forward holes (nearest on the beneh with the snap ring (No. 1) upward
the inlet port). Torque capscrew evenly to and lift the input overdrive pinion fl'om the
3- 4 ft. -lbs. cluteh dises.
Printcd in U.S.A. 41
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PARTS
2. Carefully remove snap ring (No. 1) se-

curing the retainer plate (No. 2) into the clutch
housing (No. 9) and lift out the piston return
springs (No. 3), clutch friction discs (No. 4)
and clutch plates (No. 5) from the clutch
housing.
3. Turn clutch housing over to place large

opening downward and tap the housing against a
wooden block until clutch piston (No. 6) is
"jarred" from the housing.
4. Remove sealing ring (No. 7) from the

outer groove around clutch piston (No. 6) and
remove sealing ring (No. 8) from its groove in
the hub of the clutch housing (No. 9).
Inspecting the Hydraulic Clutch Fig. 64 - Removing or Insfclling Cluteh Plates and Dises
1. Clutch "Friction" Dises 3. Piston Return Spring
Refer to Fig. 63. 2. Clutch Plote 4. Clutch Housing
Sealing rings (No. 7 and No. 8) should be re-

placed with new parts.
1. Thoroughly clean aIl parts of the clutch with the hub side of the piston upward. (The
with a suitable solvent and dry with compressed end of the piston with the sealing ring down-
air. ward. )
2. Inspect the clutch discs (No. 4) for dam- 4. Use a small screwdriver to carefully
age, scoring or excessive wear and replace if compress the sealing ring around the piston,
any of these conditions exists. and push piston and ring downward into the
clutch housing.
3. Check the clutch plates (No. 5) for dam-
age, scoring or excessive wear. If light score 5. Position one of the clutch plates (No. 5,
marks are found, they may be removed with a Fig. 63) into the clutch housing with the "ear
fine grade of crocus clotho lobes" of the plate inserted into the serrations;
see Fig. 64.
4. Check inner hub of clutch housing for
chipped or damaged teeth and check that the 6. Place one clutch disc (No. 4, Fig. 63)
piston return springs (No. 3) are not broken. into position on top of the clutch plate (No. 5,
Fig. 63).
5. Check that the oil inlet and drain holes
will allow free pasf?age of oil. 7. Install the remaining clutch plates (No. 5,
Fig. 63) and clutch dises (No. 4, Fig. 63) into
the housing in their correct alternate sequence
Reassemb'ing the Hydrau'ic Clutch (as shown in the assembled view in Fig. 63),
making sure that the "ear lobes" on the clutch
1. After the hydraulic clutch has been plates (No. 5, Fig. 63) are inserted into the
cleaned and inspected, place clutch housing serrations in the housing in a staggered order;
(No. 9, Fig. 63) on the bench with large open- see Fig. 64. (This procedure allows for cor-
ings upward. rect installation and positioning of the piston
return springs. )
2. Install new sealing ring (No. 8, Fig. 63)
into its groove on the inner hub of the clutch 8. Position the six piston return springs
housing (No. 9, Fig. 63). (No. 3, Fig. 64) into clutch housing and on top
of the "ear lobes" of the lowermost (the first'--...../
3. Install new sealing ring (No. 7, Fig. 63) installed) clutch plate. (The position of the
into its groove around clutch piston (No. 6, Fig. return springs to the clutch plate is shown in
63) and place the clutch piston into the housing the assembled view in Fig. 63.)
42
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and J65
GROUP Il - SECTION B - PART 8 MUI.TI·POWER TRANSMISSIONS
9. Position the clutch retainer plate (No. 2,

Fig. 63) inside of clutch housing and place the
housing on the bed of a suitable "press".
10. Place the snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 63)

against the retainer plate (No. 2, Fig. 63) and
apply just enough pressure against the plate
with the "press" so as to allow installation of
snap ring into its groove in the clutch housing.
Install snap ring into its groove and remove the
hydraulic clutch from the press.
SERVICING THE MAIN INPUT SHAFT
Refer to the appropriate sub- headings for

procedures pertaining to removing and install-
ing the main input shaft assembly.
Oisassembling the Main Input Shaft

Fig. 65 - Insta lIing Needle Bearing into Input Shaft
1. Remove sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 46)
L Special Tooi MFN-216 - Beoring Installer 2, Needle Bearing
from the input shaft. 3, Input Shaft Assembly
2. Use a suitable "puller" to remove needle

bearing (No. 8, Fig. 46) from the input shaft
(No. 7, Fig. 46). into special tool MFN-216 (No. 1, Fig. 65) and
start the bearing into the input shaft.
NOTE: Use extreme care when re-
moving the needle bearing sa as ta 4. Press the needle bearing into its seat and
prevent damage ta the bearing seat remove the shaft from the "press".
within the shaft and ta prevent possi-
ble damage ta the shaft spur, gear
teeth and/or splines, or damage ta the INSPECTING THE TRANSMISSION
shaft plug (No. 9, Fig. 46).
In addition to the specific inspection of a par-
ticular part being serviced, the following in-
Inspecfing the Mai~ Input Shaft spection procedures should also be observed
prior to reassembling the transmission:
Thoroughly clean the input shaft with a suit-
able solvent and dry with compressed air. 1. AU parts removed from the transmission
should be thoroughly cleaned with a suitable
1. Check the shaft for chipped or broken solvent and dried with compressed aÏLr. If the
splines or spur gear teeth. transmission has been completely disassem-
bled, the transmission case shouldl also be
2. Check that the oil passages through the cleaned and dried.
shaft assembly will allow free passage of the
oil. NOTE: Do not wipe the tr-ansmission
parts or the inside of the transmission
case with a material that leaves lint.
Reassembling the Main Input Shaft
2. Inspect aU gears for chipped or broken
1. Install new sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 46) teeth and replace those that are damaged.
on input shaft.
3. Check all bearings for binding or rough
2. Place input shaft on "press" with pinion spots and install new bearings if either condi-
end upward, as shown in Fig. 65. tion is noted.
3. Position needle bearing (No. 2, Fig. 65) 4. Inspect all shafts for excessively worn or
Printcd in U.S.A.
43
MASSEY -FERGUSON
TRANSMISSIONS GROUP Il - SECTION 8 - PART 8
damaged splines and replace those that show

either condition.
5. Check the bushing in the standard drive

gear on the countershaft (No. 11, Fig. 52) and
the bushing in the PTO main shaft retainer
(No. 6, Fig. 40) for excessive wear or scoring
and replace, if necessary.
6. Inspect aIl thrust washers and spacers

for wear or scoring and replace if either con-
dition exists.
7. Check the needle bearings installed in the

reverse cluster gear, the countershaft and the
main input shaft for excessive wear or damage
and replace defective parts.
8. Remove sealing rings (No. 6, Fig. 46)

between input shaft .and PTO pinion assembly,
and sealing rings (No. 8, Fig. 40) between PTO Fig. 66 - Installing Countershaft
pinion assembly and PTO main shaft retainer. 1. Snap Ring - Pinion 2. Front Bearing - Countershoft 3. Countershoft
Replace these sealing rings with new parts.
REASSEMBUNG THE TRANSMISSION

10) over "dowel" and down against the roller
The instructions pertaining to reassembly of bearings.
the transmission are separated into sub-head-
ings. Before reassembly of certain parts into
the transmission may be accomplished, it may 6. Install the second row of roller bearings
be necessary to install other components first. (No. 8) into the cluster gear and place remain-
Refer to the appropriate sub-headings, when ing bearing washer (No. 9) and gear washer
directed, to obtain the correct reassembly (No. 6) over the "dowel" and down against the
procedures. bearings and gear.
Reinstalling the Reverse Cluster Gear 7. Carefully position cluster gear (No. 7)
into the transmission with the smaller spur
Fig. 56 shows a cut-away and exploded view gear teeth forward.
of the reverse cluster gear and related parts.
1. Apply a light coating of grease to one side 8. Insert gear shaft (No. 4) through the rear
of each gear washer (No. 6) and the inner di- of the transmission case and slightly into clus-
ameter of the reverse cluster gear (No. 7). ter gear to push 11 dowel" slightly from the
cluster gear. (This will provide support of the
2. Place one gear washer on the bench with gear and allow the gear shaft to be removed
the greased side up and place the cluster gear slightly to facilitate installation of the spacer
on top of washer. (No. 5).)
3. Insert "dowel" (or rubber hose) approx- 9. Install spacer (No. 5) and carefully push
imately .312" x 1-7/8" through the cluster gear shaft (No. 4) through spacer (No. 5) and
gear. into cluster gear, while at the same time, re-
moving "dowel" from the transmission.
4. Insert one bearing washer (No. 9) over
"dowel" and into cluster gear. 10. Place shaft stop (No. 3) against rear of
transmission case and se cure with boIt (No. 1) "---/
5. Install the first row of roller bearings and tab washer (No. 2). Bend one "tab" of tab
(No. 8) into cluster gear and place spacer (No. washer to lock boIt.
44
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
Reinstalling the Countershaft

Fig. 52 shows a cut-away view of the coun-
tershaft and related parts.
1. Check that front bearing (No. 2, Fig. 66)

is correctly installed on its seat on the coun-
tershaft and pinion snap ring (No. 1, Fig. 66)
is installed and free around undercut portion of
counter shaft.
2. Insert countershaft (No. 3, Fig. 66) into

transmission case with the helical splines for-
ward and the rear of the countershaft through
the center member of the transmission case.
3. Place high speed pinion (No. 5, Fig. 52)

over the splines on the countershaft with the
Fig. 67 - Installing Rear Bear~ng on Countershaft
hub end of the pinion rearward. 1. "Reocly.Bolt" (7/S" x 36") 3. Pipe (2" I.D. x 12" Approx.)
2. Flot Wosher (2-1/2" 0.0.) 4. Nut
4. Place intermediate speed pinion (No. 4,
Fig. 52) over the splines with the hub end of the
pinion forward and insert the countershaft
through the rear of the transmission case while Reinstalling PTO Front Drive Shah
piloting the front bearing (No. 14, Fig. 52)
through the center member of the transmission, Prior to reinstalling the PTO front drive
as shown in Fig. 55. shaft, the countershaft must be installed in the
transmission. (Refer to the appropriate sub-
5. Place thrust washer (No. 7, Fig. 52) over headings. )
front of countershaft and install standard and
overdrive gears with the use of special tool Fig. 50 shows the PTO front drive shaft with
MFN-830, as shown in Fig. 54. Rotate the related parts.
gears and the countershaft back and forth while
pushing shaft forward into the gears. 1. Insert PTO constant mesh gear (No. 12)
into position inside of transmission case with
6. Install snap ring (No. 12, Fig. 52) into hub end of gear forward.
its groove at the front of the countershaft. Re-
move special too!. 2. Check that snap ring (No. 2) is installed
and insert PTO front drive shaft (No. 1) through
7. Move countershaft forward and pmlOn the countershaft and the PTO constant mesh
gears (No. 4 and No. 5, Fig. 52) rearward and gear.
install pinion snap ring (No. 13, Fig. 52) into its
groove at the center of the countershaft. 3. Place a new gasket (No. 11) against the
bearing housing (No. 10) and position housing
8. Push countershaft rearward and slide and bearing against the transmission case while
rear bearing (No. 3, Fig. 52) over end of shaft. aligning boIt hales. Attach bearing housing to
transmission apening, using two 3/8" x 7/8"
9. Install the "puller" through the counter- NC boIts.
shaft, as shown in Fig. 67. Turn nut on "ready-
boIt" until the rear bearing has been seated on 4. Check that the PTO front shaft is fully
the countershaft. engaged with the constant mesh gear and force
the gear hub into its bearing seat.
10. Push countershaft forward until the front
and rear bearings are in their housings in the 5. Install spacer washer (No. 6) and snap
transmission case. ring (No. 8) in the forward groove on the shaft.
11. Remove "puller" and install snap ring 6. Remove the two balts securing the bear-
(No. 1, Fig. 52) into its groove at the rear of ing housing ta the transmission case and install
the countershaft. cap gasket (No. 3) and housing cap (No. 7) to
45
MASSEY -FERGUSON
the housing with bolts (No. 5). Apply non-

hardening "permatex" to boUs before installing.
Reinstalling Main Input Shaft
Prior ta reinstalling the main input shaft, the

countershaft and PTO front drive shaft must be
installed in the transmission. (Re fer ta the
appropriate sub-headings for procedures.)
Fig. 46 shows a cut-away and exploded view

of the main input shaft.
1. Insert the input overdrive pinion (No. 4)

into the hydraulic clutch (No. 5). Fig. 68 - Inslo lIing Front Bearing on Main Shah
1. Special Tooi MFN-458 - (Beoring Installer) 2. Moin Shoft
2. If washer (No. 3) is used, apply a light 3. Front Beoring-
coating of grease ta one side of washer and

place it against overdrive pinion (No. 4).
3. Insert main drive pinion (No. 2), if used, Fig. 43) over the forward end of the input shaft
and the overdrive pinion (No. 4) and hydraulic (No. 3, Fig. 43).
clutch (No. 5) into correct assembly position in
transmission case.
4. Place new gasket (No. 3, Fig. 40) against
4. Start input shaft (No. 7 or No. 12) through mounting surface of the retainer and carefully
center member of the transmission and through guide the retainer over the input shaft and
the main drive pinion (when used), the over- against the transmission case.
drive pinion (No. 4) and the hydraulic clutch
(No. 5).
5. Apply non-hardening "permatex" ta the
5. Pull input shaft (No. 7 or No. 12) forward retainer mounting boIts (No. 3, No. 4, and No.
slightly and insert spacer (No. 1) in the for- 5, Fig. 42). Check that washer is installed on
ward side of the transmission center member boit (holding shift lever bracket) behind bracket
with the protrusion of the spacer against the (No. 2, Fig. 42).
input shaft.
6. Move the input shaft assembly back 6. Install boIts into their respective mount-
against spacer. ing hales ta secure shift leve:r bracket (No. 5,
Fig. 41) and retainer (No. 13, Fig. 41) ta the
transmission case •. Remove special tool OTC-
Reinstalling PTO Main Shaft Retainer FT-357 from input shaft.
Prior ta reinstalling the PTO main drive 7. Connect ail inlet tube (No. 4, Fig. 41) ta
shaft retainer, the countershaft, the PTO front the fitting on the transmission case and the
drive shaft and the main input shaft should be fitting in the shift control valve (No. 1, Fig. 41).
installed in the transmission.
8. Place release bearing fork (No. 15, Fig.
1. Check that PTO main shaft retainer and 41) into position and install the clutch release
pinion assembly and the shift control valve have shafts (No. 7 and No. 16, Fig. 41). Tighten
been properly serviced. (Refer ta appropriate the setscrews (No. 6, Fig. 41) on both sides of
sub- headings. ) release bearing fork and lockwire into position.
2. Insert thrust washer (No. 5, Fig. 45) over 9. Apply a light coat of lubriplate over
the input shaft with steel side of washer against splines of PTO pinion assembly and slide car-
hydraulic clutch. rier (No. 14, Fig. 41) and bearing (No. 13, Fig.
41) over the pinion and install bath return
3. Install special tool OTC-FT-357 (No. 1, springs (No. 8, Fig. 41).
46
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J500nd J65
Reinstolling Moin Shoft pins with their respective holes in the trans-
ond "Chonge Speed" Geors mission case.
Prior to reinstalling the main shaft and

"change speed" gears, the countershaft, re- NOTE: Check tkat thrust washer re-
verse cluster gear, PTO front drive shaft and mains within the ring gear.
the main input shaft should be installed in the
transmission. (Refer to the appropriate sub-
headings for procedures. ) 3. Install planetary pmlOn carrier (No. 6,
Fig. 57) inside of planetary ring gear, aligning
Refer to Fig. 38 for location of main shaft the pinion gears in the carrier with the splines
and related parts. on the main shaft and the ring gear.
1. Check that main shaft rear bearing (No. 4. Install outer thrust washer (No. 2, Fig.
6) and snap rings (No. 7) are installed. 57) inside of ring gear and position rear cover
plate (No. 1, Fig. 57) against the ring gear
2. Insert main shaft (No. 2) through rear of while aligning the boIt holes.
transmission case and place intermediate and
high speed gear (No. 3) over the shaft with the 5. Secure the p1anetary to the transmission
smaller spur gear teeth forward. case with mounting bolts (No. 5, Fig. 37).
3. Place low speed gear (No. 4) over the 6. If shifter forks and rails are instaUed in
main shaft, with the hub end of the gear (into the transmission, slide coupler (No. 3, Fig.
which the shifter fork fits) toward the rear of 37), with shifter fork (No. 1, Fig. 37), into
the transmission, . and start front bearing (No. planetary while piloting the shifter fork over
5) over the forward end of the shaft. the shifter rail (No. 6, Fig. 37). Secure with
setscrew (No. 2, Fig. 37) and lockwire set-
4. Refer to Fig. 68 and insert special tool screw in place.
MFN-458 (No. 1) into center member of the
transmission case, as shown. Insert the for-
ward end of the main shaft through the special Reinstolling Shif#er Forks and Rails
too1 and then, use a soft mallet to tap the rear
of the main shaft, causing the front bearing Prior to reinstalling the shifter forks and
(No. 3) to seat properly on the main shaft. rails, aU other parts of the transmission should
be assembled. (Refer to the appropriate sub-
5. Slide main shaft rearward, remove the headings for procedures. )
special tool MFN-458, then slide main shaft
forward to place the bearings in their respec- Refer to Fig. 36.
tive housings. Check that forward end of the
main shaft is in correct position in the rear of 1. Drop shifter forks (No. 12 and No. 13) in-
the main input shaft. ta position on the "change speed" gears.
2. Slide planetary shifter rail (No. 3)

through the transmission and start planetary
Reinstalling Plonetory shift selector (No. 4) over the shifter rail, with
the forked portion of the selector up and toward
Prior to reinstaUing the planetary, aIl other the outside of the transmission case.
parts of the transmission should be assembled,
with the exception of the shifter forks and rails 3. Slide planetary shifter rail forward into
(these may or may not be installed, as desired). the transmission case and ta its limits. Posi-
tion selector on rail and tighten setscrew.
1. Check that thrust washers (No. 2, Fig.
57) are correctly installed inside of ring gear 4. Slide shifter rails (No. 2 and No. 14)
(No. 3, Fig. 57) and that front cover plate (No. through the transmission case and the shifter
7, Fig. 57) and shim (No. 8, Fig. 57) are cor- forks (No. 12 and No. 13).
r e ct l Y installed over dowel pins (No. 4).
Fig. 57). NOTE: Make sure tkat the cut-away
portion at the rear of the shifter rails
2. Refer to Fig. 37 and position planetary will align properly with the rail stop
against rear of transmission, aligning the dowel plate.
Printcd În U.S.A.
47
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 69 - Top View of Multi.Power Hydraulic Pump Fig. 70 - Front View of Multi.Power Hydraulic Pump
1. Multj·Power Hydraulic Pump 4. Mounting Solts 1. Multi·Power Hydraulic Pump 4. Pump Driven Geor
2. Idler Geor Assembly 5. Mountîng 8racket 2. Mounting Bolts 5. Pump Id 1er Gear Assembly
3. Dri ve Geor 6. Oil Filter - Multi.Power Pump 3. Mounting Bracket 6. Pump Drive Geor
5. Fush shifter rails forward to their limits into the tractor, the control linkage should be
and secure with setscrews (No. 5). adjusted, as follows:
6. Position rail stop plate (No. 6)' against

the rear of the transmission and secure with 1. Loosen setscrew on control rod protrud-
boIt (No. 7). ing from transmission case.
7. Place planetary shift fork (No. 8) into

coupler (No. 10) and insert coupler into plan- 2. Move the muIti-power lever on the trac-
etary, while at the same time, piloting the shi ft tor dashboard to the "high" position.
fork over rail (No. 3). Secure with setscrew
(No. 9).
3. Move the control rod protruding from the
8. Drop detent balls and springs into their transmission completely down.
respective ports (No. 1) and lockwire setscrews
on shifter forks and shift selector in position.
4. Tighten the setscrew on the control rod.
REINSTALLING THE TRANSMISSION

Reinstall the transmission to the tractor by SERVICING THE MULTI-POWER
following the reverse of the procedure for re- HYDRAULIC PUMP
moval and installing new gaskets.
The multi-power hydraulic pump is located in
Apply a light coat of "lubriplate" to the input the center housing and is mounted on top of the
shaft before installing the engine to the trans- hydraulic lift pump. It is a positive displace-
mission. ment, gear type pump and is driven by a gear
train connected to the PTO front drive shaft.
CONTROL LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT Refer to Fig. 69 and Fig. 70, which show a
top view and front view of the pump assembly
After the transmission has been reinstalled installed in the tractor.
48
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
@
r0fJ
ri /
Il;-
o
~
Fig. 71 - Multi-Power Hydraulic Pump - Identification of Part

1. Oil Filter 6. Front Body 10. Gear Retaining Screw 14. Key 18. Relief Volve Poppet
2. End Cap 7. Idler Gear Shaft 11. Gasket - Oil Filter 15. Driven Gear - Pump 19. Bushings
3. Capscrews - Fi Iter to Pump 8. Idler Gear Assembly 12. Spring - Relief Valve 16. Snop Ring - Driven Geor 20. Following Gear Shah - Pump
4. Hex·Head Capscrew 9. Wosher 13. Leoding Gear Shaft - Pump 17. Plug - Relief Volve 21. Bushings
5. Allen·Head Capscrew 22. "0" ·Rings
REMOVING THE MULTI-POWER PUMP 2. Remove hex-head screw (No. 4) and

Allen-head screw (No. 5) and remove the end
It is recommended that the tractor be "split" cap (No. 2) from the pump body (No. 6).
between the center housing and the transmis-
sion ta enable the backlash between gears (No. 3. Remove snap ring (No. 16) and slide
5 and No. 6, Fig. 70) ta be checked when the driven gear (No. 15) from the leading gear
pump is reinstalled. This backlash should be shaft (No. 13).
.002" ta .005".
4. Remove key (No. 14) from shaft and slide
1. Remove the mounting bolts (No. 4, Fig. the leading gear shaft (No. 13) and the follow-
69) and lockwashers and lift the pump carefully ing gear shaft (No. 20) from the pump body.
from the mounting bracket (No. 5, Fig. 69).
5. Remove bearings (No. 19 and No. 21)
from the gear shafts.
DISASSEMBLING THE MULTI-POWER PUMP
6. If desired, remove gear retaining screw
Refer ta Fig. 71. (No. 10), washer (No. 9) and idler gear assem-
bly (No. 8) from idler gear shaft (No. 7).
1. Remove the two capscrews (No. 3) secur-
ing fiUer (No. 1) ta pump and separate filter 7. Carefully remove plug (No. 17) while
and gasket (No. 11). counting the number of turns and tap end cap
Printcd in U.S.A.
49
--- --- ----------------------------
MASSEY -FERGUSON
(No. 2) against a wood en black ta remove spring 4. Install hex-head (No. 4) and Allen-head
(No. 12) and relief valve poppet (No. 18). (No. 5) capscrews through their respective lo-
cations in the end cap and thread them into the
pump body.
INSPECTING THE MULTI-POWER PUMP 5. Install key (No. 14) into keyway on the
leading gear shaft (No. 13) and slide the pump
Refer ta Fig. 71. driven gear (No. 15) over the key and secure it
ta the leading gear shaft with snap ring (No. 16).
Thoroughly clean all parts with a suitable
solvent and dry with compressed air. 6. If removed, slide idler gear assembly
(No. 8) over shaft (No. 7) and secure with wash-
NOTE: Use caYe to prevent damage er (No. 9) and retaining screw (No. 10).
to oil jilter s creen.
7. Drop relief valve poppet (No. 18) into its
1. Replace bearings (No. 19 and No. 21), seat in the end cap (No. 2) and place spring
"O"-rings (No. 22) and gasket (No. 11) with new (No. 12) over the poppet. Thread plug (No. 17)
parts. Saturate "O"-rings and gasket with into end cap and tighten ta the same number of
clean transmission ail. turns noted during removal.
2. Check the pump body (No. 6) and the end 8. Place new gasket (No. 11) against end cap
cap (No. 2) for evidence of damage or scoring and position ail filter (No. 1) over gasket.
and check their respective threaded ports for
nicked or burred threads and obstructions. 9. Install capscrews (No. 3) to secure ail
fiUer ta pump and tighten aIl four capscrews
3. Check that spring (No. 12) is not broken (No. 3, No. 4 and No. 5) evenly.
and inspect the relief valve (No. 18) for dam-
age. Check plug (No. 17) for damaged threads.
REINSTALLING THE MULTI-POWER PUMP
4. Inspect the leading and following gear
shafts (No. 13 and No. 20) for nicked teeth, 1. Position pump onto pump mounting brack-
excessive scoring or shaft wear in the bearing et, as shawn in Figs. 69 and 70.
areas or on the gear faces and check that key-
way is not damaged. 2. Secure the pump ta the bracket with
mounting boUs (No. 4, Fig. 69).
5. Inspect the gears (No. 8 and No. 15) for
chipped or broken teeth. 3. Check that backlash between pump idler
gear (No. 5, Fig. 70) and pump drive gear (No.
6, Fig. 70) is .002" - . 005". If backlash is
REASSEMBLING THE MULTI-POWER PUMP not in tolerance, the mounting boUs holding the
bracket ta the hydraulic lift pump may be loos-
Refer ta Fig. 71. ened and the bracket moved radically ta adjust
backlash and the boUs retightened. (The boIt
1. Install new "O"-rings (No. 22) on new holes in the bracket contain sufficient clearance
front bearings (No. 21) and insert these bear- to allow the bracket to be moved in this
ings into the pump body (No. 6). manner. )
2. Insert the leading and following gear 4. Check that the cotter pin securing the
shafts (No. 13 and No. 20) into their respective pump drive gear (No. 6, Fig. 70) to the lift
bearings, with the marked ends to the rear. pump shaft has its head nattened sufficiently ta
clear the pump mounting bracket (No. 3,
3. Insert the new rear bearings (No. 19) in- Fig. 70).
ta the end cap (No. 2) and position the end cap
over the protruding ends of the gear shafts and 5. Rejoin the center housing and the trans-
against the pump body. mission, using new gasket.
50
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
PART 5-DIFFERENTIAL, PINION AND REAR AXLE

MF 135, MF 150 STANDARD CLEARANCE
AND MF 150 HI-CLEARANCE GAS TRACTORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . 2
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBLy REMOVAL . 4
DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 5
AXLE HOUSI NG ASSEMBLY . . . 5
Removal . . . . . • . . . . . • . 6
Disassembly . . . . . • • • . • • 7
Differentiai Lock Disassembly . 9
Differentiai Lock Reassembly . 10
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . • 11
Carrier Bearing Pre-Load Adjustment 12
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Differentiai Lock Pedal Adjustment 15
AXLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY . 15
Removal . . 16
Disassembly 18
Reassembly 19
Installation 20
Lubrication 20
Axle Shaft End Play Adjustment 20
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER ASSEMBLY 21
Removal .. 21
Disassembly . . . . . . . 22
Reassembly . . . . . . . . 24
1nstallation . • • . . . . 25
DRIVE PINION ASSEMBLY 25
Removal .. 26
Disassembly . . . . . . . 28
Reassembly . . . . . . . 31
Installation . . . . . . . 31
Ring Gear and Pinion Backlash Adjustment 33
The procedures outlined in this Part aPPly to aU MF 135 Tractors, aU

Standard Clearance MF 150 Tractors and MF 150 Hi-Clearance Gas
Tracfors. Any variations for the procedure on the different tractors
are noted in the appropriate places in the text.
P-intcd in U.S .A.

1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
PART 5-DIFFERENTIAL, PIN ION AND REAR AXLE

MF 135, MF 150 STANDARD CLEARANCE
AND MF 150 HI-CLEARANCE GAS TRACTORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . 2
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL . 4
DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 5
AXLE HOUSI NG ASSEMBL y '" 5
Removal . . . . . . . . . . • • . 6
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . • 7
Differentiai Lock Disassembly . 9
Differentiai Lock Reassembly • 10
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Carrier Bearing Pre-Load Adjustment 12
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Differentiai Lock Pedal Adjustment 15
AXLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY . 15 "'---/
Removal . . 16
Disassembly 18
Reassembly 19
Installation 20
Lubrication 20
Axle Shaft End Play Adjustment .. 20
DI FFERE NTIAL CARRIER ASSEMBLY 21
Removal .. . 21
Disassembly . . . . . . . 22
Reassembly . . . . . . . . 24
Installation . . . . . . . 25
DRIVE PINION ASSEMBLY 25
Removal .. 26
Disassembly . . . . . . . 28
Reassembly . . . . . . . . 31
Installation . . . . . . . . 31
Ring Gear and Pin ion Backlash Adjustment 33
The procedures outlined in this Part aPPly to aU MF 135 Tractors, al!

Standard Clearance MF 150 Tractors and MF 150 Hi-Clearance Gas
Tractors. Any variations for the procedure on the different tractors
are noted in the appropriate places in the text.
P,intcd in U.S.A
1
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP II - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTIA L, PINION & REAR AXLE
Fig. 1 - Rear Axle Assembly - Sectiona 1 View (Differentiai Lock)
Front and rear, are determined, consider-

ing the engine end as the front of the tractor,
and the drive axle end as the rear. Left and
right are determined looking forward from the
rear of the tractor.
InternaI expanding, self-energizing brakes

are located at the outer ends of the axle shafts.
The brakes are attached to backing plates be-
tween the ax1.e retainer and the rude housing.
They are actuated by mechanical linkage to in-
dividual pedals.
The drive axl.e assembIy is lubricated with

a common transmission and center housing lu-
bricant (M-1129).
Outer ax1.e shaft bearings are lubricated with

bearing grease.
The differential lock mechanism is located

(when present) in the right-hand axle housing.
Carrier bearing pre-load is shim adjustable
and requires use of a special tool. Axle shaft
end play is adjusted by shims. Fig. 2 - Non-Differentiai Lock Rear Axle - R.H. Sectional View
Printed in U.S.A.
----------------------~---- ~----~ ----~~ -- ~-~~-----~---
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBL y REMOV AL

1. Drain the center housing and transmission
(about 8 gallons without external hydraulics).
One drain plug is located in each housing.
2. Disconnect Multi-Power tractors only-

the hydraulic line connecting the Multi-Power
pump (located in the center housing) to the
Multi-Power shift control valve (located in the
transmission). To gain access to this hydraulic
line, it is necessary to remove either the lift
cover or the transmission cover (steering
gear).
Fig. 3 - Lift Cover Removal or Installation
Fig. 4 - Left Side of Rear Axle Assembly
NOTE: Remove the lift cover as de-

scribed in Group III, Section A, Part
4. Refer to Fig. 3.
3. Remave the step plates.
4. Remove the tail pipe bracket and loosen

the exhaust pipe flange-to-manifold boUs to al-
low the muffler ta be moved as ide.
5. Remove the rear brake rod clevis pins

and detach the brake rods from the brake cam-
shaft levers. Refer to Figs. 4 and 5.
6. Disconnectthe lightwire between the cen-

ter housing and transmission. Fig. 5 - Right Side of Reer Axle Assembly
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENT/AL, PINION & REAR AXLE
NOTE: Some models do not have a

disconnect plug between the trans-
mission and center housing. It is nec-
essary to remove the wire from the
retaining cliPs to free one end.
7. Drive a wedge between the front axle and

the axle support on both sides of the tractor.
NOTE: On MF 150 Tricycle models,

securely support the engine, trans-
mission and front wheel assembly with
a stable overhead hoist.
8. Securely support the transmission on

blocks or a sui table stand. Fig. 6 - Drive Shaft and Drive Shaft Coupler Position
9. Position a jack under the front of the cen-

ter housing so the axle assembly can be rolled
straight away from the transmission. Bring 4. Install the retaining nuts and tighten to
the jack into contact with the center housing. 50-55 ft.-Ibs. torque.
10. Remove the bolts attaching the center 5. Multi-Power Models Only: Reconnect the
housing to the transmission. hydraulic line from the Multi-Power pump to
the Multi-Power shift control valve.
11. Carefully work the center housing away
from the transmission until the main drive 6. Install the lift cover (if removed) as des-
shaft and PTO drive shaft splines are separated cribed in Group III, Section A, Part 4.
from the transmission.
7. Reconnect the light wire.
12. Roll the drive axle assembly away from
the transmission. 8. Attach the brake rod clevises to their re-
spective camshaft levers with the clevis pins
and install the cotter pins.
9. Attach the tail pipe bracket and tighten

DRIVE AXLE the exhaust pipe flange bolts.
ASSEMBL y INSTALLATION
10. Install the step plates.
1. Insert the attaching bolts in the center
housing and place a new center housing-to- 11. Remove jack and blocks.
transmission gasket over the bolts.
12. Refill the center housing (and transmis-
2. Place the drive shaft coupler and drive sion) with M-1129 oil. Capacity is about 8 U. S.
shaft in position on the drive pinion shaft. gallons without external hydraulic require-
ments.
NOTE: Position the couPler so the
cotter pin is closest to the transmis-
sion. Refer to Fig. 6.
AXLE HOUSING ASSEMBL y
3. Align the center housing with the trans-
mission, start the main drive shaft, the pump DESCRIPTION
drive shaft and carefully work the housings to-
gether. An axle housing assembly is fastened by a
flange to each side of the center housing by a
NOTE: It may be necessary to remove circle of 15 studs and nuts. The brake assem-
the lift cover (if not previously done) bly and the axle shaft assembly are at the outer
to properly align the main drive shaft. end of each housing. They are attached by 12
P .. : .... -""'...I: ... Il <: A

MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig. 7 - Axle Housing Assembly - Sectional View

1. Inner AxIe Shaft Oil SeaI 3. Carrier Bearing Cup (L.H.) 5. Expansion PIug 7. Carrier Beoring Cup 8. Bearing ShieId
2. AxIe Hausin 9 4. Broke Comshall Bushing 6. Goskel (5) (R.H.) 9. Cenler Hausing Slud (s)
studs from the axle bearing retainer extending 2. Remove the wheel assembly. Securely
thru the brake backing plate and the flange on block the center housing.
the outer end of the axle housing.
3. Disconnect the lightwires and remove the
Each housing con tains the inner axle bearing fender. Refer to Figs. 4 and 5.
oil seal, differential carrier bearing cup, brake
camshaft bushing and lower link pivot shaft. 4. Disconnect the brake camshaft lever from
The left side housing has attached to it an oil the brake rod clevis.
trough for carrier bearing lubrication. When a
tractor is equipped with differential lock, the
right side housing also contains the differential
lock actuating mechanism in addition to the
regular parts.
Differential carrier bearing pre-Ioad is ad-

justed by placing shim(s), or a selected bear-
ing shield, behind the right-hand carrier bear-
ing cup.
REMOVAL
Refer to Fig. 7.
The axle shaft assembly has been left in

place in the axle housing in the removal and in-
stallation descriptions. Refer to "AXLE
SHAFT ASSEMBLY" for removal and servicing
of that assembly.
1. Lower the lift arms and drain the tractor

center housing. (About 8 gallons without ex-
ternal hydraulics. ) Fig. 8 - Removing or Installing Axle Housing
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTIA L, PINION & REAR AXLE
Fi g. 9 - Axle Housing Assembly Removed (L.H.)
Fig. 11 - Axle Shaft and B,ake Assemblies

Remova 1 or Installation
5. Remove the lower lift arm from its stud

on the axle housing. Raise the lift arms by
hand and block the arms high enough to allow
the rude housing to be removed from the cen- DISASSEMBL y
ter housing.
This heading covers only the axle housings,
NOTE: The lower link adapters must both differential lock and non-differential lock.
be removed from the MF 150 Hi- Refer to differential lock heading in this Part
Clearance Gas Tractors before the for disassembly of that mechanism.
axle housing can be removed.
1. Remove the rude shaft assembly (with
brake assembly) and service as described in
6. Attach a hoist and rem ove the axle hous- that heading. Refer to Fig. 11.
ing retaining nuts.
7. Remove the assembly as shown in Fig. 8. NOTE: Proceed to Inspection before

Fig. 9 shows left side axle housing assembly removing the following parts. If nec-
removed. Fig. 10 shows right side differen- essary, comPlete disassembly as fol-
tial lock rude housing assembly removed. lows.
Fig. la - Axle Housing Assembly Removed (R.H. Diff. Lock) Fig. 12 - Inner Axle Shaft Qil Seal Pulle, Set-Up
Prioted in U.S A. 7
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J50 HI. CL. GAS GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig. 13 - Removing R.H. Diff. Lock Carrier Bearing Cup

Fig. 15 - Removing Bea ring Shield
2. Remove the inner axle shaft oil seal as

shown in Fig. 12.
3. Remove the düferential carrier bearing
cup with a suitable puller as shown in Fig. 13
and 14.
NOTE: The bearing shield used on dif-

ferential lock models must be removed
as shawn in Fig. 15 before the bearing
is removed.
4. Remove the oil trough. (Left side only.)

Refer to Fig. 9.
5. Punch the expansion plug out and rem ove

the brake camshaft bushing with a rod or pipe
slightly under 1 inch in diameter.
6. Remove the lower link pivot shaft. Drive

out with a soft metal drift to avoid damage to
the tapered seat.
INSPECTION
1. Examine the differential carrier bearing

for damage or excessive wear. Press the
bearing cup against the bearing cone and rotate
the bearing under hand pressure. If roughness
or flat spots are felt, replace both bearing
Fig. 14 - Removing Non-Diff. Lock Carrier Beoring Cup cup and cone.
(L.H. Shown)
8
MASSEY-FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENT/AL, PINION & REAR AXLE
Fi g. 17 - DifferentiaI lock Cam and Shaft Remova 1
damage, excessive wear and oil leakage. Re-

place, or tighten, as needed.
5. Examine the expansion plug behind the

brake bushing for oil leakage. Replace if
necessary.
DifferentiaI Lock Disassembly
Refer to Fig. 16.
1. Remove the right-hand axle housing as-

Fig. 16 - DifferentiaI lock Assembly - Sectional View sembly as described under that heading.
1. Differentiai Lock Coupler 6. Shaft Oi 1 Seol
2. Shift Fork Shoe 7. Shaft Bushing
3. Coupler Shift Fork 8. Differentiai Lock Pedal Boit 2. Remove the differential lockpedal clamp-
4. Shift Fork Pivot Pin 9. Differentiai Lock Pedal
5. Cam ond Shalt Assembly 10. Shift Fork Bracket ing boit and withdraw the differential lock cam
and shaft assembly from the pedal and the shift
fork bracket. Refer to Fig. 17.
2. Examine the inner axle shaft oil seal for 3. Remove the two shift fork pins.
damage and excessive wear. If there is oil
seepage (not bearing grease) from either side NOTE: These threaded pins are held
of the brake bac king plate, replace the seal in Place with Locfite.
even though no damage is apparent.
4. Remove the shift fork and the two fork
3. Examine the brake camshaft bushing for shoes. Refer to Fig. 18.
damage and excessive wear. Replace if nec-
essary. Remove as described under dis- 5. Remove the differential lockcoupler. Re-
assembly. fer to Fig. 19.
4. Examine the lower link pivot shaft for NOTE: Proceed to "INSPECTION" to
Printed in U.S.A. 9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 S10.
Fig. 19 - Differentiai loek Components

1. Shift Fork Brocket 6. Cam and Shaft Assembly
2. Cam Shoft Bushing 7. Shift Fork Pins
3. Cam Shaft Oi 1 Seo 1 8. Shi!t Fork
4. Differentiai Lock Pedal 9. Shift Fork Shoes
5. Pedol Clamping Boit, Nulond Washer 10. Di flerentia 1 Lack Coup 1er
Fig. 18 - Shift Fork Removal
determine if further disassembly is particularly the shift fork pivot pin holes, the
required. If necessary, comPlete shift fork shoe holes and the cam follower pin.
disassembly as follows: Replace the shift fork, or fork shoes, if re-
quired.
6. Remove the differential lock shaft oil
seal from the shift fork bracket with a suitable
puller. 3. Examine the shift fork pivot pins for dam-
age or excessive wear. Replace if necessary.
7. Remove the brake shaft bushing to allow
removal of the differential lock shaft bushing. 4. Examine the cam slot and the shaft of the
differential lock cam and shaft assembly for
8. Remove the differentiai lock shaft bush- damage or excessive wear. Replace if neces-
ing. This bushing may be driven out with a sary.
rod that is slightly under .90" in diameter.
Insert the rod thru the brake camshaft bushing 5. Examine the differential lock shaft oil
hole (brake camshaft bushing removed) and seai for oilleakage, damage or excessive wear.
drive the differentiai Iock shaft bushing out. Replace if necessary.
9. With a suitable press, remove the shift 6. Examine the differentiallock shaft bushing
fork bracket. for damage or excessive wear. Replace if nec-
essary.
NOTE: This bracket kas been pressed
into the axle housing with a pressure 7. Examine the shift fork bracket for dam-
of 6 tons. age. Replace if necessary.
Inspection DifferentiaI Lock Reassembly
1. Examine the differential lock coupler for Thoroughly clean aIl parts to be used in re-
damage or excessi ve wear, particular ly the assembly. Refer to Fig. 19 for part locations.
coupler dogs and the internaI splines. Replace
if required. 1. Install the shift fork bracket in the axle ~.
housing as follows:
2. Examine the shift fork shoes and the shift
fork for damage and excessive wear. Note a. Lightly coat the serrated part of the
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE
bracket with a non-hardening gasket thin coat of gasket cement to the bore in the
cement. axle housing, press the seal into place and
remove excess cement.
b. Align the bracket sa that centerline of
the shift fork pin hales is at right an- 2. Install the lower lift arm pivot shaft.
gles to the centerline from the rude Tighten the nut ta 120 to 130 ft.-Ibs. torque.
housing to the bracket shaft hole.
3. Install the brake camshaft bushing. This
c. Press the bracket into position. The is a prefinished bushing. When installed, the
shoulder must bottom against the axle 1. D. should be .8765" ta .8785".
housing. A press of at least 6 tons
capacity is required. 4. Install a new expansion plug. Clean the
plug seat and apply a non-hardening gasket
2. Install the differential lock shaft bushing cement to the seat. Insert the plug, high side
with a suitable tool. Seat bushing against the up, and rap the center of the plug with a ham-
shoulder in the shift fork bracket. This bushing mer ta flatten and seat the plug. Remove ex-
is prefinished and when in place should have an cess cement.
I. D. of .8765" to .8785.
5. Install the oil trough on the left axle
NOTE: This bushing is already in housing. Refer to Fig. 20
place in a new shift fork bracket.
6. Install the left-hand differential carrier
3. Install the differential lock shaft oil seal bearing cup. Refer ta Fig. 20.
with the seal Hp toward the differential. Apply
a thin coat of gasket cement to the bore in the 7. Lubricate the axle bearing as described
shift fork bracket, press the seal into place under that heading.
and remove any excess cement.
8. Install the right-hand carrier bearing cup
4. Install the differentiallock coupler. after carrier bearing pre-load shimming has
been determined as described inthat heading.
5. Insert the fork shoes in the shift fork and
slide the shoes around the caIlar on the differ-
ential lock coupler. Refer to Fig. 18. Carrier 8earing Pre-I.oad Adjustment
6. Install the shifter fork pins using Loctite, Carrier bearing pre-load should be checked
grade AV, on the threads and tighten securely. (and adjusted as necessary), each time the
drive axle assembly is removed, and must be
7. Fill the seal lips of the camshaft ail seal checked and set whenever an axle housing,
with a good grade of Multi-Purpose Lithium carrier bearing, differential case or center
Base Grease. housing is replaced. Make pre-Ioad adjustment
from the right side of the Tractor as shown.
8. Position the differential lock pedal be- The left axle housing must be secured to the
tween the bosses on the axle housing and care- center housing before proceeding. Fig. 21
fully slide the camshaft thru the ail seal and shows parts of Special Tooi MFN 245UK.
the pedaI. Fit the cam slot over the shift fork
pin. Refer ta Fig. 17. 1. Remove the right axle housing, as des-
cribed under that heading.
9. Install the differential lock pedal bolt.
Do not tighten until the pedal travel has been
adjusted after installing the axle housing and
step plate.
10. Determine carrier bearing pre-Ioad as
described under that heading.
11. Install the necessary thickness of bear-
ing shield behind the carrier bearing cup seat
and install the bearing cup. Install the shield,
cup inward. Refer ta Fig. 19.
REASSEM81. y
Thoroughly clean all parts ta be used in re-

assembly.
1. Install the inner axle shaft ail seal with
the seal lip toward the differential. Apply a Fi g. 20 - Carrier Bearing Cup Installation
Re', ssued 3/68 - Printed in U.S.A. 11

MF J35, MF 150 S1D.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
RING
Fig.21 - Special Taal MFN 245-UK

1. Adopter Ring 8. Center Pin
2. Gouge Spool s - Long 9. Clomping Bor
3. Centering Hub Sleeve - Lorge 10. Gouge Spools - Short
4. C10mping Bor Extensions 11. Woshers
5. Special Nuts - Long 12. Special Nuts - Short
Fig. 23 - Inserting Ada pter Ring in Centering Hub
6. Centering Hub Sleeve - Smoll 13. Looding Screw
7. Centering Hub 14. Stroi ghtedge
b. Non-Differential Lock Models: Place
the adapter ring in the centering hub
2. Remove the gasket from the center hous- and fit the non-differential lock bearing
ing and clean the area around the studs that the cup. Refer to Figs. 23 and 24. Fit the
clamping bar and gauge spools will be mounted centering hub sleeve with the larger
upon. O. D. on the centering hub.
3. Remove the right carrier bearing cup 5. Turn the loading screw out so there will
from the axle housing. Refer to Fig. 13 or 14. be no pressure on the bearing when the clamp-
ing bar is installed.
4. Place the bearing cup on the centering
hub and slide the hub into the differential. 6. Place the clamping bar over the two cen-
ter housing studs shown in Fig. 25 or 25A.
a. Differential Lock Models: Fit the Fasten the clamping bar to the center housing
bearing cup as shown in Fig. 22. AIso, with the two special nuts provided. On non-
fit the sm aller O. D. centering hub differential lock models, use the clamping bar
sleeve on the hub for differentials with extensions and the long nuts as shown.
39 spline side gears.
Fig. 22 - Locating Bearing an Centering Hub - Fig. 24 - Fitting Centering Hub ta Differentiai -
Differentia 1 Lock Non-Differentiai Lock
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE
Fig. 25 - Insta lIing Clamping Bar - Differentia 1 Lock Fig. 26 - MFN 245-UK Positioned - Differentiai Lock
IMPORTANT: Attach onZy to the studs

shawn. 9. Place a straightedge across the measur-
ing spools, and with a feeler gauge, measure
7. Attach the two gauge spools to the center the gap between the center pin and the straight-
housing studs shown in Figs. 26 and 26A. edge as shown in Fig. 28.
Tighten to 20 ft.-Ibs. torque. Use the long
spools on non-differential lock models. NOTE: Carefully store the straight-
edge ajter use to pre vent damaging it.
8. Tighten the loading screw to 20 ft.-Ibs.
torque while turning the differential. Refer to 10. Select the proper shield or shim(s) as
Fig. 27. follows: Fig. 29 shows bearing shields and
identification dots.
Fig.25A - Installing Clamping Bar - Non-Differentiai "Lock Fig. 26A - MFN 245-UK Positioned - Non-Differentiai Lock
Reissued 3/68 - Printed in U.S.A. 13

MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
the gap (or possible interference)

measured in Step 10 in the "Nan-Dif-
ferential Lock Bearing Shim Chart" ta
select the correct number of shims.
Note that there is an interference be-
tween the straightedge and the center
pin for a "non-shim" condition. Shims
for non-differential lock models are
available in .005" thickness only.
NON-DIFFERENTIAL LOCK BEARING SHIM CHART

Gap Shim Shims
Thickness Required
Cnterference)
Fig. 27 - Tightening Loading Screw .005" -.001" None None
.000" -.004" .005" 1
.005" -.009" .010" 2
.010" -.014" .015" 3
a. Differential Lock Models: Find the gap .015"-.019" .020" 4
measured in Step 9 in the fallawing .020" -.024" .025" 5
table ta determine the correct bearing .025" & up .030" 6
shield.
DlFFERENTIAL LOCK BEARING SHIELD CHART NOTE: If shims required exceed

Shield Shield .030", use differential case shim 892
Gap
Thickness Identification 120 Ml (. 010'~ to supply part of the
.030" -.034" .030" No Dots shim thickness .
.035" -.039" .035" 1 Dot
.040" -.044" .040" 2 Dots
.045" -.049" .045" 3 Dots 11. Remove the pre-load tool from the cen-
.050" -.054" .050" 4 Dots ter housing .
.055" & up .055" 5 Dots
or No Dots
12. If required, install a differential case
shim between the differential case adapter and
the right differential case half.
b. Non-Differential Lock Models: Find
13. Install the selected shield or shim(s) as

follows:
Fig. 28 - Measuring Center Pin-to-Straightedge Gap • Fig. 29 - Carrier Bearing Shield Identificotion
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTlAL, PIN/ON & REAR AXLE
a. DifferentiaI lock axles: Place the bear- to .002" to .008" as described in "AXLE
ing shield, cupped side inward in the SHAFT END PLAY ADJUSTMENT".
carrier bearing cup seat. Install the
bearing cup with a suitable too!. 8. Install tire and wheel assembly, remove
blocks and lower the tractor.
b. Non-differential lock axles: Place 'the
shim(s) in the bearing cup seat and in- 9. Check the differential lock pedal ad just-
staIl the bearing cup with a suitable ment as described in that heading (if tractor is
too!. so equipped).
14. Place a new gasket on the center housing, Differentiai Lock Pedal Adjustment
install the axle housing, refill the center hous-
ing with M-1129 oil, install the wheel and re- Make this adjustment with the axle housing
move the blocking. Refer to axle housing in- and right-hand step plate installed on the trac-
stallation for detailed procedure. tor. Refer to Fig. 5.
1. Depress the differential lock pedalo Be
INSTALLA TlON sure that the differential lock dogs are engaged.
Install the left-hand axle housing assembly 2. Measure the distance between the step
and check carrier bearing pre-Ioad as described plate and the lowest point of the pedalo This
in "CARRIER BEARING PRE- LOAD ADJUST- should be 1/4" to 1/2".
MENT".
3. If the pedal rests on the plate, or if there
Install the right-hand axle housing only after is more than the recommended clearance,
carrier bearing pre-Ioad has been determined adjust as follows:
as described under "CARRIER BEARING PRE-
LOAD ADJUSTMENT". a. Release the differential lock pedalo
1. Install a new gasket on the center housing b. Loosen the clamping boit.
boit circle.
c. Rotate the pedal about the shaft by the
2. Lift the axle housing assembly into posi- amount necessary to obtain the clear-
tion as shown in Fig. 8, engage the axle shaH ance of 1/4" to 1/2".
splines with the differential side gears and
slide the assembly into position. d. Tighten the clamping boit to 80 to 85
ft.-Ibs. torque, depress the differential
3. Install the retaining nuts and tighten to lock pedal and check the clearance.
76-85 ft.-Ibs. torque. Be sure that the light
wire retaining clips are located under the prop- e. Measure clearance and repeat Step 3
er retaining nuts. if necessary to obtain the proper
setting.
Diff. Lock Models - Install the differential
lock pedal spring in the pedal and fit the bracket
over the studs. Tighten the nuts to 76- 85 ft. -lbs. REAR AXLE SHAFT ASSEMBL y
Refer to Fig. 5.
The rear axle shaft assembly consists of the
4. Attach lower lift arm to pivot shaft and axle shaft, axle retainer, outer grease seal,
connect brake rod to brake camshaft lever. bearing cup, bearing cone and bearing retain-
ing ring, wheel studs, axle retainer studs and
NOTE: On MF 150 Hi-Clearance Gas nuts. The rear axle shaft is supported by, and
Tractors, first install the Zower Zink splined to a differential side gear at the differ-
adapters. ential end. The outer end is supported by a
tapered roller bearing cup and cone within the
5. Install fender and attach light wires. axle retainer. The bearing cone is a press fit
on the ax:le and is also held in place by a
6. Attach upper lift arm to lift rod knuckle. shrunk-on ring. The axle retainer assembly is
fastened to a flange on the outer end of the axle
7. Check the axle shaft end play and adjust housing by 12 studs and nuts.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5
@)---+-
Fig. 30 - Reor Axle Shaft Assembly - Sectional View

1. Wheel Studs 4. Brake Backing Plate 7. Axle Beoring Cone la. Broke Lever 13. Axle Retoine,
2. Broke Drum 5. Broke Comshoft 86 Beari ng Retaining Ring 11. Axle Shaft 14. Shim(s) (End Play Adjusting)
3. Outer Axle Shoft Oil Seol 6. Axle Beoring Cup 9. 1nner Axle Shoft Oi 1 S eol 12. Axle Retoiner Stud 15. Broke Drum Retoining Screw
Axle shaft end play is adjusted by removing between the axle housing and the brake
or adding shi ms between the axle retainer and bac king plate. If grease is present,
the brake bac king plate. The adjustment is us- the axle retainer nuts have not been
ually made on the left- hand axle shaft assembly, properly tightened or mating surfaces
but could be made equally weIl on the right- hand are faulty. If there is oil seepage,
axle shaft assembly. The outer axle bearing the center housing lubricant is coming
is lubricated with a good grade of Multi-Pur- from a damaged seal or may be leaking
pose Lithium Base Grease. A grease seal on around an improperly installed seaI.
each side of the bearing prevents the entry of If necessary, replace the inner axle
dust and prevents grease from leaking out. One oil seal as described under "AXLE
seal is located in the axle retainer, the other HOUSING ASSEMBLY" and refer to
in the outer end of the axle housing. Fig. 12.
Remove the axle shaft assembly by first re- b. Check for oil or grease Ieakage be-
moving the brake drum and leave the brake tween the axle flange and the axle re-
bac king plate in place by inserting bolts thru tainer. If any leakage is present, re-
the outer axle housing flange and the brake place the outer grease seai as de-
backing plate. scribed. If center housing lubricant
appears to be present, the inner oil
seal must also be replaced.
REMOVAL
2. Drain rear axle center housing if removal
1. Visually make the following inspections of the axle housing is expected, or if there is'_____'/
before removing the axle shaft assembly: additional fluid because of external hydraulic
requirements. The normal height of center
a. Check for oil or grease leakage from housing lubricant is below the bottom of the
16
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 OlFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE
Fig. 31 - Removing Brake Drum
outer end of the axle housing when the tractor

is on a level surface.
3. Loosen the wheel nuts, raise the rear

axle assembly and complete removal of the
wheel.
4. Securely block up both axle housings.

Fig. 33 - Axle Shaft Assembly Partially Removed
Be sure that the remaining rear tire is off the
floor. This will allow easier and more ac-
curate axle shaft end play adjustment when the 6. Remove the 12 axle retainer nuts as shown
axle shaft assembly is installed. in Fig. 32.
5. Remove the brake drum by evenly ad- 7. Carefully withdraw the assemblyfrom the
vancing two 7/16" - 14 UNC capscrews thru axle housing as shown in Fig. 33. When the re-
the threaded holes in the brake drum as shown
in Fig. 31. Do not allow grease to contact the
brake shoes and drum.
Fig. 32 - Axle Retainer Nut Removal or Installation Fig. 34 - Drilling Bearing Retaining Ring
17
Printcd in U.S.A.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, MF J50 STD.
MF J50 HI. CL. GAS GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig. 35 - Axle Retoiner Assembly Puller Set.Up
tainer studs have cleared the holes, insert

capscrews of the same size as the studs thru
the axle housing flange. These capscrews will
ho Id the brake bac king plate in place on the
axle housing.
Fig. 36 - Outer Axle Oil Secl Pu 11er Set.Up
NOTE: Do not damage the inner bear-
ing seal shawn in Fig. 33, when with-
drawing the axle shaft from the axle
housing. thru the brake drum retaining screw
hales. If the bearing is tao tight for
this means of removal, proceed ta
DISASSEMBL y step c.
1. Remove the axle retainer assembly as

follows. Refer to Fig. 34. c. Attach puller legs as shown and force
the bearing off.
a. Re move the bearing retaining ring by
drilling a 1/4" hole in the ring as
shown. Split the ring with a cold 3. Remove the bearing cone from the cup.
chisel and remove.
4. Remove the outer oil seal with a sui table
NOTE: Be careful not ta nick the axle puller as shown in Fig. 36.
shaft with chisel.
NOTE: The ail seal must be rernoved
b. Attach a puller plate between the axle before the bearing cup can be removed.
flange and the axle retainer. Refer to
Fig. 35. 5. Remove the bearing cup with a suitable
step plate and press or puller. '------./
NOTE: It may be possible ta push tlze
axle retainer assembly off by evenly 6. Remove the axle retainer studs using a
advancing t/Vo 1/2"-13 UNe capscre/Vs suitable stud remover.
18
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INSPECTION
1. Examine the axle shaft for damage and

excessive wear. Particularly check the splines
and the ail seal contact surfaces. Replace the
shaft if necessary.
NOTE: A fine grade of emery cloth

may be used to smooth rough or
scratched seal contact areas. Be
certain that aU emery dust is com-
pletely removed from the axle shaft.
2. Examine the wheel boUs for galled and

stripped threads. Replace if necessary.
3. Examine the axle retainer studs for galled

and stripped threads. Replace if necessary.
4. Examine the axle retainer for cracks,

dented fini shed surfaces and stripped stud
hales. Replace if necessary.
5. Examine the bearing cup and cane for

damage and excessive wear. Place the bearing
cone in the cup and while pressing the two Fig. 37 - Outer Axle Oil Seal Installation
together, rotate the cane within the cup. If flat
or rough spots are felt, replace both bearing
cup and cane.
NOTE: Always check the bearing cup 4. Install the outer axle shaft ail seal as
and cone after removal from the axle follows:
shaft. The puUing operation can dam-
age the bearing. a. Thinly coat the O. D. of the seal case
with non-hardening gasket cement.
6. Examine the inner axle oil seal in the
axle housing for damage, excessive wear and
oil leakage. Refer to leakage described under b. Position the seal with the seal lips in-
axle shaft removal. Replace the seal if neces- ward.
sary.
7. Always replace the outer axle shaft oil c. Press the seal into its seat with a
seal with a new seal. Inspection of the ail suitable step plate. Refer ta Fig. 37.
seal is not necessary.
d. Remove any excess cement.
REASSEMBLY 5. Fill the seal lips with axle bearing

grease.
Thoroughly clean and dry aIl parts ta be used
in reassembly. With a new or serviceable axle 6. Carefully install the axle shaft retainer
shaft, proceed as follows: assembly over the axle. Be careful not ta
damage the ail seal.
1. Install wheel boUs using a suitable press.
7. Lubricate the bearing cane as described
2. Install the bearing cup in the axle shaft under HL UBRICATION. "
retainer with a suitable step plate and press.
8. Place the bearing cane over the axle shaft
3. Install the axle shaft retainer studs with and press firmly against its seat using a tube
a suitable stud installer. 2" in diameter and 30" long.
Printed in U.S.A.
19
MF 135, MF 150 STO.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
9. Heat a new bearing retaining ring to 750 0 or lighter grease, depending on operating con-
F. (gun metal cOlor). ditions.
NOTE: Do nat exceed 800 a p. If re- See foUowing Chart:
taining ring is averheated, it will nat
grip the axle shaft tightly enough ta
hald the bearing in place. A tempera- MUL TI·PURPOSE LITHIUM BÀSE BEARING GREASE CHART
Consistency Air Temperature
ture indicating crayon, suc h as
NLGI No. 1 Below 45° F.
"Templestix" will accurately deter-
NLGI No. 2 Normal Operating Cond.
mine temperature. NLGI No. 3 Above 80° F.
10. Place the bearing retaining ring on the
axle shaft and pre ss firmly into place against
the bearing. Be sure that it is firmly seated. Remove the axle shaft assembly as described
in that heading.
INSTALLA TION 1. Inspect oil seals and replace, if neces-

sary, as described in the appropriate headings.
1. Inspect and lubricate this assembly as
described under those headings. 2. With the axle shaft assembly together,
lubricate the bearing as follows:
a. Add an extra shim to the shim pack to
be sure of clearance for axle shaft end a. Thoroughly clean aU old grease from
play adjustment. Refer to Fig. 33. around the bearing.
Carefully insert the axle assembly into
the axle housing assembly. b. Pack grease around the bearing and fill
the cavity above it with the proper
NOTE: Be very careful nat ta damage grease selected from the Chart.
the inner bearing seal.
3. With the axle shaft assembly disassem-
b. Install and tighten 4 axle retaining nuts bled, lubricate the bearing as follows: '''--.../
(spaced equally) to 50 to 55 ft.-Ibs.
torque. a. Pack the bearing cone with a grease
selected from the Chart.
c. Check the axle shaft end play and ad-
just if necessary to . 002" to . 008" end b. Assemble and install the axle retainer
play as described in "AXLE SHAFT assembly, bearing cone, and bearing
END PLAY ADJUSTMENT". Install retaining ring as described in "REAS-
remaining nuts and tighten to 50 to 55 SEMBLY".
ft. -lbs. torque.
c. Fill the cavity above the bearing with
d. Install the brake drum. the same grease used on the bearing.
e. InstaU tire and wheel assembly; re- d. Install the axle shaft assembly as
move blocks and lower tractor. described in that heading.
LUBRICATION AXLE SHAFT END PLA Y ADJUSTMENT
The splined ends of the axle shaH and the This adjustment is to be performed each
sliding differential lock coupler are lubricated time the axle shaft assemblies or axle housing
by the center housing lubricant. The axle assemblies and their parts are disassembled.
bearings must be hand packed after removal of Replacement of the center housing or axle hous-
the axle shaft assembly from the axle housing. ings also requires checking this adjustment.
If a sound is heard when the top of the tire is
Use a good grade of Multi-Purpose Lithium pushed in and out, this may indicate excessive
Base Bearing Grease (NLGI No. 2) for normal clearance between the inner ends of the axle
operating conditions. If operating temperatures shafts and adjustment must be made.
are consistently higher or lower than normal,
the bearings may be lubricated with a heavier This adjustment procedure shows the left-
20
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE
Fig. 38 - Dial Indicator Set for

Axle Shaft End Play Measurement
Fig. 39 - Differentiai Corrier Assembly

(Diff. Lock) - Sectional View
1. Carrier Bearing Cone (L.H.) 10. Differentiai Cross
hand axle shaft being removed. The axle end L. Carrier Bearing Cup (L.H.)
3. Differentiai Case Half (L.H.)
11.
12.
Differentiai Case Half (R.H.)
Si de Gear
play adjustment may be made by removing 4. Axle Hausing (L.H.) 13. Side Gear Thrust Washer
5. Ring Gear Rivet (Boit) 14. BearingShield
either the left or right-hand axle shaft assem- 6. Ring Gear 15. Carrier Beoring Cup (R.H.)
bly. 7·
8.
Differentiai Case Bolts
Differentiai Gear Thrust Washer(s)
16.
17.
Axie Housing (R.H.)
Carrier Bearing Cane (R.H.)
9. Differentiai Gears 18. Differentiai Lock Coupler Cap
With the wheel assembly and brake drum re-

moved, proceed as follows:
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER ASSEMBL y
1. Attach dial indicator to brake bac king The differential carrier assembly is sup-
plate as shown in Fig. 38. ported within the center housing on two, pre-
loaded, tapered roller bearings. The bearing
cups are located in the axle housings and the
2. Check end play by pushing the axle shaft bearing cones on the differential carrier. A
aIl the way in. Note indicator reading, or set different bearing (larger) and axle housing,
to zero. Then move the axle shaft aIl the way are used on the right side of differential lock
out and read the indicator again. This reading models. Service procedures are similar.
should be from . 002 to . 008 inch. Carrier bearing pre-load must be determined
and set using Special Tool MFN 245Y.
3. If necessary, add shims to increase end Lubrication is provided by the common trans-
play, remove shims to decrease end play. See mission and center housing lubricant, M-1129.
Fig. 33. Shims are available in. 004, .006 and
. 021 of an inch thicknesses. Measurement of
the shims added, or removed, will allow adjust- REMOVAL
ment with only one disassembly of the retaining
bolts. Remove and install the axle shaft as sem- 1. Remove th~ left side axle housing assem-
bly as described in those headings to make bly as described under "AXLE HOUSING AS-
changes in shims. SEMBLY REMOVAL". Refer to Fig. 8.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
MF 150 HI. CL. GAS GROUP II - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig.41 - DifferentiaI Carrier Assembly -

Removal or Installation
Fig.40 - Non-DifferentiaI Lock Carrier - Sectional View

1. Side Gear 8. Brake Lever
2. Differentiai Case 9. Carrier Bearing Cup (R.H.)
3. Differentiai Case Adapter la. Carrier Bearing Cone (R.H.)
EPaxide Resin will usually damage or
4.
5.
Center Housing
Expansion P lug
11. Axle Shait
12. Shim (s)
distort the parts.
6. Brake Camshalt Bushing 13. Differentiai Case Boit (s)
7. Brake Camshalt 14. Axle Housing (R.H.) If removal attempt must be made, try
a heavy, sharp blow driving the ring
gear away from the differential case
(boUs removed). This may break the
2. Lift the differential carrier assembly Epoxide Resin bond. --
from the center housing as shown in Fig. 41.
2. Remove the left differential carrier bear-
ing cone with a suitable puller. Refer to Fig.
DISASSEMBL y 42.
1. Remove the ring gear as follows:
a. Remove the bolts attaching the ring

gear to the differential case.
NOTE: Locfite has been used in

assembly.
b. If the ring gear is riveted to the differ-

ential case, drill part way thru the
butt end of the rivet and drive the ri-
vet out with a punch.
NOTE: Ii is recammended that a new

ring gear and pinion set and matched
differential case rtalves be installed
rather than attempt ta remove an
Epoxide Resin bonded ring gear.
Remove of a ring gear that has been

bonded to the differential case with Fig. 42 - Left Carrier Bearing Cone Pu 11er Set.Up
22
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 44 - Removing Differentiai Case Bolts
NOTE: Mark the case halves if there

Fig. 43 - Removing Right Differentiai Carrier Bearing Cone are no match marks present.
(Diff. Lock)
6. Remove the differential lock coupler as

shown in Fig. 45. If a non-diff. lock model,
3. Remove the right differential carrier remove the differential case adapter.
bearing cone with a suitable puUer.
7. Remove the right differentiai case, thrust
washer, and side gear as shown in Figs. 46
NOTE: This carrier bearing on the 47 and 48.
non-diff. lock assemblies is removed
in the same manner as the left side. 8. Remove the differentiai cross, pinions
and pinion thrust washers as shown in Fig. 49.
Remove the carrier bearing from the
diff. lock assemblies as shawn in Fig. 9. Remove the left side gear and thrust
43. washer as shown in Fig. 50.
4. Remove the locking wire (if used). INSPECTION

5. Remove the differential case bolts as 1. Clean aU parts with a suitable soivent
shown in Fig. 44. and dry thoroughly.
Fig. 45 - Removing or Installing Fig.46 - Removing or Installing Fig. 47 - Removing or Installing

Differentiai Lock Coupler Cap Right Differentiai Case Right Side Gear Thrust Washer
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
Fig. 48 - Removing or Instolling Fig.49 - Removing or Installing Differ. Fig. 50 - Removing or Installing
Right Side Gear ential Cross, Pin ions and Thrust Washers Left Si de Gear and Thrust Washer
2. Examine the ring gear teeth for damage 7. Examine the differential cross for dam-
or excessive wear. If it is necessary to re- age or excessive wear. Replace if necessary.
place the ring gear, also replace the drive
pinion. Replace in matched sets only. 8. Examine the differential lock coupler
dogs for damage or wear. Replace if neces-
NOTE: If an Epoxide Resin bonded sary.
ring gear has been removed from the
differential case, carefully inspect NOTE: On non-differential lock car-
the apparently undamaged part for riers; examine the differential case
twisting or warPing that may have adapter for damage. RePlace if neces-
occurred during disassembly. sary.
3. Examine the carrier bearing cups and REASSEMBLY

cones for damage and excessive wear. Place
. the bearing cone in its mating cup, press the Tractors operating under extremely heavy
cone firmly against the cup and rotate the cone conditions may require installing a heavy-duty
back and forth. If roughness, fiat spots or industrial differential assembly, or, bonding
sticking is felt, replace both the cup and cone. the ring gear to the differential case half with
an Epoxide Resin bonding kit. This kit is
4. Examine the differential case halves for available from Parts.
damage or excessive wear. Note particularly
the side gear bores and all thrust washer The heavy-duty assemblies have the differ-
seats. Replace case halves, if required. ential case halves keyed together, along with the
usual capscrews, and the ring gear is factory
NOTE: Case halves are furnished in bonded to the differential case half with Epoxide
matched sets only. Re sin as well as being securedby the ring gear
boUs.
5. Examine the side gears for damaged or
excessively worn teeth. Check the internaI When the Epoxide Resin kit is used, the trac-
splines for damage or wear. If replacement is tor must not be used for 24 hours to allow the
required, it is recommended that both side Epoxide Resin to cure.
gears be replaced at the same time.
Begin with step number la if use of the
6. Examine the differential gears for dam- Epoxide Resin bonding kit is desired.
aged or excessively worn teeth. Check the
gear bores and thrust washer faces for exces- Begin with step number lc if a standard,
sive wear and damage. Replace if necessary. boUs only, assembly is used.
NOTE: Replace aU 4 differential gears Begin witll step number .2 if .the heavy-duty
even if only one appears damaged. industrial assembly is used. (Ring gear is al-
24
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTIA L, PINION & REAR AXLE
ready bonded and bolted to the differential case 4. Install the right side gear. Refer to Fig.
half. ) 48.
1. Install the ring gear on the left differ- 5. Install a new side gear thrust washer.
ential case half. Refer to Fig. 47.
NOTE: TVhen installing a new ring 6. Install the right-hand differential case
gear, always rePlace along with a new half. Refer to Fig. 46.
drive pinion in a mat ching set.
7. Install the differential lock coupler cap.
Refer to Fig. 45.
With Epoxide Resin Kit:
NOTE: If non-diff. lock carrier, in-
a. Thoroughly clean and dry the mating stall the differential adapter cap.
surfaces of the ring gear and the dif-
ferential case half. 8. Install the differential case bolts and
tighten to 76 to 85 ft.-lbs. torque.
b. Mix and apply the Epoxide Resin ac-
cording to the instructions with the 9. Install the lock wire, if used.
kit.
10. Install the left and right carrier bearing
NOTE: The mixture must be used cones with suitable step plates.
within 30 minutes after miXing.
NOTE: Do not use ring gear backlash INSTALLA TION

adjusting shims between the ring
gear and case when using Epoxide 1. Lift the differential carrier assembly
Resin. into the center housing. Refer to Fig. 41.
2. Install the left side axle housing.

With BoUs Only:
3. Check carrier bearing pre-load as de-
c. Place the ring gear on the differential scribed in that heading. Adjust if necessary.
case, teeth toward the case center.
4. Check axle shaft end play as described
d. Thoroughly clean the special ring gear in that heading.
attaching bolts and nuts.
5. Check ring gear and pinion backlash as
e .. Insert the boIts, (heads in the ring described in that heading.
gear) and apply Loctite, grade AV, to
the threads. IMPORTANT: Do not opera te the trac-
tor for 24 hours after an Epoxide
f. Install the nuts and tighten to 105 to Resin bonded ring gear has been in-
120 ft.-lbs. torque. stalled (with kit). This is necessary
to permit proper curing of the Resin.
NOTE: Allow Epoxide Resin bonded
assemblies to cure for 1 hour at room
temperature before completing reas-
sembly of the differential. Wait 24 DRIVE PIN ION ASSEMBL y
hours after bonding before operating
the tractor. The drive pinion assembly is held in posi-
tion by a retaining flange boIted to a partition
2. Install a new side gear thrust washer and in the center housing. This flange supports the
side gear in the left differential case. Refer pinion shaft assembly in opposed, pre-Ioaded,
to Fig. 50. tapered roller bearings. The rear of the pin-
ion shaft is supported by a roller pilot bearing
3. Inbt.àll new differential pinion thrust that is pressed on the pinion shaft and is re-
washers after placing the differential pinions tained by a snap ring. This straddle- mounted
on the differential cross. Install this assembly drive pinion assembly is non-adjustably fixed
in the differential case. Refer to Fig. 49. within the center housing. Pre-Ioad on the
Printed in U.S.A.
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF J35, MF J50 STD.
MF J50 HI. CL. GAS GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig. 51 - Drive Pinion Location Fig. 53 - Differentiai Carrier Partially Removed
tapered roller bearings is 18 to 22 in.-Ibs. of Remove the drive pinion assembly as an as-
torque, measured on the pinion shaft. embly.
The differential carrier must be partially Fig. 51, shows location of drive pinion in
removed from the center housing to allow the center housing.
pilot bearing to clear the ring gear teeth when
removing the drive pinion assembly.
REMOVAL
1. Remove the left side axle housing as-

sembly as described in that heading.
2. Slide the differential carrier assembly

part of the way out of the center housing as
shown in Fig. 53. This will allow the pinion
Fig. 52 - Drive Pinion Assembly - Sectional View

l. Pilot Beoring Snop Ring 6. Ground Speed PTO Gear Hu b
2. Pilot Beoring 7. Tob Look Washer
3. Reor Topered Roller Beoring Cone 8. Beoring Adjusting Nut
4. Beoring Retoining Flange 9. Drive Pinion Shaft
Assembly 10. Ground Speed PTO Dri ve Gear
5. Front Topered Raller Beoring 11. Flonge Retoining Balt (s) Fig. 54 - Drive Shaft Coupler Cotter Pin Removal
26
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTIA L, PINION & REAR AXLE
Fig. 55 - Removing or Ins10lling Drive Shaft

And Drive Shaft Coupler
pilot bearing to clear the ring gear when the

drive pinion assembly is removed.
3. Remove the hydraulic lift coyer as de- Fig. 57 - Ground Speed PTO Drive Gear
Removal or Installation
scribed in Group ID, Section A, Part 4.
4. Remove the cotter pin in the drive shaft

coupler, slide the coupler over the drive shaft ficult ta remove, because of limited
and lift the two parts out as a unit as shown in clearance, unless the ground speed
Figs. 54 and 55. PTO gear is pushed as far forward on
the splines as Possible. See Fig. 58.
5. Remove the spiral snap ring holding the
ground speed PTO gear (if so equipped) to Hs 8. Force the drive pinion assembly from the
hub as shown in Fig. 56. center housing by evenly advancing two, 9/16"-
13 UNe capscrews thru the tapped holes in the
6. Remove the GSPTO gear. Refer to Fig. retainer flange. See Fig. 59.
57.
7. Remove the 6 capscrews in the drive

pinion retaining flange.
NOTE: The bottom capscrew is dif-
Fig. 58 - Removing or Installing

Fig. 56 - Spiral Snap Ring Removal Bottom Pinion Flange Re10ining Boit
Printed in U.S.A.
27
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 S1D.
MF 150 HI. CL GAS GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig. 59 - Removing Drive Pinion Assembly Fig.61 - Removing Bearing Adjusting Nut
NOTE: These capscrews must have at 3. Remove the bearing adjust:i:ng nut and tab
least 2-1/2" of threadin order to com- lock washer as shown in Fig. 62.
pletely remove the assembly. Two of
the flange retainer capscrews could be 4. Remove the ground speed PTO gear hub
used to start removal of the assembly, (or spacer) as shown in Fig. 63.
but are tao short to comPlete the
removal. NOTE: Tractors without CS PTO will
have a tubular spacer in this location
instead of the hub shawn.
DISASSEMBL y
5. Remove the front tapered roller bearing
1. Raise the tab on the lock washer as as shown in Fig. 64.
shown in Fig. 60.
2. Loosen the bearing adjusting nut as shown

in Fig. 61.
Fig. 62 - Removing or Installing Tab Lock Washer

Fig. 60 - Lifting Lock Washer Tab And Bearing Adjusting Nut
28
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP" - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTIAL, PINION & REAR AXLE
PILOT
SNAP RING
Fig. 63 - Removing or Installing Ground Speed PTO Hub

Fig. 65 - Removing or Installing Pilot Bearing Snap Ring
6. Remove the pinion pilot bearing as fol-

lows:
7. The pinion bearing flange assembly with
a. Remove the pilot bearing snap ring as the two bearing cups is not to be disassembled
shown in Fig. 65. for service. The sleeve portion of the assem-
bly is machined after the bearing cups are
b. Re move the pilot bearing as shown in installed and replacing either cup would alter
Fig. 66. the original dimensions.
NOTE: It will be necessary ta start

the bearing by driving against the inner INSPECTION
race sa that there is space ta install
the bearing puller plate. 1. Thoroughly clean aIl parts in a suitable
solvent and dry.
c. Remove the rear tapered bearing as
shown in Fig. 67.
NOTE: The bearing must first be sep-

arated fram the pinion using a hammer
and punch on the inside race of the
bearing.
Fig. 64 - Removing or Installing Front Bearing Cone Fig. 66 - Removing Pinion Pilot Bearing
Printed in U.S.A.
MASSEY-FERGUSON
MF J35, MF 150 STD.
MF J50 HI. CL GAS GROUP " - SECTION C - PART 5
Fig. 67 - Removing Rear Tapered Roller Bearing
2. Examine the pinion teeth and shaft splines

for damage and excessive wear. Replace the
pinion if required.
3. Rotate pilot bearing. If any roughness,

flat spots, sticking, or looseness is f elt, re-
place the bearing.
Fig. 68 - Installing Rear Tapered Roller Bearing
4. Check the tapered roller bearings by

turning the bearing cone in its mating cup while
applying hand pressure to the bearing. If assembly. Replace if necessary, along with
roughness, flat spots, or sticking is felt, re- the mating bearing cones.
place bath bearing cup and cone.
6. Examine the GS PTO gear hub, GS PTO
NOTE: Bath bearing cups are instal- gear and the GS PTO gear snap ring. Replace
led in the pinian retainer flange dur- any damaged or worn parts.
ing production of the flange and are not
ta be rePlaced without replacing the NOTE: Models without CS PTO will
entire flange assembly. have a spacer where the gear hub is
located.
If ane bearing cup or cane is damaged,
bath canes and the flange assembly 7. Examine the tab lock washer for an ex-
must be rePlaced ta avoid running a cessive number of broken tabs. Break off any
new part against an old. tabs that have been used. They will not hold
a second time. Use a new washer if available. ',-_/
5. Examine the drive pinion retainer flange
assembly for a warped or damaged flange and 8. Examine the bearing adjusting nut for
damage to the O. D. of the sleeve portion of the stripped threads. Replace if necessary.
30
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP Il - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE
Fig. 71 - Measuring Pinion Bearing Rolling Torque
Fig. 69 - Installing Pinion Pilot Bearing
Install the pilot bearing snap ring. Refer to

REASSEMBLY Fig. 65.
1. Install the rear pinion bearing as shown 3. Place the pinion assembly in the retaining
in Fig. 68. flange, and install the front tapered roller
bearing. Refer to Fig. 64.
2. Install the pinion pilot bearing as shown
in Fig. 69. 4. Install the GS PTO hub. Refer to Fig.
63.
NOTE: Jnstall the Pilot bearing with
the J. D. chamfer facing the snap ring NOTE: Jnstall the spacer on non-CS
groove. PTO models.
5. Install the tab lock washer. Refer to Fig.

62.
6. Install the bearing adjusting nut and

tighten the nut enough to load the pinion bear-
ings to 18 to 22 in.-lbs. of torque. Refer to
Fig. 70.
7. Check the bearing pre-load using a torque

wrench as shown in Fig. 71. Tighten or loosen
the bearing adjusting nut to obtain 18 to 22 in.-
lbs. of torque.
8. With bearing pre-load set, bend a tab on

the lock washer into a mating slot in the bearing
adjusting nut.
INSTALLA TlON
Fi g. 70 - Tightening Bearing Adjusting Nut Refer to Fig. 72.
Printed in U.S.A.
31
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STD.
PINION FLANGE
ALlGNMENT PIN "\..
Fig. 74 - Drive Shah Coupler Installed
Fi9. 72 - Drive Pinion Assembly
3. Install the pmlOn retaining flange cap-

1. Position the assembly in the center hous- screws and tighten to 75 to 80 ft.-Ibs. torque.
ing with the alignment pin over its mating hole
(countersunk hole down). 4. Install the GSPTO gear and spiral snap
ring as shown in Figs. 56 and 57.
2. Draw the pinion retainer flange into the
center housing by evenly tightening two bolts 5. Install the drive shaft and drive shaft
opposite each other in the pinion assembly coupler. Refer to Fig. 55.
flange. Refer to Fig. 73.
NOTE: Be certain that the cotter pin
NOTE: Two capscrews 3" long with at hole in the couPler is positioned toward
least 2-1/2" of thread are needed to the transmission.
draw the assembly in. After the as-
sembly is part way in, the regular re- 6. Install the cotter pin in the coupler shaft.
taining capscrews are long enough to
complete drawing the assembly into NOTE: Be certain that the cotter pin
position. end is comPletely flattened. Refer to
Fig. 74.
7. Install the PTO shift lever and cover.

Tighten the capscrews to 50 to 55 ft.-lbs.
torque.
8. Install the lüt cover assembly as de-

scribed in Group nI, Section A, Part 4.
9. Slide the differential carrier assembly

into position in the center housing.
10. Install the left axle housing assemblyas

described in that heading.
11. Check ring gear and pinion backlash ad-

Fig. 73 - Insta lIing Drive Pinion Assembly
justment as described under that heading.
32
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP II - SECTION C - PART 5 DIFFERENTlAL, PINION & REAR AXLE
NOTE: The pitch diameter is approxi-

rrtately half way between the inner and
outer diameters of the gear.
3. Rold the drive pinion stationary and turn

the ring gear to contact the pinion.
4. Zero the dial indicator or note the

reading.
5. Rotate the ring gear away from the pinion

until it makes contact again with the pinion.
Note the dial indicator reading. Check this at
four equally spaced points on the ring gear.
Backlash should be from .005" to .015". li it
is not within this range, add or remove shims
to obtain the proper backlash as follows:
a. Remove the differential carrier and re-

move the ring gear as described in
"DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER ASSEM-
BLY".
Fig. 75 - Ring Geer end Pinion Becklesh Meesurement
b. Install the proper shim(s) between the
differential case half and the ring gear.
NOTE: Backlash is increased or de-

RING GEAR AND PIN/ON BACKLASH creased by approxirrtately the thick-
ADJUSTMENT ness of the shim used. (A. 003" shim
will change backlash by about. 003'?
Ring gear and pinion backlash may be adj usted
on new ring gear and pinion installations by use c. Reinstall the ring gear and differential
of shims between the ring gear and the differ- carrier as described in "DIFFEREN-
ential case half. (Except Epoxide Resin bonded TIAL CARRIER ASSEMBLY".
assemblies) Shims 190 027 Ml (.003") and
190 028 Ml (.007") are available for this ad- d. Check backlash again in four places.
justment.
e. Reinstall the hydraulic lift cover as
NOTE: Do not adjust backlash on ring described in Group ID, Section A, Part
gear and pinion that have been in ser- 4.
vice. Normal wear has established
tooth contact patterns and any change Insufficient backlash may be caused by any
in backlash will also change tooth con- one, or all of these items.
tact. This will create high stress
points and lead to early failure of the 1. Too many shims between ring gear and
ring gear and pin ion. differential case half. Remove the number of
shims necessary to arrive at the proper back-
Measure and adjust backlash when carrier lash.
bearing pre-Ioad has been set and the rear axle
assembled. 2. Lack of a center housing-to-axle housing
gasket. Install a new gasket and tighten the at-
1. Remove the Rydraulic Lift Cover as taching nuts to 50-55 ft.-Ibs. torque.
described in Group li, Section A, Part 4, (if
not previously done). 3. Left-hand carrier bearing cup or cone is
not fully seated. Be sure the cup and cone are
2. Attach a dial indicator to the center pressed fully against their seats. Remove any
housing and rest the dial indicator on a ring shi ms that may have been placed under the
gear tooth at the pitch diameter of the gear, in bearing cup or the bearing cone.
line with the center of the gear. Refer to Fig.
75. Perform the carrier bearing pre-Ioad ad-
Printed in U.S.A.
33
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, MF 150 STO.
justment (as described under that heading) again smaller shield, or remove shim(s) and install
if a gasket is installed between the center the same thickness shim behind the left-hand'
housing and the axle housing, or if the bearing carrier bearing. (Use non-differential lock
cup or cone is repositioned. bearing shims behind the left carrier bearing).
This maintains carrier bearing pre-load and
Another method of moving the ring gear in moves the ring gear (and differential carrier)
relation to the pinion may be used in sorne in- to the right.
stances. This method involves use of car-
rier bearing pre-load shims behind the left- hand Backlash may be increased by removing
carrier bearing cup. bearing cup shim(s) from behind the left carried
bearing, and adding this thickness to the right
NOTE: This is the only means of carrier bearing. Use the appropriate shield or
backlash adjustment on Epoxide Resin shim(s).
bonded ring gear assemblies.
Bearing cup shims are not originally fitted
behind the left-handcarrier bearing cup. Shims
Carrier bearing shims can be used to de- are always fitted behind the right-hand carrier
crease backlash if the right- hand bearing shield bearing (whether differential lock or non-dif-
is greater than . 030" or there is at least one ferential lock) when establishing carrier bear-
. 005" shim. In this case, install the next ing pre-load.
34
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP " - SECTION D - PART 2
PART 2-INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF

MF 135, 150, 165, 175 AND 180 TRACTORS
INDEX
Page
POWER TAKE-OFF SHAFT ASSEMBLY ........... 2

Removing the PTO Shaft Assembly ............ 2
Inspection and Servicing the PTO shaft . . . . . . . . 3
Reinstalling the PTO Shaft Assembly .......... 4
POWER TAKE-OFF CLUTCH ASSEMBLY ......... 4

Removing the PTO Clutch Assembly ....... .... 4
Disassembling the PTO Clutch Assembly........ 6
Inspecting and Reassembling the PTO
Clutch Assembly ........................... 7
Reinstalling the PTO Clutch Assembly ... . . . . . . 8
POWER TAKE-OFF REGULATING VALVE ....... 10

Removing the Regulating Valve .............•. 10
Inspecting and Servicing the Regulating Valve .. 11
Reinstalling the Regulating Valve ............. 11
HYDRAULIC PUMP ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12

Removing the Hydraulic Pump ............•... 12
Inspecting and Servicing the Hydraulic Pump .. , 12
Reinstalling the Hydraulic Pump ., ....... , ... , 14
TROUBLE-SHOOTING ........................ 14

The Independent Power Take-Off (IPTO) feature allows the PTO shaft to operate
completely independent of the transmission and at a speed which is proportional ta en-
gine speed. Independent PTO is accomplished by incorporating a hydraulic pump, a
clutch pack and a control valve to engage and disengage the PTO shaft.
Power is transmitted by the engine through a "split torque clutch" and through the
Ferguson hydraulic pump ta the PTO clutch assembly. This power is transmitted any
time the engine is running, regardless of the position of the tractor clutch pedal.
Operation of the PTO drive shaft is accomplished by moving the control lever ta the
"on" position, which directs oil to the clutch pack and engages the clutch. Moving the
lever to the "off" position releases the clutch and directs oil to a brake which is inte-
gral ta the PTO clutch pack. The brake stops the PTO shaft.
Figs. 1 and 2 show sectional views of the Independent PTO me chanism.
Printed in U.S.A. 1
MASSEY-FERGUSON
'NDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 2
TO MULTI-POWER
~~~~:S:S::S~~~~====~==========:::I::~~:;:ss:s:s:s:~REC;;ULATING
VALVE
-+--
1 4 GPM.
PUMP
CLUTCH
1 ASSEMBLY
PUMP DRIVE
!.---;-;- GEAR
Fig. 1 - Sectional View Showing Main Components if Independent PTO Model Tractor - Multi-Power
Model Without Independent Auxiliary Hydraulics Shown
TO MUL TI-POWER
~~~~~~~'T;~;:====~z:::=========r~;s:sS~~~REGULATING
VALVE
1
-+--
CLUTCH
1 ASSEMBLY
~--;-;- GEAR
Fig. 2 - Sectional View Showing Main Components of Independent PTO Model Tractor - Multi-Power
Model With Independent Auxiliary Hydraulics Shown
POWER lAKE-OFF SHAFl ASSEMBLy pack and connects the PTO shaft to the rear
end of the Ferguson hydraulic pump.
The power take-off shaft projects from the
rear of the tractor center housing and has a
1-3/8 inch spline with an annular groove.
REMOV'NG THE PTO SHAFT ASSEM81. y
The proportional engine speed drive of the
PTO is engaged by placing the shift lever in the 1. Drain the oil from the center housing and
"on" position. Thls pressurizes the clutch transmission.
2
MASSEY-FERGUSON MF J35, J50, J65, J75 AND J80
GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 2 INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF
Fig. 3 - Power Toke.Off Shoft Assembly
2. Remove check chain brackets and screws

securing PTO retainer plate to the housing.
NOTE: On some models it is nat ne-

cessary ta remove the check chain
brackets.
3. Remove cover cap from the PTO shaft.
4. Insert a punch through hole in PTO shaft

and pull shaft, bearing and oil seal retainer out
of the housing as an assembly. See Fig. 3.
Fig. 5 - Installing Rear PTO Bearing

INSPECTING AND SERVICING THE PTO SHAFT
1. Carefully slide the retainer and seal as-

sembly off the shaft. Inspect the seal and the mating surface on the shaft. If either shows
wear or damage, they must be replaced. If the
tractor has been operated for an extra long
period, it is advisable to replace the seai.
Wh en installing a new seal, press it into the
retainer until it bottoms as shown in Fig. 4.
Install seal with lip in seal toward bearing.
2. Inspect rear bearing for roughness, dam-

age or wear. If damaged, it must be replaced.
If it is necessary to replace the bearing, pro-
ceed as follows:
a. Remove retaining ring at rear of bear-

ing and press off shaft.
b. Press new bearing on shaft with re-

taining ring on O. D. of bearing rear-
ward as shown in Fig. 5. Secure with
retaining ring.
3. Inspect shaft splines on each end. Also

check for any bend in the shaft. If either is
evident, the shaft must be replaced.
4. Carefully start seal over end of PTO

Fig. 4 - Installing Oïl Seo 1 in Retainer shaft and place against bearing.
Printed in U.S.A. 3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEPENDENT PO WER TAKE-OFF GROUP " - SECTION D - PART 2
b. Use a suitable bearing puller and sliding

hammer and pull old bearing out.
c. Use special tools MFN 800 D, MFN 800 P
and MFN 800 C and pull bearing into place as
shown in Fig. 6.
NOTE: When installing needle bear-

ings, always aPPly force against let-
tered side of bearing only.
RE/NSTALUNG THE PTO SHAFT ASSEMBL y

1. Start the complete PTO shaft assembly
into the tractor and align splines into the PTO
clutch pack.
2. Lubricate the "O"-ring on the seai re-

tainer and carefully push retainer and shaft
into place.
NOTE: Do not allow seal and retainer

to come off the PTO shajt while in-
stalling the shaft. Damage could occur
to the seal.
Fig.6 - Installing Front PTO Bearing 3. Secure PTO assembly with retaining
Us ing Special Tools MFH 8000, 800P and 800e plate and screws.
4. Reinstall check chain brackets.

5.· Whenever the PTO shaft is removed for
servicing, it is advisable to check front bear-
ing in the center housing. If the bearing shows POWER lAKE-OFF
wear or damage, it must be replaced. To re- CLUlCH ASSEMBL y
place the front PTO bearing, refer to the ap-
propriate heading and proceed as outlined. The PTO clutch assembly is located in the
center housing between the Ferguson hydraulic
pump and the PTO output shaft. The clutch as-
sembly is hydraulically operated and obtains
Procedures for Replacing Frant Bearing its oil supply from the transmission pump.
with Only the PTO Shaft Removed
a. Remove the left axle housing and remove REMOVING THE PTO CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
the differential assembly.
The figures shown here are of the MF 165
b. Use a suitable bearing puller and sliding Tractor. However, the procedures will be
hammer and pull old bearing out rearward. similar unless otherwise specified. Before the
PTO clutch assembly can be removed, it will
c. Use special tool MF 13 with 813 mandrel be necessary to split the tractor between the
and install new bearing. (Special tools are in transmission and center housing, remove the
MF 400 tool set. ) hydraulic lift cover and the Ferguson hydraulic
pump.
To remove the PTO clutch assembly, pro-

Procedures for Replacing Frant Bearing ceed as follows:
with the PTO Clutch Assembly Removed
1. Remove the hydraulic lift cover as out- ~.
a. Remove left axle housing and remove lined in Group III - Section A - Part 4 for MF
differential assemb:y. 135, 150 and 165 Tractors; and Group Ill-
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON MF J35, J50, J65, J75 AND J80
GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 2 INDEPENDENT PO WER TAKE-OFF
~...
Fig. 7 - Split Between Transmission and Center Housing
Section A - Part 5 for MF 175 and 180 Trac-

tors.
2. Drain the oil from the transmission and

center housing.
Fig. 8 - Front View of PTO Clutch and Hydraulic
Pumps Installed in the Center Housing
3. Tractors with Multi-Power Transmission
1. Ferguson Pump 4. Secondory Di! Circuit line
only. 2. PTO Clutch Assembly 5. Primery Oi! Circuit Line
3. PTO Brake Di sc 6. Hydraul ic Pump
a. Remove the rear hood side panels.
b. Remove the battery. 4. Remove step plates and disconnect light

wires.
c. Remove capscrews securing the in-
strument panel to the transmission 5. Disconnect brake rods at the rear.
housing.
6. Place suitable jacks under the transmis-
d. Remove capscrews and nuts securing sion and center housing.
the steering gear housing to the trans-
mission case. 7. Remove bolts securing center housing to
the transmission and carefully roll the unit
e. Raise instrument panel and steering apart as shown in Fig. 7.
housing approximately 1 inch and block
up as shown in Fig. 7. 8. Remove lines, Nos. 4 and 5, Fig. 8
(Tractors with auxiliary hydraulics only.)
f. Remove capscrews securing the top Tractors without auxiliary hydraulics do not
cover to the transmission and care- have a line between the pump and side cover.
fully remove the cover.
9. Disconnect test line between control valve
NOTE: If the cover is nat raised and left-hand side cover. Remove coyer.
slightly ta release detent spring ten-
sion, the springs will fly out when the 10. Remove the PTO shaft as outlined under
caver is remaved. the heading "Removing the PTO Shaft".
g. Dis conne ct oil line between the pump 11. Remove the two mounting studs on the
and the Multi-Power Transmission. Ferguson hydraulic pump.
Printed in U.S.A. 5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF GROUP Il - SECTION D - PART 2
Fig. 10 - Rear Side of the PTO Clutch Assembly

1. Control Volve Spool 2. Retaining Plate 3. Retaining Ring
the modulating piston can then be slid out of the

valve as an assembly.
Fig. 9 - Hydraulic Pumps Positioned in Housing
for Removing Elbow Fitting
1. El bow Fi ttin 9 2. Hydroulic Pump 3. Fergu son Pump 6. Remove snap ring, No. 2, Fig. 11, and
thrust washer, No. 3.
12. On tractors with independent auxiliary 7. -Carefully lift valve assembly off over hub
hydraulics, rotate the hydraulic pumps to one of clutch housing.
side, as shown in Fig. 9, and rem ove fitting,
No. 1.
If necessary to disassemble the brake, refer
13. Remove both pumps (as an assembly) to Fig. 12 for identification and sequence of
forward and out of the center housing. parts.
14. Rotate the clutch assembly to the left

and remove through front opening in center
housing.
DISASSEMBUNG THE PTO CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
1. Place the clutch assembly on a bench

with the retainer ring up as shown in Fig. 10.
2. Remove retaining ring, No. 3, Fig. 10,

and rem ove the retaining plate.
3. Remove clutch disc separator plates,

wave springs and hub from the clutch housing.
4. Use two pairs of pliers and carefully lift

the piston out.
5. After an parts are removed from the

clutch housing, turn the assembly over as Fig. 11 - Front Side of the PTO Clutch Assembly
shown in Fig. 11. The control valve spool and 1. Volve ond Housing Assembly
2. Snop Ring
3. Th",st Washer 4. Cluteh Housing
5. Brake Dise
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON MF 135, 150, 165, 175 AND 180
GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 2 INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF
Fig. 12 - PTO Clutch Assembly Identification and Sequence of Parts

1. Moduloting Volve Assembly 4. "O"·Ring 7. Housing la. Cluteh Housing 13. Friction Dise 16. Retoiner Plate
2. Modu loting Piston S. PloIe 8. Snop Ring 11. Piston 14. Wove Spring 17. Separolor Plate
3. Control Volve Housing 6. Brake Pi ston 9. Thrust Wosher 12. Hub 15. Reloining Ring 18. Brake Dise
INSPECTING AND REASSEMBLING

THE PTO CLUTCH ASSEMBL y
Inspect aIl parts for wear or damage. Re-
place if necessary. If friction disc or speara-
tor plates are warped or worn, they must be
1.
"1 .r
replaced. Refer to Fig. 12 for identification

and sequence of parts.
1. Lubricate seal rings on clutch housing

hub and carefuIly place control valve and brake
ring on housing and secure with thrust washer
and snap ring. See Fig. 11.
2. Slide control valve spool and modulating

piston assembly into the valve body. Use vase-
line on the piston to retain in spool while in-
stalling.
3. Turn the clutch assembly over and install

piston using special tool MFN 768 as shown in
Fig. 13. Fig. 13 t Installing Piston Using Special Tooi MFN 768
Prinled in U.S.A. 7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEPENDENT PO WER TAKE-OFF GROUP " - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 14 - Install Cluteh Dises and Springs
NOTE: If special tool MFN 768 is not

available, use 5 or 6 pieces of 3/16" Fig. 16 - PTO Cluteh Assembly Positioned in Place
rod approximately 2" long.
4. Place center hub into housing.

spring, push in on the disc and insert small
5. Install one separator plate against the pins or Allen wrenches in oil holes ta hold in
piston, followed by a friction disc and wave place. See Fig. 14.
spring.
8. Install last friction disc and wave spring
NOTE: When installing new friction as shown in Fig. 14.
dises, the dises must be submerged in
M-1129-A ail for a minimum of 30 9. With the pins remaining in the oil holes,
minutes. position retainer plate in place and secure with
retaining ring as shown in Fig. 15.
6. Continue to install discs and separatar
plates in the same sequence leaving the last 10. Remove the pins or wrenches.
friction disc and wave spring out.
7. Before installing the last friction disc and REINSTAL.LlNG THE PTO CL.UTCH ASSEM8L. y
1. Install clutch assembly into place as

shown in Fig. 16.
2. Place bath hydraulic pumps, (as an as-

sembly) into the housing against PTO clutch
assembly.
3. On tractors with independent auxi.liary

hydraulics, rotate the hydraulic pumps ta one
side and install fitting, No. 1, as shown in
Fig. 17.
NOTE: Leave lock nut on fitting loose

until line is installed.
4. Install the two mounting studs inta side of

pump and secure with retaining nuts.
5. Install the PTO shaft as outlined under

Fig. 15 - Installing Relaining Ring the heading "Reinstalling the PTO Shaft".
8
MASSEY-FERGUSON MF 135, 150, 165, 175 AND l80
Fig. 17 - Hydraulic Pumps Positioned in Housing

for Installing Elbow Fitting
1. El bow Fitting 2. Hydraulic Pump 3. Ferguson Pump
6. Slide clutch assembly rearward against Fig. 19 - Front View of PTO Clutch and Hydraulic
PTO shaft retainer ring. Pumps Installed in the Center Housing
1. Ferguson Pump 4. Secondary Oil Circuit Line
2. PTO Clutch Assembly 5. Primary Qil Circuit Line
3. PTO Brake Dis c 6. Hydraulic Pump
7. Adjust retainer sleeve on rear of Fer-
guson hydraulic pump to obtain a clearance be-
tween the PTO clutch hub and the sleeve of

.005" to .015". See Fig. 18.
8. Install shift control cover on left side of

center housing and connect test line between
cover and control valve.
9. Install lines, Nos. 4 and 5, Fig. 19,

(tractors with auxiliary hydraulics only). On
tractors without auxiliary hydraulics, install
one line between pump and clutch control valve.
10. Lubricate input shaft splines and care-

fully roll transmission and engine together.
NOTE: Use care when joining the two

units or damage could occur.
11. Install capscrews securing the engine to

transmission and tighten securely.
12. Cannect brake rads and install step

Fig. 18 - Top View Showing Proper Clearance
Between PTO Clutch and Sleeve plates.
Printed in U.S.Â. 9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
'NDEPENDENT PO WER TAKE-OFF GROUP " - SECTION 0 - PART 2
13. Tractors with Multi-Power Trans-

mission only.
a. Connect oil line between the pump and

Multi-Power Transmission.
b. Install transmission top cover and se-

cure with retaining capscrews.
c. Remove block between steering housing

and transmission and attach housing ta
transmission.
d. Install capscrews securing instrument

panel to the transmission housing.
e. Install battery and rear hood side

panels.
14. Install the hydraulic lift cover as out- Fig. 20 - Removing or Installing Input Shah
, lined in Group ID, Section A, Part 4 for MF Retainer and Va Ive Assembly
135, 150 and 165 Tractors; and Group ID, Sec-
tion A, Part 5 for MF 175 and 180 Tractors.
15. Fill transmission and center housing to

proper level with specified oil (M-1129-A). assembly as outlined under the heading "Power
Take-Off Clutch Assembly".
POWER TAKE-OFF
REGULATING VALVE b. Screw valve assembly out of the PTO
clutch assembly.
The PTO regulating valve on tractars with
standard 6-speed transmission is installed be-
tween the transmission pump and the PTO
clutch assembly. This valve maintains an oil Tractors with Multi-Power Transmission
pressure of 280-325 psi to the PTO clutch con-
trol valve. a. Split tractor between engine and trans-
mission.
The regulating valve on tractors with Multi-
Power Transmission control both the Multi- b. Unhook clutch release bearing return
Power and Independent PTO circuits and is springs and remove release bearing and re-
mounted on the input shaft retainer. This valve tainer.
is installed in the circuit between the oil cooler
outlet and the Multi-Power clutch pack. This c. Remove clutch release yoke and shafts.
valve maintains an oil pressure of 240-500 psi
ta the PTO clutch control valve, with the oil ct. Disconnect brake rods and remove brake
tempe rature 70-900 F. pedal shaft.
e. Dis conne ct oil supply line and control

REMOV'NG THE REGULAT'NG VALVE linkage at the valve.
To remove the PTO regulating valve, refer f. Remove capscrews securing input shaft
to the appropriate heading and proceed as out- retainer to the transmission.
lined:
g. Using special tool FT 357 ta protect oil
seal, remove input shaft retainer and valve as
Tractors with Standard 6 -Speed Transmission an assembly. See Fig. 20.
a. Split the tractor between the center hous- h. Remove screws securing valve to input
ing and transmission and remove PTO clutch shaft retainer.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON Mf J35, J50, J65, J75 AND 780
GROUP " - SECTION D - PART 2 INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-Off
Fig. 22 - Multi-Power Control and Regulating Valve

Identification and Sequence of Parts
1. Plug 3. Reguloting Spool 4. Vol ve Body
2. Spring 5. Control Spool
Fig.21 - PTO Regulating Valve (Tractors Without
Mu Iti ·Power T ransmi ss ion) Identi fica tion
1. Valve Body 2. Spaal 3. Spring 4. Plug
d. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. If

spring is damaged, it must be replaced. If
either spool(s) or valve body is scored, replace
INSPECTING AND SERVICING valve body and spools as an assembly.
THE REGULA TING VAL VE
e. Reassemble spools and spring in valve
Tractors with Standard 6-Speed Transmission body by referring to Fig. 22 for identification
and sequence of parts.
a. Refer to Fig. 21 and carefully remove
plug, No. 4. f. Install valve assembly on the input shaft
retainer.
NOTE: This plug is spring-loaded.
b. Remove spring, No. 3. NOTE: One of the screws, securing

the valve body to the retainer, holds
c. Bump valve body on a block of wood and the control spool in Place and contains
remove spool, No. 2. a copper washer. This screw must be
installed in the forward hole at the
d. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. If protruding end of the spool.
the spring is damaged, it must be replaced. If
the spool or body is scored, replace both as an
assembly.
REINSTALUNG THE REGULA TING VALVE
e. Refer to Fig. 21 and reassemble the valve
in sequence shown. Tighten plug, No. 4, 15 to 1. To reinstall the PTO regulating valve.
25 ft. -lbs. torque. refer to the appropriate heading and proceed as
outlined:
Tractors with Multi-Power Transmission
a. Refer to Fig. 22 and remove plug, No. 1. Tractors with Standard 6-Speed Transmission
NOTE: This plug is spring-loaded. a. Connect the regulating valve assembly to

the PTO clutch assembly.
b. Remove spring, No. 2, and regulating
spool, No. 3. b. Install the clutch assembly into center
housing as outlined under the heading "Reinstal-
c. Remove control spool with "0" -ring, ling the PTO Clutch Assembly" in this Part of
No. 5. the Manual.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEPENDENT PO WER TAKE-OFF GROUP " - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Tractors with Multi-Power Transmission REMOVING THE HYDRAULIC PUMP
a. Using special tool FT 357, install input 1. Split the tractor between the center hous-
shaft retainer and regulating valve as shown ing and transmission and rem ove both pumps
in Fig. 20. (Ferguson and PTO) as an assembly.
b. Secure with retaining capscrews. NOTE: This procedure is recommend-

ed la enable the backlash between the
c. Conne ct oil supply line and control valve pump drive gear and idler gear ta be
linkage. checked when the pump is reinstalled.
d. Install brake pedal shaft and connect 2. Remove capscrews securing the hydraulic
brake linkage rods. pump to the mounting bracket.
e. Install clutch release yoke and shafts.

INSPECTING AND SERVICING
f. Install clutch release bearing and return THE HYDRAULIC PUMP
springs.
To service the hydraulic pump, refer to the
g. Reconnect tractor between engine and appropriate heading and proceed as follows:
transmission.
h. Reconnect and adjust Multi-Power shift 9 gpnt pump

linkage.
1. Remove idler shait and gear.
NOTE: The idler gear has 22 loose

HYDRAULIC PUMP needle bearings and will faZZ out when
the shaft is puZZed out of the gear.
The hydraulic pump is located in the center
housing and is mounted on top of the Ferguson 2. Remove snap ring securing the driven
hydraulic pump. The pump is of the positive gear to the shait and remove gear.
displacement, gear type and is driven through
an idler gear by the main pump drive gear. The 3. Remove snap ring behind the gear.
main drive gear is located slightly ahead of the
Ferguson hydraulic pump and is splined to both 4. Remove capscrews. Carefully remove
PTO front drive shaft and the Ferguson pump front plate, and diaphragm seal and plate as an
camshait. assembly.
5. Remove the two gears and shafts.

Two different pum,ps are used depending on
how the tractor is equipped. AlI model tractors 6. Remove plugs, springs, poppets etc. See
without independent auxiliary hydraulics are Fig. 23.
equipped with a 4 gpm capacity pump. Tractors
equipped with independent auxiliary hydraulics 7. Inspect the gear assemblies and the pump
have a 9 gpm capacity pump. housing. If scoring in the housing or damaged
gears is eVident, it is recommended that the
complete pump be replaced.
The delivery pressure of each pump, how-
ever, is controlled by two different regulating 8. Inspect relief valve for wear or damage.
valves dependlng upon the type of transmission If the pump body and gears are serviceable, the
installed in the tractor. relief valves and springs can be replaced.
Shims are av ailable between relief valve
springs and plugs ta change pressure on these
The capacity of the pump can be determined valves. The priority relief valve should be set
wi thout disassembling the tractor by observing 500 to 800 psi and the secondary relief valve
the PTO shift lever cover. Tractors with lines should be set 2500 to 2600 psi.
and fittings on the cover are equipped with a
9 gpm pump. Tractors with no lines and fit- 9. Refer to Fig. 23 for identification and
tings have a 4 gpr.: :1ump. sequence of parts and reassembly the pump.
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON MF 135, ISO, 165, 175 AND 180
Fig. 23 - Hydraulic Pump (9 GPM) Identificatian and Sequence of Ports

1. Idler Geor and Shoft 5. Bock·UpGosket 10. Drive Geor 14. Boll,PriorityRel;efVolve 19. Plug
2. Front Plate 6. Diophrogm Plate 11. Follow Geor Assembly 15. Spring 20. Shims
3. Diophrogm Seol 7. Leod Geor Assembly 12. Orifice Plate Assembly 16. Plug 21. Spring, Secondory Relief Volve
4. Protector Gasket 8. Pump Body 13. Sleeve 17. Flow Divider Spool 22. Poppet Assembly
9. Snop Ring 18. Plug
Install diaphragm front plate, No. 6, Fig. 23, gear shaft to 40 to 45 ft. -lbs. torque. Tighten
with bronze side toward gears. Tighten idler front plate retaining capscrew to 7 to 10 ft.-Ibs.
torque.
4 gpm pump
1. Remove idler shaft and gear.
2. Remove snap ring securing the drive gear

to the shaft and remove the gear.
3. Remove capscrews securing the pump to-

gether and remove filter assembly and cover.
4. Remove gear and shafts from pump body.
5. The two shaft bearings and seals can then

be removed.
6. If required, remove the relief valve as-

Fig. 24 - Hydraulic Pump (4 GPM) Identification sembly. See Fig. 24 for sequence of parts.
1. Cover 5, Pump Body
2. Follow Geor Assembly 6. Leod Geor Assembly 7. Inspect aU parts for wear cr damage.
3. Seol Ba ck·Up Gosket
4. Seol
7. Wear Plate (Diophrogm)
8. Seol
Replace if necessary. If scoring in the housing
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 2
Fig. 26 - Gouge Properly Instolled for Checking

PTO Clutch Pressure - MF 175 Troctor Shown
TROUBLE-SHOOTING
Fig. 25 - Front View Showing Correct Becklash
of Hydroulic Pump Drive Geers Trouble shooting the IPTO will require the
use of a pressure gauge with a capacity of 500
psi, or higher. Before a problem may be
solved, the oil pressure to the clutch assembly
or damaged gears is eVident, it is recommend- must be determined. Check the oil pressure to ~
ed that the complete pump be replaced. the clutch assembly as follows:
8. Inspect the relief valve. If the pump body 1. Remove test plug in PTO shift lever cover
and gears are serviceable, the relief valve parts and install a pressure gauge as shown in Fig.
can be replaced if necessary. The relief valve 26. The following fittings are used to install
shoulcl be set 500 to 650 psi. the gauge shown: MFN 50 KK, N 1100 H and
HY 25.
9. Refer to Fig. 24 for identification and se-
quence of parts to reassemble the pump. 2. Start engine and heat oil to 180-190 0 F.
3. With engine speed at 1800 l'pm, shift PTO

lever to "on", Pressure gauge should read 240
REINSTAlLlNG THE HYDRAULIC PUMP to 350 psi.
1. Attach the hydraulic pump to the mounting 4. Shift PTO lever to "off" and gauge should
bracket on top of the Ferguson pump and secure read O.
with retaining capscrews.
5. Slowly move the shift lever frol11 "off" ta
2. Check backlash between idler gear on "on" position. The lever should 1110dulate the
pump and main drive gear. The backlash be- pressure smoothly and continously from 0 to
tween these two gears should be .003" to .006" 100 psi, then increase to 240-350 psi.
and is obtained by the use of shims between the
pump and mounting bracket. See Fig. 25. 6. With PTO clutch still engaged, flip the
Shil11s are available in .002", . 005" and, 010" Multi-Power from "Hi" to "Lo", Pressure
thickness. gauge should flicker, but remain at approxi-
mately the same reading.
NOTE: The fig/Ires SI!O/('ii are of Ilze
y .~!)jJ/ !JUiIl!J, Iml flle jJroce(lin-es are 7. When the previous checks have been
!IIC sanlc. made, proceed to trouble shooting as follows:
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON MF 135, 150, 165, 175 AND 180
GROUP Il - SECTION 0 - PART 2 INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF
PROBLEM
1. PTO slipping under load

a. Faulty regulating valve Check pressure as outlined. If pressure is
low, rem ove valve and inspect. Replace
necessary parts.
b. PTO clutch disc worn Replace disco
c. Leak in system Check oil lines and "O"-ring. Correct as

required.
d. Faulty hydraulic pump Check pressure at PTO clutch. If pump is

at fault, pressure will be too low. Check
pump and replace as required.
2. PTO Shaft does not stop when lever is in

"off" position
a. Damaged shift mechanism Remove shift lever and correct.
b. Clutch disc not releasing Remove clutch assembly and check wave
springs. Check friction disc for warp or
damage. Replace as necessary.
c. Brake inoperative Check brake disco Check brake piston for

sticking or damage. Replace as necessary.
3. Noise in system
a. Worn or damaged PTO shaft bearings Replace as required.
b. Bent PTO Shaft Replace shaft.
c. Incorrect clearance between clutch Adjust clearance to .005" to .015"

assembly and Ferguson pump
d. Incorrect oil (too heavy) Use M-1129A Specification.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4
PART 4-INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM-

INDEX
Page Page
Description and Operation.. • • • • . • • • • • • . • • • • . . 1 Hydraulic Pump •..••••••••••••••••••••••.•••. 10
Hydraul ic Lift Cover •••••••••••••.•••••••••. 1 Removing the Hydraul ie pump • • • . • • . . . • . . • • •. 11
Removing the Hydraul ic 1ift cover. • • • • • • • • • • • 3 Disassembl ing the hydraul ic pump. • • • • • • • . • . •• 11
Install ing the Hydraul ic 1ift cover •• • • • •• • • • • • 3 Disassembl ing the Control Valve.............. 12
Disassembl ing Hydraul ic 1ift cover ••••••••••• 4 Servicing the Control Valve
Reassembl ing the Hydraul ie 1Ht cover. • • • • •• • • 5 and Oscillator •••••••••••••••••••.•••..•• 13
Servicing the Master control spring. • • • • • • •• • • 6 Reassembl ing the Control Valve ••••••••.•.••. 13
Adjusting the Hydraulic lift cover .•••.••••• 7 Servicing the Valve Chambers. • • • • • • • . . • • • . •• 14
Final Adjustments of the Hydrautie Inspecting the Valve Chambers.. •••••...••.•. 14
System............ ..................... .. 9 Reseating the Valve Seats •••.••...••••..•••.. 15
Dash Pot Assembl y • • • . • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 10 Reassembling the Hydraulie Pump ••••....••.•• 15
Removing the Dash Pot assembly ••••••••••••• 10 Installing the Hydraulie Pump ................ 16
Instoll ing the Dash Pot assembly ••••••••••••• 10 Lubrication •••.••••••.••••••••.••.••....••.. 17
Disassembling the Dash Pot ................. 10 - Trouble-Shooting • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . . • • • • • . • • • . • •. 17
Reassembling the Dash Pot.................. 10 Quick Service Checks •••••••.••••••.••..•.••• 19
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION To operate the hydraulic system in position

control, the draft control lever must be an the
The Hydraulic System described in this part way to the rear of the quadrant. The lower
is similar to the one used on the MF 35, 50 and links can then be positioned by the position con-
65 Tractors. It has Draft Control through the trollever. When the position control lever is
top link and Master Control Spring, also Posi- moved toward the rear of the quadrant, the
tion Control regulated by the operator. lower links will raise. When moved toward the
forward side of the quadrant, the lower links
One difference in the two systems is that the with lower in proportion to the position of the
MF 35, 50 and 65 Tractors have a slow re- lever. This lever is used for attaching imple-
sponse control which restricts the dropping of ments and for operating implements that are
the impIe ment by regulating the amount of not draft controlled.
travel of the control valve to an exhaust posi-
tion. On this system, the rate of lowering an To operate the system in draft control, the
impIe ment is controlled by a dash pot, which position control lever must be placed in trans-
retards the control valve toward the exhaust port position (to the rear of the quadrant
position. This enables the tractor to be oper- against stop). The draft control lever, which
ated in slow response over an uneven terrain is on the outer quadrant, is provided with an
and still maintain an even depth of the imple- adjustable locater which allows the operator to
ment. The control valve is spring-Ioaded to- lower the impIe ment to the same depth each
ward the intake side, rather than toward the ex- time. When operating in draft control, the im-
haust, as is the earlier system. The hydraulic pIe ment is raised to transport and lowered
'system can be raised into transport position or with the draft -control lever.
lowered position with either the draft control
lever or -the position control lever. Fig. 1
shows a view of the lift cover assembly, stand-
pipe and the hydraulic pump assembly posi- HYDRAULIC LIFT COVER
tioned as they would appear in the tractor
also shows identüication of Controls. The hydraulic lift cover is mounted on top
1
Printed in U.S.A.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
. DRAFT CONTROL
LEyER
. POSITION CONTROL
!I-:-- . LEVER
ADJUSTABLE.
LQCAT2IL.
LIFT
COVER·
MULTI- POWÉR
PUMP
CONTROL
VALVE
....p:VER
Fig. 1 - Hydraulic lift Cover and Pump
Fig. 2 - Response Control
2
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and J65
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4 INTERNAI. HYDRAUlIC SYSTEM
Fig. 4 - Lift Cover Plac:ed Prior to Servic:ing
Fig. 5 - Adjusting Master Control Spring

1. Setscrew 2. Adjus'ing Nu' 3. Rocker Link
of the center housing, beneath the seat. The
draft and position control linkage and lift mech-
anism is attached to the lift cover as an assem-
bly. There are two types of lift cover asse m-
blies used on the above-mentioned tractors. housing. This roller can be removed by spread-
The two assemblies can be easily identified ing the sides of the control valve lever at the
from one another by the thickness of the lift upper end.
cover itself. It is important to know the type
of cover assembly being serviced, as the posi- 5. Use a suitable hoist and raise the lift
tioning of the lift arms is different in the two cover vertically from tractor, as shown in
assemblies when making adjustments. Basic- Fig. 3.
ally, the disassembling and reassembling pro-
cedures are the same. The following com- NOTE: On the MF 165 Tractor, il will
ponents are different; lift shaft, lift shaft bush- be necessary to unhook the control,
ings and "O"-rings, linkage assembly, lift beam at the rear of the lift cover be-
ram arm, connecting rod, and the cylinder as- fore removal.
sembly. To identify the two assemblies, note
the thickness of the cover. Assembly No.
190 861 Ml is approximately 7/8" thick at the INSTAl.lING THE HYDRAUlIC 11FT COVER
front end, assembly No. 897 592 Ml is approx-
imately 1-1/8" thick. For service informa- The lift cover must be properly adjusted be-
tion, refer to the appropriate heading. fore installing, as outlined under the heading
"Adjusting the Lift Cover" in this part of the
manual.
REMOVING THE HYDRAUlIC 11FT COVER
1. Place a new gasket on differential housing.
1. Remove seat and disconnect lower lift
links. 2. Refer to Fig. 3 and lower the lift cover
slowly into place. At the same time, check
2. Remove response control assembly from through opening at right side of housing and
'right side of differential housing; see Fig. 2. position the dash pot piston rod between the
sides of the upper end of the control valve lever.
3. Remove capscrews securing lift cover to
housing and remove stand pipe. NOTE: Use care, when installing the
lift cover, not to bump the control
4. Remove roller from control valve lever valve lever. This lever could be
through opening in right side of differential pushed off ils pivot socket and be dif-
Prin.ed in U.S.A. 3
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 6 - Lift Shaft Assembly Identification and Fig.7 - Removing or Installing Quadrant Assembly
Sequence of Pa rts 1. Adjusting Boit 3. Draft Control Finger 4. Position Control Finger
1. Dosh Pot Assembly 4. Bushings 5. "0" -Ring 2. Vertical Lever 5. Quadrant Assembly
2. Ca pscrews 6. Rom Arm
3. Lift Arm 7. LiftShoft
screws (No. 2) on the right side and remove

ficult to install without removing extra lift arme The left lift arm, shaft and bushings
parts. can now be removed as an assembly; see Fig. 6.
3. Install cover retaining boUs and torque 6. Remove Allen-head screw securing the
50 - 55 ft.-Ibs. quadrant assembly (No. 5, Fig. 7) to the lift
cover.
4. Install roller at upper end of control valve
lever by spreading the sides open.
5. Adjust the hydraulic system, as outlined

under the heading "Final Adjustments of the
Hydraulic System tl in this part of the manual.
DISASSEM8L1NG HYDRAULIC. LIFT COVER

1. Invert the lift cover and place securely
on blocks high enough to clear the quadrant, as
shown in Fig. 4.
2. Remove the two special boUs securingthe

rocker link (No. 3, Fig. 5) to the lift cover.
3. Loosen setscrew (No. 1, Fig. 5) holding

adjusting nut (No. 2) in cover assembly and re-
move nut and spring assembly, using special
tool No. FT 358, as shown.
4. Remove dash pot assembly (No. 1,

Fig. 6). Fig. 8 - Removing or Installing Vertical Lever Assembly
1. Vertical Lever 3. Droft Control Finqcr
2. Position Control Finger 4. Position Control Cam
5. Refer to Fig. 6 and remove the two cap- 5. Droft Control Cam
4
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, ISO and 165
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4 INTERNAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Fig.9 - Removing or Installing Mounting Bracket Fig. 10 - Ram Arm and Control Cams Installed
1. Brccket 2. Cotter Key 5 3. Ca pscrews 1. Pin 3. Rem Arm 5. Position Control Carn
2. Setscrew 4. Droft Control Red 6. Droft Control Corn
7. Loosen adjusting boU (No. 1, Fig. 7) to

free vertical lever (No. 2) and unhook spring scoring. If excessive scoring is on the piston
between position cam and finger from finger. or cylinder, they should be replaced. Inspect
aU parts for misalignment, wear or damage.
8. Hold draft and position control fingers Replace, if necessary.
(Nos. 3 and 4, Fig. 7) up with one hand, rotate
the quadrant assembly (No. 5) with the other
hand and remove the quadrant. 1. Install cylinder assembly on lift caver,
9. Remove vertical lever and fingers (Nos.
1, 2 and 3, Fig. 8) as an assembly.
10. Refer to Fig. 9 and instaU cotter keys

in draft and position cam rods to secure springs
in place while removing or instaUing.
11. Remove capscrews, No. 3, Fig. 9, and

remove bracket (No. 1).
12. Refer to Fig. 10, loosen setscrew (No. 2)

and remove pin (No. 1) and control cams
(Nos. 5 6). and
13. The ram arm (No. 3) and piston rad can
now be lifted out of the housing.
14. Remove the four boUs securing cylinder

to lift cover and remove cylinder.
REASSEM8l1NG THE HYDRAUlIC LIFT CaVER

Inspect the piston and cylinder for wear or Fig. 11 - Cylinder Installed on Lift Coyer
Printcd in U.S.A.
5
MASSEY -FERGUSON
2. Place ram arm (No. 3) and piston rod in

place in the lift caver, as shawn in Fig. 10.
3. Refer to Fig. 10, install draft and posi-
tion control cams (Nos. 5 and 6) with pin
(No. 1) and secure with setscrew (No. 2);
when this is done, no excessive side-play should
be in the control cams and no binding.
4. Refer to Fig. 9, position control cam rods

in bracket (No. 1) and install One capscrew (No.
3). Hold bracket in place and remove cotter
keys (No. 2), then install the other capscrew.
NOTE: The two cotter keys (No. 2)
are used to hold springs in place while
rernoving or ins talling control carn Fig. 12 - Cut-Awoy View of Moster Control Spring
rods and springs. 1. Rubber Plug 3. RctainN Nut 5 Pil1
2. Rubber Boat 4. Spring 6 Plul1gcr
5. Align the position and draft fingers be-
tween their respective cams and place vertical
lever in place, as shown in Fig. 8. Start ad-
justing boIt into vertical lever, but don 't tight-
en. (This boIt is an adjustment which will be
made later. ) spring must be very snug but can still
be rotated by hand. For adjl/stmellt
6. fustall quadrant assembly (No. 5, Fig. 7). procedure, yefer to tlze lzeadillg "Ser-
Hold draft and position control fingers (Nos. 3 vicing tlze lviaster Control Spril/g" ill
and 4) up with one hand and rotate the quadrant this part of the IIlaJUtal.
while installing. Install Allen-head screw to
secure quadrant to lift cover (tighten securely).
12. Install the two special bolts securing the
7. Hook spring between position control cam rocker link to the lift cover.
and finger.
8. fustall the lift shaft aligning master spline

in shaft with master spline in ram arm (No. 6, SERVICING THE MASTER CONTROL SPRING
Fig. 6).
To remove, refer to items 2 and 3 under the
9. fustall bushings (No. 4, Fig. 6) with an heading "Disassembling the Hydraulic Lift
"O"-ring between them, lift arm (No. 3) and Cover".
secure with boIts (No. 2). Adjust lift shaft so
arms will move freely through the full range of
travel with no end-play by tightening boIts The mas ter control spring has two separate
(No. 2, Fig. 6). When the correct adjustment adjustments which can be made without remov-
is obtained, secure boIts with locking tabs. ing the lift cover from the tractor. Either ad-
justment will effect the other and also cause
10. fustall dash pot assembly (No. 1, Fig. 6). the system to operate improperly. Fig. 12
shows a cut-away view of the master control
11. Install the master control spring as- spring assembly. To disassemble the master.
sembly and adjust, using special tool No. control spring, refer to Fig. 12 and proceed,
FT 358, as shown in Fig. 5. Adjust spring to as follows:
obtain no end-play by turning in or out on nut
(No. 2) and tighten lock setscrew 40 to 65
in.-lbs. 1. Move rubber boot, No. 2, out of groove
and remove pin, No. 5.
NOTE: The master control spring
assembly should be checl?ed for the
correct adjllstJJtent before installed 2. Remove plug, No. 1, and, with a large·~
into the lift caver. A quic/( checl? call screwdriver, turn plunger, No. 6, out of the
be made by tUYJ/ing tlze spring. The threaded housing.
6
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, ISO and J65
Fig. 13 - Master Control Spring - Exploded View

1. Rocker Link 4. Ru bber Boat 6. Spring
2. Rubber Plug S. Retoiner Nut 7. Spring Seat
3. Pin 8. Plunger
Fig. 14 - Adjusting Draft Control Rad
To assemble the master control spring, refer

to Fig. 13 for identification and sequence of and lowered freely through their full range of
parts and assemble while adjusting, as follows: movement. Bend over ends of clips to lock
capscrews in place.
Screw plunger (No. 8) into clevis and rocker
link assembly (No. 1) until control spring
(No. 6) end-play has just been eliminated. In- 2. Adjust master control spring assembly by
crease pre-Ioad to the next slot in plunger turning in or~out on retaining screw sufficiently
where pin (No. 3) can be installed. With the to eliminate all end-play without producingend-
master control spring adjusted in this man- play in the previously adjusted interior plunger.
ner, the final adjustment, when the assembly Tighten Allen setscrew against lead plug to
is installed into the lift cover, can be easily secure adjusting nut (tighten to 40- 65 in. -lbs. ).
obtained. To make the final adjustment of the
master control spring, proceed, as follows:
Refer to Fig. 5 and, using special tool No.

FT 358, adjust spring to obtain no end-play by
turning in or out on nut (No. 2) and tighten
lock setscrew 40 to 65 in. -lbs.
NOTE: End-play may be caused by

having the retainer nut loo t?ght as
well as loo loose. The draft control
lever must be Jully down when making
this final adjustment.
ADJUSTING THE HYDRAULIC LIFT COVER
Before the lift cover is installed, the follow-

~, ing adjustments must be made. Refer to
Fig. 14 and proceed, as follows:
1. Lift arm adjustment - Tighten capscrews

at end of lift shaft so lift arms can be raised Fi~. 15 - Adjusting Draft Control linkage
Printed in U.S.A. 7
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Fig. 17 - Adjustment Wedge Tooi No. MFN163 Installed

1. Plunger Assembly 3. Vertical Lever 5. Dash Pot Assembly
2. Allen Setscrew 4. Adjustment Screw 6. Roller
d. Locate the ram arm, using special tool

No. MFN 970, as shown in Fig. 16.
NOTE: Install tool No. MFN 970 with ''-.../

Fig. 16 - Adjusting Position Control linkage s'ide of gauge marked .470 toward ranz
arm when adjusting a 7/8" thickness
cover, and install tool with s'ide of
gauge marked . 636 tozvard ram arm
NOTE: The draft control lever must when adjusting a 1-1/8/1 cover.
befully down when making this adjust-
ment. e. Loosen position control lever adjusting
screw enough to free position control
3. Make the draft control rod adjustment by cam lever.
placing the draft control lever in the full up
position. Using special gauge No. MFN 124, f. Apply a 3-lb. force to the verticallever
turn self-Iocking screw to obtain a clearance of and turn draft adjusting boit to obtain a
. 170 ± .010" (see Fig. 14). clearance of . 000" - . 002" between lev-
er and dash pot piston rod.
4. Refer to Fig. 15 and make the draft con-
trol adjust;ment, as follows: g. Tighten locknut on adjusting boit and
recheck clearance.
a. Move the position control lever to
transport position. 5. Position control adjustment; refer to
Fig. 16:
b. Locate the draft control lever between
the two sector marks on the quadrant. a. Move draft control lever to the fully up
(The rear sector mark is located ap- position.
proximately 4-3/8" from rear of
quadrant. ) b. Place the position control lever in the
transport position (against stop).
c. Place the adjustment wedge tool No.
MFN 163 in place, as shown, to hold c. Locate the ram arm, using special
dash pot piston in a fixed position. tool No. MFN 970, as shown in Fig. 16.
8
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, ISO and 165
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4 INTERNAI. HYDRAUI.IC SYSTEM
NOTE: Be sure the pyoper side of

tooZ is used.
d. With adjustment wedge in place, apply

a 3-lb. force ta vertical lever and turn
adjustment screw ta obtain .000" - .002'!
clearance between lever and dash pot
piston rad, as shawn. Tighten locknut
and recheck the clearance.
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS OF
THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
There are two final adjustments ta be made on
the hydraulic system after the pump, lift caver
and linkage have been installed. They are the
control valve adjustment and response adjust-
ment.
Fig. 18 - Adjusting Response
1. Adjust control valve, as follows:
a. Remove lower boIt from response con-

trol lever and plate assembly and drain
transmission ail ta level ofthis opening. the control valve lever forward ta
lower weight back to' the horizontal
b. Remove response control lever and position again.
plate assembly. Fig. 17 shows plate
removed. h. Remove the adjustment wedge and in-
staIl the response lever and caver
c. Attach an 850-lb. weight ta the lower assembly.
links.
i. Add transmission ail ta full mark on
d, Place adj us t me nt wedge (tool No. dipstick.
MFN 163) firmly between dash pot·
piston rad and piston caIlar ta hold 2. Response adjustment:
dash pot and linkage in neutral posi-
tion. Fig. 17 shows adjustment wedge The rate of drop of the lift arms is deter-
installed. mined by the location of the response lever. To
adjust, proceed, as follows:
e. Start tractor engine and run at 400 - 600
rpm while making these adjustments. a. Attach an 850-lb. weight, or an imple-
ment of comparable weight, ta the lift
f. Position draft control lever between links.
sector marks on quadrant, and posi-
tion control lever fully down. b. Raise and lower the weight several
times with the position control lever
g. Refer ta Fig. 17 and turn adjustment ta remove an air from the system.
screw (No. 4) in until lower links begin
ta rise; when the links are slightly c. Remove the four screws securing plate
above horizontal, turn the adjustment ta the response caver; remove plate
screw out until links just stop rising. and remove pipe plug.
This will synchronize the pump control
valve and the lever assembly in the d. Refer ta Fig. 18, rotate response lev.er
neutral position. 1/4" from slow position, insert a 3/32"
Allen hex wrench through pipe plug hale
NOTE: If the weight raises too high and loosen setscrew. Tighten setscrew
when making this adjustment, move 2 - 3 ft.-Ibs., reinstall pipe plug and
Printed in U.S.A. 9
MASSEY -FERGUSON
install plate. Refer to No. 2, Fig. 17,

for a view of the setscrew with cover
removed.
NOTE: Some models may have a cap-

screw in Place of the Allen-head set-
screw, shawn in Fig. 17. On these
madels, use a socket with an exten-
sion, using care not ta drap the sacket
when making the adjustment.
e. Check the response setting by rotating
the response lever to slow position.
Raise weight with position con t roI
lever, then quickly lower the position
control lever. The weight should start
to lower slowly and graduaUy increase.
Rotate the response lever to fast and
the weight should faU rapidly when po-
sition control lever is moved to lower-
ing position.
Fig. 19 - Oash Pot Assembly Identification
1. Plunger Adiustment Rod 6. Dosh Pot Body
DASH POT ASSEMBL y 2.
3.
Spring
Plunger
7.
8.
Snap Ring
Piston Rod ond Guide
4. Plunger Needle 9. $pring
5. Plunger Needle Spring 10. Piston
The dash pot assembly is located at the lower 11. Piston Return $pring
end of the vertical lever on the lift cover. With
the response control lever in the slow response,
the dash pot will retard the control valve to-
ward the exhaust position. This will cause the No. 3, and remove rod, No. 1, and spring,
lower links to start to lower slowly and grad- No. 2. Tip the assembly over and catch needIe,
uaUy increase. With the response control lever No. 4, and spring. Hoid in on piston rod and
in fast response, the lower links will faH rapid- guide, No. 8, and remove snap ring, No. 7,
ly when they are lowered. and carefully remove piston assembly.
REMOVING THE DASH POT ASSEMBLY

REASSEMBLING THE DASH POT
To remove the dash pot assembly, the hy-
draulic lift cover will have to be removed, as Refer to Fig. 19 for identification and se-
outlined under the heading "Removing the Hy- quence of parts and assemble, as shown. When
draulic Lift Cover". Remove the dash pot from the plunger assembly, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, is as-
bracket by removing the two retaining boUs. sembled, tighten setscrew in plunger, No. 3,
just enough to hold rod, No. 1, in place. The
adjustment will have to be made after the dash
INSTALLING THE DASH POT ASSEMBLY pot assembly has been installed in tractor; see
heading "Final Adjustment of the Hydraulic
1. Install the dash pot assembly to bracket System".
with two mounting boUs.
2. ReinstaU the lift cover, as outlined under

the head ing "lnstalling the Hydraulic Lift HYDRAULIC PUMP
Cover".
The hydraulic pump used in the MF 135, 150
and 165 Tractors is full floating, constant run-
DISASSEMBLING THE DASH POT ning, positive four-cylinder, scotch yoke pis-
ton-type pump. The pump obtains its oil from
Refer to Fig. 19 and remove Nos. 1, 2, and the transmission and differentia1 housing, and
3 as an assembly. Loosen setscrew in plunger, has a relief valve set at 2300 to 2800 psi.
10
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4 INTERNAL HYDRAUUC SYSTEM
Fig. 20 - Hydraulic Pump with Multi-Power Pump Attached Fig. 21 - Hydraulic Pump Assembly - Side View
1. Multi-Power Pump 3. Control Valve Lever 1. Filter Assembly 5. Ca pscrews
2. Mounting Bracket 4. Hydraulic Pump Assembly 2_ Multi-Power Pump 6. Control Valve Pin and Rollers
3. Multi-Power Pump Drive Geor 7_ Rear Pump Body
4_ Front Pump Body 8. Reto iner Nut
9_ Va Ive Body
REMOV'NG THE HYDRAULIC PUMP

1. Drain transmission oil by removing the and transmission at the Multi- Power
two drain plugs (one plug in transmission hous- pump through lift çover opening.
ing and one in the center housing).
b. Support the transmission and center
2. Remove lift cover, as outlined under the housing on suitable stands or jack and
heading "Removing the Hydraulic Lift Cover". remove bolts securing transmission to
center housing.
3. On tractors without Multi-Power trans-
mission, proceed, as follows: c. Remove four nuts, two on each side,
securing dowel pins in side of hydrau-
a. Remove drive coupler. lic pump.
b. Remove PTO shaft. d. Remove pump through opening in front

end of center housing.
c. Remove the four nuts (two on each side)
securing the dowel pins in side of the
hydraulic pump and remove the dowel
pins. D'SASSEMSUNG HYDRAULIC PUMP
d. Lift hydraulic pump out of center hous- Fig. 20 shows a view of the hydraulic pump
ing through opening in top. assembly used in the MF 135, 150 and 165
Tractors equipped with Multi- Power transmis-
sion. This pump includes the Multi-Power
On tractors e qui P p e d with Multi- Power pump and its mounting bracket (Nos. 1 and 2).
transmission, it will be necessary to split the The same hydraulic pump is used on tractors
tractor between the center housing and trans- without Multi-Power transmission, with the ex-
mission and remove the hydraulic pump from ception of Nos. 1 and 2.
front end of center housing. To do so, pro-
ceed, as follows:
To disassemble the hydraulic pump, refer
a. Loosen hydraulic line between pump to Fig. 21 and proceed, as follows:
MASSEY -FERGUSON
.~.
Fig. 22 - Control Volve and Oscillator Assembly - Removed

1. Spocer Wosher 4. Sealing Washer 6. IIOIf·Ring Retainer 8. Seoling Wosher
2. Seoling Wosher 5. "OU-Ring 7. "O"·Ring 9. Reor Pump Body
3. Spocer 10. Conlrol Volve and Oscillolor Asscmbly
1. Rem 0 V e the capscrews securing the move control valve assembly, as outlined under
Multi-Power pump and remove pump. the heading "Disassembling the Hydraulic
Pump".
2. Remove nut (No. 8) from end of control
valve assembly and remove key and pin from
oscillator assembly.
3. Remove cotter key from gear (No. 3) and

remove gear.
4. Remove the four bolts securing pump body

together and remove front half of pump (No. 4).
5. Remove rear pump half (No. 7) with con-

trol valve assembly.
6. Remove control valve lever, being care-

fuI not to lose pin and rollers (No. 6). Remove
pin and roUers. The control valve and oscil-
lator can then be removed as an assembly.
7. Remove the valve bodies (No. 9) from

the pistons. The pistons and cam blocks can be
removed from the cam shaft.
Fig. 23 - Control Vo Ive Spacer and "0" -Ring Reta iner

DISASSEMBLING CONTROL VALVE 7. "O"-RIf19
1. Spoccr Woshcr, 4. Wirc Tooi Rl'hll!Wr
2. Sca>ing Woshcr 5. Scoling Woshcr 8. ··O"·Ri"9
1. Disassemble the hydraulic pump and re- 3. Spoccr 6. "O"·Ring 9. 51.'0111\9 W'l·.lH'F
12
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF J35, J50 and J65
Fig. 25 - Control Volve - Disassembled

Fig. 24 - Control Volve and Oscillator - Disassembled 1. Control Valve 3. Spring 5. Retoining Ring
2. Retaining Washer 4. $pring Retainer 6. Pin
1. Snap Ring 2. Control Valve Assembly 3. Oscillator Body
1. Place washer (No. 10), "O"-ring (No. 9),

2. Remove capscrews (No. 5, Fig. 21) and in rear pump body.
remove ail intake housing.
2. Slide "O"-ring retainer (No. 8) into place.
3. Remove control valve and oscillator as-
sembly (No. 10, Fig. 22). The washers and 3. Place "0"- ring (No. 7) next ta retainer,
spacers can now be removed. followed by washer (No. 6).
4. Use a wire tool (made from bronze weld- 4. Place spacer (No. 5) against washer
ing rad) (No. 4, Fig. 23) and hook in hale in (No. 6).
retainer (No. 7) ta remove retainer and "0"-
rings. 5. Install washers (Nos. 2 and 3) and secure
with filter and intake housing. Tighten the
four retaining capscrews 8 ta 10 ft. -lbs. torque.
SERVICING THE CONTROL 6. Install control valve and oscillator as-

VAL VE AND OSCILLA TOR sembly through front side of rear pump housin€;.
See Fig. 22 for identification and sequence of
1. Refer ta Fig. 24 and remove snap ring parts.
(No. 1) and slide control valve and spring as-
sembly (No. 2) out of oscillator body.
2. Refer ta Fig. 25, remove ring (No. 5),

compress spring with hand and remove pin
(No. 6). Carefully remove spring retainer
(No. 4) with spring. This spring is used ta
ho Id the control valve toward the intake side
when il1stalled into the pump. Ta reassemble, 1
reverse the disassembly procedure. IIH'-------->I 1

1
REASSEMBLING THE CONTROL VALVE

1
L"'lspect the control valve for wear or damage. i

The three seal washers must fit snugly on the 1
control valve and move freely. If replacement 1
is necessary, replaCE? valve and washers as an Fig. 26 - Illustrated Drawing of Contra! Valve Assembly
assembly. Replace al! "O"-rings. Ta install 1. Control Rad 4. Control Valve 8. "O"·Ring Retainer
the control valve into pump, refer ta Fig. 26 2. Sealing Washer 5. Spacer 9. "O"·Ring
3. Spccer Washer 6. Seoling Wosher 10. $co!ing Wosher
and proceed, as follows: 7. "O"·Ring
Pr-inted in U.S.A. 13
MASSEY-FERGUSON
Fig. 27 - Valve Chamber Identification and

Sequence of Parts
1. Valve Chamber 4. Outlet Valve 6. "0" ·Ring
2. ln let Valve 5. Spring 7. Plug
3. Spring 8. Snap Ring
7. InstaIl control valve pin and rollers, as

shawn in Fig. 21. Install control valve lever
over this pin and raller.
SERVICING THE VALVE CHAMBERS

Fig. 29 - Cross-Sectional View of Tooi Installed
1. Upper Pilot 3. Outlet Volve Seat 4. Inlct Volve Scat
The two valve chambers are inter change- .2. Cutting Edges 5. Lawer Pi lot Surfoce
able ta either side of the pump; each consists

of two exhaust valves and two inlet valves. Ta
remove the valves from the valve chamber,
screw a 1/4" NC boIt in threads provided in
top of valve retainer plug. By removing snap
ring, the plug can be pulled out with this boIt.
After plug has been removed, tip valve chamber
over and bath springs and valves will faIl out.
See Fig. 27 for identification and sequence of
parts.
INSPECTING THE VALVE CHAMBERS
Check the valve and valve seats for pits or

damage. If seats are pitted, they can be re-
seated and new valves installed. If the seàts
are not tao badly damaged, several reseating
operations may be performed, if only enough
material is removed ta "clean up" the upper
seat in the bore. When the upper seat is
Fig. 28 - Using Reseating Tooi Na. 1'01-6007 "cleaned up", the lower seat will be reseated.
14
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 150 and 165
Fig. 30 - Cam Blacks Installed an Camshaft
RESEATING THE VALVE SEATS
Use tool number N-6007 to reseat the dam-

aged valve seats. Place the valve chamber in
a soft-jaw vise and carefully insert the re-
seating tool, as shown in Fig. 28. Rotate the
tool in a clock-wise direction and exert a
steady pressure while turning. Fig. 32 - Installing Valve Chambers on Pistons
NOTE: Remove only enough material

to clean up the upper s eat in each bore dit ion exists, use a tapered screwdriver and
and the lower s eat will automatically carefully rotate in the bore to clean away the
be cleaned up. protruding metal. Always install new valves,
springs and "O"-rings when valve chambers
have been reseated.
Use extreme care when inserting the reseat-
ing tool into the bore or damage may occur to
the cutting edges. When the seats are cleaned
up, clean pump bodies thoroughly with solvent REASSEMBLING THE HYDRAULIC PUMP
and dry with compressed air to remove aIl the
metal cuttings. 1. Inspect aIl parts for damage or wear; re-
place, if necessary.
Fig. 29 shows a cross-sectional view of tool
installed. If the reseating tool will not enter NOTE: RePlace aU "0 "-rings .
into the bore, the cause is usually due to the
inlet seat being beaten by hydraulic forces dur- 2. Refer to Fig. 30 and install cam blocks
ing prior pump operation. This closes the and oscillator drive on camshaft. The cam
tolerances in the bore of the seat. If this con- block with the oscillator drive must be on the
wide cam on camshaft and toward the opposite
cam block.
3. Install pistons on cam blocks with wide

portion of piston yoke toward the outside, as
shown in Fig. 31.
4. Assemble the control valve in the rear
pump body, as described under the heading
"Reassembling the Control Valve" in this part
of the manual.
5. Install valve bodies on pistons, using a

suitable ring campressar, as shawn in Fig. 32.
Make sure the oscillator drive lever is at the
Fig. 31 - Cam Blacks and Pistons Insta lied on Camshaft lower side of the pump.
MASSEY-FERGUSON
INTERNAL. HYDRAUL.lC SYSTEM GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4
Fig.33 - Rear Hal! of Pump Body Installed
6. Place rear half of pump body over long

end of camshaft and align with valve bodies, as
shown in Fig. 33. Fig. 34 - Hydraulic Pump with Multi-Power Pump - Installed
7. Place front half of pump body over short

end of camshaft and secure with retaining boIts. d. Install drive coupler between different
(If tractor is equipped with Multi- Power trans- tial and transmission.
mission, it will be necessary to install the
adaptor plate and pump, as shown in Fig. 20). 2. On tractors equipped with Multi-Power
If the Multi-Power pump is installed, the back- transmission, proceed, as follows:
lash between the drive gears must be .002" to
.005". This clearance is obtained by shifting a. Place hydraulic pump in center housing
the adaptor plate on the pump retaining bolts through opening in front and over PTO
and shims between pump base and plate. shaft. Align dowel pins in side of
Tighten pump retaining boIts 30 to 35 ft.-Ibs. pump and secure with four nuts (two on
torque. Fig. 34 shows the hydraulic pump with each side).
Multi- Power pump installed in the tractor.
b. Place new gasket on center housing and
assemble transmission and ce nt e r
housing together.
INSTAL.L.lNG THE HYDRAUL.lC PUMP
c. Attach hydraulic line between trans-
On tractors without Multi-Power trans-
1. mission and Multi- Power pump to the
mission, proèeed, as follows: pump.
a. Place hydraulic pump in center housing 3. Install the lift cover, as outlined under
through opening in top and slide over the h e a d i n g "Installing the Hydraulic Lift
splined shaft in transmission. Cover".
b. Place dowel pins in place and secure 4. Fill the transmission with specified oil
with retaining nuts. (M-1129 specifications) to cover the hydraulic ."-./.
pump, but leave low enough so oil will not run
c. Install PTO shaft. out of opening at response cover opening.
16
MASSEY -FERGUSON
Mf J35, J50 and J65
GROUP III - SECTION A - PART 4 INTERNAI. HYDRAUUC SYSTEM
5. Refer to the heading "Final Adjustments same used to lubricate the transmission and
of the Hydraulic System" for the remaining differential. The capacity of these combined
procedures. units is 8 U. S. gallons (M-1l29 specifications).
If external hydraulic systems are used, extra

LUBRICATION oil should be added to maintain the proper oil
level in the transmission. When not in use,
The oil used in the hydraulic system is the this extra oil should be drained out.
TROUBLE-SHOOTING
PR081.EM
1. Implement will not raise.

a. Sticking control valve .. Remove inspection cover and check control
valve for freedom of movement. If valve does
not operate sm 00 t h l y, remove pump and
correct.
b. Leak in system. Remove inspection cover and check for leaks

in ram cylinder, stand pipe, control valve or
pump side valve chambers. Cor r e c t, as
necessary.
c. Binding or damaged control linkage. Remove inspection cover and check by manu-
ally moving the linkage. Remove lift cover and
correct.
d. Adjustment screw between vertical lever Refer to the heading "Final adjustments of the
and control valve lever out of adjustment. Hydraulic System".
e. Faulty relief valve. Check valve while operating system. Replace,

if valve leaks.
f. Implement weight too much for system. Don't lift more than system can handle without
blowing the relief valve.
g. Faulty internaI pump parts. Will probably be indicated by a noise. Repair,

as necessary.
PR08l.EM
2. Implement raises but will not lower.
a. Sticking control valve. Remove inspection cover and check control

valve for freedom of movement. If valve does
not operate smoothly, remove pump and correct.
MASSEY -FERGUSON
INTERNAL HYDRAUUC SYSTEM GROUP" 1 - SECTION A - PART 4
b. Lift arms binding. Adjust capscrews at end of lift shaft so anus

will faU of their own weight.
c. Adj u stment screw between vertical lever Refer to the heading "Final Adjustments of the
and control valve lever out of adjustment. Hydraulic System".
PROBLEM
3. J erky or uneven lift when impIe ment is raising.
a. Valve sticking in side valve chamber. Remove pump, disassemble and free valves.
PROBLEM
4. Implement will not raise to the full Umit.
a. Draft control adjustment in cor r e c t or Remove the lift cover and refer to the heading
position control adjustment incorrect, or both "Adjusting the Hydraulic Lift Cover".
incorrect.
PROBLEM
5. Unable to obtain slow drop when the response lever is moved toward slow response.
a. Response not adjusted correctly. Refer to heading "Final Adjustment of the Hy-
draulic sy ste m" .
b. . Damaged or sticking dash pot. Remove dash pot assembly; clean and replace
damaged parts.
PROBLEM
6. Erratic action or poor control when operating in draft control.
Possible Cause' Correction
a. End-play in master control spring. Refer to the heading "Servicing the Mas~er
Control Spring".
b. Binding control linkage. Remove inspection cover and check linkage.

Correct, as required.
18
MASSEY -FERGUSON
MF 135, 750 and 765
QUICK SERVICE CHECKS and cover and return position control

lever to transport against stop. The
The following checks should be made with the scribed line s should be sep a rat e d
hydraulic oil at room temperature, or higher. 3/32" ± 1/16". If this dimension is not
correct, the transport stop should be
1. Draft Control Checks: readjusted.
a. Before attaching an impIe ment to the 3. Master Control Spring Checks:

tractor, place the response control
lever in the fast position, the position a. Check the sensitivity of the master
control lever in the transport position control spring by raising the imple-
and the draft control lever fully down. ment off the ground with the draft con-
trol lever and position the lever so that
b. start. engine and run at 400 - 600 rpm. the impIe ment will remain approxi-
Raise and lower the draft control lever; mately mid-range of its travel.
the lower links must rai se and lower
through their full range oftravel. When b. Apply a downward force to the rear of
the draft control lever is moved fully the impIe ment; the draft system should
up, the lift links must rai se to trans- respond, causing the implement to
port position without blowing the pump lower. Apply an: upward force to the
relief valve. rear of the impIe ment and the draft
system should rise as long as the up-
c. Move the draft control lever ta a posi- ward force remains. This indicates
tion where the lower links will re- that the draft system is functioning
main in an approximately horizontal properly and will respond to changes in
position. With the lower links in this draft loading on the top link.
horizontal position, the draft control
lever should be between the two sector 4. Response Checks:
marks on the quadrant or the internaI
draft linkage is not properly adjusted. a. Place the r e s p 0 n s e lever in slow
(A distance of 1/4" either way on the position.
quadrant is permissible.)
b. With the impIe ment in transport posi-
2. Position Control Checks: tion, lower the draft control lever
rapidly an the way down. The imple-
a. start engine and run at 400 - 600 rpm. ment should hesitate slightly, then in-
crease faster as it lowers. (Approxi-
b. Attach a large overhung impIe ment to mate time - 3 to 5 seconds. )
the three-point linkage, such as an
MF 66 Plow. The implement must c. Move the response lever to fast, rai se
raise, lower and position through the the draft control lever, then l 0 w er
full range of travel, using the position rapidly. The impIe ment should lower
control lever. When the impIe ment fast. If the difference in rate of drop
reaches a selected position with the is not noticeably slower in the two dif-
position control lever, it must remain ferent positions (slow and fast re-
there and any evidence of hunting, or sponse), the response should be re-
tendency to creep down and up again is adjusted.
an indication of internal leakage and
should be investigated. When the posi- 5. Hydraulic Pump Checks:
tion control lever is rai se d fully
against the stop, the impIe ment should a. Attach an 800 - 850-lb. weight to the
raise to transport without blowing the lower links.
pump relief valve.
b. With the engine running at 1500 rpm,
c. To check proper transport position, position the lower links horizontally.
move the position control lever past the Raise the position control lever rapiàly
stop, causing. the impIe ment to rise to transport, and the links should raise
slightly and blow the pump relief valve. to transport position in 2 to 2.5 sec-
While the relief valve is b 1 0 win g, onds. This is an indication that the
scribe a line across the lift arm hub hydraulic pump is functioning proper ly.

Massey Fergusdn: MF35/50 MF135/150

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Massey Fergusdn: MF35/50 MF135/150

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Massey Fergusdn: MF35/50 MF135/150

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MF35/50

Front Axle and Steering .................................................................... "............ 1

Continental Z-134 Gas En9Îne ••••••••••••••••••••••• ,•••••• . ..................... . 2

Perkins A3~ 152 Diesel Engine ..................................................................... " • .. .. .. .. .. 3

Perlcins AD3.'152 Diesel Engine ........................... '" ................................... if .. • .. .. .. .. .. • 4

Clutches .................................. .- ......................................................... " • • .. .. • .. • 5

Standard Transmission ................................... " ............................... 4' .. " .. .. .. .. • • .. .. • 6

DiRerentiol, Pinion and Rear Axle ........................................................... 8

PTO and Selt Pulley ................ III • • ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., • • • • • • • • • • • • • .. • 9

Internai HydrauJic; System., ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• fi • • • • • • • • • • _. 6.-• • • • • • - . 10

GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 1

PART 1. SERVICING THE FRONT AXLE

AND SUPPORT ASSEMBL y

Removing the Front Axle . . l

2. Clean and inspect: f. Tie rad end assemblies (Nos. 2 and

a. Thrust bearings (No. 15) onto the

b. Spindle shafts into the extension as-

c. Dust seals (No. 9) onto the spindle

d. Woodruff keys (No. 8) into the spin-

e. Spindle steering arms (No. 7) onto

ADJUSTING THE TOE-IN

Loosen the clamp boU on each end of the

The toe-in is measured between the center

GROUP IV - SECTION A - PART 2

PART 2. FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLIES

SERVICING MF 50 & 65 MULTI-PUR 5. Front axle assembly by rolling the unit

Front axle assemblies of this description c. Grease fittings.

1. Lower grill panel. f. Main steering arm from pedestal shaft.

Fig. 1 - MF 50 Utility and MF 65 Standard Front Axle Assembly Nomenclature

INSPECTING 4. Front pivot pin --- 1.999 - 2.001 inch - out-

Fig. 2 - MF 50 and MF 65 'Hi.Arc:h Front Axle Assembly Nomenc:lature.

Fig. 3 - MF 6S Utility Front Axle Assembly Nomenclature.

Fig. '" - MF 50 MuIti.Purpose Front Axle Assembly Nomenclature

c. Steering arm, No. 3, onto pedestal shaft

a. Bearing, No. 17, to spindle, No. 19.

INSTALLING THE AXLE

4. Remove the front axle support, No. 6, by

Fig. 7 - Measuring Toe.ln

SERVICING THE ROW CROP

4. Lower needle bearing, No. 8, from fork

5. Bearing race, No. 9, from fork shaft.

6. Needle thrust bearing, No. 10, from fork

7. Bearing race, No. 11, from fork shaft.

8. Oïl Seal, No. 12.

Fig. 10 - Twin Front Wheel Axle Nomencloture

1. Cap Screw 12. Upper Bearing Cup

ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING SERVICING ROW CROP TWIN

ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING

1. Reverse the disassembly procedures and

2. Blind splines on the lower spindle shaft

See Group IV, Section B, Part 4 for wheel

GROUP IV . SECTION A . PART 4

PART 4-MANUAL AND POWER STEERING

Fig. 2 - Description and Sequence of Parts

2. Remove upper pinion shaft, No. 3, Fig. 2, REASSEMBLE MANUAL STEERING

2. Turn the steering shaft until the lower

3. Install the Iower pinion shaft, No. 2, Fig.

4. Turn steering shaft until center tooth on

Fig. 3 - Steering Shah and Hausing